Chapter Text
"Congratulations, Pines."
Stanford Pines had just accepted a $100,000 check for his scientific research. He shook the old man's hand, smiled at the camera, and was congratulated again. He regarded the cheque with pride and joy, plans for how to spend the large sum of money in his possession already forming in his mind.
Back in his dorm, he sat pondering with his chin on his hand. His entire life, he's been teased about his six fingers. But it got him thinking about anomalies: strange, unusual, statistically improbable events. And, based on Ford's investigation, one location had a higher concentration of these things than any other.
A small lumber town in roadkill country, Oregon: Gravity Falls.
***
Ford's attention was drawn to the blueprint in front of him. He went through each space, deciding what to put where. There's also an attic and a basement where he can keep his other inventories, as well as his office, which will also serve as his bedroom because he imagines himself staying up late researching and discovering new things.
He then looked around the woods, curious about what he would find in this town. So far, nothing unusual had occurred, as he had hoped. Just then, a massive hand grabs his car and drags it all the way until it is nowhere to be found. Ford jumped so hard that his glasses were slightly knocked off. He adjusted it with an excited smile.
The house was eventually constructed. It was perfectly situated in the middle of the forest, away from people but close to the creatures he'd undoubtedly encounter.
Ford started packing everything he needed for his trip right away. He went into the woods and saw some beautiful scenery. Tall trees, colorful plants, and organisms he'd never seen before surrounded him.
He was quietly following a flying fairy. He assumed these were myths, but they were true! Everything was in one place!
Ford dashed back to the cottage and towards his office after only an hour of his adventure. He reasoned that there are so many more things to discover, and he wanted to document each one, saving the information he gathered. As a result, he began keeping a journal.
His writing had been interrupted by a loud screech. And Ford raised his head in delight. He hurried to the front door, his pen and journal in the pocket of his trench coat.
He took a step outside and looked around, bracing himself for the second wail. Ford adjusted his glasses and looked around his front yard, but found nothing.
His shoulders sag with regret, but he will not give up. Not right now, when he's just getting started!
On his first day of adventuring, it took him the entire day to discover an entire ecosystem. His journal was only halfway finished, but he's willing to fill a million more pages with fascinating creatures!
"You're new."
Ford was startled when he heard a new voice. He hasn't heard anyone speak to him in quite some time. When he turned around, he noticed a young girl. She appeared to be human.
"Who- who are you?" Ford cleared his throat. "Why are you here?"
"You can call me Y/n," she said, shrugging. "And I live pretty much everywhere, including here, and I haven't seen you before..." She raised an eyebrow, suspiciously.
Ford narrowed his eyes at the girl before surveying the woods, and there were no homes available that she could fit into. Perhaps underground? Does she have the ability to shrink and grow?
"So, what's your name? I told you mine."
He looked back down at her. "I'm Ford. You shouldn't be here, you're just a little girl."
He started to walk away, but she followed. "I'm short, but I'm not that young."
"You look like you're 5."
"Hey!" she stopped walking momentarily but Ford continued, "Ford, wait up! Can I come with you?"
"Go home, kid. I'm gonna tell your parents."
"The thing is, I don't have any."
Ford came to a halt, his face flushed with embarrassment. He returned your stare with a frown. "Oh, I'm... I'm sorry."
"No!" the girl shook her hand, laughing at Ford's misunderstanding. "I literally don't have any parents; I guess I was just... born in this world; my memory is kinda hazy."
Ford returned to her, kneeling to her level. "You looked human, but you don't sound like you're human," he said, resting his chin on his thumb and finger. "How could you possibly exist?"
"Wow, rude-"
"I'm going to have to take a blood sample from you." Fortunately, Ford had brought his DNA test with him in his large bag.
She looked at the equipment in intrigue because she had never seen it before. "Woah."
Ford presented a syringe, hesitantly because he was about to draw blood from a child. But he had no choice but to do so in order to satisfy his curiosity and finally have an answer. "This might hurt..."
He inserted the sharp needle into her skin as quickly as he could. Ford waited for her to flinch, but nothing happened, not even a small ow.
He finally took out the syringe, watching her reaction, but she was only staring at the inside of her elbow where he drew blood. "When does it hurt?"
Ford looked at her, puzzled, but eventually shook his head and inserted a small amount of blood into his test vial. They both waited for the results. Ford stared at the screen until Y/n appeared, crashing into his left shoulder.
"Incredible," Ford had muttered under his breath. Although the machine stated that the girl beside him was 100 percent human, he refuses to believe that she did not exist without her parents.
He gave her an observant look, and she returned it, albeit innocently. He might have to just take her word for it. Gravity Falls is an odd place, and this seemingly human child was interesting.
"Well, it's nice to meet you, Y/n, but I better get going."
"Let me join you! Please!" Y/n pleaded in her little girl voice.
He contemplated for a moment.
"I can help you! I know almost everything about this part of the forest! I'm smart!"
Ford was amused by her eagerness. It reminded him almost of himself when he was younger. "Oh, alright. Come along then."
"Yeah!" she exclaimed, raising her fists in the air.
On that day, Y/n and Ford met their first true friend in Gravity Falls.
Notes:
DVOXLNV YZXP
Chapter Text
Indeed, the woods had taken them everywhere. They were fortunate that these areas of the forest had not yet been discovered. A whole new mystery to explore.
Y/n heard a ruffle in the tall bushes as their feet trudge along the leafy trail. Ford, too, heard it and stopped walking, turning to follow the sound.
Ford crept closer, tiptoeing, and Y/n watched. He pushed away the leaves, alerting a... gnome.
It walked with its little arms animatedly stretched out. It smiled at them with crooked teeth.
Y/n and Ford approached the creature in a friendly manner. Ford took out the journal and basically interviewed it while the girl used a tape measure to measure its height, weight, width, and depth.
"Fascinating," Ford said after jotting down the pertinent details on his pages. "So, what was your name again?"
"Shmebulock," the gnome had groaned out. "SENIOR!"
"Where are the rest of your folks, mister Shmebulock?"
"Shmebulock."
"Right... You are Shmebulock. Don't you have a family? Any gnome friends?"
"Ford?" the girl said, amusingly raising an eyebrow at his weird phrasing.
The gnome remained smiling, walking away. "Shmebulock!"
"I guess it only says Shmebulock over and over..." Ford stood back up and tucked the journal away again.
They had unintentionally led themselves into a dark area of the woods. It was densely forested, almost completely covering the sky. Only a few rays of sunlight were able to pass through, and they miraculously shone through a massive crystal, reflecting in two different colors: blue and pink.
In seconds, a tiny beetle had entered the blue spotlight and grown to become a massive beetle. Because of how large and heavy it was, the ground almost shook. Its limbs sprouted from microscopic to life-size in size. Y/n and Ford stood there in awe.
A roar could be heard from behind the trees, and a large panther emerged, ready to pounce on the two travelers. Ford instinctively shoved Y/n behind him and shielded her, ready to confront the carnivore, but the mammal jumped through the pink light and shrank instantly.
Of course, Ford had scribbled it in his book, doodling what it would look like.
"Cool drawing," Y/n retorted from beside him before walking a few steps forward. She decided to leave Ford to doodle more in his space. She took a look around,having never been in this part of the forest before. She had no idea that Gravity Falls was a big place.
She was looking down at the plants and flowers when she noticed something familiar. "Ooh!"
"What is it?" It seemed that Ford was done with his entry. "What did you find?"
"This looks like the mushroom I ate when I was younger; actually, I ate a lot of mushrooms, but... this one left quite a taste." Y/n held a gleaming purple mushroom. The cap had resembled a brain.
"Based on my observations, a person may experience side effects according to which particular type of mushroom is consumed.". You said you've eaten this?" Ford referred to the brainy fungi in his hand.
She nodded innocently.
"Then, based on the shape of this mushroom, your intelligence level could have been greatly influenced." Ford pondered with his pointer and thumb on his chin until an idea formed in his mind. "Collect as many different mushrooms as you can." Y/n dispersed and pulled out a couple of mushrooms, gathering two handfuls. "Good job. Now, let's test these on 'ol Shmebulock Sr. back there." He winked at her, earning a laugh.
They spent hours experimenting with the assorted mushrooms. Fortunately, Shmebulock agreed to do it with a "Shmebulock" response; they don't know whether it was a yes or no Shmebulock, but he didn't run away, so everything was Shmebulock- they mean good.
And what are the chances that the last mushroom Y/n handed to Shmebulock was the mushroom that would undo everything? Every side effect seemed to have subsided, and he appeared normal. "Shmebulock!" exclaimed the gnome before continuing on his merry way.
Y/n and Ford exchanged stares until the man shrugged carelessly. "He seemed fine." Little did the two travelers know that he and his next of kin would grow to puke rainbows for generations.
As the day turned to night, the two decided to continue their exploration the next day. This will continue for the next few years, just as Y/n anticipated and Ford hoped. For all the mysteries Gravity Falls has to offer, his curiosity rivaled that of an immortal jellyfish, Turritopsis dohrnii. This could go on indefinitely!
With a yawn, Y/n gladly welcomed sleep. She sleeps on the couch because Ford didn't expect to meet a companion on his adventure. A bed would also take up unnecessary space. She didn't mind, telling him that the couch was the most comfortable bed she'd slept in since leaving the cold, grassy land.
"Good night, Ford," Y/n mumbled before succumbing to exhaustion. Ford realized at this point that she was, in fact, human. She can be tired and hungry just like a human. Her only distinguishing feature was her inability to feel pain.
The man pulled the blankets up to her chin with a small smile, and he swears he saw a small smile form before retreating to his own bedroom. Immediately upon entering, he retrieved his journal and placed it on his work desk.
Ford, like Y/n, was a human being. And he's a tired human at the moment. Nonetheless, he continued to write another entry in his journal, recounting his experiences and expressing his emotions. His cursive handwriting was neat and formal as the tip scratched against the pages.
He rubbed his eyes as a yawn escaped through his lips. He blinked for a bit before closing his journal. He couldn't help but let a smile appear as he gazed at the number 1 inked there. One. It's a start.
Notes:
1-0-3-15-13-16-1-14-9-15-14-?
Chapter Text
It was the same routine for the next few weeks and a few more years after that, but with different discoveries each time! Y/n couldn't count the number of times Ford had burst out laughing whenever they came across creatures they hadn't seen before. Y/n may have noticed something familiar knowing that she has lived here her entire life, but it is an exhilarating feeling to discover it with a friend.
Oh, they've become friends. Ford is relieved to have someone on whom he can rely, despite the fact that Y/n is a literal child, but she has proven to be more than that. He taught the kid how to defend herself, basic self-defense, and what to do in an emergency. Some might see it as a father-daughter relationship, but Ford does not. Instead, he prefers a master-apprentice dynamic.
Speaking of self-defense, Ford had nothing to offer in the subject at all. He skipped all the boxing training with his... and read a book instead. He was never really the violent type of guy and would often use his words. He's good with them. But he soon realized that sometimes, words just wouldn't suffice when encountering these creatures. He had to rely on his guttural instinct and critical thinking.
Although Ford was ashamed to know that he couldn't teach Y/n about fighting, he was relieved to see that she was understanding and told him that he shouldn't have to do anything like that. "I can't feel pain, remember?" And to remind him of the fact, Y/n had willingly bashed her head against the hard, thick bark of the tall tree.
He winced at the loud impact. Obviously, Y/n was fine, but still. Seeing that just sends shivers down his spine. "Yes, I recall. It's hard not to when you carelessly walk through deadly weeds and face monsters without an ounce of fear in your face."
"Heh," she sheepishly rubbed the back of her neck. "I'll try not to do that again to not scare you."
After a few more minutes, they heard a water current nearby and saw a riverbank. Y/n hurried as she took out her canteen and proceeded to get water from the river. Ford followed, removing his heavy backpack and refilling his water bottle after a sip. Y/n watched him in amusement, the way his huge glasses were skewed from drinking. Ford adjusted it back before raising an eyebrow at the kid who was still staring. "Yes?"
"Can I try it on?"
"What, my glasses?" When she nodded, Ford furrowed his eyebrows in confusion but removed it anyway, giving it to her. Excitedly, she stood up and grabbed it by the handles. She glanced up at Ford but he was squinting.
"Are you that blind-" she wore the glasses and everything went blurry and suddenly her brain hurt from the new vision. "Woah- oh crap!" She lost her balance and eventually fell into the river, her entire body getting soaked with water.
"Y/n, careful!" Immediately, Ford took the glasses off her face and back to his, tilting it a bit to his liking. "Y/n," he spoke. She was still sitting on the running water, shaking bits of water out her hair. Finally, she stood up, but Ford tensed when he noticed a slightly large green octopus clinging on to her arm. "Y/n," he regarded her slowly.
She tilted her head to the side. "What?"
"Don't panic, but there is an octopus with one eye on your right hand."
***
When Y/n looked behind her, all she noticed was the extra weight on her right arm. She shook it a little, and the creature's slimy limbs just crawled on her skin. She is not in pain, but the texture makes her uncomfortable.
"How do you feel?"
"Um, nothing. But it feels like it's sucking me."
"Sucking you?" Ford stepped forward and began his attempt to remove the octopus but it suddenly screeched at him, its wide eye threatening him. "Agh! We have to get it off of you, Y/n."
"I think it likes me," she replied as a giggle escaped her lips.
Ford was slightly panicking. "It could be a life-sucking parasite! Get it off!"
"Psh, no it's not..." Y/n insisted, until her right arm sagged and only then she knew that it was indeed a life-sucking parasite. So, the girl deliberately punched where she thought was its weak spot; the large eye.
But she came to a halt, and her entire body seemed to shut down, her knees buckling to the ground. "Oh. Welp."
Ford tensed in concern, now getting agitated. He reared back with all his might before punching the creature's glassy eye. Its grip on Y/n loosened, and Ford took advantage of the opportunity to remove it, holding it by its green head.
Its limbs snaked with it as Ford lifted it up and trapped it in a poly-carbonate cage. He cinched it tightly before returning to his apprentice, who was still lying on the ground. "I'm not in any pain," she said after a brief pause. "But maybe that's an octopus? It likes human skin, so don't touch it."
"It's an octopus with eight tentacles," Ford said, looking at the creature, which was still breathing but clearly weakened from the vulnerable attack. "It has one eye, like a cyclops, so... could it be a cycloptopus?"
A chuckle echoed through the clearing, and Ford returned his gaze to Y/n, who was laughing to herself. "You come up with such clever names," she remarked, shaking her head, "cycloptopus... classic."
Ford smiled, albeit puzzled. Were his puns really that amusing, or is Y/n simply feeling the effects of being touched by the cycloptopus? He allowed himself to smile. Heh, it was quite comical.
"Can you get up?" Ford asked his companion. He was ready to lend a helping hand.
Y/n laughed. "Yep," she said, grabbing his hand and being hoisted up. She brushed the dirt off her clothes. She only noticed the suction marks on her skin after that. It was dark and discernible. "Cool."
"We're going to have to take this back before it has another chance to escape," Ford wrote in his journal. As a title, he wrote "Cycloptopus" in beautiful cursive.
Y/n stared at the number 2 on the journal's cover. Because the first journal was already jam packed, Ford issued a second. It took them three years to fill the journals with their findings and research. And she grew a bit of height. She wondered how many books there would be in total. Will it suffice? Is there an ending? She doesn't want it to come to an end.
After three years of adventure, she still desired more. Ford even remembered their birthdays, which she had never heard of before. They apparently celebrate human aging on an annual basis. Well, she could guess that she is 3 years older now.
She felt something cold fall on her hair. When she looked up, more white specks fell from the sky. "It's snowing! Ford, it's snowing!" she yanked on his sleeve like a little kid in a candy store. Ford stumbled for a few steps before looking up in the same direction.
"Huh. It appears so. Come, Y/n, let's go home."
Home. She always loves the sound of that word.
The two travelers returned to the cabin on foot. Ford shut the door as Y/n started a fire in the fireplace. The man removed his trench coat and set it on the stand. He went straight to the trapped cycloptopus and examined it. It had just awoken and was ready to attack, only to be rendered ineffective by the plastic shield between them.
"Ha," Ford said, smirking. The creature appeared terrified as it realized it was trapped. Ford's taunting made Y/n smile. He went back to his room, deciding to observe its behavior more closely. "Good night, Y/n."
"Nighty night," the girl replied, flipping the switch and turning off the lights. She curled up on her pillow beneath the blankets, enjoying the warmth of the fire.
Ford awoke a few hours later. The cycloptopus was also sleeping. He thought he heard two young voices outside his house. He walked out of his room and into the living room's darkness. It was still snowing, as evidenced by the snow-covered windows. The fire was out, and the little girl was snoring loudly.
He noticed a flash of blue outside and assumed it was lightning, but it wasn't snowing hard enough to produce lightning...
Ford went to his front door after turning on the lights. He opened it to find nothing but the same expanses of snow that covered the woods. He took another look around before closing the door completely.
"What..." Y/n mumbled as she heard the noise. "What's wrong?"
"Nothing," Ford said dismissively. "I thought I heard something, Y/n; you should go back to sleep," he said before going to the kitchen to make himself a cup of hot coffee.
She sat upright on the hard wood. "Nope. I'm awake now. And you're making coffee, so make me one too!"
Ford scoffed playfully, but gave in and got another mug. He poured scalding hot water into both and carried them to the living room, where Y/n stood up from the fireplace after lighting another fire.
He noticed that the marks from earlier had vanished. "Right. Quick healing, I forgot."
"Heh."
He handed her the mug, which he held by the handle. He should be used to it by now, but it still makes him flinch every time the girl casually holds the mug from the bottom, where it is boiling hot.
Y/n gulped it down without even waiting for it to cool down. "Mmm, yummy coffee, just the way I like it!" she exclaimed, returning the mug to him. "Make me some more."
"No," Ford said apprehensively. "Did you already forget that incident?"
She remembered, alright. Let's just say that she couldn't sleep and was jittery all the time and was jumping around, praising the taste of coffee as if it were her god. Ford was concerned, to say the least, and decided to lock the cabinet enclosing the coffee container.
Y/n sheepishly grinned at him as Ford just gave her a disapproving gaze. "You went crazier than when we tried that mystical amulet on you."
"Oh, yeah. I also remembered the amulet." An involuntary shiver went through her spine. If one could take a glance at the second journal, they would just get outright cursed from the dark spells and incantations it contained. Not even halfway finished, and Ford has already dubbed it the "most dangerous."
"Buried it," Ford answered. "Somewhere deep underground where no one can find it."
"That thing is dangerous. It turned my hair white..." She snatched a fistful of her hair from beneath, where some of the strands that weren't caught by the hair dye are still white.
"Indeed, aside from the mystical amulet, there were the dark chants and possession incantations," Ford's gaze was distant with a deep frown as he recalled the events.
When Ford discovered scriptures written along the walls of a cave, he read them aloud. He had a knack for reading new things aloud. Y/n had unknowingly started spasming out of control. She had knelt next to him, and their eyes were both glowing.
Y/n had felt like a puppet being controlled. She never wanted to go through that again. Ford's demonic smile as he wickedly controlled her every move lingered in her mind.
The possession only cut off when Ford deliberately made the girl bash her head towards the stone and it felt like a pang of headache came across like a flash.
"Yes..." Ford trailed off, looking at the girl with a worried gaze.
Y/n frowned at this, "Ford... you know how I feel about you worrying about me," she began as her mouth scrunched into a pout.
"It's difficult not to," he replied, sipping a mouthful of coffee. "It's in a man's nature to protect those he cares about. This is difficult to say, but Y/n, you have been an excellent apprentice and research assistant."
Her cheeks began to flush. She was at a loss for words. Ford's sudden turn to sentimentality was unusual, but she welcomed it nonetheless. After all, this is Ford. He always has a way with words.
"I wouldn't know how to venture into the woods alone, if I am honest."
"I believe you'll make it, Ford." You're the most intelligent person I've ever met! " Y/n gleamed as she sat up on her knees. Her eyes twinkled with delight. "You've always saved me, never panicked - and if you did, you knew how to hide it and what to do." You're a born explorer and a genius!"
With this, Ford blushed, sheepishly avoiding eye-contact. "You really think so?"
"Certainly! People will be blown away when they see and read the journal you worked so hard on! They'll finally get to see the greatest scientist of all time: Ford!"
"Heh, okay. Now you're getting too ahead of yourself," he said, amused at her enthusiasm.
The two had spent the rest of the night telling stories to each other, seeking solace from the winter chill. Ford related stories from his youth, while Y/n related encounters dating back to the day she was born. She didn't remember much, but there were a few instances where the memory was so vivid that it was practically imprinted on her mind.
The effects of coffee were finally wearing down on Y/n and finally, fatigue was taking over. Ford took his leave, bringing the two cups over to the kitchen sink before retiring to his own room after turning off the lights. As Ford lays on his bed, he couldn't help but think of Y/n's words to him. Should he publish his findings about the weird entities that inhabit Gravity Falls? Would anyone even believe the nonsense spewing from this book? Would people refer to him as a madman who lives in the woods? Everything is improbable.
In that moment, as Ford tossed and turned, he decided that no. He's not done yet. He has to figure out where it all came from. It had to have a source or something, and his curiosity is getting the best of him.
Notes:
WL MLG GIFHG GSV NFHV
Chapter Text
Two years have passed since then. It had been years of exploration and research. Ford has been here for six years and has just begun his third journal. He and Y/n have scoured almost the entire expanse of Gravity Falls' woods, from the geographical anomalies they discovered to the numerous monsters and creatures whose weaknesses they quickly discovered.
Y/n and Ford were sitting in a random clearing near the cabin on the grass. They were surrounded by trees, but there were gaps between them. The young lady had just finished reading the most recent entry from the third journal. It was about cursed doors, and it took her back to a time when they assumed that whoever went through the door vanished forever. Y/n and Ford never had the guts to see if it was instant death or if it would just take them somewhere.
Ford sat in front of a mountain of books he had borrowed from the library. It was all about anomalies, myths, and legends, but Ford dismissed it as irrelevant to his research because they were all fictional.
She shook her head. Ford appeared to be more agitated than usual. He stays up all night every night, racking his brain for answers to his big question, and then goes about his daily routine with no sleep. He's such an oddball.
Speaking of odd things. "Hey," she called to him.
"Hm." Ford hummed nonchalantly, not bothering to look at her. His eyes remained on the pages.
"You've been cataloging the oddities of this town, but you've never written something about the most interesting oddity yet! Yourself!"
He stopped reading momentarily, his eyes finally averting to hers. "I suppose you're right."
"Of course," she replied. "If you do get your book about the "Grand Unified Theory of Weirdness" published, the world deserves to know who wrote it!" You'd be a well-known public figure."
Ford chuckled amusedly. "Fine, Y/n. You persuaded me. Now, please hand me the journal."
"No, I get to draw you this time," she interrupted, taking the pen from his coat pocket and starting to sketch. Ford crossed his arms in disapproval. She had learned the fundamentals by watching Ford draw for years, so she practiced on her own time. Y/n had her tongue out unconsciously as she focused on his features: glasses, a big nose, long and unkempt hair, and a massive chin.
Y/n took a peek at Ford from behind the journal, its fingers slightly shaking because she was not used to the heavy pen. "Are you finished?" Ford asked after a moment.
"Just a second..." she trailed off. "And... done!" She had just made diagonal lines for the background and showed it to him very quickly before closing the journal. "Nope, show's ever. My drawing sucks."
"No, you did good! That was amazing work, Y/n!"
"Thank you," she mumbled sheepishly. "Now, pretend this is your first interview following your breakthrough. 'Good day, Mr. Ford. I am extremely intelligent, and we recognized your world-famous theory book. It has reached millions of people, and they are undoubtedly curious about the author!' Did I do it correctly? " She said the last part in hushed tones.
Ford let out a few laughs. "Well," he spoke as he cleared his throat. "To put it simply, I am strange. I was born strange, I am attracted to the strange, and the strange has always been attracted to me."
"...attracted... to... me." She lifted the pen and glanced at the man who was speaking calculatingly.
She continued writing what Ford had dictated for the rest of the "interview." Her hands managed to mimic Ford's cursive font, albeit in a slightly different way. Of course, she had let Ford draw what the shrunken head had looked like, as well as the report cards, as she's never seen them before.
In awe, the two of them looked at the double page dedicated to Ford. Ford's smile in the drawing made her happy. He flipped to the next page and moved away from her to face her. He started doodling something, and she knew he was drawing her because he kept looking back at her every second.
"What are you doing?" She asked anyway.
"Well, if people were to take interest in my book, the world also deserves to know that I wasn't alone in this, and that I had such a reliable assistant."
Y/n felt something trying to escape her eyes. "What... what is this..." Instinctively, she brought a hand to her cheeks and felt wetness. They were warm to her eyes and then cold to her cheeks. She helplessly choked back a sob. "Why is this happening?"
Ford became a little concerned. "Those are tears," he said slowly as he looked at the girl, whose tears were streaming down her cheeks. "You're- you're crying."
"Crying? Is that a good thing?"
He realized that he never saw her cry before, much less a tear coming out of her eyes. "It depends. What are you feeling right now?"
"What was the last thing you said?"
Ford blankly stared. "That you were my... reliable assistant?"
She sniffed. "You really think so?"
"Of course," he happily replied. "You have been such a great help, Y/n. I have never been more grateful for your help."
An outright full sob wracked through her as she could only rub her eyes with both the back of her hands. She sniffed uncontrollably, trying to stop the cries that escaped her.
"Crying is definitely normal, Y/n. It is alright to let your emotions out."Ford, as usual, assured her with facts. "However, I'm surprised you haven't cried before..."
"This feels like an inconvenience. I'm crying just because I really liked what you said. So my eyes just produce these salty liquids at random?"
"They are not at random. They are triggered by strong emotions. They may be hurt, but given your inability to feel pain, it must be from joy."
"Must be. But I'm not feeling anything. It's only... tears."
"That is because crying usually relieves pain, or other overwhelming emotions."
Y/n had stopped crying and was only sniffling. "Have you ever cried, Ford?"
The man hesitated, looking distant. "I have. After all, I am only human."
Ford felt a pat on his shoulder. He looked up and saw her, smiling comfortingly. "It's alright, now."
He reciprocated the smile before he had to turn back to his book. "Alright, now wipe your tears or I am going to have to draw you babbling like a baby."
***
More weeks have passed since that afternoon. Y/n and Ford went on to discover more creatures residing in Gravity Falls such as the Leprecorn, a stomach-faced duck, and a hawktopus - to which looking at it just made them infuriated.
One day, Ford had wanted to take some rest and relaxation because the reason for why he came to Gravity Falls remained unanswered. Y/n continued to worry about Ford as she became increasingly aware of his growing restlessness. His "Grand Unified Theory of Weirdness" remained elusive, and she wondered how long it would take him to realize that he could already be world-famous through these journals.
However, after spending the night in the cabin lent by local lumberjack Dan Corduroy, they discovered that it was extremely haunted. It wasn't even a full weekend of vacation. It resulted in more eerie discoveries and categories, which Ford geekily classified. The category 10 ghost eventually pushed them to abandon their packed belongings - because, honestly, they were already showered with ectoplasm - and flee the cabin in their pajamas in the cold night.
When they returned to their original home, Y/n wanted to comment on their encounters, but Ford was complacent, not responding to any of her amusing observations. She merely raised an eyebrow in concern. He would occasionally contribute his own witty quips or even a simple playful roll of his eyes, but he just looked frustrated, combing his rough hair with his six-fingered calloused hand. He had never appeared more hopeless.
Y/n was holding a mug of warm milk this time, and she tried offering something to Ford but he didn't respond, so she decided to make him a cup of tea, but it was quickly left untouched. Ford kept his hard gaze fixed on his large blackboard, which was covered in pictures and scribbles on the side, as well as arrows pointing to the large question mark in the center of it all.
"What does it all mean? What does it all mean?" " He muttered to himself as he paced back and forth. Y/n stood there helpless. Nonetheless, she felt bad about it. She had no idea how to help the guy. After everything they've been through, after three journals, he's still stumped. How many daring explorers would go to such lengths just to unravel the mysteries of this town? He is the only one to have this insane idea and go with it.
A loud bang had cut Y/n's thoughts short. When she looked, Ford had just punched his fist on the board. "Ford, maybe you should go to sleep."
"Right," Ford replied for the first time that night. "I am exhausted. I must sleep on it. Perhaps rest will do me some good."
Y/n watched as he went back to his room, just as she drank the last of the warm milk and felt sleepy. She placed the mug in the sink before settling into the couch and wrapping herself in blankets. The atmosphere had changed, and the cold wind had picked up. She turned her back and tried to close her eyes, Ford's well-being still on her mind.
The next day was a wonderful new day for Ford. He woke up with a pep in his step and it felt like a newly made fire again, burning for progress as he felt immensely inspired and energetic for the rest of the month!
"You're... smiling," Y/n pointed out with a confused smile.
"Y/n! " He exclaimed, enthusiastically grabbing her shoulders. "All this time I've been looking for some common behavior to connect these anomalies, but what if the only thing they have in common is their history - a history that exists beyond our world, in another realm, a "dimension" of weirdness?!"
She stared at him, "You're saying that there is a way to find out how these creatures exist here in Gravity Falls?"
"If I could locate and puncture this weak dimensional fiber and record proof of the dimension beyond, I would have my Grand Unified Theory of Weirdness!"
"Wait a minute, Ford. You got it all from your long sleep? Did this come to you in a dream or something?"
She must have said something wrong because Ford's face suddenly went blank and his lips were devoid of a smile. He was silent, as if contemplating about something and it was actually making Y/n panic a bit. "Ford?" she spoke after a moment of silence. "Did I do something wrong?" He still didn't say anything. "I was only kidding... I..."
"It's- it's alright, Y/n, I-" Ford shook his head before opening his journal. "I have to go."
Her first blunder was making light of the idea coming to him in a dream. Her second blunder was letting him go while insisting he was fine.
Because they didn't go outside for a week, and what's more awkward is that it's just the two of them inside, but they never spoke to each other. Y/n would occasionally open and discuss the weather. Ford would hum as he made his way to his bedroom, which he always kept locked. Y/n never saw his blueprint because he always kept it hidden, but she thought that that's what he had been working on these past few days.
He's been cooped up inside his bedroom and every time he went out, he'd always look worse for wear but it didn't matter to him. He worked and worked until multiple versions of his blueprints had reached the living room and he doesn't go back and forth now when he needs a refill for his coffee.
Upon closer inspection, Y/n noticed the large triangular superstructure. She quickly realized that the materials listed by Ford where the arrows pointed were from the "Crash Site Omega," as he dubbed it. Were they going to have to go back and look for cutting-edge technology that was specifically made for this complex design? Y/n also observed that Ford had taken the three journals and combined them to form the large plan for the portal. She's not even going to question Ford's choice of shape which was the triangle. It was still cool.
Suddenly, Ford groaned out in defeat.
"What's the problem?" Y/n asked from the couch. She was enjoying the morning paper, but now her attention was solely on Ford.
"The design of this... machine, it's... I have limited knowledge of mechanical engineering." She could have sworn she saw him blush. "Agh, I guess I don't have that much of a choice. I need to call an old classmate and beg him to join me," Ford said as he stood up, going over to the phone.
Ooh, his friend. "He's a genius, I bet."
"One of the smartest people I've ever met, and one of the two people I trust enough to collaborate on this project," he winked at Y/n, but she had no idea what he meant. "Y/n, you're in," Ford said, as if he had read her mind. I need your assistance now more than ever."
"Three is better than two," she replied, nodding at him.
Ford returned the nod before dialing the number of his former colleague. She didn't want to disturb their private conversation, so she went to the other room, specifically the kitchen, to brew herself some tea. She and Ford had gotten some coffee and tea supplies the other day, and she wanted to try the green tea, so she decided to buy it.
As the water started to boil, she looked out the window and saw a group of gnomes holding a pie. Y/n shook her head, amused by their devious thievery. She returned to the living room with her brewed green tea, carefully blowing the air. Ford burst out laughing as soon as he hung up the phone. "Success! He said yes!"
"Congratulations on your engagement," Y/n playfully teased, yet Ford didn't regard her statement and started to pace around the room, his chin on his fingers. He was mumbling about plans and future strategies, and the girl only realized something. "Um, Ford, I may be invulnerable but you're really killing me with your stink. I'm scared it'll chase your friend out before he could even step foot inside."
Ford came to a halt and stared at her, as if he was thinking about something. "I suppose you're correct."
But he was still not moving. "What are you waiting for, a kiss on the cheek? Go take a shower, you lunatic!"
The following week, Y/n was watching the eye-bat's behavior as it was helplessly trapped in a cage. She was still unsure whether it would react like a normal eye or eat. She was about to give it an apple when the front door was suddenly knocked on. Y/n took off her safety glasses, wondering who was supposed to arrive today. Ford was already approaching the door before she could process it. "Coming! " He called out.
Y/n smiled in amusement as she watched Ford's excitement. When he opened the door, she saw a lanky man standing there with his briefcase and a smile on his face. He adjusted his glasses before giving Ford a little, "howdy!"
"F! Wonderful to see you," he replied, taking his hand and shaking it. "Glad to have you join us."
"Us? " Fiddleford inquired before finally noticing Y/n standing behind Ford, waving.
"Hello," she mumbled before going about her business. The eye-bat gave her an unimpressed look, but she returned one before continuing to write on her clipboard.
"I didn't know you had a daughter."
F's statement made them both tense. "She's not my daughter, F," Ford quickly corrected his friend. "I- She-"
"I'm his apprentice. You can call me Y/n."
"Nice to meet you, Y/n." Fiddleford was surprised to see someone so young involved in Ford's research.
F and Ford started talking about his upcoming project, which Y/n only had a brief glance at. She only knew it looked like a triangle with a round opening for the portal to appear. F was led to his room, which was just across the hall. Y/n considered the project as she stood there. She could tell from Ford's bright expression that they're going to have a grand time.
Notes:
ZKHUH DUH WKHVH LGHDV FRPLQJ IURP?
Chapter 5: Curse This World
Notes:
author's note:
TW blood, vomit, hallucinations. take care!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Fiddleford McGucket was distinct from Ford, as Y/n discovered once the three began working together. She remained on the sidelines, only waiting for orders because she couldn't contribute anything useful to their conversation. She chose to be a simple assistant, which she has always been good at.
"The plans in these blueprints are unbelievably complex," F said after the three of them had moved on from the subject of the "leg warmers" fashion trend. "Did Y/n also help you come up with the idea, or did you consult with anyone else?"
Ford paused for a moment, as if he was debating something. He looked at the girl next to him, who was trying not to look like she was judging him despite the fact that she was speculating on his expressions. F's question made her think, too; she knew damn well that Ford didn't have anyone else to consult about his plans because it was just the two of them.
The man in question then averted his gaze from F, then from her, before dismissively stating, "With hard work, anything is possible. Anyway, I want you to double-check these," he said before moving to the other side of the table and handing F a stack of calculations. "Y/n, follow me."
She did, trailing behind Ford as he scribbled in his journal. Before she could take a peek at it, he shut it close, earning a loud poof. He turned around and handed her a copy of the blueprint, as well as a demonstration of the portal's structural form, and suddenly everything made sense. She was a quick learner, which was one of the many benefits of eating that mushroom.
It was the following day when F suddenly went into a panic and began rambling about how the portal would require a Temporal Displacement Hyperdrive before spouting about his worries about humanity and its limited knowledge. At that moment, Y/n remembered something, and it appeared that Ford did as well. They exchanged glances before Ford exclaimed, "We know exactly where to get that kind of device!"
F was stunned, pulling some of his hair out, and their grins grew even wider at his reaction. The destination was Crash Site Omega, which had the coolest name ever, and Y/n and Ford had already begun packing for the two-day trip.
Ford had reminded Y/n to bring curses and spells for when they ventured into some of the dangerous areas of the Uncharted Forest, and they were on their way.
***
On the first day of the journey, Ford, F, and Y/n hiked up the granite pass to the lake, where their secret mountain shortcut is located. For years, Y/n and Ford had been walking and climbing up mountains, but that wasn't the case for Fiddleford. Around midday, he took a break and could be heard grumbling about wanting to invent a pair of robot legs while eating a sandwich. With a stick, he even drew a diagram in the dirt.
"Would you like one?" " F offered the girl, but she politely declined. She ate a light breakfast, but it was sufficient.
A low-pitched growling was heard, and an odd red-and-black-checkered beast unexpectedly waddled out of the brush for a bite of F's sandwich.
Standing up from the small boulder, Y/n exclaimed. She looked at the creature with awe. She didn't believe they were real! "Oh my gosh," she mumbled, hiding her mouth behind her hands.
"Don't go near it, Y/n," Ford cautioned, but Y/n paid no attention. Many of Ford's commands were always ignored. "Y/n, it could be venomous."
"It could not," she countered. One of her hobbies appeared to be defying his orders.
The creature stared up at Y/n, motionless, but when she took a step forward, it growled, causing her to come to a halt. "Actually, I would like a sandwich," she said to Fiddleford, who gave her one shakily. Y/n unwrapped it from its plastic wrapping and waved it in the air, as if producing an aroma. The creature perked up in interest and approached her innocently.
Her face lit up as the creature bit off a piece of the sandwich and munched on it quietly. It bit again, and this time a larger piece was ripped off. "You're so adorable," Y/n said. She looked up to see Ford scribbling in his journal with a small smile on his face. F was also taken aback.
"It looks like a platypus-" F began.
"But its skin has a plaid pattern," Ford added. Y/n stood there, a teasing smile on her face, waiting for her friend to make yet another witty pun. "I'm guessing it's called a plaidypus?"
Her lips trembled with laughter. The sandwich in her hand was gone, and it appeared to want more. Y/n took an item from her bag. It was a biscuit box. The plaidypus seemed to enjoy salted crackers as well. She deliberately picked it up and gladly obliged, as long as it was accompanied by food. The plaidypus made a sound, but she couldn't tell if it was happy or disgruntled due to a lack of crackers.
"Don't feed it too much or we might just run out of food."
"Yeah," she said. "Or I could've been destroying this cutie's dietary habits or nutritional intakes, or something..." She petted its bald head, and her heart skipped a beat as she listened to its purr.
"Is it a female?" Fiddleford questioned, repacking his backpack.
"I think so," Y/n concluded after peering into its underbelly. The plaidypus wriggled its way out of her arms, and she let it go, carefully placing it on the ground. It waddled back to where it came from, and Y/n dutifully followed. Silently, the two men followed as well, intrigued by this creature's movements. They didn't want to split up so might as well follow the girl's trail.
What welcomed them was the plaidypus' nest where its egg had the same plaid pattern as its skin. "Good thing none of us are hungry, because I would advise not to eat those eggs."
The sun had finally set, and the three of them had unanimously decided to take a break. Ford proposed going to the top of Gravity Peak and setting up camp for the night. Y/n huddled inside her sleeping bag, gazing up at the vast expanse of night sky made up of various constellations. She mentally named a few constellations that she recognized right away. Her favorite was the Big Dipper. It appeared to be so simple, and it is literally a big dipper.
Ford had situated meters away, and Fiddleford had followed. For a brief moment, there was only the sound of the flickering fire, which provided them with some light and warmth against the cold midnight air.
F began to open up and talk about his plans after the project was finished. Ford and Y/n listened intently. The former was lost in thought, relating to his friend's ambition. Y/n wondered about her future as well, knowing that this project would end sooner rather than later. She can't keep relying on Ford indefinitely. He'd have to leave Gravity Falls once his research was finished, leaving her all alone.
But she'd considered this possibility before. She considered her own future plans and what she might do. She needed to prepare. She wasn't stupid, after all.
"And how about you, Y/n?" " Ford inquired, clearing his throat.
"Well, I know you won't be here forever, Ford, so... once you leave, I'm thinking of opening some sort of treatment facility for the creatures that live here," she explained, leaving out the fact that she is vulnerable to physical pain. She and Ford had already discussed not telling Fiddleford because he would freak out even more. She didn't like lying to the guy, but she reasoned that it was for his own good. "I sincerely want to assist everyone."
"Such an admiring dream for a little girl. We have the same goal; helping people," F remarked, giving her a smile.
Ford followed and shared his own thoughts, expressing his desire to prove his theory and getting excited about the future, already seeing himself as a prizewinner and genius and rubbing shoulders with other notable prizewinners and geniuses. Y/n admired his determination despite the fact that his dream seemed to be more for his own benefit.
The scope of Ford's plans perplexed F. He's caught a glimpse of the journals, which are thick with pages of amazement that he never imagined could be true. He explained that his former classmate should publish his findings and then enjoy life. But Ford was adamant, acting as if he was in a race with other scientists who also wanted to get their hands on this discovery.
Ford ended the conversation with a sweet reminder that he was glad to be accompanied by his two friends.
The two-day trip was clearly well planned, because they arrived at their destination after an encounter with cows. Y/n noticed that nothing had changed since she and Ford left this two years ago. Ford's excitement returned as he gleefully broke open the hatch and climbed down. They soon discovered what they were looking for: the Hyperdrive. Fortunately, with F's mechanical knowledge, Ford's keen intuition, and Y/n's clairvoyance, they were able to locate and extract it, which is now safely stored inside F's backpack. It was quite bulky, and Y/n agreed that it would be too heavy for her sadly short stature.
Mission accomplished..
It was about to be a terrific day for the three of them, until that turned terrible. Y/n was so used to Ford's life-threatening curiosity. She was confident that she wouldn't get hurt, yet sometimes she feared his complacency when nearing a beast like this one. He doesn't have the same invulnerability as her.
The Gremloblin was a legend, that was what she heard from Ford, and now he got the chance to draw its figure up close because they knew that creatures like it are heavy sleepers. Normally, when it's the two of them, Y/n can sit beside Ford and watch him draw, all the while admiring his line work, but it was different this time now that they have a new addition. Fiddleford was shaking up in his boots as he cowered behind Ford.
"C-can we please, just, move along? I don't like them large chompers."
"You don't have to worry," Y/n reassured F, but just as she finished, the Hyperdrive emitted an ear-piercing alarm from F's backpack. "What! I thought it was inactive!" She exclaimed, slightly alarmed.
The Gremloblin awoke with a start, seized Fiddleford with its gigantic claws, and peered deeply into his eyes, as expected. Ford flung his canteen at the beast, hoping to shock it, but it had little effect. The water simply made the monster scarier!
The creature has just mutated, and its wings have grown to be twice their original size! It flew down the mountain with F still in its grasp, with a powerful heave of its wings. "Come on, Y/n!" She sprinted alongside him, her gaze fixed on the Hyperdrive in F's arms. The gleaming metal glistened in the harsh sunlight, and she had an idea.
"Ford! "Give me your bag," she demanded. Ford handed it to her, unsure why, preferring to trust her rather than question her. The two ran down the cliff-side, tearing their clothes. Ford had a bloody scrape, but Y/n was unharmed. He looked up helplessly as the girl rummaged through the bag, eventually finding what she was looking for. It was...
"The magnet gun! Y/n, what a brilliant idea!" She handed him the gun, and as the Gremloblin slowed down, Ford took advantage of the opportunity and aimed at the Hyperdrive, holding Y/n close to him. With a magnetic rush, the two were lifted fifty feet into the air and landed on the monster's back. Ford drew his gun and delivered a hard blow to the back of the head, knocking it out cold. The four had landed in a soft, cushioned hayloft after crashing through the barn roof.
F's condition caused Y/n to frown deeply. His entire body was trembling, his eye twitching uncontrollably, and his knee bouncing faster than usual. He was in such a state of terror that he didn't seem to notice that his arm was broken and pierced in several places with the venomous quills of the Gremloblin.
Immediately, Ford and Y/n took F home for treatment.
Y/n took the liberty of tending to her friend's physical wounds, having learned to do that because she had practice. The practice being Ford, that is. She successfully wrapped bandages around his arms and forehead, but he was still left shaken. He was still mumbling something about his family. He tends to mention that word a lot.
With a worried gaze, she turned to Ford who was deep in thought. He also appeared to be very concerned about his friend. Finally, he stood up. "Thank you, Y/n, but I fear there are mental wounds not as easily remedied." He grabbed her shoulders and gently drew her away from F. He knelt down to her level once more. "We've survived many monster attacks without trauma, but perhaps he is more sensitive than we realized..." Ford mumbled to the girl, who nodded understandably.
"Maybe you should spend the rest of the afternoon with him. He needs to face his fears with his closest friend."
Ford agreed with her suggestion and nodded. He stood up and affectionately brushed her hair. "You should get some rest. Your dream of opening a clinic will come true thanks to your expertise in wound care."
With a spring in her step, she left the two friends to their own devices. Ford appeared to know what to do, deciding to teach Fiddleford some of his meditation techniques as well as a heart rate slowing exercise he learned to help him control his fear. She was curious where he had learned it because the information came out of nowhere, but she decided to assume he had known it since high school.
A few more weeks had passed and the three were still working on the project until Ford decided it was time to take a break. Fortunately, Y/n read in a newspaper, after beating the daily crossword puzzle, that "Mama Misfortune's Traveling Carnival and Freak Show" was in town for the day. She told Ford that this could be good to get F's mind off his recent trauma.
Ford agreed to go albeit she knew his distaste towards nickel-grubbing circuses and sideshows. She reassured him, telling him that this could be a day of relaxation for poor F and also an opportunity for new discoveries.
Surprisingly, at the mention of a carnival, Fiddleford was excited and was already looking alright, going back to his usual mannerisms.
People swarming in left and right. Looked like it was jam-packed even with the town's low population. And looking at the lively decorations, Ford and Y/n exchanged excited glances and the three entered the carnival.
Unfortunately, Ford and Y/n's excitement turned out to be short-lived. The first "beast" they had encountered at the fair was literally a chicken duck-taped to a silver-back gorilla wearing a wizard hat.
She knew those creatures were fraudulent, but Y/n couldn't help but stifle laughter at the mere stupidity. Ford grumbled lowly as he scribbled on his journal. If Ford hated them so much, then why go through the effort of sketching them. And they looked so detailed!
Even though Ford's mood was sour, he was still happy for his friend who was clearly having the time of his life. He had just won first prize on a pig race by using advanced probability calculations.
A stand of jewelries caught Y/n's eye. She approached the man and inquire about the necklaces hanging from the metal bar. The man with a mustache and kind eyes happily told her about the low price.
"What d'you got there?" Someone stood beside her. It was Ford, and suddenly Y/n wanted to walk away. But a certain necklace attracted her. Ford saw her eyes focused on the jewelry. "Would you like one, Y/n?"
The girl looked up at Ford, a blush on her cheeks. She averted her gaze from him and began thinking of ways how to tell him that she wanted this. Ford took one of the necklaces from the stand and inspected it real close. The pendant was awfully familiar to him. He's seen it before.
"It's a real, tough metal, sir. No need to doubt my handicraft," The man remarked, not liking the way Ford handled the jewelry.
"I can see that," he replied, flipping the pendant back and forth. Y/n smiled, knowing that he was probably looking for parts that might be mystical. The two had a fair share of experiences with cursed objects and magical items after all. "Alright, we'll get this. How much?"
Ford's wallet felt a little lighter after that purchase, but every penny was worth it if he gets to see Y/n's wide smile as she admired the necklace around her neck.
The pendant was a flower with a yellow bud and white petals, resembling a daisy.
Fiddleford brought something troubling over breakfast a few weeks after the carnival. He proposed that the three construct an additional underground laboratory, one designed with the utmost paranormal security precautions. Its purpose is to store and study more dangerous specimens that are on the verge of leaking into their dimension. Fortunately, the three had discovered a location for their hidden storage bunker and began excavating.
Y/n mostly assisted with the layout of each room, deciding which one to put where, while Ford considered the pros and cons of living underground. They would need cooling systems, the ability to provide oxygen, and strong walls to protect themselves from underground creatures.
Meanwhile, FIddleford was the genius behind the horrifyingly complex security room. While assisting F with carrying equipment for their cooling chamber, F revealed the security code, which included multiple variables and equations, but Y/n easily remembered it.
The plans were completed, and the cooling system was completed and ready. They only needed to clear the dirt to find space for each of the rooms. Ford had discovered a large blue egg containing a strange creature during the dig. Y/n approached it with caution, having never seen anything like it before. The first thing it did after hatching was transform its body to Ford's coffee cup, leading them to believe it is a shapeshifter.
F suggested freezing it right away to test their cryonics, but Ford had grown attached to the creature. He even dubbed it "Shifty." Ford enlisted the help of Y/n in caring for this creature. She was assigned to bean duty and reluctantly agreed. Shifty grew so big every day that they had to upgrade from a small kennel box to a full-sized steel cage.
One night, while working late in the bunker and Y/n was about to step in for feeding time, they heard a high, otherworldly, parrot-like voice call out, "Beans!" They knew Shifty had learned to speak at that moment! Ford was the most ecstatic about the news, while F has grown increasingly skeptical of the creature.
Several days later, around midnight, Fiddleford approached Y/n, who was cleaning the surveillance room. He appeared panicked once more, so she was concerned and ready to assist. He was coughing a lot, claiming to have a sore throat, and asking for her assistance in retrieving the journal. "I-I -" he coughed again, "I think I- I saw a remedy in the journal for... these-" cough cough. "-coughs!"
F's unusual behavior piqued Y/n's interest, "I think cough drops are the best sore throat treatment. If you want, I can get you one from the first-aid cabinet-"
"NO!" He screamed. "I- I mean. Little girl, the journal has the answer and I need it."
She became uneasy under F's incessant gaze, and the way he addressed her as "little girl" just doesn't feel right. "Ford?" She called out, her gaze fixed on F's agitated expression. "I'll get you the journal... just stay right here."
Y/n visited Ford's bunker. Maybe he was there, but when she arrived, Fiddleford was leaning against Ford, shaking uncontrollably. His anxiety had rendered him nearly speechless. Strings of rope were on the ground, and the steel cage had been busted open, proving to Y/n that the Fiddleford she spoke with earlier who claimed to have a "sore throat" wasn't the real Fiddleford, but rather the shapeshifter.
"He said he wanted the journal," she said as her voice dropped to a low whisper.
Ford carefully placed F on the mattress and quickly devised a strategy. He drew a crude six-fingered hand on a plumbing manual found by Y/n with gold spray paint. He tossed it into one of their three cryogenic tubes before strolling back to the surveillance room, where the imposter F had been waiting impatiently, his chair shaking involuntarily. "There you are, Fiddleford. You said you needed the journal for your coughing problem, right?" F almost immediately nodded. "I've looked everywhere in my bunker for it, but to no avail. I believe I had inadvertently left it in the cryonics room. Could you please get it for me?"
The imposter didn't even wait for Ford to finish his sentence before fleeing for the journal. If Ford wasn't interested in the unknown, he'd be scamming people left and right with his acting abilities.
The instant he stepped inside the tube, Ford slammed the red button, trapping him in.
Following this incident, the three agreed to put it behind them. Before Ford apologized profusely for yet another traumatic experience, Y/n made sure Fiddleford had no wounds.
Several nights have passed, and the three have spent their time working on the portal, which is nearly finished and will soon be ready for the first major test. Ford had grown extremely frustrated by the necessity of sleep as Y/n dozed off for a bit of rest. He didn't like how fatigue loomed over him, taunting him with the relaxing prospect of sleep. Why sleep when he could've been working on his most important project yet? He's squandering valuable time!
F's mechanical knowledge is impressive, but he occasionally frustrated Ford. He could consider Y/n because she is less knowledgeable in engineering, but F is just stubborn. Ford realized that if they were to stay on schedule, he would have to work at least another three hours. He envied Y/n's peaceful slumber as the minutes passed, and he, too, began to feel fatigue's wretched powers pull on his eyelids.
Y/n blinked a few times before hearing a low hum, which was how a headache felt to her. She was still awake when she noticed movement and realized she was surrounded by stacks of paper. Her arms didn't hurt from sleeping on the table in an idle position. She eventually found Ford, who was concentrating on writing multiple equations. Ford had just finished a calculation when he noticed Y/n and turned to look at her.
Is it just her eyes playing tricks on her because she just woke up, or does Ford have different shaped pupils? It was a thin slit, similar to a cat's eyes. His eyeballs glowed a faint yellow before he cracked a wide grin. "You should go to sleep, Daisy," he urged, scratching her hair. "I'll take care of this."
It was a nice offer, and she was really tired, so she accepted and sat on the couch instead. She had some difficulty getting comfortable in her bed because of the items placed at her feet due to the lack of free space in the house. "Good night, Ford."
"Sleep tight, Daisy."
She fell asleep completely, and the confusion of Ford calling her "Daisy" didn't even enter her mind.
It was the night before the test. Fiddleford, Y/n, and Ford all went out to eat at a local diner to toast their future success. Ford was the most ecstatic, F was uptight and concerned, and Y/n simply wanted food. If nothing seemed to be wrong with the portal, she figured it was safe to proceed.
Ford raised his glass, and Y/n followed, attempting to match his zeal, but F couldn't meet their gazes. "I'm having second thoughts about this," he said nervously as he slid a napkin across the table. It had a diagram with the words "Probability of Failure" on it. "My final calculations revealed significant flaws in your design, flaws that could have disastrous consequences."
The man across from him remained silent.
"I feel like we're being reckless. Reconsider the whole plan for the safety of the town."
Y/n looked at the paper, shaken by F's words. The graph's arrow just kept going up, and she had no idea what would happen if they continued. Fiddleford is the more cautious of the two inventors. He quadruples checks each calculation, so if he knew the portal could fail horribly, she trusted him.
She looked at Ford, who seemed to be contemplating something.
"Where do you get these ideas for the portal, Ford?" Fiddleford asked the same question as that morning from months back. His tone was so careful, as if he was willing to listen and Ford almost considered telling him the truth, the both of them the truth, until F showed him something that shocked Ford. In his trembling hands was a thesis paper: "The Astonishing Anomalies of Gravity Falls" with Ford's name credited underneath. "I have spent the last three days working without breaks and have written a paper exhaustively chronicling all of your greatest discoveries. Publish this," he said, placing it on the table. "This is your research, I merely went through the trouble of cataloging it for you. There are enough discoveries here to make you a multimillionaire. With this, you will have everything you ever wanted, and you won't need to go through with this risky test. Forget about the portal and the Grand Unified Theory of Weirdness! Publish this, get your life back, and move on!"
Y/n sank deeper into her seat. She had never heard Fiddleford yell before. He has always been timid, so careful with his words. She looked at F before turning to Ford and saw that something changed in his eyes. Could it be regret? Restraint? Contempt?
Instead of replying to F's proposal, he asked for the check and refused to even give the paper a glance.
"We will do the test tomorrow night at eight o'clock sharp," he told him. "Be there or get left behind. The choice is yours. Come on, Y/n."
She swallowed nervously and followed without saying anything else. Ford felt something in his pocket as the two walked home in the murky twilight. It was the ring given to him by the Palm Reader at the carnival. Y/n stared at the gleaming black ring, but before she could ask him about it, Ford had already tossed it into the lake before storming off.
Ford opened the door to the house, and Y/n preceded. He threw away his coat, took off his glasses, and rubbed the bridge of his nose. He was clearly tense from the previous situation. Fiddleford's "thesis" paper was a slap in the face, and he couldn't believe he'd done it to him. He couldn't believe it when his friend betrayed him.
"Ford?" Y/n's voice cut through his thoughts. The man turned and faced her. "I can trust you, right?"
'What a random question', Ford had thought at that moment. But he gave her a reassuring smile. In some ways, he felt guilty for dragging her along, and seeing Fiddleford's outburst might have rattled her nerves. But she shouldn't be concerned about a scribbled graph on a napkin. The three of them had been working extremely hard for several months. They couldn't go back now!
"Of course, Y/n," Ford began, placing a heavy hand on her shoulder. "You can trust me. And I trust you."
With a smile on her face, she drew him into an embrace. Ford reluctantly returned the hug, but his gaze was distant. He just wanted to skip ahead to the first portal test and succeed. He is excited about tomorrow. Tomorrow, everything could change, and they'll laud him as a hero.
He could feel Y/n's hug tightening, but he couldn't see her frown deepening and her gaze glowering on the ground. She was afraid that this was the last hug she'd ever get from him because his promise could be empty words. Everything could change in an instant, so she's seizing every opportunity. If the portal test is successful, he'll take the first bus out of town the next day to publish his theory and never return. If it didn't work out... that was a thought Y/n didn't want to entertain.
"Good night," Y/n said, pulling away and immediately turning to her couch. She didn't look back or he'd just see her tears.
"Good night, Y/n."
If monsters and other hideous creatures don't scare her, the unknown future might. But Ford had taught her that if she trusts her instincts, there is no need to worry about tomorrow. Her instinct is to trust Ford, so she tried to reassure herself. They had worked so hard on this, so she had to wait for their inevitable success.
And her birthday is the week after that.
***
The big night had finally arrived. This could be a major breakthrough, or it could all go horribly wrong. Fiddleford returned the next day and can be seen working on the finishing touches, but he didn't say anything to Ford. The two exchanged no words. Y/n wasn't sure where to stand. F had also become her friend. She would not dismiss their year-long journey. They were both stubborn scientists who preferred to work in their separate areas rather than work through their differences. She knew from some of Ford's stories that forgiveness wasn't his strong suit.
She sighed helplessly and resolved that if these two boneheads don't get along, she'll just mind her own business.
"Thank you all for coming," Ford said, standing in front of the portal. It was a meaningless speech. He rubbed his right eye vigorously, and Y/n noticed that it was different from his other eye. It appeared irritated, bloodshot, and sluggish. He said a few more words before the three of them went to carry the test subject, a mannequin. A rope hangs from its feet. Ford had the right limb, F had the left, and Y/n had the back.
The portal was so bright that it looked like a sea of diamonds swirling around it. Something is waiting on the other side. They may be testing the safety of this portal, but Y/n should have suggested attaching a camera for photographic evidence.
Standing in front of this portal with the other two is actually making her giddy. This is it. This is it.
"Ready... steady... and-" They all released the test dummy and it got pulled into the portal. So far, so good.
Her joy quickly turned to dread as the rope wrapped around her ankle. Y/n's heart leapt to her throat as she was abruptly lifted from the ground, and gravity was not on her side. She tried to grasp something, but all she found was air. "Help! "She gasped. "Help me!" "
"Y/n!" Ford screamed.
The gravitational magnet was too powerful, sucking half of her body inside before being pulled by the other end of the rope. The two men yanked and yanked on the string until the portal consumed so much energy that it malfunctioned. Static electricity erupted until everything went dark. They were able to pull her out because the portal was no longer active.
She crashed on the ground, hard. Fiddleford's brow furrowed, but Ford was only concerned with what she saw on the other side. "Did it work?" He inquired. Y/n was breathing heavily before twitching uncontrollably. F buried his hands in his hair and tugged hard. "What exactly is it, Y/n? What did you see?"
She sat upwards and the two watched as she slumped exhaustively. The girl was muttering the words, "ꟻɘɒɿ ɟ⑁ɘ dɘɒƨɟ wiɟ⑁ ᒑuƨɟ onɘ ɘγɘ" repeatedly before suddenly retching significant amount of dark brown blood in her vomit before passing out. F grimaced deeply, while Ford was greatly shocked at this revelation.
"We have to shut this portal down," F spoke. "It's clearly highly dangerous! See how this affected a little girl!"
"I can't stop this; it's my life's work!" " Ford drew his brows together.
"This is your life's work?" F angrily motioned to Y/n who was still lying on the ground.He knelt down and drew Y/n to him. "She was almost dead, Stanford!" Ford was surprised by his use of his real name. "Can't you peer inside your heartless soul that we just put a child in danger?" Destroy this portal before it annihilates us all! "
Ford remained deafeningly silent. He wanted to yell at him that Y/n would be fine and that they should try again. Although he couldn't help but feel a pang of panic in his stomach when Y/n didn't move. F lowered his gaze to the girl in his arms. He paused, a deep frown on his face. He was disgusted by this man's complete lack of understanding of the situation. He wanted to take her in his care if he walked away, but... he'd rather forget about it all.
Quickly but carefully, he handed the girl to Ford. Instantly, he pulled her close to him. "I quit," F declared.
"What?"
"I said I quit!" He stormed off without another word.
Anger filled Ford's veins. He clutched Y/n's frail body. "FIne!" He screamed. "We'll do it without you! We didn't need you!"
Those were their last words to one another.
He looked down at Y/n, searching for her pulse. He felt a faint beat on her wrist and felt relieved for a moment. "Y/n? " He said quietly. "Talk to me, Y/n."
She only let out a few groans before collapsing again.
He frowned. He didn't like that response, prompting a sigh from him. He's been working so hard, and sleep is finally catching up with him. However, he became aware of whispers. Ford looked up, alarmed. Did Fiddleford decide to return and apologize for his insulting remarks?
However, there were whispers coming from the left, right, and back. "Is anyone there?" " Ford yelled into the night. "Show yourself! " The whispers continued. It was getting louder, and Ford couldn't stand it any longer, so he stood up, bringing Y/n with him. He needed to get out of this room.
Ford cradled her against his chest and moved her to the upper floor of the elevator. Because he couldn't see well due to the blackout, he walked cautiously between the scattered items left on the ground until he arrived at his room. He carefully placed her on the cushiony mattress and covered her with a thin blanket, but before he could pull away, Y/n reached for his sleeve.
Ford looked at her, but her eyes were closed and she was silent. He tugged on his sleeve, but she wouldn't let go. He decided to comply with her wishes and sat beside her. He placed her head on his chest, and Y/n immediately became calm as she breathed slowly.
As he looked down on Y/n, he felt another pang in his heart. Was it remorse? Guilt? Pain from his anger?
He is indeed guilty for stringing her with this. He went down a dangerous path that he ventures alone, yet somehow she's still here. She has been a part of his journey in Gravity Falls ever since the beginning. He can say that they have been through thick and thin, and these last 6 years have been an adventure.
Ford's thoughts returned to Fiddleford, and his rage resurfaced. He took his journal and pen from his coat pocket without disturbing Y/n's sleep. He had a lot to say to F, words that would look better on paper rather than spoken aloud. He'd rather save his time than spend it yelling at him.
GOOD RIDDANCE! He wrote in bold letters. It felt final and liberating. He shouldn't have contacted Fiddleford in the first place. This project could have been completed with just Y/n and his muse. He'd introduce Y/n to his muse, and the three of them could collaborate. F and his weak, cowardly demeanor were utterly pointless.
His right eye felt like it was burning again. It was stinging and it was much more painful than the last. Is this a symptom that his muse is contacting him?
"wfs yic fswty?"
"jvy xijily cgcujk"
"vevibgsrmt droo xszmtv"
"!eye eno tsuj htiw tsaeb eht raef ,yks emoceb htrae dna sllaf ytivarg nehw"
"Stop!" Ford screamed, standing up. "Stop it!"
He dashed out of the room, but the whispers remained. He clutched his journal close to his chest. It felt like he was drowning for hours, but it had only been a minute. Slowly, his muse's voice became clearer.
"THE DOOR IS OPEN..."
What had he done?
***
Y/n opened her eyes to find herself in a void. She looked around but saw nothing but darkness. Is she able to walk? She took a step forward, luckily not falling. She walked and walked until she felt she had no choice but to run. Y/n was getting short of breath. She didn't have to look behind her back to realize that she was being pursued.
Her foot suddenly lost contact with the ground, and she began to fall. She could see the ground from below and instinctively put her hands in front of her to brace for impact, but she was floating before she could land.
First and foremost, she was perplexed. "Huh..."
Maniacal laughter erupted from above, and she was left puzzled by what was going on. From above, a yellow glowing triangle floated down. He had thick lines for limbs, a top hat, and a bowtie to complete his one-eyed body. She was still processing her situation. Where the heck is she?
"You're inside your mind, short stuff."
Internally, she screamed. Can this slick-looking fella hear her thoughts?
"Oh, why thank you for the compliment. I tend to dress up for a special occasion!" He even stretched his bowtie for effect. "Anyway, how'd you like that glimpse, Daisy?" He placed both his hands on the side of his head/body.
Y/n suddenly remembered everything. She remembered the first test, how she accidentally got caught on the rope, how half of her body got sucked in, how she got a glimpse of what was really on the other side, how she puked blood. If she's in this void of nothingness, is she still unconscious?
"Boy, your thoughts are loud. Ever taught them to shut up?"
She huffed, "Stop reading my mind! And who are you?" she suddenly felt chills as she realized that he had that similar black slits for pupils, similar to a cat's eyes. It dawned on her like a meteor shower. "You were the one helping Ford, aren't you."
"Ding ding ding! We have a winner! Here's your prize; a handful of fish guts!" he snapped his fingers and it magically made her hand catch, you guessed it, guts from a fish.
"Agh!" Y/n screamed in utter disgust as she threw it away from her. Bill's obnoxious laugh just echoed. With another snap of his fingers, the fish guts disappeared and her hands were clean of the blood.
"Haha! I knew I liked you better than that weak, obstinate Glasses! He was too cowardly to carry out the plan. Meanwhile, you blindly obey every command from Six Fingers. That's exactly what we want to see! Let's give Daisy a standing ovation!"
Y/n stood there, unimpressed as Bill summoned multiple pairs of hands surrounding her, giving their rounds of applause. Some even hollered and cheered even though they didn't have any mouths. He's starting to annoy her second by second. His taunts, his maniacal laugh, and what's with the "Daisy" calling? When had she heard it before?
"Sleep tight, Daisy."
At the chilly realization, she felt like she was showered with a bucket of ice cold water - because she was literally showered with a bucket of ice cold water by Bill. Y/n sputtered and spat out the water as Bill's maniacal laughter resounded. "Stop it and stop mind-controlling Ford!" She pointed an accusatory finger at him.
"HAH! But why should I do that? He's just completed an interdimensional bridge connecting our worlds! We owe him a heartfelt thanks. This dimension will soon learn how to party. Are you ready?" he leaned down and produced a party pipe out of thin air before blowing it in her face. She slapped it away angrily, making Bill laugh again.
"Party? What the-" Y/n shook her head. She didn't know what he meant, but it sounded dangerous. She shouldn't have to think too much anymore or he'll just hear her thoughts! She was already well aware that Bill is a dangerously powerful being. "I'll stop you! I-I'll force Ford to close the portal!"
"And what makes you think I can't take over his body just like last time?" he replied without missing a beat. If he had lips, he would be smirking.
"You aren't welcome here, you psycho! You- you pyramid jerk!"
"Heh, your childish insults tickle my funny bone, and I don't even have one! I don't think you have a choice here once the portal finishes, Daisy." he taunted, pointing finger guns at her. Suddenly, his eyes changed and Y/n didn't like how it meant that an idea had entered his mind. What could the idea be? "And if we're going to have a party..." Bill paused for a moment, narrowing his eyes and before she knew it, it glowed to yellow and emitted a laser. He zapped her, enveloping her entire body in a yellow glow. He cackled so carelessly. "Woo!"
Her body was no longer glowing, and she scanned herself for any changes. Her physical form was unchanged, and she didn't feel any different, but Bill had clearly done something to her. "What have you done to me!"
"Even if Six Fingers stops the portal, he's just delaying the inevitable!" Bill chuckled. Even if it takes a thousand years, I'm sure you'll be present to see it! "
"What the- Bill!"
He began to float away. "Have fun with your birthday present, (nickname)-y! You'll thank me later!" his voice faded and the world around her began to flicker in black and white. "OH! Hey Daisy!" Bill exclaimed one last time. When she looked up, his eyes widened into saucers.
"WANNA HEAR AN IMPRESSION OF FIDDLEFORD?"
She awoke with a start, having no memory of what had happened in her dream or her harrowing encounter with the portal.
Notes:
9-0-11-14-15-23-0-23-5'-12-12-0-13-5-5-20-0-1-7-1-9-14-0-19-15-13-5-0-19-21-14-14-25-0-4-1-25-!
Chapter Text
She was heavily breathing as she adjusted her gaze to her surroundings. She became aware that she was in Ford's room and in his bed. The dark, heavy curtains draped over the windows, preventing any light from entering. Despite the darkness, she could see that Ford's room was completely cluttered, as one would expect from someone like him. He used to be very organized, but due to the portal project, he became so engrossed in his various tasks that he neglected to clean. He can remember where he had placed a specific item the previous time.
Y/n was curious as to how long she had been sleeping. The last thing she remembered was doing the test with Ford and F, but she had no idea if it had been successful because her memory had become hazy since then. She didn't want to think about it anymore because her mind always went blank when she tried to recall that moment.
She tried to search for a nearby calendar, or anything. Is Ford still even in Gravity Falls? He wasn't here when she woke up. Was the portal test successful and he's already on his way to tell the world about his groundbreaking theory? Did he just up and leave without waking her up or saying goodbye?
Finally standing up from the bed, she told her quick-beating heart that no, he couldn't do that. He wouldn't just throw away all their time together. She could deduce from the faint light seeping in through the curtains that it's day outside, but she still couldn't tell what day it was since the test.
Still, she remembered that her birthday was a week after the test. She was about to turn thirteen. She may already be thirteen now or even older. But it wouldn't be a birthday without celebrating it with her closest friend.
She slowly pushed open the door and took a look around. The corridors were dark, and it appeared that the room across from her was unoccupied and basically abandoned. She assumed F had left once the portal test was completed. She frowned at the prospect of not being able to celebrate the achievement with the two of them, but her heart was filled with hope at the prospect of Ford and F reuniting as close classmates.
"Ford?" she called out to nothing. She wanted to give it a try, maybe he'd shout back.
Y/n walked out to the living room, and it had changed drastically. Gone were the stacks of calculations and blueprints of the portal. The floor was bare, but there was still the occasional dust and dirt, hinting that the room wasn't cleaned for months now. She couldn't even remember the last time anyone cleaned this place. Walking to the kitchen, she was surprised to see so many coffee pots and mugs. What was he doing with this much coffee? Is he pushing himself over a new project again?
"Ford!" she shouted again. "It's my birthday! I don't know if it still is, but we can still celebrate! A belated birthday party or something!" Where is he?
Perhaps he was in the portal room? She retraced her steps and found herself in the elevator; she remembered riding this thing up and down all the time, with the shrunken up portal parts. The height-changing crystal had its advantages. She stepped inside the elevator, which opened to a dark hallway. The portal remained intact. The surveillance room remained. There had been no change.
He wasn't in the upper ground, attic, or portal room, either. So she went to the only other location she knew he'd be.
Returning to the elevator, she pressed the number two button, and the mechanism lifted her up to the second level of the basement's second level. The elevator door opened. It was red and gold, and when she touched the knob, it was cold.
"Ford? " she said as she entered the dimly lit room. She noticed Ford slouched on the chair in one corner, which was surrounded by candles. He appeared to be writing something with zeal. "Ford! It's my- birthday..." she'd trailed off when she heard him mumble incoherently.
She walked close enough that he didn't even notice her. She only realized his appearance when she looked closer. His hair was unkempt, his eyes were so red they could have passed for black eyes, and his clothes were a mess. She could tell he'd grown some facial hair. She had just noticed him frantically writing with a black light as his light source.
"Ford?"
***
The sudden sound of her voice startled him. He immediately slammed his journal shut and turned off the black light. "Y/n! " He was overjoyed when he saw her. For weeks, the only thing that kept him sane was attempting to care for this little girl when he couldn't even care for himself. "You're awake! I didn't see you come in."
"Yeah, but how long was I-"
It happened too quickly for her to blink. Ford suddenly craned her neck and flashed her a harsh light. He spread her eyelids apart with his other hand to get a better look at her pupils. "What are you doing?! " she said. The bright light blinded her, but it did not harm her eyes.
"I apologize for my outburst," Ford replied as he let her go. "I was just making sure..." he cleared his throat.
"Making sure of what?"
"That you were safe. And you are," he averted his gaze as he adjusted the collars of his coat. "I'm also glad that you are doing fine."
She tilted her head in perplexity, but she decided to ignore it. "How long have I been gone? "
"It's been... a couple of weeks." He couldn't tell either. "Almost a month." He hadn't been out in the sun in a long time. He had to constantly check behind his back the last time he went out for food to see if anyone was after him. He's seen mysterious men in cloaks with a crossed-out eye symbol. And he couldn't seem to get this monster out of his thoughts..
Ford has been left alone to fight his battles for the month that Y/n has been sleeping. But he believes he deserved it because he put himself in this situation in the first place. It was his fault that he shook Bill's stupid hand. As a result, he had to train himself not to fall asleep, and if drinking coffee wasn't enough, he'd splash himself with hot water. He'll go to any length to keep Bill out of his head.
And if he ever passed out and Bill took control of him for a night, he wouldn't remember it because Bill can also corrupt his dreams and manipulate his thoughts.
He had to cling to Y/n. She not only keeps him sane, but she is the only other person he can trust. He had to keep his guard up, though. Bill could still be lurking around without his knowledge. "Y/n, I'm sure you know a thing or two about ciphers."
She does, but she was still puzzled as Ford scribbled something on a piece of scrap paper. When he showed her a word jumble, she immediately deduced that it was a Caesar cipher because the first three letters wouldn't make sense as an Atbash code.
L kdyh wr klgh doo pb uhvhdufk.
"What?" She was confused. Why did he have to hide his research? "What exactly is going on?"
"It's hard to explain, but I have made a grave mistake and I can't turn back now. F was right and I was a fool."
"Oh, speaking of F, where is he? Was the portal test a success?"
She shouldn't have asked because something had changed in Ford's eyes. A dark shadow had fallen over him, and he couldn't speak. She had no recollection of anything? Ford had deliberated internally. It had to be a side effect of entering the portal.
"He... had to leave due to a family emergency. His wife became ill..."
Y/n didn't want to probe any further because F's departure could have been a sensitive subject for Ford to discuss. Maybe they had a fight before he left?
"Anyway, here are the additional pages from my journals. Keep it hidden and don't show it to anyone else. I have already hidden the second and third books," he said as he paced back and forth, brows furrowed in concern.
She looked down at the ripped papers that had been handed to her. They were crammed with notes and codes that she would have to decipher later. "How about Journal 1?"
He paused for a moment, debating whether this was the right decision, but he had no other option. "I'm going to make a postcard."
That was an unusual plan, but she remained silent as she followed Ford back to the elevator and pressed the button. She kept looking up at her friend the entire way to the higher ground. What had happened in the weeks she had been sleeping for him to act this way? He's becoming increasingly paranoid and cautious, his hands jittery like F when exploring outside.
Ford must have gone through those trials, and Y/n felt sick at the thought of him going through them alone while she slept. He must have gone insane now that Fiddleford was gone as well.
The elevator door opened, and they were now in the living room. "Hey, Ford," she said. "It appears that you are forgetting something..."
Ford grumbled before saying, "what did I forget?"
"Something important..." She let a smile stretch her lips.
"I have no idea what you're talking about," he replied, rummaging through his bags until he found it. A Gravity Falls postcard, untouched and still in mint condition. "Gotcha," he said, quickly pulling a pen from his pocket and placing it on a clean surface - a tiny free space on his living room work table.
Before he began formulating for something to say, Y/n popped in his vision. "Ford! It's my birthday! I'm thirteen now!"
"Oh, yes. Happy birthday, Y/n," he blindly reached over and nonchalantly ruffled her hair like he always did. That never changed and that made her smile. He was still himself.
Ford focused his attention on the back of the postcard. He had just written his full name and address, and now he was writing the name of his intended recipient. He hadn't heard that name in years. He can't deny that this guy has been bothering him since that fateful day. Below that name was an address provided by his mother, whom he had called a few days before. He lives there, she told him.
At first, he was really considering giving the third journal to Y/n, but he knew she couldn't leave Gravity Falls because of its weird law of magnetism. He wanted to get rid of these journals. They were too valuable to destroy, but the information contained inside is too dangerous.
And, ironically, the only other person he can trust to do the job (which is to get as far away as possible and bury it somewhere no one can find it) is the least trustworthy person he knows. When Ford thinks of S, he thinks of a thief and a charlatan, to name a few adjectives. But he decided to give him another chance at redemption. Perhaps he can still prove his worth to Ford.
There was a blank space beside the names and addresses where he could write whatever he wanted. Ford had so much to say, but the moment the tip of his ballpoint pen touched the paper, he retracted as he sighed quietly.
He looked up at Y/n, who was keeping a close eye on him. "Can you find me some paper?"
"Um, okay," she said awkwardly before proceeding to scout the entire living room. She found an unused table napkin from the diner and handed it to him after a minute. The last time they went to the diner, it was to celebrate the completion of the portal. "You don't have a lot of spare paper in your pockets for someone who writes a lot."
"Maybe because I ran out of paper writing a lot," Ford replied, eliciting a small laugh from Y/n. He didn't give her a single glance the entire time he was working on the portal, except when she needed her for something. They didn't make small talk because their sole focus was on completing the portal. Everything had truly changed.
Ford wrote down on the napkin until there were no more blank spaces. He took a deep breath before writing on the postcard. "Please... come... Ford..." he said aloud as he scrawled the words in big, bold letters. "How about that?"
"I couldn't have written it any better myself!" Y/n remarked, albeit sarcastically. "Perhaps use an exclamation point instead of a period. To make it sound more urgent, you know?"
He stroked one long line on top of the dot. "Like that?"
"Yeah..." she nodded approvingly.
"Okay, right after I put this in the mailbox, I have to go back and hide the rest of my research," Ford said as he marched to the front door.
Y/n stepped beside him. "Ooh! Can I come with you?"
"No!" he exclaimed. "It's too... risky. I can't let you near them. It's fortunate that I saw you or you would've seen..." Ford trailed off, remembering the... items. Why did he even buy them in the first place?
Him suddenly staring off into space had suddenly worried her. "See what?" she asked, but he didn't answer. "Ford, tell me!"
"Y/n, I... I can't-"
"Don't lie to me! You've been hiding stuff from me for a long time now and I've actually gotten sick of it," she said as she crossed her arms. "I've been here ever since you came here, Ford, and for years! We've been there for each other, relying on one another. What made you stop? Out of everyone, don't I deserve the truth?"
It seemed that her reasoning had fallen on deaf ears. "Y/n, you don't understand. I was just-"
"Maybe I do!" Y/n countered. "This is about that dream demon, isn't it? I don't even know his name, but I've seen-"
"Y/n, keep your voice down, shh!"
"I've seen what he did to you. He'd been controlling you, helping you with the portal-"
"And he manipulated me!" Ford shouted in the same tone as her. "I was a fool, blinded by all his flattery and games! He was the one who proposed the portal gateway to me. I trusted him so foolishly, and now look at what happened." his voice dropped into a low sound. "These voices in my head could not go away. I always have to look over my shoulder to see if someone's watching me. Now I have to watch your back too. I have to protect you, Y/n, because I know that this is all my fault. None of this would have happened if I hadn't shaken that hand."
Ford had collapsed in his chair, placing his head on his hands as he let out a heavy sight.
"Hey," she said as she approached him. "You're not alone in this. You'll always have me." she frowned a bit. She hasn't been fulfilling that promise, but she's willing to prove that to him. "Well, hey, if you want me to blame you or something, guess I have to blame you for one other thing."
"What is it?"
"You found me and gave me a home," she replied, shrugging. "Because of you, you're stuck with me forever and you will have no choice. No take-backsies!"
At that, she drew him to a tight embrace, eliciting a light chuckle from him. She'll take a small laugh. At least he smiled. She pulled back and expected the smile to still be there, but he was looking directly at her eyes, her pupils.
"Well, come on Ford! It's still my birthday! We gotta go celebrate with food in Greasy's just like we always do!"
Ford was quickly back to frowning, "Y/n... we can't. We can't go outside. It's-"
"Dangerous? Yeah, I know. Figured you would say that. That is why I remembered ripping this number off the poster from that wall. Call for a delivery service!"
He was still unsure, but he was also getting hungry. Although his paranoia was causing him to imagine a slew of bad outcomes from this delivery service, he also had to consider Y/n's health.
After a half-hour of calling and waiting on the old-fashioned phone, the food arrived on the porch. But before Y/n could open the door, Ford drew her close to him, pushed her back into her seat, and shielded her with his arm. He shushed her and reached for the crossbow, despite her protests. When on earth did he get a crossbow?
"Ford!" she harshly whispered, but Ford ignored her, tip-toeing as he sternly placed a finger to his lips as if signaling her to remain silent.
Another set of knocks were heard and a voice from outside said, "delivery from the Greasy's Diner!"
Ford waited for a second, subtly clearing his throat before gruffly shouting, "Leave it by the door!"
The other side was silent for a moment. "Uh, sir? What about the payment?"
He slipped a fifty dollar bill on the small space under the wooden door. "Keep the change and scram!"
"Sheesh, fine." the voice spoke before leaving. It was clearly a teenage boy from his sarcastic remarks. Ford listened intently on the fading footsteps. Eventually, he opened the door slightly ajar before snatching the paper bag from the wooden porch. Y/n had caught a glimpse of the door that had a sign that said, "No Trespassing!" she felt really bad for him.
Ford inspected the bag thoroughly, looking for some explosives or something. Everything he was doing was making her kind of annoyed. This is ridiculous. "Is it safe now?"
"Yes." he looked so serious, before retrieving a small cupcake from his hand. The design was clearly a flower, with white frosted petals and a yellow fondant for the bud. A daisy. "Huh, it matches your necklace."
Instinctively, Y/n reached to her collarbone where her necklace had rested. The medium-sized daisy pendant was still there and suddenly, she was taken back to the time Ford had bought this for her. She wanted to go back.
She gratefully took the cupcake from him, and Ford rummaged through the paper bag some more until he took out two candles that looked like the number 1 and 3. Looking at the size of the candles made Y/n laugh, as Ford realized that it wouldn't even fit the small cake.
He grumbled at the diner's incompetence and stupidity as he placed the candles upright on the table and retrieving matches before lighting it up. Y/n looked at the glowing candles in joy as she carefully carried the cupcake.
She looked up at him expectantly. Ford sighed before smiling a little. "Happy birthday to you~"
It was a short tune, but it still made her happy.
Closing her eyes, she made a wish. She might be an "official teen" and she shouldn't be doing childish stuff anymore, but there's really no harm in wishing. She blew out the candle as Ford smiled at her before stopping momentarily. He looked directly in her eyes again. "I have to go and hide my research. I'm downstairs if you need me. Meanwhile, enjoy your birthday, Y/n," he said, patting her hair comfortingly.
She helplessly watched as Ford retreated to the elevator and then he was gone. She bit her lip, fiddled with her fingers as she looked down. She watched one of the candles, the number 3, tumble down. She sighed, taking the daisy cupcake.
"Happy birthday to me."
***
The next few days, Y/n awoke with a start. She had wanted to take the couch for the night, but seeing the stacks of books laid there, she was too lazy to pick it up and clean it, so she just settled on Ford's bed. He insisted he stay on the second level of the basement, as he was still not done removing some of his important research.
She made a beeline towards the kitchen, and she just remembered the numerous unclean mugs that just laid in the sink. She groaned as she had no choice but to clean up one of the mugs if she wanted to enjoy coffee. It had been weeks since she had one, and they ran out of tea which was unfortunate.
The coffee she had was bland, while Ford had... nothing. After countless hours of persisting, she finally convinced him to come up for some natural sunlight, but it wouldn't even matter since it had begun SNOWING! HARD!
"Ford? Wanna make us some hot cocoa? You know, like you always do every snow day?" She asked the man constantly pacing around the living room. She tried but clearly, it didn't work. They didn't even have enough ingredients to make one cup of hot cocoa.
Ford was too busy thinking about - well - everything. He felt like the whole word lies on his shoulders, or, the shoulders of his twin brother. He wanted to write his thoughts, but his journals were hidden now, and he had nothing else to do but wait for S.
Y/n quietly watched him. She couldn't even get through to him. Every word she said just fell on deaf ears. He might just punch a hole on the floorboards from pacing too much. If he looked bad yesterday, he just looked worse now.
"I'm going to your room."
She left Ford to his devices as she reached the bedroom door. She turned it over and pushed it open, revealing the mess and where they would usually be. The prism placed on the table, the pile of books on the chair, Ford's shelf of achievements, and who could forget about Experiment 78? The electric blue carpet that switches your body with someone after creating enough friction. She remembered her and Ford switching conscience and then immediately switching back because it had felt so uncomfortable. Seeing herself from a taller perspective, and just seeing her actual self not from a mirror and having a voice of a young man is very off-putting to say the least. Getting to actually feel physical pain was a state that she didn't want to be in and it had gotten her to be thankful, while Ford just got up and took every chance he got to hurt himself. That was an experience.
Y/n heard a knock on the front door but did not go up to answer it. Ford would deal with it with his trusty crossbow. He wouldn't even trust her near the front door in the first place. She'll only come out to help if he screams for it.
Ford had been a constant source of concern for her. Heck, she's been worried about the portal since its inception. She'd just learned that the dream demon was the mastermind behind Ford's decision to build it in the first place. Why had she never heard of him? Ford never even gave it a name. Was it a name that should never be spoken aloud? Is the demon always present in this world, or does he need to be summoned? If it's the former, how come she's never met him? How did it target only Ford? So many questions, but none of them are answered.
When she remembered how Ford had looked into her eyes, she frowned. It was neither fond nor amused. He just kept staring. Was it a test to see if she had demon eyes? To see if he was possessing her now?
All of her thoughts made her shiver, or was it just that it was getting extremely cold around here? After all, it was snowing heavily.
From the outside of the room, she could hear loud voices. That must be S that Ford has been mentioning. Speaking of S, was he Ford's brother that was in his stories? They haven't seen each other for years now, and she wondered how they would react to seeing each other again.
Suddenly, the ground shook. It didn't feel like a natural earthquake, so her mind boggled into an immediate panic when she realized that it was the portal opening up. The portal!
As she rushed for the elevator, she was lifted off the ground slightly. Y/n frantically pressed the buttons until she reached the final level. When the door opened, she plunged forward until she reached the portal room's wall opening.
The portal had emitted a bright light that temporarily blinded her. "AH! "
The light dissipated and the noise became a long hum, and a man was laying on the ground. He sat up after a moment. "Stanford?" Stanford? A pair of glasses landed on the ground. "Stanford, come back! I-I didn't mean it!" He dashed to the portal and banged on the metal but nothing happened.
Y/n stood motionless beside the machines. Everything was shutting down, the lights were turned off.
"I just got him back- I can't lose him again!" The man begged, forcing all his might to pull the lever. "STANFORD!" he screamed into the empty portal, but no one screamed back. Not another response, just empty nothingness.
Finally, with shaky breaths, Y/n let herself known, stepping inside. "Ford is... gone?"
The man stood up after stopping sobbing and was surprised to see a child standing there. He stood frozen. "Oh no, I just murdered this child's father!" I hadn't even considered Sixer having a daughter, but-"
"Woah, woah! No. I'm... just his close friend. But where is he? Where did he go?"
"Kid, I don't know! We were fighting, and I accidentally pushed him into the portal. My brother's gonna die and it's all my fault! This is why I'm the dumb twin."
In that moment, Y/n realized that she had to act strong for the both of them, which should be the opposite considering he is twice her age. "I... never knew you were twins."
"Huh," he looked at her apprehensively. "Ford didn't tell you anything about me, did he? That's expected."
"No, no. We did talk about our families when we got stuck into the bottomless pit. Well, it's funny because I never had a family. Never had parents."
"Oh, sorry kid-"
She frantically waved her hands, "no! I- well, biologically - never had parents. Weird, huh? Heh, welcome to Gravity Falls," she said, and when he didn't say anything, she continued, "Anyway, Ford did tell me about how he didn't get to his dream school but he still worked twice as hard... but he didn't mention any names. He just refers to you as "my brother" or S... I'm sorry." she didn't have to include other nicknames such as 'knucklehead of a brother', 'bonehead', 'dumb brother', 'idiot'...
"It's alright," he replied. "Well, what's your name, kid?"
"You can call me Y/n... and if he's Stanford, then you're...?"
"Stanley. My dad wasn't all that creative."
She chuckled a bit. "I see,"
Stan smiled before looking back up at the portal that was turned off. His frown returned. "I'm guessing you've worked with Ford? Is he gonna be alright in there?"
"Uhm..." Y/n was really unsure. "That portal leads to multiple dimensions, but I'm sure Ford could handle himself. He's the smartest guy I know."
"Me too."
"But we can still get him back!" she encouraged him before walking back to the surveillance room.
"We do?" Stan's eyes lit up a bit, "Tell me, let's do it! Let's bring him back."
"Uh, okay. So, you see... I only really helped with coding and some of the calculations; the physics, the environment... But uh, F and Ford really did the mechanics and the materials and the whole rest of the scientific formulas. The blueprint is written in the journals."
Stan picked up Journal 1 from the ground. "Oh boy, and I almost burned this... I'm such an idiot."
Y/n's eyes widened slightly in fear, but she said nothing. This guy was about to wipe out all of her and Ford's research. Perhaps that was the source of their conflict? Stan approached her as she pushed certain numbers. Eventually, the backup generator kicked in and everything came back to life.
He flipped through the pages of the journal until he came to a specific page. "There." Clearly, the blueprint for the portal takes up one-third of the first journal. "Uh... the other two journals have the rest."
"Where are the other two journals?"
"I'm not sure. Ford had them hidden somewhere, but he didn't tell me where. He hid almost all of his research except for a few extra pages he left for me, but I'm not sure if it'll be useful-"
"Go get it. We need every information we can get. I just want him back."
Y/n wanted him back as well, but she's worried that having just one journal will get them nowhere because the portal requires all three journals. But Stan's determination persuaded her, and she resolved to assist him. It felt a little like a sense of deja vu.
Y/n wanted to go upstairs and just get out of the portal room for a while. That room makes her feel uneasy in some way. And Stan, even though he had proven to her that he was harmless, it was difficult to believe that Ford had vanished and that he looked so much like him. Except for the glasses.
She decided to clean the untidy living room to distract herself. Stan, she knew no haste, would almost certainly stay in the lab because the rebuilding would take a long time. She sighed and tossed all the trash into the garbage bag. She went into her room and took out a spare pillow, which she placed on the couch. Speaking of her room, she needed to clean it as well.
She suddenly heard loud whirring noises and before she knew it, she was already down the elevator again. She even tripped her way through the halls that she would've scraped her chin but she was unhurt and unfazed, since one of her abilities is invulnerability. "What happened?" Oh, no. Is he gone, too?
But Stan was still standing there, looking up to the portal. He was unharmed, but unfortunately, the generator must have lost all the power.
"What happened?" she asked again, slightly upset.
"I wanted to try something-"
"Well, you clearly did something!"
"You do it then! We both know you're smarter than us! I'm always the dumb one, I always screw things up! So just do your thing and get my brother back! Please!"
Y/n crossed her arms, unimpressed. "Flattery will get you nowhere, you know." He didn't respond, prompting her to continue, "and like I told you. We can't. Not without those other two journals," she said. "Why don't we sleep it off this one night and think of a game plan tomorrow. I'm sure you're tired from today."
Stan hesitated at first, but eventually compiled. "Hng. Fine," he said before walking past her back to the lift. She sighed deeply before following, not before leaving a glance behind her.
Coming back up, she saw Stan on the couch, sitting somberly. It was still snowing wildly outside, so she made sure to give him extra blankets.
Nonetheless, he had been unable to sleep for several weeks. Y/n was concerned, but who could blame him? She, too, was unable to sleep. Every day, she thought about Ford. She had just returned from weeks of slumber before he was sucked into a portal. But she simply needed to be stronger. For Stan's sake. He just lost his brother after a decade of not seeing each other.
It was countless nights of hard work that brought her back to F and Ford. This time, she was repairing the portal with someone less knowledgeable, but she couldn't refuse Stan's perseverance. While he fixed the lever with a random screwdriver he found, she tried inputting stacks of codes she could barely remember. She gave him a thumbs up after pressing a few buttons. Stan yanked on the lever once more. The portal emitted a few sparks before dying again.
Stan slouched against the lever, reminding her of Ford once more. Stan had been a constant reminder of who she had lost for the past few days. Their demeanors are nearly identical, as is their vocabulary, and they share the same facial features (especially the nose). When it came to differences, Y/n noticed that they had different types of smarts. Stan possessed street smarts, whereas Ford possessed book smarts.
She glanced at the table filled with papers of cracking codes and other notes. She had already figured out codes she was familiar with, but it is a known fact that the portal wouldn't work without the other two journals. It was hopeless.
***
"Say, kid, you got any money?" Stan asked one day.
"What? No."
"Well, we're gonna die of hunger if we don't buy any food soon. We just ran out."
Y/n huffed, "don't you have a business? No earnings?"
"Ya think this mullet earned any money?" Stan pointed at his long hair, making her deadpan. He gruffed. "Be right back. Gotta go buy something. Guard the house for me."
She rolled her eyes. He annoys her sometimes.
After nearly an hour, Y/n found herself wanting to brew a cup of tea, only to discover that they had run out. They also ran out of coffee. She groaned slightly in unpleasantness, and her stomach rumbled as well. When will Stan be back?
Finally, she heard the door being burst open. "Step right up, folks! On a world of mystery or- whatever."
Her footsteps lead to the other room, where Stan walked inside followed by many people in tow. "Wha- Stan!"
"That's Uncle Stan to you, y-young lady!"
She didn't know what came over him as questions marks sprouted above her head. With his sweat trickling down his face and his fake smile, he was clearly posing as her so-called uncle, but she's not about to call him that.
From her observation, these people have dollar bills in their hands, looking curious and excited. Stan was obviously putting on some sort of act as a tour guide of... the lab?
"Oh, yeah!" one of the people in the crowd had expressed. "I forgot this man had a little girl. Never knew she was his niece," he said, and Y/n figured that they were talking about her and Ford.
"What's your name, little girl?" The woman up front asked her. Y/n glanced at Stan and he signaled that she had to play along, making her sigh internally.
"You can call me Y/n," she said. With her quick wit, she added, "I'm not his niece, I'm just a family friend. We're totally not related, but I just call him Uncle out of respect and tradition."
The people crowded her with intrigue. "What a nice, young lady!"
"Even though you're unrelated, you must be as smart as him! Him being obsessed with spooky inventions and stuff."
"Uh-" she stuttered. "Yeah-!"
"Speaking of which, we have an invention right here!" Stan cut off, and she was thankful. It was getting suffocating. "Behold: The- uh- Nerdy... Science... Box."
Y/n wanted to facepalm at that point. Couldn't Stan come up with a more believable name? It was just a simple transmitter, but she realized at the same time that the townsfolk are far too stupid for their own good. She'd known for years that the townspeople were unaware of their surroundings, because if they weren't, the mysteries of Gravity Falls would've been revealed to the world by now. She guessed they liked the peace and quiet of the place.
Susan, the daughter of the owner of Greasy's Diner, leaned down to take a closer look at the transponder. Oh, she wouldn't do that if Y/n was her...
One of the antennas had produced a string of electricity that sparked until it spat out in her eye. "Ow!" she yelled in surprise. "My eye!" Her left eye had gotten unresponsive, paralyzed.
"Uh- I can assure you; that is, in no way, permanent," Stan nervously assured.
"I paid fifteen dollars for this?!" Susan yelled angrily, and the townspeople followed, shouting their own thoughts, which jumbled into this incoherent mess.
Stan had to look for a way to resolve this. "You're lucky you weren't part of the last tour group!" he said, quickly dressing the nearest skeleton with his clothes from his opened briefcase. Y/n grimaced at the neon-colored pineapple shirt. "They never made it out aliveee!" Stan creepily wriggled his fingers.
Everyone had gotten silent, until they burst into laughter. "That's funny," Susan remarked, pointing a telling finger with her other hand on her hips.
Y/n couldn't believe how easily they handed over their money to Stan — well, she could, actually. She thought it was hilarious how easily they could be duped, and her smile only grew wider when she noticed a sparkle in Stan's eye. They say that when a person is attracted to someone, their pupils dilate, and Stan only proved that he was in love with money.
When the people were completely, Stan stepped forward and raised his palm as he faced her. It was a high-five as F would teach Y/n. But in Ford's case, it was a high-six. With a smile on her face, she raised her own hand and smacked it against Stan.
Y/n stepped back after the elating high-five, but before she could say something, Stan was already looking at her in panic. "Y/n! Your arm!"
"Huh?" the girl questioned, glancing down and seeing the transmitter's antenna continuously buzzing as it produces electricity that can clearly reach her elbow, but she didn't feel anything. "Oh."
Stan only narrowed his eyes in utter confusion. "No offense, but I thought you're human. What are you really?"
"Welp. I am human; I have human blood, human organs, human senses – it's all in Ford's DNA test – but I am kinda invincible... that's my ability."
She was prepared for Stan to feel weirded out by her. He was technically the first man (outside her and Ford) to find out about this – since, well – F would've just freaked out.
"What?!" he exclaimed as he ran his fingers through his dark brown hair. "You could have shown them that instead of this lame trinket!"
"Stan, I'm not letting them treat me like some sort of zoo animal. Besides, they'll... freak out. Please don't tell this to anyone?"
That was one of the first secrets they promised to keep between them. The second was Stan informing her that he had been impersonating Stanford and had been living here since then. She didn't agree at first because they could easily come up with the excuse that Stanley was just visiting his brother and friend in Gravity Falls, but Stan quickly told Y/n that he's been banned in 32 states and imprisoned in a total of three countries.
"You're... you're kidding, right?" Y/n deadpanned.
"Nope. That's what happens when you tryna prove something and want to make a living."
"Just – scamming people, faking identities, committing illegal crimes? Sounds like a dream."
Stan pointed her a bread knife filled with raspberry jam. "Hey, it's only illegal if you get caught! And I'm always one step ahead of the law."
He spread the jelly on the other sandwich before smashing it together and biting off a piece. She inhaled deeply. "Okay. Fine. But I'm not going to call you Ford."
"I wouldn't call me Ford either. Just call me Stan, sweetie."
"Okay..." Y/n trailed off. "But... I apologize for being intrusive, but what about your parents? Wouldn't they come looking for either Stan or Ford and realize that one of them is nowhere to be found?"
Stan swallowed the sandwich before gazing at a distance. That was the same look whenever he had an idea. Sometimes, good, most were bad ones that he'd urge her to join.
"I have a plan."
"Oh, boy."
She should have woken up when Stan barged into her room at midnight, but she was still groggy after a short nap to make up for many sleepless nights spent fixing the portal. This had been a long week of planning for a plan that Y/n didn't even agree on at first.
Faking Stan's death? Seems a bit too far.
She had asked him where the idea had come from. He explained his side, and little by little, Y/n had come to understand. "I mean, I've been changing identities for the past how-many years now, and no one from my family has come to look for me, so what's the difference between killing off this one?"
"Are you sure you're ready for a world without Stanley Pines? It will be really complicated to go through the consequences," she tried to reason.
"Well, there isn't a Stanley Pines without Stanford."
Although his words were sporadic and overly dramatic, Y/n could tell that they were genuine. Stan speaks without even considering his words or how to phrase them; he simply says them. Y/n realized at that moment that Stan had a bigger heart than anyone she'd ever met.
He was a good person, and he had been doing a good job of maintaining the 'mysterious' act with folks, providing tours without Y/n (because she'd just point out the real name of each invention or she'd explode from the amount of loud sounds of stupid chattering).
"Y/n, let's go."
"I'm coming," she replied, standing up from the bed before stretching.
It was cold when she and Stan went out. They walked the whole time until they reached a highway and from a distance, Y/n saw a car on the side of the road.
"Perfect. Just like we discussed," Stan remarked, placing his hand on his hips.
"With whom?"
"Just one of my many connections. I'm not stupid to use my car in this. It's my baby."
She rolled her eyes, walking towards it. "Let's just get this over with."
He unbuckled his backpack and set it down on the ground. They got to work, trying to make the car look as occupied as possible, as if he'd been driving it for years. He had keychains from various states, polaroids of the sea, and the car had been punched and kicked until it had dents. This vehicle screams Stan.
Stan stood there watching as Y/n entered the car. She adjusted her gloves before placing them on the steering wheel, which was already covered in Stan's fingerprints. "Ready to drive this thing?"
Her grip on the wheel tightened. "You never once taught me how to drive."
"And that's exactly what we need," he replied. "A drunk driver."
Y/n deadpanned. "I'm going to let you have your final moments." He was basically killing off his own identity after all. All proof of him being a twin was all kept hidden from anyone who could find out.
She gave him a brief moment of silence. She couldn't see his face above the roof of the car, but she could tell he was crying and didn't want her to see it. Stan closed the door after a brief pause before crouching down to look at her through the window."You ready, kid?"
She nodded, her hands on the steering wheel. "Are you?"
He averted his gaze, but it was no longer melancholy. "The world is ready to say goodbye to Stanley Pines," he said as he stepped aside, and Y/n turned the key forward until she heard the engine roar to life.
Y/n inhaled deeply. Welp, that was the only thing Stan taught her, so she had no idea what she should do next. Because of her short stature, she had to stretch her legs to reach the pedals below her.
She attempted to press the pedal on the far right, but the vehicle did not move. "What..."
"Move the joystick!" Stan shouted over the noise of the engine.
"Joystick?" she wondered aloud. She had to search for the particular item. "Oh, you mean this one?" Y/n reached for the clutch next to her and drew it to the back before stepping on the pedal without thinking. The car abruptly reversed, causing her to scream. She immediately pushed the clutch forward, and the car was moving straight again.
Fortunately, Y/n was a quick thinker. Despite the difficulty of turning the heavy steering wheel, she managed to maintain control of the vehicle. The adrenaline was pumping, but she couldn't scream. She was afraid she was getting too far ahead, so she frantically pushed the other pedal, causing the car to skid off its tracks. As Y/n attempted to maneuver it, the tires squeaked loudly against the road.
She braced herself for the impending impact of a large tree. Her nose collided with the steering wheel as a result of the impact. Glass shards flew everywhere, pricking every inch of her body.
But she didn't feel anything.
Eventually, she heard footsteps and Stan stood beside the car, breathing heavily. "Boy, you were crazy back there! Are you hurt? God, I just realized I made a kid do this!"
"Relax, Stan, I'm already thirteen," she reassured, sweeping away the glass from her arms and face. He winced as she did it so casually. "I'm fine. Come on, let's do the plan!"
Y/n jumped out of the car as Stan pulled out a pair of pliers. He went around the vehicle and cut the brakes. When she pulled out a gallon of gas, the front car was unrecognizable, and the engine was already spewing black smoke.
Stan poured out the rest of the flammable liquid and wiped his wet hands on his shirt when he was done. He took a matchbox from his coat pocket and took a single match before striking it ablaze. "So long," he said, tossing the match inside the car, where the seats were already on fire.
Y/n wanted to watch, but Stan grabbed her wrist and bolted for his life. She caught up to him, and the car behind them had finally exploded, causing strong winds to push them away.
It made a loud boom before falling silent. The two stood there, staring at the still-burning car and the black smoke billowing into the sky.
They were unable to move. Stan was speechless as he imagined what his parents would say after hearing the news. He can already see the headline of the newspaper he'll pick up at the store in the morning.
"Stan?" Y/n spoke up after a brief silence, jolting him out of his reverie and making him look down at her. "I told you there would be consequences. But... I promise I'll be there with you to face them together."
She could see the corner of his lips lift up a bit. "Heh," he said, placing his hand on her hair and scrunching it affectionately, reminding her of someone. "Thanks, kid. Let's go home."
Home. It was the first time that Stan used the word when referring to the lab. The last time she heard that term was when Ford said it, but honestly, no matter who said it, it was music to her ears.
"Okay," she said, smiling. "Let's go." And as the two of them walked away, Stan never looked back.
He never looked back.
Notes:
HGZMULIW KRMVH, NI. NBHGVIB
Chapter Text
'STAN PINES DEAD'
That was the headline in today's Oregon newspaper. It was the talk of the town for a few hours, and now some people have come to express their sympathy and condolences. The body wasn't found, said the police. "Must've been burned down with the fire", so there wasn't a funeral to attend to.
"You really did it," Y/n says to Stan, who is busy staring at a particular section of the newspaper. "You managed to sell it to everyone. You're an absolute natural."
"Hey, you gotta learn how to give yourself some credit, kid," he replies, chuckling as he flips to the next page. "Heh, take a look at this!"
He basically shoves the newspaper to her face. She has to lean back to read the section properly. It was a picture of a man in a square frame. Y/n glances back to Stan's smirk before reverting to the photograph. It is unmistakably him, with the words, 'GRIFTER AT LARGE' beneath it. Her brows furrow slightly after quickly reading the paragraph.
"Shouldn't we be worried?"
"Nah," he says, waving a hand dismissively. "I'm Stanford, remember? And Stanley is dead, so we ain't gotta worry about nothing!"
Double negative but sure.
Y/n leaves it at that, looking a little uneasy. Stan certainly notices it, pointing it out. "Hey, you look like we just murdered someone in cold blood- hey! That's a good name."
"What?"
"'The Murder Hut!'" Stan bellows with a sound as if he is waiting for her approval. "Come on, you like it."
"Wouldn't that be suspicious as heck?" she utters, crossing her arms and leaning back to her chair. "And you think people would buy merchandise with names like- I don't know – murder hat? Murder box?"
"Let's just try it out! Come on, I got wooden planks that need some signs." Stan stands up, walks outside and begins hammering signs.
Y/n shakes her head at him, but she has a smile on her face. He brightens the room and is eager to turn the lab around. Although she initially opposed touching her and Ford's research, she knows that without proper income, they will starve and die, and this is Stan's way of earning money, so she has no choice but to support him.
***
"Step right up, ladies and gentlemen! Step right up!" Stan takes his place in front of the audience. Some are locals, while others are visitors because Y/n has never seen these people before. The word must have spread to other neighboring cities.
Stan is a natural, just like she said. His skills at deception and trickery are finally paying off, literally. Each person's fifteen dollars all end up in his hands. Some may tip more based on how entertained they were, and boy, were they entertained.
All of the creatures Stan glued together reminded Y/n of the carnival to which the three went. She reaches for her daisy necklace, which was still dangling around her neck, and her thoughts return to Ford. She can't help but chuckle when she remembers her and Ford being unimpressed by the chicken duct-taped to a silver back gorilla.
She observes how people are drawn to the various displays of Ford's research and Stan's paraphernalia. Of course, he didn't want to tell the truth, so he had to make up a story about a completely fictitious creature. Nonetheless, customers bought it.
"Remember folks; we bring the 'fun' in 'No Refunds'!" Stan waves them all goodbye, making Y/n snort from the inside of the house.
The man turns to face Y/n, and she assumes he is waiting for her reaction or approval. The reactions were priceless, and he seemed to be selling it so well that she was almost persuaded at times. She smiles and gives him a thumbs up. Stan also smiles.
"So, any notes? Something to improve on?"
These suggestions have been gnawing at the back of her mind now. "Change the name-"
"Oh, come on. The Murder Hut is a good name! It'll really spook these people out, ya know?"
"Sure. I'll give you another name," Y/n starts, bringing her hands up as if she was ready to present something like a magician that was about to do a trick. "How about... 'The Mystery Shack'? eh?" she says, sliding her hands away from her face, watching Stan's expressions.
"The Mystery Shack, huh?" Stan repeats, rubbing his chin in deep thought. "The Mystery Shack... I don't know, I think– maybe– sounds a little bit- it's perfect!"
Wow, and here he is, adamant about not changing the name at first.
"Yeah!" Y/n grins. "And then they'll get to call you Mr. Mystery or something. Isn't that better than Mr. Murder?"
"Yeah, yeah... Mr. Mystery. It has a nice ring to it. I love it!" Stan smiles so wide, leaning towards Y/n to give her hair a little ruffling, making her scowl playfully at him.
"Hey, Mr. Mystery, just because you give tours and scam people for a living now doesn't mean you forget your sole purpose for staying here. You don't get a pass for fixing the portal, ya know!"
Stan sighs. "I know. We have to bring the real Stanford back."
Every night since Ford was sucked into the other dimension, Y/n and Stan have broken their backs and brains trying to restore the portal to its original state. She remembers some of the codes she entered, but the others were scribbled down by Ford and were unfortunately found in the rest of the journals, but they are nowhere to be located.
Y/n suggested she ask the forest creatures if they had seen Ford hide one in plain sight, but Stan expressed his fear of someone hurting her once she left the lab. She reassured him that there was nothing to be concerned about and that she would not be hurt due to her invulnerability.
Stan was still unsure, but Y/n was on her way to the enchanted forest while it was still light outside. Stan was giving tours as usual, and she managed to slip out without being noticed by the crowds.
She begins looking for someone with whom she can speak. She remembers the gnomes as being anything but friendly. Shmebulock was the only one who stood out from the crowd. Nonetheless, none of them could assist because all they wanted was for her to be their queen.
Where could Ford have hidden them? As something as important as his research, he must've hidden them 'where no one could find it' as he would always say.
It wasn't in the bunker the last time she checked, which was never (because she's kind of afraid of Shifty), but she doubted the journals would be there (because of Shifty and because it would be too obvious).
Y/n sighed dejectedly as she returned to the lab. Perhaps Ford traveled to another state or town and buried the journal there, or it was hidden by a puzzle. There are numerous options.
She didn't want to get a shovel and dig through every patch of land here in the forest. First is that it is time-consuming and labor-intensive, and the second is that it appears suspicious. Someone may believe they are digging up skeletons for their tourist trap or burying a dead body. In either case, things may occur that would be beyond their control.
"No luck?" Stan exclaimed once Y/n had reached the portal room. It took her all day to search the woods for possible hiding places, but nothing turned up.
And the creatures that lived there provided no important information. "Nothing... he made it more difficult than I expected."
Despite the lack of information from the other two journals, the portal repair was still ongoing. They'll just have to rely on their stock knowledge.
Stan would occasionally read textbooks borrowed from the local library, which were scattered on the table down the portal room. There were subjects like physics, computer science and information technology, and mechanical engineering—in fact, perhaps all kinds of engineering were thrown in the mix.
Y/n had little difficulty understanding; she was, after all, a quick learner. Stan, on the other hand, was dim-witted, but that didn't stop him from trying to understand basic physics. As always, she admired his tenacity.
It had been months of nonstop work. Since then, the Mystery Shack has grown. Stan suggested separating the house from the museum to give them some privacy, and they got to work. The Museum was larger and had more exhibits. Y/n had no idea the room was so large until they cleaned it.
As Stan continued making more nick-knacks, Y/n was working on the vending machine, making it act as a door between the gift shop and the hallway that led to the elevator.
"What do you think of this? I call it, 'The Antelabbit'."
From Y/n's observations, it was a brown rabbit with spiral horns from an antelope. It posed cutely, but menacingly at the same time. "How did you even get to build that?"
"Saw a bunch of taxidermy animals when I went out for groceries and decided to buy all of them," Stan replied, doing more finishing touches.
"It looks familiar," Y/n said, now that she had gotten a second look at it. "Isn't that one called a Jackalope? It's a mythical animal I saw from one of the books that Ford borrowed from the library."
"Jackalope-Shmackalope. The Antelabbit is a much more clever name. The faces of those tourists would be priceless once they see this!"
Y/n shook her head, choosing to focus more on the vending machine. There is just no way of getting through that guy. "I think I'm done," she announced as soon as she was finished. She stood up finally, having no pain from squatting down for hours.
"Does it work?"
She closed the vending machine with a small huff. There was a sound of the whole thing locking. "Try the code," she handed a paper to Stan and he began punching in the combinations on the vending machine's keypad.
With the final number inputted, the vending machine unlocked and cracked a bit of open space for Stan's fingers to grip it open. "Ha," he let out an impressive noise. "Not bad, kid. Good job."
"Of course, I was taught by the most amazing teacher."
Stan almost smiled.
"These textbooks, baby."
The smile dropped.
"Okay, get to work," he playfully punched Y/n's shoulder. He didn't even get to worry whether he punched too hard because it wouldn't matter to Y/n, yet Stan will never get used to that. "I want you to continue these while I'm gone. Gonna have to buy a cash register and more wood, and materials."
A month has passed, and it was the same routine as always; Stan rounds up the crowd and tours them around the museum, letting them take pictures – but always with a price.
After the fun tour, he leads them to the gift shop, which Y/n manages. She helps them sell the items, coming up with interesting facts about them and what benefits they'll get upon purchasing. Obviously, they all eat it up.
As Y/n closed the register, she let out a heavy sigh. She had been thinking about it for a week now, but in a few days, it will be her birthday. She should be looking forward to it, but the haunting memory that happened the next day all just came crashing down. The shaking of the ground, rushing to the elevator, having arrived too late. What if she had been there right on time? Could she have saved him and risked her life instead?
She's happy that she had Stan to celebrate it with her instead of being alone on that day. And even though she also wanted to celebrate Stan's one year of staying here, it just left a bad taste in her mouth because it's the same day she lost her research partner, her closest friend.
"Happy birthday, kiddo," Stan said, pushing forward a small plate of a cupcake on it. "Make a wish."
Y/n smiled, albeit feeling like total dump truck. "Thank you."
The moment she blew on the candle, the realization dawned on her that she was fourteen. She didn't feel like fourteen. Every year, her height grew an inch, but this year felt different all of a sudden.
Then came the next birthday, and the next, and the next. Stan's mullet had grown long enough for him to let her cut it all off, but Y/n had not changed.
"Maybe it's some sort of weird puberty thing. You may be human, but maybe your invulnerability is affecting something inside-? Nope, I am now greatly uncomfortable."
"It's been five years. It's as if I'm stuck at thirteen or something. It is indeed strange."
"Hey, look on the bright side, sweetie. One of us is staying young forever, and it's surely not me," Stan said, checking himself out in the mirror and turning his head to gaze at his new haircut. "Not bad, kid! You even kept the sideburns. I look sharp!" He grinned at his reflection before walking away, but not before giving Y/n a little noogie. "Might consider opening up a barber shop!"
"You will never bribe me with flattery, Stanley."
"Heh, worth a try."
Before Stan left the room, he stood by the opening, his hand stilled on the door frame. "Y/n?"
"Yeah?" Y/n stared at him.
He averted his gaze before speaking, "Nothing. I'm just..."
"You're just what? You can tell me, you know."
Stan let out a small chuckle. "Yeah. I know. I just wanted to say that... I'm sorry. It's been five years since the second most stupidest thing I've done in my life."
Double superlative, but okay, Y/n thought, but she let him continue.
"He wouldn't be gone if it weren't for me. But, I also want to thank you for not giving up on me. I basically replaced him but you never left, ya know? You-"
"Okay, you're making me cry, man. Stop it," Y/n playfully chided, but there were tears threatening to escape from the corner of her eyes. "We should be celebrating our progress! I mean, considering that we lack the extra information from the other two journals, we still do it! The portal... kinda works."
Stan remained frowning. "Really appreciate your enthusiasm, kid, but we just spent the last five years with nothing accomplished. Admit it!"
"And here's to many more years. I don't care how long it takes. The important thing is that we're still trying and we won't ever give up on him. We both want him back, right?"
"I'm sorry. You're right." He sighed.
"When am I not?"
"Okay, smarty pants, I'm getting sick of your overconfidence," Stan remarked, but he wasn't being serious.
Y/n cackled. "Ha! Where'd you think I got that? And you don't get a choice, you're stuck with me forever!"
He smirked. "Good."
The two remained inseparable, knowing that they would only have each other for the rest of their lives. They decided that because Y/n does not age, she should be kept hidden from the public during the day. It was too complicated to explain, but Y/n had prepared a lie that she could tell whenever she needed to.
Stan and Y/n knew it would take a long time, but no one expected that almost twenty years later, nothing groundbreaking would have happened. The Shack kept on developing, though, now fully renovated with the huge sigh and other decorations.
They continue to follow their daily routine, in which Stan tours the visitors around the museum before leading them to the gift shop where he also manages the cash register. Meanwhile, Y/n works with the portal, taking note of what materials they would need. Stan might call Y/n to fix something, but as much as possible, he didn't want to fill up her plate with so many tasks.
Sleepless nights of hard work were also part of their routine. Someone should seriously do a bag check on their eyes from how saggy they look, but somehow Stan still manages to look charismatic in the day.
But every now and then, Stan would have one of those nights where he felt completely disheartened. He'd just stop what he was doing and go on a rant about how he's not smart enough and lacks critical thinking, doubting his abilities, and calling himself names.
But Y/n is always ready to put him back in his place, to tell him that he's wrong, and that he is smart in his own way.
There would also be days when Y/n would not want to get out of bed, feeling lethargic and uninterested. She'd spend the entire day lost in her own thoughts, which would always drift back to him and her memories with him.
Stan would check in on her from time to time, but would give her space if she needed it. He would, however, bring her meals in bed, which she greatly appreciates.
The two have grown to truly care for one another, internally promising to watch each other's backs.
After about twenty years, there was a ring that one morning. Stan reluctantly picked it up and sat in the dining chair. "Stan Pines speaking."
"Ford?"
Stan knew that voice. "Shermie?"
"You go by Stan now?"
His shoulders slumped. He just wanted to drop the call, though it might be suspicious. He already had the first strike, mistakenly introducing himself as Stan Pines when clearly, a person named Ford resides here. "What do you want, Sherm?"
"Well," Shermie began, "you know how I've been expecting my first grandchild..."
Stan stood up from his chair. "Wait," he said, "Is it happening now? Already?!"
"Heh, yep!"
"Well?"
"Well... what?" The older brother questioned.
"Is it a boy or a girl?"
Shermie let out a small chuckle. "You'll just have to go over here and find out, won't you?"
"You can just tell me, Sherm, come on!" he basically begged but nonetheless, Shermie didn't throw him a bone.
"Nope. No can do, Ford. It's been too long since we've seen each other. It's been like what, twenty– twenty five years already? You'll find out once you get here," he said before dropping the call.
Stan grumbled under his breath before dragging himself to Y/n's room. "Y/n, wake up," he said, approaching the huge bed on the side, "Wake up, peanut, I need your help."
Y/n fussed. "No. I want to sleep forever."
"Wake up!" Stan shamelessly punched the side of her shoulder, not feeling guilty at all because he knew it wouldn't even perturb her.
"What happened, what do you want?" Y/n groaned.
"I need you to find me Ford's clothes to wear."
"What?" She finally sat up.
"I have to meet my brother. As Ford."
"You have a second brother? How many other brothers are there?!" Her arms flailed wildly, her eyes narrowed at him. Stan was slightly amused at Y/n's irritated state, but his problem of trying to pose as his disappeared twin brother is surfacing on his mind.
Stan laughed shortly. "Don't worry, we're only three. His name's Shermie."
Y/n stood up and walked over to the large box in the far corner of the room. The box contained some of Ford's belongings, such as his clothes, and the majority of his belongings were on the basement's second level. "I'm guessing you need to dress as Ford so you need his clothes."
"Yeah. Not too nerdy, though, even if it's an impossible challenge."
As she rummaged through the box, Y/n scoffed, shaking her head. It's been 20 years, but the scent is still there. It felt like a slap in the face, but Y/n powered through it, eventually pulling out a blue-gray long-sleeved shirt and a mustard vest. "Dusty."
Stan made a dismissive sound. "I don't care."
"Woah!" Y/n exclaimed as she noticed Stan taking off his coat. "Not here?!"
Stan returned to her room a few moments later, dressed completely differently than before, just as Y/n discovered Ford's other trench coat. "Here. This'll complete the look."
She watched Stan put it on with a solemn expression. "Meh, here," he said, twirling a bit to present his final appearance. "How'd I look?"
Y/n hummed in thought. She considered his appearance before pointing out a specific feature she wished to change. "Come here."
Stan leaned down to her face, speechless, before reaching up and running her fingers through his hair. She noticed that their hairstyles were different; Ford had thick, wavy curls, while Stan had straight, thin strands. She ruffled them around and couldn't help but chuckle. It was like getting even with him, who had frequently messed up her hair.
She eventually came to a halt and took a step back. Her lips formed a straight line. "You make the cut," she said, her voice slightly trembling. Stan approached the large mirror next to her and looked in it. He was stunned at first, his eyes scanning every detail of himself. "Now say something Ford would say."
Stan stood blankly, remaining still before clearing his throat. "Conspiracies," he uttered, "Mysteries! Bigfoot is real!"
The two erupted into small laughter.
"Heh, still got it." he smirked to himself.
"Okay, you big nerd, but what about your six fingers?"
The man in front of her contemplated for a moment, before coming up with an idea, "Hand me some bandages."
***
Through the window, Y/n observed Stan leave for his car. She tightened her grip on the window sill. The back of his figure looked like Ford's, and with a shaky grin, Y/n reasoned that if he truly strongly resembled him, it would surely fool his other brother.
She couldn't believe they had another brother as she slid down on the couch. She only found out because Ford never told her anything about him, only about Stan. Y/n stared at the ceiling, trying to think of something to do now that she was alone in the lab-turned-Shack. Should she go into the gift shop and create new "attractions"? Should she clean up the museum a little more? Should she double-check something with the portal?
She returned to her bedroom with a careless shrug. Stan interrupted her dream of becoming a famous monster hunter on TV, so she went back to sleep to continue it.
Her hunger woke her up, and she settled on making herself a sandwich. She went downstairs and snatched a few books and brought them upstairs to read some. She spent the rest of the afternoon reading and writing notes of her own.
Before she knew it, the front door opened. "I'm home!" She heard, but she wrote a few more sentences before looking up from the book and she just noticed that it had gotten dark. She made her way out of her room and saw Stan in the hallway who was just about to go to his room.
"So? How'd it go?" she inquired, crossing her arms.
"Twins," Stan began, and she swore she saw tears forming at the corner of his eyes. "They had twins - and – and matching names! What a tradition! It was Ma-"
Y/n couldn't help but smile at him. His happiness was highly contagious. She remained speechless, listening to him telling the story animatedly. And when he told her that he told Shermie to keep the whole "dead Stanley" topic a secret to the kids, she felt relief.
"I don't wanna do this whole thing again. It's... it's suffocating," Stan finished.
Y/n smiled reassuringly. "Let's just hope that we don't bump into a situation where you have to do it again."
***
Stan had spent countless hours renovating the tourist trap, determined to keep the oddities and appeal alive for profit and his love of money. As a result, when Stan returned home with a slew of wax figures, Y/n immediately expressed her disapproval.
"What is this..."
"They're wax figures! Got them at very low prices."
"Let me guess, you stole them while they weren't looking?" She crossed her arms.
Stan let out the biggest laugh. "You know me so well," he said quite affectionately, "Now, help me transfer them to the other room!"
They moved the remaining wax figures to the other side of the museum. They were definitely heavy, and Y/n was exhausted because she had no idea who these famous people that Stan had mentioned, and as a result, she felt like her energy was being wasted.
Stan decided to hire a handyman for the first time in twenty years. The person was tall and lanky. According to Y/n's observations, he was inexperienced, but he desperately needed a job, and Stan was sold the moment the guy said it didn't matter how much he was paid.
Yet, just the past few days of him working, Y/n was already shaking her head in disgruntlement. "What is he doing?" she whispered to herself as she watched Durland guess which part of the engine to touch from the window inside the Shack.
"What'cha watching?" Stan asked from beside her, sipping on his Pitt Cola. Y/n remained speechless, letting him see it for himself. She watched his reaction morphing from curiosity to something that she couldn't decipher. "Oh, boy."
"Why didn't you just have me fix up the golf cart myself? Would have fixed it in under fifteen and he's been working on it for an hour!" Suddenly, a yawn escaped her mouth.
"Look how tired you are," Stan said, "You already have the portal in your hands and I'm busy giving tours enough as it is."
"But clearly, he's an idiot. He's pulling on the wrong wire as we speak!"
As if on cue, the engine spewed black smoke and produced sparks. Durland coughed aggressively, removing his hat, and fanning away the exhaust.
"I'm gonna fire him," Stan said with a blank stare.
The bustling crowd from outside catches their attention, and Stan adjusts his bowtie. Y/n follows his figure walking towards the door. "Stan, fire him. Now. I'll fix the golf cart myself!"
"Sure, pumpkin. I'll do that- right after this!" And right after that, he just vanishes and his voice can be heard from outside, followed by noises of amazement and wonder. "Schlep right up, ladies and gentlemen to see my latest attraction-"
Y/n rolled her eyes as he flaunted his wax museum for the umpteenth time. Nothing beats seeing a crowd of people standing still. She was certain that this attraction would not last more than a month. When the door to the gift shop opened, Y/n quickly walked away, avoiding eye contact with a boy wearing a party hat who was walking towards the vending machine.
She went to the kitchen and got herself another can of Pitt cola, deciding that she should just use this time to relax a little. She heard more voices coming from the gift shop and assumed that some of his friends had joined him, purchasing something from the candy machine.
"You must be some kind of genius!"
The moment the voices were gone, Y/n approached the door and opened it ever so slightly. She took a peek around the gift shop to see that it was vacant and from the spot she was standing on, she had a view of the unfixed golf cart outside, making her huff in slight frustration.
She glanced at the medium-sized freezer that was on the floor, the side panel opened and exposed all its parts, which were also scattered on the ground. A tool box was open and strewn next to it. "This handyman is hopeless. Hopeless Handyman," she muttered to herself as she knelt down to inspect the problem. It appeared that one of the parts had become defective and that it was time to replace it, but no one seemed to be removing it – perhaps they didn't even realize the problem so they couldn't fix it.
"Where the heck is the screwdriver?" She rummaged through the toolbox for the necessary equipment, but she couldn't find it.
"Have you seen him?" Stan popped up beside her, and she raised an unimpressed eyebrow at him. He appeared to have finished with the first wave of tourists.
"No. He's busy not fixing the golf cart and apparently this ice- box thing, too."
He finally had enough and called the man's name. He eventually appeared alongside the two of them. Stan yanked the man outside, furious. "That is it-!"
Y/n didn't even get to hear the rest because her watch made a familiar beep. She hurried to the vending machine, entered the code she created, and staggered to the hallway as soon as the machine opened. The elevator took her to the bottom floor, and she wasted no time in pressing a specific button that would somehow neutralize the surveillance room. Something is probably overheating.
She huffed slightly as she cautiously swept her sweaty brow with her arm. "Stan... he forgot to turn it on again."
He was always in charge of pressing the button to stabilize the temperature of the portal before the two went upstairs, so the room stayed on while they were up there. Because of a lack of proper resources, leaving it on for an extended period of time causes everything to overheat and eventually explode, so there was a button to somehow distribute the electricity to other parts of the Shack. It was an extremely complex system-
"-that Stan shouldn't forget!" Y/n hissed. She checked over everything to see if it was stable now, and after a couple more inspections, she eventually left the room and returned to the elevator. "He almost destroyed everything. Okay, I'll just press the button myself before we leave. He's getting old."
In the meantime, she isn't. She's the same thirteen-year-old girl. She thought it was unfair that she didn't get to grow up like a normal human being, but most of the time she was grateful that she didn't grow and still learned something new every day. She may appear to be a youngster on the outside, but she felt far more intelligent and wise than the people far older than her.
Cautiously opening the vending machine, no one was there. She quickly slunk through the crevice that the machine had provided and closed it with force. Y/n let out a breath she didn't know she was holding and pretended to be someone who just casually walked out from the door.
"Hi!"
She screamed shortly, taking a few steps back. It was the kid with the party hat from earlier, who was now holding a red screwdriver. The same screwdriver that she was looking for.
"Hi..." she replied slowly, observing the boy. He was wearing a large question mark shirt – one of Mystery Shack's merchandise – over his red dinosaur shirt. It was far too large for him, yet he still wore the brightest smile ever. "What are you doing with the screwdriver?"
"Oh, um," he fiddled with the tool sheepishly. "I found this in my backyard and I wanted to return it, but that Mister with the cool suit hired me." He pointed at Stan's figure outside, who had his arms stretched proudly.
"Hired you? What did you hire you for?"
"...to fix a... golf cart?"
Y/n shook her head at Stan's incredulous decision. "Unbelievable. Uh-" she trailed off, not having a clue on what to do with this kid. "I'll go talk to him really quickly. You just... try and familiarize yourself with the freezer over there. Okay, bye."
She just needed to walk away for some reason and as she did, she looked back and watched as the boy amateurishly trifled around the freezer. She shook her head for the umpteenth time.
"Remember folks, we bring the fun in No Refunds! Tell your friends about the Mystery Shack?"
Stan returned inside, carrying a bag full of money. She idly followed him, and he didn't seem to mind, until Y/n finally cleared her throat. "Stan?"
"What's up," he blankly replied, inserting his hand into the bag and began clawing each dollar bills and counting one by one.
"Seriously."
"What did I do this time," Stan grumbled numbers under his breath. He's good at multitasking, counting money and talking to her, but he can mute her at any time and focus on the counting instead.
"Did you just hire a kid to be the Shack's handyman?" Y/n crossed her arms, staring at him disapprovingly.
He didn't say anything at first, and Y/n already knew that he was shutting her out. She waited until he finished adding up his income before pushing it all down inside the cash register and closing it.
She took the chance to continue her stance, "Seriously, a kid?"
"You're acting like you're decades older than him. You're only thirteen, Y/n, suck it up." Stan strolled by one of the shelves and took the duster and began cleaning.
"I'm-!"
"And hey, it's easier to teach a kid," he said, turning around to face her. "You know that old saying? Teach that kid to fish."
"I have no idea what the heck you're talking about."
Stan fully faced her. "If you teach him what you know, maybe he'll get to grow as someone who's actually capable," he whispered as if sharing a secret. "It's like planting a tree. It wouldn't grow unless you guide and take care of it."
Stan finally left her to herself. Y/n glanced behind her to see the kid reading a manual about the freezer as he scratched his hair, clueless.
The advice that Stan gave her was unbelievably wise, but he had a point. Begrudgingly, Y/n approached the boy on the ground. "Uhm, hey."
"What's up, dude?" He brought down the paper and looked at her.
At this moment, Y/n realized that he wasn't supposed to see her. Now her face was basically imprinted on his mind now – unless he's very easily influenced or has a weak memory. Hoping to distract him, she began communicating with him, "What's your name? Oh, is it your birthday?" she asked, referring to the party hat sitting atop his hair. "Happy birthday!"
"Heh, thanks," he replied, "I'm Soos. What about you?"
"You can call me Y/n," she said, before looking down at the untidy floor. "Uh... do you like... fixing stuff?"
"I haven't tried – because my Abuelita wouldn't let me– but I'm willing to learn!"
She gave a sweet smile before averting her gaze. Soos reminded her of herself from years ago, when she was eager to learn from the master. "Okay," she began, sitting on the floor next to him. "You're gonna want to find the problem; is it in the compressor? The relay switch?"
Soos may not be as bright or as quick to learn as she is, but his drive is unwavering.
Y/n watched him grow up and no longer need her help, but she had to be cautious about him possibly seeing her not aging. So she and Stan devised a strategy. To be specific, a lie.
Soos was twenty-one years old, and the new cashier girl just turned fifteen. The next day, Stan and Y/n walked into the Shack carrying Stan's suitcase. "Everybody, welcome Y/n."
"Hi," the girl meekly said, "You can call me Y/n."
"Hi, Y/n," Soos replied, pausing after. He narrowed his eyes on them. "Say, you look like someone I've met before..."
"Oh, you must've met my older sister. My mom named us the same and she took a vacation on Gravity Falls, too!" Y/n said, somewhat cheerfully. A single sweat dropped along the side of her cheek. "She told me about Stan's reliable handyman. Soos, right?"
"Heh, did she really?" Soos asked, a small blush appearing on his face. "Y/n taught me everything I needed to know."
"Can't believe your mom would name you both Y/n," Wendy commented from behind the counter. "That must've been confusing on the dinner table."
I know. Stan thought internally.
"Heh, yeah..." Y/n chuckled shyly. "It was ridiculous, but we grew up with it. Anyway, where am I staying, Stan?"
"Oh, uh. Follow me."
The moment that the two stepped out of the gift shop and entered the hallway leading to Y/n's room, she scolded Stan in hushed whispers, "You could've been any happier to see me?"
"What, you told me to act natural."
Y/n shook her head. "Let's just hope that they bought it."
"Oh, please. Soos? He's too dumb to pick up the clues, and Wendy wouldn't care enough to notice. They're the perfect clueless pair when I'm living a double life here, you know? They're not... adventurous, curious, nosy."
She frowned. "I can't believe it's been thirty years and we still haven't done anything. We haven't even found any journals. It's all hopeless.'
"Hey, don't lose hope," Stan reassured, placing a hand on her shoulder. She looked up at him. "We're still gonna try. Even if it takes a million years."
Eventually, Y/n smiled. "Until the end of the line."
"You and me."
Ring ring! Ring ring!
The ringing broke their resolve. Stan immediately glanced at the telephone situated on the dining table. Stan trudged towards it and answered within the fourth ring. "Hello?"
"Hi. Is this my Uncle Stanford?"
Stan cocked his brow. It sounded like a younger version of Shermie. He had a feeling it was Shermie's son, Henry, but he wanted to be certain. "Who's this?"
"Oh, is this not my uncle?"
"Yes, this is him," he replied, perhaps begrudgingly, dragging a hand across his face. "Who am I speaking to?"
"Oh, this is Henry. Henry Pines. My dad told me I could send my twins to your place for the whole summer for some 'fresh air'," he said, letting out a few chuckles, "I know they're gonna need it, so... I trust that they'll have a great time in your care?"
"Uh," Stan stuttered, his gaze traveling in every part of the room until it landed on the girl who gave him an inquisitive look. "Sure, sure! Send 'em here! They'll have the best summer! Yes!"
Y/n watched as Stan nodded more and agreed with what the man was saying before he put the telephone down, breathing heavily. "Who was that?"
"He's sending his twins for the summer!" Stan wore a huge smile on his face, doing a little jig.
"Okay, but why did you look nervous before the end of the call?" she noticed.
Curse her perceptiveness.
"Well, because-" he fidgeted with his fingers. When he saw Y/n's suspicious expression, he sighed, defeated. "I want to make a good impression. They're supposed to know me as Ford; a genius, an inventor, a role model."
"But you're not Ford."
"I know! I'm just the dumber twin, posing as him," he said as he punched the wall next to him, but Y/n didn't even flinch, just stared at him.
"You know what I'm gonna say," she started monotonously.
Stan made a forced sound. "Yeah."
"Why do you still think that, then." She crossed her arms to herself. "You're not Ford and you don't have to act like him. No one even knows how he acts up close except for me, so you don't have anything to worry about. Just be you."
"Who am I?"
"You're Stan Pines, a funny, creative man, who knows business more than I do. You're the best at coming up with fictional creatures, creatures that I haven't even thought of. And I know that someone like Stan Pines will give his great grand-kids a good time."
"Heh, I know," Stan smirked, making Y/n deadpan. "I just wanted some gassing up from you."
Although, words coming from her really mean a lot to him.
***
It was finally time for the twins to arrive. Y/n had to admit that she was nervous, but she could argue that Stan was more nervous than she was. He was untying and retying the knot of his maroon bow tie for the umpteenth time.
"Don't worry, you still look somewhat presentable," she said amusingly. Her arms were still crossed.
"Do I?" Stan grumbled, looking at her through the mirror. His back was facing her as he combed his large hand through his graying hair. "You know, Y/n, I really want you to meet them. You might get along just fine."
"Come on, Stan, you think someone like me could go along with them? How many friends have I made for the last thirty years?"
Stan chuckled before his laughter died down. "Add those two to the growing list of people we're lying to."
"Yeah," Y/n said, sighing. "I'm confident we'll do well. We've been able to keep it hidden for thirty years. There's no way, no one would know."
"I just hope those kids won't meddle too much. The last thing I want is to put them in danger."
She remained silent and said nothing else. Stan genuinely cared about the twins, despite the fact that he hadn't seen them in nearly thirteen years. He held them during childbirth and eagerly told Y/n all the details as soon as he got home. So, of course, the moment his wristwatch rang, he strode past her and out of the room. Y/n had to laugh because she could tell Stan couldn't hide his excitement.
"Let's hope it's a normal summer."
***
Notes:
KRZ PXFK ORQJHU FDQ ZH NHHS WKLV VHFUHW KLGGHQ?
Chapter Text
She didn't know how Stan managed to convince her to come with because the next thing she knew, she was in the passenger's seat of Stan's car.
His fingers were drumming against the steering wheel. Y/n knew that one of his mannerisms when he's nervous is when his fingers get all fidgety and shaky that he doesn't know what to do with it.
"Calm down, or you might just crash the car before we even get there."
"I'm calm."
She didn't say anything as her eyes lingered on the passing trees on the window. Occasionally, she would also tap her fingers against her thigh. The car drove more until Stan slowly pulled it to a stop.
"We're here, I think," said Stan.
"Ya think?"
"This is their bus stop, okay? We just gotta wait, I suppose," he replied, propping his elbow on the side as he placed his chin on his hand.
The silence was... silent. There was nothing else to do except to watch the green leaves and brown trunks. The sun was already blazing as the summer began.
Beep beep!
Incoming bus.
Stan watched from his window as the large vehicle made its stop from the other end of the road. The vehicle shook a bit while the two passengers exited out with their luggage. The old man beside Y/n was grinning broadly as he awaited the bus to eventually drive off and reveal his two grandchildren.
***
Stan sprang open the door, leaving Y/n inside. Stan approached the two naive kids, who were probably her age, as he crossed the street. They were twins, alright.
The boy was sporting a beige hat with a brown star stitched in the middle. He gave off the impression of being dubious about the whole idea and was obviously not looking forward to spending the entire summer in a remote location.
His twin sister, who was standing next to him, was beaming with happiness. Y/n could tell they were diametrically opposed. On a sweltering day, the girl sported a hot pink headband and a hot pink sweatshirt.
She recoiled when Stan suddenly turned around and beckoned for her to come. He waved his hand energetically, and she motioned for him to stop and silently told him, no!, but Stan was persistent and was currently giving her the deadly eyes so she had no choice but to get out of the car.
With a forced smile, she walked towards the three. "Hi," she muttered. She didn't mean to sound so closed off and lame, but this was very unnecessary.
"This one's Y/n. She's been living with me for the past however many years," Stan introduced, placing a somewhat affectionate hand on her shoulders. He turned to the girl beside him and said, "why don't you help them carry their things to the car?"
Internally, Y/n rolled her eyes at Stan's request considering it was really out of character for him, but she really wanted to help.
All those years of training self-defense with Ford and practicing boxing with Stan paid off as she carried the girl's boxes and hauled it into the trunk with ease.
The four of them eventually got into the car, with Y/n being in front and the twins on the back.
"Thanks for the help, Y/n!" The girl chirped. "I'm Mabel, by the way, and this is my brother, Dipper!"
"I can introduce myself, Mabel– and yes, call me Dipper," said Dipper, crossing his arms. The bus ride must've been horrible for his mood to go this sour.
Dipper? Y/n thought internally, an imaginary eyebrow raising up. I thought he was Mason. There might be a reason for him to use a silly alias to hide his true name.
She knew his real name from Stan's story after coming back from the hospital many years ago. Stan still sometimes tells the story to this day.
Speaking of Stan, he seemed to be thinking the same thing as Y/n as he also raised an eyebrow at Dipper's different name. "Dipper? Could-" he stopped himself further from speaking and just turned on the ignition.
Y/n stared at the side of Stan's face intently for a moment, trying to analyze what was on his mind. He brought his handbrake forward and drove off.
He might be thinking, Dipper? Could it be from your birthmark that looks eerily similar to the constellation?
Well, that's what she heard from him over 10 years ago– that the kid had a birthmark of The Big Dipper exactly on his forehead. That information perplexed her for a moment the first time she heard it. She just couldn't imagine her favorite constellation as a birthmark. She's going to wanna see it to believe it if that were true.
But with a frown, Y/n had a sad thought. Should she be willing to get close to them? She figured she should just leave them alone as she works quietly in the basement for the whole summer, but that wouldn't be enjoyable, would it?
Stan had insisted that at all cost, they shouldn't know about the portal. Everyone around them shouldn't know about the portal. It's just too dangerous, he'd finished. This is just between you and me, Y/n. and Y/n agrees.
And there were times when she just wanted to abandon the mission of saving Ford. She wished she could simply get up and leave The Mystery Shack forever to pursue her forest clinic. She thought it was long past time, but she knew it is never too late to help someone.
But she didn't want to abandon the project. She still believes Ford is trapped inside the portal, trapped in an infinite sea of dimensions. Other dimensions he'd visited, other creatures he'd met, and Y/n knew she could rely on Ford's skill and intellect to survive on his own.
The problem is that there hasn't been a lead. There is no progress. Nothing. Without the other two journals, she and Stan would be unable to turn it on. They tried other methods they learned from reading a lot of books, but it's like trying to open the strongest lock without a key.
How long until they give up? It has been thirty years. When does it all stop?
"We're here,"Stan announced to everyone, and Y/n couldn't wait to get out of the car and stretch her legs. Mabel, too, jumped out and inhaled a little too dramatically.
"Summertime, get ready, 'cos I'm about to spend you so hard!" exclaimed Mabel, pumping her fist in the air.
"That doesn't even make any sense," her twin brother remarked.
Mabel grinned. "No, it does make sense!"
Y/n assisted them in settling into their new room, which was the attic that she helped Stan and Soos in cleaning. It had two untouched beds on either side of the room, decorated with items purchased or found by Stan, such as the dirty round rug and an old cork board.
"Alright, here you go," Stan said as he dropped off the last bag. "Try and settle in and make yourselves comfortable."
"Will do, Grunkle Stan!" Mabel raised her hand in a salute as she wore the biggest smile, making Stan chuckle a bit.
As he took his exit, he didn't forget to reel Y/n with him and walked out together. It was silent, but Y/n couldn't let Stan get lost in his thoughts again, so she spoke, "They seem like good people."
"Yeah. They're already calling me their grunkle."
"I'm guessing that's short for Great Uncle?"
"Hehe, yeah."
***
Everyone noticed the change in atmosphere for the first week of the Pines twins being in Gravity Falls. Mabel had emphasized before that she was in her 'boy crazy' phase– which means flirting with every guy she meets– and she delivers. Almost all the guys in town are afraid of her.
Dipper was indifferent for the first week, as well as letting Mabel know that she's overdoing it with the crazy part of being 'boy crazy'. It looked like he already wanted to escape this place. Why wouldn't he, after he's been given chores after chores? But whenever he had the opportunity, he would take a walk through the woods with his pen and notepad.
Y/n pretended nothing had changed by remaining downstairs during the day, though she also makes an effort to be present upstairs to avoid suspicion.
She turned around after casually getting a can of Pitt cola from the vending machine she had just walked out of and saw the twins discussing Mabel's flirting tactics. Should she go up to them?
Stan, however, walked out of the museum with wooden signs under his arm before she could. "Y/n, gimme a can."
Without saying anything, Y/n elbowed the vending machine hard, and it eventually spurted out the soda can. She knelt and grabbed the can, then tossed it out until it landed perfectly on Stan's hand. "All right," he said as he opened the soda. "Look alive, people. I need someone to hammer up these signs on the spooky part of the forest."
Y/n's obnoxious slurps resounded as the twins spoke aloud, "Not it!" "Not it."
"Uh, also not it." Soos said from the other side of the gift shop.
"Nobody asked you, Soos," deadpanned Stan.
"I know, and I'm comfortable with that," Soos responded similarly blankly before biting into his chocolate bar. Y/n laughed a little. Oh, you silly Soos.
And Wendy isn't available either when asked by Stan. Or rather, she just couldn't quite reach it.
"I'd fire all of you if I could," Stan said before turning to the kids. "Alright. Let's make it... eeny meeny mine-y... you."
His finger was pointing at Dipper, who was already voicing his displeasure. "Oh what?" he frowned. "Grunkle Stan, whenever I'm in those woods I feel like I'm being watched."
Y/n nearly crushed the can she was holding.
"Ugh, this again." Stan squeezed the bridge of his nose.
"I'm telling you, something weird is happening in this town. Just today, my mosquito bites spelled out, 'BEWARE'!" Dipper told him, adjusting his sleeve to reveal said mosquito bites.
The elderly man leaned down as he narrowed his eyes to properly read it. Y/n couldn't help but take a peek at it as well. "That says Bewarb," Stan countered, and Dipper leaned back, noticing the misspelling.
Y/n hid her smile and scolded Stan internally. Stan, come on. They're called Soothsquitoes. They frequently mistype ominous messages. Dipper tells the truth!
And now, Stan is lightly berating Dipper about what he sees and how everything he sees is a hoax and a legend, and Y/n frowned. Stan was doing something she was aware of. He wanted Dipper to tone down his curiosity about the unknown, and he thinks he's keeping him safe, but he's slowly killing Dipper's spirit.
"So quit being so paranoid!" Stan finished before tossing Dipper the pile of wooden signs, hammer and nails. But before the old man walked away, he raised one finger. "On second thought, take Y/n with you. She could use some fresh air every once in a while."
Stan didn't even turn around to notice that Y/n was staring at him, and yet he kept that gleaming grin on his face.
Y/n stood motionless while Dipper sighed deeply, still carrying the stack of signs. "Let's go then."
***
It was indeed the spooky part of the forest. Trees swayed in the breeze mysteriously. The two were surrounded by fog as Y/n effortlessly handled the signs and Dipper hammered nails against the barks of the trees. "Ugh, Grunkle Stan," Dipper groaned aloud. "Nobody believes anything I say."
"Don't worry, Stan's always like that," Y/n said, trying to reassure the boy. It was the first time she spoke to him, and it felt chilling. She had broken the ice first. "He's old and grumpy so naturally, he wouldn't believe words from someone younger than him."
She couldn't help but wince internally. Well, that's one way to talk to someone she just met.
Dipper stared at her briefly before reverting his gaze to the wooden sign he just hung up. The two of them walked to the tree next to it. Dipper placed a nail on the trunk and tried to hammer it but unusually, a metal sound rang out. "Huh?"
Y/n tilted her head to the side in confusion. "What the..."
The boy leaned forward and gave it a few more taps with the hammer until he felt the sound vibrations against his ear and it confirmed their suspicions that it was indeed metal.
Dipper's hand swiped across the dust-covered steel surface until it reached the edge of what appears to be a hidden metal door. The hinges were hidden so that no one could figure out the fake mechanism. Including Y/n.
When he opened it, the two saw a small control unit with switches inside. Dipper looked around, curious, and began flipping the switches on and off. A trapdoor to their left split the ground open, sending Gompers the goat fleeing in terror.
Dipper approached the open hatch with caution, followed by Y/n. He looked down and saw an old-looking book. It was bound in leather and featured a monocle and a silhouette of a six-fingered hand. A cryptic number 3 was written in the center of the hand.
Wait a minute.
Y/n remained frozen in her place. She wished she could scream. She wanted to do multiple backflips and rip the book from Dipper's grip, never to see the light of day again. This was what she had been searching for for the past thirty years. This is half the key to unlocking the portal and ultimately saving Ford. And it all depends on Dipper's fingers.
"Hey, Dipper. You should hand the book to me. It looks kinda scary."
"Do you know this book?" Dipper closed the journal and hugged it to himself.
"No... I don't. I just need a little closer look." She smiled shakily.
"What? Y/n. You're acting a little suspicious," he said, raising an eyebrow."
Y/n couldn't take it anymore. "Just hand me the journal, Dipper! That doesn't belong to you!"
"I found it first! You know what? I can't trust you, Y/n. I won't ever talk to you again! I might have to tell you to the FBI and shut the portal down for good! You're never gonna get Ford back-"
Y/n shook her head, returning to reality. Maybe her lack of communication skills won out over the looming scenarios in her head, but then again, that kind of situation is possible if she makes the wrong move.
Stan was right. The twins should be kept in the dark about Ford and the portal. They should be kept in the dark about everything. However, Dipper's discovery of a journal may be the beginning of the end.
"Y/n, look," Dipper's voice jolted her out of her reverie. She blinked briefly before turning to the first pages of the journal. As she admired Ford's handwriting, it felt like old memories. She remembered him writing those words exactly:
"It's hard to believe it's been six years since I began searching the strange and wondrous secrets of Gravity Falls, Oregon," Dipper read aloud. He didn't continue the rest as he began flipping through the pages, baffled. "What is all this?!" He questioned. Y/n stood from behind him, wanting to answer his questions, but she knew. She knew that she couldn't. She shouldn't.
Dipper began reading again, "Unfortunately, my suspicions have been confirmed. I'm being watched! I must hide this book before he finds it." Who's he? "Remember– in Gravity Falls, there is no one you can trust."
He returned his gaze to Y/n, who appeared to have a pale complexion. Her eyes were tired, and she slouched, but she was fighting for her life. Dipper locked his gaze on her, as if he were telling her about their secret pact. They found the journal together, read the entries, and their curiosity was sparked at the same time. Dipper nodded subtly, continuing to stare at Y/n before repeating the final words, "No one you can trust."
"HELLO!"
Y/n and Dipper drew apart as if they were on fire. Dipper nearly dropped the book as it slipped from his grasp. Y/n remained silent.
"You guys are taking a long time, huh?" Mabel raised her eyebrows before changing her focus to the journal on her brother's possession. "What are you guys reading, some nerd thing?!"
Dipper placed the book behind him as he stuttered, "Uh, uh, it's nothing!"
"Uh, uh! It's nothing!" Mabel mocked, waving her hands in the air frantically. "What, you guys literally took a stroll in the woods for one minute and you're keeping secrets now? Are you actually not gonna show me?"
Y/n could see a twinge of hurt and uncertainty flash across Dipper's eyes. She stepped in. "Let's go somewhere private and we'll tell you."
As the three walked back to the Shack, Y/n wanted to pat herself on the back, both for comfort and pride, because she had to pretend not only that she didn't know anything, but also that she was friends with the twins in order to gain their trust. That meant she had to keep Mabel in on the secret to avoid suspicion and betrayal, and basically do everything Dipper says so he could trust her.
It was a cruel and selfish plan, which she should have honestly discussed with Stan first, but it was completely instinctive and thoughtful, so she shouldn't be concerned.
The three of them walked into the living room. Mabel sat on the lounge chair's arm, while Y/n leaned on the opposite arm. Dipper was pacing around the room, clearly excited. "It's amazing! Grunkle Stan said I was being paranoid, but according to this book, Gravity Falls has this secret dark side."
"Woah, shut up!" Mabel exclaimed.
"No way, really?" Y/n disguised her uninterest with excitement.
"And get this, after a certain point, the pages just– stopped. Like the guy who was writing it mysteriously disappeared!"
Y/n couldn't help it. "Hey, I think Soos called me for something. I'll be right back."
Just as the doorbell rang, she choked back a sob. She needs to go and talk to Stan.
He was, however, nowhere to be found. Stan entered the room as soon as she left, carrying a can of Pitt Cola. Y/n went into her room and bawled her eyes out quietly. Dipper had only to remind her. Of course! The key she'd been looking for had miraculously materialized after so many years, and now it's flown away! She'll have to find a way to get the journal somehow.
She decided to go outside and walk around for a while after hours of alone contemplation. Stan was busy watching Soos fix the portable toilet when she arrived. "These people don't know the word 'respect' it seems," the old man remarked with his hands on his hips.
"Stan. I need to talk to you," Y/n began, fiddling with her fingers. "It's really important."
"Can that wait? I'm busy ranting to Soos about the toilet and its uses that most of our tourists seemed to disregard."
Soos stopped his movements. "Agreed."
Before Y/n could get a word out, Stan chimed in, "Hey, did you know that Mabel got a boyfriend?" He turned to her. "Maybe you should start upping your game, sister."
"What-"
"Dipper thinks the guy's a zombie though," Soos cut off.
"And you believe him?" deadpanned Stan.
"Uh. I do. I mean, have you seen the guy? He looked so... undead!"
Y/n and Stan shared a glance before the girl gave him a look that said, "I need to tell you something".
Stan grabbed her shoulders and forced her to turn away from Soos, walking with her. "What's wrong?" He looked down at her in concern.
"Stan. I-"
A shrill beep from his watch cut her off as Stan glanced down. "Oh, shoot. The next wave is coming. I have to go. Tell me later, okay? Meanwhile, go and accompany Soos for me," he said before walking away, in a rush.
Soos was finally finished with unclogging the toilet after a moment. From afar, Y/n could see the crowds forming around Stan as he led them to the rock sculpture that looks like a face.
"Hey, Y/n, thanks for waiting for me, dawg."
"No problem," she replied nonchalantly. While they were walking back to the Shack, Soos had grabbed a shovel and baseball bat just as Y/n saw a small figure trying to get Stan's attention. "Is that Dipper?" The two of them watched as Dipper sprinted towards Wendy and frantically waved his arms in the air. Wendy gave him the keys to the golf cart.
"We have to help him," Soos said, scampering off while she weakly went after him.
"We?"
"Dude!" Soos appeared from behind the golf cart, effectively stopping Dipper from backtracking further. "It's us, Soos and Y/n." He looked down at the shovel he was carrying before he handed it off to the boy. "This is for the zombies."
"Thanks."
"And this is in case you see a piñata." He handed the baseball bat from his other hand. Even Y/n raised an eyebrow at that.
"Uh, thanks?" Dipper said, unsure.
"Oh wait, dude," Soos said before Dipper could move. "You should have a back-up."
She didn't know what was happening, but the next thing she knew, Y/n was being lifted up by Soos and then placed her on the golf cart. "Wait, what?! Soos!"
"We don't have time, Y/n. I'll explain it to you on the way!" Dipper drove the golf cart in reverse before reverting it back to forward, driving as fast as he could.
"Better safe than sorry!"
"What the heck is going on?!" Y/n demanded, her hands on the side of her seat.
"Okay," Dipper breathed. "Mabel has a boyfriend named Norman and he looked sickly and even had blood in his face but he lied and said it's jam. I thought he looked suspicious so I read through the journal that we found– woah!" The golf cart swerved as Dipper almost hit an unsuspecting squirrel in the middle of the dirt road. "And the journal says that he might be a zombie! I recorded every interaction he had with Mabel and in one of the clips I've captured, his hand literally fell to the ground and he put it back on. He's a zombie and my sister doesn't know! She could be lost right now, or worse: dead!"
"Woah, hey. Dipper, calm down," Y/n reassured. "I don't think zombies are smart enough to conjure up a plan so precise just to eat your sister's brain. It's impossible."
"I guess you're right. But she still could be in danger and we have to save her."
"Right. Sure." Y/n tried to ignore the slight pang in her heart. He reminds her of herself sometimes.
"HELP!" Mabel's scream resounded in the forest.
"Hang on, Mabel!" Dipper exclaimed before kicking the gas pedal and the two were accelerated.
From a distance, Y/n sees the girl twin fighting off a bunch of gnomes surrounding her, trying to keep her hostage.
Dipper eventually stopped the cart and the two got out of the vehicle, getting their preferred weapons; Dipper with the shovel and Y/n with the bat. "What the heck is going on here?!" Just as he said that, a lone gnome passed by and aggressively hissed at the two of them.
"Dipper!" Mabel called upon seeing the two of them. "Norman turned out to be a bunch of gnomes! And they're total jerks!" She punched off their smalls but unfortunately they got a hold of strands of her hair. "Agh! Hair, hair!"
"Gnomes? Oh, I was way off," Dipper said, taking out the journal and began flipping through them.
Y/n unconsciously clenched her fist in contempt. She should be carrying the journal. Not him. She should be flipping through the pages and reading about gnomes. Not him.
"The author didn't list their weaknesses."
Maybe because Schmebulock Sr. was the only gnome we examined closely that didn't show any weaknesses. The last thing she remembered about gnomes was that they were looking for their queen, and Mabel seemed to be their next victim.
"Oh, come on!" Mabel complained as she was being tied on the ground.
"Hey, hey!" Dipper marched to the leader gnome, who she guessed was named Jeff. "Let go of my sister!"
Jeff turned around albeit bashfully. "Oh!" He chuckled nervously. "Hey there! Um, you know, this is all really just... a big misunderstanding. You see, your sister's not in danger. She's just marrying all one thousand of us and becoming our gnome queen for all eternity!" He said that so casually. He then turned to Mabel. "Isn't that right, honey?"
Mabel pouted angrily before screaming, "You guys are buttfaces!" She wanted to say more, but one of the gnomes slapped her mouth closed, earning a muffled yell from her.
"Give her back right now, or else!" The boy threatened with a shovel. Y/n lazily spun the baseball bat around her hands.
"You think a bunch of children can stop us? You have no idea what we're capable of," Jeff said, his hands shaking. "The gnomes are a powerful race! Do not trifle with the-"
"Okay, let's get this over with." Y/n didn't waste a second before smacking Jeff with the bat, sending him to the bushes beside them as he screamed.
Dipper ran to a trapped Mabel and easily cut off through the wires with the spade of the tool. Mabel jumped off the ground, effectively shoving away the gnomes before escaping with her hand on Dipper's.
Sensing as it is escaping time, Y/n took the wheel of the golf cart and waited until the twins climbed aboard.
"They're getting away from our queen!" Jeff shouted, "No, no, no!"
"Seatbelts please," Y/n blankly stated to the two before taking off with the gnomes running behind them.
The three had already exited the enchanted forest and were on their way to the Mystery Shack. Mabel was upset the entire time that Norman wasn't a vampire, whereas Dipper was over it.
The ground began to tremble, and they heard stomping. Y/n stepped on the gas pedal without hesitation. She knew there were enough gnomes to make a giant gnome monster. And based on the size, they might be able to reach them.
"It's getting closer!" Mabel exclaimed from the back seat.
Y/n heard a couple of groans and thumping on the roof of the golf cart, and her instincts to protect kicked in. "Dipper, take the wheel!"
She stood on the driver's side of the seat, holding the metal poles that support the roof, before sliding across the front bumper to the other side of the front seat. She grabbed the baseball bat from their feet and thwacked it off just as a gnome appeared from above the roof. The gnome flew away.
The gnomes attacked again and again, but the three defended themselves immediately.
A flying tree suddenly appeared above their heads, whooshing past them. "Watch out!" Mabel said, pointing to the large tree that had fallen in front of them, blocking the road.
Dipper recoiled and slammed on the brakes, causing the car to swivel around the dirt road. He couldn't seem to keep it under control, and the golf cart spun out of control until it slid and flipped to the side before skidding to a stop.
The twins, clearly in pain, crawled out of the golf cart. Y/n was unharmed as she stood up with ease, despite the fact that she should not have done so. She must pretend.
The gnome monster towered over them, menacingly posing. Y/n awaited their next move, but Dipper felt compelled to throw a shovel at them, only to have it crushed.
Y/n, Mabel, and Dipper were left cornered by the monster. It walked closer, leaving no space to escape. "It's the end of the line, Mabel!" Jeff shouted specifically to Mabel, "Marry us before we do something crazy!"
Dipper placed his hands on the sides of his hair in a panic. "There's gotta be a way out of this!"
"Give him what he wants, Mabel," Y/n said determinedly.
"What?!" The twins chorused.
"You have to do it, Mabel. Give the gnomes what they want. We don't have any other choice."
Mabel turned to face Y/n, and she gave her a speechless nod as if saying, 'you know what to do, Mabel.'
"Okay," she said, "I'll do it."
"What?!" Dipper bellowed, placing a hand on her shoulder. "Don't do this, are you crazy?!"
"Dipper," Y/n cut off before Mabel had to explain. She placed her own hand on his shoulder, pulling him away from his sister. "Trust me on this," Y/n said, "trust her."
He returned his gaze to his sister before sighing in defeat and stepping back with her. Mabel stepped forward, announcing her intention to marry the entire gnome army.
"Alright, Jeff!" Mabel shouted, "I'll marry you."
"Hotdog!" Jeff cheered before descending on his army members. He finally arrived on the ground and walked to Mabel before stopping in front of her and presenting her with a cheap box containing a diamond ring. "Eh, eh?" Jeff exclaimed excitedly.
Mabel smiled sweetly as she kneeled to his level and extended an arm. Jeff put the ring on her finger. As Jeff rejoiced, she admired the crystal pendant. "Let's get back to the forest, honey!"
"Jeff!" Y/n chimed in, "you just got married, man! Isn't it a tradition to kiss the bride in a wedding?"
She could feel Dipper staring at her with disgust. He was probably offended by the idea of the gnome kissing his sister so intensely.
But Jeff didn't see anything wrong with it. Instead, he smiled so widely. "Well!" He danced a little jig. "That's a good idea, random person! Don't mind if I do!"
It was a shock that Jeff had no idea who Y/n was, despite the fact that she had been living here for quite some time. Perhaps he had been preoccupied with something more important and had forgotten about their encounters when Y/n was looking for the journal.
Anyway, as Jeff leaned in for a kiss, Mabel pulled out a leaf blower and pointed it at the gnome, drawing him in. Jeff couldn't escape the force of the leaf blower before being sucked in and becoming trapped in the hole.
"That's for lying to me!" Mabel said once he got stuck. "That's for breaking my heart–" she pushed the Suck option farther until Jeff couldn't breathe.
"Ow, my face!"
"And this is for messing with Dipper and Y/n!"
The two situated themselves standing besides Mabel as they pointed the leaf blower with Jeff in it towards the unsuspecting gnome monster without its beloved leader.
"Wanna do the honors?" Mabel smirked at her two partners-in-crime. "On 3!"
"1, 2, 3!" The three yelled in unison before Dipper pushed down the lever to the Blow option, sending Jeff flying and aiming the center of the gnome monster until it exploded upon impact.
Jeff was sent back to the deeper parts of the forest. "I'LL GET YOU BACK FOR THIS!" He shrieked on his way home. Meanwhile, the gnomes were left wandering and scattered, asking the same question, 'Where's our leader? Who's giving orders?!'
Mabel stepped forward and attacked them with the leaf blower, blowing them away and making them scamper. "Anyone else want some?" Dipper asked with his arms crossed confidently.
"Huh. I guess that's their weakness," Y/n said aloud.
***
"Hey, Dipper," Mabel called to her brother as the three were walking towards the Shack. He turned around and waited for what she had to say. "I, um. I'm sorry for not taking your advice. You really were just looking out for me..." she trailed off.
"Oh, don't be like that," he replied, waving a dismissive hand. "You saved our butts out there!"
"I guess I'm just sad that my first boyfriend turned out to be a bunch of gnomes..." Mabel frowned as she looked down dejectedly.
Dipper gave her a reassuring smile. "Look on the bright side! Maybe the next one will be a vampire!"
"Oh, you're just saying that" Mabel playfully punched him on the shoulder.
He smiled back. "Awkward... sibling hug?"
"Awkward sibling hug."
The two stepped forward and pulled each other into an embrace before breaking the silence with a chorus of, "Pat, pat."
Y/n felt like she should've left earlier. She didn't want to feel empathy for these children. Okay, just kidding, she's not that evil. Seeing them hug felt like she was intruding on a private and personal moment.
They pulled away eventually, and before Y/n could walk away, Mabel had attacked her with a hug of her own. "Special friendship hug for Y/n! Thanks for saving our butts, too."
She awkwardly grasped Mabel's shoulders. And, as much as Y/n enjoys forcibly hugging Stan out of spite and to tease him, being the recipient of hugs is strange to her. She had never been hugged before.
And it feels good.
"Sorry for... the awkward response," Y/n had to say. She had to apologize. "I'm just not very used to... physical contact."
Perhaps physical contact with the monsters they encounter, as well as the rest of their adventures. That level of contact. Ford isn't a particularly affectionate person, and Stan wasn't particularly touchy with her—except when giving out noogies or literally wrestling every now and then—so she has no experience with hugging.
"Oh, you poor thing!" Mabel said. "Remind me to always hug you whenever I see you."
"Please don't."
"Nope! It's already in the list of my daily activities implanted on my brain," Mabel said, grinning widely.
She couldn't help but admit to herself that Mabel's smile is contagious and now she's smiling a bit. Dipper stood behind them with his hands on his pockets, watching his sister make Y/n smile.
He, too, smiled. Every day, he grows less amazed by the things he sees on the internet or in real life, but he'll never understand how Mabel can just have this effect on people and spread happiness wherever she goes. He guessed she was like that. She's extremely sociable and can make new friends faster than one can blink. Even the darkest, most impure hearts will not deter Mabel's determination to turn them around. She's a good person, not just a nice one. And he considers himself fortunate to have her as a twin sister.
Stan was counting money by the cash register, as he always did at the end of the shift, when the three entered the gift shop, looking disheveled and tired.
He stopped his counting once he saw them. "Sheesh, did you three get hit by a bus or something? HA!" Stan smacked the counter with a guffaw.
The twins didn't say anything as they trudged their way to the living room. Y/n came to a halt, giving Stan an unimpressed look. Stan gave her a panicked look, but she just motioned to the twins who were almost at the door.
Stan thought for a moment before he called for them,"Uh, hey!"
Dipper and Mabel both stopped walking and turned to Stan.
"Uh, wouldn't- wouldn't you know it, um, I... accidentally overstocked some inventory! So, uh- how's about each of you take one item from the gift shop. On the house, you know?"
Y/n smiled at that.
"Really?" Mabel exclaimed in disbelief,
while Dipper crossed his arms. "What's the catch?"
"The catch is Do It Before I Change My Mind, now take something!"
Y/n went and walked to the barrel placed beside the cash register and sat on it, placing her elbows on the counter and putting her chin on her propped up hand. While the twins were choosing the merchandise, Stan glanced at Y/n as if asking for approval. She grinned and formed her hand into a thumbs up, making him smile a bit.
Dipper chose a pine tree hat, and Y/n assumed he was used to wearing hats to conceal his birthmark. She still wants to see the Big Dipper imprinted on his forehead, or she won't believe it.
Meanwhile, Mabel got herself a grappling hook.
A grappling hook.
***
My uncle told us there was nothing strange about this town. But who knows what other secrets are waiting to be unlocked.
"Took you long enough."
"I forgot the passcode!"
"What?! How could you forget it when you've been inputting the same pattern for thirty years!"
"I'm getting old," Stan said, huffing before sitting down by the control panel. "Any progress?"
"No. But we have a lead," Y/n said, facing him. She didn't even wait to create some sort of suspense. "Dipper has the third journal."
"What?" Stan stopped his movements. "How?"
"He found it in the spooky forest you sent him– I mean, we found it in the spooky forest you sent us."
"And you didn't know? You didn't think it was there?"
"It was a hidden metal door in a tree bark! Quite impossible to notice it at first glance," Y/n said, feeling a bit offended that Stan thinks she's an idiot for not finding it sooner. "So?" she spoke after a brief silence. "Are we not gonna do anything about it?"
Stan paused, contemplating silently.
"If you don't have an idea, I do," Y/n spoke aloud, "I propose I steal it while they're fast asleep, copy the pages, and return it back before they wake up as if nothing had happened."
She waited in silence. Stan's back was still facing her when he said, "No."
"No?" she repeated. "But it's right there! It's just a few meters away from us and you're saying 'no'?"
He had his fingers placed below his chin as his eyes were furrowed. "I don't know. I don't wanna break their trust."
"Um, you might've already done it?!" Y/n retorted, "you've hidden things before they were even born! Multiple fake identities? Faking your own death? I was there, Stan." She crossed her arms.
"Gee, thanks for the reminder," he blankly replied. He sighed after a brief pause before continuing, "We have to... It's... just too dangerous. I don't want them to hold us back."
"But we need the journal, Stan," she was almost whining. "We need it! You know it has the other notes and parts for the portal!"
"Shh, I know!" He walked to the compartment where it contained the first journal. "What we need to do is earn their trust. I want them to willingly show me the journal. I want them to be comfortable around here, to make it a safe space."
Y/n rolled her eyes at Stan's reply. This Shack has already been a danger zone to begin with, but she understood his intentions and decided to just zip her mouth. "Okay," she said quietly before going back to the old computer and began typing different equations that might just work. But every time she hits enter and it doesn't work, it leaves her a painful reminder.
"But hey, you seem to be making good progress earning those twins' trust. What happened back there?"
"Mabel's boyfriend wasn't a zombie, it was a couple of gnomes inside a teenager trench coat," she said plainly, "Their leader goes by Jeff now, can you believe it? Last time I heard it was Joe or something."
"Hm," Stan softly let out. "Y/n, I want you to keep them safe, okay?"
"Yeah, well." She shrugged nonchalantly, "Already doin' that, old man. Couldn't help it."
"Well, continue doing it. You're doing a good job," the elderly man said as he bid her a wave. "You have your way, and I have mine. I already have a plan to get closer to them."
"What is it?"
"Oh, you'll see."
***
"TA-DA! It's Fishing Season!" Stan bellowed as he extended his arms upright to the air in joy.
Y/n watched, deflated, as she stood to the side. She crossed her arms, unimpressed. So this is how Stan wanted to spend time with them. Through fish and fishing.
"Fishing?" Mabel questioned with furrowed brows.
Dipper placed his hand on his hip while the other pointed accusingly at Stan. "What are you playing at, old man?"
"You're gonna love it!" Stan remains enthusiastic. "The whole town is here!"
Their eyes scanned through the entire expanse of the Gravity Falls Lake until Dipper seemed to have had enough, crossing his arms "Grukle Stan, why do you wanna bond with us all of a sudden?"
"Come on, this is gonna be great!" Stan said, skillfully evading the question. "Isn't that right, Y/n?" He then turned to her, who recoiled at the mention of her name. Stan has got to stop catching her off guard.
She didn't say anything, averting her gaze from Stan to Dipper and Mabel, both of whom looked as if they didn't want to be here, but she wanted to do it for Stan. "Yeah, Stan just needs more fishing buddies; we don't get to do this as often as we used to every summer, so the more the merrier, right?"
"Hey, I know how to make this stuff 'merry'! Pow!" Stan brought out two fishing hats and placed them on both on top of their hair. "Pines family fishing hats!"
Dipper and Mabel confusedly removed the hats and stared at the stitching of their names. Y/n watched their reactions go from confused to worried. She didn't know whether to laugh or cry at what was happening in front of her.
"It's just gonna be you three, me, and those goofy hats on a boat for ten hours!"
"Ten hours?" Dipper echoed, his eyes twitching. Y/n had to agree with him. Fishing for ten hours? That has got to be a joke.
"I brought the joke book!" Stan encouraged, rocking the book in his hands.
"Oh no, not the joke book."
Mabel turned to her brother. "There's gotta be a way out of this," she said.
"I seen it! I seen it again!"
A voice hollered from a distance. The cranky old man practically crashed and overturned anything on his way until eventually pulling a random man close to him and shouted in his face, "The Gravity Falls Gobblewonker! Come quick before it scrabdoodles away!" He danced frantically, slapping his knee as he yelped incoherent tunes.
"Aww, he's doing a happy jig!" Mabel clasped her hands together.
"NOOO!" The man screamed to Mabel, "It's a jig of grave danger!"
"Hey!" Y/n stepped forward and pushed him slightly. "Back off, lunatic!" She lifted a protective arm to shield Mabel from him.
"Hey, hey!" Tate McGucket came out of his cabin with a spray bottle and began spraying it on the old man's face. "Now what did I tell you about scaring my customers? This is your last warning, Dad!"
The whacko tried to spare himself from the water but to no avail. "But I got proof this time, by gummity!"
Dipper and Mabel looked at each other in curiosity before almost everyone in the place followed the man to the dock and there he pointed at the destroyed boat. "It's the Gobble-dy-wonker what done did it! It had a long neck like a gee-raffe!" He described it so dramatically. "And wrinkly skin like...like this gentleman right here!" He pointed to Stan, who was busy picking his ear to realize.
"Huh? Stan stopped his action and asked.
"It chawed my boat up to smitheroons, and shim-shamed over to Scuttlebutt Island!" He pointed to the silhouette of the island. "YOU GOTTA BELIEVE ME!" He pulled on his son's arm as a way to convince him but the son pulled away.
"Attention all units," said Sheriff Blubs, "We got ourselves a crazy old man!"
Tate shook his head in shame as everyone laughed at him, except for Mabel, Dipper, and Y/n, who were pitying him. What became of this man? He was obviously not insane since the day he was born because he clearly had the ability to produce a child. So something tragic must have happened for this man's sanity to completely deteriorate.
"Aww, donkey spittle! Aw, banjo polish!" The old man walked away from the crowd, but they continued laughing at him.
"Well, that happened," Stan said as he stepped into his rowboat. "Now let's untie this boat and get out on that lake! Come on, Y/n, help me."
But before she could step down, Dipper turned to them. "Guys, did you hear what that old dude said?"
Y/n tilted her head. "Scuttlebutt Island?" She didn't even think that would be the name of the island, but here we are.
"Aww, donkey spittle!" mimicked Mabel.
"The other thing. About the monster. If we three can snag a photo of it, we can split the prize into three!"
Mabel gasped. "That's three prizes!"
"Prize?" Y/n asked.
Dipper smiled at her. "I found a Monster Photo Contest in the newspaper this morning. The winner gets one thousand dollars! Imagine what you could do with – what, one thousand divided by three? Uh, three hundred thirty three dollars and thirteen cents? What about you, Mabel?"
As the girl drifted off to daydreaming about her wants, Y/n squirmed a bit nervously. "I don't know. As much as Stan is a killjoy, don't you want to stay here? Where it's safe?"
"Oh come on, Y/n, live a little! It's not often you see a Gobblewonker."
Oh but have you seen the others? And the weirdest thing was that she hasn't even heard of the Gobblewonker. Never before had she encountered it with Ford.
"Dipper!" It seemed that Mabel was back from her imagination. "I am one million percent on board with this!"
"Grunkle Stan!" Dipper called as he walked towards Stan and placed his hand around his shoulders. "Change of plans: we're taking that boat to Scuttlebutt Island, and we're gonna find that Gobblewonker!"
Stan narrowed his eyes as the twins chanted "Monster hunt" together. Y/n just shrugged when he glanced at her in confusion.
From a distance, a large honking sound was heard and Soos pulled up in his boat. "You dudes say somethin' about a monster hunt?"
"Soos!" Mabel delightfully greeted. Stan stepped out to the boat and back to the dock.
"Wassup? You could totally use my boat for your hunt. It's got a steering wheel, chairs; normal boat stuff."
"All right, all right, let's think this through," Stan chimed in. "Ya kids could go waste your time on some epic monster-finding adventure, or you could spend the day learning how to tie knots and skewer worms with your Great Uncle Stan!"
The twins observe Soos in his boat, who performs a robot dance. They return their gaze to Stan in his leaky old boat, and he sniffs his left armpit. They gaze off into the distance at Scuttlebutt Island. They exchange grins. Y/n already knew which option the twins would take. They jumped aboard Soos' boat, wearing life vests. Stan didn't even notice, as he was busy fixing the leak on his boat.
"Y/n! Join us!" Mabel said before Soos hit the pedal.
"Yeah, dude. It's gonna be lots of fun," the older guy behind the wheel beckoned.
Dipper grinned as well. "Yeah! Don't you like adventures?"
"I don't think I can handle adventures," Y/n sheepishly excused, "You guys have fun, though! Take lots of pictures for me!"
"Sure will!" Mabel replied, "And if we do win that photo contest, I'll let you join me inside the human-sized hamster ball!"
"It will be an honor."
And they left. Soos' boat quickly zoomed past her as they ventured to the spooky island.
"So whaddya say?" Stan said after a moment, his back was still facing her.
"They left."
"Huh?" Stan turned around to see the three driving off laughing. He frowned before screaming, "Ingrates!"
"Stan o' War, eh?" Y/n noticed the writing on the boat.
"Heh, yeah. The only boat I'll sail," Stan replied quite somberly. "So you better respect it. You should be honored I'm letting you in."
"So what do we do now?" she asked, wearing her own life vest as she stood by the dock.
He sighed. "We can fish without them. Who needs them? We got a whole box of creepy fishing lures to keep me company." He referred to the lure beside him, surrounded by flies. Stan cringes in disgust before closing the box.
"I don't think you're doing this right," she said, slowly stepping to the boat to avoid the imbalance.
"I don't know what I'm doing. I want them to have fun, but these adventures might lead them to danger. I mean, have you heard of what that crazy man said?"
Y/n took her own fishing pole and fiddled the hook. "Oh come on, Stan. It's summer. I'm sure you have plenty of time to think of some plans. And don't worry about them. There's no such thing as the Gobblewonker."
"What do you mean?" Stan said, pushing his hand against the dock to make the boat move. He pulled the string of the engine and it whirred into a soft hum.
"I mean, the Gobblewonker seems like a wonky name, no? Feels like someone named it on the spot. And if it does exist, the whole town should've known and Ford and I should've discovered it by now."
"Hey, you haven't gone adventuring for the last thirty years. You wouldn't have known there's a scary sea monster in the Gravity Falls Lake."
"Fair point. But why did the monster appear now? You know what I'm saying?"
Stan grunted. "Okay, enough of the monster talk. We're here to go fishing."
Y/n rolled her eyes but followed Stan's lead. He attached his lure on the line before reeling it underwater. She does the same, expertly tying up the hook as Stan had taught her years ago. "Fishing is such a boring hobby. How do you like it so much?"
"Ugh, as much as I appreciated you being here and not abandoning me, you can be a bit chatty at times."
"I'm just lightening up the mood!" Y/n replied. She heard laughing from behind her. "Oh, they're here?"
Mabel and Dipper were laughing at Soos, who was coughing and gagging. They were standing beside a barrel of fish food, so Soos must've tasted some and it tasted awful.
Stan narrowed his eyes at the scene. "Traitors! You could've been learning how to tie knots and laugh at my jokes." He turned around again and saw another boat from a distance. "Ah! Say, Y/n, forget them. We shall find ourselves another set of boating buddies!"
"Oh, please don't do what I think you're about to do."
"Our new pals!" Stan revived the boat again and they were off towards the unsuspecting couple. Y/n pulled the bucket hat further down to hide her face. "Hey!" he said to the two. "Wanna hear a joke? Here goes. My ex-wife still misses me...but her aim is gettin' better!" He paused, "Her aim is gettin' better!" He paused again only for no one to laugh at the joke. "Y'see, it's-it's funny because marriage is terrible."
Under the cap, Y/n was slightly chuckling. She has a soft spot for bad jokes. And Stan has a lot of them.
But the couple obviously didn't like it, expressing their distaste before rowing away.
"Tell me more about the Stan o' War, Stan... o' War..." Y/n breathed a small laugh.
Stan scoffed playfully. "Yeah, well, it's still an ongoing project and it wouldn't sail unless the co-captain is here."
"Oh, so you're the captain of the ship?" She raised an eyebrow.
"What are you gonna do about it?"
Y/n smiled. "In that case, I wanna be part of it."
"Heh, okay." Stan smiled, too. "You can be the second mate."
"Can't wait to hear more of your unfunny jokes!"
"What?!" he bellowed. "Excuse me, my jokes are funny!"
"Don't worry, I love unfunny jokes."
The two spent their time soaking up the rays of the sun while enjoying a cool breeze. There were no fish to bite the hooks on their lines, so that was pointless, and Stan kept screwing up the knots. His hands appeared to be the ones in a tangle. Y/n decided to take a nap while wearing her bucket hat to protect her face from the sun. She didn't want to be present when Stan embarrassed himself.
When she heard Stan yelling something to the other side of the lake, she forced her eyes shut. Soon after, she heard a boat speed past, followed by a large wave that washed over them. She sat up straight away, shaking her wet hair.
Angry Stan removed his hat and threw it on the ground before frowning deeply.
"What was that?" Y/n asked, wringing her wet clothes.
"I have no idea."
Y/n had no idea what happened next either, but it turned out that the parents of the child Stan spoke with had filed a police report. Stan thought he could outrun them in a lake chase, but his engine failed at the last second and he had to stop. Stan was now compelled to wear an ankle bracelet. Y/n repaired the motor while Stan covered the leaks and repaired some of the damage.
The sun was slowly setting as the two strolled their boat around the waters. Y/n was trying to attach the ripped wood back to the boat as Stan maneuvered the boat in a straight path. He let out a sigh. Y/n frowned. "They should be back any minute now," she said.
"Hey! Over here!" Dipper's voice popped up from behind.
The two turned around to see Soos' boat beaten up and almost sinking, but it still worked.
"What the-" Stan began, but Dipper cut him off by taking a picture of him. "Kids? I thought you two were off playing "Spin the Bottle" with Soos!"
"Well, we spent all day trying to find a "legendary" dinosaur," Dipper began
"But we realized, the only dinosaur we wanna hang out with is right here," Mabel continued.
"Save your sympathy!" Stan exclaimed. "We've been having a great time without cha'! Makin' friends, tellin' jokes- we had a run-in with the lake police!"
"Guess Stan's gotta wear this ankle bracelet now, so that'll be fun," Y/n said, smirking at Stan.
The water was reaching their knees now as Dipper asked, "So... I guess there isn't room in that boat for three more?"
Stan narrowed his eyes at the two as they put on their hats. Y/n elbowed Stan to make up his mind already. His expression softened. "You knuckleheads ever seen me thread a hook with my eyes closed?" He asked.
"Five bucks says you can't do it!" Dipper challenged.
"You're on!" Stan agreed, and the boy climbed into the boat, sitting next to Y/n.
"Five more bucks says you can't do it with your eyes closed, plus me singing at the top of my lungs!" Mabel followed.
"I like those odds!" Stan smiled. Both Mabel and Soos boarded the boat. Stan saw Soos' ripped shirt and just had to ask, "Whoa! What happened to your shirt?"
"Long story dude."
"All right, everybody get together," Dipper said, bringing out his only disposable camera and pointing at Mabel and Y/n, who were both in the middle of the frame. Mabel had her arms around Y/n's shoulders as she grinned widely. Stan sat next to the two, while Soos was on the other side. "Say fishing!"
"Fishing!" The three said in unison, while Soos asked, "Dude, am I in the frame?"
The rest of the day was spent bonding and having fun. Y/n and Dipper mostly switched places for taking pictures. Stan attempted the challenge of threading the hook with his eyes closed, but he kept peeking, so Mabel had to go around and cover his eyes. He lost the bet, so he owed Dipper and Mabel five dollars.
Stan decided to make amends by reading an entire page of jokes from his joke book for the next thirty minutes. Y/n photographed their reactions as Stan delivered the punchline. Soos and Mabel were laughing, but Dipper was unconcerned.
Stan spent the next hour properly teaching the twins how to fish, and after a few minutes of waiting, Dipper's fishing pole began to wiggle, and he reeled it in with Stan's assistance. A fish was wriggling in the hook of his fishing line, slowly running out of air... or water.
"Good job, Dipper!" Y/n said as she took a picture of the boy holding up the line, but at the last second, Mabel jumped in the frame.
And for the final act, Mabel and Stan schemed a malicious deed. Stan maneuvered the boat closer to the other boat, which was occupied by the grandpa and two children who appeared to be twins. While Y/n and Dipper were busy talking with the tall old man and his granddaughter, Stan hoisted Mabel high while she was carrying a pair of scissors. She easily cut through the net, which held a fish. Soos had the pleasure of photographing it.
Which, of course, eventually led to a lake police chase in the sea. "Durland spoke through his megaphone, "Stop the boat this instant!"
"We didn't do anything, we swear!" Stan yelled back, driving the boat away so quickly that it nearly blew all of their hats away. Y/n was laughing at the situation and managed to take one more photograph despite the wobbly boat. She thought the blurred effect was more potent and amusing.
Somehow, the cops let them go and didn't chase them further. Stan rounded the corner, turning the boat around and heading home after the cops were gone.
Mabel and Soos were talking about improving their handshake when Dipper felt his side being bumped by Y/n. "So, did you ever find that monster?"
He sighed, "No. I'll tell you when we get home."
"Okay."
***
"Good thing you didn't come with us," Dipper said once Y/n appeared by the dining table where he was sitting. She took a seat across from him, her arms placed on the table casually. "It was... something else."
"So you found it?"
"We did, yeah," Dipper replied. He was doodling in the journal and Y/n had to clench her fist to prevent herself from saying anything. "We did catch it, but it was fake. It was literally cold blooded since it's made out of metal."
Y/n couldn't help but snort at that. Bad jokes will be the death of her.
"So who was controlling it?" Y/n asked.
"Old Man McGucket."
"Who?"
"The hillbilly who was yelling and dancing about the monster that he created." Dipper lifted the journal and showed her a page of his drawing of the old man. He really captured all the details; from the bandaged arms and feet, the broken teeth, the lopsided pupils, and the bandage on his beard.
"Oh. He has a name?" She inquired. But she stared at Dipper's art skills. "Not bad. You drew him so well."
"Yeah, well, he was pretty remarkable. Both in a good and bad way." Dipper placed the book down and continued writing the information he got about the man. "He wanted to make the monster in the first place to get the attention of his son. He just wanted to bond with him."
Y/n smirked. "Remind you of someone, huh?"
"Heh, yeah." Dipper smiled too. "Mabel and I regretted leaving Stan just for a creature that doesn't even exist."
"Hey, I personally believe in the existence of the Loch Ness Monster. People just don't see it because I assume it doesn't want to be seen. They would rather be alone and private. Or perhaps they are afraid of people and are simply protecting themselves."
"That was incredibly wise."
Y/n chuckled. "You think so? I thought I was rambling random and useless stuff."
"No, no, I think you're right."
The pleasant silence hung over them. She cast a glance down at the journal from the other side of the table, where Dipper was nearing the end of the McGucket page, "I had no idea you added your own entries. Must've felt good, didn't it?"
Dipper chuckled sheepishly. She could've sworn there was a hint of blush in his cheeks. "Heh. It does, yeah. Feels like I'm honoring the author by continuing to write Gravity Falls, you know?"
"Who knows? Maybe the author is still out there," Y/n said, placing her head on her hand. She was almost smirking at him. "What would you do if he finds out about your writings?"
"Oh don't say that please," he nervously replied. He was sweating in embarrassment now. "I honestly don't know how to deal with that when the time comes."
Y/n finally stood, "Anything is possible, Dipper." She walked past him. "I'm gonna go ahead now. Good night."
"Good night, Y/n."
She exited the room, staring at the path ahead of her as she went inside her mind. How is the author supposed to return when the only way to get him out is through the journal? Y/n didn't like how Dipper just adds his own entries as if it were completely his property, but she knew it was a harmless act. He is a talented artist; perhaps she can assist with the shading, which is lacking.
And because he is a smart person who is very careful with the journal, it is safe and reachable as long as he is within her line of sight. It's there. They can take it whenever they want, but as Stan stated, they must first earn the twins' trust, and so far, they are getting closer, which is important.
She admired Dipper's trust in her with the journal, knowing that they had discovered the book together. She has grown closer to the boy of the two siblings. Perhaps because he reminded her of Ford, and his inquisitiveness was admirable. It feels good to know he can count on her.
Just as she can rely on him.
***
Notes:
D ERDW FDQ KDYH WKUHH FDSWDLQV. ZH PDNH WKH UXOHV!
Chapter Text
"Hey, have you seen my pants?"
She stood there, deadpanned, as Stan asked her in his boxers. His top half was wearing the classic Mr. Mystery shirt and coat, all that is missing is his pants. "No," Y/n replied, sipping on the soda. "Where are Dipper and Mabel?"
Stan looked around the kitchen for where his pants could've been misplaced. "The kids are in the room with the wax figures. They have been there since this morning."
Y/n glanced at the clock hung on the wall. She didn't even notice that it's afternoon already. "Oh?" she wondered, "How did they find it?"
"Eh, I have no idea. I even forgot I've been keeping 'em in the Shack!" he replied, marching to the living room. He kept muttering, "Where the heck did my pants go?" under his breath.
"Where did you last put it then?!" Y/n exclaimed, getting tired of him searching.
"I don't remember! That's why I'm looking for it!"
She left him alone by himself. Watching him looking at every crevice for his large pants even got her tired so she went to the room where the twins were.
A shiver ran down her spine as she remembered the faces of those wax figures. It really crept her out and she doesn't even know who these people were.
The door was already open when she arrived at the hall. Soos, Dipper, and Mabel in a beret were standing in front of a wax statue. Y/n took a casual sip of her drink.
"Y/n! There you are," Mabel greeted once she saw her. The girl in the sweater dashed towards her friend and grabbed her wrist before pulling her in front of the statue. "What do you think?"
Y/n's jaw dropped as the contents of her Pitt Cola had escaped her open mouth and to the ground.
"Woah!" Mabel exclaimed. "I guess my work is jaw dropping, huh?"
Stan entered the scene, now with his pants on. "I found my pants but now I'm missing my- woa- ha- AH!" He fell to the ground and scrambled away once he noticed the wax figure that looked a lot like his twin brother.
It's not him, Stan. Calm down.
"So, what'd you think?" Mabel asked Stan.
He had to ease his quickening pulse before responding, "I think... the Wax Museum's back in business!"
***
All of the people in the Mystery Shack helped transfer all the wax statues outside on a makeshift stage, with banners and chairs already set up.
"Ugh. So creepy," Y/n muttered under her breath as she lifted wax Sherlock Holmes, the last person, to the stand. "Never liked them in the first place."
"In the first place? Have you seen them before?" Mabel said behind her. She must've overheard.
"No. I- I've seen them on TV. I just don't like how hyper-realistic they looked."
Nice save.
"Oh, okay. I think they look cute though!" Mabel replied, holding her hands together with a huge grin. "I hope people will show up."
"I'm sure they will," Y/n reassured, "People will want to be in the reopening of the amazing Wax Museum."
Her sentence was dripping with sarcasm, but Mabel was too much of a sweetheart to notice.
Rest assured, people did come, although Y/n had a feeling that they only came because of "free pizza" that she's sure Stan wouldn't be able to provide.
"You all know me, folks! Town darling, "Mr. Mystery." Please, ladies, control yourselves!" Stan said over the microphone. As you know, I always bring the people of this fair town novelties and befuddlements, the likes of which the world has never known. But enough about me. Behold... me!" He walked towards the clothed statue and uncovered it, revealing a wax replica of himself.
Soos pressed multiple keys on his keyboard, emitting various fanfare sound effects. Two people in the crowd clapped while someone coughed.
"And now a word from our own Mabelangelo!"
"It's Mabel." she grinned, taking the microphone. "Thank you for coming! I made this sculpture with my own two hands! It's covered in my blood, sweat, tears, and other fluids!"
The crowd winced as they expressed their disgust, "Ugh, ew!"
"Hehe. Yeah..." Mabel chuckled. "I will now take questions! You there!" She pointed at the familiar hobo.
Old Man McGucket asked about the eventual wax-man uprising and Mabel wittily provided the answer. Followed by Toby Determined who was shamed by Stan who pointed out that his microphone was a turkey baster.
"Shandra Jimenez, a real reporter." A woman stood up with her cameraman. "Your fliers promised free pizza with admission to this event," she announced before showing said flier, "Is this true?"
The murmurs in the crowds resounded, until it had transformed into chatters of complaint and protests of pizza. Stan quickly exited the scene with his trustworthy smoke bomb and escaped with the box of admission fee in his grabby hands.
Dipper and Wendy sat by the booth where the admission box once lied. They both look concerned and a bit scared, while Y/n just looked out of it. Mabel enthusiastically placed her elbow on the table with a proud smile. "I think that went well."
The sun had set and the moon had risen. Owls were hooting as Stan was spouting old expressions. "Hot pumpkin pie! Look at all this cash!" He said, "Now you kids wash up. We got another long day of fleecing rubes tomorrow. Go, go!" He pushed the twins outside the room before sighing and placing an arm on Wax Stan's shoulder. "Kids."
"You, uh, got something going on there with good 'ol Wax Stan, huh?"
Stan jumped at the sound of her voice and turned around to see her behind the lounge chair. "Sheesh, you almost gave me a heart attack, and hey you should be washin' up, too, kid."
Y/n crossed her arms, ignoring his order. "I know we saw the same thing... with... this guy," she referred to the frozen smile that belonged to the wax figure in the room. "He really looked like you, you know? He could be your twin."
"Oup, no. No, no, no." Stan shook her head. "We're not talking about that. We're here to relax and watch my favorite show, Ducktective," he said grumpily, getting the remote and sitting down with wax Stan standing beside him at a weird angle.
Y/n stared at him switching through the channels. She was about to go back to her room to sleep when he spoke again.
"So, you gonna watch Ducktective or what?"
A hint of a smile appeared on her face. Wordlessly, she took a seat on the ground by Stan's feet just as Ducktective captured the criminal. The show has been their favorite ever since it premiered and they just find peace in watching it together — though they watch it to make fun of it.
Stan laughed at the corny catchphrase from the show. "Stupid duck! Well, I'm gonna use the john." he stood up and stepped away from the two of them. Y/n stood up as well, dusting her clothes. "Guard him while I'm gone, alright?" Stan told her before leaving the room.
She rolled her eyes. "Why does he act like it's a real person?" She took Stan's seat beside the figure. "Sure, he may look like him– a lot but it's not... real."
Y/n reached and slotted her hand around the wax statue's arm and leaned slightly. She chuckled weakly. "Heh, miss you. You're probably gonna be looking like an old man now just like your brother. Meanwhile, I'm still the same thirteen year old me that you left behind.
Might need an explanation once you come back..." Fatigue gradually overtook her. She really shouldn't fall asleep whilst clinging onto Ford- she meant Wax Stan, but she couldn't help but feel comfortable at the moment. She missed this.
She must've been a heavy sleeper because the next thing she heard, Stan screamed, "NOOOOO!"
Y/n scrambled up to her feet and didn't realize what was going on until she saw Wax Stan already on the ground... with its head gone.
The twins ran to the scene, Y/n stood there with a puzzled expression while Stan was shaking grimly. "Wax Stan has been murdered!" he turned to Y/n with a panicked look. "Y/n, what did you do?!"
"Me?! I didn't do anything!" she emphasized. "I fell asleep and the next thing I knew this guy's head was chopped off!"
Mabel fainted dramatically with the back of her head on her forehead. Dipper caught her before saying, "Everybody, calm down. Let's call the cops and see if they can help."
Surely enough, the cops arrived. They questioned the events before said murder, and Stan nervously told his point of view, "The three of us were just watching a show when I went to the bathroom. And when I come back, BLAMO! He's headless!"
"My expert handcrafting besmirched." Mabel kneeled next to Wax Stan's "corpse", carressing it gently. "BESMIRCHED!"
Dipper comforted his sister. "Who would do something like this?"
Blubs drank from his cup of coffee, "Why don't you ask the only person who was present at the scene of crime?"
They all looked at Y/n, who was already looking offended. Dipper frowned. "I don't think Y/n would have done this."
She smiled, grateful that he could trust her. Her happiness shifted to anger as she faced the cops again. "You can't accuse me of murder when you don't even have the evidence!"
"That's true!"
Blubs remained dismissive, "Then unless you don't think that this girl here is guilty, let's face it: this case is unsolvable."
"WHAT?!" Dipper, Mabel, and Stan exclaimed.
Stan pointed an accusatory finger at them. "You take that back, Sheriff Blubs!"
"You're kidding, right?" Dipper said, "You're not even gonna do investigations and search for more evidence?"
"Oh, Dipper can help!" Mabel chimed in, supporting her brother. "He's really good. He figured out who was eating our tin cans!"
"All signs pointed to the goat."
Even Stan wanted Dipper to help, only for the offer to be turned down by both the sheriff and the deputy. They laughed in his face, making fun of Dipper because he was a little kid.
They really shouldn't be underestimating him.
"Adorable. You should leave the investigating to the grownups," was their final words before being called to attend an emergency.
Determined Dipper turned to his sister with a fire like no other. "That's it. Mabel, you and I are going to find the jerk who did this and get back that head! And we'll see who's adorable." he seethed before unconsciously releasing an adorable sneeze that could've been mistaken for a kitten sound.
Y/n will also agree that he's adorable. His sneeze was adorable.
The twins started transforming the living room into what appears to be a crime scene. Mabel was photographing the headless wax figure repeatedly, while Dipper was pinning pictures to his corkboard.
Stan walked out of the room, depressed. Y/n wanted to go console him, but she was stopped by Dipper. "Hey, wait. Y/n."
"What's up?"
"I know that you wouldn't do this, but what happened at the time of murder? What were you doing?"
She was irritated, but she replied truthfully, "I was sleeping. I didn't know what happened. I didn't hear a sound because I was asleep."
"Well, wax Stan lost his head and it's up to us to find it and prove your innocence. Would you like to join us?"
As much as she would like to go be with them, she has to prioritize. And right now, Stan is her first priority. "I don't know," she began. "There's not much room for one more detective, don't you think?"
"But-"
"I'm sure Sherlock Holmes and John Watson will handle it." Yes, she read the books. "The question is, who is Holmes... and who is Watson?" she left without another word.
The twins stared at one another before Mabel smiled. "I'm Sherl-!"
"No," Dipper immediately turned down. "Mabel, focus. We have to solve this case. The murderer could be anyone."
Mabel's eyes widened. "Gasp. Even us!"
"In this town, anything is possible," Dipper muttered, taking out his journal and skimming through it. The book was full of codes and ciphers that he might use to find clues.
"Hey, look, a clue!" Mabel's voice brought him out the pages. She pointed down to the ground they were standing on.
"Footprints in the shag carpet!" Dipper marveled. "It looks like one of the shoes has a hole in it." Their eyes noticed the marks all leading somewhere behind the big, yellow chair.
The twins found an ax just lying there on the ground. This must be the murder weapon!
To clarify, they took the object and delivered it to Soos the handyman. He examined it thoroughly before concluding, "In my opinion... this is an ax."
Mabel suddenly got an idea. "Wait a minute. The lumberjack!"
They began to piece their assumptions together enough to go out and find the aforementioned lumberjack. Soos had told them about the biker bar.
With newfound information, they walked out the Shack in unison. They passed by Stan who was struggling with bringing out a coffin from his car trunk.
"Hey, give me a hand with this coffin, will ya? I'm doing a memorial with wax Stan. Something small, but... classy," he said, giving it all his all until the coffin eventually was pulled out.
Dipper clutched the straps of his duffel bag tighter. "Sorry, Grunkle Stan, but we have a big break in the case!" he emphasized with a clench of his fist.
"Break in the case!"
"We're heading into town to interrogate the murder."
"Oh, well in that case, do me a quick favor and fetch Y/n for me? This coffin is surprisingly heavy."
Mabel sprinted inside the shack, loudly shouting Y/n's name. "Y/n! Stan needs you!"
"I hear ya!"
And that was Mabel's cue to leave and regroup with her brother. "She's coming!"
Stan placed his hands on his waist. "I know this is dangerous and I would honestly forbid you from going if I am a responsible parent... good thing I'm an uncle! Avenge me, kids!
AVENGE ME!"
The kids took off, with Mabel carelessly swinging around the ax that they found. Stan watched them with an almost proud look on his face.
"You said you need me?"
He glanced beside him and it was Y/n, in the flesh. "What took you so long?"
"I was in the bathroom, jeez!"
Stan scoffed playfully. "You're probably performing another album from ABBA in the shower. Not surprised."
"Do you need me or not?" she glared at him.
"Help me carry this thing," he said before lifting up the other end of the box.
Y/n rolled her eyes but went to the opposite end and brought it to her chest anyway. "Put respect to their name. It's Number One All-Time Icelandic Pop Sensation BABBA."
"Right. How could I forget? You always play it in the basement. I swear, the twins might hear the sounds from the attic."
"Oh, shut your yaps and tell me why you need to set up a funeral for this wax statue that reminds you of your twin brother?"
Stan fixed his gaze on Y/n and her direct question. He stopped moving, but she knew he wasn't mad at her for essentially touching a nerve. He exhaled a sigh. "Would you mind letting me do this just once?"
He never said anything else, but she understood. It may look and sound weird, but the intention behind it was deeply saddening. It's like he wanted to do a proper farewell... in case of it being true.
"And, hey, doesn't he look like... your teacher? Your boss? Your-"
"He's my mortal enemy now, Stan," she cut off, a playful grin on her face. They positioned the coffin over two stools. Soos was cleaning the floors.
"Oh," Soos said once he saw the casket. He frowned deeply. "I'll... go and set up the chairs."
Y/n placed her hand on her hips. "Where are the twins anyway?"
"Oh, they're off to find the killer."
"What?"
Soos appeared behind her again. "Yeah, you know, the one who... ch-chopped... Mr. Wax Pines'... head. I heard them say that they're doing it to clear your name."
Her heart leapt at the prospect of them attempting to prove her innocence. She appreciated the effort of going out and probably questioning everyone in town, but she knew. She knew that no human could do this and escape in record time. No human in Gravity Falls, that is.
It was already late at night when the mini podium for Stan was set up. Dipper and Mabel eventually returned home, apparently with nothing to share. Y/n sat beside Mabel, who sat glumly holding an ax.
As Stan regained his composure, Y/n leaned in closer to Mabel and whispered, "Did something happen? Why the long face?"
"We thought we cracked the case and blamed Toby Determined for a crime he didn't even commit," Dipper answered for his sister, sighing. "Those cops were right about me."
Stan cleared his throat loudly and began his eulogy with sad organ music in the background, before Mabel or Y/n could object.
"Kids, Soos, lifeless wax figures... Thank you all for coming."
Soos dramatically blew his nose on a napkin.
"Some people might say it's wrong for a man to love a wax replica of himself."
"They're wrong!" Soos screamed, pointing an accusatory finger.
Stan tried to coax him. "Easy, Soos," he said before turning to wax Stan who lay still on a coffin. Its iconic pose of a thumbs up stuck out. "Wax Stan, I hope you're pickin' pockets in wax heaven."
This made Y/n frown. Stan was visibly upset, and she could tell it wasn't a joke to him. He took off, sniffing despondently. "I'm sorry, I got glitter in my eye!" he exclaimed as he dashed out of the room.
"Dude...!" Soos cried, chasing after Stan as he sobbed also.
Y/n stood up, looking at both Dipper and Mabel. "I have to check on him in case he does something crazy."
She walked away, straight towards the living room, where Stan sat glumly. His glasses were perched on top of his hair, and he rubbed his eyes with his knuckles. Soos stood next to him, attempting to offer him a napkin.
"No, Soos. You need it more than I do," Stan said, sniffling.
She walked into the room. He gave her a quick glance before returning his gaze to the ground. Y/n motioned for Soos to return home, and she'd take care of it. He nodded and walked away, closing the gift shop door behind him.
It was quiet except for Stan's sniffles. Y/n gave him time to let it out. She's seen him cry before– many times now. It makes him the more emotional, empathic person out of the Pines twins.
If you think it's rare to see Stan cry, then it is incredibly anomalous to see even a glimpse of Ford letting out a single tear.
The first time Stan cried was, of course, the first night of his brother's disappearance. She could hear the bawling from her room. He was completely devastated and he always blamed himself.
Every other night for the last thirty years, Stan had grown to be comfortable to be himself around Y/n. Comfortable enough for him to cry a river. She's the only one who understands what he's going through.
She leaned against the doorframe of the living room, staring at a wall painting. Stan was constantly wiping his tears away. "I..." he began, but it got cut off with a sharp exhale. "I just– really, really miss him, you know?"
"Yeah," she replied quietly.
"I don't even know if he's alive out there. What even is out there? On the other side?"
He has asked this exact same question a thousand times, and even though Y/n is vague with her answers every time, it would always end it with, "He's alive."
"I hope."
"I know he's alive," she said. "Sure, there might be aliens and other dimensional lizards and whatnot, but he is the smartest guy in the world. He knows what to do."
Stan kept to himself. Looking down, he ran his thumb across the rim of the glasses he recognized as Ford's. "You know, I'm really glad you're here ."
"Happy to be of service, old man."
They stayed within their comfortable silence.
Meanwhile, the twins faced the sentient wax figures that were all staring them down menacingly. Wax Sherlock Holmes had just recounted their heinous history up to the time of the murder.
"So you were trying to murder Grunkle Stan for real?!"Dipper asked in disbelief.
"And you could've almost killed Y/n, too!" Mabel exclaimed, lifting her forefinger. "You made her look so guilty that the cops almost arrested her!"
"Enough!" Wax Sherlock bellowed, "Now that you know our secret, you must die."
His pupils vanished as his eyeballs rolled. The other wax figures joined him and marched slowly, grunting like zombies.
Dipper and Mabel felt cornered, stepping back from them. "What do we do?!" Mabel panicked.
"I don't know!"
"What the heck is going on here?!"
Everyone came to a halt and looked at the door where Y/n stood. She looked perplexed as she assessed the situation.
"Y/n. watch out!" Mabel screamed, flailing her hands around. "Wax Sherlock Holmes was the real murderer. All of the wax figures are alive!"
Hm. Y/n narrowed her eyes on them. "I've always known you guys were creepy."
Wax Sherlock fumed, "Oh you kids are driving me up the wall. Attack!"
Half of the wax army charged towards the twins, while the rest rushed over to Y/n, who skillfully dodged them before kicking their limbs apart. Wax Thomas Edison yelled out a curse when she punched his head loose and went in a different direction.
"Y/n, use this!" Dipper threw a hot fire iron at her, and she grabbed the handle just as Wax Sherlock brought a sword down on her head. She deflected the blow before swinging her own weapon at him.
The two of them fought their way out of the room, inadvertently leading themselves to the attic, where the fight raged on. Every strike from Y/n was deflected, and Wax Sherlock continued forward until she was pushed up against the wall.
He pointed the sharp blade to her nose. "I know you're still the same little girl you were ten years ago," he said, and it couldn't help but send a shiver down her spine.
Because the fire iron was gradually losing its heat, she realized that killing him with it would be pointless. She looked out the window next to Wax Sherlock, the light reflecting off it.
So she rolled under him and escaped through the window and onto the Shack's roof. Wax Sherlock pursued the girl with the sole intention of murdering her. They fought until she was forced to retreat and stall for more time. He continued to spout more British slang before darting towards her, cornering her once more.
She glanced to her right and saw a twinkle of sunlight.
Wax Sherlock turned to face her, his sword poised above his head, ready to strike. "We all have secrets that we keep hidden, and yours is bound to be revealed; it's just a matter of time!"
"I'll let you in on a little secret: I adore watching the sun rise."
"Watching- what?!" Wax Sherlock shrieked as he realized that this was all a trap.
In his final act, he attempted to swing down, only for Y/n to literally stop the blade with her hand. Wax Sherlock quipped briefly before being knocked to the ground by her kick.
"Any final words?" she asked as she let go of the sword. His lower half was already slipping off the shingles.
"Shut your festering gob, you sniveling- grmmm!"
The rest of him melted into liquid until it all fell down to the ground.
"Gross."
She walked back to the parlor where Stan now stood. "Y/n!" The twins exclaimed. "Are you okay? What happened?"
She shrugged casually, smirking a bit. "Heh, you should see the other guy," she said before making a melting sound and moving slowly.
The twins chuckled at her joke but at the same time, glad that she was alright. "So, do you also want an affectionate noogie from Grunkle Stan?" Dipper asked.
***
"Who?"
"The 'child psycho' Gideon Gleeful," Stan told Y/n, getting the both of them Pitt colas. They were working so hard with the portal, tackling the parts for it. She didn't remember who brought in cards, but the next thing they did was play poker all night. She didn't remember who was in the lead either.
"What about him?"
Stan grumbled. "You know the monster's been terrorizing me ever since he rolled into town, and now the kids are checking out the competition with his so-called 'Tent of Telepathy'," he said the last part in exaggerated quotes.
"Woah, calm down," she said, coaxing him, "Maybe they're just seeing if it's the real thing. We all know he's a sham."
He sighed. "You're right." He took a sip of his can before retreating to his office. "I'll be in here in case you need me."
"Don't worry, buddy. You just relax," Y/n answered back.
Just as Stan left the room, the back door opened and the twins entered. "Y/n! Where have you been!?"
"Sorry, I... overslept," she trailed off, "But, hey! You're back. How was the trip?"
"Oh, Y/n, you should have seen it!" Mabel gushed, rushing towards her. "Gideon was the cutest! He had this little cape and sang in rhymes! He even guessed my name! He truly is a child psychic."
Y/n and Dipper exchanged glances. "Is that so..." she hummed, looking at Mabel's sweater with the letters M A B E L sewn into it. "He must've been really entertaining."
"She is easily impressed," Dipper pointed out, crossing his arms before walking to the kitchen.
Before going to the table by the living room, Y/n went to the fridge and got another can of cola. The boy took a glass of water and sat in the other chair at the far end of the table.
The two sat in comfortable silence until Mabel came back with sparkly gems plastered on her entire face, from her eyelids to the inside of her mouth. "Check it out, guys! I successfully bedazzled my face!" She struggled to even manage a single blink with the jewels stuck.
"That was quick."
"Is that... permanent?" Dipper asked.
Mabel frowned. "I'm unappreciated in my time."
Someone knocked on the door and the three looked at one another. "Somebody answer that door!" Stan shouted from the other room.
"I'll get it!" Mabel yelled back, easily scrubbing off the colorful stones and heading to the door.
It turned out to be Gideon on the other side, asking Mabel on a tour of his dressing room. The two hung out and played make-ups until afternoon. Later, Gideon invited her once again to come and sightsee the entire town from the roof of his warehouse. They even brought their own pair of opera glasses.
She just didn't think Gideon would ask her out on a real date. She had a good time with him, but she never liked him in that way. Mabel thought this kid was creepy as he drew her into a hug and unabashedly sniffed her hair.
The next day, she and Dipper were playing video games when the doorbell rang again. Mabel replied, opening it to reveal the head of a horse peering inside. Gideon sat atop the horse, wearing a cowboy hat and a sickening grin.
And they were off to some probably expensive restaurant that Gideon bribed the staff into doing everything he asked.
"Hey!" Stan exclaimed that morning, getting the attention of Dipper, Wendy, and Soos. "What the jackal is Mabel doing in the paper next to that greasy pickpocket Gideon?" he aggressively pointed at the large picture in the first page of the newspaper.
Wendy and Soos were excited about it, Stan was exasperated, while Dipper was a little scared of him right now. Y/n was nowhere to be found.
Stan went out as well to deal with the whole 'dating grandniece' situation. The three were left to themselves, until they had to go and do their own thing.
Dipper went back inside the living room to do some reading. He was already in the ghost section when he felt someone enter the room.
"Oh, hey, Dipper."
He looked up and saw Y/n with a cup of coffee this time. "Y/n! Hi."
She sighed and yawned. Even though she had only slept for 30 minutes, she felt a surge of rage in her veins when she saw the Journal 3 in his hands. "What are you reading?" she asked, sitting across from him in the chair. They had always sat at this table, sometimes in different seats, but their conversation was always about the journal.
"Oh, I'm just trying to catch on to some ghost categories. Can't believe there's 10! The author must've experienced all of them!"
How'd you think he would write all of that down if he didn't go through them?! I was there with him.
Y/n didn't realize she was glaring at Dipper, but she rationalized it as her being insane from lack of sleep. So she slurped the coffee silently but angrily.
"Are you okay? Looks like you stayed up all night."
She couldn't tell him that she had spent the entire morning attempting to stabilize the energy distribution of the Shack and the portal. Energy was required for the portal to remain idle, while electricity was required for the house.
"Just like you, I was also trying to catch on some... reading," Y/n replied once she had her thoughts together. "Quantum Physics."
"You're already studying in summer? What?" Dipper was grinning from ear to ear. "What grade are you in?"
Grade? She didn't know what that term meant.
"Huh?"
The employee door opened from the gift shop, and Mabel appeared gloomy as she carried a lobster past the two of them.
"Hey!" Dipper called, his smile never left his face albeit being slightly confused from Y/n's response. "How did it go?"
"I don't know. I have a lobster now," Mabel said slowly.
Y/n placed her head on her propped hand. "Well, at least it's over and you will never have to go out with him again."
But Mabel didn't say anything. She was anxiously tapping on the glass box with the idle lobster.
"Mabel?" Dipper asked after a brief moment. "It's over, right? ...Mabel?"
"BLARGH!" The twin sister flailed her arms around in a panic. "He asked me out again and I didn't know how to say no!"
Dipper furrowed his brows. "Like this: no!" he enunciated, pointing at his mouth.
"It's not that easy, Dipper!" Mabel reasoned, "And I do like Gideon... as a friend slash little sister! So I didn't want to hurt his feelings!" She smacked her fist onto the table between the two. "I just need to get things back the way they used to be, you know? Friends!"
Unfortunately, Mabel's plan did not go as planned. Her heart seemed to always win in every situation, which she disliked. She disliked Gideon's advances on her and her inability to say no. She liked Gideon, but not in the way he desired.
So, the moment she got home, she was pacing all over the living room, weighing her options. He's just too nice but she can't keep doing this! – but she can't break his heart! There's no way out of this!
Dipper's voice jolted her out of her reverie. She was terrified of her upcoming date with Gideon. Dipper reassured her that it wouldn't come to marriage, until Stan stormed in with a TEAM GIDEON sign on his shirt, declaring that Mabel must marry the twerp.
Y/n entered the room with her favorite Pitt cola in hand. She stared disapprovingly at Stan. "What?" he asked. "Bodies change."
The boy twin found his sister in a place she dubbed, 'Sweater Town'-- where she just pulls her knees to her chest and wraps her huge sweater around her until she is completely covered.
Dipper has had his fill. If Mabel does not want to end her relationship with Gideon, he will. Mabel, of course, was overjoyed at her brother's offer.
He entered the restaurant where Gideon was allegedly waiting for his sister. He couldn't believe this little charlatan would basically force Mabel to date him. He's been behaving strangely since he saw him on stage.
Gideon was initially polite to Dipper, though he was perplexed by his appearance. Gideon's eye twitched when Dipper told him Mabel didn't want to see him again, but he still wore a sickening grin.
"You're not gonna- like, freak out or whatever?"
Bygones be bygones, he said. Dipper took it in stride and walked out. He didn't look like he was angry, so he thought that he'd understood.
But Gideon's gaze remained fixed on Dipper as he walked out of the restaurant. He suddenly felt a surge of rage coursing through his veins. How dare he put himself between him and Mabel? He has no authority to intervene! Gideon and Mabel were supposed to rule the town together as king and queen!
Dipper just made the biggest mistake of his life.
The next day, everything seemed to be back to normal. The twins were having fun with Soos outside the Shack, doing random shenanigans until the phone rang from the gift shop.
"Your turn," Mabel said first, beating Dipper to it – which means, he has to go and deal with whoever was on the phone.
Dipper had no idea it would be Toby Determined, the lamest guy ever, who was suddenly interested in interviewing him about the 'unusual' things going on in town.
Dipper's excitement overtook his worry, and he quickly scribbled the address Toby provided on the notepad from his pocket. He was about to leave the gift shop and continue on his way when he noticed Y/n out of the corner of his eye.
"Y/n, hey!"
She turned around, trying to look casual after having heard of the telephone conversation. In her defense, it was a total coincidence that she walked into the gift shop from the living room and... stayed until the end of the call.
"Dipper," she answered. "What's up?"
Wendy and Soos gave her that greeting. What does she know about interacting when she's been cooped up in the basement for the past 30 years? Stan is mostly responsible for grocery shopping and going outside.
Dipper told her about Toby Determined and wanting to interview him with the address already etched in the paper.. "So, what I'm saying is," he began, "do you wanna come with me? We found this journal together, so I figured I shouldn't take the credit alone."
Her heart skipped a beat not only because of the thoughtful offer, but also because of the heavy anxiety. She took a look at the journal he had brought out. Knowing the journal was with Dipper - within her arms reach - calmed her a little, but she couldn't help but think about the risk of revealing the journal's secrets to anyone else, let alone someone like Toby Determined.
So she had to go with him. Just to make sure that he doesn't do anything stupid.
"Sure," she finally said, smiling. Dipper returned the smile, and the two proceeded to the cleared path in the forest to the address. Because the Shack is located at 618 Gopher Road, it took some time to locate 412. It appeared to be an abandoned warehouse on a cliff.
Y/n and Dipper exchanged uncertain glances before hiking up the hill to the main door. Dipper opened it to reveal a dark room full of shelves and unused cardboard boxes.
"Hello?" Dipper's voice echoed through the confines of the warehouse.
Y/n furrowed her eyebrows, confused with the silence. Someone was supposed to meet them there, but apparently no one came. "Let's just get out of here. Maybe it was a prank call."
"Yeah. Maybe you're right."
The two were about to leave when the door unexpectedly shut. Dipper jumped and tried unsuccessfully to open the door. He knocked, expecting someone to close the door on them as a joke, but no one answered. Panic gripped their chests.
A row of lights illuminated the warehouse until it reached the far end, revealing an office chair.
The seated turned around to see Gideon, who was petting his puppet version of himself like a supervillain. He had a menacing grin on his face. "Dipper Pines... oh, and you brought Y/n, too. Isn't that just swell?"
"Gideon?" The boy beside her rolled his eyes in annoyance.
"How long have you been living in this town, a week? Or two? You like it here?" Gideon inquired, innocently fidgeting with the stuffed toy.
Dipper crossed his arms. "What do you want from me, man?"
"Listen carefully, boy," he said slowly, "this town has secrets you couldn't even begin to comprehend."
"Is this about Mabel?" Dipper asked. "I told you she's not into you!"
"LIAR! You turned her against me!" Gideon stood from his chair and marched towards the two of them. "She was my pink dumplin'!" He grasped his bolo tie with a hard look on his face.
Dipper had the nerve to be concerned, "Are you okay, man?"
Gideon raised his hand, and the two of them were surrounded by a blue aura. They quickly realized that their feet were no longer touching the ground. Dipper panicked slightly, whereas Y/n felt dread mixed with familiarity.
When Gideon made a motion with his hand, the two were launched into the air. They landed in a heap of cardboard boxes containing his merchandise.
"Wha-what? But I- I thought he's a fake!" Dipper stuttered.
"Oh tell me, boy! Is this fake?" His hand on his bolo tie again, he lifted the other and the stuff around them were floating.
Y/n was staring at Gideon's closed fist. It can't be.
Gideon laughed maniacally as he directed the floating clocks towards Dipper. Dipper was the most targeted of the two, so he had to avoid the most hazards. Y/n stepped to the side, conjuring up some sort of plan. If only there was some kind of distraction so she could retrieve the mystical amulet.
So that's why his hair was unnaturally white.
Dipper jumped away from the tumbling shelf, rolling until his back hit the wall. He stroked his head, which he was certain was developing a lump. "Grunkle Stan was right about you, you are a monster!"
"Your sister will be mine!" Gideon's laughter was cut short when a pair of arms wrapped around his neck from behind. He screamed and flailed his arms around, attempting to punch Y/n but failing. "No! Let go of me!" He screeched, but she didn't falter, only squeezing tighter.
"Dipper, get the amulet!" She feared that once she let go of her other hand and reached for the necklace, Gideon would have the chance to unhand himself and use the magic against her.
Dipper stood up and ran towards the two of them. Gideon was still writhing under her grasp, sweating like a pig now. Dipper had a small triumphant smile on his face as his hand inched closer to the amulet, until-
"Guys?"
The three looked over to see Mabel by the opened door.
"What's happening?"
It was silent. No one really knew how to start at explaining the whole situation.
But Gideon quickly recovered, elbowing Y/n in the face—which didn't hurt, but caught her off guard—causing her to loosen her grip, and that's when Gideon took the chance, holding his bolo tie again and lifting his other hand, sending both Y/n and Dipper afloat. So much for a diversion, she reasoned.
"Gideon! What are you doing?!" Mabel exclaimed, panic settling in her features.
"Marshmella, I want to apologize for my behavior, but these two have come between our sweet relationship! Don't you want to get rid of them?"
"Heck no! I'm sorry, Gideon, but I can't be your marshmallow. I needed to be honest and finally tell you that myself," Mabel replied.
Gideon furrowed his brows. "I... I don't understand," he said, clutching the amulet tightly, with the gesture and his growing frustration, it made it so that he was choking both Dipper and Y/n while they were still afloat.
Dipper thrashed around in an attempt to relieve the pain in his throat. Y/n imitated the action, attempting to persuade herself that she, too, is in pain.
She yanked the glowing amulet from his suit as quickly as she could. "No!" Y/n and Dipper both fell to the ground, their magic practically unused. "You were like attacking my brother and my friend!What the heck?!"
"My tie! Give it back!"
He tried to reach it, but Mabel tossed it to Dipper.
"Ha!" Dipper caught it. "Not so powerful without this, are you?"
Gideon screamed and charged at Dipper, making him drop the amulet and breaking through the window.
"Dipper!" Mabel yelled. Y/n glanced at the amulet on the ground and wasted no time going for it. She picked it up, grabbing it tightly, and harnessed its powers. It was the same feeling when she held it the first time. With her mind, she thought about floating and instantly she was.
Mabel was astounded. She levitated as Y/n raised her hand with the amulet. She rushed the two of them outside the broken window and, with no time to waste, gestured her other hand up to stop Gideon and Dipper's horrific fall. The two stared up at them until Y/n and Mabel gracefully descended.
"Listen, Gideon," Mabel began once her feet landed, "It's over. I will never ever date you."
Y/n, too, put her feet on the ground, eventually letting go of the magic before it could affect her again. After all, the white streaks were still visible beneath her natural hair. She gave Mabel the amulet, knowing exactly what she wanted to do with it, and Mabel delivered, throwing it to the ground and breaking it.
"My powers!" Gideon exclaimed. "Oh this isn't over. This isn't the last you'll see of wittle... ol'... me," he said before walking back to the dark forest.
The twins looked at each other, both weirded out, before they turned around and made their way home. Meanwhile, Y/n stared at the broken pieces of the mystical amulet.
"'Buried deep underground where nobody can find it,'" she muttered under her breath. Ford was a terrible liar.
***
Notes:
RG'H Z HNZOO DLIOW ZUGVI ZOO RG'H Z HNZOO, HNZOO DLIOW
Chapter 10: Real Man Or Real Dead?
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Y/n stared at the virtual graph inside the monitor, the ling going up before descending slightly, and then it's getting high again, but it completely dropped very low.
"So the kid has powers. No big deal."
"I just have no idea how he got a hold of it," she replied.
"Maybe he just found it on a random spot of dirt or something," Stan said, swigging the last gulp of his one bottle of beer, which he shouldn't do because he still have work tomorrow, and not only that, but the kids can find out, but he's Stan and he can do whatever he wants.
"Ford said he buried it where nobody can find it."
Stan chuckled. "Well, my brother's either-" he presented his digits. "-suck at hiding, a terrible liar, or... yeah that's it."
Y/n laughed with him before trailing off, a far look on her face. "I'm kinda worried, though."
He made a dismissive tone, waving his hand. "Eh, don't worry about that rapscallion Gideon. What's he gonna do; nibble on my ankles? His hair is bigger than his entire body!"
It made her smile a bit, but she couldn't help but wonder. Is it possible that Gideon has the second Journal?
"Hey, quit it with the silence.. I swear, you look like you're about to explode with your thinking gears smoking. Tell me about what happened today while I was out."
"Well," she began. She was slightly annoyed when Stan interrupted her train of thought. She doesn't like it when she's disrupted whenever she thinks. "The moment you left, Wendy invited the twins to the roof and tried to hit the attached target on the totem with pinecones. Dipper hit a van, though."
"And did you compensate for the damage?"
"Of course I didn't. Owner didn't hear it anyway. And even if he did complain, I would insist that it was a wild animal or something,"
Stan grinned proudly. "Ah, I taught you well." He stood up and messed with her hair a bit before slowly making his exit. "Well, I'm off to bed. I'm drunk."
"What, you only had like- one beer. Not that I'm encouraging you to drink more because then you'd smell like a drunk."
"Okay, maybe I'm just sleepy. Good night, kid."
"Good night."
***
***
The next day, Y/n was outside tending to Gompers, the Shack's pet goat. It was now part of the ambience ever since it showed up and ate most of the grass from around the Shack. Stan thought that it would be a good idea to keep it so that he wouldn't do any more mowing.
Now, Y/n is treating its wounds after she found a red spot on one of its knees. He was whimpering like crazy, trying to lick it. She got to the bathroom and grabbed the gauzes before sprinting outside before the goat could escape.
She already got it cleaned from the blood and was now wrapping bandages around its ankle. It calmed down, basically just staring right at her, or was it behind her? She wasn't sure. Its pupils were lopsided, after all.
Y/n crumpled a handful of weed growing near her and fed it to Gompers which he happily munched on. She petted its head, thinking deeply.
She could really see herself building a clinic in the middle of the forest, catered specifically for the creatures and monsters of Gravity Falls. She's invulnerable and has fast healing (meaning any effect marks would disappear immediately), but not everyone in Gravity Falls does.
She already knows how to clean a wound, she'd read enough books about mythical creatures- even got to observe them closer with Ford- so she knows how to be delicate.
Her train of thought was cut off by a sudden horn and tires screeching against the dirt.
Wendy's friends poured out of the blue van. She knew all of them as she was with them once only because Stan wanted her to inspect them if they were secretly agents who were after the portal- which was dang impossible.
Thompson was being made fun of again by Nate and Lee, and honestly, poor guy. Y/n didn't have to check her watch to know that Wendy's shift will soon end and she'd go hang out with her friends doing who knows what in a place of who knows where.
Out of all the activities, of course it's the one where Thompson is getting tortured. He was held upside down by Lee and Nate– shirtless– as Robbie stood a few meters from him, holding a bag of candy pebbles.
Tambry began recording as Robbie started throwing them. Nate and Lee were chanting "IN THE BELLY".
Y/n stood there, unimpressed yet slightly confused. Is this supposed to be fun?
"Me-e-e!"
"Oh," she mumbled, turning around. It seemed that Gompers wanted more grass to eat. "You lazy goat, it's right beside you."
"Me-e-e."
"Okay, I'll do it. Not because you're cute... but because I'm a good person." She crouched down and pulled apart a patch of grass. Gompers happily– or not, she couldn't tell– chewed.
"OHHH!" The group cheered. A green jelly bean was inside the belly button, accurately shot by none other than Wendy.
Y/n saw the twins walking beside Wendy. What were they doing?
Wendy introduced the two to her friends, giving them all brief introductions. Robbie asked if she was supposed to babysit the twins, only for Wendy to playfully berate him.
And that's when Y/n made the mistake of watching them for too long. She didn't look away quick enough for Nate to catch her gaze.
"Hey, Wendy, ain't that one of your co-workers?" he asked as he pointed at her.
Wendy glanced at her friend and smiled. "Oh, yeah! Y/n! You've hung out with us before, right?"
Suddenly having many eyes on her, she tried to make a move to leave, but Mabel stopped her.
"Wait, Y/n! Aren't you coming?"
"Uhm..." she trailed off. "I'm sorta busy."
"We're gonna go to this abandoned store and have some fun!" Mabel pleaded, "Please go!"
Y/n hummed hesitantly. If she leaves, Stan's going to be alone, stuck watching TV with the Black and White Period Piece Old Lady Boring Movie channel because he's too lazy to get up and find the remote.
Which he should do since she's been wanting to watch the show with him.
With a small smile at her set-up, Y/n walked closer to the gang. "Alright, I'll join. I'm sure it will be fun."
Dipper's smile widened, Mabel's eyes sparkled, while half of the gang cheered. Everyone got inside Thompson's van as he started the ignition. Y/n and the twins were situated at the very back. They all wore their seatbelts and punched the roof while everyone chanted Thompson's name.
On the way there, Dipper was hyping himself up to be the coolest kid in the group. Mabel just vandalized the car with bright red marker, feeling silly, while Y/n was looking outside the window and watching the trees run past them and finally, they were out of the forest.
After what seemingly was a long ride, when it was actually rather short, everyone got out of the vehicle and gazed through the chain fence. Most of the group were wearing excited grins and mischievous smirks. "There it is, fellas. The condemned Dusk 2 Dawn," Wendy spoke.
The crowd gasped and let out amazed sounds. Dipper asked for the reason why it was shut down, and Nate said that the owners were murdered. Y/n wracked her brain for any news of the closing of the shop. She didn't hear anything from Stan. Were the couple really killed?
"A-are you serious?" Dipper nervously asked.
"Yeah! We're all gonna die!" Wendy mocked. "Chill out, man" she playfully punched him in the shoulder, "It's not as bad as it looks."
The twins glanced at the boarded sign which read, "NO TRESPASSING VIOLATORS WILL BE DEAD!" and from that moment, it was now or never. They should just suck it up and join their shenanigans so that they can be cool.
Everyone proceeded to jump over the fence– with a little bit of struggling from Dipper– but eventually, they were all heading towards the entrance of the store.
"Aren't you a bit creeped out about this, Y/n?" he elbowed her a bit, and she paused for a moment, "I mean, an abandoned building, the owners being murdered. Isn't this all one big trap?"
"I'm not sure," was her only reply to that. She wasn't really sure, although she had to admit, she felt a little excited for what's to come. "Do you believe in ghosts?" she said with a small grin.
Dipper was caught a bit flustered at the question. "Wh-why, are there ghosts? I- I don't know. I've read about it in the journal, but I've never seen one before."
She kept a chuckle inside and kept walking. The two saw Robbie grappling to force the door open, but it just wouldn't budge. "I think it's stuck."
"Let me take a crack at it," Dipper suddenly said, walking confidently ahead of Y/n. He pulled his sleeve up as if he's preparing.
Robbie glared. "Oh, yeah, I can't get in, but I'm sure uh- junior here is gonna break it down like Hercules."
"Come on, leave him alone!" Wendy chided, "He's just a little kid."
Dipper frowned at the word, but with a new surge of courage, he was determined to debunk Robbie's words. He marched towards the side of the building where there was a dumpster and he jumped on it before climbing onto the roof. Dipper wasn't fazed at all as he easily hoisted himself up and walked through the shingles.
Sounds of protests were heard from the crowd, but Y/n was looking confused and impressed at the same time.
He found a vent but the cover was screwed closed, but he was still not giving up. He pulled on it, pushed it with his body until finally, he punched it with all his might. The case was destroyed and he eventually got inside the duct.
Everyone looked concerned, but Y/n had to laugh. All this just to prove someone wrong. It was really admirable.
"Who wants to bet he doesn't make it?" Robbie crossed his arms with a smirk.
But Dipper walked out of the door, unharmed and gestured to everyone to go inside.
Everyone left comments as they entered the store. Y/n and Dipper exchanged smiles as they walked in last.
"Do you guys really think it's haunted?"
"Psh, nah! Thompson, are you kidding me?"
"Woah, man, it's even creepier than I imagined!"
The group walked around the dim room. It was dark, but the moon and the outside posts provided a bit of light. They were blindly looking for the power switch until Wendy had found it.
Miraculously, there was still enough power to light up the entire store. The freezers were still working smoothly.
"So, what do we do now?"
"Anything we want."
And anything they wanted, they did. From food fights to food experiments, it was guaranteed a great night. Y/n haven't felt this fun in decades.
She found herself sitting on one of the aisles with Dipper and Wendy, eating ice cream. She was sure that every food in this store expired since the owners died in 1995 (she saw the newspapers), but what does she know about the effects of expired food anyways? She doesn't get sick.
Dipper and Wendy sat upright, talking about how fun this night is going so far, while Y/n was laying on the aisle. She raised her ice cream above her face and watched as it melted and dripped on her tongue. She was only half listening to the conversation until she heard someone shouting, "Hey, guys! We need more ice!"
"I'm on it!" Dipper announced, jumping off the aisle and running off.
Y/n finally sat upright and faced Wendy who was clearly enjoying her ice cream.
"You know, Y/n, I've been working on the Mystery Shack for like a year now, but I know nothing about you."
"Well, I don't think there's anything cool for you to know about."
"Oh, come on. Any scars? Tattoos? Stitches?"
"Wha- Wendy? How old do you think I am?"
Wendy laughed. "I'm just kidding." She glanced to the side. "Dipper's a cool kid."
"Yeah?"
"I mean, he's really trying to be a part of this crew. Do you think he's actually thirteen?"
Y/n didn't say anything else before looking down. No, in fact, he and his twin aren't thirteen. They just lied to get to hang out around them.
Their attention was caught by a scream coming from the freezers. Everyone was slightly alarmed and weirded out by the sound so they huddled up and investigated. The group found Dipper with a bag of ice spread out by his feet.
"What was that?" Lee asked, approaching closer. "Thought I heard some lady screaming back here."
"You freaking out, kid?" Nate teased.
Dipper stammered, "Uh, no! No, I'm cool! Everything's cool!"
"Then, what's all this about?" Robbie pointed to the spilled ice.
"That's uh, um, huh... hey, look! Dancy Pants Revolution! The game that tricks people into exercising!"
Everyone sprinted to the arcade with mumbles of agreement. Dipper voiced his own weak cheers and thought he could feel relieved, until he realized that Y/n was left standing there with her eyebrow raised. "Y/n!"
"What's wrong?"
"Um, it was nothing!"
"What did you see in the cooler?"
Dipper looked back and eventually, he sighed in defeat. "I might be feeling delusional, but I swear I saw this floating ghost brain. It had eyes and a mouth, and it was staring at me, Y/n. Creepily staring."
She hummed in response. She tried to recall encountering that kind of creature, but her brain didn't supply much. "It does sound creepy," was what she only said before someone from the group called them over. Probably Wendy.
"Coming!" Dipper enthusiastically replied, before dropping his voice into a whisper. "But when I opened the fridge again, it was gone! Do I look crazy? I feel like I'm losing my mind the longer we're in this place."
"I believe you, Dipper, you don't have to convince me," Y/n reassured. "I know you don't want me to tell them, so we can just keep this between us, okay?"
He gratefully smiled. "Thank you, Y/n. It really means a lot."
She could tell that he was beginning to get nervous, and when she tried to touch his hand, it was cold. Where did she have the gut to hold his hand? "Don't worry, Dipper, as much as I believe in the supernatural, I don't think this building is haunted. And if it was, wouldn't it be cool to show these suckers that the ghosts are real?"
Dipper chuckled. "Oh, that would be priceless."
The two laughed among themselves as they walked to where Thompson was currently trying to beat the high score, but with his unathletic body, he was struggling to keep up with the pace.
Nate and Lee were cheering him on, while Wendy, Robbie, and Tambry, Dipper, and Y/n were behind. "Woah!" Wendy spoke, elbowing Dipper. "He's really terrible at this."
He chuckled nervously. "Heh, yeah, that's – that's great." His words died in his throat as he looked at the glass door, seeing their reflections. Their skin, however, is replaced by bones. Dipper frantically rubbed his eyes and everything went back to normal.
"Hey," Y/n bumped her shoulder against his, "you okay? What happened?"
"Uh..." he began. "I'll be right back."
Her eyes didn't leave his figure as he made his way to the wall telephone. She made an educated guess that he was probably trying to call Stan, and that made her stifle a chuckle. She doesn't think Stan would pick up any moment as he's busy crying to the telenovelas.
She couldn't watch Thompson be horrible at DPR anymore so she wandered around the store with her hand against the pockets of her jacket. Her feet lead her to the corner of the store by the window and that's where she discovered traces of two bodies that belonged to Ma and Pa Duskerton.
Y/n's brow furrowed. She couldn't believe that they actually died. They seemed to be a lovely couple based on Stan's gossip. She guessed the good thing was that they died side by side.
"Awesome, Y/n, you found the jackpot!" Robbie was thrilled behind her. "Hey, guys, take a look at this."
Everyone gathered together closer, and Y/n stepped back, slightly annoyed.
"Then the rumors are true..." Lee commented. Dipper gulped.
"Dude, I dare you to lie down in it," Robbie taunted.
"Good idea!" Lee said, before turning to Nate. "Go lie down in it!"
"Heh, I'm a dead body, look!" He walked over to the marking, about to step on the lines, until Dipper intervened.
"Wait!" He turned to the group. "Maybe let's not do that."
"This guy's scared!" Lee said in a sing-song way.
"All I'm saying is, why tempt the fates? I mean... What if this place really is... haunted?"
Everyone shouted 'boo's at him as Y/n rolled her eyes. "Come on, guys, I think Dipper has a point," she said. "We were already having fun without any of this. We can just go and play on a different spot and leave this couple alone. In peace."
Robbie groaned. "Ugh, I knew we shouldn't have brought these kids. They're acting like a major buzzkill right now, right?"
The group nodded in unison. Wendy was hesitant, but it was clear that she was upset. "Yeah. Little bit."
Dipper frowned while Y/n felt a little bit annoyed. Why does she need approval from them?
Tambry sighed, typing on her phone. "Status update; trapped in store with insane 9-year old."
"I'm not a 9-year old!" Dipper protested, angrily laying on the tape markings. Y/n gasped softly, trying to stop him. "I'm thirteen! Technically a teen!"
The traced figure surrounding him lit up and the lights went off. Everybody looked around in worry, until Tambry dissolved right in front of them, leaving her cellphone. Dipper picked up the phone and read aloud, "Status update; AAAAAHHH!!" Suddenly the security camera screen switched on and Tambry stood there, trapped. She banged on the screen but she couldn't get out.
"Tambry! Tambry!" Wendy screamed.
"Can you hear us?!" Dipper followed with his own shouts, but Tambry didn't respond, still looking lost.
Nate panicked. "What are we supposed to do?!"
"I don't know, man," Lee answered. "I don't know!"
"Let's just go already!"
Wendy tried to call for Thompson, but he was still adamant about beating the high score. He was dancing, until he, too, dissolved and was transferred inside the video game itself. The game began attacking him with the arrows. Robbie wanted to flee for his life before the door got shut and locked. Wendy tried pushing and pulling, but it wouldn't budge. Robbie tried destroying it with the cash register, but it only vanished and a green light erupted.
"Guys!" Y/n called for their attention. "Haven't you watched enough ghost movies? Ghosts don't just haunt because they want to."
"Yeah, whatever's doing this has to have some kind of reason," Dipper chimed in, taking out the journal. "Maybe if we could just figure out what it is, then they'll let us out of here!"
But Robbie wasn't listening, not believing a word from two children younger than him. Wendy wanted to give it a chance and sided Dipper this time, and when Lee mocked the ghost, the next thing he knew was that he was floating and appeared on the cover a cereal box.
"Welcome."
"AHH!" Everybody screamed.
"They got Mabel!" Dipper screeched. Mabel was floating in the air with her hand raised to the side and her eyes were glowing blue with no pupils. She had a deep and menacing voice.
Ghost Mabel cackled as she introduced them to their deaths. They began apologizing and begging for the ghost to let them go, and at first, she complied. But before they completely left, it offered hotdogs, but Nate was stubborn and didn't like hotdogs so Ghost Mabel became enraged once more. Nate dematerialized, and this time, he turned into a hotdog.
"It begins."
The room turned upside down and the objects that were on the ground were now on the ceiling. "Quick! In there!" Wendy pointed at the nearby soda machine and the three wasted no time hopping inside and closing the hatch.
"What could be the reason the ghost is doing this?" Y/n asked once they fit inside.
"Okay, let's try to figure out the pattern here; Tambry was texting, Thompson was playing a video game, and Lee is being sarcastic, it doesn't make any sense!"
I think it makes perfect sense.
"Yeah! I mean, those are just normal teenage things!" Wendy responded, making Dipper's eyes light up in realization.
"Wendy, say that last part again."
"'Normal teenage things'?"
"Of course!" He turned to Y/n, who was already looking at him. "I know what I'm gonna do."
"I'll cover you," she replied, nodding.
He nodded back. "We go in three. One, two, three!" On cue, the two jumped out before Wendy could have stopped them.
"Wait! Guys, what are you doing?!" She called out, but was too afraid to follow.
Y/n watched out for the floating chips and appliances that might terrorize them. The two marched towards Ghost Mabel with a stern look on his face. "Hey, ghost!" Dipper shouted, catching their attention. "I've got something to tell you!" they grinned maliciously as they let out an ecstatic sound.
Dipper and Y/n were now floating, surrounded by blue auras. Talk about deja vu. Dipper swallowed nervously, hoping it would work. It's now or never. "I'm not a teenager!"
Mabel's eyes stopped glowing and everything stopped floating. Even Y/n and Dipper fell to the ground with a thud, but Mabel stayed afloat with her hair pulled up by the spirit of Pa Duskerton. Ma Duskerton was beside him, and it was the first time that Y/n saw them again.
They were smiling. "Oh, why didn't you say so?" Pa chuckled, letting Mabel fall into a pile of junk. "How old did you say you were?"
"I'm..." Dipper paused, looking over at Wendy who was listening. With a hesitant stance, he finally told them the truth. "I'm twelve... technically not a teen."
The couple turned their heads to Y/n, who was standing there a bit awkwardly. She felt a bit nervous as their eyes sparked with curiosity. "How long have we been dead, dear?" Ma asked.
"Must have not been long if..."
Ma looked at her. "How old are you?"
"I'm thirteen..." she hesitantly answered, her brows furrowed in confusion and slight fright. Ma narrowed her eyes as it shifted into disdain. Y/n guessed that the hint of familiarity was gone now as the couple remembered a horrifying reminder.
The ghosts began telling them about their loathing for stubborn teenagers. Teens have caused them their double heart attacks. That's how they died.
"That's why we hate teenagers so much!" Ma said rather enthusiastically, bumping her nose against Pa.
"But they're my friends, isn't there anything I can do to help them?" Dipper reasoned.
Pa grinned playfully. "There is one thing. Do you know any funny little dances?" He wiggled his fingers.
"Uhhhh. Is there anything else I can do-?"
"NOOOO!" Pa screeched, his pupils rolling to the back of his head, fire surrounding him.
Dipper nervously shook his hands. "Okay, okay, okay!" He looked to the side. "Um, well. I do know the... Lamby Lamby Dance, but, uh- I can't really do it without a lamb costume!" He thought he had found a loophole, but the ghost had better ideas, and with a snap of his fingers, Dipper was dressed in a cute lamb onesie.
"Oh. Well. There it is." Dipper awkwardly stood, taking a deep breath to conjure up enough confidence to perform.
Well, who wants a lamby, lamby, lamby?
I do! I do!
So go up and greet your mammy, mammy, mammy
Hi there! Hi there!
So march, march, march around the daisies!
Don't, don't, don't you forget about the baby!
Dipper ended with a finger to his cheek and a wide, humiliated smile.
Y/n was blushing from the second-hand embarrassment, yet at the same time, she found it excessively adorable. She didn't know he had it in him, and her heart was beating crazier. Was it because she witnessed the cute performance right in front of her?
Rest in peace to Dipper's dignity and self-respect.
Of course, the ghosts have let them go and immediately disappeared without another word. The store turned right side up again, and everyone came back. Everything was a mess.
"What happened after everything went crazy?" Lee asked.
Wendy was excited as her friends crowded around her. "You are not going to believe it! The ghost appeared and Dipper had to-" she stopped when she noticed his nervous state. "Uh, Dipper just grabbed the bat and beat ghosts down, left and right! Then the ghosts got all scared and ran away like a couple of little girls. It was insane!"
Dipper sent an appreciative smile in her way, and Wendy had her thumbs up.
Everyone tiredly walked to the van like a group of zombies. Y/n supported Mabel on her way back as she clutched her sick stomach. Dipper climbed in first before Y/n and Mabel followed, Y/n sitting in between the twins.
She had her arm wrapped around Mabel who was leaning on her. She groaned in despair. "Ugh... I'm never gonna eat or do anything ever again."
The van drove off, until they dropped off the three in the Shack. Walking closer, the window was suddenly shattered by the TV.
Stan popped his head out of the window. "Uh. Couldn't find the remote."
Y/n chuckled, walking inside the gift shop and heading to the living room where Stan was cleaning the ice cream tubs. "What episode?"
"I don't know, I lost count," he said, sounding seriously upset. "The wedding could have been so great if it wasn't for-"
"Uhp!" she berated. "I'm not on that episode yet!"
"Yeah, well. You'll have to fix the TV before watching. Looks like it's broken."
"What?! Why me! You're the one who threw it out of the window!"
Stan left without another word, grumbling about how Count Lionel had his chance. Out of all the days, why on the day of the wedding? Y/n grunted, annoyed at Stan. She glanced at the broken glass with a piece still hanging on its frame. "Soos will fix it," she said before retreating to her bedroom to get some rest.
***
"Disco girl, so wild and true, that girl is you~ ooh, ooh-ooh! Ooh, ooh-ooh!"
"Ugh, can you stop that? I'm so tired of hearing that song the whole day," Stan complained, banging his head against the control panel.
Y/n raised an eyebrow. "I've only been singing this tonight." She continued typing on the built-in keyboard. She rolled her eyes. He shouldn't really be whining when she's heard of the same sailor song that he's been singing.
"Yeah, well guess who else is singing that earworm song?"
"Who?"
Stan grunted. "I heard him screaming the lyrics and checked out if it's true. Sounded like the entire 70s was happening there."
"...So you walked in on Dipper singing BABBA?" She shouldn't even be smiling. He just happened to like the same group as her. And listen to the song almost daily. "Wait. Why did you even walk in the bathroom when you know it's occupied?"
"Don't make it weird."
He was always so confusing to Y/n. But as the night turned into day, she still couldn't get the thought out of her mind, as well as the song. It kept looping in her mind, from the woahs to the oohs. She even mumbled the lyrics without knowing. Her obsession with the Icelandic pop sensation had ignited more when she found out that she was not alone.
The next week, it was a normal day at the Shack. Stan was managing the register, while Y/n was reading from the counter. Tyler Cutebiker was wandering around the gift shop, analyzing everything with enthusiasm, when all of a sudden, the twins entered. "Grunkle Stan?"
"Can we go to the diner?" Mabel asked. "We're hungryyyyy."
"Hungryyy." The two began hitting their stomachs against each other.
"Yeah sure. As soon as this yahoo makes up his mind." Stan pointed to Tyler who kept asking questions.
Y/n stood up and stopped her reading. "You know what? You guys can go. I'll stay and help this poor man out. If he doesn't make up his mind, I'll just lock him inside."
The Pines chuckled. "Alright." Stan grinned. "Come on, kids. To the diner!" They made their escape, their footsteps slowly deafening as they made their way to the car and drove off.
She stared at Tyler holding up two hangers of clothes. "Puma shirt, Panther shirt? Puma shirt? Panther shirt? Puma shirt... Panther shirt?"
"Dude, make up your mind already."
Tyler turned to her. "Do you have this shirt in my size?"
"That's the only size left," she replied, placing her head against her palm.
"I just can't pick! Tyler exclaimed, holding the shirts close to him. "I want to wear both at the same time!"
Y/n narrowed her eyes as an idea came to her mind. "We can make an adjustment."
Half an hour later, Tyler was clapping with joy as he gazed at the sewn clothing. The half was a puma shirt, while the other half was a panther shirt. "Amazing work, dear!" He said, "I didn't know this shop offers extra services!"
"Well, it also comes with extra charges," she said without missing a beat. The sewing doesn't come free considering she's never sewn clothes before. She figured it was going to be the same as sewing Ford's wounds, so she just guessed and went with it as it goes.
"How much?"
Even with additional pay, Tyler paid just as happily and went his merry way. More people came into the gift shop and looked around, bought something, and left. Not another hour later when Stan's car pulled up in the parking lot.
"Back so early?" Y/n asked once Mabel and Stan entered, but Dipper was nowhere to be found. "And where's Dipper?"
"Can't talk right now, Y/n! We have a love emergency!" Mabel pushed Stan towards the Employees Only door, opening it before closing. Wendy and Soos followed inside.
"Aren't you guys supposed to be working here instead of me?" Y/n said.
"Mabel needs some help." Wendy replied, walking forward.
Soos nodded, "And Mabel wanted me to act as Lazy Susan."
Question marks sprouted on Y/n's head. What the heck is happening?
Knowing that there weren't any customers right now, she figured she'd take a little peek inside the living room. She heard Mabel's voice and knew that they were in there, so she stood up and walked out of the counter and into the door.
Soos was wearing thick make-up and a uniform that looked exactly like Susan's. It was surreal. Does her eyes deceive her? Is Mabel actually teaching Stan how to flirt with a woman? She just had to laugh.
For the whole day, it was Mabel exercising Stan to basically become a better person, but Y/n knew that it just would not ever work. He doesn't try when it comes to romance. Clearly, he's stressing too much about the portal to care about love.
He has gone through extensive training, mastering the art of not slouching your back, or not scratching your body so indecently, yet he had just become worse. The before and after are vastly different from each other. Y/n entered the room, laughing uncontrollably. She dramatically wiped a tear under her eye as Stan gave her an unimpressed look. "Face it, Mabel, your uncle's unfixable!"
No one told her otherwise because it was true.
"Yeah," Wendy said, placing a hand on Mabel's shoulder. "Just like that spinning pie trolley thing at the diner."
At that, Mabel's face glowed like the sun. "Grunkle Stan, come with me! And leave your pants at home."
"With pleasure!" Stan immediately followed.
Before Mabel completely left, she returned. "Y/n, you're coming too!"
"I'd rather not-"
"You have to because I said so. Come on!"
Y/n let out a huff of air. Wendy and Soos were now left in charge of the Shack or they would be fired. The three headed to the diner as Mabel now had her hand on Stan's wrist. Y/n looked up at the big sign that said 'Greasy's Diner'. Boy, did she miss the food. Was there still a delivery service? She clutched her daisy necklace as another memory came to her. She had never worn the accessory off, nor forgotten who gave it to her.
The three entered and saw Lazy Susan punching the pie machine. Mabel tried all her might to convince the woman to accept Stan for who he really is, flaws and all. And after she was done, Stan stepped forward and gave out his hand. "So, uh, Lazy Susan. What do you say?"
Did he really forget he's the reason she got the lazy eye in the first place? Now he has some sort of a crush on her. Stan must've just wanted free food.
But Lazy Susan just spectated him up and down before turning around and leaving, making Stan frown. He let out a sigh in defeat, making his exit, not until someone shouted, "Hey!" Susan returned with a slip of paper. "Here's my number. Why don't you give me a call sometime?"
"Really?"
"Really!" Susan chuckled. "Also, here's some pie. On the house. For you!"
Y/n was sure that her mind was boggled from what just happened. Mabel squealed in excitement, scooting inside the booth, with Stan sitting beside her, looking hungrily at the scrumptious pie. Y/n sat across from them.
With a smile, Stan devoured the pie as Mabel rambled about getting a phone to call with Lazy Susan. Y/n had her head in her hands, contemplating about life... contemplating about how Stan scored a date with Susan.
"Dipper!" Mabel suddenly exclaimed, jumping up to the window and banging her fist against it. "It's me, Mabel! I'm looking at you through the glass! Right here! This is my voice! I'm talking to you from inside!" Dipper was weirded out by her sister's shenanigan and calmed her down before going inside the diner and sitting next to Y/n, who was looking at him in slight concern. "Did you see me through the-"
"Yes," he said rather glumly.
"What's wrong?"
"I don't wanna talk about it," he said.
"Good." Stan raised his fork.
"It's just these half man, half bull humanoids were hanging out with me-"
Stan deadpanned. "Here we go."
"-but then they wanted me to do this... really tough, horrible thing but it just wasn't right. So I said no."
"You were your own man and you stood up for yourself," Stan said with his mouth still full.
"Huh?"
"Well, you did what was right even though no one agreed with ya. Sounds pretty manly to me, but what do I know?"
Dipper smiled. Y/n couldn't help but appreciate Stan's words. He was right. Doing the right thing makes you strong.
"Wait a minute, do my eyes deceive me?" Mabel leaned forward to have a closer inspection. " You have chest hair!"
He checked his chest and gasped. "You're right! I do! Ha ha, this is amazing! I really do! Take that, man tester! Take that, Pituitor!"
"Pituitor?"
"This guy has chest hair!" Dipper celebrated, but it was finished too soon as Mabel plucked it out and put it in her journal.
"Scrap-bookortunity!"
He looked devastated as he looked at his now bare chest.
Stan grinned. "Don't worry, kid, if you're anything like me, there's more where that came from!" He ripped open his shirt, cackling like a maniac. Y/n looked away in disgust as everyone laughed.
The four eventually went home on foot (since the Stanmobile was left at home). Stan went and 'cleaned himself up' or whatever that means, while Mabel straightforwardly went upstairs to add more designs to her scrapbook. While waiting for Dipper's turn in the bathroom, Y/n interrogated him a bit. "What did you say you encountered?"
"Manotaurs. Basically half man, half... minotaur– bull? They have a group where they test how manly they are. I wanted to join just to prove that I'm manly enough, but I guess I was out of their league.They wanted me to kill the multi-bear."
"The multi-bear?" Y/n hummed. She had never heard of such a creature before. Maybe it coincides somewhere they haven't explored before. She's guessing that the multi-bear has multiple heads. "What did the multi-bear do?"
Dipper blushed, too shy to answer the question. He knew where the question leads. "Promise me you won't laugh?"
"I promise," she said without missing a beat. She probably had all her laughter out anyway, so the possibility of laughing right now is slim.
"Well, the manotaurs didn't like the multi-bear because... he knew all the words to... Disco Girl."
"By Icelandic pop group BABBA?" Y/n couldn't keep the smile off her face.
"Wait," Dipper said, his face enlightening. "You know them?"
She scoffed. "Duh? I have been a fan since..." Oh no, you can't say 20 years ago. "Since... since the day I was born!"
"No way!" he let out a laugh in disbelief. "So you must have listened to their albums, right?"
"Every. Single. One. What's your favorite?"
Dipper gazed in the distance as he thought. "Honestly... it might just be Emergence since Disco Girl is there."
"Disco Girl is one of my favorites," she said with a smile.
It became silent. The two avoided eye-contact, wondering who gets to say the next word or rather, the next lyric. Y/n pursed her lips before singing very quietly, fiddling with her fingers. "Saturday night is a night alright~"
Dipper slowly smiled. "Time to groove till the morning light."
"Your bell bottoms on!"
"Your hair unfurls!"
"Youuuu are the Disco Girl~"
They kept singing until they were standing up and grabbing the nearest microphone. Y/n had a brush, while Dipper got the broom. They were freely dancing around the living room, singing their hearts out until Dipper had the last note. "The girl is youuuuu~!"
The two high-fived. "You have a nice singing voice!" Y/n commented once they were relaxed from the rush.
"So do you?!" Dipper said, smiling widely. "That was so much fun!"
Stan got out of the bathroom. "Will it kill you guys to not talk about that song, ever?"
Y/n rolled her eyes as Stan began complaining about his old ears. He's so dramatic.
"I guess that's my cue," Dipper said, walking backwards towards the bathroom.
"I'll go to bed now, too. Good night, Dipper."
"Good night!"
Dipper spent his time singing in the shower. It was one of his favorite times of the week– day. Because he totally showers daily. He's been singing a different BABBA song this time, and this time, he locked the door in case someone enters his private space again.
After drying his hair, he went and wore his classic orange shirt and gray shorts. He discarded his navy blue vest and hat. He refused to wash his hat for some time now since it was supposed to be a symbol for all the adventures he'd been through.
He went upstairs and straight to the attic where his room was. Of course, it was being shared with his twin sister, and there she was on the floor with stickers and glitter surrounding her. Marker caps were open and the toxic smell lingered around the room.
Clearly, she was busy with the scrapbook to make conversations. She really tends to focus on the task so passionately that she disregards everything else. Much like him, he supposed.
Dipper was about to hop onto his bed, when he just noticed an old shoebox. He opened it and all he saw were cassette tapes, and on top of the pile was a tape player. He was confused at first when he picked up the cassette, but a surge of happiness washed over him when he realized that these are all BABBA's albums! He had a feeling who gave it.
On one of the tapes, there was a note attached to it.
Play this album first!
He chose the specific album and placed the cassette inside the cartridge, pushing it close, and pressing the play button. He wore the headphones that came with the tapes. A smile appeared on his lips as he knew the song. Of all the songs, she just had to pick this one. He carried the box to the floor and let himself lay on the bed. He stared at the ceiling as he mumbled the lyrics. Listening to this song made him feel like a winner.
Y/n was down in the basement. Instead of shouting the lyrics out loud, she was whispering the words she knew that Dipper was listening to. She was smiling as she took down the notes of the results from the tests. Stan was looking at her weirdly.
That girl is you~
***
Notes:
25-15-21-18-0-5-21-18-15-22-9-19-9-15-14-0-1-16-16-12-9-3-1-20-9-15-14-0-9-19-0-21-14-4-5-18-0-18-5-22-9-5-23-0-1-14-4-0-20-8-1-20-0-7-9-18-12-0-9-19-0-25-15-21
Chapter 11: I Always Have a Plan
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Guess what, we're broke."
"What?!" Y/n stood, flabbergasted at the way Stan casually dropped the information. She began thinking about the effects of being financially unstable. "What are we gonna do?"
Stan hummed inquisitively. "I have a business proposal."
"Go on."
"I'm thinking of catering to the kids. What do they like? Socializing and friendships. So the Shack is throwing a...?"
Y/n raised an eyebrow. "A party?"
"Yes, a party!" He exclaimed. "Thought it might be a good way for kids to spend money at the Shack."
Stan had already gathered his employees and assisted in converting the parlor area into a party area without even consulting with her. The twins had already purchased the decorations, Soos had acquired inexpensive cups and plates, and Wendy had obtained food. Perhaps it was the first time they complied with Stan's orders.
Y/n helped with setting up the chairs and the stage, while the twins and Wendy were goofing off. She was so busy adjusting a spotlight that she didn't hear Stan instructing the kids to use the copier machine in his office to copy the fliers.
Stan meant well, but he should have been communicating with Y/n about the Shack's items since she was the one who lived here first. He may have repaired the machine, but this was no ordinary copy machine. It's only a matter of time before the twins realize it's a cloning experiment.
Ford had tested it on Y/n because the machine could only copy that size, and it had worked. They'd taken advantage of it, using copies of Y/n as they helped around the house, whether cleaning, researching, or going to the store. Although it was painful to watch them disintegrate after the job was completed.
The twins came back with multiple copies of the fliers, making Y/n hum. Maybe it didn't work this time because it was so busted and broken? Maybe it worked as a normal copier machine now.
Stan had everyone lined up to assign them their duties. He held a clipboard as he read the names and their responsibilities for the party tonight. He let Soos be the DJ and the guy was ecstatic because it had been his dream to be the DJ.
"Wendy, you and Mabel are working on the ticket stand."
"What?" Mabel objected. "But Grunkle Stan, this party is my chance to make new friends!"
"I... I can work with Wendy," Dipper spoke, raising his hand.
Everyone went silent as they stared at him. Stan rolled his eyes. "You realize if you do, you gotta commit to staying at the ticket stand with Wendy. No getting out of it, just the two of you, alone, all night."
Dipper watched Wendy, Soos, and Mabel goofing off as they laughed without a care in the world, making him blush. "I promise."
Stan turned to Y/n. "How about you, you wanna work?"
"Is this a rhetorical question?" She replied with a small smirk.
"I'm letting you be the supervisor, I guess. Be the all-around person." Stan glanced at his clipboard again before walking off.
***
The night had finally arrived. Stan came out of the room, dressed differently from his work clothes. "Woah, you're really looking forward to this," Y/n noted once they met at the hallway. She was wearing a jean jacket with a graphic shirt underneath.
"Of course. I haven't been partying since I met Carla! This is the Shack's first party, and uh-" he shoved her shoulder playfully, "why don't you loosen up a bit?"
"I think I'm pretty relaxed," she retorted, stretching her arms a bit. "This party would benefit us. What a good idea, Stan."
"Oh, I'm full of good ideas, sweetheart," he replied without missing a beat. "Now why don't we go out there and let's have some fun for once, huh?"
Leading themselves to the party area, Soos was playing energizing music. Many people were already here, some were chilling around, some were already eating, and some were actually dancing. The two of them met Mabel at the top landing of the staircase where she was gazing at the crowd. She was wearing a loose hot pink shirt with an orange skirt, complemented by an orange bowtie on top of her hair.
"Can your uncle throw a party or what?" Stan said to Mabel. She smiled at him. "And if anyone wants to leave, I'm charging an exit fee for 15 bucks!"
Y/n chuckled. "Nice."
The music picked up its pace, and Mabel excitedly let out a squeal. "I gotta get myself on there! Come on, Y/n! Join me!" She grabbed her wrist without hesitation and they sprinted to the dance floor.
People should really start conferring to her first.
She did not, in fact, dance with Mabel. She only knows how to stomp her feet and bop her head to the music. Is that considered dancing? Just as the Northwest kin made her entrance and strutted up to the stage the moment Soos announced a party crown, Y/n decided to go to the refreshments table and get a cup of punch.
The Northwest family wields tremendous power in this town, owning nearly everything. Their power is undeniable, but they have a deeper history that no one knows about except Y/n and Ford. They discovered an enclosed document containing a code that they have yet to crack during their investigations.
She had two other girls on her tail, both wearing the same amount of make-up that was clearly illegal to put on a child's face.
Mabel walked up to the stage, too, and it looked like she made new friends. At least Mabel had that kind of power. She was so easygoing. It appeared that the competition was between Mabel and Pacifica and Y/n knew that this is where their rivalry would begin.
Soos announced the beginning of the party contest, playing a very lively song. Everybody hollered as the two dance-battled to the death. Pacifica looked practiced, scripted, as if she trained her whole life for this while Mabel's dance was spontaneous and carefree.
Y/n sipped from her paper cup, amused at the dances. So interesting that people can express their feelings through dancing. Stan's words echoed in her mind, "loosen up". She shook her head. She can loosen up in other ways than partying.
She scanned the crowd and noticed that Wendy was jumping up and down, dancing. Y/n tilted her head as she wondered who was with Dipper in the ticket stand since she was here. She walked outside after getting another fill of cranberry juice just as Stan reprimanded Dipper for trying to escape.
Dipper glumly walked back to the table, looking like he didn't wanna be there. She watched as he handled the tickets one by one, and as much as she wanted to help, she just didn't want to, seeing the line of people.
But alas, she can't get anything she wants, does she? Dipper noticed her and his eyes lit up. "Y/n! I need your help. Can you cover for me? I have to do something important real fast. I'll be back before you know it!"
He sprinted inside the Mystery Shack without saying another word. Y/n wanted to call him but her words died in her mouth. He left her with this line of kids. "Hey, you! Let us in!"
With a grumble, Y/n obliged albeit grimly, and began taking their money and putting it into the box. The kids were happy as they were being let in. The group walked inside, excited to party all night.
Meanwhile, Dipper stared at an entirely new clone of himself. "I have a really big head."
He climbed down from the copier machine, and his clone gazed back at him. "So... uh-" the two said in unison, making them laugh at the same time. "Sorry, you first." They echoed again. "Stop copying me!" They both burst in laughter at the cliche line. Original Dipper slapped his knee, and Dipper 2 wanted to follow until his elbow hit the corner of the box.
"AH! Ow, ow, funny bone." He hissed in pain just as Dipper wrote number 2 on his hat.
"I will call you Number 2!"
"Definitely not," Number 2 opposed, placing his fingers on his chin. "You know the name I've always wanted."
The two Dippers crossed their arms and smirked at one another. "Tyrone?"
With an enthusiastic smile, Classic Dipper began, "Okay, Tyrone, let's get down to business. You cover me at the ticket stand, while I ask Wendy to dance."
"I know the plan, buddy!" Tyrone said, just as spirited as Classic Dipper. Both at the same time, the two pulled out their long list of steps in order to spend the night with Wendy.
But as they were reading the plan, Dipper narrowed his eyes as he stepped back a bit. "Hey, we're not gonna get jealous and turn on each other like the clones in the movies, are we?" he asked, feeling slightly nervous.
"Dipper, please," Tyrone assured, smug, "this is you you're talking about. Plus, hey," he snapped his fingers, "you can always just disintegrate me with water." The two let out impressed sounds, tapping their temples.
Before the two could make their leave and go to their respective places, Classic Dipper pulled Tyrone back. "Oh, by the way, if Y/n is still there, she can help you with the ticket stand."
"Okay," Tyrone replied, feeling slightly worrisome. "But what if she gets suspicious of me?"
"Then, you can tell her. She's one of the few people who we can trust."
Tyrone strode out of the Shack and Dipper proceeded towards Wendy. He found Y/n accepting cash now that the line has calmed down a bit. There were still people, and she was ripping off a ticket just as Tyrone walked up to her. He cleared his throat and Y/n smiled up to him.
"You're back!" she smiled. "So what important stuff did you do?"
"Um, I just had to go to the bathroom, that's all," he replied, taking over the ticket ripping and handing it to her.
She took a good look at him. He was paler than usual, and instead of a pinetree on his hat, it was the number two. Inquisitively raising an eyebrow, she smiled. "Dipper, are you okay? You seem paler than when I last saw you."
He stuttered out a reply. "Uh, I just ran all the way here. I guess this is a sign that I'm... dehydrated?"
Y/n took another kid's money and placed it inside the box. Tyrone tore apart the next ticket and handed it to him. He glanced behind him to see Classic Dipper on the dancefloor, heading his way towards Wendy. He subtly gave him a thumbs up to which Dipper replicated the pose.
"So," Y/n spoke slowly, "what should I call you?"
Tyrone snapped his head towards her in shock. "I... what do you mean?"
"You don't think I'm that dumb to believe you're Dipper, are you?" she said, grinning. He was tripping over his words. "So, is it Clone Dipper? Dipper 2? Double Dipper?"
He chuckled, "No, Classic Dipper and I had this name that we always wanted. Call me Tyrone."
"Tyrone," she nodded as she smiled. "Nice name."
Suddenly, Tyrone's walkie-talkie rang and he picked up the call. Dipper was talking in the other line. "Tyrone! Robbie is here. We gotta get rid of him if I ever want to dance with Wendy!"
Y/n continued giving out the tickets while Tyrone was spacing out. "Hey," she bumped her elbow against his to wake him up. "Tyrone, you okay?"
He shook his head awake. "I just got a jealousy fantasy." He stood and faced the stained window where he got a glimpse of inside.
"I know-! Wait, did she just call you Tyrone-?"
"Do you have a plan?"
Dipper looked around the party until he saw Robbie's dirt bike on a kickstand. "I have an idea."
"I have the same one," Tyrone said, "but we're gonna need some help."
Y/n watched Tyrone as he dropped the device. "Are you gonna leave again?"
"Yeah, we have a plan to get rid of Robbie so he won't get in the way of Dipper wanting to dance with Wendy."
"What an elaborate plan for a sure-fire goal you got there, Tyrone."
He smiled, before taking off. He walked back inside while Y/n tended to the remaining customers. The last bunch of tickets were sold and the metal case sure was full of money. She held it up by its handle and decided to bring it to Stan's office since the boss himself was busy clapping for his great-niece.
Just as she opened the door, Dipper 3 and 4, along with the Original Dipper stood there. Tyrone was still sitting on Stan's desk.
The two of them shared eye-contact. "I can explain," Dipper said.
"I already know. Tyrone told me."
Her gaze averted to the second Dipper who was suddenly caught off-guard that he almost slipped.
Classic Dipper was slightly flustered. "Oh, so... are you not weirded out by any of this?"
"I've seen weirder stuff every day. Anyway, I just came here to drop this box of cash here in Stan's office," Y/n said, walking inside and placing the box beside Tyrone. "And I promise not to tell anyone."
Dipper smiled. "Thanks, Y/n. We're off to do the plan!" He, 3, and 4 all sprinted out of the office.
Y/n was standing there idly when she spoke, "Are you and Dipper any different? Like, do you share the same IQ, same EQ, same memories?"
He stared at her, speechless at first. "Um. Well, I don't know. We share the same hopes and dreams– and nightmares. I am literally a copy of him from this machine. I don't know how to figure out the difference."
"Your names are different."
Tyrone laughed, before it died down. He fiddled with his fingers as he remained seated. "Why aren't you out there, you know, partying?"
"Growing up, I was never really used to large crowds," Y/n replied, walking towards the copier machine, examining it. It looked so busted, but apparently it still worked. She turned to Tyrone. "Bright lights and slow dances with people... I just never got to experience it all my life. I have never been asked by anyone to go and dance."
Tyrone looked at her somberly. "Well, there's a first time for everything," he saw the way her lips pursed in hesitance, and her distant gaze was very prominent in her look. "Wait, I see what's happening here."
"What?" She was confused at his sudden inspection. "What's happening?'
He narrowed his eyes, and a grin slowly erupted. He pointed at her. "You want Dipper to ask you to dance!"
"What?! NO!" Flabbergasted, she stepped back. "I mean, getting asked to dance is an honor and all, but why specifically Dipper?"
Tyrone smiled widely. "I don't know, it's the way you got sad whenever Dipper and I talked about Wendy." He still had that smirk plastered on his paper face.
Y/n deadpanned. "So you and Dipper do have a difference," she said, deciding to leave the room.
"No, wait, wait!" Tyrone was giggling as he chased after her. He grabbed her shoulder. "You gotta help me first."
She turned around, raising an eyebrow. "With what?"
"You need to help me find more paper just in case we need more back-up..."
"Well, if you just used your eyes, you would have found them in a box here, Tyrone," Y/n chided playfully, going over to Stan's older desks. The box was beside the drawer. She lifted the lid and sarcastically presented him with a stack of old papers dusted with soot and cinders.
Tyrone rolled his eyes. "Okay, smartypants, I get it. Now, I need some assistance in loading the machine up with these papers...," he said slowly, probably feeling a bit bad about asking her too many favors.
But Y/n obliged. She collected half a stack of papers, went over to the copier and arranged them neatly inside the canister, but as she let go, her finger got caught by the sharp corners of the paper.
She pulled back to see that it was quickly spurting blood. "Hm," she hummed briefly.
"Oh no! Papercut!" Tyrone exclaimed and hurried beside her. "I gotta go get a med kit!"
"No need," she told him before he could leave. Tyrone couldn't stay still, watching her neutral expression. How is she so calm? Papercuts really sting! "Look," she said, and he gazed back at her bloodied finger. With a quick swipe on her denim jacket, she showed the finger again, and it was... "See? Nothing to worry about."
"It's... it's clean. H-how?"
Y/n looked at him seriously. "Promise not to tell anyone this?" Tyrone nodded. "Not even Dipper?" He nodded. "Well, I happen to not feel pain and have quick healing. That's it."
"That's it?!" He dared to mock. "Seriously, invulnerability? So you don't feel pain and can heal quickly?! That's so cool! But why are you keeping it a secret?"
"I..." how is she supposed to tell him without possibly hurting him? It's quite difficult spelling the words, 'she doesn't trust them... yet.' "I have to leave."
"Wait, don't go yet!"
Y/n shrugged. "I've made a mistake in telling you this, and now I'm disappointed."
"Don't leave! You haven't met my favorite Dipper yet!" Tyrone said.
"Huh?"
An unusual-looking paper Dipper crawled into the scene as Tyrone introduced him, "This is Paper Jam Dipper. The paper got jammed when trying to create Quattro, but I'm slowly growing on him."
Y/n stared at Paper Jam Dipper before he charged towards her. "NYANYANYANYA!" his voice was scratchy and screechy. He was clinging onto her, wrapping his arms around. "NYAAAA!"
Tyrone chuckled, crossing his arms. "Seems that he likes you."
Y/n wobbled, trying to carry around Paper-Jam Dipper. She grabbed its waist and pulled it off of her. This version of Dipper was very disoriented and discolored, and some parts were wrinkled and creased. It truly captured the look of a paper jam.
"Yeah, well, I like him too."
"Aw, but what about Dipper?" Tyrone teased, his hands held together as he pouted.
Y/n glared although there was a glint of playfulness in them. "You're seriously getting on my nerves, Tyrone."
"Oh yeah? What are you gonna do about it?"
"Nothing," she said, "which is why I'm walking out on you."
Tyrone laughed. "Hey, I still wanna see you later!" He promised. "Y/n, wait." his smile disappeared a bit. Y/n waited for what he wanted to say. "I'm not going to tell anyone. I'll take your secret to my grave."
"Thank you," she said. It was genuine gratitude.
"And," he followed, "if Dipper's plan to ask Wendy to dance is a success, we can show up as, you know, back-up. Just- just in case anything goes wrong."
Smooth.
Y/n was left speechless. Where did this sudden boost of confidence come from? Tyrone is truly different from Dipper. "But I can't dance."
"I don't know anything about dancing either, but can we still try?" Tyrone smiled.
She stared up at him. Why is her heart suddenly reeling? Why is her mind going bonkers over this boy? Yet despite her mind telling her that she would just embarrass herself, her heart compelled her to say- "Okay."
"Okay? Woo! I never thought it would work. I didn't need that stupid overcomplicated list after all!"
She raised an eyebrow. "Stupid overcomplicated list?"
"Yeah. Classic Dipper has this elaborate plan to impress Wendy. Honestly hope it's going well for him."
As if on cue, Dipper slammed open the door. "Tyrone! Where were you, man? I need some help!"
Y/n decided to leave the room without even saying a word. He looked pretty out of his mind, so Y/n figured that she shouldn't even bother and let Tyrone console him. After all, the only person who can understand you is yourself.
Y/n realized that all those talking and giving out tickets had her thirsty therefore eyeing the punch bowl and getting herself another cup.
Meanwhile, Dipper stared at 7 mirror images of himself. Tracey and Quattro have yet to return. He was relieved to have so much assistance from people who shared his viewpoint. Of course, dancing with Wendy will necessitate careful consideration of the circumstances. There were numerous factors to consider, but thanks to the swarm of Dippers, everything had been taken care of.
"Now is the time," Classic Dipper said once they were all gathered. "Y'all are clear on what to do?"
They all nodded in unison. Everyone except for Classic Dipper and Tyrone marched out of the room and proceeded to the party area to do their roles.
Y/n watched from her chair as Dipper 10 flashed a dot on the wall, making Soos distracted. Then, her gaze shifted to numerous other Dippers around the room. She was confused, wondering if she was the only one seeing this.
The scene was set, the only thing missing were the dancers. Wendy was nowhere to be found, and Dipper has yet to make his entrance. When was his cue?
It had been a few minutes, and she could tell Dipper 10 was getting impatient. Soos was still having a good time, proclaiming that he will never get tired of dot, until Dipper 10 picked up his walkie-talkie and responded before returning upstairs.
Is Dipper going to be okay?
Yet instead of following him upstairs, Y/n averted her stare as she sipped from her drink albeit gloomily. Let him handle his own problems this time. She decided to just look forward to the dance that Tyrone promised her.
After being confronted by the clones and imprisoning him inside the closet, Dipper already wanted to escape and get to Wendy. The clones were arguing about who gets to dance with Wendy, and Classic Dipper took his chance and broke out silently until he was in the hall towards the party area where Wendy was standing.
"Wend-!" His words were cut off when pairs of hands covered his mouth and pulled him back inside where the clones were looking unimpressed.
"Come on, man. Give it up. You're overpowered," Tyrone said, crossing his arms.
Dipper flailed his arms frantically. "Hold on, guys, think about it. We're exact equals mentally and physically. If we start fighting, it'll just go on for infinity!"
As the clones agreed amongst each other, Dipper suddenly punched Tyrone in the face. Everyone stared at him in awkward silence.
Until someone from the crowd burst out, "CLONE FIGHT!" And they commenced, proceeding to brawl with each other. As the fighting lingered, Dipper crawled through the swarm and nearly got away. Unfortunately for him, someone noticed. "Hey! Classic Dipper's getting away!"
With a faux gentle aura surrounding him, he faced them as they saw the number 7 on his hat. Dipper softly reassured them. "No, friends. It's me, number 7."
They narrowed their eyes at him before reverting to the real number 7 who was pinned on the ground. He was thrashing around when he said, "That's not me, guys! That's not me!"
Another misfortune befell Dipper when the hat's plastered number 7 became unstuck, revealing the iconic blue pinetree. His pupils dilated as number 9 pointed at him. "Go get him!"
One by one, they all marched towards him. Dipper retreated further away. "Stay back," he said, rummaging through his pockets. He felt the party poppers inside and pulled it out. The clones had no signs of stopping so he figured he'd just scared them with the loud noises.
"Stay back!" He said it once more before pulling the string on the party poppers. It exploded with a loud POP and confetti fell out. The small explosion sent a waft of smoke up to the ceiling, setting off the smoke alarms, which led to the clones' demise.
The alarm rang loudly, triggering the sprinklers to release water hysterically. The Dipper copies expressed noises of disgruntlement and annoyance at this turn of events. Dipper watched as everyone– including Paper Jam Dipper– melted and died in front of him in relief.
"Huh, how about that." He casually placed his hands on his waist.
It wasn't over though when Tyrone was behind him all this time. "You!"
"Uh-oh."
The two went and engaged into a fight, determining who gets to dance with Wendy. But all their efforts seemed to be fruitless when they heard Wendy laughing loudly from across the room. Dipper and Tyrone stopped fighting and walked out to see what was going on. "Wendy?" they said in unison.
On the side of the dance floor, Wendy and Robbie were talking very discreetly, exchanging jokes that few shouldn't hear, but it made her laugh anyway.
Seeing as they will never have a slight probability now, the two Dippers let out a beaten sigh. "We blew it, man." They turned around and slid towards the floor.
They let a couple of silence pass, until Tyrone broke it. "I don't know, you wanna go grab a couple sodas or something?"
Dipper smiled, because that's exactly what he needed right now.
And ironically so, he knew the perfect spot.
Tyrone and Dipper were sitting on the edge of the roof, probably at the precise moment of realization. Wendy was a cool girl, and the way he was doing the overcomplicated list didn't help him make any progress with her.
Knowing that this is the only chance he can talk to himself without looking weird, he voiced out his thoughts. "Do you really think we'd have a chance on Wendy?"
"I don't know, man," Tyrone replied truthfully.. "Honestly the only time you didn't trip up over Wendy was when you didn't do anything in those list stuff."
"I know," Classic Dipper agreed. "Mabel was right, I do get in my own way."
"Literally!"
With that lesson learned, the two celebrated it over a sip of cola.
"Oh, boy," Tyrone said as he just realized. It was such an idiotic and depressing death as his body slowly melted from his stomach. "Don't look now..."
"Tyrone!" Dipper exclaimed, standing up.
"It's okay, dude. I had a good run," he replied rather somberly. He was looking forward to seeing her again, but it looked like he wouldn't have another chance. He's just going to leave it all to Dipper. "Hey, Dipper..." he called as his lower body disintegrated into liquid. "Y/n is a really cool person. I... I promised her... I promised her a dance..." His chin was now on the roof's shingles as his speech patterns sounded more slow and lazy. "Keep my promise, Dipper! For my sake..."
Tyrone completely perished, the only remains were liquid as it fell from the roof. The author felt a little bit of deja vu from this.
"Tyrone!" Dipper shouted again. With furrowed brows, he raised his own can. "You were the only one who understood."
***
Going down from the roof, he stood in front of the door. He peeked inside of the window, and there were Soos, Stan, Mabel dancing with her two new friends, Wendy, and Y/n. It seemed that Robbie the pest had finally flown away.
Dipper reached for the doorknob, but before he could grab it, he remembered the list from his pockets. He stared at it, with the huge text of Wendy Plan B in it. Finally, Dipper tore it apart and let it fall to the ground, dusting his hands. And all of a sudden, his pocket didn't feel as heavy anymore.
He opened the door, and was immediately greeted by his sister. "Dipper! Where have you been?! Meet my girlfriends!" She screamed on top of her lungs and she was surely louder than the music.
The two introduced themselves as Candy and Grenda, and only from that moment and his observation, Dipper already knew that they're a perfect trio.
He walked away and let them continue with the obnoxious dancing. He ventured to the side of the dance floor and glanced at Wendy who was just vibing with the music. Y/n was laying very comfortably on the couch, reading, and Dipper had to smile. How could she even concentrate with the loudspeakers?
She was very good at multitasking, he already knew that. While the music was blaring, she was comfortably reading with a bowl of marshmallows on her lap. Yet instead of using her fingers, she was using a fork to eat. What an etiquette.
Dipper cleared his throat loudly for her to hear. Y/n glanced up and scooted a space even before he got to ask if the seat beside him was taken.
He smiled a bit, eyes scanning throughout the parlor. Not even five minutes have passed and he already missed Tyrone.
The boy glanced to his left to see that Wendy was already gone from beside him. Did she go to the bathroom? Meanwhile, glancing to his right, Y/n was silently reading.
He really didn't want to disturb her. If it were him, he would be annoyed too if someone interrupted his summer reading. He cleared his throat again, and this time his voice cracked. "Uhm..." why does everything feel so itchy now? Did Tyrone unintentionally make things awkward? Or was it Dipper?
"Want a marsh?" His thoughts were awoken by Y/n's voice. It was a simple offer. A yes or no question.
"S-sometimes," Dipper wanted to smack himself in the head. "I mean, no thank you."
She shrugged, flipping a page and continued reading.
"What's that book you're reading?"
"Huh? Oh, just this random mystery book I picked from the local library," she replied, showing the cover. The Sunken Secret of the Spherical Spiral Staircase. "Have you read this before?"
"I... actually haven't," Dipper answered honestly. "
"Where did Tyrone go?" Y/n asked, her brows slightly furrowed. She thought he might've been hiding since clearly Dipper was here
He looked down on the ground. "He's..." he sighed. "He's gone."
"Oh," she muttered, mumbling. She adjusted her position so she was sitting more upright as she closed the book. "That's... very sad."
"Yeah," he sighed again. Suddenly he remembered Tyrone's last words. "You know, he said something before he- you know."
Y/n's eyes widened. "He didn't tell you about-?"
"He promised to dance with you?"
She wanted to smack herself right in the face (which was useless) for almost forgetting the promise. She completely thought that Tyrone spilled her secret about being invulnerable. Her cheeks suddenly flushed in embarrassment. "We're dancing now?"
"If you're okay with it."
Y/n looked at everything else except for Dipper. She then realized that they were being watched by Mabel, who was squealing with joy around her newfound friends.
"But I can't dance."
"Me neither, but we can try?" As he smiled at her, she couldn't help but smile back. Tyrone and Dipper were alike after all.
So she took his offered hand and they strutted to the dancefloor albeit awkwardly. Dipper pursed his lips and took her hand, just as everybody around them gasped, including Stan. Soos quickly changed the music into a slow-paced one.
Y/n literally have never danced with anyone before. This activity was foreign to her that she didn't know where to start. She might have seen glimpses of dancing when Stan was switching between channels on his TV, but she has never experienced it first-hand.
Yet, here she is.
She was a fast learner, that was one of her quirks. So when Dipper stepped forward, she stepped back, and vice versa. All the time, they were looking at their feet and how they moved in sync. They were unaware of the huge smiles growing on their faces.
"Woo! Go Dipper!" Wendy cheered from the side.
"You're such a natural, Y/n!" Mabel followed.
Somewhere up in paper heaven, Tyrone was proud.. Because not only did Dipper keep his promise to dance with Y/n, he also managed to do it without the help from his list. If he was still alive, he would tell him, "I told you so," with a huge grin.
***
"Dang, Y/n. Didn't know you had it in ya," Stan remarked, grinning.
"Please stop talking about it," Y/n deadpanned, slouching over the control board. "I don't wanna hear about it."
He sang a tune, dancing around like a madman. "Lalalala~" he spun throughout the room, eyes closed as he imitated the steps, until-
"OW!"
Stan rubbed the spot in his head where it was hit by a metal bolt. "Oops," Y/n chuckled. "Forgot you're not as invulnerable as me." She turned back to her desk. "Now can we please just focus? It was just a dance. Nothing else."
He didn't say anything else, but he knew. He recognized the expression and was at a loss for words. He had no idea what would happen, which made him nervous. "If you say so."
Notes:
RG RH LMOB Z NZGGVI LU GRNV
FMGRO SVI SVZIG UVVOH HFYORNVGSRH ZFGSLI WLVH MLG PMLD SLD GL ISBNV
DSZG GSV SVXP RH HFYORNV
Chapter 12: Sacrifices for Your Sibling
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Whoa, what happened to you?"
Y/n let out a huge yawn as she trudged towards the living room. Even a single cup of coffee was useless to the hours of sleep she lost, so now she was on her 8th one. She faced Stan who was giving her a concerned look. "I had to stay up."
"And do what?" He raised an eyebrow at that.
"I was trying to come up with plans– you know, we really shouldn't talk about this in plain sight. Someone might hear," she said, lying on the yellow recliner as she closed her eyes. She placed the white mug on her lap, the heat not even affecting her. It was already 12 noon because she fell asleep at 7am.
Stan gave up. "Alright, fine. We'll talk about it later. Just look alive, your old man's trying to run a carnival around here."
Oh, yeah. The Mystery Fair.
A week after Pioneer Day, Stan realized that throwing a party wasn't enough. He needed more money, and what better way to get it than to entertain the locals with an amusement park? Not only were half of the games rigged, but the majority of the rides were rickety and scuffed, so Stan is taking a risk here because an accident could result in someone suing him, causing him to lose a lot of money.
Speaking of Pioneer Day, the event was excruciatingly painful for both Stan and Y/n, but the twins kept it interesting. Dipper was determined to humble Pacifica's entire family after she made fun of Mabel in front of everyone.
It was difficult to remain clueless, and Y/n had no idea how she managed to do so in the first place. She accompanied them as they investigated the clues and deciphered the codes that Mabel's silliness had unintentionally solved. It eventually led them underground, where they discovered Quentin Trembley, the 8th and 12th President of the United States.
The bunker held secrets that Y/n had never known about. After years of being uncrackable, the historical document was cracked thanks to the twins, until they were pursued by cops. Y/n was terrified by the sight of the police. She doesn't want anyone, especially the government, interfering with her portal plans.
"Oh, Y/n," Stan spoke, taking her out of the flashback. He took out a clipboard of papers before tossing it in her direction. "I almost forgot, go slap these certificates on the structures outside at the fair. The twins are already doing that."
"If they're already on it, why do I need to do it."
"Because they might suspect that you get a free pass at everything. Act like you work with them."
Y/n grumbled something under her breath as she used the clipboard to cover half of her face. She closed her eyes for a brief moment once Stan left the room. She let out a deep sigh as she mustered the strength to follow through Stan's advice. With one final exhale, she stood up and walked outside the backdoor to see the ferris wheel. Now where did he get the budget to get that? She thought they were out of money.
"Y/n, hey! Did you just wake up?" Mabel ran towards her with a huge smile on her face.
"Can you tell?" she answered. She had already washed her face and all, but it all really fell into the deep bags under her eyes. She yawned. "What's happening?"
Mabel gleamed. "Oh, well the fair is about to open! Wanna come with me and buy some cotton candy?"
"Sure. Where's Dipper?" she asked while the two were on their way at a cotton candy stand.
"Oh, you know. He's with Wendy, getting all romantic at the fair," she replied, wiggling her shoulders.
As if on cue, Y/n saw Dipper and Wendy talking with mystery dogs in hand. The way they laughed and enjoyed each other's company made her feel something she's never felt before.
"Could you be any more obvious?!"
Y/n snapped out of her thoughts, face turned to Mabel who was giving her a look. "What?"
Mabel didn't even pause or hesitate. "You have a crush on my dorky brother over there!"
"I don't think he's dorky. I actually think he's really intelligent," she noted, not even noticing the way she's speaking or acting right now.
"Oh, Y/n. You're head over heels in love with him!"
"What does that even mean?" Y/n asked, "I just said that he's smart. It's not like I spend most of my time thinking about him! and his eyes... his unkempt hair... and his... unwashed clothes...."
Mabel laughed uncontrollably, wiping the tears that were coming out of her eyes. "Oh, you're too sweet, Y/n! And for the record, Dipper is a dork! He's as dense as a rock for not even seeing the way you look at him."
She felt her knees going jelly. Slight panic went over her. "It really is obvious, huh."
Reassuringly, the other twin draped her arm around her shoulders. "Yeah, but not to him! Guess he's obsessing over someone else for him to notice."
The two watched as Dipper and Wendy laughed at another joke, making Y/n hum.
Mabel frowned. "I'm... I'm sorry, Y/n," she said dejectedly, patting her back. "It's gonna be alright, but cheer up!" She leaned down and brought her voice into a low whisper. "Don't tell anyone this, but you and Dipper are a more perfect match than him and Wendy anyway! You both share the same nerdy interests!"
Y/n wanted to shake away Mabel's futile attempts of trying to cheer her up. She doesn't like this emotion that felt so foreign to her. "Thank you, Mabel, but it's fine. It's just a silly summer crush. I'm sure I'll get over it soon."
She didn't believe that statement for one second. "Don't worry, Y/n. Whatever happens, I'll be right here, supporting you every step of the – OH MY GOSH, A PIG!" Mabel screamed in delight, quickly sprinting towards the sign and following its arrow, leaving Y/n in the dust.
"But what about the-?!" Y/n called out to her, but she was long gone.
"Your cotton candy, miss." The man handed her two orders, but the other was supposed to be for Mabel who has since disappeared. She can't eat all of these by herself, not when she hasn't even had a proper breakfast yet.
Her feet led her to Dipper, who, after dealing with Robbie's annoying attitude, was feeling a little bit shaken. "What was that about?" Y/n asked after Robbie made his leave. Wendy was nowhere to be seen.
"Ugh, it's Robbie," he spat out his name like it was venom. "He kept blabbering about his new ripped jeans like it's worth a Nobel prize. I got to get him away from Wendy somehow."
Y/n pondered. "Well, I'll leave you to it then." She handed him the other cotton candy. "Good luck, Dipper."
She left him alone after that. After walking a few steps, she saw a toddler walking around and decided to give him the other stick that she had. Her appetite wasn't in the mood for sugary sweets anyways.
Meanwhile, Wendy finally returned from cleaning the mustard stain off her sleeve. The two walked around the fair, until the redhead noticed a huge stuffed toy by one of the game stands. It was one of those hit the bottles kind of games, but Wendy was more interested in the prize. "I don't know if it's a duck or a panda, but I want one."
Dipper's brain geared at the sound of that. The thought of him getting Wendy something would sound as sweet as the cotton candy that he just ate. That really gave him such a rush. He brought out a ticket and gave it to the man. "One ball please."
"You only get one chance."
He turned to Wendy, who gave him a thumbs up, and that's all he needed to want to win this game. He couldn't wait to see her smile after he got this prize. "And a-one, and a-two, and a-" he threw the ball with all his might.
It didn't hit any of the bottles. Instead it bounced off the wooden table and flew towards Wendy, hitting her right eye.
"OW! My eye!"
"Oh my gosh, oh my gosh! Wendy, are you okay?"
She breathed. "Does it look swollen?"
Her eyelids were closed as it formed a bruise, giving it a painful dark purple hue. Dipper tensed up, panicked. "Everything's going to be fine!" He didn't know whether he was assuring Wendy or himself. "Don't worry, I'll– I'll go get some ice!"
Dipper ran in the other direction, going to where he knew there would be ice, which was at the entrance of the gift shop where there was a cooler beside the door. He quickly opened it, taking a bag of ice and was back to running again.
He glided around the crowd. "Where is she, where is she?" He muttered under his breath. He finally saw her within meters, until he suddenly bumped into a rather large man wearing a gray jumpsuit. The two collided against each other, making Dipper drop the bag. Ice scattered all around as he scurried to pick them up. He glared annoyingly at the man he bumped into. "Hey- watch where you're going, man!"
The guy didn't say anything, just picked something up before dashing away.
It took a moment for Dipper to pick all the ice back into the bag before lifting it up and carrying it towards Wendy, but she wasn't alone anymore.
"Alright, ease your eyeball into that freezy cone."
Robbie's voice filled Dipper's ears, making him freeze.
Wendy smiled gratefully. "Robbie, thanks. It's really sweet; the gesture, and the flavored syrup."
"Yeah, I was just here in the right place and the right time."
Dipper felt immense guilt upon hearing that, and he clutched the ice bag tightly.
Robbie began fiddling with the string of his hoodie. "You know, I've been meaning to ask you. We've been spending a lot of time together, and I was wondering if...maybe... you wanna go out with me?"
The boy was trickling with anxiety. He felt cold; not just from the ice bag close to his chest, but also the nervousness that coursed through his veins.
Wendy contemplated for a bit before answering with a, "Yeah, I guess so."
"Sweet!"
Dipper was frozen in horror as he felt his heart-shaped balloon pop, which was the game behind him. "One more balloon, miss!" Someone said, but Dipper couldn't hear anything. It was deafening silence as his pupils dilated and his mouth was agape.
"Look, Dipper, I won my pet pig!" Mabel arrived with the chubby mammal in her arms. "His name is Waddles. I call him that because he waddles! Waaaaddlesss!"
"Everything is different now."
Mabel, who was always unconscious to what else is happening around her, asked, "What are you looking at?"
Dipper weakly pointed at the new couple who were on their way to the Tunnel of Love and Corndogs.
"Oh..." she trailed off. She looked at Dipper to see if he was okay. He was pretty much still out of it. It felt pretty devastating to watch your crush accept your rival's halfhearted confession.
He had laid at a slopey toss game for the whole afternoon, sighing defeatingly every once in a while. Mabel was the opposite, raving to her brother how she was so lucky to have won her new playmate (and soulmate) Waddles.
"I mean Wendy only went out with Robbie because he was there with the ice," he began to ramble, "and she only needed ice because of the baseball, and I would've had the ice if it wasn't for..." he gasped once he saw the familiar guy from earlier, "that guy!" He walked towards him. "Hey, you! Toolbelt! You ruined my life!"
"Huh?" the man turned around, acting confused.
Dipper pointed an accusatory finger. "Don't 'huh' me! I've seen you before! What's your deal? Are you following us around?"
"And why are you bald? What's that all about?" Mabel asked, following suit.
The gray jumpsuit-wearing man was startled, panic settling in his veins. He screamed momentarily. "My position has been compromised! Assuming stealth mode-" he started pressing buttons on his watch, making his suit change into different backgrounds. "Color match! Initiating color match!" His suit glitched, and couldn't seem to follow what he wanted. "Come on, dang it!" He gave up, taking out a red screwdriver, and tried to fix it.
"That's amazing!" Mabel said with a large grin. "Are you from the future or something?"
The guy introduced himself as Blendin Blandin, Time Anomaly Removal Crew year twenty sñeventy-twelve. He was here for the mission to stop a series of time anomalies that are supposed to happen at this very location, but he couldn't seem to find it.
Dipper eyed the tape measure looking device that was supposed to be Blendin's time traveling mechanism. He wanted to borrow it, but he had been rejected, so he had to find another way.
He watched as Blendin tiredly wiped the sweat off of his bald head. His hair was burned off from traveling through time too much.
"You know, you sound like you could use a break," Dipper suggested.
Thankfully, Mabel understood what her brother was trying to do. "Definitely, definitely. Might we recommend one of the various attractions at the Mystery Fair?" She presented two tickets.
After much contemplation, Blendin stood up with pride. "You know what? What the heck! I'm worth it!" He was still eerily suspicious of the twins knowing that they're after the time tape.
He approached one of the rides. Rusty Barrel Rodeo. Blendin gave his ticket to Soos, but Soos stopped him from going. "Uh, sorry dude, but you're gonna have to take your belt off for the ride. One of your tools might fly off and accidentally fix something."
Blendin felt slightly aggravated having to leave his utility belt to this random guy, but he really wanted to ride this so he took it off and placed it on the barrel. "Guard it with your life."
"I will watch it like a hawk, dude."
Blendin got on the ride, having the time of life, while the belt that Soos was supposed to be guarding had disappeared.
Meanwhile, Dipper and Mabel were at the dining table, gazing at the gadget laid on it.
All the possibilities lie on this very simple accessory. If they change the past, they can change the future. Even the slightest amount of revision can result in a disaster– or a good thing. Is it a risk that they're willing to take?
For Dipper, his sole focus was to prevent Wendy from going out with Robbie. Mabel, however, plans to spend more time with Waddles, and if possible, string Y/n with her.
It was easy operating the gadget. You just pull the tape to a number of hours you prefer, and let it go– like a common measuring tape. Dipper did exactly that, and the two were sent back to 6 hours ago, when the carnival was recently opened.
The two blinked their eyes, adjusting to their surroundings. Nothing changed. They strided to the door and opened it, the sun shining on their faces. Stan had just announced over the megaphone that it's 12 o'clock. Dipper and Mabel looked at each other with knowing grins.
"Do over?"
"Do over!"
They both ran off to their respective goals; Dipper's being wanting to win the game for Wendy, and Mabel's being wanting to win Waddles.
Meanwhile, Y/n glanced around her surroundings, trying not to appear suspicious. She's been winning games easily, giving away the prizes to little children. She had been eyeing a particular stuffed animal for a while now, but she's saving it for later.
The coast was clear, and she made her move. As casual as possible, she walked back to the Shack. She could still hear Stan's mocking laughter echoing in her ears when she entered through the back door.
Her eyes wandered around the rooms. No one had an appropriate reason to be here anyway, so she nimbly tip-toed up the stairs until she reached the second level. She gazed at the wooden door that led to the attic, her palm wrapped around the knob.
Opening it, her look immediately fell on the twin's bed. Naturally, it should be lying there, specifically on Dipper's bed, but it wasn't. Y/n stepped inside completely, closing the door. She glanced back briefly, hoping that no one barged in.
That would be embarrassing.
She quickly scanned the entire bedroom, careful not to touch anything. Mabel could care less if her side was messy, but Dipper could be different. He could be very observant, he could notice the slightest change.
Y/n crouched down, peeking under the bed. She wondered if it was there. If she was Dipper, where would she hide it?
After minutes of searching, she figured she should make her escape before someone would notice her. Before leaving, she looked around one last time.
She closed the door with a sigh. The journal wasn't there, her search was thorough. Unless there was a secret hatch in this house that she doesn't know– which is unlikely. She's the only one who knows the insides of this Shack.
Dipper's heart soared as he and Wendy laughed, having finished another round of The Tunnel of Love and Corndogs. "That was even more awesome the third time around!" She gasped and pointed at a random stall. "Funnel cake! Let's go get some, Dipper!" She ran off. Dipper began to follow until he heard screaming from a distance.
"AAAAAAA!" Mabel frantically waved her hands.
He paused. "What's wr-"
"AAAAAAAAAA!"
"Mabel, wha-"
"AAAAAAAAAA!"
"I'll just wait until you're done."
"I'm done." Mabel frowned.
"Okay," Dipper started, "what is wrong?"
"We messed up the timeline! Pacifica saw the flier and won Waddles before I did!" the other twin rambled, "she took Waddles, Dipper!"
"Oh, Mabel, I'm sorry." Dipper genuinely felt bad. It's a rare occasion to see her sister getting sad as she always managed to fix everything with a scratch-n-sniff. But this is something even a sticker couldn't fix.
Mabel sighed, feeling tense. "It's okay. We just need to go back-" she grabbed the time device from Dipper's hands, "-and do things differently."
"Mabel! Wait," Dipper snatched the time machine back. "Look. I did the math. In any other timeline, Wendy ends up going out with Robbie. I can't mess up this day again!"
"But if we don't go, then I'll lose Waddles forever!"
The twins fought for the time gadget, trying to pull it apart, causing the tape measure to fall and get caught inside the moving corndog car. The tape was pulled a long way before it was withdrawn back to Dipper and Mabel who fell on the ground.
It brought them back to the early times, approximately 150 years, and the next destination was an even earlier time when dinosaurs were still alive. Still fighting for the time machine, the two accidentally sent themselves to the future where there was this great apocalypse. Mabel got a hold of the time gadget, finally, and tried to run away from Dipper.
She pressed the buttons and it only sent them back to previous occasions in the summer. One was when they went fishing, the next was the wax museum, and the next was the gnome tragedy. The same shack with snow falling around it was the last place they landed in when the time device was overheating.Mabel juggled it around like it was a hot potato.
"What did you do?!" Dipper accused.
"I don't know!" Mabel answered honestly. The tape measure emitted sounds like it was about to explode, and suddenly bright blue electricity had burst, zapping the two back.
Someone went to his front door after turning on the lights. He opened it to find nothing but the same expanses of snow that covered the woods. He took another look around before closing the door completely.
The twins found themselves in a very dark place. All they saw was black. They began screaming, panicking because they thought they were transported to the end of time.
"Wait, why does it smell so bad in here?" Mabel asked out loud.
She reached in front of her and felt something. She pushed the wall and it opened. Turns out, the twins were inside a porta-potty all this time.
They adjusted their eyes to the bright sun. "Hey, look, we're back in the present!" Mabel said.
"But which present?"
Looking around, they saw Wendy still gushing over the stuffed creature. "This is the best present ever!"
Dipper beamed, "Yes!"
Meanwhile, Pacifica was struggling to pull poor little Waddles by the leash as the pig squealed and thrashed around.
"No!' Mabel exclaimed before attempting to get the time machine back. The two ran around until Dipper stood on top of the porta-potty and Mabel was unable to reach him. "Give it back, Dipper!"
"It's over, Mabel! Give it up! I've worked too hard to lose this!"
"But what about Waddles? He was my soulmate!"
Dipper pulled his brown hair in frustration. "You said that about a ball of yarn once! Do you really want Wendy to date Robbie?"
Mabel looked up at him with a conflicted expression, her eyes brimming with tears. "I don't know," she muttered weakly. Shakily, she brought up the polaroid of her and Waddles before silently walking over to the giant totem and placed her forehead against it.
"You're not guilt tripping me, Mabel. Not this time."
She didn't pay no heed, just continued banging her head against the wooden pole.
Dipper tried to pull her out of it, tried to coerce her, but nothing had work. Even if it took a day, a week, an entire month! (He used the time machine to prove it.) Mabel was still found standing there as her body was slowly getting crawled with weeds and vines.
He watched with furrowed eyebrows. The pig really means this much to her. He could stand missing this chance with his crush but not so much seeing his sister get depressed for the rest of the summer.
So with a defeated sigh, Dipper pulled back the tape, stopping at the specific time before letting go.
Dipper and Wendy walked towards the fated game.
"I don't know if it's a duck or a panda, but I want one!"
He sighed, anticipating the expected outcome. "Wendy, I just wanted to say that," he began. He wanted to utter his final words before he lost her, "well I just wanted to say that people make mistakes, and when they do, you should forgive them. And also that tight pants are overrated."
"Dude, you lost me."
"I know," Dipper sighed out again. He turned to the carnie and presented his ticket. "One ball, please."
"You only get one chance."
This time, Dipper lamely tossed the ball without any effort. Because no matter how many tries, it always ended in the same result.
Wendy yelped again, the ball having hit the same right eye. "Ow, my eye!"
And right on cue, Robbie the disease entered the scene. "Hey, Wendy, are you okay? You know this is the perfect time for me to ask you something..."
Dipper looked away. He couldn't bear to watch. "It is done."
Someone cleared his throat behind him. He turned around and saw Y/n with her hands behind her back. "Hey," she said, smiling.
"Hey," Dipper replied, trying to mimic her smile, but with the heartbreak, he just couldn't have the strength. "How's it going?"
"I won you something."
She brought her hands from behind and tossed a stuffed animal his way. He caught it with ease and gazed at the creature. "A stuffed owl? I- I love owls." He looked up at her. "Y/n, you shouldn't have."
"Well, considering I've been winning the rigged games for the sad kids who couldn't win... you don't have to thank me."
She had seen this exact scenario in her mind. Her giving this stuffed owl specially for Dipper In fact, she's imagined it over and over. She always meant to give the toy.
All of a sudden, Dipper was tackled by his twin's brutal hug. "Dipper! Thank you thank you thank you thank you!" Waddles was sitting beside them, letting out a happy sound. "He's saying thank you in pig! Aren't you, Waddles?" Waddles repeated the same noise.
Y/n watched with an amused grin. They could be so silly sometimes, but no one could mistake that they are the sweetest pair.
"I couldn't break your heart, Mabel," Dipper said. He kept the owl from touching the dusty ground. "Besides, there's no way Wendy can date Robbie all summer, right?"
"YOU TWO!"
The trio looked at the bald guy who was pointing an accusatory finger specifically at Dipper and Mabel. His yell was so deafening that it made them scream in fear. He snatched the time machine back.
"Do you have any idea how many rules you just broke?! I'm asking; I wasn't there with you... it was probably a lot, right?"
"Blendin Blandin..."
Two men appeared behind him in a flash. Their outfits looked high-tech, like they were from the future.
Blendin let out a hysterical shriek. "The Time Paradox Avoidant Enforcement Squadron!"
"That's right, and our phones have been ringing off the hook! There were settlers high-fiving in the 1800's and calculators littered through eight centuries!" The guy, whose name was Lolph, scolded.
Dundgren spoke next. "You're under arrest for violation of the Time Traveler's Code of Conduct."
The two grabbed Blendin, who was scrambling for an explanation. He shakily yelled, "I-It was those kids! And their leader, Waddles!"
"That's a pig, Blendin."
Blendin turned to the twins with vengeance in his eyes. "I'll get you for this! I'll go back in time and make sure your parents never meet!"
Dipper clutched the owl closer to his chest as he grinned to his sister. "Well, we're still here."
Mabel smiled back. "Guess he forgot to go back. Aww, look, Dipper! I'm booping Waddles' nose to your owl's nose!"
"Hey!" He pulled back, wiping the residue off the felted toy. "Aw, man. Now his nose is wet."
Mabel narrowed her eyes. "Wow, this stuffed animal really means a lot to you, brother," she said, raising her eyebrows knowingly at the person behind him, who was slowly getting flushed.
Y/n repeatedly made a 'cut it out' motion as her gaze was tense.
Dipper ignored Mabel's teasing as he gazed at the owl's purple eyes, a dorky grin on his face. It was such a rare occurrence that he received a gift, yet his heart skipped a beat at the thought. He'll cherish this gift forever.
Notes:
BLF NZWV NV UVVO ORPV Z DRMMVI.
Chapter 13: Through Fears and Insecurities
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"So how do you play this game?"
Dipper looked at Y/n, offended. "Seriously? You've never heard of this game before?"
She rolled her eyes. The two of them stood in front of a worn arcade machine with Fight Fighters in big, bold letters on the side of it. "I have, I just never had the time to play it." She crossed her arms.
"Well, you pick a character first," Dipper said, stepping forward and moving the joystick. "My favorite one's Rumble McSkirmish." He pressed a button and the character was chosen. "Your turn."
Y/n scoured through the list of fighters until she finally stopped on her chosen character. "This one looks promising." A ginger woman with two buns in her hair, and the name 'Suggessica' above her.
"Okay," Dipper nodded, smiling. The announcer shouted that the fight had begun and the two fighters faced each other with a referee in the middle. He felt excited as he taught her the basics of the game. "First things first, you use the joystick to move your character."
He moved left and right, Y/n following after him.
"Okay. Four buttons. This one is jumping, this one is punch, this is for kicking, and this is for your ultimate attack. You wait until the blue bar is full then you can use it."
Anyone who could be listening in to their conversation would deem this the nerdiest thing, but Y/n understood it easily. She nodded, and began pressing the buttons.
Suggessica moved forward, while Rumble stepped back. Y/n and Dipper began fighting momentarily. It was clear to her that he was taking it easy since she's only a beginner– which she appreciated, but Dipper shouldn't underestimate her.
Dipper was mashing the buttons and she picked up the strategy, because doing that can do some combos. Y/n pressed the kick button repeatedly, making Suggessica jump and kick Rumble a few times while in the air.
"Woah," Dipper muttered under his breath, beginning to fasten the pace, doing a counterattack of his own.
A couple of rounds later and the score was tied. "Wow, I didn't think you could beat me at my own game!" He spoke, staring at the screen.
"What can I say, I learned from the best." Y/n winked, nudging Dipper playfully. The two of them laughed. "One more game to break the tie?"
He grinned. "Game on."
"Fight!" The announcer declared.
Y/n and Dipper focused their attention on the match, pressing buttons. Dipper had his power meter almost full when someone pushed them both away.
"You kids have been playing the game since this morning. How about you two sit this one out?" Robbie came out from nowhere and immediately, Dipper felt annoyed. His presence alone made his blood boil. More than anything, he just wanted to wipe that stupid smirk off his face.
Dipper boldly retorted, "But we just started this round."
"Whoa, whoa, hey! Relax man, I'm just trying to spend a little time with my girlfriend, alright?" Robbie was defensive. "You and your own girlfriend can play some other game for now."
"She's not my-"
"Couldn't you have asked a bit friendlier?" Another voice cut him off and Dipper only noticed that Robbie was with-
"Wendy! Hi," the boy greeted albeit awkwardly. She always seemed to have this effect on him.
The redhead smiled apologetically at the two. "Sorry for Robbie's behavior. He's just a bit nervous for his upcoming gig," she said, waving her hand dismissively.
"Come on, babe! Let's play!"
With that, Wendy excitedly accompanied Robbie, the game's music being mixed with their laughter.
As they played, Robbie put his arm over Wendy's shoulder, subtly glaring at Dipper.
Y/n watched Dipper with mild bitterness as he stared back at the couple with the same level of animosity.
***
Eventually, the two went back to the Shack. Soos invited everyone to play cards, and as much as Y/n wanted to join, she had to go down and diagnose the portal as per usual.
She must've been down there for quite some time because the moment she went back up, Dipper and Soos were gone, Stan had his back on the ground hysterically sobbing, while Mabel was on her way upstairs with Waddles in tow.
"Um... did I come at the wrong time?" she spoke.
"Y/n! Perfect timing!" Mabel exclaimed with her hands together. She sprinted towards her, literally ignoring her great uncle sprawled on the floor having fallen from fear from seeing a skydiving commercial. "I need your help."
"Woah!" Y/n yelped from the force that was Mabel Pines. She pulled her upstairs to her shared bedroom and began pacing around. Y/n dusted her clothes from being dragged. "Mabel, what is wrong? Why is Stan crying?"
She continued marching in circles. "Did you know that he secretly has a fear of heights?"
Y/n stared at the twin. She did have a hunch that he may have a phobia, but Mabel just confirmed it. All the hints that the old man didn't know he dropped, she picked it up. "What about it?" She asked instead.
"How am I gonna get Grunkle Stan over his fear?"
"What are you planning?"
Before Mabel could reply, the bedroom door opened and entered Dipper with an entire new character – literally.
"Hey, Mabel. Hey, Y/n. This is Rumble, my new bodyguard."
"The child gave me a taco!" Rumble responded with the same monotone voice and stoic expression.
Y/n wasn't able to speak as Mabel just gawked at the tall guy in interest. "Wow! He's got a crazy voice! Here, say these words," she said, writing something on a blank sheet of paper before handing it to Rumble.
"Effer...vescent! Apple..fritter! RIBOFLAVIN!"
"Mabel, he's not a toy, he's a fighting machine. I'm gonna get him to defend me from Robbie."
"Isn't that like cheating?" Y/n pointed out as she stared disapprovingly at Dipper's choices.
He simply shrugged. "I guess so." He continued to smile and a brief silence passed by. "Well, I'll see you after the fight."
The door closed. It was quiet until Y/n spoke. "I'm just as unsure as you, Mabel," she reassured the twin. "But if his plan backfires, then he has himself to blame."
"I'm not as worried for him as you do, Y/n," Mabel smirked.
"I-"
"Come on, Y/n! I have an idea on how we can help Stan overcome his fear!"
And when Mabel managed to convince Stan to walk him out while wearing a blindfold, Y/n knew she was up to no good.
She got herself another can of Pitt Cola before the three left for Mabel's adventure.
"Mabel, are you sure about this?" Y/n asked as she stared up at the water tower with a muffin spray-painted on it.
"100% sure! Grunkle Stan," she turned to him, "you have nothing to worry about! We just have to climb on a... something." If she said the word 'ladder' it would've been a dealbreaker.
Stan grunted, trying to grasp what was in front of him considering that all he saw was black. "What? Climb? You're not talking about a ladder, right?"
"No!" she giggled 'reassuringly'. "You can trust me, beloved great uncle!" She patted, slightly pushing him.
He slightly hesitated. "Alright, fine."
"I don't think he can still trust you after this," Y/n muttered under her breath, but followed after Mabel.
After a moment, the three eventually reached the top, the wind washing over their faces as their hair flew. "Take off your blindfolds now!" Mabel exclaimed.
Stan did as he was told and immediately saw the great height before him. The same feeling of anxiety returned before he could think. "Yep, that's pretty much what I was expecting," he said monotonously.
"You're doing better than I thought!" Mabel cheered. "Now let go of the handrail..."
Y/n could feel Stan shaking beside her, his knuckles were turning white from the vice grip he had on the rails. "Nope!"
All of a sudden, a teen with a scent of anger and hormones climb up the same stilted structure, gasping for air. Y/n had to step back from the stench that was Robbie.
"Hey, Robbie! Get your own water tower!" Mabel demanded.
Robbie looked uneasy and scared. Y/n's eyebrow raised in suspicion. What was he running from?
"CHALLENGER SIGHTED!"
She looked down and saw Rumble on the ground, clearly aiming for Robbie. Dipper's plan to destroy him seemed to be working.
Rumble screamed something else before attacking the water tower, kicking one of the stilts, making it lean.
Mabel panicked, shaking as she grasped the handrails. "What's happening?"
Stan's arms were shaking. "Oh, boy..."
"We're safe, right?"
Y/n held on to Stan and Mabel tightly as the older man panicked and screamed. The stilts of the water tower were punched until it weakened, and the whole thing wobbled. Y/n pushed the two to the other side of the tower to balance it, but Robbie unfortunately fell to his demise.
He was caught by none other than Rumble, who was prepared to finish the teen. But all of a sudden, Dipper stopped him with a single pebble. The fighter was perplexed, confused as to why the boy interrupted. Dipper admitted his faults, his lies– that Robbie didn't actually kill his father.
Rumble felt utterly betrayed. He let go of Robbie and began to summon the wind as he closed his eyes. He was thinking very deeply as he felt his soul get corrupted once he realized that he has been manipulated by this kid.
"If Robbie V is not the last stage..." the character began, "then it must be... YOU!"
He pointed directly at Dipper as he jumped into the air to emphasize his seething anger. A floating 'START' button appeared at his side. He stared at it before Soos came running beside him.
"Dude! Don't fight him, man. That dude's got like a black belt wrapped around his black belt! You could get killed!"
"I have to," Dipper replied, already feeling defeated. "I started all this and I got to at least try to stop it."
He looked at him, uncertain. "You sure you wouldn't rather hide like a wimp?"
Wordlessly, he punched on the 'START' button, and it vanished, signifying his agreement.
Soos crossed his arms as he looked proud. "Fight like a man it is."
The round began, and just like a video game, Rumble's stance was bouncing on his heels. Dipper attempted to follow his movement but it just looked awkward.
He fought with all of his might, but in the end he just accepted his fate– as well as Rumble's Super Power Ninja Turbo Neo Ultra Hyper Mega Multi Alpha Meta Extra Uber Prefix COMBO– leaving him bruised and beaten up.
The round ended, and as much as Rumble was very confident in winning, he just didn't know that arcade games will always have a 'GAME OVER'. Rumble screamed as he disappeared pixel by pixel.
Meanwhile, Y/n watched from the water tower, and now that the fight was over, she urged the other two to go home. "Come on, guys, let's go."
"I'm sorry, Grunkle Stan!" Mabel exclaimed over the wind. "I thought this would help, but I was wrong! So wrong!"
Stan began patting himself. "I... I survived! I survived and I feel great! Wait, let me do a cocky dance just to be sure." He placed his hands on his hips as he moved it back and forth with a huge smile on his face. He cackled. "Deal with it, world! Stan Pines has cured his fear of heights!"
Y/n rolled her eyes, but there was a twinge of amusement in them. "Alright, after you, old man."
He climbed down. "You coming, kid?" He said to Mabel. She shook her head, fearfully looking down. "What, you have a fear of heights now?"
She didn't say anything. It was quiet, and he only realized. "Uh oh." He and Y/n shared a worried glance.
"Come on, Mabel," Y/n cooed as she placed a hand on her shoulder. "I'll help you get down." She took Mabel's hand and led her towards the ladder.
She was shaking, closing her eyes as tight as her grip on Y/n's palm. Gently, they climbed down as silence washed over them. The moment they touched the ground, Mabel immediately reached for Y/n's hand, holding it tightly that would have hurt, but it was never an issue for her.
While walking away from the water tower, Stan was telling the story about how he bravely faced his fear and eventually overcame it. Mabel was spacing out so clearly she wasn't listening, while Y/n was watching over the ruined park where Wendy had just arrived from her trip and was now talking to both Dipper and Robbie until she kissed her boyfriend and pushed down the boy's hat before walking back to her family.
The two boys talked briefly for a moment, agreeing on Dipper's offer of having a cold war with each other instead of fighting and risking Wendy seeing them. Robbie walked away with a scoff as Dipper stood there. Soos offered to walk him home seeing that he was still injured.
Everybody arrived home. Y/n already had the first aid kit out since she saw how bruised Dipper was. She waited until the door opened to the living room from the gift shop, and it didn't last long when it did open to reveal Dipper limping inside. "Ow, ow, ow," he muttered under his breath.
"Are you okay?" Y/n asked. Of course he wasn't, but she didn't know how else to open up the conversation without him overthinking the fact that she waited with the kit. "You should sit down."
Dipper obliged, sitting on Stan's yellow recliner. He closed his eyes but winced as he felt his black eye swelling again. "Ow."
Y/n ran to the cooler for ice and quickly handed it to him as he immediately placed it on his eye. He hissed as the cold, cold temperature met the bruise.. She began tending to his other wounds and it was quiet. The type of quiet where they could hear just their breathing. The type of quiet where you cringe when something rustles in the background. But it was the type of quiet where it was comfortable, calm, pleasant.
He closed his eyes as he breathed out, "Thank you, Y/n."
"You're welcome," she replied without missing a beat but she was still looking at his wounds.
Dipper had to admit, he felt guilty. He didn't know why. Maybe because she's always been helping him without expecting something in return. She had always been kind hearted and selfless, often seeming to be looking out for him and his sister.
He was brought out of his stupor when he felt her hand brush against his cheek. She was cleaning the scratch with wet cotton. He gulped at the proximity. What is happening?
Y/n was very gentle with every wipe. Every time her hand caressed against his skin, he felt warmth, but her stare could be so cold. She looked very determined to clean away his gashes. Dipper noticed the way she stopped moving. Her eyes shifted to meet his, and the two remained staring. Can you stop looking at me?
He had to back away. "Okay, I think I feel a little bit better. I can– handle it."
"Alright," she said after a brief moment and began cleaning up the dirty wipes and cottons. Dipper breathed what he didn't know if it was a sigh of relief. Y/n stood up. "I'll be in my room. Good night, Dipper."
"Good night."
***
It was one peaceful morning. Stan and the twins were watching another episode of Ducktective, when all of a sudden they heard a knock on the door.
With all of his might, Stan trudged towards it, opening it to reveal a suited man with a stern face. "Stan Pines..."
"Oh, no," Stan sweat-dropped upon a cold realization. "The tax collector! You've found me!" He threw a smoke bomb to the ground that effectively temporarily blinded the man and that was Stan's cue to take his bag of money hidden inside the walls of the living room and escape while he still could. He was looking desperately for a fake opening. "Which one of these is the trap door?!"
"Mr. Pines," the man spoke again, now inside of their living room. "I'm from the Winninghouse Coupons Savers contest, and you are our big winner!"
A cameraman, along with two women carrying a large check of ten million dollars, came in. Confettis were thrown around as Stan was shocked. "My one and only dream, to possess money, has come true!"
"We're rich!" Dipper exclaimed. "I'm gonna get a butler!"
Mabel punched the air. "I'm gonna buy a talking horse."
The man brought out papers. "Just sign here for the money."
"You bet!" Stan wrote into the paper without hesitation.
Only, it was all a lie when Gideon tore through the large check, exclaiming. "Stanford, you fool! You just signed over the Mystery Shack to lil 'ol me!" He began to do a little celebratory dancing jig.
Dipper and Mabel gasped in horror, but Stan was unperturbed. "Uh, you might wanna take another look there!"
Gideon raised the papers to his line of sight and began reading. "The Shack is hereby signed over to..." he saw the signature, 'SUCK A LEMON LITTLE MAN'?!"
Stan bellowed as he took pride in humiliating Gideon. The twins laughed as well to see the priceless look on his face.
The little boy tore the paper violently. "How dare you! I am not a threat to be taken lightly." He reached for the guy he hired to be the fake host. "Come here, I need your arms."
The unnamed lawyer followed his order and lifted Gideon before backing away slowly.
"I"ll get you, Stanford Pines! I'll get you all!"
First, get the name right.
Stan shook him off. He shouldn't dwell his attention on kids such as Lil Gideon. He had bigger matters in his hands. One of them was getting the cooler fixed– and another was setting up the gift shop. He was too lazy to do any of those, that's why he hired people for a reason. Soos will handle one of those tasks, though it was quite unfortunate that Wendy didn't work today...
He excused himself to the kids, telling them that he's going to go to the restroom. Boy, he's slowly running out of excuses and it's not even the half of the summer. He stood in front of the vending machine, surveying the closed shop before forcing it open and quickly shutting it once he got in. He meandered down the ramp that led to the elevator, punching the level's number, and waited until it took him there.
The elevator opened with a ding, and he walked to the pathway that showed the portal. "What are you doing here," deadpanned the girl who was casually working on the portal. She was typing the data that was coming out of the old-timey processing unit that Ford had designed for this portal. It was always ciphers– classic Ford– that Y/n had learned to decode. So far, the results have been... neutral.
"I should be asking you that question. You should be out there."
"I have nothing else to do."
"Then I'll give you something to do, fix the cooler."
Y/n groaned. "What? Have Soos fix it. I taught him how."
"I already assigned him other duties. Do you want to rearrange the shelves in the gift shop?" Stan asked. He waited, and when he heard nothing from her, he smirked as he felt cheeky. "I thought so. Now get off your butt and go upstairs!"
She punched down the table in defeat as she stood up, letting out an annoyed huff. "I hate you,"
"I love you, too. I'll take care of these while you're gone." He dismissed her, taking the seat she was previously in.
She rolled her eyes. As if he could understand a single symbol plastered there. Surely, he'd just take a nap.
Reaching the top level of the Shack, she took a peek on an opening from the vending machine. The gift shop was vacant, and no one seemed to be wandering around. So as quickly as she could, she slotted herself out of the machine, punching it shut for a Pitt Cola to fall off. She took it out and opened it like nothing had happened for the last ten seconds.
The universe was on her side when Soos had just opened the shop's door. "Sup, dude."
"Hey, Soos," Y/n said with her lips on the tip of the can. The two met in the middle of the room to give each other fist bumps. "You're on shelving duty right?"
"Yep, one of my favorite pastimes," he chuckled. "I just like looking at neatly arranged items that are all identical and stuff. Pretty satisfying."
She nodded, "Well, you get on that. I have to repair the cooler– again. Did you know why it broke?" The girl walked towards the cooler and circled around it, examining it from afar.
"I have no idea." Soos spotted the cardboard box from a corner and began inspecting it. It was a couple of Mystery Shack bumper stickers and other merchandise. "Maybe it was the heat of summer that's causing it to like– overheat. Or something."
Y/n couldn't help but smile. "You are exactly right, Soos. How did you figure that one out?"
"Well, the first thing I fixed was a cooler– uh, that cooler specifically. I helped Y/n – wait, not you you, but the you who was older... who was also named Y/n... She helped me fix the cooler. Your older sister."
She almost snorted in laughter. Stan was right, Soos was never going to pick up the clues. "Yeah? What did she teach you?" She already had the back of the cooler facing her, with the panel being opened. The toolbox was ajar, but she hadn't started yet.
"Everything I know," Soos answered. "She's the smartest person I know. Ten-year old me would have probably freaked out if it wasn't for your sister. Which is why..."
Soos trailed off. Y/n poked her head out the side of the freezer to look at him. "Which is why..." she repeated, wanting him to continue.
He smiled sheepishly. "Which is why... I'm kinda grateful that you're here, Y/n. The younger sister Y/n. It's like– you're continuing your sister's legacy. I don't know, I say dumb things."
There it is again, what Ford referred to as tears. It was simply there. To a normal person, it would feel like it was pricking the corner of their eye and about to come out, but to Y/n, it was just an inconvenience.
But what she felt inside after Soos said such a heartwarming statement... was enough to make her cry.
She quickly wiped it away. "I didn't think it was dumb..." she muttered.
It was times like these where she just wanted to tell the truth. "I was the same Y/n from ten years ago. I never grew up, never had a sister, and had been residing in this Shack for more than 30 years."
She wished it were that easy. Despite her desire to tell the truth, she would rather be selfish for a moment and let Soos talk about her nonexistent older sister with her than tell everything. The truth would eventually come out, and she had no idea what would happen or how he would react.
The twins entered the room before her mind could conjure up any more depressing scenarios. Dipper held a chessboard in his hands. "We need a table!"
"Hey, Dipper, what about this one?" Mabel pointed at a green, fake turtle shell with a random skeleton inside. "This seemed sturdy enough."
"Sure." The two brought the shell meters from the counter as well as dragged two tall wooden logs for chairs.
Mabel sat down, her legs swinging around because she couldn't touch the ground. Dipper crossed his legs as he brought out the chess pieces from the board. "What are we playing?" Mabel asked.
"Chess."
"Ooh, I love chess!" she expressed her excitement.
The two set everything up– well, Dipper did since Mabel doesn't know where to put the pieces– before they began the game.
Soos was on his way to reorganize a collection of Stan bobbleheads on a high shelf. Y/n was quietly turning a screw as she listened to the twins argue about the game. The game was full of commentary and Mabel impersonating a horse sound every now and then. Dipper was becoming increasingly enraged by his sister's casual approach to chess. This sport should be taken seriously.
After a few hours, Y/n had completed the cooler repair and was confident that it would work again. She connected the plug into a nearby wall outlet before switching it on. It hummed back to life as a single light turned on. She smiled proudly, her hands on her hips.
"Little guy to black space 9!" Mabel announced knowingly.
"It's a pawn, that's not your color, and stop stealing the tiny horses!" He pointed at her with an exasperated look.
Mabel smiled carelessly, cuddling the pieces close to her as it snuggled inside her sweater's pocket. "They like it better here!" She leaned closer to the black and white. "Don't you, babies?" Once again, she neighed in response to herself.
Dipper ignored her and lifted a bishop piece. He toppled Mabel's king with a big grin. "And checkmate."
"What? Booo!" Mabel shouted.
The boy took out his trusty notepad and pen, turning to the page that listed his victories in chess against his sister. He just got his 85th win. "OHHH! Dipper wins again!" He exclaimed. Mabel glared at him, annoyed.
Soos cast a glance to his right, where he noticed a brain in a jar wearing a tall hat and another brain in a jar wearing a blonde wig. He intended to replace the jars behind the bobbleheads, but he couldn't go down the step-ladder without letting go of the falling lantern beside him. He will have to fix that later, too.
He turned further to his right to go look for Y/n, but it seemed that she walked out of the room already. She was the tallest one out of the three preteens. She was taller than the twins by approximately four inches. Guess he had to go for the second tallest person in the room who could help him.
Still holding the lantern, he called, "Yo, Mabel, could you pass me that brain in the jar? The lady one?"
Dipper was already standing up. "I got it."
"Thanks, but Mabel's taller."
"What?!" Dipper reeled, "No she's not! We're the same height! We've always been."
Soos let the lantern fall, placing his fingers under his chin as he examined the two. "Better check again, dude."
He hopped down the stepladder, pushed them together back-to-back as Dipper removed his hat. Soos brought out a measuring tape he conveniently had in his pocket and began measuring. "Yep. She's got exactly one millimeter on you."
"What?!" Dipper was perturbed.
Mabel was amazed. "Woah, don't you see what's happening, Dipper? This millimeter is just the beginning. I'm evolving into the superior sibling! Bigger! Stronger!"
"Like some kinda alpha-twin!" Soos happily pointed out.
"Alpha-twin! Alpha-twin!"
Dipper crossed his arms, exhausted. "C'mon, guys, nobody even uses millimeters. It only makes you taller than me in Canada."
Mabel wondered aloud, completely ignoring her brother's complaints. "Y'know Dipper, I've always wanted a little brother. Who knew I already had one?" She laughed at her own joke.
Stan walked inside the gift shop, rubbing his eyes. "I was awoken by the sound of mockery." When actually, he was woken up by Y/n herself, telling him that she'd just finished the repair. "Where is it? Show me the object of ridicule!"
"I'm taller than Dipper!" The girl exclaimed.
"By one millimeter," the boy emphasized.
"Hey, hey," Stan warned, "don't get... short with your sister." He laughed uncontrollably. Dipper deadpanned.
Mabel put her hands together. "Now Grunkle Stan, I hope you don't think little of him."
He remained bemused while Stan laughed some more. "Yeah! And, and uh... he's short!" He and Mabel laughed in unison as Dipper began to think about his life choices.
Soos felt bad. He thought he had some kind of liability as he started all this height comparison thing. "Dude, maybe you should lay off a tiny bit."
Stan guffawed. "HA! Tiny! Soos is in on it now!" The two cackled hysterically, watching as Dipper finally stomped away.
"N-n-no, I didn't mean that!" Soos clarified.
Mabel placed her hands on her hips, walking towards her grunkle. "Dipper will forget. He's got a 3... 2... 1..."
"SHORT-TERM MEMORY!"
Y/n was about to return to the gift shop to see what Stan had to say when she ran into Dipper in the hallway. She chose not to say anything because she noticed he had a deep frown on his face and his brows were furrowed, indicating he was stressed.
She opened the door and saw Stan in tears because he couldn't stop laughing. Mabel, too, was howling with uncontrollable laughter. "What happened just now?"
"Oh, Y/n! There you are! Can you believe that I'm actually taller than Dipper? This is the best day of my life!"
"Congratulations?" She didn't know what to say to that trivial news.
Stan pulled Y/n to his side and playfully gave her a noogie. "Oh, come on, Y/n. Why don't you give Dipper some of your height? He could use it!" Once more it was followed by rounds of laughter.
She withdrew herself from the older man. "I didn't come here to make fun of Dipper. Have you seen the fixed cooler yet?"
"Eh, I trust you enough to know that you did a good job." The way he said it felt so dismissive, but she still felt pride when she heard that. Stan's compliments are a rarity. "Welp! I'm off to go back to my office. Waking up to this was better than some cup of coffee." He chuckled as he walked away.
Soos went back to the counter and got the jar of brain himself, while Mabel sat on the barrel chair beside it. Y/n bought herself a nice can of Pitt Cola before retreating towards the living room.She plopped on the yellow chair rather ungracefully, the content inside of the soda sloshing around as she did so. Sipping slowly, she stared at a random spot on a ceiling.
This was the same couch that Dipper had sat on as she had tended to his wounds. That felt like so long ago when it was actually just last night. What was she thinking?
This is just a ploy to get closer to them. The more you do something nice for him, the more he trusts you that he'll eventually lend you the journal.
He shouldn't even be lending it in the first place. It belonged to her first!
Another reminder that she's doing this for Stan as well. He was desperate to redeem himself and change. To show the kids that he wasn't just the stupid older brother. He wanted to be a good role model (though he wasn't really living up to that), but most of all, he wanted to protect them and keep them safe. And, as much as possible, they should avoid doing anything that will raise their suspicions.
Slowly, but surely.
She rose from her seat. It's pointless to dwell on these thoughts. She was drinking the last of her Pitt Cola when Dipper marched into the living room, almost making her spit it out as she noticed something different about him.
Dipper came to a halt, feeling unwell as he realized he no longer looked slightly upwards whenever he spoke with Y/n. He's looking directly into conniving eyes. They were the same height this time, and she noticed it right away.
"When did you get so tall, Dipper?"
He laughed quite nervously. "Oh, you know... puberty and stuff."
"Hm..." She'd read a few medical books about the topic because she hadn't got a personal experience, but she didn't realize that going through puberty also meant having your clothes enlarged...? It was too convenient to consider.
Dipper clenched his knuckles, looking like he was about to break. "Okay, I give up! Y/n follow me," he said, taking the lead and marching up the stairs.
Y/n watched as Dipper approached the shelves and reached for a seemingly ordinary flashlight—except it wasn't. It had a crystal taped to the spot where the light was supposed to shine.
"Wait, where did you get that?" Y/n pointed out as she realized something.
His eyes briefly widened. "Do you know this?"
"I see these exact things from time to time whenever I take walks. I thought they were just shiny rocks..." Gosh was it hard to act dumb.
He almost had a smirk on his face. "Well, you thought wrong because they were actually height-altering crystals. I read it in the journal. For example, this knight is tiny. I just shine a light at it and–" he presented like it was show and tell. "--BOOM! It's bigger now. But it can also be reversible. Just flip the crystal over and it'll shrink." He pointed the flashlight towards the knight and turned it on, this time the light was pink.
"That's interesting! But...why did you need it, Dipper?" She just had to question it out loud. Though Tall Dipper was a sight, she had to know what his intentions were.
"I... I'm just sick of my sister teasing me, and I have a habit of proving people wrong, so..."
When she said nothing else, he stepped forward and gave her the flashlight.
"Here, just aim it at me and turn it on then off. Do it quickly so I won't turn into a giant."
She nodded. following his instructions. He had his arms out as if embracing it. and that was her cue to turn it on. It was only a millisecond of the blue light washing over him and he grew in an instant.
Y/n stepped closer just to compare. This time, he was so tall that she had to look up slightly to meet his brown eyes. Woah.
Dipper's thoughts were racing. It was as if he had been slouching his entire life, and stretching his back changed his entire perspective. She was looking up at him. She had considered it before, and she had considered it again. Tall Dipper was a sight.
He couldn't help but smile at Y/n's stunned expression. He wanted to treasure this priceless reaction for the rest of his life. Surely he can keep being taller than her forever.
What was he saying?
All of a sudden, Mabel opened the door. "Give it up, Dipper!" she declared as she entered. As if they were electrocuted, the two hopped away from each other. Mabel marched up to them. Either she didn't see or she did but was too distracted by her frustration to notice.
As quickly as she could, Y/n turned around and made her exit. Only then did she notice an enlarged pawn literally behind them that went through the ceiling. How could she have missed it the first time she walked into the room? Her guard had been completely lowered.
The more Mabel trudged closer, the more she realized that her height couldn't compare to Dipper's right now. She gasped and instantly glanced down on the ground to see that he wasn't standing on anything. "What happened?!"
Dipper shrugged casually with a smirk. "I told you, sis. I just had a growth spurt. No big deal."
"This doesn't make any sense! Just a second ago you were– WAIT A MINUTE!" Mabel yelled. "This is some kinda magic-y thing, isn't it? Was it a wizard or something? There's a wizard in this closet, isn't there? ISN'T THERE?" Mabel strode to the closet.
"What? NO!" Dipper shouted back.
"You're telling me that there is not a wizard in this closet. You're telling me that if I open this door right now-"
"Fine! Open it."
She did, revealing a flannel shirt, a tee, and a pair of boots clearly too big to fit for either of the twins. Whose clothes are these?
Mabel remained unfazed, looking completely disappointed. "An invisible wizard! Really, Dipper?"
Meanwhile, Y/n had just run down the stairs. She could feel her very normal heart pounding in her chest. What the heck is happening?
"Woah, you alright?" Stan asked the moment he saw her.
She began walking away. "I'm fine. I just need... some space."
"Maybe you need some free entertainment," he suggested, on the brink of laughter. "Look out the window if you want a laugh."
She raised an eyebrow, but did what he said. She leaned on a nearby window and saw Gideon running around wildly as he smacked his hair repeatedly. He was screaming the words 'TERMITES!' over and over.
Stan was laughing beside her. "Come on, you gotta admit. It's hilarious."
"It's quite amusing."
"Boo, you're not even laughing." He glared.
Y/n looked at the clock and she suddenly looked surprised. "Oh, my! Is that the time? I have to do something really important! In the meantime, don't you have to be ready for your tour? The people would be waiting! Welp, ta ta!" She rambled before dashing away without giving him a chance to speak.
"Stop changing the subject!" Stan burst out as he watched her down the hall.
Upon entering her room, Y/n clenched her fists. Her plan to get closer to Dipper appeared to be working, but why did she feel so differently? She experienced emotions she had never encountered before. Is this normal? To be fair, she wasn't even normal to begin with. She punched a nearby wall until it was literally smashed to smithereens. It didn't hurt her hand in the least. Yep, definitely not normal.
She wasn't having the best day.
Dipper wasn't feeling well either, having been shrunken down by Gideon himself using the same magical flashlight he'd created. Now he and Mabel are trapped inside the jar as the boy takes them home. When Gideon arrived in his dark room, he opened the container and shook the twins out, causing them to fall to their butts on the wooden drawer.
"You two!"
"What are you gonna do with us?" Mabel asked.
Gideon giggled. "Why Mabel, I wouldn't hurt a hair on your itty-bitty head– if you agree to be my queen!"
"We live in a democracy! And never!" She pushed his finger away from her hair.
"Maybe you'll change your mind after this!" He picked her up by the collar of her sweater, bringing her to a pack of her favorite snack.
"Gummy Koalas!" Mabel gushed after threatening to fight Gideon until the day she died. That would keep her suppressed.
"As for you, boy," Gideon continued, facing Dipper. "Tell me, how exactly did you come upon this magic item? Hmm? Did somebody tell you about it? Did you.... read about it somewhere?"
Dipper raised his gaze to the pale child. His vest pocket became noticeably heavier as he realized the implication of his question. He remembered the journal tucked inside as the words 'TRUST NO ONE' flashed across his mind. He took a look around and noticed an air horn nearby. "Lean closer and I'll tell you!"
"Well don't mind if I-"
He sounded the air horn right in his face, making Gideon scream. He cupped his ringing ears as his face turned red from anger. He was breathing heavily before turning back around pushing away the lamp. "I COULD SQUASH YOU RIGHT NOW!"
Dipper stepped back in slight fear.
But Gideon stopped himself. "Steel yourself, Gideon. You could use them." His voice dropped into a whisper. "You could use them."
The ringing of the Shack's main telephone echoed throughout the house. Y/n's eyes opened for a brief moment. She laid on her bed with her hands on top of her stomach. She was waiting for Stan's order to answer the call, but nothing came and the ringing already stopped. He must've been nearby. After a long silence, it was cut off by his obnoxious laughter.
"Y/n, can you come down here!"
She blinked. She may not have been called to answer the phone, she was still ordered to come down nonetheless. What did he need this time?
Leaving her room, she trudged down the hallway. But before she could take a turn towards the parlor, she took a detour to the gift shop. She needed that soda intake before dealing with anything. Gideon Gleeful busted open the main door to the shop before her hand could reach the employees' only door. "The Shack is mine, Stanford Pines!" She heard, and that's when she took a peek at the slightly ajar door.
She saw Mabel's eccentric pink sweater and the blazing blue vest that Dipper wears by Gideon's grasp. In his other hand, the magic flashlight that he blatantly stole, with the pink light shining towards a direction.
Y/n followed the light, and that's where she noticed Stan's fez on the ground. She clenched her fists so tightly as she feared that Gideon may have won the battle– until he lifted the hat revealing a green speck. Gideon had shrunken Soos instead. "What?!"
The boy captured little Soos and took a random jar lying on the counter. He opened it and carelessly tossed the trio inside, even shaking them for a little bit of torture. "Tell me where Stan is!" Gideon yelled onto the jar.
Y/n observed him as he suddenly had a huge grin on his face, indicating that he had figured it out. He moved towards the door where she was hiding. She exited the living room as quickly as she could and headed straight for the kitchen."Stanford! I'm coming for ya!"
She peeked from the kitchen as Gideon turned to the direction where the parlor was located. Come on, think! She needed to tell Stan about Gideon's attempt to shrink him, but she had no idea where he was. He could be in the mirror maze that he was talking so proudly about, but Gideon could be ahead of her already.
Even after a few unsuccessful attempts to smack the glass, the twins and Soos remained helplessly trapped. As he felt guilty, Soos placed his hands on his head. "Guess I kinda 'Soos'ed that one up, didn't I?"
"It's not your fault, Soos," Dipper said," I"m the one who put together that shrinking device. I guess it's just..." he turned to Mabel, "... you kept teasing me, Mabel, like, all day! What was that all about?"
Mabel frowned, feeling bad. She tossed Dipper the notepad with the list of their games. He glanced at the paper cluelessly. "I guess it's that... you're better at me at, like, everything! And you always rubbed it in my face. Chess, checkers, ping pong..." Even croquet. "I guess I finally felt like I was winning at something for once."
Dipper felt bad as well. He lightly smacked the notepad against his head. "Aw, man. Now I feel like a big jerk."
"Don't you mean, a little jerk?"
"Oh!" The two of them chuckled at the lighthearted joke. "Alright, I walked into that one. Are we cool?" He stretched his arm for a fist bump.
"We're cool."
"Am I cool?" Soos spoke, presenting his fist as well.
"You're cool, Soos."
"Yes!"
Dipper smacked his hands together. "Alright, let's find a way to get out of this jar. We can't break it, so let's just open it the old-fashioned way. Soos! Carry me on your shoulders."
The handyman raised him until he was sitting comfortably on the back of his neck. He then raised Mabel, and Dipper grabbed her until she could step on his shoulder and sit on it, forming a tower. Mabel twisted the cover until it was loose, and a hard push was all it took. Soos stood on his tiptoes until she was able to lift the cover. The container had finally been opened.
"Let's get that flashlight before Gideon gets Stan!"
Y/n stalked after Gideon as he walked down the steps and into the mirror maze. It indeed looked like a maze made out of mirrors. Now how much did this cost Stan? "Ew, termites!" Gideon suddenly exclaimed, slapping the back of his neck. He continued walking until he saw Stan looking down on him.
He jumped, instantly reaching for the flashlight and turned it on. The light bounced off the various mirrors until it landed on the wall mount of a moose head. Unsurprisingly, it shrank.
Stan was laughing at him, causing Gideon to become enraged and throw the flashlight at him. "No!"
The flashlight broke one of the mirrors, shattering it into a million pieces. "Hey, watch the merchandise!" Gideon picked up the device, and with a devilish smirk, he had the perfect plan. He began smashing the mirrors with his flashlight one by one, not caring if it would prick him. He broke about 10 mirrors until Stan finally showed up, his hands on his hips. "You little troll! These mirrors caused me 10- I-I mean, uh 20- 5, 500... 500 dollars each! And you're paying for all of them!"
Gideon imitated his pose. "Au contraire! It will be you who pays!"
Y/n burst into the scene and tackled Gideon to the ground, reaching for the flashlight and attempting to apprehend him by pushing down his wrist, but he was quick, withdrawing his hand and pointing the flashlight at her. But before he could turn it back on, Y/n slapped his hand, causing him to drop the flashlight, which rolled to the ground.
"Ah! No!" Gideon screamed, thrashing around like a toddler. With the way he smacked his fist down her cheek, he wasn't exactly throwing back punches. Y/n didn't even flinch as she grabbed his wrist. She steeled herself against punching him back as much as she wanted to. All she has to do is keep him away from the flashlight.
"What is happening out there?!" Mabel exclaimed as her grip on Gideon's pocket tightened.
Dipper felt dizzy. "Y/n must be helping us by stopping Gideon from shrinking Stan! We gotta help her!"
"Wait, she knows about the magic flashlight-?"
"It doesn't matter, to his armpit!"
"Uh-uh!" Mabel grimaced.
"Just- just go! Come on!" He pushed her down until they were both crawling on his skin.
Gideon smacked Y/n several times, but she didn't budge. "Ugh, let go, you fool! Give me back my flashlight!"
"That's not yours to begin with!"
"You will rue the day you cut off my vengeance against Stanford." Gideon glared, pointing at her. "I wasn't going to include a nobody like you in my schemes, but now you've made a grave mistake messing with me! You and the rest of the Pines family will feel the wrath of Gideon Glee-"
He began giggling.
Y/n and Stan stared at him confusedly.
"Gideon Glee-!" He was laughing uncontrollably on the floor.
"I don't even know how to respond to this," Stan spoke aloud.
He was chortling before stopping himself. "No-!" Then he's back to laughing. Stan looked at him as if he were insane. He looked to Y/n for assistance.
Y/n stood up and began kicking Gideon, causing him to roll on the ground. She took up the flashlight as Stan took over the punting this time. The two rolled a laughing Gideon until they reached the front door, where Gideon landed on the ground with one last kick.
He finally stopped laughing. Gideon clutched his pockets and yelled, "My light!"
"You're the light of my life, too, pal," Stan replied before closing the door. "Phew! Freak show, am I right?"
He left without saying anything else. Y/n stood there motionless as she watched him walk away. "Dipper? Mabel?" she whispered after a moment.
"We're here! Y/n, we're here!"
Two little dots were jumping on the ground below her. She smiled and pointed the flashlight at them after flipping the crystal. She turned it on and the light was back to blue. The twins had all returned to their normal height, but they still needed to measure for... good measure.
"Hey! You're letting me keep my extra millimeter?" Mabel said.
"Oh," Y/n said, facing Dipper. "Do you want me to...?"
"Nope, she earned it." He brought his hand up, though he really missed the feeling of being taller.
"Aw, thanks! Little brothe-"
"Stop it."
The night had ended. Of course, they didn't forget about Soos and bringing him back to his normal height, too, before destroying the crystal completely.
Notes:
23-8-1-20-0-9-19-0-20-8-9-19-0-6-5-5-12-9-14-7-19-15-0-19-21-4-4-5-14-0-1-14-4-0-14-5-23-?
Chapter 14: Halloween in June
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Stan abruptly stopped the car after it had been carelessly parked. Everyone inside jumped out as the twins gawked at what was in front of them."Here we are," he began. "The Summerween Superstore!"
"A very special store for a very special occasion that only happens once a year," Y/n added sarcastically.
Dipper scratched his head confusedly. "Wait. Summer-what?"
"Summerween!" Stan responded confidently, bringing out a calendar. "The people of this town loved Halloween so much, they celebrate it twice a year! And wouldn't you know it, it's today!"
"Do you always carry that calendar in your pocket?"
"Yes."
Mabel placed a finger on her cheek in curiosity. "Summerween? Something about this feels unnatural."
Soos walked over to the twins and placed his arms around them. "There's free candy~!"
The two of them smiled at one another before sprinting to the entrance. The other three followed suit. Stan noticed Y/n looking mellow, so he nudged her. "Hey, you okay? Did you get enough sleep?"
"I'm not sleepy. It's just... Summerween."
"What about it?"
"Nothing," Y/n dismissed. "I'm sure I'll just sit this one out again, like the last decade."
He raised an eyebrow at her before averting his gaze to the main door of the store. "Well, this is your chance to get a convincing costume so that no one can recognize you. This is the first time we're buying fake blood with the kids! I'm sure they're excited to celebrate Summerween with you."
Stan and Y/n watched as the kids messed around with the items on the shelves before Dipper discovered a wagon. Mabel hopped onto it while wearing a pair of silly glasses. "Come on, Y/n, to the costume aisle!"
"Go nuts, kid," Stan spoke beside her, and with a smile, she followed the twins.
The older man couldn't help but feel sorry for her. He was well aware that Y/n had been suppressed since childhood. Growing up, she didn't really go through all the experiences that a typical kid should have. She had always been out exploring and discovering new things thirty years ago. She was already too preoccupied with building an interdimensional portal that connects to other worlds when she could have been going to school and making friends her age. She should have aged to someone with an older physique but nothing had changed over the last 30 years.
Stan went to the containers of fake blood and began lifting one, not realizing that it was slowly spilling to the floor due to a leak. Mabel had already chosen a costume and decided not to tell both her brother and friend. "You're gonna find out later!" she said.
The three of them continued to goof off, with Y/n not having this much fun in years. She and Dipper were both pushing on the wagon that Mabel was in, turning a sharp right into a pile of Jack O' Melons, crashing and breaking into laughter.
Suddenly, everyone heard a voice on the intercom. "Have the police come and eject the Pines family from the store?"
They quickly gathered everything they could just as Stan threw a smoke bomb right in front of her. "Not today!"
"My eyes!" The smoke was everywhere, and that's when they made their escape. Stan was carrying a gallon of fake blood, while Soos was carrying two more. Y/n had a huge burlap bag filled with knick knacks and other props hauled behind her, and Dipper continued pushing Mabel on the wheelbarrow.
"You paid for the stuff, right?" Mabel asked with a smile.
"Of course!"
He paid it all with a limited edition Stan Bucks (Totally not just drawn on scrap paper). One piece of it already costs 500 dollars. Stan was just that generous to let the store keep the change.
**
Soos had already dressed himself in some sort of a mash between a superhero and a wrestler. Perhaps both. The Jack O' Melons were already litt and the decorations were hung up to produce a creepy vibe around it.
"I'm so excited!" Mabel exclaimed, sitting on the ground beside her brother.
Dipper matched her energy. "We're gonna have the best costumes, get the most candy..."
"And have the biggest stomachaches ever!"
"Yeah!"
"Haha, yeah!" The two high-fived.
The handyman sat on the yellow couch before them. "Dude, I've never seen you guys so pumped."
Y/n had just returned after helping Stan with his costume. He had difficulty with adjusting the girdle sometimes. She entered the room silently, leaning on the arm of the chair as she took a candy from the bowl that Soos was holding.
Mabel chuckled. "Well, back at home, me and Dipper were kind of the kings of trick-or-treating," she said just as Dipper brought up a scrapbook. She took it and began flipping through it. "Twins in costumes! The people eat it up." They dressed as cats, salt and pepper shakers, and zombies. It was, without a doubt, adorable.
"Well, you dudes better be careful out there. It's a night of ghouls and goblins. Not to mention..." he patted Y/n as a signal. She walked over to the light switch and turned it off just as Soos shined a flashlight on his face. "...the Summerween Trickster!"
They could've sworn there was dramatic music playing somewhere.
"The Summer-what- what-what?"
He continued his story as the twins listened very intently. "The Trickster goes door to door, so the legend goes, eating children who lack the Summerween spirit."
Dipper raised an eyebrow. "Well, you don't have to worry about us." He proceeded to eat a candy from the same bowl Y/n took from. "We've got spirit to go around." He began coughing violently at the taste. Y/n turned the lights back on. "Ugh, what is this stuff?! I've never even heard of these brands!"
He picked up each candy as he named them, "Sand Pop? Gummy chairs? Mr. Adequate-Bar?"
"This is all cheap-o loser candy!" Mabel added.
"I- I like them..." Y/n quietly admitted, slightly confused at their distaste. She didn't know what Dipper was fussing about. Homework the Candy has a unique taste.
Mabel faced her. "Well, then, you must have low standards, Y/n. There are plenty of candy more delicious than these tacky ones, blegh."
Soos stood, picking up a lip gummy. "Quiet your discomfort, children," he scolded, "lest the Trickster overhear."
"Your cape is caught in your fly, Soos." Dipper said, walking away with the candy bowl and the scrapbook.
"Touchè."
Y/n watched as Dipper threw handfuls of candy out the window. "Goodbye, loser candy!"
"No, don't waste them! We could give them to trick-or-treaters," Y/n stopped him from continuing.
As if on cue, the doorbell rang. "Trick-or-treaters!" Stan shouted from the other room. "Quick, give 'em that terrible candy!"
"See?" she gestured to the door. "Now give them the candy."
Dipper's eyes rolled playfully, carrying both the scrapbook and bowl in his hands as he trudged to the door. Mabel suddenly grabbed the girl's arm. "That reminds me, Y/n! We have to wear the costumes we bought! Let's go!"
"Wah!" Y/n yelped as she felt herself being dragged upstairs to Mabel's room.
Meanwhile, Dipper opened the door as he said, "Happy Summerw- AHH!" His greeting was interrupted by his own scream as he saw who was at the door.
"'Sup, squirt," Robbie said, his arm around the redhead.
"Hey, Dipper."
"WENDY!" The greeting was very enthusiastic. "Wh-what's up, guys?"
She groaned. "I left my jacket here. Again."
Robbie scoffed, glancing at what Dipper was holding. "What's with the candy? You're goin' trick-or-treating or something?"
"Well, actually I- uh-" I am, in fact, trick-or-treating with my friends and sister, getting every candy of this town and eat them until we have stomach aches-
Wendy grinned as she put on the jacket. "Shut up, Robbie, of course he's not going trick-or-treating."
"No! Yeah," Dipper was agreeing before him realizing, noticing the book he was holding before hiding it and laughing nervously. "Trick-or-treating is for babies! Heh... I guess."
Wendy smiled and invited the boy to Tambry's party which sounded very promising. Robbie- although he didn't want to- handed Dipper a flier. The details were there, including the time of the party, which was supposed to be at 9PM.
Dipper told them that he probably might come before the couple eventually drove off and he was left by the porch. When they were gone, he looked at the two options literally placed on his hands. The flier on his left, and the trick-or-treat memory book on the other. He sighed. "How am I gonna tell Mabel?" He walked back inside, contemplating his future decisions.
Time passed shortly before the bell rang again. Mabel dashed down the stairs, Y/n in tow. Mabel was dressed as a jar of strawberry jam. Y/n lagged behind due to her adjusting the big beige coat hung around her shoulders. The overly excited twin opened the door just as Stan walked to the lobby dressed as a vampire– with the fangs and everything.
He laughed when he saw Y/n's costume. She donned a white shirt paired with a black tie underneath a tan coat that reached her knee. She also wore tan pants and black shoes that Mabel found which was surprisingly a nice fit. Square-framed glasses sat atop her nose (a/n: let's pretend that you don't have glasses in this au hahaha), and a tan press hat to top it all off.
Now that he realized it, Stan looked at her amusingly. "Aw, you looked just like him-"
"Stop it," Y/n cut him off before he could say another word. She tightened the tie around her neck. "By the way, I need some of that fake blood you have to complete the costume. Mabel had this whole backstory for me."
"Grunkle Stan!" Mabel said. "These are my best friends, Candy and Grenda!"
Candy Chiu and Grenda (last name unknown) smiled at him, dressed as a candy and witch respectively. "I am so sweet I could eat myself."
"Hello, Mr. Pines!" Grenda greeted with her usual voice that would have normally belonged to a wrestler. But they still loved her nonetheless– manly voice or not.
Stan raised an eyebrow. "You got a cold, honey? Something wrong with your voice there?"
She frowned. "What do you mean? Why would you say that?"
Y/n glared at him. "Just get the blood."
He looked down at her. "What are you supposed to be again? A hotdog sandwich?"
Mabel answered the question for her, materializing on Y/n's side. "She's a horror fiction writer whose stories came to life and are out to get her!"
"She always has the best stories!" Y/n squeaked as she shrugged with the half-sarcastic comment. "So I need the blood. Get it for me, you vampire man."
Stan dramatically waved his cape before making his exit. Candy, Mabel, and Grenda were gushing over Waddle's office costume when he returned with a cup of red liquid. She took it before he left again. "Welp, here goes." She dipped her fingers into the liquid and began patting herself. "Oh, nooo. Ahhhh. Blood."
She had the thick substance all over her clothes and hat, and even had one splashed on the lens of her glasses for extra effect. Internally, she thought how she could have just used her own blood for a more scary prop– but she thought it might freak them out. She's not ready to see her differently just yet.
"Looking great, Y/n!" Mabel pointed out. "Oh man, guys, just wait until you see Dipper's costume! It's amazing!" She exclaimed. Everyone heard sounds of taps as they turned to the stairs. "Here he comes now!"
But Dipper wasn't wearing a costume. He had his pockets inside his vest as he walked down the stairs, dressing normally.
The four of them stared at him in silence before Candy spoke. "That is a very good Dipper costume."
Mabel walked over to him. "What the hey-hey, bro-bro. Where's your costume?"
"Look, I can't go trick-or-treating. I'm uh... really sick." He coughed right on cue. "M-must've been that bad candy!" He fell to the floor, clutching his stomach. "Go on without me!"
"Fight through it, man!" Mabel persuaded. "Where's your Summerween spirit?"
Y/n remained silent while setting the now-empty cup down on a nearby surface. Dipper's illness came out of nowhere. He couldn't have gotten sick from the candy, she was certain. His actions were extremely suspicious.
Instead of the usual door bell, someone knocked. Dipper stood up to his feet and opened it.
"Trick-or-treat."
A husky voice spoke. Dipper looked up to see a tall creature with a raggedy costume and a smiley face as their mask.
"Dude, really? You're a little old for this, man. Sorry."
"But, wait, I-" He was cut off by the slamming of the door.
Mabel had her hands on her hips. "Why'd you close the door?"
"I told you, Mabel, I'm just not feeling it tonight." He coughed again after his sentence.
"I think a little trick-or-treating will make you feel better," the other twin replied, nudging her brother.
Dipper glared. "I'm not trick-or treating!"
"Sounds a little weird coming from the so-called 'King of Trick-or-Treating'," Y/n noted, wanting to speak her mind. Her arms were crossed, her face contorted to a confused and doubtful expression.
Before he could utter a reply, there was a knock on the door again.
He opened it to see the same person. "Look, man, just go to another house!" He shut him out again.
"Dipper! Where's your Summerween hospitality?" Mabel shouted.
The door was knocked upon once more. "I'm not getting that." Dipper glowered.
"Well, I am!" She took over his place and opened the door this time, greeting the stranger with a happy face. "I apologize for my brother. He came down with a case of the grumpy-grumps-"
"SILENCE!"
Wind came over and leaves were flying around. The person made a dramatic stance and pointed at Mabel accusingly. "You have insulted me! For this you must pay... with your lives." He leaned closer.
"Ohhh, what a cute little mask!" Mabel placed her hands on her hips. "You're a funny guy, aren't you?"
The creature entered the Shack, and Y/n was immediately posed as if she's ready for a fight. She stood in front of the other girls as they shivered in fear. "Funny, am I?" He said with his raspy voice.
"Twik-ow-tweet!" A little boy walked by wearing a pirate costume. "My name is Gorney!" He said enthusiastically before he was being grabbed by the monster and devoured him whole as he screamed, "Remember me!"
Everyone in the room was hysterical. "Gorney!" Grenda shouted.
"There's only one way for you to avoid his fate." His slender finger poked Candy on the head, and it made her grab onto Y/n in fright as she glared at the creature. "I need a treat. If you can collect 500 pieces of candy, and bring it to me before the last Jack O' Melon goes out," He conveniently brought out a melon from nowhere and lit it up with his magic fingers before blowing it out. "I will let you live."
Dipper panicked. "Five hundred treats in one night? That's impossible!"
"The choice is yours, children." It began retreating its way outside. " You must trick-or-treat... or DIE!" The monster laughed maniacally before making its way to the Shack's roof and out of sight.
"Oh my gosh, Mabel. Do you know what this means?" Dipper frowned.
She was frowning as well, wearing a serious look. "I do... It means you have to come trick-or-treating! Yay!" She shook her brother in excitement.
Candy was still trembling slightly. "Who was that guy?"
"Was that the Summerween Trickster that Soos was telling us about?" Y/n wondered aloud.
"I can't believe it's true!" Mabel added.
"I can't believe he has a super hot, raspy voice!" Grenda chimed in, only to receive weird stares. "Just me? Okay."
Soos walked out of the Shack. "What's going out here, dudes? I heard a ruckus. Heh, funny word. Ruckus."
The kids told him about the monster that was threatening to eat them unless they gave him candy, confirming his legend. "You guys are in crazy bonkers trouble, dude."
Dipper began pacing around. "How are we gonna get so much candy in one night? There's no way!"
Mabel clapped from a random haystack she was standing on. Everybody crowded around her. "Listen up, people. Now some might say that being cursed by a blood-thirsty holiday monster is a bad thing, but that monster messed with the wrong crew. With everybody's own assets joining forces, we'll get 500 pieces of candy and have fun doing it, too, even if it takes all night!"
Everyone took off, Dipper trundling a wheelbarrow until they reached the streets of Gravity Falls. "How do you even do this anyway..." Y/n muttered, holding her own burlap sack.
Mabel gasped beside her. "Y/n, you've never trick-or-treated before?!"
She shook her head no. "I never had anyone to go out with, sadly," she confessed. All those years being sheltered down the portal room with Stan had been a result to her lack of social skills. Good thing she was a quick learner.
"Well, consider yourself lucky!" She hugged her side. "With us, you'll have so much fun with this being your first time!"
"I just don't understand why we can't just buy our candy and be done with it," Dipper spoke up, wiping the smile from her sister's face. Mabel removed her arm around Y/n's shoulders.
"That sorta takes the fun out of trick-or-treat-or-die, Dipper."
"I'm trying to take the die out of trick-or-treat-or-die!"
They all walked to the first house, which belonged to Lazy Susan. Another group of trick-or-treaters just received a bagful, so that means she's generous with her candy.
"Just say trick-or-treat, Y/n," Mabel said, facing her. "You need to be adorable, which you really don't have to do anything. Right, Dipper?" she nudged him casually, making him blush for a brief moment before looking away.
The team walked up to Lazy Susan and shouted in unison, "Trick-or-treat!"
"And is everybody in costume?" She began pointing them out one by one, naming them. "Chimney sweep (Grenda), elephant man (Soos), squeegee (Candy), ant farm (Mabel), hotdog sandwich! (Y/n)" She stopped at Dipper. "Oh, and what are you supposed to be?"
"Uh, actually, I'm not dressed up as anything. We're, we're kinda in a hurry here."
"Oh. I see."That made Susan frown as she began giving everyone except Dipper one piece of candy. "Enjoy!" She screamed with a smile before slamming the door shut.
"One piece of black licorice?!" Grenda complained.
Candy brought up her own lousy reward. "Circus peanut! This is loser candy."
"Five pieces of candy?! This is gonna take forever!"
"We've gotta up our game, Dipper. You gotta put on your costume," Mabel advised.
Dipper stubbornly declined. "I told you, I'm not up to it, Mabel!" He coughed in perfect timing again.
"Oh, really?" The Trickster appeared on top of a street light before climbing down onto Soos and picking up a candy from his bag. He inspected the piece as he hummed. Soos was quivering in fear. "I've seen better."
"Get off of him!" Y/n demanded, unafraid.
The Trickster jumped away and flipped onto a roof as he grabbed a lit Jack O' Melon. "Tick-tock..." he blew the candle out before jumping behind the house.
"That monster is seriously so dramatic..." Y/n muttered under her breath.
Mabel turned to Dipper. "So, what was that about being too sick to wear a costume?"
He sighed defeatedly as he kicked a rock.
***
A few minutes after coming back to the Shack and getting the costume before regrouping in the street and Dipper hiding later, Mabel finally welcomed her brother to the gang. "Introducing, for the first time in public..." Dipper walked out, shamefully wearing his costume. "TADA! Peanut Butter and Jelly!"
Everybody aww'ed in unison at the sight. Y/n couldn't help but smile at them. It was indeed a precious moment.
Dipper groaned. "Let's just get this over with, okay?"
The group lined towards the next street, splitting up to different houses. The peanut butter boy reached up and pressed the doorbell before facing the jelly girl. "Do you really think this will make a difference?"
A biker opened the door, grunting and holding a bowl of candy. The pair began dancing together before exclaiming, "TWINS!" with a broad grin. The biker stared at them before looking up, his eyes welling up with tears of joy. He threw the entire candy bowl into their bag, and the twins ran away in delight.
Grenda, Candy, Soos, Y/n had just returned from their respective homes they just trick-or-treated in, meeting in the middle to unload their earned candy. "Let's get that candy guys!"
More trick-or-treating ensued with Dipper and Mabel using their twin powers to charm the residents and making them give all the candy they had left. The notepad and pen that was inside Y/n's trench coat that was supposed to be a harmless prop came in handy as they used it to list the number of candies that they have.
The more candy they have in their wheelbarrow, the less time they have left until the last Jack O' Melon was blown out. A couple of ringing and dinging bells later, Mabel had just upturned her bag and a few more candy spilled out into the wagon. "499! We did it!" The group cheered. "All we need is one more piece of candy!"
"And it's only 8:30," Dipper said, looking at his watch. "Perfect timing!"
Perfect timing for what? Y/n wondered.
Mabel hugged him tightly. "Ah, and your cough went away, too!"
"Dude, I'm gonna go around and grab the truck. Soos, away!" Soos ran off with his cape wavering behind.
The ecstatic girl turned to Grenda, Candy, and Y/n. "Last one to the last house is a pair of wax lips!" The three giggled as they sprinted while Grenda screamed that she wasn't a wax lip.
The four girls arrived at the supposed last house by the corner of the street. "So, how was your first time trick-or-treating with us, Y/n?" Mabel asked, nudging her slightly.
"It was so fun! I didn't know it was fun," Y/n admitted with a huge smile on her face. "I can't believe a bunch of kids dressed up as various things get rewards from grown adults just because they have to!" The other three laughed at Y/n, making her confused. "Am I wrong?"
Mabel stopped chuckling first. She rang the doorbell and the girls greeted with "Trick-or-treat!" The woman sadly motioned to her hands that held a single piece of candy. "It's perfect, ma'am! Thank you!" They all began to walk back but Y/n spoke again.
"Wait, why did you guys laugh at me?"
"Oh, Y/n, you are such a nerd– and I don't mean that in a bad way, no. You know you don't have to spout out smart stuff all the time, right? Dipper's already impressed with you."
That only added to her confusedness. "...what?"
The trio giggled to one another. "He is... wait for it... nuts about you!" Everyone except Y/n burst into laughter again. "HAH, get it? Because he's a-" Mabel was cut off by her own laughter. "He's peanut butter! HAHAHA!"
Y/n shook her head. "You guys are hard to decipher."
Mabel slung her arm around her shoulders, not caring about the fake blood stain that might dirty her costume. "Don't worry your pretty little head, Y/n. You can talk to him about it later. Speaking of Dipper, let's–!"
Her words died in her throat as the four of them watched Dipper conversed with Wendy without his costume. "...party?" was the last part of Wendy's sentence.
Dipper was chuckling. "Yeah, yeah, I'm definitely coming." He nodded.
The van eventually speeded off as he waved them away. "Later, guys!"
Mabel stood there, frozen. "You're going to a party?"
His eyes widened as he turned around and saw their disappointed faces, his sister having the deepest frown. "Well, hey, I-"
He was cut off by the last piece of candy thrown directly at his face. "That's why you were acting so weird and trying to hurry us!" Mabel exclaimed. "You're not sick at all! So if it wasn't for this crazy monster, you were gonna ditch me! On our favorite holiday!" Her lip wobbled as she spoke.
Candy and Grenda said, "Ooooh" in unison, while Y/n remained silent.
"What happened to the DIpper who used to love Halloween?!" Mabel looked away as he remained silent. She looked around. "And where's all the candy?!"
"Relax, relax!" Dipper tried to ease her worries with a relieved grin. "I left it right here. Behind this bush." He walked over to the shrubs and pushed away the leaves before looking over. "Oh no."
The candy-filled wheelbarrow had fallen into a creek gorge, and the majority of the candy was floating downstream.
"What did you do?!" Mabel yelled further as they felt a pit to their stomachs. All their hard work was gone, down the drain. There was no way they could get another 500 pieces of candy with almost all the Jack O' Melons out.
Everybody looked around and they saw the houses all dark with no signs of light in them. "Oh no, all the Jack O' Melons are out!" Panicked Mabel.
"Look!" Dipper pointed down the road where the last melon was still lit. Old Man McGucket stood beside it with a large unknowing smile. "Hehe! Good night!" He inhaled his breath, ready to blow.
"Stop!" They got to him and tried to explain that he shouldn't blow out the candle.
"What?!" He had to pull out a horn to his ear.
"Don't blow out that candle!" Dipper shouted.
The man threw away the horn carelessly as he jollied, "I'm Old Man McGucket!" He inhaled again.
"Wait-!"
Grenda rammed into the old man and got a hold of the Jack O' Melon. "Sorry."
McGucket crawled away, producing sounds from an animal they couldn't identify. Finally, he was gone, and the melon was still lit. "Phew, that was close." The group sighed in relief, but the air from the mouths caused the candle to go out. Very unfortunate.
"Uh oh."
As if on cue, the Trickster appeared from under a lone streetlight, stepping into view. "Knock knock." He continued walking forward, and the team walked back. "So, children. Where's my candy?"
The three girls hugged each other in fright. Y/n was trying to devise a plan to escape from this monster, while Dipper was trying to reason. "I swear, we had all 500 pieces. Look! It's down there somewhere, we can still get it!"
The monster's limbs suddenly stretched him to a much taller height. "I'm afraid it's too late!" His back popped from behind, ripping away his sort of clothing. He leaned towards Dipper, mocking him with his slender fingers. "That was your last chance!"
Dipper took out the last candy he got from Mabel and attempted to attack him with it, flinging it towards the monster, but they watched as it only got absorbed with its flesh. The Trickster laughed maniacally. Okay, so it probably absorbs anything it hurls at him so they shouldn't go near it.
Y/n grabbed Mabel's hand, making her hold onto Grenda, who clasped her arm with Candy. "Let's go!"
Everyone ran around the Trickster, who followed them. The group suddenly collapsed and was being captured one by one by its morphing arms. "What are you made of?!" Y/n shouted, thrashing around in its hold. Surely he has a weakness once she finds out what he is.
It took hold of everyone, swinging them around as if it won a prize, until a van crashed into the monster, causing it to explode. The children went flying. The van stopped and Soos looked out the window. "Woah."
"Soos!" They were glad he was there to save the day, perfect timing and all.
"That wasn't like a regular pedestrian, was it?" He asked.
"It was the monster!"
"Thanks, Soos," Dipper said, turning to Mabel. "I'm just glad it's over, right?" He asked, only to receive no answers from her. She walked away towards the truck and hopped inside.
Once everyone was in the car, Soos asked the group, "Did everyone remember to put on their seatbelts?"
"Yes." Everyone except Mabel and Y/n – who just hummed – said. Mabel nodded without saying a word.
The truck drove off. Dipper and Mabel sat up front, while Y/n was in between Candy and Grenda. Mabel rubbed her slowly bruising elbow under her sleeve, not saying a word. "Hey, are you okay?" Dipper noticed. She turned away, giving him a cold shoulder. "There are probably some bandages back at the Shack..." he tried to reassure but all he received was nothing. He breathed a sigh.
Mabel was gazing outside the car's window when all of a sudden, particles of what looked like mush were taken by wind, moving quickly past her. "Uh... guys?" She said, looking back at the road to see the Trickster's body slowly being reassembled.
The smiley face mask was still there, and his limbs grew back, but he didn't even finish his transformation when he jumped into the air and crashed onto the car's roof, making Soos swerve as everybody screamed.
Soos managed to get the Trickster to release its grip, but the vehicle was still zigzagging. The van made an unsuspecting turn towards the Summerween store. "Hit the brakes, Soos!" Y/n shouted over the commotion.
The handyman stomped on the pedal and the tires screeched against the pavement until it eventually rammed into the sliding doors, smashing the glass. The car was now inside, dashing through shelves and merchandise before stopping.
Everyone managed to get out of their seats and into the store. Dust littered the room as Y/n checked if no one got hurt. The Trickster appeared in the giant hole the car made, crawling on the ground. "We have to hide!" Dipper yelled and the group hid behind the shelves.
The Trickster was getting more bloodthirsty by the second, destroying everything in its path. "He's blocking the only exit..."
Mabel and Dipper decided to hide on one of the lower shelves as well as Grenda, Candy, and Y/n. Soos was standing with the hung up costumes.
"Everyone, stay quiet!" Dipper whispered to the other four.
Y/n tapped her fingers against a surface as she thought of a plan. They can't be stuck here forever. It's only a matter of time until the Trickster finds them and devours them. She couldn't just sit here and wait. She had to do something.
So she crouched out of the shelf and looked around to see if the creature was nearby. "Y/n, what are you doing?"
"I'm finding another way out," she told them.She scouted the area as thoroughly as she could before proceeding to the other side of the aisle. A grip on her wrist stopped her, and she faced Dipper standing up from behind the shelf.
His brow furrowed in concern. "Stay! The monster might see you!" He hissed.
Mabel couldn't help it, she was angry. "Oh, now you're worried about the monster. I thought all you cared about was the party!"
Dipper still had Y/n in his grip, turning to his sister as he crouched back down with her. "Mabel, you know that's not true."
The two sensed that the Trickster was coming their way so they fit inside the shelf with Mabel. They stopped breathing for a bit until the monster passed by completely. Now, the three were squished together in a tight space. "I just..." Dipper continued in whispers, "I felt like I was getting a little too old for trick-or-treating."
"That's exactly why we need to go trick-or-treating, Dipper! We're getting older, there's not that many Halloween's left!" She turned away with a sigh. "I guess I didn't realize it was already our last one."
Dipper's eyes widened. As if he had only realized that this meant so much to Mabel. He looked down to the patterned floor and remained quiet. If only Y/n could reach over and give her a comforting hug, but she's afraid that there are more important things to take care of at the moment. |
"We have to find a way to not let him see us," Y/n told the group, thinking of a plan.
Soos stood still by the costume rack "If only there were something we could use to cover our bodies and faces with. You know, like a disguise of some kind..." he trailed off, placing fingers under his chin.
Mabel, Dipper, and Y/n looked at one another, having the same idea.
The group managed to find identical capes with skull masks – except for Soos, who donned a gorilla outfit. They tip-toed around the monster, stopping moving when it was near. Good thing the Trickster didn't have good senses. Does he even have a proper face with ears and a nose?
"Almost there!" Dipper said, leading the line.
Y/n paused in her movements, noticing that one person wasn't with them. "Wait-" she turned around and saw Soos by the shelves of cackling skulls again. "Soos!" she whisper-shouted towards the man, alerting everyone else as they stared at him in panic.
"Soos, don't you dare!" Mabel warned, pointing at him.
Soos held his hands together. "Sorry, dude, today's been way stressful. I need some levity. He pressed one of the skulls— but nothing happened.
Mabel smiled in relief as she faced the group. "Oh, thank goodness. It was out of batteries."
Unfortunately, Soos found a package of batteries, and was now struggling to open it.
"Soos, no!"
He eventually put the batteries inside of the toy but before he pushed down the head again, he was tackled to the ground. Y/n climbed on top of his belly. "Cut it out, man! The monster will hear you!" She snarled.
"No, let me hear it!" No matter how Y/n tried to push him down, Soos just easily managed to get up because of his height against her. "I... want... the... jokes!" He bumped the toy skulls and it turned on.
"No matter the score, I'm always a-head! Nyahaha! Nyahaha!"
Soos laughed as well, slapping his leg. "I'm sorry, Y/n, but this cackling head's the voice of a generation!"
Y/n's eyes widened, completely ignoring what he said as the Trickster was coming up behind them as its mouth opened. Soos turned around as well and the monster finally made its move, widening its mouth and leaning down. Y/n got into a fighting stance, but before the monster reached them, Soos pushed her away, sending her back to the group, before he was eaten.
She stared in shock. Why did he have to sacrifice himself for her?! Before she could call herself all the ugly names, Dipper's voice echoed through the hallway. "Hey, monster!" Y/n averted her gaze to the group pulling out toy weapons and began charging towards the Trickster. Mabel tossed her a plastic spear and they were all attacking the large being.
Grenda leaped into the air and swung her ax and it was effective, cutting off one of the Trickster's limbs. As they bash their weapons into its limbs, some particles were flying out, and poor Grenda had a taste of them. Her brows furrowed as she found the taste familiar. "Saltwater taffy? Gross!"
Dipper hacked at a leg, and the same itty bits came at him. "What are you–?!" He tasted a piece. "Wait, it is!" He confirmed Grenda's suspicions.
"You really haven't figured it out yet?" The Trickster said, picking everyone up as he brought them closer. "Don't you recognize me? Look at my face! Look closely." He pulled the smiley mask off to reveal that he was an amalgamation of various candy pieces. Cherry swirlies for his eyes, pepper sticks for his brows, apple licorice for his lips, and worst of all, candy corn for his teeth. The rest of his so-called flesh was just littered with-
"Loser candy!" Mabel shouted.
"That's right!" The Trickster said, proceeding to tell his backstory– how he was rejected so he sought revenge on the picky children. "No one would eat me. But now, I'm going to eat you." The twins screamed, holding each other. They hear something grumbling, making the Trickster struggle to speak. "What is that?!" He screamed in pain as his body was growling and moving around.
Suddenly, Soos tore through the Trickster's chest, screeching. The creature dropped the group as he fell to the ground, vomiting jelly beans. Soos sat atop of the monster comfortably, basically eating his insides with a smile. "You guys want some of this?"
Everyone shook their heads. Y/n grimaced, feeling like Mabel after eating those expired Smile Dips. "I don't wanna eat any candy ever again," she said after seeing this horrifying view.
"Wait! You actually think I taste... good?"
Soos shrugged. "Uh, sure! You know."
The Trickster smiled. "All I've ever wanted is for someone to say that I was... good!" He began sobbing as candy corn came out of his eyes, "I'm so happy!"
Gorney was also safe inside of the Trickster's stomach, screaming happily, "I've bween twaumatized!"
Eventually, everyone decided that it was time to go home. The Trickster was gone because his unfinished business was finally, well, finished. Luckily, the truck was still working after the crash. After removing all the debris, they finally got in and drove back to the Shack.
The moon was still high up in the sky as the group entered through the living room. They greeted Stan by the door who was watching a horror movie.
"Hey, Dipper!" Wendy chimed in as she had been sitting from the chair on the left of them. She was carving a watermelon.
"Wendy!" He was surprised to see her here, especially now where she could see him in his peanut butter costume with Mabel.
The redhead frowned. "I didn't see you at the party. Where were you?" She asked.
Dipper began stuttering, stalling for a cool excuse to somewhat impress her as she waited with an eyebrow raised. He stopped and decided that he shouldn't lie anymore and he shouldn't be ashamed of it. So with a proud grin, he told her. "I was trick-or-treating. With my sister." He brought her in for a side-hug, making Mabel smile.
Wendy turned to Y/n who was looking at the now cracked fake glasses. "Wait, you went trick-or-treating too, Y/n?"
"Isn't it obvious?"
The older teen smiled. "Well, I gotta say, I like your hotdog costume."
"It's not a hotdog costume! Why do people keep saying that?!"
"Maybe because of your beige coat, beige pants, and beige hat that looked like a hotdog bun," Mabel happily pointed out.
Dipper agreed. "Mm, and the fake blood honestly looked like ketchup."
Y/n sighed in defeat, deciding that denying the hotdog theory would be pointless anyway.
Wendy was telling them that the party was lame and that Robbie ate a lollipop stick first and had to go home sick, making Dipper stifle a laugh.
"Aw man," Mabel said, frowning, "we went to every single house, and we didn't even get to eat any candy!"
"Candy?" Stan asked from the yellow chair before bringing out two large sacks. "How's that for candy?"
The trio grinned at each other. Everyone got out of their costumes except for Soos (who stupidly didn't bring his clothes) as Stan turned the bags upside down, letting all the candy fall to the ground. The TV had just announced that the movie is coming back from a commercial break. Y/n turned off the lights as everyone settled around the pile of candy.
Dipper returned from upstairs and silently entered the room, sitting on the steps. He carefully attached a bandage on Mabel's sore arm and they smiled at each other.
They were quietly munching on candies as they intently watched the supposed horror movie until Soos broke the silence.
"I ate a man alive tonight."
***
Notes:
KRPHZRUN: WKH FDQGB LV DFWXDOOB WDVWB - B/Q
Chapter 15: Exchanging Bosses and Bodies
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Summerween had passed exactly two weeks before. Things had moved slowly but steadily. Nothing significant had occurred. Stan kept working for the Shack, while Y/n was trapped in the portal room every evening until morning. No one questioned her erratic sleeping schedule, though Y/n appreciated it when Mabel made a plan and informed her ahead of time so she could adjust her time frame.
One morning, Stan was watching his favorite show with the kids, 'Cash Wheel' with his niece and nephew until Soos came and announced that they had a bus full of tourists coming in from different places. Stan made sure that the prices of each merchandise were tripled– no, quadrupled.
He even used Dipper as an attraction, having him dress in a wolf costume, who dances when people throw money at him. Mabel attempted to give one bumper sticker on the house until Stan chastised her for giving away something for free. Mabel told him to use his please and thank you, but Stan argued back that those words never earned him money.
The rest of the day, the employees of the Mystery Shack were ordered to paint the whole sign with pink glitter to attract more tourists before Stan went outside and saw Y/n by the vending machine.
"Oh, my- I thought you were someone else." Y/n jumped as she heard him by the door. She had just exited through the fake door and if someone saw her come out, their whole cover would be blown.
Stan rolled his eyes. "You're lucky the tourists were down at the museum or else you would have ruined everything. Now give me a Pitt Cola."
"Of course I peeked first before coming out. You think I'm an idiot?" Y/n elbowed the glass and the machine automatically spat out two cans of sodas. She took the two, tossed one to Stan, and they opened it at the same time.
Meanwhile, the four people standing on the roof in filthy clothes were now complaining about Stan being the worst boss ever. Soos also shared his own experience with Stan disagreeing with his idea of having a Mystery Shack mascot, which Mabel thought was where Stan crossed the line.
Stan entered after saying his goodbyes to the customers on his porch. When Mabel appeared behind him, he almost dropped the jar full of money. She followed him to his office, complaining that he had gone too far this time. "Did you seriously tell Soos not to follow his hopes and dreams because he 'couldn't handle it'?!"
The older man explained his way of bossing then around but Mabel was just not having it. "No way! I bet you'd make way more money being nice than being a big grumpy grump to everyone all the time!"
He was unimpressed all the same. "Ha! You think you know more about business than I do? You think you could wear this hat?"
Mabel accepted the challenge with glee, proclaiming that she can turn the situation around. Stan mocked her once more, claiming that he could make more money on vacation than Mabel could running the place.
"Then why don't you go on a vacation?"
Her proposition made him raise an eyebrow in interest. He rubbed his chin, thinking of a deal as he is a wagering man. "3 days. 72 hours. You run the Shack, and I'll go on vacation. If you make more money than me, then I guess it means you're right about the way I run my business."
Mabel stayed silent, contemplating his words.
"But if you lose, you- uh..." He picked up a random, dirty shirt from the floor and wrote 'LOSER' in marker. "You gotta wear this LOSER shirt all summer!"
She stared at the shirt in horror, imagining herself in the horrendous shirt, but she's not putting down a fight. "Fine! But if I win, I get to be the boss for the rest of the summer! Plus, you have to sing an apologizing song with lyrics by me! Mabel."
They had themselves a deal.
Stan changed his clothes before packing his belongings. He stuffed his suitcases into the trunk of his car. After closing it, he turned to face his niece. "See you in 72 hours! We'll see who makes more money." He entered his car, but before closing it, he threw his fez, which landed on Mabel's head.
But before he drove away, he returned his gaze to her. "Oh, and don't ask Y/n for help." He was gone before Mabel knew it.
An hour passed when Dipper knocked on Y/n's bedroom door. "Y/n? You there?"
She opened the door after a moment. "What's wrong?"
He shrugged. "Nothing's wrong, it's just that Mabel is calling us from Stan's office,"
"Why would she be–"
"She made a bet with Stan that she runs the Shack for 3 days while Stan is on vacation."
Y/n paused, averting her gaze. Stan? Outside? It was the first time he had been away from the Shack in 30 years. He deserved it because he's been working so hard. "Hm."
"So, are you coming?"
"Alright," she replied, "just give me a moment."
Dipper stood outside the closed door. He'd never been inside her room before and was curious about what it looked like. He never got a good look because the door was always shut.
Y/n walked out again after a full minute. "Okay, let's go."
On the way to Stan's office, they met Soos and Wendy who apparently were also called to meet 'Stan' but when they opened the door and stared at the large office chair, the old man was replaced by a young girl wearing an oversized suit with glasses.
Mabel had already sent a message to Stan that she has a different approach to business, as Y/n could tell. She has no idea how this will go, despite the numerous motivational posters hung on the wall and stickers attached to every tool.
The young boss informed everyone that Stan had gone on vacation and that they had made a bet that she would be the Mystery Shack's temporary show-runner.
So far, Mabel's shower of compliments and positive outlook have stood in stark contrast to Stan's nagging and demanding demeanor, which makes Y/n concerned. She's been in the Mystery Shack business for decades and is well-versed in its operations. She knew how to win over customers and how to attract tourists. She just hoped Mabel's temporary job wouldn't be too stressful.
All previous working conditions have been transformed into a relaxed, yet cooperative environment. Wendy's request to have friends at work was granted, Mabel had Soos' dream costume ready, and Dipper was dispatched to capture the next Shack's attraction.
Naturally, the boy was ecstatic, eager to discover anything that might exist in the journal. Y/n stood there watching as he practically jumped out the window.
"As for you, Y/n..." she heard Mabel say. She turned to the glasses-wearing tween. "How would you like to change the way you move around this establishment?"
Y/n didn't have an answer she could give to Mabel considering Stan really didn't give her a heavy load of work, but she didn't want to look like she wasn't interested with Mabel's changes around the Shack. "Well, if you want, Mabel, I can be your assistant around here. You know, in case things get hectic."
It was a sincere offer. With Stan gone, it was up to Y/n to take care of the Shack. She was a little concerned, but she knew they could handle it. What possibly could go wrong?
To put it mildly, the first 12 hours have been... okay. Mabel was wholeheartedly attempting to be a better boss, but nothing is truly better than before. The tour, led by Mabel and Y/n, was pleasant, and the tourists were satisfied, pouring money into the large jar.
Y/n smiled at Mabel's excited grin when she looked inside the jar filled with dollar bills.
"Guys! I caught something!" Dipper called as he arrived, pulling a large sack behind him. The creature inside was still thrashing around, groaning. "This is gonna blow those tourists away!" He laughed shakily as he couldn't contain his excitement, but it was cut short when the sack suddenly leaped and captured Dipper's arm with its mouth.
Dipper screamed, punching it repeatedly and it let go.
After praising his brother and giving a motivational speech to Soos who felt very unsure about the Questiony the Question Mark mascot, Mabel and Y/n walked inside the Shack and decided to check on the redhead.
"How's my favorite Wendy!" Mabel greeted cheerily but she was greeted back by a trashed gift shop.
Y/n felt frustrated, seeing the broken up merchandise and garbage lying everywhere as Wendy just stood there, doing nothing.
Lee and Nate were playing around with a shriveled goblin skull until the latter had the last kick that was unknowingly aimed at an innocent kid, hitting him directly into his face.
The kid cried aloud, sobbing as his mother frantically ran to him. "Billy, your face! It's ruined!"
Mabel dashed towards the woman while Y/n marched up to Wendy's friends, unafraid.
Unfortunately, they all - except for Wendy - got up and left without receiving much as a bicker from Y/n. She rolled her eyes, beginning to pick up the garbage and placing them on a nearby trash can.
The boss approached Wendy after handling the customer. "Wendy, you got a lot of cleaning up to do. Please?"
"Whoa," Wendy said, "all this rule stuff is starting to make you sound like Stan..."
Y/n stared at the older teen as she couldn't believe the incredulity of Wendy's dupe to make Mabel think that she's becoming like Stan, when she was completely aware that Mabel didn't ever want to be compared to the old man.
"What? No! I'm nothing like Stan!" Mabel hurriedly denied. "In fact, take the rest of the day off...?"
Wendy paused. "With full pay?"
Mabel didn't even hesitate, chuckling nervously. "Of course!"
The redhead gave her a thumbs up before sprinting out the door. Maybe this was her way of getting out of work, but she still took advantage of Mabel and that didn't sit right with Y/n. She shook her head as she felt that her respect for Wendy had decreased significantly.
Mabel was unnerving, even seemingly proud of herself for being such a nice boss. Y/n shook her head slightly. Oh, Mabel...
Dipper finally got the monster he captured inside the cage after nearly being killed. It was now time to show the creature to the two unsuspecting tourists. "Behold, part gremlin, part goblin..." he unveiled the cover, revealing the thrashing monster inside. "The Gremloblin!"
It was shaking the bars, groaning as spit flew everywhere. Alas, even when it spit out a real human skeleton arm, the couple easily dismissed the display as fake, referring to the body hair as strings.
Dipper tried to convince them, but they were more entertained with the other creatures. "Look at this, dear! The 'Six Pack O' Lope!'"
The man chuckled. "Wordplay!"
"No, everything else here is fake!" He pulled the two of them back to the caged monster. "This is a real paranormal beast! Hey! Fun fact about this little guy; if you look into its eyes, you can see your worst nightmare."
And looked into its eyes they did. It was also a fun little fact when its eyes glowed yellow and rendered the couple speechless. It was also quite hilarious when Dipper had to call for the ambulance because they were now permanently scarred, quivering and stammering.
"Thanks again for visiting!" Dipper bid the vehicle away, trying to appear optimistic but quickly abandoning the act when the ambulance was far away.
Mabel, on the other hand, was having a particularly bad day. She was feverishly running around the gift shop, assisting customers with everything. She was frantic as she helped the customers with everything they needed, completely unaware that she was messing things up.
Slumping on the back of the counter, she let out an exhausted sigh. Dipper plopped on the ground next to her. "Welp, I just made two people go insane. How about you?"
"I'm so tired," Mabel breathed, "I gave Wendy the day off so I had to do her job."
"Where's Y/n?"
"She wanted to excuse herself. I figured she was tired, so I let her take some rest..." the girl replied.
Dipper turned to her. "Well, maybe you need to start being a little bit tougher around here. And we need Y//n's help, why are you letting her slack off, too?"
"Being tougher is what Stan would do! No way!" Mabel immediately rejected, "And you know what he said before he left; do not ask Y/n for help."
"But we need all the help we can get!" Dipper argued. "I'm sure Stan didn't mean anything."
The other twin shrugged. "Let's just give her some space, maybe she really needed it. Meanwhile, I just need to think positive, be friendly, and everything will work out fine-""
Suddenly, a roar rang throughout the gift shop and the Gremloblin burst through the wall. Tourists screamed and ran out of the Shack as Mabel and Dipper hid behind the counter.
"What?!" Dipper exclaimed. "How did he get out of his locked cage?"
Mabel was guiltily fiddling with the sleeves of her sweater. "Well... I wanted to give him a 5-minute break so I taped the key on his cage! No big deal..."
"YOU GAVE HIM A BREAK?!"
"He's an employee...! Sort of..." she tried to reason.
He face-palmed, trying to devise a plan. "We gotta round him up. Where's Soos?"
"He was stressed out, so I told him to take a soothing nature walk," Mabel replied.
"Okay, we gotta call for Y/n, then."
"No! But what if she's asleep?"
Dipper's hands were shaking. "She should be awake from the noises right now! I need to go get her!"
The two managed to run out from the counter where the Gremloblin was near. They went through the Employees' Only door next to the broken up wall.
Before they could dash off, Y/n was running out from the hall. "Oh, my– what the heck happened?!"
"Y/n! Shush!" Dipper hissed, pulling her closer to them. They managed to evade the monster's sights. He tried to explain as quickly as possible. "Don't freak out. It was supposed to be a display for the museum, but Mabel accidentally let it out-"
"You captured a Gremloblin?!" Y/n exclaimed in whispers. "How did you even-"
"It doesn't matter," he quickly moved past it, despite being aware of the enraged look in her eyes. "We need to find a way to make it leave."
Mabel, having gotten a quick peek from the door, was pacing. "What do we do? He's awarding himself stickers that he didn't even earn!"
Y/n stared at the ground, knowing exactly what to do with the monster in order to sedate it. She recalled the first time they had an encounter with the Gremloblin, how F was there and that she and Ford saved him... Stupidly, Ford thought that in order to keep it calm, it needed-
"...'water'...'" Dipper was reading from the journal. Y/n's eyes widened when she saw that Mabel wasn't with them, only to be found outside with a glass of water in front of the Gremloblin. Oh, crap. She had to do a flashback that lasted for a whole minute.
"No, don't-!" Y/n tried to stop Mabel, but she already tossed the liquid onto the creature just as Dipper turned to the next page in the journal.
"... 'only as a last resort as water will make him much much scarier'! AH!" He closed the book in a panic. "Who writes sentences like that?!"
Apparently the author. Y/n scoffed internally.
Mabel managed to run away as the Gremloblin transformed into a scarier version of him.
Y/n glanced at the monster, trying to find a way to get on its back and sending a blow on its neck. She needed a distraction, but how?
The Gremloblin spent its hours playing with the knickknacks of the shop, including the Singing Salmon, which it has been pressing for hours now.
"Ugh, why doesn't he just leave?" Mabel said, exasperated.
All of a sudden, the monster seemed to be hungry, catching a whiff of the green dollar bills tucked inside the jar. It sat up and reached for the container, pouring the cash into its mouth.
"Our profits!" Mabel cried, not hesitating to run towards the beast.
"Mabel!" Y/n and Dipper shouted in unison.
"Stop, stop!" Mabel yelled as she flailed her arms, getting the attention of the Gremloblin. The monster grabbed her and lifted her up to its face.
Y/n cupped her hands on the side of her lips. "Mabel, whatever you do, don't look into his eye!"
"It's evil, Mabel!" Dipper shouted too. "You'll see your worst nightmare!"
Mabel was persistent, thrashing around in its grip. "I wish we had an evil eye to show him!" She said to the monster, unfortunately looking into its eyes. "Oh no!" Her eyes glowed yellow, and that made Y/n go forward and to the side of the monster, climbing up the logged walls of the gift shop until she reached a high shelf.
Dipper also had a plan of his own, having thought of the most logical way to beat a creature who has a pair of evil eyes. "Hey, monster!" he called, getting a random mirror off the ground. "Take a look at this!" He showed the reflective glass and it was sent to its own nightmares, making it drop Mabel.
Before the monster could thrash around more, though, it went unconscious when Y/n bashed something hard on the back of its neck. It was probably a stone golem version of Stan as a merchandise.
"Woah!" Dipper exclaimed as the Gremloblin crashed to the ground. "Y/n, that was... amazing! How did you know that?"
Y/n got off of the beast's back. "My mom made me do judo last summer," she quickly came up with an excuse, "and one of the lessons they taught me were pressure points."
"Well, good job, because then the Gremloblin wouldn't have dealt more damage to the Shack."
Suddenly, the Gremloblin woke up with a start, began running in circles before running towards the wall and flying away, but not before breaking off the tall totem pole and setting off a car alarm.
"Oh, boy." Dipper breathed.
"Guys! It's the third day!" Mabel said frantically. "We've only got 7 hours to earn back our profits, or I've got to wear that loser shirt all summer!"
Right at the hole where the monster just burst out of were Wendy and Soos. "Hey, guys!" The redhead greeted the three. "Am I nuts, or does this place look different?"
"Wendy, Soos! Am I glad to see you," Mabel exclaimed in relief. "We've got a lot of work to do, but if we hurry, we can still beat Stan!"
Wendy sheepishly rubbed the top of her hat. "Uh, yeah. I've got a little headache, so maybe I should, like, not work today."
"And I actually just met this pack of wolves, and I think they're gonna, like, raise me as one of their own, so I should really be at the den right now..." Soos followed with his own reason why he shouldn't work today.
"But-but..." Mabel helplessly stuttered, wearing a huge frown.
"But, hey, we'll see ya on Monday." Wendy and Soos didn't even notice Mabel's change in mood as they both walked away.
"Um, guys?" Y/n tried to butt in and explain that they would really need their help. I mean, did they even see the look of the Shack? How insensitive.
Mabel was twitching angrily, holding her purple pen so tightly that it broke in her hand. "ENOUGH!" Her scream was through the roof, stopping both Soos and Wendy from leaving. Dipper and Y/n gasped at her sudden change in tone. She walked to the back of the counter. "I have HAD IT! I fought a monster to save this business, and this is how you repay me?! I'm gonna get an ulcer from your lollygagging!"
Wendy raised an eyebrow. "Lollygagging?"
Soos followed. "Ulcer? You're acting... different."
"You shut your yaps!| Mabel shouted back, making the two gasp. "I've been doing everyone's job while you bums have been bleeding me dry!"
"B-but, I-"
"No buts except yours on the floor cleaning! Now quit loafing and get to work!"
"Yes, Mabel."
Mabel narrowed her eyes. "That's yes, BOSS!" She slammed her hand against the counter, making Stan's fez fall and land on her head. She looked in the nearby mirror and gasped when she saw who she looked like. "Dipper, what have I become?" She wondered aloud.
Dipper appeared beside her and laid a comforting pat on her back. "What you had to, Mabel. What you had to." He nodded.
"We've got 7 hours to turn this around!" She stood on the counter, holding up the money jar. "Let's go, people!"
And they were off to work. Soos had to contact a construction worker with an excavator to fix the totem pole. Wendy was sweeping the floors while Y/n was fixing the broken walls of the gift shop.
Mabel was yelling on the megaphone, still wearing the red fez. "Time is money, hard hat! You got complaints, file them with the complaint department!" She shouted, holding up a trash can. "Ugh, my back." She stretched with a groan.
Then, a tour bus pulled up on the yard, making Mabel yell angrily at her megaphone once more. "Dipper, we've got tourists at 9 o'clock!"
Dipper was in front of her. "But what do I show them? Real magic just freaks people out."
"Figure something out, knucklehead!"
After thinking of numerous ideas, he eventually came up with one. "Soos, c'mere!"
The two quickly came up with the idea of having Soos as one of the attractions, naming him 'The Horrible Giant Question Baby,' with Dipper even dressing up like a mini Mystery Man. Of course, the people were sold, pouring their money into the photographs and the gift shop. Concerning the shop, it was fortunate that it was repaired quickly and that Y/n knew where the other stocks of merchandise were hidden so that they could sell it.
Dipper waved goodbye to the tourists, who were all holding their own Mystery boxes. "We put the 'fun' in 'No Refunds'!" He walked back inside the Shack. "How'd we do?"
Mabel pridefully lifted the container. "We filled the whole jar!"
Everyone in the room cheered and hollered. Guess they had the chance to defeat Stan after all.
Y/n wasn't all that enthusiastic even after the results of today. All that jarful of money would all just go away once they calculated the expenses, then the damages...
Dipper brought out the printing calculator and began counting the bills. She pulled out the amount of cash they needed for the repairs as he was inputting the numbers into the device. They worked flawlessly, whilst the rest of the three watched. "Minus the money to replace all the furniture, supplies to fix the Shack. That leaves us..."
Mabel glanced at the lone buck sitting on the bottom of the jar. "One dollar..." she frowned.
The door was slammed open as Stan walked in with his suitcase and a digital clock that read 00:00. "Tick-tock! Time's up, kids!"
"Oh, no!"
Stan strode to the five of them by the counter. "Nice to see you learned how to dress while I was gone." He said, pointing at Dipper's Mystery Man outfit.
The boy glared at him in reply as Mabel asked, "How much did you beat us by?"
"I won three hundred thousand dollars!" The older man exclaimed. The twins gasped, while Y/n was looking around him for the money or the large check but it was nowhere to be found. Did he leave it in his car? "And then..." he trailed off, telling the story of how he had gotten to the final part of the game where he just needed to guess one more word.
Rich, the host of the show, had said the hint for the final word, "What is the six-letter word you use to ask for something politely? For example, 'May I blank have that'?" Stan had answered wrong the first time, and even when he was given another chance, he was unsurprisingly incorrect again because the word was-
"Please!" Mabel pointed at the sticker with a huge grin on her face, her braces shining.
Stan frowned in defeat. "Apparently that word can make you money."
Y/n couldn't help it. She burst out in laughter. The older man narrowed his eyes on her. "Really rubbing it in, Y/n," he grumbled.
Her laughter dissipated just as Dipper spoke. "So, wait. If you lost everything, then that means... Mabel, you won!" He turned to his sister.
They were overjoyed, but when Stan explained that part of their bet included Mabel becoming the new boss, everyone objected. Stan was perplexed, but Mabel admitted that trying to be boss was difficult. She handed him his fez, which she had been wearing for the entire afternoon. Her grunkle reapplied the hat as he drew the twins in for an embrace. "It's nice to be back, you know?" The three of them smiled.
"Okay, okay, that's enough, get off-a me!" Stan said, playfully pushing the twins away from him. He then turned to his other two employees with a calm smile, holding his hand together. "And Soos, Wendy... get to work!" He cleared his throat. "...please. Ugh, still hurts."
Y/n sighed and rolled her eyes. Stan had good intentions, he truly does, and he has such a kind heart. He just doesn't know how to express his feelings, though he does so through actions.
"Mabel, didn't your agreement say something about Stan having to do some kind of apology dance if he lost?" Dipper spoke after a moment.
Stan became hysterical. "N-no. No, it didn't!"
Mabel nodded with a malicious grin. "Actually, yeah, I think I have it in my notes here."
"No! That never happened!"
Wendy, having overheard the entire conversation, popped in with a laugh. "I'll get the camera!"
"Alright, let me just..." Stan dashed away from the three as far as he could. But he couldn't run away forever.
***
To say the least, the next few days have been eventful. Y/n had fallen back into the bottomless pit after Stan insisted on getting rid of his Mystery Shack suggestion papers despite the strong wind and storm that was approaching. She was now strung along with the twins and Soos, who attempted to save Stan, and they ended up telling stories for twenty one minutes.
The last time she was in the pit was with Ford and it was... an experience. She spent her minutes constantly thinking about her mentor and the feeling of knowing more about him. He tried to tell jokes, and each one was funny (she loved bad jokes), and she'd gotten to know more about him and his life before Gravity Falls.
They told stories with Stan, Dipper, Mabel, and Soos that were entertaining enough to last the entire twenty-one minutes of falling in the pit.
The following day was the hottest day of the summer. Y/n had no idea what 110 degrees hotter felt like because, obviously, she doesn't feel pain. She sat comfortably with her jacket on her study table in her room, while the others were suffering in heat, sweating profusely even with most of their clothes discarded, and laying on the ground.
She refused Stan's invitation to the newly opened pool because she wanted nothing more than silence while reading one of her favorite books. Fortunately, Stan didn't care about her opinion because all he wanted to do was go to the public pool and cool off. She was given command of the entire Shack, so she had the entire house to herself - and Waddles.
The very next day was completely normal. Mabel and Dipper were having fun with their new "Attic Stuff Mini-Golf" game. Their room was filled with props made from items found in the Shack, such as Dipper's old laundry "where man fears to tread," as Mabel put it.
Dipper had just sunken a Stan shot, and they were arguing about whether it was a legal play or not, when Mabel's Meow o'clock began to ring. She handed him her golf club. "Hey, Dipper, I gotta go hang out with Candy and Grenda tonight."
"Aw, again? You can't leave mid-game." Dipper frowned.
"Don't be silly, I'm not leaving," the other twin smiled. "My friends are coming to me!"
"Wait, what?!" The boy's eyes widened, dropping the clubs as he realized... "Oh, no. No no no. Sleeping bags? Rom-coms? Calling All Boys: Preteen Edition?!" He stepped back in fear. "You're not having a..."
The door opened behind him, and there stood Candy and Grenda grinning in the shadows. They jumped in, finishing Dipper's sentence. "Sleepover!"
Dipper screamed in horror that could be heard in the entire house.
The girls had arranged their cushions and pillows, as well as their snacks and essentials, together. They were talking about boys (as usual) when Mabel began screaming, followed by Candy and Grenda, who then began punching the wooden floor.
In the other half of the room, Dipper was losing his mind and hearing.
He tried asking the girls to do this somewhere other than their room because of the noise, but when they retaliated using makeovers, he decided that he shouldn't be here as he's pretty much outnumbered. So he took his pillow and blanket and began to tread through the hallways of the Shack, walking up to Soos who stood in front of a door that says "Break Room".
"Hey, Soos, can I sleep in your break room tonight?" He sighed.
Soos smiled, "Of course, dude." He opened the door to reveal a very cramped up closet with hazardous pipes and steam. When the handyman further explained how to fit inside, Dipper just walked away and found himself going near Y/n's room.
The thought of sleeping in the same room as her was awkward, but he had no choice. So, with all his strength and courage, he lifted his hand and knocked three times on the door. He waited with baited breath, but there was no response after a few seconds. He knocked again, louder and faster this time because he was getting worried about his actions.
It was silent again, making him sigh. Guess she was a heavy sleeper.
After a few minutes of searching for places to sleep in, he finally found the perfect place. He breathed out in relief. "Sleeping under the stars..." He could feel the cold grass under his vest, and the rubble under his pillow, but he couldn't care. "Not bad."
He momentarily closed his eyes, but not before he heard a growling sound. He sat up and saw a wolf biting on his leg. "Ah! Get off! Get away!" He tried to push away the creature, but then he looked up at the window of his room and saw Mabel, Grenda, and Candy jumping up and down, singing very loudly.
Dipper's gaze reverted to the wolf, who was still biting and shaking his ankle. "This is still better," he said, glaring, and laying down again as the wolf gnawed on his leg.
The morning arrived and that's where Mabel bid her friends goodbye and promised a next time. Dipper returned to his room, all beaten up with a black eye and twigs in his hair. He proceeded to lay on his bed. "Mabel, last night an owl tried to eat my tongue."
Mabel only laughed optimistically. "That's great!"
"No, it's not great!" He sat up on his bed. "This is impossible to live with!" He said, gesturing to their messy and wrecked room.
Mabel was trying to cheer him up, but Dipper had had it. He put his foot down and began laying down some ground rules. One of them was prohibiting sleepovers, in which Mabel argued back that he's keeping her up every night with his summer reading.
"Well, at least my braces don't whistle when I breathe."
"At least I wash my clothes once in a while."
"Washing clothes is a waste of time, I'm a busy guy!"
"Meow meow meow meow meow!"
Dipper glared. "Alright, if you meow one more time-!"
"Meow meow meow!"
"Okay! That's it! That's the final straw!" He walked around. "Maybe we shouldn't share a room anymore!"
Mabel was taken aback, lost for words. "Wah, uh... well, maybe we shouldn't!"
"Fine by me!"
"Double fine by me!"
Dipper raised an eyebrow. "Then we need to talk to Grunkle Stan about moving rooms."
After preparing for the day with deep frowns on their faces, the twins ran to the living room where Stan was watching fights on his TV. "Grunkle Stan, we want different rooms!" Dipper demanded.
Stan laughed mockingly. "And I want a pair of magic money pants. It's not gonna happen."
"Magic money pants...?" Mabel questioned under her breath.
"Come on, Grunkle Stan. Can't we work something out?" Dipper begged.
Stan smirked. "Look, kid, there's my room and the attic. That's it."
Dipper's eyes seemed to light up as he came up with an idea. "What about Y/n's room?"
The suggestion wiped the smirk away from the older man's face as he had gotten hesitant. "Eh, I'm not sure she would want that."
"We haven't even seen her room yet, Grunkle Stan!" Mabel agreed to the idea, now feeling excited.
Stan remained silent. He didn't know what to say, but he also didn't want more silence to pass for the kids to suspect that Y/n was hiding something, which Y/n and Stan both didn't want to happen.
While all of this was going on in the living room, Y/n had been cooped up in her bedroom all morning. She had just returned from working underground all night, and she should have been sleeping, but she didn't feel sleepy at all. She suddenly felt reminiscent. She was pacing around her room aimlessly, attempting to fall asleep but failing miserably. She couldn't help herself.
She really missed him.
When was the last time they experimented for fun? Coming up with novel inventions? She took a look at the old calendar on her bedside table. 1982 was in front of it because she never ripped it off or moved it. It was simply there. She had no idea why it was still hanging there, perhaps as a painful reminder that he had been gone for 30 years and that she just liked to torture herself, or perhaps as a motivation that they should keep going or all of this would be for naught.
She began a small quest to look for experiments that she kept in her storage with a small smile, which didn't take long because it was a striking blue that immediately caught her eye. It was rolled up and tucked into a corner. She effortlessly lifted the dusty material and placed it on the ground. She grabbed the end of it and lifted it up as if dusting it, revealing good 'ol Experiment 78.
She was giggling with delight as she noticed the familiar yellow loop in the center of the design. It was laid out on the ground as she felt the material. Very shaggy. She couldn't help but laugh as she started rolling around on the carpet, feeling the electrons on her skin. She was creating carpet angels when she heard a knock on the door all of a sudden.
Opening the door slightly with a creak, Stan was on the other side with Dipper and Mabel. Immediately, she looked up at the older man's eyes that were staring down at her. "Yes?"
"They want to share rooms with you."
Y/n couldn't form a proper response. "Uh..." she then looked across to see the twins who were waiting for their answer. Just what happened that made them decide to switch rooms? "Sure." She opened the door wider for everyone to see. Stan rarely comes here, while it was the siblings' first time seeing everything.
They began listing off things that they could see about her room. "Woah, this is just as big as the one in the attic!" "You have your own toilet?!" "A study table! I would love to read here!"
While they were being excited about her room, Y/n stood beside an unimpressed Stan as she glanced at the rug that they were stepping on. She couldn't help but be worried. "Okaaay, that's enough ogling. What's going on?" She stared up at Stan.
"Well these bozos just randomly come to me demanding that they want separate rooms, don't cha, kids?" The older man said, placing his hands on his hips.
"Yeah, and in my opinion, I should be the one sharing the room with Y/n," Mabel spoke, pointing at herself. "Me and Y/n can bond over girly stuff and actually have fun. She'll have the funnest roommate ever!"
Dipper glared. "Yeah, well, I know that Y/n wouldn't wake up to my night reading because she's a heavy sleeper!"
"Wait, how did you know that?" Y/n chimed in.
He was suddenly flustered, sheepishly rubbing the back of his neck. "I was knocking on your door last night, and you didn't answer so I figured you were fast asleep..."
Y/n's eyes widened. "Oh, you were?" She composed herself. She couldn't admit that she wasn't actually in her room last night, and that she was working hard in the portal room downstairs. "I... I'm sorry, I didn't hear you..."
"That's alright," Dipper easily dismissed it. "It's perfect! I can be your perfect roommate!"
"Wait a second," Stan began, walking between both Dipper and Mabel. "So you both want to be Y/n's roommate, huh? Because I own this Shack and specifically, this room, I'll be the one who decides who gets the other half depending on whom I like more." He said so confidently even without asking for Y/n's opinion.
Stan looked around the room until his gaze fell on a random dream catcher hanging on the back of her door. He snatched the item off of the wood that made Y/n yell out in protest. "Hey, put that down! What are you gonna do with that?"
"This is just gonna act like some sort of key. Whoever got this dream catcher in the end gets to be your roommate," Stan easily answered.
"I'm not agreeing to this!"
"Come on, Y/n, how are we supposed to figure out who gets to share the room with ya?" He asked before bending down and pulling his shoelaces loose. "Uh oh, looks like my shoes untied!"
The twins looked at each other for a second before scrambling to the ground and trying to tie Stan's shoe. Stan cackled maniacally. "To the kitchen!"
He ran out of Y/n's room and Dipper and Mabel got up to follow him out the exit.
Y/n was rendered speechless. She didn't know what the heck just happened in the last ten minutes. All she knew was that she had to hide some of her personal belongings from the twins if either of them decided to stay here. While doing so, she tried to figure out Stan's plan without having to ask him directly. Is he doing this for the journal? How will this even go?
And why did the twins even want separate rooms now, anyway? What happened that made them want to do this?
Her beeping watch interrupted her brewing thoughts. She groaned, knowing what she had to do. Glancing quickly around her room, she thought that she had hidden what she needed to hide before leaving her room to tend to the portal. Her watch does the reminder for portal duties during the day.
While walking down the hall and tip-toeing around the gift shop, she kept thinking about her room. She didn't forget anything, did she?
Stan's watch was beeping too, but he quickly turned it off, focusing on his great niece and nephew instead who were busy mowing the lawn in such heat. "Dipper, you're phoning it in!" He called out before drinking lemonade.
They were eventually done with that one chore and they all went inside. "Grunkle Stan, can I go to Y/n's room? I need a little break."
He was aware that Y/n could be downstairs already, meaning that her room would be completely empty. "Sure, but she's not gonna be there."
"Oh? Where is she?"
"She's out, I made her fetch the laundry," Stan quickly came up with an excuse that the twins didn't even question.
Mabel was out and about in the kitchen, throwing in eggs in the pan and garnishes she could find in the cupboards. She wasn't saying anything as she was clearly busy.
"Hey, Dipper, before you go, I need you to fix the door hinges by the toilet. Go get the toolbox on one of those closets on the way." Stan instructed, making Dipper roll his eyes discreetly. "What was that?" Stan still caught it.
"Nothing, nothing!"
"Want me to deduct your suck-up points? You're already at a negative, you know."
"What! No, no, no! I'll do it, I'll do it. Just don't deduct my points!" Dipper begged before walking away towards the hall that leads to the toilet.
It was a fairly quick job, but not for Dipper apparently. For starters, he's too short to reach the top hinges so he had to find a stool. But the tightening part was done quite swiftly. Dipper didn't waste anymore time and made his way to Y/n's room.
Luckily, it was unlocked. It's alright to come inside her room, right? She's not home, and it'll be his room as well eventually, so it's okay, right?
He opened the door and sighed. "I mean, all these chores will be worth it. She even has shag carpeting. Nice." He removed his shoes and began shuffling his sock feet on the carpet as electricity built up around his legs.
Mabel's voice cut off his lounging moment. "Hey, brother. Don't get too comfortable. I just made Stan an omelet shaped like his own face.
Dipper stood up and began pacing around Mabel, building up more electricity.
"Face it. I'm like a suck-up ninja. Half of Y/n's room is as good as mine, and we'll be the best roomies! You might as well give up now. What do you say?" Mabel said, stretching out her hand.
He narrowed his eyes on her. "I say I'm gonna be Y/n's roommate somehow, and when I do, I wouldn't ever have to worry about any of your sleepovers, and we'll never have to share anything ever again!"
Dipper slapped Mabel's hand away, electrocuting her and causing a massive glow between them that knocked them both out.
The girl sat up first, rubbing her head. "Ugh, what happened?"
"Dipper?" The boy said. "Why are you wearing my clothes... and my..." he began to feel his skin. "...face! Am I in your body?"
"Am I in your body?!"
The two began screaming in unison. Mabel in Dipper's body ran to the toilet and threw up while Dipper in Mabel's body was having a meltdown.
After a few moments, Dipper and Mabel stared at their new, swapped bodies in Y/n's tri-fold mirror, pointing out weird things about each other now that they were in each other's bodies. "Great. Just what we need, more Gravity Falls weirdness."
"This is stupid!" Mabel exclaimed. "Sharing a room was bad enough, now we're sharing bodies?"
Dabel (in Mabel's body) walked over to the edge of the carpet and took a look at the tag. "Hey, look. 'Experiment 78'." He flipped the tag over and the back said 'Electron Carpet'. "Electron Carpet. Atoms can swap electrons. This carpet can swap electrons. It must build up a static charge so powerful it can swap minds!"
"But why does Y/n have this?" Mabel asked.
"I have no idea. W-we need to change back and tell Y/n about this."
Mipper (Mabel in Dipper's body) sighed in relief. "Phew! Glad I'm switching back. If I was you I would totally lose the contest."
"And if I was you, which I am, I could sabotage myself! Then Mabel would lose her points and the room would go to Dipper!"
"Wait what?!"
"Oh, Stan!" Dabel yelled out. "I've always hated you!" He chuckled evilly. "See who gives the room to now." He ran out of the room.
Mipper began to chase him but tripped on her feet. "Tie your shoes!"
The two attempted to say and do things that would almost certainly result in them losing points. Dabel poured cereal out of the box everywhere and laughed obnoxiously as Mipper kicked the oven and bottles around. Stan, clearly perplexed, walked out of the kitchen, followed by the twins, who demanded that the points be removed.
Back in Y/n's room, Soos was chasing down Waddles who unknowingly went inside her room because the door was wide open. It was also the handyman's first time seeing the girl's room, while Waddles didn't care as he rolled around in the carpet, loving the way it felt. "Aw Waddles," He cooed, "Nobody thinks it's cute when I lie naked on the living room floor." He began rubbing the pig's head. "I wish I could be a pig."
And, lo and behold, his wish had been granted by the electron carpet, and their bodies were swapped in a snap.
Meanwhile, Dabel was running through the hallway. "Grunkle Stan, come back! I have more terrible things to do!" He turned around. "You're toast, Mabel!" He began to sprint off, only to crash into Grenda.
"There you are, Mabel!" She exclaimed.
"Attack her with love!" Candy followed, hugging Dabel and Grenda close. The two - with Dabel embraced tightly, jumped in unison. "Sleepover!"
"What?!" Dabel thrashed. "No! No, no, no!" He screamed as he was carried up the stairs while Mipper tried to run after them.
Grenda and Candy ran into the twins' room.
"Wait, come back!" Mipper shouted. "Hey, um," she faced Grenda by the door, "can I talk to my... sister, for a sec?"
"This is a sleepover, buddy. No boys allowed!" Grenda emphasized before slamming the door in her face.
Mipper crouched down and peered through the keyhole to see Dabel unsure about the entire situation. Grenda and Candy were giggling and gushing over Grenda's mother's age inappropriate romance novels, which she had brought with her. She had just learned about the book's protagonist, Gerard the werewolf, when someone approached her.
"What's going on, Dipper?"
She gasped and tried to cover the keyhole where she was looking in. Stan glanced at the door and he had the idea on what Mipper was up to. "Ah, you're at that creepy age where you spy on girls, huh? Guess it's time you and I had a man to man talk. About the birds and the bees, you know?"
Mipper frowned deeply as Stan led her to his office. He shuffled around the room until he found just the ideal book for the topic. 'Why Am I Sweaty?' was the book's title.
While all of this was happening above, underground, Y/n was stressing out about the portal. She sighed and leaned back in her chair, staring at the control panel in front of her. Why does she have to keep the portal stable when it's not even running?
They actually needed the three journals as a blueprint for the inter-dimensional portal to work, but they only had one in their possession. Wait a minute, the third one was nearby; they just didn't have the perfect opportunity to grab it.
She shifted her gaze to the journal, which she opened to a specific page. Since when has she been staring at this section of the blueprint? She's been staring at it for three whole decades and it's already imprinted in her mind.
Shaking her head, she stood up. That's enough inquisition for the day. She glanced at the control panel again, giving it a hard punch. Her knuckles slammed against the metal but it didn't hurt one bit. She smacked it in hopes of a functional portal, but alas, no change.
Y/n rode the elevator quietly, walked up the path to the vending machine and took a peek through the glass display. The gift shop seemed to be vacant – even Wendy was out, signaling that the coast was clear. As quickly as possible, she opened the machine and lurked her way out, not forgetting to get herself a can of Pitt Cola to make it look like she was just getting herself a drink and not someone who just got out of a secret door.
Opening the can, she took a sip and exhaled in relief. The drink was always a nice one. She turned around casually and she just realized the chaotic mess of the gift shop. It looked like someone made a breakdown and destroyed everything in their path. The banners were chewed, the signboards were broken in half, and the glass jars were shattered on the ground. Who could have done this?
She heard multiple voices coming from down hall. It sounded like it was coming from her bedroom. She sprinted across, finally arriving at her room just as Dipper and Mabel were dashing out with the dreamcatcher on the boy's hand.
"Dipper, give it back!" Mabel screamed, chasing after him.
Y/n stood there, staring at the numerous unwanted visitors inside her room. She was too afraid to step inside. Clearly, their bodies have been swapped because of their personality changes.
This was her fault and all she blamed was herself for bringing the carpet out again, but she couldn't help but feel mad for the people uninvited who were screaming and laughing from the body switching shenanigan.
"Everybody, stop!" She screamed, and it was silent. "Why are you in my room?!"
Everyone looked at her, speechless as if they were caught red-handed.
"Please, don't move. I demand you all to form a circle, and shuffle your feet against the carpet," she urged them, and thankfully, they granted her request.
Eventually, each one of them had returned to their own bodies and Y/n immediately ushered them outside, one by one.
Once they were out, she was pulling her hair in frustration. What a mess.
While she was cleaning her cluttered room, the twins eventually returned from what seemed to be their feud. They stood from outside of her room, and because the door was opened, Y/n just let the two in.
She resumed her cleaning while the twins were watching her from the door.
"Hey, Y/n, I'm sorry we got inside your room without your permission," Dipper began.
"It's fine," Y/n answered without even looking at him. She was trying to focus on reorganizing the stuff on the shelf.
He stepped forward. "But, I wanted to ask you about the carpet. It was an electron carpet that can swap... well, our electrons."
Y/n almost smiled as she stopped her movements momentarily at Dipper's inquiry. The experiment still works.
Dipper paused in his speech. How does he even ask the question without making her feel bad? "Where... How... Why...?" He stuttered out. That was pathetic.
Finally, Y/n turned around. "I bought it at a yard sale; I didn't expect it to be like that!" Another lie. She couldn't decide whether she should feel bad or proud of herself for thinking of that excuse so quickly.
Before the twins could utter anything in response, she decided to change the subject. "So, who won the uh... contest?"
"Dipper won, but now I understand and won't argue about it anymore," Mabel said with a kind smile as she looked over her brother.
Y/n shrugged. "Alright."
Everyone helped with the moving, but it was mainly his bed. His clothes had a special shelf from one of Y/n's drawers. The room was parted in half, just like the attic used to be. The electron carpet was long gone. Dipper thought it was already thrown out, but it was hidden under her bed.
"Well, this is it," Y/n said, looking at Dipper who was adjusting the mattress. "We can share the study table, but, uh... is it okay if I use my toilet?"
"Uh huh. Sure..." Dipper trailed off, looking down at his pillow. He moved ever so slowly, and she had a feeling he was adorning a frown.
"What's wrong?"
He let out a sigh before turning around and sitting on the edge of his bed. "Nothing, it's..."
"It's what?"
"I thought it would feel more liberating having separated from Mabel, but I had no idea it would be..."
"Would be...?"
"Lonely," he said.
She stared at a random wall, fiddling with her hands. "I'm sorry," seemed like the right thing to say at the moment.
"No, no, don't be," Dipper quickly replied, "It's fine. It's the first time we didn't sleep in the same room, and..."
"Dude, you need to stop letting me finish your sentences."
"I already miss Mabel."
Y/n sat awkwardly on her bed, her interlocked fingers placed on her lap. She didn't like the silence this time as she could practically feel Dipper's depression resonate through the room. "Well," she started slowly, "we could always have a little sleepover?"
A small smile appeared on his face. "I can't believe I would say this but a sleepover sounds like a good idea." He looked at her with hopeful eyes. "Wanna come?"
"Oh," she jumped. "I- I figured this could be between you and your sister...?"
Dipper rolled his eyes. "Oh, come on, you've never been in a sleepover?"
With a solemn smile, she averted her gaze. It was almost comical how she didn't have time for sleepovers or other activities that most kids do. Consciously, she rubbed her baggy eyes. Her exhaustion had only recently caught up with her, and she realized she'd spent the previous thirty years underground. She was extremely fortunate to be unable to feel pain and to heal quickly, or she would have honestly died by now.
He was taken aback by her silence, which made him look at her slightly sad. He got out of bed after grabbing his pillow and did the most spontaneous thing of his day, if not his life. He approached Y/n as she looked at him expectantly.
"What are you doing?"
Dipper grabbed her hand and yanked her off her bed before leading her out of the room. "All right, come on." He was holding her hand in the one hand while still gripping the pillow on the other.
"What?"
"We're doing a sleepover... right now." Dipper smiled at her. Thankfully, Y/n let him lead her upstairs to the attic.
The boy dropped her hand before knocking on the door and a few seconds later, Mabel answered, opening it just a bit so she could only see him.
"Hey, you wanna have a sleepover?" Dipper asked sheepishly.
Mabel glanced at the pillow under his arm and smiled widely.
"Oh, and I brought a friend," he smiled and pushed the door open, allowing Mabel to see Y/n, who was waving shyly.
Her grin widened even more when she saw the two of them and immediately drew them inside. Mabel picked up her mini golf club before giving a spare one to Y/n. "Fore!" She shouted, striking a synthetic eyeball. "Let's play Attic Stuff Mini-Golf!"
Y/n let a smile stretch her lips. "How do you play?"
"Just hit the ball and we'll score the points depending on how awesome it goes!" She explained.
Dipper smiled and encouraged her, placing the eyeball on the ground by Y/n's shoes.
"Okay..." Y/n trailed off, allowing her golf club to kiss the ball for a brief moment before swinging back and swatting the ball too hard, causing it to bounce on various walls and surfaces until it crashed through the window and fell on Stan's head.
"Ah! Why am I even out here at night?!"
Their laughs filled the entire attic as they had fun for the rest of the night until they eventually passed out on the floor, cuddled together.
Notes:
RG'H LPZB GL YV GRIVW. BLF XZM GZPV Z YIVZP
Chapter 16: Bros Before Dinos
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Working at the Mystery Shack is no laughing matter. At least, that's what Stan says all the time when all they do is make tourist jokes. Y/n was at the museum, finishing up an attraction that will undoubtedly impress the crowd. It was Stan's idea, so she's perplexed as to why she's the one making it rather than him.
So there she was, accompanied by a plethora of bags of corn cobs that she had individually attached to a mesh model of a horse's carcass. She had just finished the 'Cornicorn' (Stan's idea, not hers) hindquarters when she noticed a pig- Mabel's pig- entering from the gift shop. He was wearing a red sweater with the ball of yarn still trailing off behind him.
The hog approached her slowly and sweetly. "Waddles," Y/n said as he moved in front of her. She was curious about Mabel's whereabouts because they are practically attached at the hip all the time. "Want one?" She asked when she noticed Waddles' fixated gaze on the corn in her hands.
Waddles oinked in approval and she tossed the corn to the other direction, preferably away from the Cornicorn if the swine favored the starchy vegetable. Y/n had finished the horn part when she'd turn around and saw Stan coming down. "Are you done?"
"You don't rush an artist," Y/n playfully chided. "But I'm almost done."
Stan hummed, admiring how it was all coming out. "Good thing you didn't run out of corn. I made sure I bought enough bags."
"Too bad. Could've given the rest to good 'ol Waddles over there." Y/n nodded towards the pig at the corner staring at them.
The older man groaned. "Ugh, just as I thought I could escape this pig, he just turns up everywhere I go!"
Y/n was tightening the wires around the cob when she wondered, "What's it doing down here without his best friend, anyway?"
"Eh, Mabel went out to get a huggy tummy or something and wanted me to watch over him. As if! He's a monster to deal with!"
She laughed at his irritability towards innocent little Waddles. "Oh come on, Stan," Y/n cooed, lifting Waddles to her chest. "He's just a pig, but Mabel loves him. If you love your niece, then you have to love things and animals she loves too."
Stan didn't say anything, but she knew that he was internally rolling his eyes in both disgust and annoyance. Eventually, a tour bus honked its horn, announcing its arrival. "Okay, get out of here. I have tourists to tour around."
"Sure you do," she said. She was about to bring Waddles to the ground when Stan stopped her.
"Hey, take the pig with you!"
She stared at him before bringing Waddles back to her arms. The ball of yarn was also tucked in her elbows. "Okay?"
"Don't let it wander around the gift shop or the museum. Understood?"
Y/n rolled her eyes. "Sure, fine."
She took a small flight of stairs from the museum to the gift shop with Waddles in her arms. He was thrashing around a bit before deciding to munch on her daisy necklace. "Hey, hey," she commented. "It's not an edible flower, stop." She brought him back to the floor and he stared at her.
Leaning down in front of Waddles' face, she brought her voice down in a whisper. "As much as you want to eat this, I made this necklace indestructible with a secret recipe," she winked. "You're so cute when you don't have any idea I just said," Y/n pinched Waddles' cheeks before walking away to get herself a drink.
Waddles only blinked before going back to the museum and finishing his business. His corny business.
Stan was showing the tourists around the museum, telling them how all of these are haunted and scary originals, as well as mythical creatures he invented. The group of people blindly followed Stan and believed everything he said, having arrived in this town for the first time and knowing nothing about its history.
"And here, ladies and gentleman, is our final exhibit, the most hideous creatures known to man!" He stood in front of a blanketed stand before removing the covers and revealed a large mirror that fit everybody.
They glared at their own reflection, confused, before bursting into laughter as they realized the joke. "Oh, it's us!"
"Right, right?" Stan raised his eyebrows, chuckling. "We have fun here. But seriously, folks," He walked towards the other covered attraction that was just created an hour ago. "This is something.
"I present to you, a unicorn made out of corn. The 'Cornicorn!'"
He yanked the cloth off, and the tourists made a noise of protest and disappointment. The Cornicorn's skin had been completely ripped away rom its mesh body. All of the cobs had been stripped off of its corn and it was just messy. "What the-?!" Stan exclaimed and saw the culprit of the crime.
Waddles was happily munching on the last of the mesh-bound corn.
"What a rip-off!" The one guy in the crowd complained.
"Kids, we're leaving."
Everyone turned around and walked away towards the exit as Stan wailed, "NOOOO!"
Stan's temper was out of control as the door slammed shut. He growled and turned to face the pig."YOU!"
He carried Waddles and the ball of yarn all the way up to the living room and out to the backyard. As he stomped towards an open space with a rope attached to a large nail hammered into the ground, he looked around for anyone who could catch him. "Just ten minutes without this pig in the house, is that so much to ask?"
He lowered the pig to the ground and wrapped the rope around its neck, tightening the knot before pounding the nail. "If Mabel asks, this never happened." He stood back up and began to walk away, pretending to sound like Mabel. "'Oh, but Grunkle Stan! It's not safe out there! There's predators!' Oh brother."
Suddenly, a loud noise resounded as a huge creature swooped in and captured the poor, unsuspecting pig with its claws and flew away. Stan's fez was blown off as he watched helplessly how a freaking pterodactyl was flying around with Waddles in its grasp. The poor pig was terrified.
Y/n was just listening to good 'ol BABBA in her room when her world just shook. She almost lost her balance in the earthquake and decided to run out to see if everybody was okay. She met Dipper and Soos by the hallway and she was relieved that she wasn't the only one who felt the ground shake.
The three went outside to the back and saw Stan already standing there, frozen. They saw the pterodactyl flying away, weirdly leaving a red string that hung onto some trees. A path.
"Dude, did you see that?" Soos nudged Dipper's shoulder. "That thing was a dinosaur, bro!" He exclaimed with a huge grin.
It was indeed a dinosaur, Y/n deduced. But-
"How is it possible a dinosaur survived 65 million years?" Dipper asked. She was thinking of the same thing.
"Did you see it, Mr. Pines?" They turned to Stan, who was still frozen, his gaze distant.
Y/n raised an eyebrow at the older man's odd behavior. "Are... you okay?" she asked slowly.
"It... it took him," he finally spoke, but he still looked like he was in a trance.
"Took what?"
"The pig," Stan said, "It took Waddles."
"What did you say about Waddles?"Mabel chirped happily as she arrived on her bicycle.
The four people looked at her in an awkward silence as Mabel remained unbelievably joyous, "What's going on? Why are you standing around all awkwardly?" Her smile suddenly disappeared. "And where's Waddles?"
"Uh, uh," Stan stuttered, desperately hiding a nail behind his back. Y/n noticed and immediately got an idea on what happened, and now Stan is outright lying to his niece about his mistake. "The good news is, you're getting a puppy!"
"What happened?" Mabel asked.
Stan fiddled with his fingers. "Well! Uh, you see...-"
"The pig got eaten by a p-terodactyl, bro," Soos spoke up, and Y/n had the urge to elbow him in the belly, but she stopped herself, placing her head on her hand instead.
"WHAT?!" The girl gasped and began calling for her pig. "Waddles? Waddles! Where did he go? How did this happen?!" She was hyperventilating and panicking, so Y/n stepped closer to Mabel and attempted to comfort her through back rubs.
Mabel turned to Stan. "Grunkle Stan, you didn't put him outside?"
"What?! No!" He denied aggressively. If Mabel was as smart as Y/n, she would've figured it out already as Stan is being such a bad liar at the moment. "I didn't put him anywhere! I'm not acting suspicious, you're acting suspicious! What's a pig?!"
"Then, what happened?" Dipper asked, his voice cracking.
Stan then proceeded to tell the most fabricated story imaginable, in which he was the hero who bravely confronted the pterodactyl with his ripped shirt and muscular body. He convinced Mabel of this, as the poor girl gave him a sympathetic hug for attempting to save her pig, despite the fact that he was the reason Waddles was taken in the first place.
Dipper was suspicious. "You punched a pterodactyl in the face?" He pointed at him with a raised eyebrow. "I thought you didn't even believe in the supernatural."
"Dinosaurs aren't magic. They're just big lizards," Stan said while Mabel was still hugging him.
Mabel was tearing up as she caressed a photograph of her and Waddles. "That's it. No pterodactyl messes with my sister," Dipper said, walking over to her and placing a hand on her shoulder. "We're gonna go out there, catch him, and save your pig! For Mabel, guys!"
"But where do we even start?" Stan asked.
Y/n pointed out the string of red yarn from Waddles' unfinished sweater and everyone was cheering for her ingenuity- except for Stan, who was hesitant about the whole thing.
Dipper and Mabel brought their own luggage for the trip, whereas Stan and Y/n planned to bring nothing. Y/n had never seen a dinosaur before, and she was really excited about it today. It was the same feeling she had whenever she and Ford went on an expedition, except this time she had to be careful not to let loose. After all, she is the only member of the team who is practically invincible.
Soos was preparing his pick-up truck for the adventure. A cage was strapped in the back that would surely not fit a pterodactyl, and the skin of the car had the words 'PTERODACTYL MOBILE' spray-painted on it. He chuckled, facing Dipper, "That p-terodactyl won't know what hit him."
Dipper laughed half-heartedly. "Huh. It's 'pterodactyl', man." He directed, pronouncing the p as silent.
"Actually, nobody knows how to pronounce it because no one was alive back in dinosaur days," Soos said confidently before almost having his head run over by his own pick-up truck.
Dipper walked over to both Y/n and Mabel. "Guys, we've gotta talk." The two faced him. "This is a really high-stakes mission, and I'm a little worried about Soos coming along on this one. I love the guy, but sometimes he... messes stuff up."
"What? Since when?" Mabel asked.
"Well, there was a time where he bumped into a magic crystal and it broke into a million pieces, then he tried to attach a window but it wasn't properly attached so it fell down and the glass broke into a million pieces. Oh! What about that one time when we found a fairy from our bedroom window and Soos killed it with a fly swatter?"
"Yeah, but people make mistakes." Y/n shrugged. "And Soos is a kindhearted guy. He helps when he can."
"I'm just not sure. Maybe we shouldn't bring him today... to keep him safe?"
Y/n shrugged, unsure what to say in this situation. She did agree that he is more... unserious when it comes to these things, but as much as Soos' lightheartedness can do as much harm as it does good, she believed that he can be really intelligent underneath the silliness.
"Let him down easy," Mabel told him, and he strode towards Soos.
His attempts to converse with him were futile as Soos excitedly showed him brand new t-shirts he had made of the two of them as Pterodactyl Bros, and Dipper decided he couldn't do it. He couldn't just dismiss Soos' happiness like that. So he just went along with Soos' enthusiasm and everyone went off to follow the yarn path.
The red string ended up inside of an abandoned building that looked like a church. Everyone got out of the truck and went inside the structure to follow the yarn. They see a man on a rocking chair, yodeling with his banjo.
"Old Man McGucket?" Mabel raised an eyebrow.
He turned around and waved wildly. "Howdy friends!"
"What are you doing out here?"
"You'll never believe me! Now I was doin' my hourly hootenanny- Doodily doo ding dang!" The crazy man did a dance.
"Ugh, this guy," Stan grumbled under his breath.
"When this enormous wing-ly critter stole my musical spoons and flew lickety-split into the abandoned mines down yonder!" He gestured to the punctured hole on the floor that led to the darkness below.
They stared in both amazement and horror at what other creatures were down there. "Looks kinda hairy down there." Stan commented.
"Come on, Grunkle Stan, you can handle it! You punched a pterodactyl in the face, remember?" Mabel smiled up at him.
"Oh, yeah!" He chuckled nervously. "Heh, heh, I did do that, didn't I. Heh... heh, heh, heh..."
"My, what suspicious laughter!" McGucket remarked.
"Guys, we're going in," Mabel said seriously.
"Need someone to tag along and tell weird personal stories?" McGucket grinned.
Y/n deadpanned, staring at him. "Do we have a choice?"
"NOPE!"
Everyone then descended using a single rope. Y/n was astounded at how a single thin piece of rope managed to hold them all together until it broke, exactly as she had predicted. They landed on the largest mushroom cap anyone had ever seen. As soon as she recovered the earliest, Y/n jumped off and began observing their surroundings.
There were various plants and flowers that appeared to be out of place in the era in which they lived. To be honest, it appeared as if they were in a Jurassic world. They discovered a large tunnel and realized it was an abandoned mine.
Dipper was carrying a lantern, which was their only source of light, so he led them through the tunnel until they came across sap-filled walls with dinosaurs inside of them. Everyone dispersed to examine them more closely. Mabel attempted to take a selfie with a Stegosaurus, but she became entangled in a sap and was now struggling to free herself.
It was a cavern full of real-life dinosaurs preserved in tree sap for millions of years. That's how they must have survived. Y/n discovered the exact location of where the pterodactyl used to be, the sap surrounding the hole slowly melting, most likely due to the summer heat.
Y/n saw Dipper quietly sitting on a boulder and writing on Journal 3 with his trusty blue pen. She approached him slowly until she stood behind him. Looking over his shoulder, she saw scribbles and sketches of the various sap-covered dinosaurs that they saw in full detail and she was very impressed with his skill.
He was shading the T-rex's body when she said, "I'm always impressed by your drawings, Dipper."
"Ah!" Dipper jumped, consciously bringing the journal to his chest to hide the pages. He looked in her eyes with a blush appearing on his cheeks. "Oh." He calmed down once he saw her. "... thanks. It's not as good as the author's, though, so..."
"Still..." Y/n said. It looks greater than mine. She almost did say. But when was the last time she drew in the journal?
She clenched her fists when she realized.
"No, I get to draw you this time," she interrupted, taking the pen from his coat pocket and starting to sketch. Ford crossed his arms in disapproval. She had learned the fundamentals by watching Ford draw for years, so she practiced on her own time. Y/n had her tongue out unconsciously as she focused on his features: glasses, a big nose, long and unkempt hair, and a massive chin.
The memory resurfaced in her mind, along with the fact that Ford had drawn her in the book. Did Dipper notice? If that's the case, why didn't he ask her about it? How come he hadn't confronted her about it? Did Ford rip her page from the Journal, which is why Dipper had no idea she was Ford's assistant?
She'd do anything for Dipper to simply turn the page.
Meanwhile, Stan was happily planning to make money off of this place, like he always did. He was thinking of a theme park to establish for everyone to see and pay. "This could be a gold mine! Velvety-rope type deal there, ticket booth here, ha!" He brought his hands together. " I should have put that pig outside ages ago!"
"Wait, what did you just say?" Mabel spoke from behind him.
"Hm? What's that?"
"You said the dinosaur flew into the house." she gasped as she realized.
"I-if you think about-"
Mabel pointed an accusatory finger at him. "You put Waddles outside then you lied to me about it! And now, thanks to you, my pig could be DEAD! Waddles could be dead!" Tears flowed in Mabel's eyes as her lips wobbled.
"Look, he's an animal, he belongs outside!" Stan tried to reason, but his only digging his hole deeper.
"No, that's it! Grunkle Stan, I am never, ever speaking to you again!"
Stan tried to talk to her, but all she did was shut him out and speak over him, pretending she couldn't hear him.
"Guys, guys, don't fight!" Soos said, bringing Dipper close to him. "Why can't you be more like me and Dipper? Look, everything's gonna be cool. All we gotta do to find the pig is follow this here yarn!" He picked up the string and began wrapping the yarn around until it formed a ball.
"Soos, wai-!" Y/n tried to intervene, but it fell on deaf ears.
"Just keep following and following, until we reach the end!" The yarn reached the other end as Soos held it up, speechless. " Oh- uh oh." He stared at the network of mine shafts. "Which- which cave was it again?"
"Agh, Soos! You lost the trail!" Dipper said, exasperated.
"Hey, come on, we'll find our way. Trust me!"
Soos smacked Dipper on the back a little too hard, causing the lantern Dipper was holding to fly out of his hands and break and the light was out.
"Sorry, dude."
"Ugh, that is it!" Dipper exclaimed. "See, this is why I didn't want to bring you along."
"What- what do you mean?"
"I mean, this is really important to Mabel and you keep screwing everything up!" Dipper angrily explained. "You ruined our photograph, and now you've got us hopelessly lost!"
Soos frrowned. "But we're p-terodactyl bros. I made t-shirts!"
"It's pronounced 'pterodactyl'!" the younger man harshly corrected. "And these shirts are useless! They're gigantic!"
"I... have... a different body type, dude!"
As Mabel and Stan began bickering again, the group devolved into an argument. In the midst of the fight, Y/n shook her head helplessly. She and her mentor had never had such a heated argument while out adventuring, and they never argued even with F present.
McGucket walked over to the lantern and began repairing it. She moved closer to him, wanting to assist, but it appeared that he knew what he was doing. She guessed he's not a cuckoo all the time.
But before she could smile at the glowing lantern, she became aware of a shadow looming over them. She felt as if she were frozen by the size of the creature in front of them. McGucket, on the other hand, was completely unaware as he beckoned the group.
"Hey! Cheer up, fellers! I fixed your lantern!"
The group turned to face the old man and screamed in unison when they noticed the pterodactyl standing behind him. McGucket noticed they weren't looking at him and turned around to see the pterodactyl.
"Nobody make any sudden movements or loud noises..." McGucket trailed off.
We're already on it.
It was silent until he jumped in joy. "YEEHAW! We found a pterodactyl!"
The dinosaur screeched as it spread its wings. The group fled in the opposite direction, entering one of the mine shafts until they came to a halt. Because the rails were broken and barely hanging on a cliff, the group turned to the right and found a set of boulders to hide from the dinosaur. Fortunately, the rocks were large enough to hide from the pterodactyl.
The creature flew away, oblivious to them. It's only a matter of time before they're caught.
Dipper informed the group that they needed to devise a strategy to get out of here. Stan proposed an illogical idea that Soos agreed to: have Soos be a human sacrifice. "Whaddya say, Mabel?"
Mabel huffed and turned away from Stan.
"Aw, come on, you can't stop talking to me forever!"
"Yeah, Mabel, we have to work together here!" Dipper agreed.
"Oh what, you want to work with Mabel, but not your buddy Soos?" Soos chimed in angrily, and Y/n huffed as the arguments flared up again. Emotions can cause you to say something you didn't mean and do something reckless.
Speaking of reckless, Mabel heard a distant oink amongst the argument. "Wait! Did you hear that?" She turned to the left and saw a massive nest with a large egg and her soulmate, alive and well, beside it. "Waddles!"
She sprinted off and towards the rails that lead to the giant nest, sounds of protest were coming behind her but she didn't hear a thing. She just needed to go to Waddles.
"Are you nuts?!" Stan exclaimed.
Mabel stopped in her tracks. "Oh, is someone speaking? Because I can't hear anything!" She continued running.
Y/n didn't even let her finish her sentence before she fearlessly crossed the rails too. "Mabel, be careful!"
Dipper followed behind her, voicing his own panic. "Mabel, come back here!"
The other three men followed until they reached Mabel, who was relieved at their happy reunion. She was cradling Waddles in her arms, assuring him that he was safe now, but the gang behind her was staring at the human skeletons surrounding the nest. Who knows when they're next.
Mabel was putting on the Huggy Wuvvy Tummy Bundle that she just bought on Waddles when Dipper came up behind her. "Mabel, great, you got him. Now we gotta get out of here!" He whispered harshly.
From above, Waddles saw the pterodactyl flying around and he was instantly terrified, running off away from Mabel. "Waddles, wait!" She gasped.
Waddles ran as fast as his little legs could take him until he collided with an unwitting Stan who caught him off guard. They landed with a thud on the railings."Get off me, you dumb pig!"
The pterodactyl swooped down towards the two. "Look out!" Dipper and Y/n yelled out.
Its claws kicked the railing, causing the two to sporadically bounce off before Stan screamed and fell with the pig. For a moment, it was silent until the dinosaur dropped something off in its nest. It was Stan's fez. Mabel gasped, grabbing the hat. "Guys, we gotta save them!"
"I'll make a distraction while you guys go," Y/n spoke.
"What? Y/n, it's dangerous!" Mabel exclaimed.
"Yeah, there's gotta be some other way! McGucket," Dipper turned to the older man, "do you have an invention that could distract the pterodactyl?"
"Do I?" McGucket rummaged through his hat before coming up with nothing. "NOPE!"
Y/n groaned in frustration. They just don't understand. She could handle it. "I'll make noises that will attract the pterodactyl and you guys go in the other direction."
"No! I-"
The large egg in front of them suddenly cracked and fell down, the top part of its shell breaking open as a young pterodactyl peered through with its large eyes. It produced a small tweeting noise and the quartet found it oddly adorable.
McGucket had his hands on his hips as he smiled down at the creature. "Well, welcome to the world, little-"
Before he knew it, the pterodactyl devoured him whole, swallowing completely as McGucket's screams were cut off.
The trio shrieked in terror as they witnessed the brutal consumption of Old Man McGucket. Meanwhile the youngling just went along its merry day, continuing eating whatever it could find. "What do we do? What do we do?" Dipper asked, panicked.
Soos' mouth dropped slightly as he got an idea. "We have to get in a straight line."
"What?!"
"A pterodactyl's eyes are so far apart, that if you stand right in front of it, it can't see you."
It sounded like a logical plan, Y/n though, while Dipper was just noticing how Soos correctly pronounced the dinosaur's name this time. "Soos, you've been wrong about stuff all day," he said, "How can we-"
"Dude," Soos placed his hand on Dipper's shoulder. "Look, I- I know I messed up a lot. I could be sorta clumsy, and it's not always as lovable as I think. But please, as my friend, just trust me on this one."
Dipper stared at the handyman thoughtfully before averting his gaze towards the young pterodactyl and how the thing with the prospector can happen to them too, before looking back at his friend. He nodded, trusting him.
"Get behind me, dudes." Soos said, and they all stood up, tiptoeing around the pterodactyl. When it noticed them, they immediately fell in a straight line, with Soos closer to the dinosaur, then Y/n, then Dipper, then Mabel.
They scooted to the side as the dinosaur did nothing. "It's working," Mabel said as they followed the creature's eyes, or in this case, the creature's forehead, because its eyes were on either side of its head. They eventually crossed the railings and arrived on the other side, immediately hiding behind the boulders from earlier.
Screeches from above interrupted their relief sounds. When the group looked up, they saw the pterodactyl flailing around until they could get a better look. Stan was riding the back of the pterodactyl's neck while wearing the bundled up Waddles on his torso. Everyone, including Y/n, smiled as Stan punched the dinosaur in the face.
The creature flew around until Stan brought his fist together and raised them high. "FROM HECK'S HEART I STAB AT THEE!" He declared as he smacked his fists down on the pterodactyl's skull, sending it crashing down until it bumped its head against the cliff. It was unconscious as it fell down while Stan clung onto the edge of the cliff.
He climbed up and stood up, though he was out of breath from all the energy he expended on beating up the pterodactyl. As they surrounded the man, everyone celebrated and cheered him on. Mabel came up to him with a sweet, grateful smile.
"Here's your pig, kiddo," Stan smiled, lifting up Waddles' front leg to signify a wave.
Mabel took the pig from him with glee. "Aw, you saved him for me!"
"Yeah, well," Stan said, "Sometimes you just gotta-"
"Look out!" Y/n yelled out, seeing as the pterodactyl was slowly climbing up and they took off, running back where they came from, this time without McGucket.
Stan led the charge through the mineshaft. Dipper screamed as the pterodactyl chomped on his vest, and he almost tripped, but Y/n slowed to take his hand in hers, and they ran together. The group eventually made it back to the open field from which they came until they realized there was no way up.
"We're trapped!" Stan exclaimed.
Y/n noticed that there were geysers surrounding them, one specific geyser was aiming at the hole from the church. "Come on, the geysers can shoot us back up!" She said as she pointed at one. Everyone followed her and hopped into the fountain, waiting for it to burst.
The pterodactyl was nearing, and Y/n panicked slightly as she realized that they had to pressurize the geyser into blowing up.
Dipper swished his hands around the water for a response "Come on, go! Go!"
The dinosaur opened its mouth and charged at them all, until Soos yelled, "BROS BEFORE DINOS!" " before slamming his fists down the rock, causing the water to sprout up the hole and away from the creature.
Everyone landed safely and okay. Soos brought down Mabel and Waddles hanging on a chandelier, Stan was still breathing heavily as he laid on a wooden casket, Dipper dried up his hat, while Y/n dusted her clothes. "Man, now that's an adventure," Mabel remarked.
Soos chuckled. "Yeah, I honestly don't know if I wanna go through that again."
Dipper approached Y/n, who was standing in the middle of the church. "Are you okay?" He asked her.
"I should be asking you that question," Y/n replied playfully. "That pterodactyl almost got you, you know."
"Yeah, if it weren't for you saving me back there." Dipper rubbed his arm sheepishly. "Y/n, I-"
The pterodactyl jumped out, catching Y/n's legs in its mouth and attempting to drag her down, but Dipper managed to grab her hand. Mabel, Soos, and Stan followed him and began pulling as well, hoping to free her, but the dinosaur was far stronger than all four of them.
Nonetheless, they refused to give up.
Dipper saw Y/n's contorted face and mistaken it for pain and he gritted his teeth. "Y/n, don't- don't let go, okay?"
In this situation, Y/n was at a loss for words. She was perfectly fine, in no pain, but she was conflicted. She didn't want them to be pulled as well, but she also didn't want to be eaten.
The pterodactyl resisted, pulling harder on her each time. Y/n looked down at Dipper's slipping shoes, which were losing traction. "Don't worry, Dipper," she encouraged him. The two exchanged ferocious stares; Dipper appeared helpless while Y/n appeared assured.
She was yanked one last time, and his grip on her hand slipped, but she didn't fall because Dipper managed to grab the pendant from her necklace. Y/n fixed his gaze on his hands. "Dipper, it's going to snap."
"No! Just- take my hand! " He extended one hand while keeping the other clasped around her necklace.
"No, you're gonna get pulled down, too!" Y/n yelled back. "You need to let go!"
Dipper was unyielding in his refusal to listen to her pleas. Y/n managed to share an unsure look with Stan in the midst of the struggle. They both had no idea what to do.
But at the moment, she does.
Her hands came behind her neck and unhooked her necklace with one swift swipe, and the force was shocking as she was swiftly taken down, her gasp echoing. Dipper screamed into the darkness, calling out her name, but there was no response.
"We have to go after her!" He yelled, stomping his foot. "We- we-"
"Dipper, watch out!" Mabel drew her brother away from the center just as the roof and ceiling collapsed, covering the hole.
As his grip on the necklace tightened, he started pacing back and forth. He clutched it to his chest. Stan approached him calmly, hands outstretched. "Kid, calm down..."
"She could be stuck down there forever. She could be dead!"
Stan was unnerved, but he was still slightly shaken. "We can call the police, Dipper, You know it's too dangerous down there!"
The boy turned to him with seething rage in his eyes. "What happened to the Stan who bravely faced a freaking pterodactyl and punched it in the face? Where did he go?!"
" Dipper, I-"
"Why are you not worried about Y/n?!" Dipper pointed at him accusingly.
"You think I'm not?" Stan's voice raised as he felt offended by Dipper's claim. "What exactly do you want me to do, kid? The hole is blocked and there's no other way down there! I assure you, Y/n will be-" He huffed, the exhaustion from today was finally catching up to him, and on top of that, Y/n was in danger. He calmed down for a moment. "She's as brave and smart as you. If you and your sister can handle those dinosaurs, then you have to trust her that she can handle it, too."
Dipper was hesitant, his brow furrowed. He was on the verge of crying and wiped his tears away harshly. He imagined Y/n in the dark, up against a pterodactyl preying on her and chasing her until she reached a dead end, and...
He shook his head and closed his eyes tightly. No, he refused to believe that. They'd been through adventures together before, and they always find a way to survive them.
"But, Mr. Pines, she's alone," Soos spoke up.
Mabel looked up at him, her face stained with tears, as she hugged Waddles close to her ."Grunkle Stan, can't we do something?"
Stan clenched and unclenched his fist. He truly had no idea what to do. He was irritated by the situation, but he was also concerned for her safety. "Alright, alright." He heaved in a sigh. "I'll stay here and find a way to save Y/n. Soos will drive you kids home. Don't leave the house. I promise you, I'm not going back until I get Y/n safe and unharmed."
When he said this, he didn't feel nervous like a person would before embarking on a rescue mission because they don't know if the person they're saving will be alive or not, but Stan knew Y/n would be alive and well.
The twins didn't say anything, they couldn't say anything. It was a good idea, sure, but they were just incredibly worried.
"Now go home. I'll start searching."
Soos drove the three of them home in the van. Stan stood there watching the sunset's shadow cast over the vehicle until it vanished over the horizon.
Once the truck was gone, he let out a loud groan. "Y/n! Can you hear me?!"
Silence.
He grumbled as he kicked the wooden debris that surrounded the hole. He was unsure if this was a good idea. He was concerned that the dinosaurs would have the chance to escape once the hole was open.
After nearly an hour, the hole reappeared, and Stan needed to lie down due to exhaustion. He breathed heavily. "Y/n, you there?" He heard his voice echo before standing back up.
He took a lighter from one of his coat pockets and walked to the wood pile before lighting one. He hurriedly brought the fiery plank over to the hole and let go, watching the light disappear into the darkness. He caught a glimpse of what lay beneath, but it was nothing but inky black. The plank landed with a loud thud, making him wince.
Stan started pacing, trying to figure out how to get down without hurting himself, but the universe had other ideas. The board he was stepping on next to the hole snapped, causing him to slip and fall. He screamed as he was thrown down until he landed on the same mushroom cap they had earlier.
"Ugh, just take me now," he groaned as he couldn't feel his back. "I'm too old for this."
He got off the mushroom and dusted himself off. "Y/n! Where the heck are you?"
A sudden screech thundered the entire tunnel and Stan could see the shadow of the pterodactyl coming closer. "Here we go," Stan deadpanned, pretty much accepting his fate.
The dinosaur flew around him, encircling him. Stan pointed at the pterodactyl. "Hey, I punched you in the face before, and I'm not afraid to do it again! Come at me!" He took an arrogant stance, challenging the creature.
Stan didn't think the pterodactyl would understand him as it charged at him. Stan shrieked, covering his face in defense. But then the dinosaur came to a halt, and Stan heard boisterous laughter coming from behind the pterodactyl.
"What the-" He noticed Y/n sitting on the neck of the dinosaur. "Y/n?! What- what did you do that for?"
She was coming down from her laughter. "It was a prank. Never heard of a prank before? Even I knew what a prank was and I don't-"
"I know what a prank is!" Stan yelled angrily, and the pterodactyl opened its mouth as if to threaten him, forcing him to take a step back. "I'm just- how? How did this happen?" He gestured to the dinosaur.
Y/n leaped down from its neck as her hands caressed its meaty skin. "Long story. I'll tell you on the way home."
The baby pterodactyl also appeared in the scene, but this time it was being ridden by Old Man McGucket. "WOO WEE!" They landed next to the two and he jumped out. "You're a good dinosaur," he said, petting its head.
The pterodactyls flew the three back to the hole after they said their goodbyes. The mother pterodactyl was grateful for reasons Stan didn't understand, but Y/n did. Stan was desperate to get out of there as the night grew colder. "Let's just go already."
McGucket insisted on taking the other route, claiming that he needed to see his raccoon wife, to which Stan and Y/n had no response.
A moment of silence passed between them until Y/n began with, "Why did you come back for me? You know I'd be perfectly fine."
"Yeah, well, the kids were all worried about you. You'd rather Dipper and Mabel come down to get you instead of me?"
"Of course I don't," she answered without missing a beat, "but hearing them panic about my safety, it's just..."
Stan turned to her with a weird large grin. "Oh you should've seen the look on their face! Dipper was close to crying, and Mabel was already sobbing!"
Y/n chuckled at Stan's expressions. What's so hilarious about that?
"What are we going to tell them?" He asked after a brief pause.
"I'm planning on staying dead, but now that I think about it..."
Stan continued, "I don't think it's a good idea," he said, proceeding to list all the reasons why it was. "If we go along with your plan then you have to always stay downstairs and I have to pretend to be sad, then the kids would have the worst summer of their lives and might not even come here anymore. I don't wanna put that weight on them." He sighed. "Believe it or not, Y/n, you've become their closest friend, and I don't know what I'd do once I tell them that you died."
Y/n breathed out a sigh. "I'll just tell the truth then," she paused before turning to Stan. "Will that be okay with you?"
His gaze was distant, considering the possibilities once Y/n revealed the truth. Will they still trust them?"What will you say?"
"I'll think about it once we get there," she shrugged, causing Stan to smirk.
After what seemed like an eternity, they arrived at the Shack's back door.
Stan peeked inside first. "We're clear. We have to-"
Screams cut him off as footsteps approached them speedily. "Y/n!" Mabel and Dipper dashed to the door, not even allowing Y/n to enter. "You're safe!" The twins engulfed her in a hug, startling Y/n.
She came to a halt as her hands remained in the air, but she quickly recovered and hugged back, closing her eyes. She had grown to value hugs, especially those from the twins.
They parted after a brief moment, and Mabel had tears in her eyes. "We thought you were dead!"
Y/n exchanged glances with Stan before clearing her throat. "Lets- go inside. I'll explain everything."
"You better," Dipper spoke, following them to the living room. "I saw your half get eaten by the pterodactyl!"
The three children* sat on the cold wooden floor of the living room while Stan busied himself in the kitchen- when in reality, he's just getting four glasses of water for each of them.
Y/n began fiddling with her fingers while keeping her gaze fixed on the ground. She had to come up with yet another lie to tell the kids. Her mind was making excuses after excuses, and she was silently thanking Stan for the delay.
He eventually emerged from the kitchen with a tray of glasses of water, and Y/n exhaled heavily.He eventually emerged from the kitchen with a tray of glasses of water, and Y/n exhaled heavily."Okay," she started. "I... have a defect."
"A defect?"
"Yes," she continued, recalling a specific page from one of the books she borrowed from the local library. "Uh, I'm insensitive to pain. I cannot feel pain, and I have quick healing."
She remembered telling Tyrone this after she had recovered from a paper cut. Tyrone's reaction was one of excitement, but Dipper and Mabel had expressions she couldn't read, which scared her a little.
She continued talking to fill the awkward silence. "I'm still human. I have human blood. Human emotions." She omitted the fact that she was born in Gravity Falls. She didn't know why, but she just didn't want to say it. "I can get in accidents or literally get half of my body eaten by a pterodactyl," Y/n said lightheartedly, but the twins winced. "But I won't feel the pain," she quickly reassured. "And as you can see with me still being in one piece, I heal pretty quickly."
Stan observed how the twins processed the information. They remained quiet. Too quiet. He silently thanked Y/n for saving him from having to tell them. He wouldn't even know where to begin.
"Guys?" Y/n said after a moment. "If you have any questions, I'll gladly answer-"
"I can't believe it..." Mabel chimed in, staring at the ground. "I... have a best friend who's invincible!" She screamed in triumph as she stood. She stretched her arms as wide as her grin.
Y/n smiled slightly "I'm not really-"
"That is actually so hardcore, Y/n!" The energetic girl went on. "So that's why you always jump in and save us. I thought you just didn't care for your own safety," she laughed. "But you actually have a secret superpower! Do you go out at night and save kittens stuck in trees?"
"No."
"Do you have a superhero name?"
"No! Mabel, I'm not-"
"Do you wear a cape? I think capes are a lame fashion choice, in my opinion. It could-"
"Alright, Mabel, that's enough." Stan cut off, rolling his eyes. "You kids should get some sleep now."
Y/n cast a glance at Dipper, who appeared to be preoccupied. "Actually, Stan. Dipper and I should talk. Alone," she said, and Stan nodded, bringing a drowsy Mabel with her, who was still raving about superpowers and heroic names to call Y/n.
When the two were out of the room, she turned to face him. "I'm sure you have a lot of questions."
Dipper nodded meekly.
"Hopefully not about superheroes and stuff?"
"Oh. No. Nothing about that." He spoke for the first time after her confession. "I guess I believe you considering the stuff I've encountered so far."
"We can test it if you're still uncertain. You can plunge a knife on my hand, or hit me with a pan, or-"
"I don't wanna do that, gosh." Dipper quickly shook his head. "I don't want to intentionally hurt you."
Y/n stared at him. "But I can't get hurt, Dipper. That's the thing."
"It doesn't matter. I won't do it."
She laughed. 'Suit yourself."
The two stayed up going back and forth about her ability, Y/n tried to answer as honestly as she could– whatever 'honest' in her dictionary meant.
"It's just so cool. I really thought you died back there, Y/n."
When she heard him say that, she couldn't help but smile, ignoring the change in her heartbeat. So he was concerned about her. That's great to hear.
"Anyway, we should sleep this off, huh?" The both of them stood up. Y/n looked at him. "I hope this doesn't change anything. Do you... still trust me?"
"I trust you," Dipper said without missing a beat, which made her smile even bigger. He took something from his vest pocket, and she noticed his fist clasped until he revealed it to be her daisy necklace. He took a step towards her, and her back was to him. "It will take some getting used to the fact that you are unique. Good unique. In all honesty, this makes you even more awesome than before."
He was relieved she wasn't facing him because she would have noticed his prominent blush. Why did he feel the need to say that? Dipper chastised himself.
"Thank you for keeping this safe," Y/n said, turning back around and touching the pendant.
"You're welcome. Thank you for saving my life."
"No worries," Y/n replied in the same tone. They proceeded to exit out of the living room and walked their separate ways towards their respective rooms.
When Dipper entered his room, he was disappointed to see that his sister had already gone to bed because they didn't have time to discuss Y/n, leaving him alone with his thoughts. He lay on his bed, hands behind his neck, staring at the ceiling. Mabel was right. This explained why, most of the time, Y/n would risk her life and bravely face every adversary. She didn't have to be concerned about being hurt because she can't feel them.
Dipper wondered if he'd come across this so-called defect before. He preferred to read books about documentaries or unsolved mysteries rather than medical topics. Y/n stated that she was still human, the only difference being her aversion to pain.
He looked down at his palm, which he closed and opened several times. He could still feel his hand clasped in hers at the abandoned church, never letting her go. He should feel stupid for crying over her thinking she was dead when she was perfectly fine, but defect or not, he wouldn't hesitate to keep her safe as well.
Because he knew she wouldn't.
***
One night, Y/n was hard at work downstairs, as one of the capacitors was causing havoc yet again. Fortunately, the portal had been relatively stable, to the point where they could only work on it at night and not necessarily during the day. In recent days, they have been dealing with the stress of caring for a baby dinosaur. What was the point of Stan stealing the dinosaur egg in the first place?
As the sun began to rise over a new day, she glanced at the calendar conveniently placed in front of her, next to a framed photo of Dipper and Mabel that Stan had placed. Y/n noticed that it was July 13th, and she wouldn't forget that day.
It was Soos' birthday, but she knew he wouldn't be in the mood to celebrate. She already knew the reason—or rather, her "sister" did, because Soos knowingly revealed his secret to the former Y/n. The Y/n who met him on the day of his 12th birthday.
Y/n attempted to greet him on his birthday a year after they met, but Soos didn't have the same energy as she did. He had the deepest frown she'd ever seen him wear, and she had no idea why, until the next day when they were tasked with fixing the ventilation of the gift shop and 13-year-old Soos decided to coincidentally vent out to Y/n.
"You wanna know why I get sad whenever it's my birthday?" his little voice croaked as he meekly picked up a screwdriver.
Y/n paused her reading from the manual and gave Soos her undivided attention. "Why?"
"Um, you're the only person outside of my family who knows this. Even Mr Pines doesn't know. I'm telling you this because I've come to trust you so much, Y/n."
She stared at him, not knowing what to say. "I'm honored, Soos, but you don't have to tell me if you're uncomfortable."
"No, I want to," he began to fiddle with the tools surrounding them and preferred keeping his gaze down, avoiding hers. "My dad left me when I was like... four years old, and every year I'd always hope that he would go and visit me on my birthday. I've been wishing and wishing on my birthday candle, but he just... doesn't..."
He was cut off by his own tears. When he talked about it, it seemed like it was still a sensitive subject for him. Y/n had no idea what it was like to be a father. But she knew what it was like when someone left her and didn't return. She was still holding out hope that he'd return, but Soos didn't seem to have any hope left in him.
"Thank you for telling me." Y/n gently patted his back. "It's gonna be alright, Soos."
"Please don't tell anyone," that was all he said before the topic was eventually dropped.
A tap on her shoulder cut her train of thought—or, more accurately, her dream. Did she fall asleep by accident and have a dream about a memory she had years ago? Strange, but fascinating.
"Oi, go back to your room. It's sunrise," Stan returned her to the land of the living. Y/n double-checked the capacitors she miraculously repaired the night before. When she saw that it was working properly, she went upstairs and wiggled her way back to her room.
She'd slept for four hours before getting out of bed and getting ready for the day. She is unsure how things will go considering the twins are here this summer.
Everyone was nowhere to be seen, making her confused a bit. She had a bad feeling; do the twins know of Soos' birthday? She caught a glimpse of balloons outside of one of the windows and her hunch had been correct. Yet, the birthday celebrant and his peers didn't seem to present, so where were they?
She went outside and soon enough, she saw Soos sitting on the steps of the porch, staring at the same postcard he had kept for 10 years. The paper was a bit crumpled, but the words written on it were still imprinted on his mind.
Unaware of the multiple pair of eyes staring at her, she walked towards Soos and sat beside him. She didn't say anything at first, and he was grateful for the silence.
"What are they doing?" Wendy asked.
"I have no idea," Stan replied, shaking his head with his arms crossed.
"This is good," Mabel bellowed, jumping out of their peeking spot. "Y/n will be the distraction while we go and make a reservation at Soos' favorite place on Earth!"
Dipper watched how Y/n silently placed her hand on Soos' and admired her golden heart. Although he felt like she knew why Soos was feeling this way so she knew how to approach him.
All of a sudden, Mabel pulled on his arm. "Come on, bro!"
"Ah!"
They soon made a game reservation on the counter before returning to the Shack and finding Soos a little bit better, but he was still frowning.
"Soos!" Mabel ran to him, holding his hands together. "Soos, I need you to please trust me and put on a blindfold! I promise you, this will be the greatest surprise ever!"
Y/n watched as Soos reluctantly allowed Mabel to put a blindfold on him. Before Soos could stand up, Dipper motioned for her to be quiet, and Mabel led the way, taking his hand in his.
Y/n didn't move an inch because she assumed their plan involved taking Soos somewhere. She didn't feel like going to town with her ostensibly hidden identity, but when Dipper took her hand and pulled her up, she couldn't say no.
Everybody walked to town on a cloudy day. Y/n didn't want to be seen as much as possible, so she squeezed herself between Stan and Wendy who were doing a good job hiding her with their tall heights. Mabel guided a blindfolded Soos until they reached an all too familiar establishment that used to be a mattress store.
They entered through sliding doors, and laser zaps could be heard from afar. "Alright, guys," Soos spoke, his voice wavering with hesitance. "Blindfold me once, shame on you. Blindfold me twice- wait a minute." He paused his movements as used his other available senses. "Hot dog smell? Sticky floors? Future sounds?"
He took off his blindfold and saw the signs and saw the large sign of 'BIG GUNZ LASER TAG' "Laser tag? I-I love laser tag." He faced the twins. " How'd you guys know?"
"Um, we definitely didn't rifle through your wallet!" Mabel chuckled nervously.
They wore their target sensors and brought the laser guns close to their chests. "How do you play this game?" Y/n asked while they were preparing, and everyone around her gave her wide-eyed stares. "I'm sorry?"
"You have never played laser tag before?" Dipper exclaimed.
"Dang, you are one weird kid, Y/n," Mabel remarked, but she meant no harm to the statement. "I'm blaming your parents for your sad childhood."
"Just tell me how to play." Y/n rolled her eyes as she ignored Mabel's comments about her parents and childhood, despite the fact that she didn't have either.
"You'll figure it out in the field, don't worry," Dipper said, placing a hand on her shoulder.
Soos remained frowning as he looked at his own laser gun. "I- I don't know, guys. I'm not sure I'm up for this today."
The twins looked up to him. "Don't worry, Soos," the boy reassured, "As soon as you start playing with us, you're gonna have a good time."
Mabel grinned beside him. "We promise, no matter what happens, we won't leave your side."
"Well, I guess I could give it a shot." Soos gave a hesitant smile. Everyone waited in line for the lobby to open its doors to the arena. Y/n was standing in front of Dipper, Mabel, and Soos. When the doors finally opened, she dashed to catch up with Stan as the game began.
Y/n guessed she was supposed to shoot because of the gun she was holding, but what was she shooting at?
She looked behind her to see if the twins were there, but all she saw was Soos bending down to tie his shoelaces. He rose and ran back into the arena. "Mabel, Dipper? Dudes?"
"Soos!" Y/n called to him.
"Y/n!" Soos said, "Have you seen Mabel and Dipper? Where did they go?"
Y/n glanced behind him, trying to hide her worry as she pondered the same question. "Uhm, they're already hiding. Come on!" She grabbed his wrist and led the two of them to a nearby hiding place. As she faced him, laser sounds could be heard in the background. "So how do you play this, Soos?" she asked in an attempt to divert his attention.
"Uh, you just point your gun and shoot at the target on each player's suits," Soos answered, but his face looked like he wanted to go home already. "Don't let them shoot you though, or you lose."
"Okay, seems easy," Y/n nodded.
"Yeah, it's fun. I still can't find the twins, though, so I don't have any backup," he said low-spiritedly as he gazed in the colorful room.
She patted his arm comfortingly. "Hey, we can be each other's back-up... even though I might suck at this game. Let's watch each other's backs, yeah?"
Soos smiled. "Okay."
Meanwhile, Dipper and Mabel were fleeing the time police after stealing the time machine from members of the Time Paradox Avoidance Enforcement Squadron, Lolph and Dundgren. Instead of the laser tag game, the twins found themselves entering a box made of solid time-tanium—all because of their former adversary, Blendin Blandin, who had returned to challenge them to a gladiatorial time combat, Globnar.
Dipper used the time machine to return to Soos' birthday, and the two zapped back in time and vanished.
They landed on a soft bed and began to take in their surroundings. Mabel grunted. "Are we back?"
The boy's eyes widened. "Oh no, look!" He pointed to a large sign that said 'Mr. ZZZ Mattresses'. "Mabel! The laser place is a mattress store! We went too far into the past!"
"Time travel, man! Why you gotta be so complicated?!" Mabel started shouting until they heard a burst from behind them and ran to hide under one of the beds. They may have gotten away, but the squadron- and Blendin- were still following them.
The three men rushed out of the mattress store, and the twins crawled out from their hiding place. They intended to return to the present, but the time gadget was broken upon impact. Dipper could fix it; all he needed were the right tools. And he knew exactly where to get some because he saw a sign from outside that said, 'Mystery Shack - 1 mile'.
The twins began their journey towards the tourist trap, passing by people they had seen ten years before. There was Toby Determined, who aspired to do tap dancing on Broadway, a street sign depicting Gideon as a baby (he still looked the same), and finally, young Tambry and Wendy riding their tricycles.
"Woah-"
"Oops, sorry," young Tambry said.
Wendy, the young girl, raised her eyes to the twins before leaning over and whispering something to her friend.
Tambry, on the other hand, immediately smiled and pointed at Dipper. "My friend thinks you're cute."
The redhead's eyes widened. "Oh my gosh! Tambry! Shut up!" She exclaimed, pushing her off the trike.
"Ow! Hey?!"
Dipper was at a loss for words as an awkward laugh escaped him. "Thank you... I mean, you're super young, so this is weird..."
Mabel snorted as she smacked him across the shoulder. "Now you know how she feels, creep."
As the realization hit Dipper, he tried to laugh it off. "Wow..."
They eventually arrived at the Mystery Shack, where Stan is on tour promoting his new wax museum. The twins took advantage of his distraction and jumped in the nearest window.
Dipper landed awkwardly on the ground, but right next to him was an open box with tools strewn inside. Dipper smiled as he saw a red screwdriver lying in the open. "Ha! Bingo."
Mabel followed her brother inside and was watching him work when she heard a small voice from behind her. "Aw, come on, candy! Fall! Fall!" The girl approached the vending machine, employing the secret technique that Soos had taught her to obtain free snacks.
She took the candies from the open glass and went to give them to the child, but she froze when she realized he was no ordinary child. It was Soos, only ten years younger. "Thanks, dawg!" With a smile, he extended his hand. Mabel handed Soos the snacks with a shocked expression. "You must be some kind of genius!" He walked away with a grin.
Mabel dashed to her brother, who excitedly turned his head towards the boy in the party hat as his abuela approached him. "Mi precioso, you keep wandering off! You don't wanna be late for your big day." Young Soos took the old woman's hand and walked home with her.
"Big day? This could be the birthday where that personal biz went down," Mabel said, "We could finally find out why Soos hates his birthday!"
"Alright..." Dipper said slowly, looking at the fixed time machine. "But let's be quick."
Dipper swore he heard something in the kitchen as the two walked out of the Mystery Shack. If Stan was busy dealing with tourists, the other handyman was outside, and Wendy was too young to be the cashier, who was inside? It couldn't possibly be one of the employees.
The twins left with the timepiece and the screwdriver in case they needed to fix it again, not realizing that it would be needed by someone else to repair the broken freezer.
Dipper and Mabel stood on the sidelines as Soos celebrated his birthday. They noticed the young handyman bouncing in anticipation of his father's expected return for his birthday. However, when the mailman knocked on his front door instead of him, giving him a postcard, the twins noticed how the news changed his mood.
"Sorry, Champ. Couldn't make it this year. Real busy again. See you next year for sure. Dad," Young Soos read aloud, and the twins can see how his energy was slowly draining from him. He then went to his room and sulked about his father not caring about him on his special day, preferring to go have fun in New Orleans instead.
Dipper and Mabel had no idea how to deal with this major issue. How can they make his birthday so happy that he forgets about his problem when they don't even know what he truly desired?
Out of nowhere, they heard Blendin's voice and they hid in a nearby tree. Lolph began searching for their chrono signatures as Blendin and Dundgren talked about Globnar and its powerful price. "Man, the sooner I defeat those kids in Globnar, the sooner I can win my time wish," the bald man said.
"Tell you what I'd do if I had a time wish," Dundgren replied, "Retire early. Spend more time with the kids-"
"Nyah-nyah-nyah-nyah with the kids?!" Blendin cut off with an annoying screech. "Don't you know a time wish can literally do anything? Any impossible problem solved-" he snapped his fingers, "--just like that? I mean, imagine the possibilities!"
Dipper, having overheard the conversation, turned to his sister. "Wait. Mabel, that's it! The time wish! If we defeat Blendin in that space battle–"
"--then we can wish Soos' dad came to his 12th birthday!"
"And Soos' birthdays will be fixed forever!" Dipper snapped his fingers. "All of them!"
Mabel raised an eyebrow as she dropped her voice in an unsure whisper. "But do you really think we could win Globnar?"
"It's the only chance we have," he replied instantly. "Besides, it's for Soos. He would do the same for us."
The twins nodded in unison before rising to their feet and putting their hands behind their necks. "Here we are, Blendin, we surrender," Dipper said as the two walked out of the tree.
Lolph and Dundgren threatened them with their blasters, but Dipper assured them that they were not going anywhere and that they accepted Blendin's challenge. The guard zapped them all back to the future, dropping the red screwdriver on the ground.
Dipper and Mabel stood in the middle of the arena, handcuffed like Blendin as a massive baby, (who dubbed himself 'Time Baby'), rose from the ground. The baby had a giant hourglass symbol on its forehead, but it also had a very deep voice and very powerful laser eyes that could kill.
Time Baby explained the instructions and the games began, consisting of all the challenges the arena could think of, ranging from a hotdog-eating contest, to a chess match where a giant 'Cyclocks' is chasing them.
The twins expected the final game to be lethal, but after all the games they've played, they're prepared for anything. The Time Baby announced the final game as Laser Tag, and they knew they were going to win. And after Dipper caught Blendin off guard while ranting, Mabel climbed up that platform and eventually grabbed the orb that was the game's main objective.
Dipper and Mabel won, granting them the time wish and the opportunity to declare the loser's punishment. They were confronted by the Time Baby, who inquired, "What fate do you decide for the loser?"
"DEATH!"
"Mabel!" Dipper hissed from behind her.
"Sorry," Mabel breathed, "Got carried away there."
They didn't punish Blendin in the end because they knew they were the ones who ruined his life in the first place. And if they treat him better now, maybe he'll be a better person subsequently. So they not only had Blendin get his job back, but they also restored his hair, so he was no longer the bald guy.
"Now, children," Time Baby said, as if he wasn't a child himself, "What is it that you want for your time wish?"
A glowing orb floated down between Dipper and Mabel. "Thank you, but the wish... isn't for us." Mabel said, sharing a look with Dipper.
"Not you?" Time Baby questioned. "But then who? Who is worthy to receive such power?!"
Back to the laser tag place, Y/n and Soos were sitting on the floor with their backs against the wall. When Soos decided that he'd rather not play anymore, Y/n stayed with him instead of playing. She was itching to tell him that she knew about the whole dad thing, but she didn't know where to begin. If she said that she knew, then either she admits that her "sister" Y/n told her, or she had been the original Y/n the whole time.
Soos might feel betrayed when he finds out that Y/n told her sister despite him saying that 'she shouldn't tell anyone', and Y/n didn't want Soos to know that she... didn't age throughout the decade.
It was just all confusing.
All of a sudden, Soos stood up with a frown. "I can't see the twins anywhere," he sighed. "Who am I kidding?"
"Soos, wait," Y/n followed. "I'm sorry, I was lying."
"Wait what?"
"Mabel and Dipper aren't actually here. I didn't know where they went and it's actually making me worry," she said, starting to fiddle with her fingers.
"Huh? But where did they go?" Soos asked, which Y/n didn't provide an answer to.
Before Soos could utter a word, everything around him stopped moving, including his friend. "Y/n? Y/n?!" She wasn't speaking nor blinking, and he was getting scared... until there was a burst behind him, blowing away his hat.
He turned around and saw Dipper, Mabel, and a futuristic-looking guy beside them. "Soos!" They exclaimed, running towards him.
"G-guys!" Soos said, surprised to see them. They both look like they've gone through a lot, as their clothes were filthy and their skin and hair were dusty. Just what adventure did they go through?
"We're sorry we left you hanging, dude!" Dipper said. "We got caught up in this... time-travel junk."
"And there was a time-cyclops," Mabel added.
"And don't forget about the-"
"The time race!" The two said in unison and chuckled tiredly.
"But the point is, Soos," Mabel looked to him, "we think we know how to fix your birthday!"
"Oh, really?" Soos said, but then he closed his eyes, placing his fingers on his eyelids. "Wait, you guys did all of that... for me?"
Blendin stepped into the scene, pressing something in his watch before the glowing orb appeared and bobbed between them. It floated down to Soos' as Blendin explained the directives. "The power to alter time paradox free in any way you choose," he said.
It was all down to Soos' decision. He could finally meet his dad after not seeing him for so many years, but looking down at the twins and their dirty clothing and messed up faces, he saw the look of love and care that he could never see in his father. They went through literal life and death just to see the smile on his face but the one person that Soos was looking for is nowhere to be seen.
"What are you waiting for, Soos?" Dipper spoke, breaking him out of his thoughts.
Soos remembered the postcard on the pocket of his cargo pants that was beginning to feel heavy. He threw away the image in his mind before looking at the time orb. "Alright, here goes nothing," He thought of what to wish for and finally touched the orb and it sparked a bright light.
When the light cleared, Dipper and Mabel were cleaned off dirt from their battles. The twins were baffled at this. "Wait what?" Mabel said.
"Bam. Fixed you up. Enjoy, dudes!"
"But, Soos! What about meeting your dad?"
"Well, birthdays are supposed to be spent by the people who care about you. But you know what, that dude didn't care about me enough to visit me once, let alone fight monsters through time and space like you dudes. I mean, you had a gladiator fight, just to make me happy. I've been being ridiculous this whole time. Whoever my dad was, he can take a hike," Soos explained, throwing away the postcard. "I know who my family is now, and it's you dudes." He kneeled down and gave the twins a hug. " Thanks for giving me the best birthday ever." He wanted to say more, but he steeled himself.
"Are you kidding me?!" Blendin screamed. "Do you have any idea what you've just wasted?! Do you know how many have died to get the time wish; the wars that were started?!"
"Oh that's not all dude," Soos assured, now holding up a slice of pizza. "I also wished for thisslice of infinite pizza. Watch." He took a bite and the pizza regenerated. "And it can do that for like...infinity."
Blendin's angry expression was wiped away. "Okay, yeah. Phew. That's a good time wish!"
Soos smiled. "There's still ten minutes before Laser Tag closes. You dudes wanna play?"
"Yeah!"
"Um," Soos turned to Blendin. "Can you unfreeze Y/n?"
Everyone stared at the frozen Y/n who was unblinking.
***
After a fun game of Laser Tag— that Y/n quickly got the hang of, they all went home, tired. But Y/n wasn't done for the day. She quickly walked beside Soos who wore a huge grin. "Soos, I need to talk to you."
"Sure, what is it?"
Y/n let the twins and Stan go inside the Shack as she and Soos stayed in the same porch steps they sat in earlier that morning. "Listen. I... know about your issue."
"Issue?" Soos asked.
"About..." she averted her gaze, "About why you hate your birthday so much."
"Y/n..."
"I... I found it through my sister, and I didn't know how to approach you about it, but I know, and I'm sorry about your dad. I'm sorry that he's the reason why you're sad every birthday. You don't deserve that, you know."
Soos' eyes widened at the mention of her sister as he remembered that exact moment years ago when he told her while they were supposed to fix the vent. But then Soos became slightly amused as he looked at the 'younger sister' Y/n, who appeared to be lost. For a brief moment, he forgot that Y/n had been frozen for the duration of Soos telling the twins that they were enough and that they were now his new family. Despite the fact that Y/n was frozen in that particular conversation, he included her in the confession.
"I've started not to care about my dad since I realize that he doesn't care about me," Soos shrugged. "I should be paying attention to people who reciprocate my respect, you know?"
Y/n nodded in agreement. She was relieved that Soos was no longer bothered by his father. Though she felt she had missed Soos's development. He was just having the worst day ever because of his birthday, but the next thing she knew he was laughing and having fun with her and the twins.
Soos looked down to the ground as he went silent. "Okay, because you told me that you knew about my dad... I guess I should tell you one thing."
"What is it?"
"Although my 12th birthday was the worst, at least one good thing happened that day," Soos smiled as his eyes were distant.
"What happened?"
"I met Y/n," he smiled as he faced her. "Your sister, I mean. She taught me how to fix machines at such a young age. She was so patient with me. Mr. Pines is great, he gave me a job too and he was also welcoming, but Y/n was just the kindest person I've ever met."
Y/n clenched her fist and stared at the handyman. She was fighting back tears as she heard Soos' praise. He says things so naturally, and he always gives credit where credit is due. She was afraid that if she spoke, tears would flow, and she didn't want to add to Soos' burden.
So she looked away and subtly wiped on her eyes. She cleared her throat. "Yeah, uhm... yeah."
"How is she anyway?"
"Hm?"
"Y/n? How is she?"
Her eyes looked into his. Does he not see that they're literally the same person? Stan was right, Soos was dumb enough to pick up clues. She shook her head. She shouldn't mock Soos after hearing him talk about her so highly. "She's doing fine with her research and all..." she said. "I'm sorry for the secret again."
"Eh, it's fine. Really. Honestly, who cares about my dad? He can hit the road," Soos said with a dismissive hand. "You, Dipper, and Mabel turned it all around anyway and I wanna thank you for being my friend."
"I'm glad we're friends too," Y/n smiled, her eyes twinkling. We've been friends for a long time.
Y/n watched Soos grow up and he remained the same goofy, compassionate, and tender-hearted person. Soos deserved all the good things in the world, despite not getting what he wanted those years ago. Yet, looking at himself and the people in his life now, he couldn't ask for anything more.
"Happy birthday, Soos."
Notes:
13-1-14-,-0-9-0-23-9-19-8-0-9-0-8-1-22-5-0-1-14-0-9-14-6-9-14-9-20-25-0-16-9-26-26-1
Chapter 17: Escaping Dreams
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
It was surprising to see rain in the middle of summer– a thunderstorm nonetheless, but that wouldn't stop the twins from going and finding some entertainment. The moment the rain began though, because Stan was a major cheapskate and wouldn't dare spend a penny on fixing the Shack properly, the roof had gotten frail and weak, causing water to leak.
The family went and gathered as many containers as they could, ranging from cups, pots, and pans and began putting them under each leak.
While they were searching for more bowls, Mabel found a random Conflict Boat board game lying around the attic and invited Dipper to play. Dipper, being competitive he is, immediately accepted the offer with an intent to win while Mabel had no idea how to play this particular game.
The rain continued pouring, and Y/n thought that this was a good excuse for coffee– although every hour is coffee hour for her– and proceeded to enjoy watching the rain fall down the window of the kitchen while sipping on the flavorful bitterness. Meanwhile Stan loitered by the TV as usual, boringly flipping through channels. Wendy and Soos were forced to stay inside the Shack because the heavy rain came unexpectedly and they didn't have anything against the weather.
Dipper inquisitively placed a hand on his chin. "I'm gonna say... B5,"
Mabel grinned excitedly. "Miss!" She proceeded to put a peg on her board. "Whop!" Her pegs were arranged like a cat's face.
"I don't think you're playing this right." Dipper glared.
All of a sudden, Stan's booming voice resonated through the house, louder than the rain. "Kids! Come quick!"
The twins sprinted down the stairs in unison, finding Stan cackling in mock laughter. Y/n sat on the huge dinosaur fossil beside the yellow couch as she continued sipping her hot beverage. "I need you to laugh at this with me!" Stan exclaimed, motioning to the TV where Gideon's commercial played. The boy held a mini guitar and the background were clouds passing by.
"Who's cute as a button, and always your friend? Lil' G-I-D to the E-O-N! Wink!"
"Li'l Gideon!" Bud announced after.
The twins had the urge to grimace. Y/n thought the jingle was fairly catchy, but it was also hilarious seeing Gideon try this hard. "Ugh, Gideon," Dipper stared weirdly.
"Remember when I wouldn't date him and he tried to destroy us?" Mabel voiced aloud.
Stan frowned deeply. "He's always trying to trick me into losing the Mystery Shack!"
"He's annoying."
Wendy walked in the room. "One time I caught him stealing my moisturizer."
"He's so weird."
Soos followed with a smile. "And yet, our mutual hatred for him bonds us together."
The commercial continued, and now Gideon was laughing with doves flying out from behind him. "Come on down to Li'l Gideon's Tent of Telepathy, opening soon at this location." The TV shows a pseudo-Mystery Shack getting crushed by the Tent of Telepathy.
"Uh," Dipper stuttered. "Should we be worried about that?"
"Please," Stan waved a dismissive hand, smirking, "the only way Gideon's taking over this shack is by breaking in and stealing my deed."
A crash was heard from the upstairs, alerting everyone. Y/n sat up. "You mean, right now?"
Inside Stan's office, was Gideon attempting to open Stan's huge safe. He mumbled possible significant numbers as codes, but nothing worked. "38? 41? Oh, heavens to Betsy!" He whispered harshly.
The door opened and there stood Stan with an angry expression. "Gideon!"
"Well, well, Stanford!" – Y/n visibly cringed upon hearing the incorrect name– "my arch nemesis. We seem to have entered a dangerous game of cat and mouse. But the question remains, who is the cat, and who is the-"
"Soos, broom." Stan deadpanned.
Conveniently, Soos was holding a broom when the old man asked for it. He began treading closer to the younger boy. "Oh no, not the broom!" Gideon ran around the room as Stan chased him.
Gideon hissed, but those fitful fell on almost deaf ears as he was repeatedly hit by the broom until he chased him outside in the rain. The people left in the office began cleaning up the mess that was the break-in attempt.
"You mark my words, Stanford, one day I'm gonna get that combination. And once I steal that deed, you'll never see the Mystery Shack again!" Gideon screamed against the rain accompanied by thunder.
"Good luck, bucko!" Stan replied with a smirk before closing the door.
Stan went back to his office, opening the vault with the combination before opening it. The deed was still there, tucked safely. He closed the vault shut again, pressing the lock button. He laughed mockingly. "The combo to this safe in the one place he'll never find it: my brain." He said aloud to himself, not knowing there was a pair of eyes peering at him through the window.
Gideon thought that he's had enough of playing games. He brought out his greatest weapon out of his little suit. A book; a dark, leather-bound cover adorned with an insignia– a six-fingered hand and a huge number 2 in blank ink. Inside were pages filled with intricate drawings and cryptic messages, and memories written by someone who had a lot on their mind. It was supposed to be a biography, a series of findings, but it had fallen in the wrong hands. It had fallen in the hands of one Gideon Gleeful.
He flipped to a certain page, his eyes shining a mischievous, evil glint as he stared at the book that gazed back.
***
It was still raining heavily. The five being Mabel, Dipper, Y/n, Wendy, and Stan were watching TV. Stan sat on the yellow throne, Mabel laid on her stomach, Dipper and Wendy were playing with toy guns– one couldn't be sure if they were enjoying it so much. Stan was the only one interested with the Grandpa the Kid showing on TV.
But while they looked like they were almost bored to death, Y/n was enjoying a tub of ice cream as she sat between Dipper and Mabel. Despite the cold rain, Y/n likes to eat dessert. It doesn't give her any brain freeze, nor does it make her tummy hurt no matter how much she ate.
Dipper glared at her playfully, aiming the Nyarf gun at her. "I admire your capacity to consume cold food in chilly conditions."
Y/n smirked at that from the rim of her ice cream tub. "You just couldn't handle it."
With that, Dipper fired, the plastic bullet hitting her straight on the forehead, but she didn't even flinch.
Mabel groaned, turning behind her. "Grunkle Stan, why can't we watch a movie that we'll all enjoy?" She brought out a video cassette. "Dream Boy High! 'Where love is on your permanent record~'."
A chorus of "Boo's" resounded while Y/n chuckled at Mabel's suggestion. "You'll learn to like it," Mabel said.
A sudden crash was heard from the kitchen, followed by Soos' screams as he ran out and into the living room. "Dudes! There's a bat in the kitchen! It tried to touch me with its weird little bat fingers!" His face scrunched worriedly.
"I got it," Y/n immediately stood up, wanting to help– but Stan pushed her back, her butt landing on the carpet with an 'oof'. "What the-"
"Don't worry, I got this under control," Stan reassured her, but she didn't believe a word he said. He simply leaned further back in his armchair and placed his hands on the nape of his neck in faux relaxation. "Dipper, take care of it."
"What?" Y/n and Dipper voiced in unison. "But why can't Y/n do it?" Dipper asked.
"'Cause life ain't fair," Stan answered without missing a beat. "Are you really making someone like Y/n sort it out?"
Y/n raised an eyebrow in offense. "What does that supposed to mean-?"
"Now go fight a bat so we can watch TV," Stan said to Dipper, completely ignoring her.
Dipper stood up and faced the older man. "No way, Grunkle Stan! You always make me do dumb chores." He clenched his fists. "I'm putting my foot down this time!" He said, stomping his shoe on the ground.
"I said do it, kid! Now!"
The room went quiet, except for Stan and Dipper seeming to have a stare-off, growling at each other.
"Grr-!"
"Okay! I'll do it." Dipper surrendered, sighing in defeat. He exchanged glances with Y/n before retreating back into the kitchen. Y/n and Mabel followed behind him. "Stupid chores..." he picked up a saucepan and spoon off the floor.
"Don't worry, I can help you, Dipper," Y/n tried to assure.
"Oh, that reminds me!" Stan shouted from the other room. "Y/n, go throw out the rainwater from the pots upstairs!"
She turned behind her and gave the voice a glare that could kill. Dipper tried to smile positively. "It's alright, Y/n. You can go."
"But-"
"I can handle it," he said, "Besides, Mabel is here for support."
"Okay..." Y/n said slowly before quickly sprinting across the living room and upstairs to take care of the leaks to get to the twins as soon as possible.
That left Dipper, who looked quite determined in getting the bat out, and Mabel, who had her back on the wall, about to say some inspiring words. "Remember, bats are more afraid of you than you are of them."
He nodded briefly before treading forwards to face the creature with nothing but kitchen supplies.
"Maybe I'm thinking of ducklings."
Loud screams from Dipper resounded as things crashed around the kitchen. The boy fought for his life when the bat extended its claws and aimed to scratch him. He managed to dodge its attacks, but the hits caused his Dipper to fly off. He screamed some more when the bat attempted to grab his vest and bring him away somewhere.
"Go get it, Dipper!" Mabel cheered from the side.
"I'm trying!"
"Do you need help?" Y/n asked, standing beside Mabel as she had already finished her task.
"It's fine!" He smiled shakily, trying to appear calm. The bat screeched, revealing its sharp fangs, rearing for Dipper. "A-actually, I might need a little- help! Eek!" He dodged the rabid animal's grasp.
Y/n frantically stepped in, arms reaching for the bat. It was a big bat, but it wasn't anything she hadn't seen before. The creature saw the gal coming towards it, so on instinct, it pushed Dipper off so hard that his head fell on the floor with a thud.
The bat squealed some more and tried to scare Y/n off, but there wasn't an inch of fear on her body. With her right arm, she stretched for the bat trapped in the corner. It jumped onto her and bit her hand, but of course, it didn't hurt. Now with her vacant hand, she caressed its furry head. The bat tensed up, surprised from the sudden act of affection. Its teeth let go of her fingers and began sniffing as if familiarizing itself.
Y/n walked herself and the bat near the fridge and opened it, finding a half-bitten apple. "Want it?"
She brought the fruit closer to the creature clinging onto her arm. It seemed to have understood her, leaning closer to catch a scent. It took it with its little hands, bringing it to its mouth and taking a bite. Y/n looked outside the kitchen window and the rain stopped. She deduced that the bat probably just wanted food and shelter. But this Shack wasn't the right place to look for those two things.
"You gotta go, little fella," she spoke to the bat. "You've caused quite the ruckus."
The twins watched with looks of wonder. It was amazing to see her so caring and gentle albeit seeing her literally act like that every single day. But this was the first time– and maybe last time, that she managed to calm down a raging bat.
Mabel, being the enthusiastic and optimistic one out of the two, stepped closer. "Can I pet it?"
Y/n glanced down at the creature and gestured something. "What do you say?"
The bat clung tightly, but its expressions were blank. Y/n nodded to signal Mabel that it was okay so the girl reached over and gently patted the bat's head and neck. Immediately, the creature nuzzled closer, closing its eyes in comfort. Y/n had the urge to smirk slyly. The bat does like pets, but wouldn't want to admit it.
Eventually, the bat had to be set free, seeing that there wasn't any rain anymore. Dipper didn't want to pet it for obvious reasons and because he needed medical attention. So Soos went to the bathroom and got the medkit.
Dipper was situated in a chair placed in the middle of the kitchen as the supplies were placed on the dining table. Bandages and disinfectant were brought out, and Mabel began applying bandages to Dipper's head. Y/n sat in front of him after washing her hands. She brought out the hydrogen peroxide and cotton balls, and began cleaning the wounds he got from the bat fight.
"This might hurt..." she mumbled, reaching for his arm.
"Ow, ow!" Dipper clenched his hand tightly.
She stopped momentarily, opting to glance at his face and see if the pain stopped before continuing. He gritted his teeth as he squeezed his eyes shut.
Dipper sighed. "Why does Grunkle Stan always pick on me? Think about it! The more painful or difficult the chore is, the more likely it is I'll have to do it. Why doesn't he pick on you guys?" His question seemed to be directed at Y/n since she felt his eyes on her.
She couldn't answer. Lucky for her, Soos came into the kitchen, having overheard the conversation. "Dipper, Stan's personality is one of life's great mysteries. Like whether or not it's possible to lick your own elbow." Good enough answer.
"I bet you can't!" Mabel challenged.
"I bet I can!" Soos began attempting to licking his own elbow, his feet leading him away from the kitchen. Mabel followed, chanting support.
It was just the two of them. Y/n was absentmindedly wrapping a new gauze on his wrist, not knowing what to say at the moment. Dipper exhaled tiredly. "Sometimes I feel like Stan hates me."
"He doesn't hate you." He looked up to see Y/n avoiding his gaze. It was a surprise to hear a reply after that statement. "He doesn't hate you," she repeated, softly this time.
Dipper remained quiet. Although thoughts were still brewing in his head– particularly memories of Stan bossing him around– he couldn't say anything. He watched as Y/n finished bandaging his hands and began clearing the table of the first aid supplies. Dipper stood up and helped her. Silence loomed over them. The only noise surrounding them were the random droplets of water coming from the sink and the deafening sound of a radiator. Their hands briefly touched when they reached for the gauze. Dipper flinched away while Y/n didn't bat an eye. It was just quiet.
"Thank you," Dipper decided to end the muteness between the two of them.
"You're welcome," she replied. So she wasn't mad at him. That was good. "You know that I'm always here for you." That was great. "I know that sometimes you try and prove to everybody that you can do it, but you don't have to do it alone." That was better. "We're a team. You and me." That was best.
He couldn't help but smile at that. "I know I can rely on you," he said. "I trust you."
Y/n's heart was racing, but she couldn't tell whether it was good or bad. Trust is a big word with even bigger implications. Her palms were clammy at his confession. He trusts her. Trust. That meant he trusts that she would never stab him in the back or she would catch him if he falls. He feels safe around her. He knows that he will never be hurt in her presence.
"I trust you too," she couldn't stop her mouth.
"You do?" Dipper dared to ask.
"Of course. We're friends, aren't we?"
The corner of his lips dropped slightly. It took him ten seconds to reply. "Yeah. That's... that's good to hear."
***
The day went on normally. The rain stopped in the afternoon, but it was still cloudy until sunset. Come evening was dinner, until Mabel proposed to have a movie night. Maybe this was her way of making Dipper relaxed and rested after that embarrassing bat fight, but a movie does sound nice.
"So, what are we watching?"
"Whatever comes in the almighty Gravity Falls TV!" Mabel answered happily, picking up the remote and switching the appliance on. Immediately, the announcer listed off the following movies the local theater production had to offer. Most of the items in the catalog were done with almost no effort at all, but it was still good entertainment– laughing at the mistakes and errors that they could notice.
"You're watching theGravity Falls Bargain Movie Showcase!" The voice from the TV took the trio's attention. "Coming up next: Kewl Vampirez! Classic Romantic Teenage Movie! Ducktective: The Duck That Went Quack! And Attack of the Killer Gnomes!"
"Hmm," Mabel thought aloud.
"I already know what you're thinking, Mabel," Dipper deadpanned.
"You don't know what I'm about to choose." The girl rolled her eyes.
The boy crossed his arms. "Let me guess, is it 'Classic Romantic Teenage Movie'?"
"Nope!" Mabel looked proud. "I actually want to watch Attack of the Killer Gnomes and see if they captured the gnomes' stinky attitude perfectly! But what about you, Y/n?"
The twins faced her as she entered the living room with a bowl of freshly cooked popcorn, the smell wafting in the air. "I'm fine with anything," she said, casually sitting next to Dipper on the big, yellow couch. Dipper immediately reached over and got himself a handful of the tasty snack.
"Well, for once I actually agree with Mabel's pick," Dipper said with his mouth still full, resulting in his speech to sound so muffled. He swallowed. "Come on, let's watch it."
Mabel played the movie anyway, the logos of the productions rolling up. She stood up and switched off the lights, the soft glow of the TV providing their only light. Mabel situated herself on the ground, in between Y/n and Dipper's feet, munching on her own bowl of popcorn– and with Waddles already fast asleep beside her, she used him as a pillow.
The movie was pretty decent– featuring a trio of friends going on an adventure when they encountered innocent-looking gnomes. They thought they were safe until they found out that they were about to be eaten, like a plot straight up from Hansel and Gretel. The three kids battle with the gnomes, reminding the three other people of their own encounters.
It was a funny moment when the microphone was being visible in some scenes, and the teen actors weren't doing their best acting scared. Well, who would get scared when the "gnomes" weren't actual, moving creatures. They were moved by hand, only plastered with eyebrows and sharp teeth to appear angry.
The credits soon rolled. The popcorn already ran out, and they were stretching in their seats. They opted to share their insights about the film they just watched, mostly recalling the moment when they pointed out the mistakes and laughing about it.
Mabel picked up the remote and switched through the channels, pausing when a duck in a detective outfit waddled around the street with a magnifying glass in one of its wings. "Ooh, which episode is this?"
"I think it's a rerun of the first season while we're waiting for the second," Y/n answered, her eyes glued to the TV. "I haven't watched this particular one, though."
"Oh okay. Let's watch it." Mabel grinned.
"Should I get more popcorn?"
The twins shook their heads. "Nuh-uh. I'm full."
"Me too."
"Okay then." Y/n stayed in the chair, even going as far as sliding down slightly. Dipper had his left arm placed on the arm of the couch as his head laid on his palm comfortably. Mabel remained seated, her back sliding further down Waddles' stomach. Her eyes were half-lidded as she burped out. A duck with a gun was the last thing she saw before sleep completely took over.
Dipper wasn't doing very well as well, he fought to keep his eyes open as the episode was nearing its end. He adjusted his seat and laid his back against the cushion, blinking his eyes. Y/n was beside him, attention solely on the television, eating what was left of the popcorn bowl.
He glanced to his right and watched as Y/n's eyes sparkled with the animation dancing in her sclera. Her mouth slightly opened when Ducktective stabbed the suspect repeatedly and fake blood gushed out.
Y/n saw something move in the corner of her eyes. Facing to her left slightly and sliding her gaze, Dipper was immersed with the TV, drumming his fingers against the arm of the couch. He suppressed a yawn with his right fist, tears forming in the corner of his eyes as it closed. When he opened those charming brown eyes again, Y/n already had her stare back towards the TV.
They sat equally, shoulder to shoulder, with hands not knowing where to put. Dipper's hands were on his stomach, while Y/n's were caged around her body. The episode reached its conclusion before the credits quickly appeared. A commercial for a new vacuum played and boredom commenced.
The two people left awake were too tired to start a conversation. All the noise left were voices from enthusiastic business people as they try to sell their invention, and the occasional whistle coming from Mabel as she laid fast asleep with her pet pig.
Y/n slowly blinked, afraid that sleep just might take her captive– but she didn't want to move and had to wake up the twins. She couldn't disrupt Mabel's slight laughs as she's clearly having the best dream ever.
But before Y/n could do further adjustments in her, she felt something heavy lay on her left shoulder, making her tense up. She could feel thick curls tickling her neck and cheek. And her arm felt warmth as skin made contact. Her whole left side felt warm as Dipper placed his entire weight on her.
Yet instead of moving, she stayed still, eyes fixated on the show. She hadn't watched this particular episode either, but her mind couldn't seem to concentrate. Her skin seemed to tingle when she felt Dipper nuzzle unconsciously deeper in her collar. Does he feel comfortable? Is she moving too much? Is she warm?
Is Waddles a pig?
They all have the same answers.
She let out a breath she didn't know she was holding. Her shoulders slumped after realizing that she was still tense. Y/n sighed a bit, calming her ferocious-beating heart, turning her gaze to the TV. She didn't know where to put her hands again, opting to intertwine it and place it on top of her stomach.
Dipper was sound asleep, and she was envious. But the universe reassured her and practically told her that she shouldn't worry any longer and soon enough, her eyelids felt heavy. Ducktective was hanging on a cliff and as much as Y/n wanted to see what happened, unfortunately, sleep came first.
△▼△
Dipper woke up to a bright flash, shielding his eyes until the light died. He looked around and saw that he was inside the Mystery Shack, but it was void of objects. It was an empty room, nothing else.
Except there was a blue portal that resembled a black hole, violent winds sweeping the boy off his feet as he tried to keep his feet on the ground. He stared at the swirl of dark colors, emitting a whooshing sound as if something was about to come out. He waited in participation. What could it be? A monster? His greatest fear? Death ?
But nothing could have prepared him when a yellow triangle-shaped creature with arms and legs– its prominent features were a bowtie and tall hat– tumbled out of the portal.
"Hey there. buddy!" The triangle spoke, levitating in the air like it was a bubble. He snapped his fingers and a cane appeared in his hands. He floated down in front of the dumbstruck boy and began dancing, singing a tune.
Dipper, still bewildered, pointed at the being. "Who are you?"
The triangle's eye remained blank. "Name's Bill, nice to meet ya." He tipped his hat but doing so caused the room to flip and Dipper tumbled in his steps. He toppled around while Bill plopped his tall hat back to his pointy head.
Bill? That name sounded too familiar. And the isosceles form he took couldn't be a simple coincidence.
"Nice subconscious you got here, Dipper!"
Dipper tried to balance himself, recovering from the room flipping around. "Wha? H-how did you know my name?" His face scrunched into a look of anxiety, confusion, and fear.
"Oh, I know lots of things!" Bill raised his arms before landing on the floor. He pointed a finger-gun at him as he listed things that he knew about the boy. "You're scared to death of uncertainty.
Another copy of Bill came out from behind him, "Your real name isn't Dipper,"
And another duplicate appeared to the left. "And..." the copy chortled to himself. "Oh, this is interesting..." The three sets of Bills stared at him. "You spend a lot of time thinking about... Daisy?" The end came out more as a question rather than a statement. " Daisy ? And I thought she's dumb."
Dipper raised an eyebrow. "Daisy? Who is that?"
If Bill had a mouth, he would be smirking. The other Bill leaned towards the last Bill. "Gimme details!" The three little triangles huddled together as whispers erupted. "Oh ho, that is scandalous!" The other one commented.
Dipper was getting red in the face, anxiety creeping in as he thought of what Bill might say. The triangle still had to explain who Daisy was supposed to be, but he may have a guess because she's the only one running through his mind. "Dude! What do you want from me?" Dipper said, exasperated.
"Oh, right!" Bill exclaimed before snapping his finger and before he knew, he became one again. He walked up to the boy. "So get this," his singular transformed into a mini-projector, emitting blue light. A photo of Stan's head appeared on the screen. "This fat little baby man Gideon hires me to, uh, I don't know-" the projection occurred,, depicting Bill's plan like he was doing a business proposal, prepared with a powerpoint presentation, "uh, hop into your uncle's mind and steal a combination to his safe or whatever?"
Dipper stared at the projector, his eyes furrowed.
BIll continued, "So the kid, can, I don't know, steal a deed and destroy your house or something?" He nonchalantly showed a graphic of Gideom's large hand smashing the Mystery Shack completely. "Pretty serious stuff," the show was over, and he turned off the projector that was his eye.
It was silent for a brief moment until Bill caught something lying on the ground. "Hey, what's this?" He picked it up , it was a paddleball. Bill began playing with it. "Paddle, paddle, paddle, paddle, paddle," he mumbled.
Dipper was still reeling from the information he just received from possibly one of the most powerful beings. "You're gonna get Grunkle Stan's code by entering his dreams?"
Bill continued paddling with a casual stance. "Sure, just like I entered your dreams. And thanks for the compliment! I am pretty powerful. Hey, what's that?" He snapped his fingers and before Dipper could have the chance to think and process what just happened, he realized that his feet weren't touching the ground anymore.
Gravity pulled him down as Dipper tried to cling to any leverage, screaming for help. He was falling through the sky, groups of clouds flying past him. Meanwhile, Bill's pose looked relaxed with his triangle head laying on his hand. "I bet you're wondering if there's a way to stop me." Dipper couldn't answer as he was still screaming. "Well, I don't wanna give you any hints, but I bet there's a way for you to follow me into his brain!"
He then pointed at something from afar. "Ah, there's the old man's head now!"
Dipper stopped screaming momentarily to take a look at a ginormous Stan head laying on the vast expanse of pasture. Bill had the two of them float near towards the target, until he stopped. He flew to where he needed to be; facing Dipper, as the same portal from earlier appeared once more.
"See you in your nightmares, kid!"
His eyes closed then opened. "You can't tell but I'm winking. You know, uh, one eye- okay, later, BYEEE!"
Bill went through the glowing gateway like a flushed toilet. Dipper looked down and realized that he was still falling, about to meet his rough demise. He screamed as the ground was coming near, but before the harsh impact, he woke up.
He was breathless when he opened his eyes. His face was sweaty as he scanned his surroundings. The TV was off, Mabel was on the ground fast asleep, but Y/n was already awake, rubbing her eyes frantically. She heaved a huge sigh, not noticing that the boy beside her was looking at her in concern.
Earlier...
A maniacal laugh echoed around the emptiness. She glanced around her to find the culprit, only to find nothing. She flitted her eyes around again until the laughing stopped.
Piano sounds accompanied a ringing voice as it sang a little jingle, "Daiiisy, Daiiisy~ Give me an answer, dooo~!"
Upon the horizon, a yellow triangle floated down with a singular eye closed. Arms stretched out as if he was a god descending from above. He continued singing despite not having a mouth– but Y/n was sure that the reverberating voice was coming from him, "I'm haaalf crazy! All for the looove of you !"
He hovered around until he was in front of her. Y/n was unimpressed. "Nice song," she remarked sarcastically.
"An 1892 classic, sung just for you!" He bounced around in the air. "I'm sure you missed me just as how I missed playing with you! Do you even remember who I am?"
She stepped back a bit at his close proximity. "Something tells me I met you before..." she said slowly.
"Does your brain need refreshing?" The triangle flew near and plucked a copy of her brain, dipping it in a bucket of water that magically appeared. "Name's Bill Cipher, although it's kinda my doing that you couldn't recall our first meeting."
"What?" She was clueless.
His one eye rolled away. "Oh come on, Daisy, surely that big head of yours can restore memories from 30 years ago!" Bill placed his hands on.... the side of his shape. "It's not that long, is it? You even kept the necklace he gave you!"
Instinctively, she reached for her collar where her necklace laid on. Ford? How does he know Ford?
"Oh my, you are so gullible! And stupid. And dumb." He laughed aloud, placing his hands where his stomach was supposed to be.
Y/n narrowed her eyes in irritation. She didn't want anyone to ever belittle her and her skills. "What do you want from me?"
"And why did the headless chicken cross the road?" The literal chicken without its head crossed between them. "Is for you to not know and keep your nose out of it!" He cackled before flicking her nose. "Okay, okay. I'll give you a hint. I'm not that bad."
Bill snapped his fingers and all of a sudden, Y/n was floating with him. "Wha-"
He swiped his hand to the left, and she felt whiplash from the movement of the room around them. Everything thrusted to the side and now they were in a dark, empty abyss. "Gideon Gleeful. Stan Pines. Mind. Code. Shack. Destroyed. Kaboom. Presentation over."
As a visual aid, pictures appeared around him out of nowhere.. Y/n's gaze wandered around possible hints but the answer was right in front of her all this time. She wasn't the moron Bill assumed she was. Clearly, this being was tasked to break inside Stan's mind to forcibly get the code for Gideon. How is he going to do that?
Her thoughts were cut off when a hand landed on her cheek harshly. She was brought back to reality– the reality being she's still with the triangle guy. She glared at him in offense. The slap didn't hurt of course, but the fact that he got to touch her made her annoyed.
"Boy, you kids sure love to overthink a lot. Here's some advice: clear your head. It would make it easy for me to look around for information I need when I enter your mind."
"As if I'll let you do as you please," Y/n challenged, crossing her arms.
"Why not? It would be so much fun! Look at all the fun me and Fordsy had!"
Hearing the name hit her harder than a smack ever could. Her veins felt like they were on fire, but her muscles were trembling. Fordsy? Ford? When she sought to grasp them, reflections of the past emerged. Ford's voice appeared to come in whispers. "Daisy, Daisy. Sleep tight, Daisy."
Bill groaned, annoyance seeping in. "Are we seriously doing this again? Come on, recover your memories faster. We're on a time limit over here!"
She kept quiet. She's had enough replying to his mockery. She kept her mind clear to avoid him reading her thoughts. She figured someone like Bill could do that. She just wanted Bill to get out of her mind as soon as possible so she could find a way to save Stan.
"You done?" Bill checked, leaning to the side.
Y/n promptly nodded, looking him directly in the eye, her arms remained on her sides. "Are you gonna leave now?"
"Because you said so... I have to leave," the triangle said, feigning sadness– if he could even do that. "Don't miss me that much. You still have to focus on fixing that portal!" He floated away from her, a portal hoving into view behind him. "See you in your nightmares!
"He'll see you soon."
She woke up with a sharp inhale, her eyes snapping open. Her breathing shortened for a bit as she rubbed her sleep away. The sun was already up as the light was seeping in. Noises from the TV entered her hearing and after successfully finding the remote within her reach, she turned it off. She just needed peace after that chaotic meeting with Bill.
Heaving a sigh, she rubbed her temples. "Bill Cipher..." That was the name of the triangle that visited her in her dreams.
"So you got that nightmare, too?" A voice to her left whispered slowly. Dipper looked down. "A triangle guy. I've seen him from the journal."
Dipper reached from behind him and retrieved the leathered book. He flipped through the pages and stopped once he saw a huge drawing. Bill Cipher, written in Ford's elegant writing. There were codes and symbols surrounding the triangle being with one eye. But it was seeing this particular page with drops of red that sent her mind into a frenzy. Was it blood? Was it jam? And why is this coming to light now? What was Ford hiding from her, then?
So many questions yet all of them are left unanswered.
The one thing she despised above all was someone keeping something from her, especially from someone she cared about. She simply did not enjoy being kept in the dark. Ignore the fact that she is literally doing to the twins what she despises right now. She pushed the uncertainty and nervousness down and remained blank. "Read it," she said.
"Beware Bill, the most powerful and dangerous creature I've ever encountered. Whatever you do, never let him into your mind."
An involuntary shiver ran across her spine. That was Ford's warning. He couldn't possibly write this in his journal if he hadn't encountered the being. The last statement seemed to haunt her. Never let him into your mind. More questions arise from that, alarms blaring in her mind.
"We have to stop him," she spoke. "Bill is planning to extract the code to the safe directly from Stan's mind."
A pointed gasp interrupted before Y/n could question Dipper's hesitant expression. Mabel was breathless. "Triangle..." she hyperventilated. "Stan's mind..." She puffed. "Code...!"
"Mabel, calm down." Y/n reached over and patted her hair comfortingly. "We'll stop him."
"You had that dream, too?" The girl exclaimed before standing up, startling her pet pig who ran away in fear. "We have to go now!"
"Dudes!" Soos came into the room in perfect timing, but he was panting out of breath. "You gotta help Stan! He's gone cuckoo bananas and his eyes are turning blue!"
The trio exchanged panic glances before discarding everything in the living room and following Soos into Stan's office. Opening the door, the sight of the old man greeted them. He was writhing in his seat like a wild dog. He grunted like he was having the worst nightmare ever.
In a panic, Mabel snatched the book from Dipper. "It is possible to follow the demon into a person's mind and prevent his chaos. One must simply recite this incantation."
Dipper wasn't feeling up to it, sulking. "Ugh, this is just great. I spend all day cleaning sinks and fighting bats for Stan and now I have to save him from some crazy brain demon?"
"But if we don't do anything Gideon might steal the shack! Or worse!" Mabel took the words out of Y/n's mouth.
Stan's screaming resounded and the four's attention switched to him. "Come on, Dipper," Y/n faced him. "Do this with us."
He sighed in defeat. "Fine."
A few minutes later, after hauling Stan over to the living room, the quartet managed to make the living room look like they were about to summon something– with the lights turned off and lit candles surrounding them. They all placed their hand on Stan's head as Dipper began orating the invocation.
"Videntis omnium. Magister mentium. Magnesium ad hominem. Magnum opus. Habeas corpus! Inceptus Nolanus overratus! Magister mentium! Magister mentium! MAGISTER MENTIUM!"
Eyes opened to a place of black and white. Soos and Mabel made exclamations of awe as they slowly looked at their surroundings. Y/n couldn't believe that it worked, while Dipper was wary of the atmosphere.
They stood in front of what seemed to be a macabre version of the Mystery Shack. "Whoa, this is Stan's mind?" Mabel said to no one in particular.
Soos followed suit, "Huh. Figured there would be a lot more hot old ladies."
Y/n frowned. Now they were going to see what Stan really was. She didn't want that day to come just yet.
"Remember, everyone, we've got to look out for the triangle guy," Mabel warned.
"Yeah, look out for the triangle guy!" A voice arrived, and it was Bill in the shape. He held a cane fit for his size as he twirled it around.
"Look! He's a triangle!" Soos pointed out.
Mabel asserted, "You leave our uncle's brain alone, you isosceles monster!"
"Mabel, wait!" Y/n's warning fell on deaf ears as the girl rushed forward to Bill, but he was one step ahead, using his body as a makeshift portal and Mabel jumped inside. Seconds later, she was out.
"Gotcha!" Mabel exclaimed, but her hands were empty. "Wait, what?"
Bill's eye widened slightly in joy. "Ah, Stan's family, we met at last! Question Mark, Shooting Star, Pinetree," he paused, intertwining his hands together. "And who could forget our dear Daisy!"
Dipper jolted when he heard the nickname. He looked to his right to see Y/n staring right at Bill with an irritated expression. He didn't want to think about Bill's implication earlier in his dream at the moment.
Without another second to think, Bill had shot a hole in Y/n's chest– that Mabel's hand could fit through. Dipper screamed. "Are you okay?" He asked her.
"Never better," she smiled as a joke, when she didn't even feel anything. Ignoring the literal gap in her torso, she glared at Bill. "Get out of Stan's mind, Bill! You're never gonna find the code!"
"Hah! As if you can stop me! I am the master of the mind. I even know what you're thinking right now! "
"That's impossible, no one can guess what I'm thinking!" Mabel objected.
With a snap of his fingers, two tall, brightly-colored men stood in between Mabel. They looked like they were from an 80s film, and looking at them just made Dipper's eyes hurt.
"Whoa!" The first guy spoke in a weird accent. "Where are we, bro?"
"We must be in heaven!" The blue-haired guy in a cool jacket shrugged. "'Cuz I just saw an angel..." he crouched down to Mabel, who was wearing a wide smile.
"I'm never letting go of your leg!"
Bill floated boredly. "You're out of your league, kids. Turn around now before you see something you might regret." He tipped his hat in farewell. "Later, suckers!" Bill crashed through the wall inside the Mystery Shack and he was gone.
"Let's go," Y/n spoke, unimpressed that Bill could easily distract them like that. She began walking as Dipper followed suit after complaining to Mabel about the two other men with them.
Eventually, the main door to the Shack opened, revealing sets of doors. It didn't look like the normal Shack; it was disoriented and messy– like Stan. Eyes roamed around floating wooden boards, monochromatic decorations and such.
As Y/n scouted every possible room they might come across, they followed the descending stairs. There were separate territories for Stan's hopes and fears, but they decided to go to his memories instead, hoping to find the memory of Stan inputting the code before Bill could. That way, they could conceal it or keep it safe from him.
Memories of Stans played as they walked by them. Each opened door showed recollection from this summer. Soos marveled at the sight. "Whoa, look! All of Stan's memories!"
"Great. Sure there's plenty of memories of Stan bossing me around, can't wait to see more of that."
Y/n raised an eyebrow at Dipper's bitterness. His resentment towards the old man can wait. What's important was that they get to the code before Bill finds it.
So everyone went searching, opening doors and looking through Stan's history. One had Stan in his entrepreneurial days, his moments in jail, and even his times going on dates.
While walking, Dipper discovered a door with a symbol on it; the iconic pinetree on his trucker hat. Write on the door were the words, "DIPPER MEMORIES" with a boarded up sign that said "keep out".
"Look, guys! Memories about me..." Dipper said, stopping in his tracks.
"That doesn't seem like a good idea," Soos suggested.
"I just wanna know what the old guy really thinks of me," He replied, raising an eyebrow.
Mabel walked by, casually smiling, "We already know how Stan feels about us; he loves us! We're great."
Dipper wasn't satisfied with the answer, crossing his arms in contempt.
Y/n looked away, knowing that Dipper would still go inside that section anyway despite their warnings. "Let's just go. We're running out of time." She just hoped that Dipper would soon understand that Stan's actions are vastly different from his intentions.
Dipper took Y/n's cue as a distraction, quietly thankful. He slipped away from the group as a distraction and went back to the already ajar door and tip-toed inside. A hallway full of closed doors greeted him, accompanied by Stan's orders and mocking laughter. "Dipper, my back itches!" "Unclog the toilet, Dipper!" "Dipper, fix the roof in this sweltering heat right now!"
He stopped in front of a random door, twisting the knob open. He remembered this memory. "-No buts! Now go chop that firewood already!" Stan twisted the newspaper in his hand and smacked Dipper's head with it.
"Ah!" Dipper winced, glaring as he turned around and walked towards the stump meters away from the Shack.
Stan sat down on the couch beside Y/n who was sighing in pity. "Stan, why are you so hard on Dipper all the time? You make fun of him 24/7, and you give him chores. And whenever I volunteer to do them, you don't let me."
Stan whispered something to Y/n that Dipper couldn't hear clearly, making him lean more. "The kid's a loser. He's weak! He's an utter embarrassment!
"I just wanna get rid of him..."
Dipper heard enough, closing the door with a deep frown on his face. He went to look for the exit, bile growing in his stomach. He just wanted to get out of this place.
Meanwhile the remaining five went and opened every door that might lead to Stan's code. Y/n had looked everywhere all the while being wary of what the others might discover the longer they were in here. On top of the vexing hole in her chest, it was becoming increasingly frustrating that they hadn't made any headway in cracking the code. She became agitated when she realized that anyone could open a door with her in it and notice that Stan was younger while Y/n remained the same. Fortunately, no one was able to locate one.
Yet.
Soos opened one door, displaying a memory of Stan in front of the vending machine, pressing buttons. The contraption opened and he stepped inside. Imaginary alarms blared in Y/n's ears as Soos let the memory play. "Soos, wait, let me explain-" Y/n whispered harshly.
"Boring," Soos cut off, closing the door abruptly. And at that, Y/n raised an eyebrow at his uninterest. Did... Did Soos just call possibly one of the most dangerous secrets unfolding right in front of his eyes- boring?!
Y/n stood still, while the rest went forth, following Mabel. Said girl found a trapdoor with the words TOP SECRET above it. "Alright, guys, I have a good feeling about this door," Mabel said before opening it.
Everyone watched as a memory of a shirtless Stan played with his belly button, giving it a voice and feeding it. Y/n almost gagged at the sight.
"Sweet sally!" Exclaimed Mabel.
"Oh, we've been searching forever! What if the triangle guy finds the memory before we do?" Soos expressed his uncertainty.
Y/n narrowed her eyes at the handyman. It wasn't like Soos to worry. In fact, he's been taking this situation very lightly– making dumb jokes, laughing at the memories, and smiling with Mabel. Something weird was going on, but she didn't know what.
Mabel placed a finger on her chin. "If we wanna find Stan's memory, we gotta think like Stan. He's always hiding stuff, right?"
Soos smiled, "Yeah! Like how he hides his arrest warrants under that rug in the gift shop?"
Wait, how did he know that?
Y/n felt a shiver running down her spine at the information. Only she knew that because she's the one hiding them under that rug.
"Soos-?"
Her question died in her throat when Mabel found the same exact-looking rug in one of the hallways. "Guys, look!" She pulled off the carpet and lo and behold, there was a random trapdoor. Mabel opened the door, and there Stan was, walking towards his vault with the deed in his hands. He placed it inside before closing the safe. He inputted the code, but Y/n closed the door just as Stan almost finished his sentence.
"Ok, we found it," she said. "Now let's destroy it."
Mabel smiled without a care in the world. "Good idea, Y/n! That way Bill wouldn't be able to get his hands on it."
Yeah, and even if the memory was disintegrated, Y/n knew the code. And even if Bill somehow got a hold of it and gave it to Gideon, she could easily change the code to the safe before Gideon could break in again.
She just didn't want to let him win.
Mabel saw a nearby ax and was about to hand it to Y/n until Soos stepped in between the two. "Wait! Maybe I should do it. My big fat arms are great at destroying stuff!"
Okay, Soos was bothering her now, but she refused to admit it. What happened to the Soos who had put his trust in her to do the job? Oh, it didn't appear to be the real Soos when he lifted the door with psychic power. A blue aura shone through the door.
"Hey, guys! I just saw a memory of Stan roller skating and wearing short-shorts!"
Their attention turned to the other Soos who was unaware of everything that happened. The first Soos laughed– his voice different now. At least he found it funny.
His two eyes become one and his body morphed back to a yellow floating triangle paired with a bowtie and tophat. He was floating again. "I knew it," Y/n seethed under her breath.
"Sure, you 'knew it'," Bill mocked through quotes. "Pretend you're the smartest in the room,"
She glowered more. She didn't like people belittling her intelligence.
"Face it, you won't beat me! You all are simply too gullible for a powerful guy like me." If he had a mouth, he would be smirking. "Later, suckers!" He breezed away before the human eye could blink.
"Come on, we gotta save Stan!" Mabel exclaimed. Y/n was rearing for a fight and was ready to agree with the braces-wearing gal, until-
"What's the point?" A voice sounded from the end of the hall. Dipper descended from the set of stairs. He scowled. "Why should I save him, huh? I work for Stan day and night, and all he does in return is say he wants to get rid of me," the boy fumed.
The group was quiet, until Mabel spoke. "Dipper, I'm sure that's not true," she reasoned, trying to ease his increasing temper. Leave it to Mabel to handle her brother's mood.
"I saw it with my own eyes in one of his memories, Mabel!" Dipper shouted. "He's always picked on me and now I know why. Stan hates me!" Then, his gaze flitted to the person standing behind. His glare only deepened. "Isn't that right, Y/n?"
Soos and the rest gasped at Dipper's accusation.
"What?" Y/n croaked a response. She wondered how she got reeled into the conversation between the twins.
"You were there," he began. "You asked Stan why he picks on me all the time, and you heard his answer."
She couldn't say anything.
"I'm weak, an utter embarrassment and Stan just wants to get rid of me. Does that ring a bell?" Dipper emphasized his phrases, and each time she felt guilt running across her veins. Upon seeing her face shift into one of shame, he grew even more angry.
Mabel stepped in, not wanting to waste any more time. "Dipper, it doesn't matter what you saw. If we don't stop Bill, we'll lose the Shack!"
"No!" He whirled to her. "You know what? Not this time. For once this is one of Stan's problems I'm not gonna fix." He folded his arms and stepped back.
Mabel narrowed her eyes. "Fine. Come on, Y/n, we'll save Stan ourselves."
When she heard her name, Y/n was startled and hesitantly stepped forward. The rest of the group followed Mabel, eventually leaving the two in the hall. Dipper was glaring so hard at the ground, he could practically ignite a fire with his gaze.
Y/n bit her lip in anticipation. "Dipper, I'm not sure what memory you saw in there, but you know Stan will always have an underlying meaning with his words." She had a feeling that what he saw wasn't all there is to it. There must be some way to convince him otherwise, but she didn't have time. "I hope you change your mind in saving him."
She waited, hoping for a shift in his resolve. He didn't move.
She left.
The group ran after the yellow triangle, following the path of destruction he left behind. There was one hall where all the doors of memories were opened so they ventured through. Mabel brought out a nyarf gun that she was hiding in her sweater's pocket the whole time.
Y/n heard a distorted voice in the next hall and urged the others to stay quiet. They followed her steps to the monochromatic corridor to see Bill talking to Gideon. He was on his way to disclose the code to him just as Mabel aimed for the trapdoor before firing. The plastic bullet directly hit the door, smacking it out of Bill's hand and tumbling towards one of Stan's memories of the Bottomless Pit.
Bill chased after the falling door with a scream. "Ah! No, no, no! Wait, no!"
The Stan in the memory watched as the door entered the pit and was plunged into the darkness. "Whoo! Whatever that was, it's gone forever!"
The door closes, leaving Bill petrified. Y/n stood proud of Mabel while the others cheered her on.
"She did it!" The two brightly colored men bellowed and gave each other a high five.
Soos raised his fist. "The Shack is safe!"
"The deal's off!" Gideon hissed.
Bill stuttered, "Wa-wait, no! Wait-!"
"I'm switchin' to plan B!"
The call ended before Bill could reply, and theatrically, his yellow body cracked into pieces and fell to the ground as if he wasn't of use anymore. His triangle form came back, but this time, it was bright red– like a warning sign and the edges of his shape illuminated like lightning.
He turned around and glared fiercely. "You! You can't even imagine what you just cost me! Do you have any idea what I'm like when.. I'm... mad?!" He roared the last part in a low, demonic voice.
Immediately, Y/n pushed Mabel back and shielded them. Bill wasn't playing anymore.
Several foreign characters passed by Bill's singular eye. The letters reflected on them, and Y/n could recognize some of them but she didn't entirely know what it meant.
All of a sudden, they were surrounded by tall fire. Encircling around them as if creating a cage, a trap. With no escape. Bill raised his hands and the fire only grew bigger until it was a wall of hot, scorching fire.
They were lifted off into the boundless panorama of inky blue, pink, and dark purple, littered with stars.
On the other end of the arena, Bill made himself bigger, towering over them like a skyscraper. Instinctively, the group huddled closer. They had nowhere to go. Behind them was the edge of the platform and one misstep might cause their demise. Meanwhile, in front of them was a raging demon who didn't get what he wanted. Y/n wanted to think that this is just a giant baby who's having a tantrum...
...who has the power to eradicate their existence with a snap of his fingers.
"EAT NIGHTMARES" Bill declared, his hands producing electricity, flowing towards them.
"AHHHHH!"
Meanwhile, the boy in a pinetree hat was desperately looking for a way out of here. He was helpless as he opened almost every door that might be the exit, but to no avail. "Ugh, how do I get out of this place?" He spoke to no one else in particular. "Exit? Hello?"
He opened a completely random door, but it turned out it was the same memory of him chopping wood. "Aw, this again?" he grumbled, his anger coming back in less than a second, but he was just exhausted.
However, he didn't close the door. Not yet. It was pathetic of him to listen to it again. Maybe it's just he was hoping it wasn't the same set of words he heard earlier. Maybe he just heard it wrong. Maybe Stan didn't really say those things.
"He's a loser. He's weak. I just want to get rid of him."
Yeah, why did he even bother expecting a different scenario?
Dipper started closing the door, but memory Stan continued. "Hah, yeah. Those are all things people said about me when I was a boy."
"Huh?" He opened the door again to get a closer hearing.
"It was terrible . I was the biggest wimp on the playground!"
A door opened behind Dipper. A memory. A younger Stan– a kid, stood under the rain and received a soccer ball to the face, displacing his square-framed glasses. He sobbed before running away, boisterous laughter followed him.
"So one summer, my pop signs me up for boxing lessons. It was even worse than the school yard!"
A door opened, playing the exact memory. Young Stan was pinned to the ground by a kid twice his size. "Left hook!" He punched his opponent. Someone watching from the shadows– his dad, nodded approvingly.
"Y'know, at the time, I thought my pop was trying to torture me!" Stan's voice continued.
Another door. It was of teenage Stan lining up at the local theater. Grandpa The Kid was showing, and he was outside, waiting in a line.
"But wouldn't you know it? The old man was doin' me a favor all along!"
A suspicious-looking man came up behind a woman while Stan was up front. "Give me that bag!"
"Help! My purse! Help!" The woman screamed.
"LEFT HOOK!" Teenage Stan bravely turned around and punched the guy in the face, knocking him out.
The people around him began cheering for him. The lady gave him a kiss on the cheek.
"So that's why I'm hard on Dipper," Stan told Y/n in the memory. "To toughen him up. So when the world fights he fights back. Look, it's working."
They watched as Dipper successfully chopped the wood in half. "I... I did it!" Memory Dipper was ecstatic. "Haha, yes!"
Memory Y/n couldn't help but smile.
"He's really comin' along!" Stan said with a smile. "When push comes to shove, I'm actually proud of him... just- don't ever tell him that. His head's big enough as it is."
She smirked at that, shaking her head.
Dipper from outside the door, grinned and placed a hand on the memory. But the memory hadn't installed some kind of invisible wall. Dipper accidentally fell into the memory, facing Stan and Y/n.
The two glanced at the other Dipper still very much chopping wood before reverting back to the Dipper who had just evaded their conversation. "Whoa, kid, what are you doin' here? Want a soda?" Stan flamboyantly flipped a hand and the can appeared in his hold.
"Wha- what the- how did you do that?" Dipper stuttered in wonder.
Y/n leaned on Stan's side, facing Dipper. "Word to the wise, Dip. We're in the mind! You could do whatever you can imagine here!" She demonstrated, generating two cans before outstretching her hand towards him, but he didn't take it. "What's wrong?" She tilted her head.
"I... I'm sorry,"
She hummed in intrigue.
"You were right," Dipper said. "Stan does have an underlying meaning with his words. He doesn't hate me. I didn't mean to be mad at you."
A short laugh resounded. Y/n smiled widely, "Dude, I have no idea what you're talking about. I'm a memory. Although, judging from your apology, it seemed that you didn't see the entire picture until now. So if it was up to me, I forgive you."
Dipper smiled gently.
"But you should probably be saying that to the real me. I'm sure she's still thinking of how to make it up to you. Just explain and I'm sure she'd forgive you too."
He eventually took the Pitt Cola in her hand and opened it. But before he could take a sip, he heard sounds; Bill's maniacal laughter, Mabel's screams, Soos' shouts, and Y/n's yells.
"Oh my gosh, what am I doing? I gotta stop Bill!" Dipper blurted out, leaving the can of soda behind.
Stan watched his great nephew go. "Huh. Fighting back."
Meanwhile, the gang was still being tormented by the giant, red Bill Cipher. "One nightmare, coming up!"
"Nightmare?" Soos asked anticipatingly. "Hope he doesn't mean that British dog man I'm always dreaming about."
A bright red laser zapped a spot beside Soos and indeed, a British dog man appeared in front of him. Mabel was hit by the red beam too, and her nightmare came true. Her skin changed into a sickly green hue and her braces were unbelievably bigger. Her voice changed low and slow. "What did you do to my cuteness!"
Bill didn't spare Xyler and Craz as well, getting knocked out by Bill's ray of light. They burned and vanished into space. "My dream boys!" Mabel cried out
"Don't think I forgot about you, Daisy!" Bill rubbed his hands together as he prepared a bigger laser. He pointed his black finger at her as she prepared for his attack. What are her nightmares consisted of? Sure, she is plagued with a constant state of anxiety but fear is a trivial thing to her. She began listing off things she's afraid of, and things she wasn't. Monsters don't scare her, poison is the least of her worries, bugs and creepy crawlers fascinate her...
"Hey, Bill!"
Dipper swooped into the scene like a superhero, flying around with a bright blue glow surrounding him.
Bill stopped in his movements, his eye widening at the sight of Pinetree. "WHAT?!" He was stunned. Who told Dipper that everything is possible in the mind?
"Nice bow tie!" The boy made a hole in Bill with lasers from his eyes, causing him to scream in a panic.
"Dipper!" Mabel exclaimed in joy.
Dipper grinned back. "Guys! I just learned that you can conjure whatever you can conceive in Grunkle Stan's mindscape!"
Well how about that. Y/n looked excited, while Soos and Mabel remained confused. "Huh?"
"You can do whatever you can imagine!" She looked down at the gaping hole in her chest and when she lifted a finger, she was whole again.
"Woah!" The two gasped. Soos stretched a palm and the British dog man disappeared. "Ha, ha. He's dead now."
"What?!" Bill shouted, "Who told you that?! Don't listen to him!"
"We can do anything?" Mabel asked, a sense of exhilaration coursing through her. She made herself go back to normal. "Like have kittens for fists?" Immediately, her small knuckles turned into precious pink furballs. She began shooting them towards Bill, kitten heads firing from her sleeves.
Bill screamed, either from fear or annoyance- no one could tell- as the kitties bunched up and covered the large triangle area.
"Anything, huh? Soos loves stomach beam stare!!!" Those were all words.
Colorful question marks blasted from Soos' tummy and aimed directly at Bill's face. The being tumbled away.
Y/n bounced into the air freely, before doing a twirl and summoning a large sledgehammer and gracefully slamming it down his eye.
"AHH! Oh, my eye! AH!" Bill writhed in pain, kneeling down.
Mabel lifted her arms. "Rise, Xyler! Rise, Craz!" The two radiant boys emerged behind her back with musical instruments. Xyler played a key-tar while Craz handled the electric drum kit.
"No! Synthesized music! It hurts!"
This powerful being had some weird weaknesses.
"And now to imagine your worst nightmare," Dipper pointed at the triangle. "A portal out of Stan's mind!"
Mabel sang, "Out of Stan's mi-ind~!"
The gang closed their eyes tightly as a portal materialized under Bill's feet, planning to swallow him down. "No, no, no!" Bill wailed before he made everything white. Everyone was floating in nothingness. He became yellow again as he dusted his top hat. "You know, I'm impressed with you guy. You're a lot more clever than you look. Especially the fat one."
Soos leaned down and elbowed Mabel slightly, dropping his voice into a whisper. "He's talking about you!"
Bill spoke again, placing his hands on his side. "So I'm gonna let you kids off the hook. You might come in handy later. BUT KNOW THIS: A darkness approaches. A day will come in the future when everything you care about will change!" A six-fingered hand appeared on top of Bill- like a symbol. A sign. A forewarning.
"Until then I'll be watching you!" He tipped his hat in farewell. "I'll be watching you...!"
A wheel with eleven distinct symbols hovered around Bill, illuminating a bright blue. Y/n wasn't sure if she's seen this exact image before. And if she did, she must've forgotten. Before she knew it, Bill disappeared, his voice echoing. He'll be watching.
Eventually, their bodies began flickering rapidly. "Stan must be waking up."
"Will I ever see you guys again?" Mabel asked the two boys.
"In your dreams."
The group woke up on the living room floor, shouting in surprise. "We did it!" Mabel cheered after a moment of silence.
"What? Did what?" Stan voiced out, scratching his head. "What are you all doing here? And why was I dreaming of two brightly colored and radical young men?"
"Grunkle Stan, you 're okay!" Dipper expressed glee as he went to hug Stan. The older man was frozen in his seat, exchanging glances with Y/n who feigned the same expression.
"What is this, a hug?"
"Nope!" Dipper remained cheerful. "It's a choke hold." He went behind Stan and proceeded to wrap his arms around his neck tightly, making him squirm in his seat. Mabel, Soos, and Y/n laughed at that.
Dipper eventually let go as Stan chuckled. "Not bad, kid. Not bad." They shared a content look.
"I'm just glad Gideon didn't get into the safe. I really love this old shack."
"GROUP HUG!" Soos declared out of nowhere. No one batted an eye. He paused. "No?" He frowned. "I never know the right time!"
"I'll hug you, Soos," Y/n said, enclosing her arms around Soos' stomach. He gladly returned the embrace.
Dipper pouted. "Hey, I want a h-" The Shack began to shake, cutting Dipper off. "Hey, do you guys feel...?"
An explosion blew up and burst through the living room. It came from the office, launching everyone off. The quintet watched Gideon walk out of the destroyed wall. The vault was torn open, the furniture were wrecked, and the deed was in his hand.
"Oh, I'm sorry, Pines family. Did I wake you?" He asked in feign pity.
"But... we defeated Bill...!" Dipper was confused.
Gideon retaliated, "Bill failed me! So I switched to plan B: dynamite!"
"What? Bill? Who?" Stan was left puzzled. "What are you guys talking about?"
"Spoiler alert, Stanford! I've got the deed! The Mystery Shack belongs to me! So get off my property!" Gideon then brought out a handheld transceiver, striding back. "Daddy? Bring it around the front."
"Don't worry, guys! It's just part of the dream!" Dipper tried to assure, but he wasn't even certain himself. "We're gonna wake up any second now! Right?"
Right?
Notes:
LW ZDV QLFH VHHLQJ BRX DJDLQ
Chapter 18: After All These Years
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
"Y/n."
Said girl looked up at the sound of a gravel sound calling her name. "Hello?" She called. The voice belonged to him. "Where are you?"
"Y/n."
"Stan," she replied just as quickly as before. She looked around, searching desperately for the elder man. She only needed to see his silhouette, his shadow. Where could he be?
"Y/n," he said for the final time. Finally, he materialized in front of her, but his wrists were ensnared by a pair of handcuffs. "We lost," his voice dropped in a whisper, "they... they found us."
And as if on cue, alarms reverberated around her, and flashes of blue and red appeared. A megaphone squeaked from afar, alerting them of someone coming into the scene. " This is the police! " Through the powerful blast of the megaphone, the police officer's urgent voice reverberates among the continuous sirens.
"Stan Pines, you are suspected to have been constructing a highly dangerous doomsday device hidden beneath the shack! Surrender yourself immediately! I repeat, surrender yourself now!"
Y/n remained frozen in place. The police found them and now Stan is getting taken away. Away from the portal, away from progress, away from the Mystery Shack.
Away from her.
This was her worst nightmare.
"No," She found the strength to speak. "No, please!" It all felt so real. "Stan!"
His gaze remained downwards. "I'm sorry, kid. I have no choice."
"Don't go! Please! We've worked so hard!" She tried to reason. Thirty years of trying to save Ford and it all goes downhill? Ruined by the police? Everything was gone just like that, and they were so close– yet so far.
The older man didn't say anything, but his feet moved to their own accord, taking him somewhere. Y/n tried to stop him, tried to wake him out of his trance. Maybe he was being brain-washed. Maybe his memories were wiped clean. Why was he giving up so easily?
"Stan! What about Ford?"
"We tried everything," he stopped in his tracks a bit, tilting his head to the side to address her. But he wasn't looking at her. "But I guess it wasn't good enough. Face it, Y/n. We didn't succeed.
"We. Failed."
Y/n opened her eyes, inhaling deeply as if she only remembered how to breathe again. She clenched her fist in retaliation to the dream she had. Bill couldn't be blamed– she has been having these dreams now long before she met the beast. Although, there's a possibility that he purposefully took advantage of her mind while she was asleep.
So many things to ponder about. For the last three decades, all she ever cared about was fixing the portal. Her and Stan's lives intertwined in a shared mission, dedicating countless hours, poured undying effort, and endured the passage of time. Days turned into nights, seasons passed, yet their resolve remained unwavering.
But remembering the occurrence of her dream... minutes have passed for how long she's been staring blankly at a wall.
Only realizing that this wasn't her bedroom. This wasn't the shack.
She vaguely remembered Soos suggesting they go to his house for the meantime– his house being his Abuelita's. She remembered finally falling to sleep from exhaustion and when she awoke, she saw a different living room filled with timeless trinkets. Frames of young Soos littered around the yellow walls, and the furniture was covered by meticulous patterns. Stan and Mabel laid on the ground with sleeping bags, while she laid on a mattress propped up on a couch.
A rustle beside her caught her attention. It was Dipper, He was squirming, closing his eyes tightly. Hesitantly, she placed a hand on his blanketed shoulder, rubbed soothing comforts. He was mumbling something before waking up in cold sweat. He screamed momentarily, clutching the blanket they shared.
He breathed heavily. "Y/n?" He saw her already staring at him. "I just had a horrible dream that Gideon stole the deed to the Mystery Shack, and kicked us out, and... we all had to move in with... Soos' grandma?" He all said in a series of questions.
Before Y/n could say anything, the third person sharing their bed sat up and leaned in closely towards them. "That was no dream, dude."
Soos, shirtless, said with conviction.
Dipper screamed in horror, waking everyone up. Abuelita from the side turned the lamp on and brought a finger to her lips. "Shh! Por favor."
"Uh, sorry...! Abuelita..." Dipper trailed off. He didn't even register that he was sleeping besides Y/n until he did, scooting slightly away. "Sorry, I didn't wake you up, did I?" He muttered guiltily.
Y/n's face morphed into an assuring smile. "I was already awake before you. No worries."
"Well you sure woke everyone else with that scream," Stan quipped from the ground he was sleeping on. "Now quiet! The news is finally on," he pointed at the TV.
Shandra Jimenez appeared on the screen, microphone in hand. "In a movement that has all of Gravity Falls buzzing, child psychic Gideon Gleeful has taken surprise ownership of the Mystery Shack, previously belonging to area shyster, Stanford Pines."
This time, Gideon stood in frame with the reporter. "Now that you have the shack, what exactly are you planning to do with it?"
"I have a big announcement to make today," Gideon spoke with a huge, fake smile in his punchable face, "and I'd like to cordially invite all the good people of Gravity Falls to join me. Free admission to anyone who wears their Gideon pins! It's my face!" He winked.
Y/n was the first to react. "The people of this town are too gullible to believe this despicable kid," she voiced out.
"I just can't believe Gideon beat us," Dipper lamented, sitting on the edge of the makeshift bed, "Normally, I'm able to save the day. This is all my fault."
Mabel stood beside her brother. "Don't worry, Dipper. Looks like Mabel's going to have to be the hero of the family now. I'll defeat Gideon with my grappling hook!" She brought out the tool she chose from the beginning of the summer.
Dipper glared mildly. "Mabel, no offense, but that grappling hook has literally never helped us once."
"Oh yeah? Jelly grab!" The girl shot her grappling hook at a random jar of jelly inexplicably placed on a shelf, causing it to break and splatter jelly on the walls. The paintings, porcelain angels and half of Abuelita's body were in the splash zone and are now covered by the sticky substance.
"I vacuum the walls now."
"So you lost the Shack," Soos said as if it was a normal day, like it was a trivial matter. "Look on the bright side, dudes! Now you get to live here with me. Soos!" He then invited anyone to race cars without batteries. It's supposed to be a pretend kind of game.
"We gotta take the Shack back."
***
The next day, the family dressed up as an undercover entourage– with help from Soos' wardrobe and went to Shack. They saw the child psychic taking up the stage and dancing around before walking up the podium and spoke into the mic. "Ladies and gentlemen! Today I am delighted to announce my new plans for the former Mystery Shack!"
Bud came up with a wagon, a covered prototype on it.
"I give you..." Gideon reached down and pulled the cloth away, revealing a miniature version of his plans. "Gideonland!"
"What?!" The incognito team exclaimed in unison.
"We are gonna turn this dirty ol' shack into three square miles of Gideon-tertainment. And introducin' our new mascot, Lil' Gideon Jr.!"
Bud pulled off a cloak to reveal Waddles in a Gideon costume, white hair and all.
"Boom, he's a pig!"
"Waddles!" Mabel screamed in horror. "You monster!"
"Alright, that's it!" Stan pulled off his disguise and angrily ran up the stage. Mabel, Dipper, and Y/n followed, destroying everything in their path.
Stan stood behind the lectern. "Listen up people. Gideon's a fraud! This kid broke in and stole my property!"
"You have to believe us!" Y/n reasoned.
"Arrest him officers!" Mabel ordered.
"Yeah!" Dipper agreed.
Gideon walked up. "Such accusations!" He said, his tone being artificially innocent. "Mr. Pines, I recall you gave the property to me!" He had the nerve to frown in confusion. "Look, here's the deed right here!" He easily pulled the deed out of his shirt for the town to see.
"Well that's all the proof I need to see," Officer Blubs dismissed.
"I love you, Lil' Gideon!" Durland hollered. "Sing them funny songs!"
"Do you actually believe that Stan Pines would willingly give the deed of his house to Gideon?!" Y/n shouted, angry and frustrated. "They're rivals for crying out loud!"
"Stan and I are very close friends!" Gideon instantly retorted, flashing his puppy eyes. "And he trusted me to hold onto the deed for safekeeping. We're the best of friends after all!"
"Best of friends?" Stan glared. "More like the worst of enemies. Give me back my deed, you pint-sized troublemaker!"
The little boy snapped his fingers and two burly guards got ready to kick the Pines off the stage. "Hey!" Mabel yelled. The other three were easily grabbed.
Y/n surprised herself that she could endure all Gideon's taunt without easily knocking him out of the stage and taking the deed. Beat up the father too for neglected parenting. But looking at the people of Gravity Falls, she knew that they were easily swayed, and if they saw her assaulting their favorite manipulator, they might shun her out and never trust her again. She had sacrificed so much to maintain her reputation.
"Now get off my property, old man!" He slapped a Gideon pin on Stan.
"I'll show you who's the old man- AH! Ow, my hearing aid! Ow!"
The Pines got carried off the stage by the guards. "Thanks for visiting Gideonland, folks!" Gideon giggled a heinous laugh. "Don't come back, I don't care for y'all."
Going back to Soos' home, Mabel, Dipper and Soos sat on the couch sadly, sulking about today. Stan and Y/n were in the kitchen. The former was pacing around with a telephone in his hands while Y/n was leaning on the countertop, her arms crossed and her face contorted into worry.
2 minutes earlier, in the midst of their argument, the ringing of the phone cut them off. Stan answered with a scowl, but when he heard the voice from the other side of the call, his face melted into nervousness. His skin paled more and he was sweating. "H-Henry! It's you! What's wrong?"
This wasn't the first time a call came up while they were talking. Stan waited, nodding consciously. Henry sounded mad at the other end from the way the older man was trying to calm him down. It seemed that the parents heard the news all the way from Piedmont. "Don't worry, your son and daughter are fine!" He reassured them, himself included. "Where're we staying? Uh, I put 'em up in this amazing four-star hotel!" There are hotels?
He seemed to be in his own world of delusions, like he was actually in a fine establishment, being served food. Y/n was getting more worried. "What, uh, sure! We got..." He glanced at the contents inside the refrigerator which was merely a near empty gallon of milk, "we've got plenty to eat..."
Stan stood back up in faux confidence. "Relax, if I thought I couldn't take care of these kids, I'd send them back right away. " That seemed to have done it. "Uh huh, you too." He ended the call seconds after.
Silence ensued, but not for long when Mabel shouted from one room away. "Grunkle Stan, can we order pizza?"
The older man checked his pockets only to discover they're empty. Y/n kept silent, tapping beats against her skin.
"They have to go back," Stan spoke in hushed tones, leaning against the tiled surface. "I can't afford to take care of them anymore, not when Gideon has the Shack."
"He also has the portal."
Stan frowned deeper, if that was even possible. He wanted to curse Gideon with every fiber of his being. How did he manage to beat them? For how long are they going to remain underneath his small thumb?
The thought of Gideon having his hands on the portal has been plaguing their minds for the last 12 hours. It's only a matter of time until Gideon dismantles the entire Shack for his tourist attraction and discovers the underground device before using it for his evil schemes. There was no way of stopping him then.
"Wait, where are you going?" Y/n stood up, seeing that Stan was about to walk out.
Stan sighed. "I'm gonna go get some fresh air. There's a lot on my plate right now." He didn't look at her. He never did, until he exited the kitchen and outside of the house.
Y/n didn't bother pursuing him, as she figured that he really needed a breather. Her mind has been jumbled. She had no idea what to do first. Should she just sneak over to the Mystery Shack and stealthily pass through the guards and Gideon to get to the basement? And what happens after that? Does she just plan on staying there forever?
"Y/n! Let's play racing cars!" Mabel's voice reverberated through the walls again.
"But we have no batteries so we have to pretend!" Soos chimed in as well.
Mustering all her positive thoughts to her facial expression, she pushed herself off and stepped into the living room with a small smile on her face. "How do you play?" She saw Soos, Mabel, and Dipper sitting on the floor with the racetrack in the middle. It had toy cars in the plastic path, waiting for control. But without the batteries, it was immobile.
"Go, go, go!" Mabel cheered on. "Go, red car!"
Y/n sat on the ground with them, placing her hands on her lap. She noticed Dipper watching her every move, and she looked back, catching his eye. He flashed a small reassuring smile, but it was strained. Her lips were pursed as she tried to smile back, but Dipper knew that she must be exhausted from the situation. He wanted nothing more than to take her in his noodle arms and force her to rest.
"Go, other red car!" Soos smiled, raising a fist.
Dipper's attention reverted back to the other two trying to entertain themselves with stationary vehicles. "This would be a lot more fun with batteries," he complained, glowering.
Sounds of footsteps interrupted the ongoing race and the four looked up at the old man who wore a worried look. Stan cleared his throat. "Kids... we gotta talk." Everyone stood face to face with Stan. "Look, I've been thinking, and... I can't take care of you anymore. I don't have a house or a job. The plan is, you're goin' home. Your bus leaves tomorrow, here are your tickets."
"But Grunkle Stan, you can't just give up!" Dipper tried to reason.
"Look, we lost, okay?" Stan cut off, casting a quick glance with Y/n. "The best thing is for you to be with your parents. I'm sorry, kids. Gideon won," he placed the tickets on the table. "Summer's over."
He didn't leave room for any objections and left the room. Soos ran after him, calling his name. "Mr. Pines! Come back! Reconsider!"
"Okay, that's it!" Dipper protested. "Guys, if Stan won't get our home back from Gideon, then we'll have to do it ourselves."
"Gideon may have the upper hand, but we have one thing he doesn't," Mabel said confidently.
"The journal!"
"A grappling hoo- oh." Mabel stopped. "The journal. Journal!"
"Y/n, you have to come with us," Dipper expressed with determination. "We need your help in getting the Shack back, too. I'm sure you're mad at Gideon and want proper revenge on him."
She does. She wanted nothing more than kicking the little guy's behind.
So the classic trio went to the Mystery Shack and concealed themselves behind large bushes. Two stoic-faced and muscly guards were pacing around the fences. They couldn't possibly get through. Dipper emerged from the bushes with a telescope.
"Okay. What can we use to defeat Gideon?" Dipper opened the journal in his grasp, flipping through the pages. "Barf fairy?"
"Yeah!" Mabel voiced.
"Nope." Dipper went to the next. "Butternut Squash with a Human Face and Emotions?" Y/n snorted back a laugh as she reminisced the exact moment she and Ford encountered this for the first time.
"Yeah!"
"Nope."
Dipper pitched to the next page, but Mabel stopped his hand, pointing at the set of symbols. "Whoa, what's this?"
Y/n leaned closer and saw the one-third part of the schematic plan of the inter-dimensional portal. It reminded her of the actual device living underneath them. She kept silent as she inspected Dipper's change in expression.
"I've stared at this page for hours. It seems like a blueprint to build some kind of strange futuristic super-weapon-"
"BORING!" Mabel bellowed. It seemed that Y/n had always underestimated Dipper, when he's actually smarter than he came off as. The braced-wearing girl continued, "To defeat those guards, we need some kind of army!"
"An army?" Y/n asked, "what about..." she temporarily took the journal and flipped to a specific page. "The gnomes?"
"Good idea, Y/n!" Dipper cheered, while Mabel nervously tugged the collar of her sweater. The three knew about their history with the gnomes. Heck, they experienced it firsthand. But desperate times call for desperate measures.
The three went back to where it all began. This was where they found Mabel tied up on the ground with a bunch of gnomes, but it seemed that the group were busy doing something else.
"I wonder what gnomes do out here alone in the forest," Mabel wondered aloud as they walked towards a nearby bush.
They got their answer when Y/n pushed apart the bunch of leaves and there they saw Jeff in a rather compromising position. Squirrels lathered his small body as he took a "bath" in a tub. The trio screamed in horror, and Jeff screamed back. "This is normal!" He tried to convince them.
There was no other way to change their mind otherwise.
"Well, well, well. Look who came crawlin' back,'' Jeff mocked, "So, changed your mind about marryin' me, did you, Mabel?"
"Ew, hardly!" Mabel replied all too quickly. "We need your help. And seriously, ew!"
"You want our help?" Jeff became angry, "after you left me at the altar? No dice!"
Y/n stepped forward with an inviting smile. "Well, what if we were able to get you a new queen?"
"Yeah, one even more beautiful than me!" Mabel encouraged.
Dipper smiled, "Her name's Gideon, and she has lovely white hair."
"Whoa. Mature woman, huh?" The gnome seemed interested in their offer. "Hey, Shmebulock, get my cologne!"
Said gnome came in with a skip in its step. "Shmebulock!" Y/n couldn't help but smile at the sight. Oh hey, it was the same gnome she and Ford experimented on.
"It's a deal!" Jeff shook hands with Dipper.
And they were off. Y/n schemed a plan to get inside as she laid out formations around the Shack. They talked about distracting Gideon before calling out for the white-haired boy. "Give us the deed to the shack, Gideon, or else!" Dipper demanded.
Gideon smirked with his hands on his hips. His two bodyguards were quick to stand behind him for backup. "Am I supposed to say, "Or else what"?"
"Yes, you are supposed to say that!" Mabel screamed as they heard the code word. "Now!"
The two guards were frozen as they felt gnome hats impaling their backs, temporarily knocking them out as they fell to the ground. The rest of the army of gnomes charged forward riding deer and bunnies. They had Gideon surrounded, number clearly at an advantage.
There was a flash of panic in his eyes. He tried to run, but it was useless as the gnomes pointed their apparently sharp hats. The three stepped forward with a threatening gaze. "You're surrounded by an unstoppable gnome army!" Dipper began, "Now give us back our deed and get off our property!"
Mabel's eyes narrowed, and Y/n's glare could cut bullets. Gideon only sighed in defeat, frowning down. "Very well," he spoke somberly. He dug through his coat pocket. "I supposed this deed belongs to-" He pulled out what wasn't the deed, but instead it was a whistle, and he didn't hesitate blowing into it. It produced a deafening, head-splitting sound, hurting the gnomes' sensitive ears. The trio looked around in worry as their plan slowly crumbled.
They guessed their other weakness other than leaf blowers were loud, shrill sounds.
The grimace on Gideon's face was quickly replaced by a cheerful simper. "Huh, what do you know? Works on gnomes too!" He shrugged before casually blowing on the whistle hard again.
Every gnome kicked their feet in reaction to the piercing noise. Their faces were scrunched in pain and for a moment, Y/n felt bad they had to string in the gnomes along. "Stop, we'll do anything!" Jeff screamed, kneeling on the ground and bowing. "How can we serve you, Your Majesty?" He continued, bringing a smile to the little boy's pale face. "The most beautiful girl we've ever seen!" The compliments were non-stop.
"I AM NOT A GIRL!" Gideon screeched, startling everyone.
"Really? But your skin is so soft! D'you... moisturize, or..."
"Subdue them!" Gideon commanded, pointing at the three. The gnomes immediately scamper towards them and easily got a hold of Dipper, Mabel, and Y/n who was thrashing around their hold.
"I have to admit, kids, I am impressed by your creativity," Gideon said, placing his hands behind his back. The audacity of him calling them "kids" was really starting to irritate her. "How did you ever-"
And as Dipper was trying to get out of the gnomes' hold, he didn't realize that the journal had slipped out from his vest, falling to the ground. Gideon instantly caught the sight of it, gasping. "Oh, no!" Dipper exclaimed in a panic.
"No!" Gideon breathed in disbelief, staring at the open pages of writings. "Could it be?" His eyes widened. "Is it...?" He went and carried it in his arms, flipping through the pages with an excited giggle. "Of course! It all makes sense! The one place I never think to look, you had it the whole time!"
If it wasn't possible, Y/n squirmed more. Just the thought of Gideon holding the journal filled her veins with fiery anger, but seeing it in person... she wanted nothing more than to choke his non-existent out of his mystery.
"No!" Dipper voiced out, trying to fight against the deathly grip of the gnomes. "Give it back!"
Gideon remained smirking. "Every victory you had because of your precious book!"
Dipper glared, "Give it back or I'll-!"
"Or you'll what, boy?" Gideon leaned forward in a mocking manner, rendering the other speechless. "You'll what? Huh? Huh? No muscles. No brains. Face it! You're nothin' without this!"
Y/n growled, trying to pull her arm out of their grip. "Don't make me beat you up again, Gideon!" She threatened, but it didn't faze the boy. She'd attacked him before, she wouldn't hesitate attacking him again for all the pain and suffering he had inflicted upon the family.
Gideon simply snorted. "I'd like to see you try!" He waved his hand, "Bye bye forever, y'all!" The whistle in his mouth produced that loud noise again, and the gnomes carried the three out of what used to be their property.
"NOOO!"
"AHH!"
"Let me go! Let me go, you dang gnomes!"
The gnomes dissipated and spread out after dropping the three of a random clearing. "Next time, do your own dirty work!" Jeff scolded before calling for his squirrels again and tucking it inside his pants.
Dipper remained seated on the dirt, placing his hands on his knees. "Well, that's it. Guess the bus should be here soon."
Mabel stopped pacing. "What?! Dipper, don't give up!" She crouched down to his height and tried to meet his eyes but they stayed staring at the ground as he aimlessly drew doodles on the soil. "You always have a plan!"
"No, the journal always has a plan!" Dipper quickly interjected. "Think about it, Mabel. Gideon was right! The only courageous or cool things The only courageous or cool things I've ever done have been because of that journal," he rambled. "Without it, I can't help you, or Stan, or Y/n..."
He briefly glanced at her. She was wearing a forlorn gaze.
"...Or anyone," Dipper finished his speech, looking back to the ground.
"There's gotta be something we could do," Mabel worried, turning her head towards Y/n, who had been silent ever since.
"What can we do?" Dipper asked, and when he was met with silence, he thought that that was it. It was over. With Gideon having his journal, he was powerless, helpless, weak.
"Bus 52, departing Gravity Falls. All aboard." The intercom sounded.
The twins found themselves in front of the bus door, opened and just too soon.
Their bags were packed, unprepared and unplanned. They begrudgingly hauled their baggage into the bus and towards the back of the vehicle, with no other passengers on board. It seemed that no one else planned on leaving this town the same time they did. It was the middle of the summer, after all.
Dipper and Mabel peered through the window from the back. There stood Stan, who could only give them an apologetic look. "Sorry, kids," they heard him through the glass. "It's for the best." There was nothing they could do. The Shack was gone, they didn't have a home, no business, no money. Everything was taken away from them, just like that.
As the bus began departing, the twins watched the friends they had made that stood beside Stan. Candy and Grenda were crying as they hugged each other. Wendy mournfully waved her goodbyes. The older man couldn't even look them in the eye.
But Y/n was nowhere to be found.
Dipper's heart squeezed painfully in his chest. She wasn't even there to say goodbye. He thought he could have one last conversation with her before leaving, but he guessed the universe couldn't even grant his one request. "I can't believe this is happening," he mumbled absentmindedly, and the bus drove further away from the town that unfurled his curiosity to the unknown.
Goodbye, Gravity Falls.
***
Back in the Mystery Shack, Gideon slammed the front door closed as he excitedly stomped his little feet on the wooden flooring, giggling in victory. All his scheming and waiting for the right time had finally come to fruition. (Though he wasn't really patient as he literally broke inside the Shack with dynamites, but that's beside the point).
He ordered his servants he call his parents out of the living room to have this moment all to himself. The mother and the father scrambled to escape his wrath and he was left to his own devices. "It's finally mine!" Gideon hollered. "At last! I have Journal number-"
He placed the journal he took from Dipper on the table. But it wasn't the first journal as he was expecting. Instead, the cover had adorned a number 3, not 1.
"Three?!" Gideon uttered in pure disbelief. "There were three of 'em?!" He slapped his forehead.
"Uh, son?" Bud's voice resonated through his son's tantrums. How he had the guts to speak to him while he was having an episode was beyond him, but it was an urgent matter. There was an unwanted visitor that he had caught at their doorstep.
"Don't disturb me, old man!" Gideon howled in anger.
Bud sighed in exhaustion. "B-but, you have a guest. They seemed furious."
"Gideon!"
His ears perked up at his name. "Let her in."
The large man hesitantly opened the door, and there stood Y/n, seething with rage. Without speaking, she quickly charged towards the little boy and tackled him to the ground. Gideon screamed for help as he tried to stop the flurry of arms coming to slap his face. Y/n's hands snaked towards his collar and began squeezing until he was choking on his breathing.
Big hands came and pulled her off, grabbing onto her arms tightly. "Now, calm down! Calm down!" Bud repeated, trying to alleviate the girl's fury. "We can all talk about this!"
Gideon was trying to replenish his oxygen, easing his collar and breathing heavily as he laid on the ground. This brought a small smirk to Y/n's face as she exhaled in exhilaration. That felt good.
"I told you I would kick your butt. Thanks for letting me in, by the way," she told Bud sarcastically.
"Ugh, get away from me, you're crazy!" Gideon screeched.
"Guess we haven't established that yet. Give us the Shack back!" She demanded, pushing against Bud's hold.
"Tell me, where is Journal number 1?!"
"I don't know."
Gideon stood up. "Don't lie to me!" He chucked the nearest chair to the other side before striding towards her. "Where's Journal number 1! The Journal that I got from that boy was the third one. I need all three for the power to be unlocked!" He screamed.
Y/n deadpanned, her lips pursed into a line. "Give me. The deed."
Gideon paced around wildly before stopping. His eyes widened as if he had a realization. "Dipper! He must know where it is. He gave me the third one and kept the first for himself!"
"Even if you try and ask him, they're already long gone," Y/n tried to say.
Gideon pulled on his hair frustratingly, his face red. "I can't let him leave Gravity Falls!" He shouted and began to take his leave, taking the two journals with him.
"Hey- w-where are you going?!" Y/n called out desperately, annoyance seeping through. She tramped her shoe on Bud's foot making him let go of her and she chased after him. Running outside of the Shack, she watched Gideon make his way to a larger version of him made out of steel. It was a robot Gideon, who can move according to his controls.
The giant stomped its way through the forest until they were gone. Y/n had to find a way to get to it somehow and finally stop his reign once and for all.
***
"Hey, Dipper, wanna play 'Bus Seat Treasure Hunt'?" Mabel offered, in hopes of cheering up her brother. They always come up with such random activities that would pass the boring time of traveling.
Dipper continued gazing through the window and watched the trees pass by. "I'm not in the mood," he answered earnestly.
"Oh, come on," Mabel insisted, opening the bus seat in between them, revealing what was underneath. "We've got a Canadian coin, gum that's shaped like Ronald Reagan's head– ooh! Miscellaneous fluid stain-!"
"Giant robot!" Dipper shrieked..
"Yeah, giant robot– wait. What?!" Mabel exclaimed back.
"LOOK!"
From the back of the bus, a giant Gideon robot slid across the dirt and was carelessly sprinting towards them. "Halt!" They heard his voice. "I demand you to halt!" Every step sent an earthquake their way. The twins screamed in a panic, going to the front of the bus where the driver sat.
"Mr. Bus Driver!" Mabel cried. "There's a giant Gideon bot coming towards us!"
"Oh, hey dudes."
"Soos!"
The twins cheered in relief when they saw a familiar face. It turns out that Soos had been taking multiple jobs at once when the Mystery Shack was temporarily out of service. Now, he had been a part-time bus driver for at least 40 minutes and this was his first day.
Soos accelerated and pressed on the gas, making the bus move faster. "Hang on, dudes!" The vehicle dodged Gideon's attacks as best as they could, but when the overly large hand went and reached for it, Soos had unknowingly swerved to a new direction, heading towards a restricted area, blocked off by wooden signs.
The bus went up a hill, the road going round and round. For a moment, they thought they lost him, but the robot was unfortunately persistent and carelessly climbed up the mountain. The twins watched through the window as the Gideon-bot made the effort to clamber up. "He already won, what does he want from us?!" Dipper asked incredulously.
They ran towards the front and saw that they were heading straight towards a cliff. "Soos! Cliff!" Dipper called out, but it was too late for Soos to kick the pedals. The tires squealed against the dirt until the bus turned and ended up hanging for its dear life, stopping right at the edge of the hill. Soos tried to accelerate, but the other end of the bus didn't have dirt to move against.
Gideon rises from the mountains, striding menacingly towards the transport. The bot easily grabbed the bus and began shaking it up and down until the roof was torn apart. There, he found Soos who busied himself reading a manual to help him in this situation. The twins were nowhere to be found.
He turned around and looked for them until he saw two kids trying to run across the railroad that connected two tunnels of the cliffs. Dipper and Mabel tried to escape, but when they saw the signed boards that said, "DEAD END", on the other side of the railway, it was hopeless to get away.
The Gideon-bot jumped down and landed, causing the bridge to quake with its weight. It was amazing that the structure could still withstand the great amount of mass. "TELL ME!" Gideon's real voice reverberated through the speakers of his machine. "Where is Journal #1?!"
"Journal #1?" The twins echoed his question.
"Don't play games with me, boy!" The robot punched the other cliff, rocks crumbling apart and falling onto the siblings. Dipper and Mabel tried their best to dodge the descending boulders.
Dipper glared at the bot. "I don't know what you're talking about, you took the only journal I ever had!" He shouted in retaliation. "What do you even want with these journals, anyway?"
Gideon didn't answer, instead he reached down and took the twins in each of his metallic hands, separating them. Mabel struggled against the tight, cold grip.
"LET GO OF HER!" Dipper punched the metal in every word he spoke.
The bot simply laughed. "You still think you're some kind of hero?"
Without warning, Gideon tossed him away. Dipper landed by the edge of the cliff, hitting his head on a rock. He felt a warm, sticky substance running down his nose. "Agh..." he rubbed the pain on the back of his head. It was getting hard to breathe, getting hard to stand up. But he managed to do so, anyway.
"Dipper, help me!" Mabel screamed. "Help!"
The boy tried to look around for a way to reach his sister and rescue her, but his mind couldn't even think properly. His mind was hazy, and his heartbeat was erratic. Usually, he would've taken his journal out of his vest right by now and flipped through the pages for the solution. But he didn't have anything, and he was left to himself.
He didn't know what to do.
He just stood there, frozen in place. The anxieties he had always felt came crashing in more heavily now. Gideon's words from earlier were plaguing his mind that his shoulders were sagging from emotions.
"Face it, kid, you're nothing without that journal!" It was true. " How're you gonna fight back? No muscles, no brains..." His words got to him. He felt tears escaping him as his lips quivered. "What are you gonna do, huh? What are you gonna do?"
Dipper retreated back to the forest in defeat. Gideon was right. There was nothing he could do. He let the words of mockery get to him as his resolve crumbled. His mind shut down.
That's why he was following his heart this time, and took a leap of faith.
He turned around and charged forward, plunging down from the cliff. He jumped, flying down towards the bot. Dipper yelled, alerting the bot as it faced him.
Dipper crashed directly through the eye– which was made of glass– and tackled the real Gideon out of the controller. They landed on the floor but Dipper quickly stood. "Let go of my sister!" Dipper reared his fist back and punched Gideon repeatedly in the face.
"Never! I finally won this time!" Gideon retaliated, pushing him off and fighting back. The two exchanged punches and hits. The Gideon bot replicated his actions, flying Mabel around.
Gideon managed to throw Dipper down, sending punches to his face until the brown-haired boy had had enough. His brows furrowed in resolution as he stood back up and prepared for Gideon's next hit. And when he did, he captured the boy's fist, easily stopping him.
The white-haired boy's resolve faltered for a bit, startled at Dipper's change in strength.
With Dipper's other hand, he guided Gideon's arm and twisted it around to aim for his pale face. He began hitting him with Gideon's own arm, playing a game of "why you hitting yourself?".
Finally, Dipper managed to force one last hit on Gideon, and the bot did the same, hitting its own head. It punched itself so hard, that the head came loose, spinning around wildly.
With Gideon out of his control hub, the robot lost its balance, until it eventually fall backwards and plummeted down. "Dudes! NOO!" Soos shouted.
The twins were falling in mid-air, screaming as they did so. The Gideon-bot crashed and caused a huge explosion, big enough for everyone in the town to see. Parts of the robot were still fizzing with electricity, convulsing as the last remaining power wore off. Amongst the destruction, a continuous squealing of a rope was heard,
The smoke dissipated a bit to reveal Dipper and Mabel, going down slowly with the help of the almighty, "GRAPPLING HOOK!" Mabel declared loud and proud. "Told you that would come in handy." She told to her brother before their shoes hit the ground safely.
"Mabel, that was amazing!" Dipper exclaimed excitedly.
"Not as amazing as you defeating that robot!" Mabel shot back, playfully punching him in the arm, causing him to knock over a random metal sheet and under it was his journal. Safe and sound.
Dipper quickly picked up the book and tucked it inside his vest, just in time for the townspeople to arrive– including the police. "Is this the thing that exploded?" A random townsfolk uttered aloud.
"What's going on?"
"What is it?"
"What happened?"
Gideon managed to pop his head out of his contraption, groaning as he felt a headache coming from the impact he dealt. The people saw him and immediately ran to his aid. "Gideon!" Deputy Durland assisted Gideon all the way down as the twins watched with distaste.
The group of people all feigned a concerned look. "What on earth happened here?" Durland asked the little boy.
"It was the Pines twins!" Gideon bawled haplessly. "They tried to attack me and blew up my statue with dynamite! Arrest 'em!"
"WHAT!?" The twins squawked in disbelief.
"Officers, he's lying!" Dipper tried to convince, but the handcuffs were already out and dangling.
Gideon wore the smirk back to his face as Blubs shrugged, "Sorry, kids, but we trust Gideon– and nothing short of a miracle could ever change our-"
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHH!"
The Stan mobile made its entrance as Y/n carelessly drove through the dirt and even went to bump the police car so hard that it flipped to the side before parking But Stan didn't care as he jumped out of the window. "Wait, wait! Stop everything!"
"Not this guy again," Blubs discerned, not even commenting enough that a young-looking kid was driving the car in the first place.
Stan sprinted out of the car and parted the people to make way towards the cops. "Just wait! Look!" He was full of energy as he ran to the destroyed robot. "You guys all think Gideon is so perfect and honest, "Oh! I could never tell a lie! I'm Gideon!"" He mocked, making Y/n roll her eyes.
"He's more honest than you!" Blubs retorted, hands on his hips.
"Yeah!" Durland agreed, "and he's psychic too!"
"How's this for psychic? Bam!" Stan proceeded to kick the Gideon-bot, causing the metal panel to fall off. "Take a good look!"
Inside the bot were numerous monitors displaying the lives of people from Gravity Falls. The townsfolk surrounded the bot and pointed out their appearances inside the screens. "That's me!" They echoed.
"That's right!" Stan grinned. "These pins are hidden cameras! And my hearing aid was picking up the feedback! Who's the fraud now?" With a pinch, he easily broke the pin in his hands, revealing the small camera inside.
The rest of the townspeople followed suit, smashing their Gideon-themed pins on the ground before glaring at the culprit. Gideon could only giggle nervously as he feared for his consequences. Everyone marched towards the child with grief-stricken expressions. "Gideon, we gave you our trust!" Durland sobbed.
"You lied to us!" Manly Dan exclaimed with roughness in his voice.
Gideon shrank back until he was cornered. He stuttered some sort of explanation, but it was useless to change their minds now. "W-what are you gonna do with me?"
Durland turned to the town's local enthusiasm enthusiast. "Tyler?"
With a heavy heart, Tyler looked away. "Get 'em..." he sobbed, sniffling away his tears. "Get 'em!"
Gideon gasped as Blubs stood over him. "Lil' Gideon, you are under arrest for conspiracy, fraud, and breaking our hearts!" His voice cracked at the end before turning to his partner. "Durland, the tiny handcuffs."
They shackled his tiny wrists together before letting him walk towards the police car. Stan was already there by the vehicle's door. "Just one more thing," he said, picking Gideon up by the back of his collar and effortlessly shaking him.
"Let go of me!" Gideon screamed as the contents from his suit fell. There were his wallet, set of keys, an ax!?, a random crumbled paper, a photograph of Mabel, the deed, and the second journal.
Y/n nonchalantly slinked through the crowd and took advantage of them being distracted by Stan reclaiming the deed. Fortunately, she managed to slip it inside the pocket of her jacket. No one seemed to have noticed it, and when the twins walked closer to Stan, she casually just gave them a relieved smile.
"I'm glad you guys are okay," she told them.
The twins reciprocated her smile, "Finally, we're free from Gideon," Mabel sighed in completion.
"Yeah, no more of that little jerk terrorizing us," Dipper added, smiling.
Gideon was finally sent off in the police car, screaming out curses and threats. Shandra Jimenez materialized beside Stan. "There you have it. Local hero Stanford Pines has just exposed Lil Gideon as a fraud," she said, aiming the microphone at Stan. "Anything you have to say to the town, Stanford?"
The camera pointed at Stan, Mabel, Dipper, and Y/n laughing carefree.
"The Mystery Shack is back, baby!"
***
The tourist trap was indeed back and better than ever, bustling with customers and booming with sales. With the grand re-opening, they attracted fans who wanted them to autograph their merchandise. Stan did so gladly, just as gladly as he took their money.
When the Shack was empty again, the family took their time adjusting to their rooms again, placing everything back to where it used to be. It seemed that Gideon didn't really touch anything in their rooms and with that, they were grateful.
Dipper and Mabel were tidying up their room when Stan opened their door. "Hey, Grunkle Stan!" Mabel greeted.
"Uh, you kiddos settlin' back in okay?" Stan began before letting himself in. He sat on the edge of his nephew's bed, right beside him.
"Yep!" Mabel answered.
"Hey, Grunkle Stan?" Dipper spoke slowly. "Me and Mabel have been talking, and I think there's something we should finally tell you."
He showed him the velvety book with the six-fingered golden hand on the cover.
"This is a journal Y/n and I found in the woods when you sent us out," he told the older man, handing Stan the journal to peruse. "It talks about all the crazy stuff that goes on in Gravity Falls. Gideon nearly destroyed the whole town trying to find it. I don't know what it means, or who wrote it. But, after all we've been through..." he and his sister exchanged smiles, "Maybe you should finally know about it."
Stan's face was serious, void of a smile. "I'm glad you showed me this, Dipper." He closed the journal after skimming through it. For a moment, they thought he was going to say more, but he suddenly cackled aloud. "Now I know where you've been getting it all from! Spookums and monsters." He ruffled up Dipper's hair in the process. "This kooky book has been filling your head with crazy conspiracies!"
"But it's all real!" Dipper tried to convince him. He had to believe him!
Stan merely laughed. "You gotta quit readin' this fantasy nonsense for your own good. Although some of these would make great attractions!" He opened a random page and showed an illustration of the Squash with Human Face and Emotions. "Can't come up with this stuff! Mind if I borrow this?" Stan got up from the bed, taking the book with him and strutting away.
"Wait! No! Grunkle Stan!" Dipper called after him, but it all fell on deaf ears.
Stan chortled, ""Magic book." Ridiculous!" He walked out of the room, laughing echoing in the hallways.
He didn't tread long before he saw Y/n, leaning against the wall with her arms crossed coolly. "Good acting back there. For a second, I would have also thought that you don't believe in the paranormal."
The two of them walked down the stairs. "How could I not when I've been living with one for 30 years?" Stan inputted the code and the vending machine easily opened with a hiss. They slipped inside. "And hey, they have to think that I don't believe any of this stuff or it would blow my cover."
They stepped out of the elevator at the lowest level, automatically entering the room that held the key to saving her exemplar and his brother.
"Let's get to work."
Y/n sat in the chair and dragged herself over to the table, where she opened a drawer to reveal the first journal. Stan handed her the third journal, and the second one as still in her jacket pocket when she took it out. She set them down on the table. One. Two. Three.
After all these years.
Finally they have them all.
One. Two. Three.
Y/n opened the journals to their corresponding pages. The sensation of the paper against her fingers was exhilarating. It was as if each time it had a different texture. She found the blueprint and pieced it together. There it was. Codes littered the entire pages, and she immediately copied the arrangements of the alphanumeric symbols. Her gaze shifted back and forth between Ford's writing and the buttons she was pressing.
Slowly, the lights on the portal lit up, associating with the switches and levers she moved. Stan was quiet, watching her work, right until she pressed the last key, and the portal turned on.
Stan gazed at the illuminated portal, beaming with life. "It's working! Y/n, it's working!" She was speechless.
The older man madly rushed through the sliding door and face-to-face with the portal. Stan jolted the massive lever to the other side, which Y/n watched through the protective glass. The portal began to sparkle with power, emitting random laser lights before blinking to a bright white. The empty and presumed-dead was now brought back to life. All thanks to these journals.
One. Two. Three.
"Here we go," Stan said, his hands on his hips. Their hard work is finally getting paid.
Three. Two. One.
***
END OF SEASON 1.
Notes:
ZIV BLF IVZWB?
Chapter 19: Scary-Oke!
Chapter Text
In the dead of night, the air was filled with the hooting of owls and the rustling of leaves. The weather vane, a whimsical arrangement of the letters W, H, A, and T, occasionally let out a squeak.
The skies were draped in shades of black, blue, and white, casting a shroud of darkness over the surroundings. It was the perfect time to have a good night's sleep because it was quiet– except for the casual rumbling of the ground every now and then. The town had been experiencing earthquakes more often than usual, and while the rest of the residents slumbered peacefully, oblivious to the ongoing seismic activity, these two culprits were well aware of the disturbances they were causing.
As Y/n and Stan stood there, the air before them danced and shimmered with a vibrant, swirling light. It was a sight to behold, a testament to their hard work and determination. This was the breakthrough they had been waiting for, the first step to get him home.
"Thirty long years and it's all led up to this," Stan spoke into the portal room. It seemed that he was at the beginning of a speech. "Our greatest achievement!" A wide grin spread across his face as he uttered those words.
His attention shifted to the girl standing behind him, and he gently ruffled her hair.
"I couldn't have done it without you," Stan's gratitude was a rare occurrence, but his sincerity was evident.
Y/n nodded in agreement, her own smile mirroring his. "This is just the start," she replied. Stepping back into the control room, she followed the instructions from the journal, flipping down a few switches. As she did, the display at the top started to light up with various boxes and lines of text.
AUTO SCAN.
The boxes were now filled with interdimensional information, symbols that Stan had never seen before. Y/n knew that they were on the right track as bodies of green logarithmic scripts scrolled upwards endlessly. The older man tried to understand the meaning of the figures on the monitor, while the younger girl kept her gaze on the results box that kept displaying the X sign. It only meant there were no signs of him in the dimension.
Laser lights flashed sporadically as the various symbols on the portal lit up accordingly. The tabulating machine dispensed out long papers of results, binary statements that served as records. The screen on top of it read, "0.0000000000% COMPLETE." and within a few seconds, it shifted into "0.00000000001% COMPLETE."
That change gave them hope.
If they finally pull this off, it will all have been worth it.
To get him home, to be reunited.
Y/n was busy flipping through the second and third journal for more information that they might use, but her eyes kept on glancing back at the framed picture of Dipper and Mabel smiling at her. The flickering of the portal behind them sent doubts in her head.
"What if they found out about this?"
"Those two?" Stan scoffed. "Yeah, right. We've come this far. Who could possibly catch us now?"
I can give you a list. She stares at him with a raised eyebrow. He shouldn't be underestimating the twins, especially having been with them for almost a month now.
Stan continued with a cheerful stride, slipping on a glove meant for a hand slightly larger than his own. The extra finger on the glove dangled loosely as he extended his hand towards the handle. With a firm grip, he pulled it down, choosing the maximum power setting for the device.
A blinding light engulfed their surroundings, its intensity beyond measure. But it was, as Y/n was directly looking at it while Stan was shielding his eyes with both of his arms. It's like waking up at 3am and checking their notifications, but none of them have phones.
Meanwhile, in another dark room far, far away from the Mystery Shack...
"See, there! There it is again," a man in a suit exclaimed as he and his partner observed the patterns on the dimly lit screen.
The other man glowered. "We haven't seen readings like this for thirty years."
"Is it coming from deep space?" the first one stressed, using their computer to track down the source of immense power. "An enemy weapons site? The sun?!"
The screen displayed a globe, rotating to a specific part of the world, the red dot glaring at them. He zoomed in on the country, the state, the town.
"Just as I suspected,"
A small lumber town in roadkill county, Oregon: Gravity Falls.
GOOD MORNING, GRAVITY FALLS!
Shandra Jimenez appeared on the local news as she happily reported, "A week ago, hardly anyone knew who they were. But we all know them now." A close-up photo of Stan, Mabel, Dipper, and Y/n smiling was broadcasted as Shandra continued. "The brave family that exposed and took down a fake child psychic who used his celebrity to spy on the entire town!"
The reporter looked distressed. Footage from the Gideon fight was shown next. "And caused massive damage to our pride and property."
Photos of Stan dramatically pointing out the destruction of the Mystery Shack. Y/n was laughing at his facial expression throughout the photoshoot just to rub it in Gideon's face. A text on the bottom says, "Big damage for small mediums."
Another one was of Stan angrily pointing at something, accompanied by another text of, "Crack in the ground named 'Gideon's Fault.'"
Then came a video of Gideon being escorted to jail, wearing the most perfect orange attire, fit for a fraud. He sat there in his cell, already having a chalk and writing a single stroke, symbolizing the toddler's first day.
Shandra smiled professionally. "That's our top story today. I'm Shandra Jimenez!"
"And I'm Toby Determined!"
Silence as Shandra stared at the weird guy sitting beside her. "You don't work here," she said, unimpressed. "Security!"
A lone staff member literally carried him out of the studio with its meaty arms.
Stan Pines, Local Hero.
The older man stood smugly in front of the camera. "Look, saving the town? That's what I do. I'm a great man!" He leaned closer and dropped his voice into a whisper. "Some might say the greatest man!" He paused, his eyes sliding to the side. He smiled before walking over to a long table and began snatching pieces of shrimp into a plate.
The camera followed him and he stopped. "These are complimentary, right?"
Mabel Pines, Little Girl
The sweater-wearing girl was seated on a chair as the microphone was pointed at her in an interview. "Oh yeah, the Pines family totally kicked Gideon's butt! Haha!" Mabel smiled widely. "Sometimes, when the going gets tough, you gotta whip out—" she reached down and pulled out her trusty grappling hook, "one of these bad boys!"
She aimed it around like a cool agent, but before anything else went, a random security guard suddenly shouted, "SHE GOT A WEAPON!"
Two guards tackled her down and it all cut to static.
Y/n, Wendy, and "Zeus?", Employees
Soos was wearing a formal outfit, different from his usual question mark uniform. His hair was slicked back as he wore a light blue vest over a clean, hot pink shirt. He sat politely, smiling at the camera. Wendy leaned back with her arms crossed. Y/n was casually drinking her hot coffee offered to her by one of the staff members. She was careful not to drink it in one go, acting as if the coffee would actually "burn" her tongue off. She laughed at the idea.
Y/n let Wendy talk her thoughts. "Gideon? That little jerkwad is history, man!" She exclaimed.
A man appeared from the side and whispered something to the redhead.
"What do you mean I can't say 'jerkwad' on TV?" Wendy said. She then began to do the opposite of the warning. "Jerkwad! Jerkwad! Jerkwad! Come on, Y/n!" She stood up on the couch so that her head was out of frame. "This is America! Freedom of SPEECH!"
Y/n stared into the camera like she was in a famous TV show that featured people working in an establishment. Soos cheerily reached for the sign behind him and brought it out for the camera to see. "HELLO, GRANDMA!" the sign said.
It cut to Stan, the segment still continuing. Stan Pines, Local Hero was still on the screen by his stomach. He was happily eating the shrimp he took from the catering. "Good news is—'' he chewed, "we're celebrating the Grand Re-opening of the Mystery Shack. Tonight, baby!" He waved the shrimp around. "Party... punch... inflated prizes..."
Waddles entered the frame, jumping up to reach for the seafood. Stan raised his arm and began berating the pig. "Hey, hey. Not for pigs."
It cut to Mabel again, leaning forward proudly with an excited smile. "We're calling the party, 'Scary-oke' and then I'm gonna be the party-planner! It's the start of my new party-planning business!" She looked to the side. "Soos?"
On cue, the large man ran up to the camera and lifted his vest, revealing the pink shirt he's been wearing. In neon green letters it read, "CRAZY MABEL'S PARTY PLANNING AND CAT SITTING!"
In one of his back pockets, he pulled out a handful of glitter and confetti and blew it out. Mabel followed and stood beside him. "8 o'clock tonight, suckers! Don't miss it! Fun! Fun! Fun!"
Soos continued throwing out glitters while Stan, Wendy, and Y/n appeared behind her. "Fun! Fun! Fun!" The three chanted alongside her.
The screen then cut to Dipper Pines, Kid.
Said boy sat on a chair, both of his arms propped on the table with a single light shining down on him. The room around him was dark like it was watching a serious documentary. "Honestly," Dipper began, "I think partying is a bit premature if you ask me."
He intertwined his fingers together. "Sure, we defeated Gideon, but Gravity Falls is a hotspot for paranormal anomalies." He stood up, both of his hands on top of the table. His face was stern. "And I urge everyone in this town to be vigilant. The next threat could come from anywhere," he finished with a determined look.
But then he stopped being serious and looked to the side, "Can we get the graphics department to do like the words– 'PARANORMAL WATCH', or maybe– I mean, I don't wanna tell you how to do your job but maybe—"
His footage stopped midway, ending the segment with the word 'CRACKPOT' in bold red in front of his face.
"Well there you have it!" Shandra said, "A shack full of fun loving heroes, and one very paranoid kid."
It stopped on Dipper's face yet again, and the twins watching the news in real time had different reactions. The boy was focused so grimly at the screen, while Mabel was casually bouncing on the yoga ball. "Man, the camera doesn't love you! Haha!" She teased. Dipper didn't say anything to that. Mabel continued, "Hey, look! If I rewind, you're totally making a pirate face and rapper hands!"
And on remote control, Mabel rewinded the video while it was still paused, the Dipper in the TV doing what she described. He was doing exactly that.
Her twin brother sitting beside her planted his face on the counter. "Ugh. It's not fair." He turned to Mabel. "This whole summer I've been trying to get people to believe me about the weirdness in this town, and after everything that happened, they still just make fun of me! You see this?"
Dipper motioned to the customers of the gift shop. There was an old lady eyeing a U.F.O keychain, kids running around wearing monster masks made out of rubber, and a guy raving about a bigfoot bobblehead.
"This is what people think of the magic in this town."
Mabel smiled at him, assurance in her words as she swayed herself on the yoga ball "Hey, bro. I know it's all real. And Y/n does, too! We believe in you!"
Dipper was unconvinced as he brooded. "I just wish the rest of the world did."
The rest of the morning consisted of people bustling around the Shack. Some were aiming to get Stan's autograph, while others were considering buying every merchandise. In other words, the town loves them. Everything is finally going their way.
Wendy and Soos had a conversation by the counter. "So, it's midnight, right?" The redhead began, "I'm texting with Tambry when the whole house started shaking. I almost swallowed my cell phone!"
"Oh, it was an earthquake, man!" Soos replied, "I almost stabbed myself with a nacho!" He then turned to Y/n who was standing in front of the vending machine, a Pitt Cola in hand. "Did you feel that, dude?" He asked her.
The girl paused, turning with an innocent look. "Earthquake?" She pondered, "Uh, can't say that I did..." she trailed off, pursing her lips.
Soos reverted his gaze to the cashier teen. "Dude, I've lived here my whole life and I've never felt anything like it," the guy emphasized, his face turning serious. "It's suspicious if you ask me."
Y/n nervously sipped the soda, her hands slightly shaking. A million thoughts spiraled in her mind. She shouldn't have been too agreeable with Stan when he said that these two won't care about their surroundings. Once again, Stan had underestimated them.
Speaking of the older man, he slid into their conversation with an affronting expression. "Hey, would you three quit yapping?" He crossed his arms. "I want you goons preparing for the party tonight!"
"I'm prepared!"
The four turned around towards Mabel, who was wheeling on a karaoke machine behind her.
"I rented a karaoke machine with my allowance money." She placed her hands on her hips with a smile. "I got a plan! The party is gonna culminate with the greatest karaoke performance the world has ever seen! Starring the world's greatest singers—" she pulled out a paper of her drawing of her, Dipper, and Stan with flashy outfits and singing into the microphone. "Love Patrol Alpha! Dipper already agreed—"
"---No, I didn't!---"
"---Now, I just need you!" Mabel said to Stan. She turned to the girl behind him, "Y/n, you're welcome to join too if you'd like~!"
Stan placed his hands on his hips as he grumbled, "I'll have to get back on you on that one."
Soos interrupted the discussion as he pointed something outside the window. "Hey, Mr. Pines? Is that a limo service for the party or what?"
The older man whipped his head around and saw the black vehicle parking in front. His eyes widened when he saw the words, "U.S GOVERNMENT" plastered on the side of the car, its plate number being "USEXEMPT"
Stan immediately closed the window and bolted towards the P.A system. He pressed the button and began shouting, "The Mystery Shack is now closed! Everybody, out! I will not hesitate to use the hose on the elderly!"
The people began filing outside, Y/n assisting said elderly people whose faces were slower. Stan shutting down the gift shop could only mean one thing, because he never shut down the gift shop.
Mabel faced her great uncle with a concerned look. "Grunkle Stan, what's happening?"
Stan began pacing back and forth, running his hands across his arms to stop the nerves that he was feeling. Meanwhile, Y/n was also perturbed, tapping her feet as a nervous habit. Pitt Cola remained in her hand, she might as well use it as some sort of stress can with it almost being crushed from the pressure.
They were being unusually quiet, not answering the girl's questions. The two were not prepared that this day would come. Everything was going smoothly, they thought. Well, the government vehicle in front of the Shack proved them wrong.
Three loud knocks on the door shook them out of their reveries. Stan shook the jitters off his body, muttering, "Just be casual, Stan. Be casual."
Mabel continued her aimless motion with the yoga ball. "STOP BOUNCING!" Stan yelled. Mabel did, staring at the man strangely.
Y/n wished she could do something at the moment. She desperately could've helped Stan ease his tension, but her feet were helplessly frozen at the spot. She could only avoid their faces the moment Stan opened the door.
"Welcome to the Mystery Shack, gentlemen!" Stan greeted, going into his "Mr. Mystery" persona– all giddy and charming. "What can I get you?" He began rubbing his hands before pulling things out of his coat. "Keychains? Snow globes? These rare photos of American presidents?" He urged, extracting an old dollar out of one of his sleeves.
"My name is Agent Powers, this is Agent Trigger," the man's monotonous voice meant that they came here with a different purpose. They presented their respective ID's with the same logo on their car. Both of their expressions looked strict. "We're here to investigate reports of unusual activity in this town."
And if it wasn't enough emphasis, the other guy narrowed his eyes and pointed, "Activity!"
"Mysterious activity? In the Mystery Shack? You've got to be joking!" Stan attempted to divert the subject.
"I assure you, I am not. I was born with a rare disorder that makes me incapable of experiencing humor."
"Oh!" Mabel exclaimed, having overheard the conversation. "Our friend has a disorder too! She-" Her mouth was clasped shut by the girl's hand.
The three men turned to stare at the two girls. Stan's eyes instantly found Y/n's nervous ones as she made a shaky smile. But before anyone could utter another word, Dipper came bounding in from out of nowhere. "Did you just say, 'unusual'? 'In this town'?!" He looked excited, walking closer towards the agents in black suits.
Stan leaned down to Dipper's height and brought his voice to a whisper, "N-not now, kid. The adults are talking."
"But Grunkle Stan, these guys clearly work for the government! We've gotta cooperate with them, right?"
The man with the mustache kneeled on one knee as his face morphed into intrigue. "You seem bright," he remarked. "What's your name, son?" He began rummaging for something inside of his blazer.
"Uh, D-Dipper..." He stuttered, "Dipper Pines."
"Have a pen." Powers handed him what looked like a regular writing pen, but when the brown-haired boy clicked on the tip, it produced a streak of black light coming from the pen. "They're the same kind we use to find fingerprints back at the lab."
Dipper's smile turned wider– if that was even possible.
"What is it you wanted to tell us, Dipper?"
"I..." he began, "I don't know where to begin!" He said, but he wanted to say so much. "This town is like a hotspot for paranormal and alto-average phenomenon and creatures ever dreamed about!"
The two exchanged worried glances.
"Ghost, gnomes, time anomalies–" Dipper rambled on, "and it's all written down in this ancient journal we've found which proves everything!" He was being crazy as his sister– and he knows it– but he just couldn't let this all go to waste if it meant getting to work with the government in blowing the lid off the mystery of this town.
The agents shared a silent look. Should we trust this kid?
Powers turned back to Dipper, his voice remaining rigid. "Tell me, Dipper, do you still have this... ancient journal? Could you show it to me?"
"Of course!" Dipper chirped in an instant. "Grunkle Stan's been borrowing it," he looked up to his uncle. "Grunkle Stan, show him that journal!"
With a forced smile directed at the two men, Stan gently pushed Dipper back as he got in front of him. He let out a strained laugh, holding his stomach. "Hah, I'm sorry about this, gentlemen. Kid's got an overactive imagination, and like– a... a sweating problem!"
A cackle sounded from the back. "That's true!"
Stan continued, "All the rumors you've heard are just part of gift shop lore!" He easily explained. It sells more tickets, you know?" He winked before snapping his fingers and on cue, Soos entered the scene and slapped Mystery Shack bumper stickers on either of the agents' chests and placed alien headbands on their heads.
"Swag!"
The cops looked unimpressed now, and Dipper couldn't help but sweat, feeling their indifference from a mile away. They're losing interest. "B-but... it's true, officers!"
"It's true, officers!" Mabel bounced in with a huge smile, wearing the same alien headband. "This town is a magical wonderland! Gremloblin!" She spouted, and Dipper frowned gravely.
Why did Mabel just say that? How are they supposed to take them seriously now? He turned to the other person he knew he could trust.
Stan tried to intercept again, "Alright, kids, let's not get ahead of ourselves. I'm sure these agents have better things to do-" he offered with a polite smile.
"But, Stan, they need to know the truth! Y/n, tell them about the things we found! You believe me, right?" He said, raising his voice slightly. He didn't mean to demand an answer from her, but the agents had to treat them like they're smart. He had to reel them in.
The girl felt everyone's eyes on her, waiting for her reply. Their looks were of various emotions; the agents looked impatient, Stan's was uneasy, Mabel's was reassuring, while Dipper's was anticipating.
She found herself stuck in a tight spot. Both Dipper and Stan were counting on her answer, so what is she going to say? She couldn't come up with a quick excuse to just leave the conversation (plus, she could possibly be seen as suspicious for running away). They have always been so cautious about the government finding out about this. With one more glance at Stan, he shook his head subtly, his brows furrowing. He knew he could trust her to side with him.
And in that moment, Y/n regretted one thing.
She never should've joined Dipper and his adventures.
"Well, I... uh..."
Stan jumped in, trying to redirect their attention to something else. Poor Y/n was trying to go through it. "Folks, I assure you, there's nothing to see here. It's all harmless fun!"
Powers was unimpressed as he faced Stan. "Sorry, for wasting your time." He turned around and began walking towards the exit. Trigger compiled a bunch of bobbleheads in his arms.
"I'm confiscating this for evidence."
"Smart move."
"Wait, wait!" Dipper chased after the two, dashing for the door. "Please, y-you have to believe me!" Powers stopped in his tracks, glancing at the boy. "I- I can prove it!"
The agent got down on one knee again as he and Dipper had the conversation between just the two of them. "We'll be in town until tomorrow. Our agency is always looking for help from bright, young minds."
Dipper watched as Powers reached for the pockets in his jacket again, drawing out a card and giving it to him. He stared at the blank paper. There's nothing on it– until he tilted it to the side, and a telephone number appeared with their logo.
555-326-1567
He tilted it back and it disappeared. He tilted it again and it was there– before tilting it again and it was gone. "Woah. Secret card..." he muttered under his breath.
"Bring us some proof that there's more here than bumper stickers and we'll talk."
Dipper waited until the agents drove off in their fancy government vehicle before he was left alone again– and anger filled him to his core. The door was kicked open as he exclaimed, "Grunkle Stan!"
The older man stood there with his hand on his temple, massaging away the stress. Y/n was nowhere to be found. He'll deal with her later, but he wanted to start with him.
"Why would you throw me under the bus like that? You lied right to their faces!"
Stan brought his brows together as he pointed at the boy. "Listen, kid. You should be thankful. I was keeping you from embarrassing yourself! Like you always do."
"Nothing could be more embarrassing than what you just did to me," Dipper replied without missing a beat. "After everything that's happened, how can you just stand there and say that there's nothing magic or weird about this town?"
"Because there isn't!" Stan burst out. "Whatever you think you've seen in Gravity Falls is a mix of cabin fever, altitude sickness, and reading that sci-fi trash!"
"It's not trash!" Dipper retaliated, standing his ground. "That journal was written by a genius! Someone smarter than you'll ever be! And I'm going to get it back!"
Stan looked furious. He didn't have to hear from his nephew that he's the dumb one. He knew that already. But him holding the real author of the book in such a high regard just irked him when they haven't even met yet.
His voice was dangerously low, "Look, kid. I know you think you have this all figured out, but you gotta trust me when I say this is for your own good." He snatched away the card in Dipper's hand, making him gasp. "I'm confiscating that card." Dipper glared so hard at the back of his head. "Now, leave it be."
Stan walked away as Dipper tried to stop him. "But, Grunkle Stan! You don't understand!"
"And don't go talking to those agents!" He yelled before completely disappearing into the living room.
Dipper grumbled. "Ugh! Grunkle Stan always ruins things! That could've been my big break!"
"Bro," Mabel slid in, placing her arm across his shoulders. "Maybe Grunkle Stan is right. We're throwing a party tonight! Can't you go one night without searching for aliens or raising the dead or whatever?"
"I'm not gonna raise the dead," Dipper insisted as if it was a foreign concept. He untangled himself from her hold. "And speaking of those things, I still need to get the journal back from him. I need a chance to show those agents the book."
"Trust me, Dipper. The only book you'll need tonight is right here! Boop!" Mabel brought out a thick binder that said KARAOKE on the cover.
Dipper stared at it unimpressed. "Where did Y/n go?"
He needed to talk to her. He was hurt that she hadn't spoken up to the agents, but he gave her the benefit of the doubt. Maybe she was just as nervous and excited as he was, in disbelief that professional people had come to the Mystery Shack with the same motives as them. He couldn't believe it either. He imagines himself working with intelligent groups of people solving mysteries, and when looking to his side, he sees his partner smiling at him. She was smiling at him.
"Bro?"
***
The elevator descended to the very bottom. This was the only other place she'd go to after not hearing a response from the other side of her bedroom door. Stan waited until the mechanism opened before stepping out. He didn't hear any typing, but he saw her with her head kept down in her crossed arms.
She heard him walking towards her, but she didn't budge. Leave her alone for a bit to mope.
"You okay, kiddo?" Stan mumbled, placing a doting hand on her shoulder.
She vehemently shook her head, refusing to look up from her folded arms.
He sighed. "We knew this day would come, but we're still unprepared," he said, checking on the machines. "Those agents could ruin everything,"
Just the thought of having the government involved had Y/n's mind completely shut down. She sniffled as she leaned back and hunched over the desk. "Can you leave me with my thoughts for a bit?" Her voice was meek and raspy, exhaustion oozing.
But Stan didn't falter, moving closer to her. "Oh, no. If you think I'm gonna leave you alone– you're dead wrong," he said. "We're in it for the long haul, remember? And if that means facing a bunch of dumb agents trying to stop us from doing something great here, so be it."
A small smile made its way to her face. She exhaled a soft breath, a bit more calmed down than before. His words helped a lot. Stan could be stubborn sometimes– it reminded her of someone else.
Her eyes followed Stan's hand as he aimlessly flickered the pages. "He's gonna want it back." She weakly muttered, arms stretching across her torso.
"I know," Stan sighed forlornly. "As much as it would be a dumb decision to give this back, it wouldn't be good to keep it." He nodded once.
But there has to be some way to keep a copy of it. Her eyes slightly lit up as an idea popped in her mind. "You go up. I'm sure they're already looking for you."
"Wha-" Stan's brows furrowed. "What are you gonna do?"
"I'll take care of it," she said dismissively, motioning him to leave. Stan was dismayed. Her lips were twisted into a faint smile. "I'll copy these pages and make sure to return this to Dipper," she said as she clutched the book to her heart. "Now, go! It won't be a party without you."
"Actually, I have to go out."
"Out?" She echoed. "Where are you going?"
"I have to take down the boarded up signs that lead to the Shack. The government is already onto us. We don't need more curious people up our butts," Stan grumbled, seriously frustrated at the situation.
She stood there, her gaze fixed on him as he made his way towards the elevator. Her mind raced, struggling to grasp onto a single coherent thought, but exhaustion had taken its toll. Glancing down at the journal clutched in her arms, she willed herself to focus on the immediate task at hand.
Desperate to shift her focus away from the underlying issue, she felt the need to do something – anything – to distract herself.
Perhaps she'd simply punch the nearest wall.
Unbeknownst to Stan, mere minutes after he reentered the Shack's yard where the party was in full swing, Y/n had also taken the elevator upstairs. Quietly and unnoticed, she navigated her way to the elder man's office, fully aware of the copier's location. Skillfully, she slipped through the door and ensured it was securely locked behind her. With deft movements, she swiftly crossed the room and focused her attention on the worn and creaky machine.
The image of the numerous copies of Dipper strewn across the Shack was etched vividly in her memory. A fleeting thought crossed her mind – would this unusual phenomenon also occur with ordinary, aged paper? Could Ford's sketches spring to life following a scan?
There's only one way to figure it out.
Y/n cautiously lifted the cover of the journal and flipped to its opening page. Carefully positioning it, she twisted the book over and firmly placed it onto the scanner bed. Under her breath, she murmured, "I hope this actually works," and with a determined press of the button, set the process in motion. The aged contraption protested with its characteristic groans and squeaks, wriggling and shifting before coming to an abrupt halt.
The copier sprung to life, methodically reproducing the page Y/n had placed on it. While lacking color, the duplication was strikingly accurate. She wasted no time, moving swiftly to the next page and repeating the process. The task was undeniably tedious, yet she pressed on with unwavering determination, fully aware that the sooner she completed it, the better.
A sigh of relief escaped her as her shoulders slumped slightly when she finally reached the last page. Just one more page to go.
The redhead and the brunette stood before Stan's bedroom, their gaze fixed on the door adorned with signs bearing messages like "No Minors Allowed" and "Do Not Disturb."
Dipper wasn't to be stopped despite the warnings and proceeded to walk closer.
"I'll keep an eye out for Stan," Wendy called out to him. "You go rustle through his weird old 'man biz'." She grimaced.
As Dipper pushed open the door, he was greeted by the chaotic scene that was Stan's bedroom. The space was strewn with relics of old pranks and knick-knacks one might expect to find in the room of an aging man. However, Dipper's focus was fixed on a particular item – the card that Stan had confiscated from him. He scanned the cluttered room, his eyes searching for any sign of its whereabouts. Where could it possibly be?
He meticulously sifted through Stan's drawers, meticulously examined his closet, and even delved into the crate containing the questionable magazines – an endeavor that Dipper made sure to cleanse his hands of afterward.
Feeling on the brink of surrender, Dipper's mind raced, attempting to think from Stan's perspective. Where would he hide the card if he were in Stan's shoes? His gaze locked onto a counterfeit painting portraying Stan in the guise of a prosperous man adorned in a crimson robe. "Wait a minute," Dipper whispered to himself. He cautiously extended his fingers towards the edge of the framed portrait and sensed a slight resistance as it began to shift.
As Dipper scrutinized the faux artwork, he discovered a concealed vault concealed behind it. Within the hidden chamber rested a cardboard box prominently labeled 'contraband' in bold, white letters. Its contents held items Dipper, at his age, wouldn't be permitted to possess. Hastily grasping the box and prying it open, he swiftly extracted the sought-after calling card.
He looked around the room and saw a telephone. He stalked towards it and dialed the number. It rang once before the line was answered by the familiar voice from earlier. "Agent Powers."
"Hi! This is Dipper," he said, confidence slightly wavering now that he's speaking with the agent. "Th-the kid from the Mystery Shack?" And if he still didn't recognize him, Dipper wanted himself to be clearer. "The- uhm, sweating problem?" He briefly glared, but he continued, "I found the- uh, journal! Yep! You have to see it." It was a complete lie. He hadn't seen it anywhere ever since Stan borrowed it from him. He still has to look for it. Maybe it was in this room as well. But if he still can't find it, then he'll just have to get help from the agents.
"And you're certain this... journal will help our case?" Powers questioned, uncertainty oozing through the call.
Dipper was surely sweating by now. "Yeah! I am 100% sure."
"Very well. We're on our way."
"Great! I'll see you."
"Dipper?"
He pivoted around to her voice, seeing her standing in the doorway with Wendy gone. She must've been invited by her friends to go and party.
"Y/n!" Dipper breathed. He saw her petrified expression, but he didn't dwell on it too long before his eyes went to the journal in her hands. "The journal! You got it!" He bounded towards her with the widest smile. "Where did you find it? And I didn't see you this entire afternoon. Where did you go?"
She couldn't answer, her nerves getting the best of her. But she let him take the journal from her. Now with nothing to grasp, she closed her knuckles tightly.
Dipper skimmed through the journal, inspecting its condition. "Alright. I have the journal and the agents are almost here."
"Agents?!" The word jolted her awake. "You called them?!"
"Woah, calm down," he motioned with his hands, not understanding what she was panicking about. "This could be a good opportunity, Y/n. Those agents might give us the right equipment to finally solve the mysteries about Gravity Falls!"
She was silent.
"The agents will be here, and I'll show them the journal and they'll finally see the truth!" He rambled, before going to a halt. His eyes were bouncing around the place except for her own, his voice becoming rather meek. "And I- I was thinking... I mean, if you're not doing anything else, you can... go with me?"
It was a simple request. He asked her to accompany him. If only she could equal his enthusiasm for telling those agents knowledge they could use to their advantage. If she hadn't considered the potential of them uncovering the interdimensional doorway in the basement—one that she and Stan had been working on for the past 30 years—she would have gone with Dipper completely.
But she didn't want to do anything with those agents.
Dipper observed the downward gaze of her eyes, uncertain of how to respond. "Are you alright?" He was about to reach out, but she intervened by placing her hand on his, gently stopping him. She spoke softly, "You know what, I think I should head to bed. Feeling pretty tired." Though it was a weak excuse, she hoped Dipper would understand and let her leave.
Dipper blinked, his gaze fixed on her. "Sure... Rest well," he replied.
Y/n found herself at a loss for words, offering him a faint smile before exiting Stan's office. Taking a left turn, she headed to her own room. The thought of returning to the portal room crossed her mind, yet she ultimately opted to embrace the comfort of her bed. Despite the intrusive music from outside, its steady beat gradually soothed her thoughts, coaxing her into a peaceful slumber. Perhaps a restful nap was just what she needed.
The familiar government vehicle that had appeared earlier came to a stop just a few meters away from the Mystery Shack. The two agents stepped out of the vehicle, glancing at their watches. Just as they did, Dipper emerged suddenly from the nearby bushes, eagerly addressing them, "Guys! I'm so glad to see you. Working together, we can crack all the secrets of Gravity Falls!"
The agents exchanged curious glances, deciding to trust this kid, just this once.
Dipper continued with his enthusiasm, "Trust me, this book is the lead you've been looking for." With a confident gesture, he revealed the journal he had been holding, presenting it to the agents for their examination. They accepted it, closely studying the book's contents and scrutinizing the sketches. As Dipper pressed on, his words brimming with excitement, "I'm thinking full-scale investigation! Forensics, researchers– do you guys have a helicopter?" He paused, a bashful chuckle escaping him. "I'm sorry. Helicop-ters."
Powers maintained a serious expression, looking uninterested, "Kid, I'd love to believe you, but this just looks like more junk from your uncle's gift shop," he said. "I mean, Leprecorn? I can't be the only one that thinks that's not funny." He shifted his gaze towards his partner, seeking agreement.
"I can confirm; not funny," Trigger added, nodding.
Dipper looked distraught. "No! It's real, I swear! You should... send it to the lab! Am I saying that right?"
"Your uncle was right about that overactive imagination," Powers said, handing the book back to him. "We got paperwork to do."
"Boring paperwork."
"Wait! This book is real!" Dipper began chasing after them, showing the journal once more. "Gnomes! Cursed objects! Spells! Listen!" The agents halted abruptly, turning to glance behind them. They observed Dipper swiftly flipping through the pages, searching for a simple incantation to recite out loud.
"Uh... Corpus Levitas, uh– Diablo Dominium, MONDO VICIUM!" Dipper shouted the incantation at the top of his lungs, disregarding the specific spell he might invoke. His only goal was to trigger some kind of occurrence or manifestation that would convince the agents of the existence of the supernatural.
As the agents stood there, a sudden gust of wind enveloped them, and the atmosphere grew charged with energy. Their surroundings began to tremble, and confusion set in as they struggled to comprehend the unfolding events. Then, right beneath Dipper's feet, the ground split apart with a jolt. In a hurried scramble, Dipper managed to escape the rift just in time. All three onlookers were transfixed as a gnarled, shaky hand emerged from the gaping crevice, followed by the emergence of a creature – a zombie.
A zombie!
"Ah! A zombie!" Dipper wondered with an excited smile as he pointed at it, looking at the agents' reaction. "A real, actual zombie! See? Spooky journal, a hundred percent real." He felt accomplished and now he was waiting for their confirmation. "Now can we work together?"
From behind the boy, the creature began to crawl. "Mother of all that is holy!" Powers expressed in a panic.
"What do we do?!" Trigger shouted in the same tone.
But Dipper was unnerved, "It's just one zombie," he said, trying to calm them down. "Trust me, I see stuff like this all the time." As he hastily flipped open the journal in search of a potential reversal spell, the solitary zombie suddenly materialized right in front of him, catching him off guard with a startling jumpscare. "Ah—!"
With a swift, powerful motion, Powers crushed a small boulder directly onto the zombie's head, instantly immobilizing it.
Dipper chuckled in relief. "Good thing it was just that one—"
Contrary to Dipper's skepticism, nature seemed determined to prove him wrong. Just as he spoke, the ground quaked once more, and a series of cracks spread open. From these fissures emerged a horde of zombies, numbering around 15 to 20. These skeletal creatures, their hollow eyes emitting a sickly green glow, staggered forward with an unsettling hunger for brains.
"Oh my gosh," Dipper voiced out, "You guys can help, right?"
Powers and Trigger stepped back slowly. "Kid, we've been chasing the paranormal for years, but we've never seen anything like this before!"
"Get down!" A piercing scream escaped Trigger's lips as the horde of zombies lunged forward, overwhelming the two adults. Dipper's own voice joined the chorus of terror as he watched in horror, the relentless zombies dragging the shrieking agents into the shadowy depths of the forest, leaving him utterly alone.
"Oh my gosh. WHAT HAVE I DONE?!"
Y/n was jolted awake as the ground trembled beneath her. Springing out of bed, she was met with the sound of frantic screams echoing outside. Rushing out of the Shack, her eyes widened as she took in the scene before her – Dipper, Mabel, Waddles, and Soos were encircled by a horde of zombies. "What in the world..."
Her gaze remained fixed on the unfolding chaos. She observed as the handyman bravely stepped forward, shielding the kids from the encroaching danger. However, her heart sank as he was caught off guard, a zombie sinking its teeth into his shoulder. His skin took on an eerie paleness, his once-vibrant eyes transformed into vacant white orbs, and his mouth began to ooze with a disturbing excess of saliva.
"Guys!" her voice rang out in an urgent warning as she dashed out of the gift shop. The twins swiftly turned their heads in her direction and wasted no time in bolting towards her, the pig trotting closely behind. "This way!" she shouted, quickly dispatching any zombies that crossed her path. Soos stumbled along, trailing behind the group as the horde of zombies closed in.
They hurriedly entered the gift shop, and Y/n forcefully slammed the door shut behind them. "Quick, we need to board up all the windows!"
"Where's Grunkle Stan?!" Mabel's scream echoed through the room as she rushed towards the corner, her panic palpable. Waddles joined in with a distressed squeal, clearly unsettled by the dire circumstances.
"I don't know," Y/n admitted, looking around for wooden boards to use. "And I don't think he's coming anytime soon. Come on, we gotta–"
The window beside her suddenly shattered open, and Soos leaned in with an excited smile. In his hand, he held a drill. "Hey, dudes! By the way, I taught the zombies how to get to the fuse box. Among these dudes, I'm like a genius!"
In an instant, the lights within the Shack flickered out, casting the interior into darkness, while a crimson glow seeped in from the outside. As panic set in, zombies started to clamber their way in through the windows. "Get those brains, dawg!"
Y/n reacted swiftly, delivering a punch that forcefully repelled a zombie, creating some distance between them. Simultaneously, Dipper dashed towards the alternate door that led to the living room, narrowly avoiding a zombie hand smashing through. A gasp escaped him as he retreated, his back pressed against the corner with Mabel by his side. In her haste to reach the twins, Y/n performed a powerful kick that severed the zombie's arm from its body. "Y/n, watch out!" Dipper's voice rang out, filled with concern.
"Dipper, isn't there something in the journal about defeating zombies?" Mabel asked.
He frantically looked through the journal. "No! There's nothing in here about weaknesses!"
The twins' heads snapped up as the door splintered under forceful impact. Their gazes locked onto Y/n, who stood before them, having deliberately smashed down the door to create an escape route. Breathing heavily, she urgently directed them, "Quick, to the attic!"
With their options dwindling, Dipper, Mabel, and Waddles raced away, narrowly avoiding a zombie's desperate lunge. The trio hurriedly made their way toward the stairs, Y/n vigilantly keeping watch behind them. While Mabel and Waddles continued ahead, Dipper halted on the third step, casting a wary glance over his shoulder.
"Dipper, what are you doing? You need to go!" Y/n's urgency was evident in her voice.
"No, I'm not leaving you here!" Dipper's determination was unwavering. "Hide with us."
Y/n shook her head, attempting to allay his concern. "You don't need to worry about me. I'll catch up, I promise."
Dipper's eyes held a mixture of worry and frustration. "I get that you might not get hurt, but what if you can turn into a zombie? You don't need to put yourself in danger all the time!"
Growing increasingly frustrated, Y/n could sense Dipper's stubbornness and lack of trust. "Dipper, listen. Please trust me. I want to keep you safe. I'm likely the only one who can't be turned. Go, look after your sister, and I'll do my best to keep the zombies away from the attic."
"Y/n, don't treat your life like it's nothing. I – we care about you, okay?" Dipper pleaded, his voice laced with concern. "Now don't try to fix the problem that I caused. It's all my fault! I should be the one to fix this."
"We don't have time for this, Dipper!" Y/n shouted, her frustration evident. Her words were abruptly cut off as a zombie's grip closed around her arm, hoisting her off the ground. Panic surged through her, and she screamed, struggling against the creature's hold. "Ah! Let me go!"
"Y/n!!!" Dipper's scream echoed.
Out of nowhere, a resounding smash filled the air. The zombie was struck by a baseball bat, causing it to release its grip on Y/n. The creature's head was then brutally crushed beneath the foot of—
"Grunkle Stan?!" Dipper exclaimed, his voice laced with disbelief.
Stan's command cut through the tension. "Attic! Now!"
Dipper didn't waste his time. He seized Y/n's hand, dragging her from the ground, and together they dashed toward the attic, ignoring her protests. Mabel, already positioned at the door, swung it open, allowing them to enter. Panting from the exertion, they found themselves in the attic, Y/n withdrawing her hand from Dipper's grasp. Her irritation was palpable. "Here I am. Happy now?" She couldn't help but be somewhat annoyed. "Instead of just waiting, wouldn't it be more sensible for you to search the journal for a solution?"
He complied with a muted response, his fingers turning the pages of the journal. Though he remained silent, traces of annoyance were evident on his face. Meanwhile, Mabel remained oblivious to the unfolding tension, unaware of the gravity of the situation.
A sudden commotion outside drew their attention, and the twins instinctively moved into a defensive stance, bracing themselves for a potential threat. However, the door swung open to reveal Stan, who entered with a cough and a hand clutching his side. "Oh! Ow. Everything hurts," he groaned, his discomfort evident. He quickly closed the door behind him and reinforced the barricade with a chair.
"Grunkle Stan!" Mabel exclaimed, noticing his disheveled and worn-out appearance. "You're finally here!"
Dipper offered a shrug, a modest smile gracing his lips."I guess you can't deny magic exists anymore, right?"
Stan took a moment to catch his breath, his gaze briefly flickering toward Y/n before returning to Dipper. "Kid, truth is, I've known all along," he finally confessed, his voice heavy with admission as he turned away.
"Wait, what are you talking about?" Dipper asked, perplexed.
"I'm not an idiot, Dipper! Of course this town is weird!" Stan's exclamation carried a mixture of frustration and concern. "And the one thing I know about that weirdness is that it's downright dangerous!"A zombie's hand abruptly broke through the door, sending a jolt of panic through the group as they retreated to the room's center. Stan's voice remained resolute as he continued, "I've been lying about it to try to keep you away from it. To try to protect you from it!"
A zombie burst through the window, prompting Stan to react swiftly. He delivered a powerful punch, sending the creature crashing to the ground. As it tumbled, a horde of zombies outside fixated their gaze on the Shack. The situation escalated further as additional zombies began to crawl up the exterior walls, intensifying the impending threat.
"It looks like I didn't lie well enough."
Y/n remained silent throughout the entire ordeal, her thoughts and words unable to provide a useful contribution in the moment. Internally, Y/n offered a silent applause for Stan's long-awaited confession, all the while contemplating when the time would come for her to unveil her own truth.
"What do we do, what do we do?!" Mabel said in a frantic voice.
Dipper tried to find the solution in the book, but with the Shack's lights turned off, he couldn't see a thing. "Ugh, it's too dark, I can't see anything!" He expressed, trying to find a lone light.
"Wait, wait, wait. Didn't those agents give you some sort of pen light?" Mabel asked from beside him.
Dipper's eyes lit up. "Mabel, you're a genius!" He rummaged through his navy vest and brought out the same pen from earlier. He pushed on the button and aimed the black light on the page. "Wait- what?!"
All of a sudden, white writings appeared on the pages overlapped on the old black ink. Dipper laid the journal on the floor for everyone to see, flashing the black light onto it. It revealed Ford's decreasing sanity as the invisible writings of him going crazy appeared.
"Invisible ink?" Y/n heard Stan mumbled in curiosity, briefly sharing a glance at one another.
Y/n's hands trembled, a mix of emotions swirling within her. It could have been anger, triggered by the revelation that Ford had kept this from her. Or maybe it was anxiety, stemming from the uncertainty of having copied pages without knowledge of the hidden writings in invisible ink, which could have been vital for the portal. The thought that crucial information might be concealed beneath a seemingly inconspicuous black light frustrated her. Now, Y/n was left uncertain about whether the copier had replicated the invisible ink writings, and a sense of hopelessness had settled over her.
Dipper backtracked to the zombie's page. There was a large block of text written in invisible ink and he read it aloud. "Zombies have a weakness! Previously thought to be invincible, their skulls can be shattered by perfect three part harmony."
"Of course," the three heard Y/n mutter, accompanied by the sound of her smacking herself in the head – an odd gesture considering it wouldn't hurt her physically. This caught their attention, and they exchanged puzzled glances. "I just thought, you know, zombies thrive on chaos. So, logically, the only way to defeat them is through harmony!" Y/n quickly conjured up an explanation that the family readily accepted, all the while berating herself internally for not recalling her past experience of defeating zombies. She vividly remembered harmonizing with Ford and F, enjoying the moment, and feeling a genuine sense of happiness.
Y/n took a confident stance, hands on her hips. "Alright, let's think about a three-part harmony. How can we pull that off?" she inquired, prompting the group to engage in a brainstorming session.
Dipper offered a suggestion with a shrug, "I mean, I've got a naturally high-pitched scream?"
"I can make noises with my body– sometimes intentionally!" Stan added.
Mabel's eyes lit up as she chimed in with a smile, "Guys, I think you're missing the obvious solution."
"What is it?" Stan asked, looking clueless.
"Duh! It's the karaoke machine!" Mabel declared with a triumphant smile.
On the rooftop, the group skillfully navigated past the zombies—sending a few punches when necessary—and swiftly set up the karaoke machine. "Hello? Hello? Is this thing on?" Mabel's voice projected through the microphone, eliciting a burst of feedback that immediately captured the attention of every zombie in the vicinity. "Y/n, I don't have a spare mic, but you're free to sing along if you'd like!"
Y/n waved her hands around. "Oh, it's fine. I'll just keep on the lookout for any approaching zombies."
"Alright! But you're officially the honorary member of the band!" Mabel declared, her finger hitting the button to play a song that had been queued up since earlier this evening.
Dipper interrupted with a hint of hesitance, his gaze fixed on the title of the song. "Wait, wait, wait. Is this really the song we're singing?" He shot a swift glance at Y/n positioned behind Stan, his grip on the microphone revealing his doubts about the impending musical performance.
Unfazed by Dipper's question, Mabel enthusiastically addressed the gathered zombies, "Zombies and gentlemen! I'm Mabel, there's Dipper, Y/n, and Stan, and together we're Love Patrol Alpha!"
"I never agreed to that name!"
"Hit it!"
The beat resounded, erupting into a fun rhythm. Stan narrowed his eyes at the lyrics, adjusting his glasses. "Uh, Mabel? Our lives may not be worth this," he remarked, a hint of skepticism in his voice.
Dipper made a slight grimace, clearly not entirely thrilled with the situation. However, he took a deep breath and, with microphone in hand, began singing the song. It was a sacrifice for the greater good of humanity, after all. "Friday night, and we're gonna party 'til dawn. Don't worry, Daddy, I've got my favorite dress on?! Mabel, this is stupid!"
With a confident stance, Mabel placed a hand on her hip and started swaying to the infectious beat. "Roll into the party, the boys are lookin' our way. We just keep dancing', we don't care what they say! And all the boys are gettin' up in my face–"
Stan extended the microphone towards Y/n, but she firmly shook her head and pushed it away with a hint of determination. Instead, she took action, forcefully shoving a zombie that attempted to crawl onto the roof they were standing on. "Guys, you have to sing together or it won't work!" she urged.
"Ngh... Boys are a bore, let's show 'em the door..." Stan sang albeit reluctantly.
"We're takin' over the dance floor!" Everybody sang in unison. "Oh-oh! Girls do what we like! Oh-oh! We're taking over tonight!"
Y/n observed in astonishment as the three-part harmony seemed to work like a blast– literally! Zombies' heads began exploding all around them strangely to the rhythm of the music. The trio carried on singing the chorus, maintaining their tune until the majority of the zombie heads had disintegrated in a series of explosive bursts.
"Oh-oh! We're taking over tonight!"
Dipper's grin widened, and he belted out the lyrics at the top of his lungs, "Takin' over toniiiight!"
Amidst the guitar riff playing in the background, a zombie unexpectedly appeared behind Dipper, causing him to let out a startled scream. Reacting swiftly, Y/n grabbed the confetti cannon from the ground and directed it towards the zombie, urgently shouting, "Duck!" With a swift pull of the trigger, a burst of confetti exploded from the cannon, simultaneously propelling the zombie's head away from its body.
The detached head soared through the air before finding an unexpected resting place in the punch bowl. Mabel's smile grew even wider as confetti rained down around them. "Thank you!" she exclaimed over the music, her voice laced with excitement. "We'll be here all night!"
Stan pointed triumphantly at the fallen zombies, his laughter ringing out, "Deal with it, zombie idiots!
"Pines! Pines! Pines! Pines!" The trio chanted as Y/n couldn't help but smile at them. Stan cast a brief glance her way before extending his arm to draw her into a side hug, pulling her closer to him. In a wordless exchange, they shared a smile.
As the sun rose on a new day, the four of them descended from the roof and entered the living room. The room was in disarray, marred by zombie residue and dirt. The round table was tipped over, and a fallen light added to the disorder. It was quite a mess.
Dipper looked guilty, his hands placed inside the pocket of his vest. "I'm sorry, guys. I totally ruined everything."
"Dipper, are you kidding me?" Mabel asked as he approached him. "I got to sing karaoke with three of my favorite people in the world! No party could ever top that," she reassured.
Stan walked up to the trio, drawing them close in a huddle, and knelt down to share a serious conversation. While he made sure he included Y/n, his focus was mainly on the twins. "Kids, listen. This town is crazy, so you need to be careful. I don't know what I'll do with myself if you get hurt on my watch," he glanced at her briefly before heaved a sigh and rubbed his temples. "I'll let you hold on to that spooky journal." he turned his attention back to Dipper, his tone stern. "As long as you promise me you'll only use it for self-defense, and not go looking for trouble." Stan finished.
Dipper took a step back, his expression skeptical as he eyed Stan. "Okay..." he replied cautiously. "As long as you promise me you don't have any other bombshell secrets about this town!"
Y/n couldn't help but notice the way Stan's hand was extended behind his back when he emphasized, "Promise."
"Promise," Dipper repeated, mirroring Stan's gesture by placing his hand behind his back too. She gave a subtle shake of her head, amused by their similarities. They are definitely related.
She gave Mabel a quick glance, hoping to gauge her reaction, but Mabel seemed completely oblivious. Y/n couldn't help but chuckle inwardly at the irony of being caught in the middle of their little exchange. This is the price she pays for being in the know on both ends.
"Man, we have got a lot of zombie damage to clean up," Stan said with a stretch. "Where's my handyman, anyway?"
"Brains..." a slurry voice caught their attention and they gasped upon seeing Soos as a zombie, staggering towards the living room. His eyes were still undead-like and saliva was running down his chin. "BRAINS!"
"Holy Moses!" Stan exclaimed, grabbing a chair and lifting it above his head about to inflict it on Soos until Dipper stopped him.
"Wait! There's a page here about curing zombification. It's gonna take a lot of formaldehyde."
One cup of formaldehyde, one teaspoon salt, two teaspoons paint thinner, one quart newt's blood. Y/n silently recited the ingredients.
"Ooh and cinnamon!" Mabel chimed in, delighted when she saw the page.
Y/n smirked. For taste, of course.
"Come on, Soos. Let's fix you up."
Dipper walked out, engrossed in the journal, "I can't believe it! All this time the author's secrets were hiding in plain sight!" he exclaimed. He retrieved the pen the agents had given him, using the black light to reveal hidden content. "A whole new chapter🗝of mysteries to explore..."
[ROLL CREDITS]
These pages were the ones Y/n had duplicated. It turned out the enchanted copier was truly potent, replicating the precise content of the page, invisible ink included. Swiftly getting herself a black light, Y/n reexamined the pages, this time under a different light – quite literally.
***
K HM P IYQBSE LBXYKU A QHSB
🗝 : ????
In letters secret, they intertwine,
A cipher's art, a coded design.
With a
keyword's key,
the code shall break,
Vigenere's
dance, a puzzle to partake.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 20!
Chapter 20: The Bunker and Tiny Men
Chapter Text
The sun had just risen, casting an early morning glow over the Mystery Shack. The establishment remained closed for renovations after the chaos of the zombie-filled party the previous night. Having successfully convinced the construction worker not to question the source of the recent chaos- a.k.a he bribed the worker- Stan made his way into the gift shop, with Waddles trailing faithfully behind him. "Dipper!" his voice echoed through the empty room. "I need someone to look out for those workers while I take my elderly nap! I need it 'cause I'm old!"
But there was no response.
"Mabel?" Stan continued, "Soos? Wendy?"
After a moment of silence, the older man shrugged nonchalantly. "Welp, there goes the need for clothing." He proceeded to remove articles of his clothing such as his coat and unbuckle his belt, letting his pants sag to the ground. Waddles oinked in response.
"Why are you taking off your clothes in the middle of the gift shop?"
Y/n and Stan engaged in a brief staring contest, the awkward silence stretching out until he waved his hand in a dismissive manner. "It's better this way, trust me. Now, where did those kids run off to and why aren't you with them?" He placed his hands on his hips, demanding an explanation.
She shrugged, mirroring Stan's earlier action. "I don't know, I was busy," she answered nonchalantly, her attention seemingly focused on the notes on her clipboard.
He paused for a moment before. "I'll take it," he said, walking towards the vending machine. He pressed the code and it opened with an exhale. "C'mon, pig, let's hit the lab. You too, I guess."
Y/n rolled her eyes, but she moved nonetheless, going inside as Stan closed the door. "Hopefully those kids haven't joined a gang or something."
***
Mabel, Soos, and Dipper gathered around a tree in the middle of the forest. The chestnut-haired boy tapped his pen against the lamp, catching the attention of the other two. "Thanks for being here," he began. While he wished Y/n had joined them, he understood that she might still be rattled from the zombie incident. He decided to focus on the matter at hand and save the idea of a solo adventure for another time.
"Hey, when there's a mystery, you can count on your sister...-Ey," Mabel said in an attempt to rhyme.
Soos chuckled, amused. "That's an amazing rhyme." He began to think of his own slogan, "When you want some, good... When you need a Soos, you... Oh oh, gosh, I don't know."
Dipper continued, "We're here to solve the number one mystery in Gravity Falls; who wrote this journal?! Thirty years ago the author vanished without a trace. But according to this new clue," he turned on his black light pen and flashed it on the page. "We may have found his secret hiding place. We find that author, we learn the answers to everything. We just need to figure out a way to get down there."
"Chop it down, dudes!"
A voice called from behind them as Soos neared closer to the tree. The twins looked behind them and saw the redheaded teen pulling up with her bike. "Wendy!" Mabel exclaimed.
"You came!" Dipper greeted with an awkward smile. He really wanted to impress someone so cool like her. Maybe it was the fact that she was three years older than him and that he wanted to fit in with the teens, but it wasn't like he had a crush on her or something. He could differentiate between admiring someone and having a crush.
Wendy started taking off her helmet, even though she hardly ever needed one in the first place. "Dude, I'm so stoked about this!" She swapped the helmet for her signature hat. "I've been wanting to go adventuring with you, guys." She glanced around, realizing someone was absent. "Y/n's not here?"
"No, she said she's busy," Dipper replied.
Mabel shrugged, "Whatever that is!"
"Oh, geez," The redhead let out a disappointed sigh. "You okay with that, Dipper?" Her smirk formed gradually, the tone in her voice playing along.
His head snapped in her direction, his neck angling curiously. "Huh? What are you talking about?"
Hands on hips, Mabel mirrored Wendy's grin, catching her implications. "Yeah, are you cool with that, brobro?"
Dipper feigned cluelessness under the teasing, but his flushed cheeks gave away his façade. "I don't know what you girls are talking about."
"Ohhh!" Mabel exclaimed. "If she was here, this adventure would be romance central overload! Imagine: you, her, rescuing each other from a monster! 'Ahh! Y/n, save me!'" Mabel acted, her voice a bit higher to mimic her brother.
Wendy joined the act, adjusting her stance. "'I'll save you, Dipper!"
"Y/n doesn't even sound like that. Now, come on, let's go," Dipper said, walking past them and dampening their shared laughter.
After a while, the two of them caught up, taking a closer look at the large tree. Wendy's gaze traveled up the bark to its top. "Hey, is it just me, or does that branch up there look like a lever?" She pointed out a seemingly ordinary branch, which had an odd metallic gleam painted on it, but painted brown to make it appear more realistic.
"Huh, oh yeah." Dipper realized, placing his finger on his chin and think of a plan.
Without hesitation, Wendy unbuckled her belt and expertly looped it around the trunk. She started to climb the tree with the confidence of a seasoned adventurer. The trio observed in awe as she effortlessly ascended, reaching the branch. From her jeans, she produced an ax and pushed the branch upward like it was the simplest task in the world. It seemed like a walk in the park for her.
"Whoa," a chorus of awe erupted from the group.
Wendy shared a casual explanation, "Yeah, my dad used to have me do these lumberjack competitions when I was little. I guess I got pretty good at it." Still gripping her belt, her words were cut short as the tree began to shake and tremble. "Woah, what's going on?"
Amidst the shaking, she didn't notice her grip slipping and her belt coming undone. She tumbled, landing in a bush. But then, the bush started descending, leaving her dangling. Luckily, the trio managed to rescue her before the tree could lower her further. As the tree descended, a set of stairs appeared from the side of the hole. A portion of the trunk opened like a sliding door.
"Alright, guys. This is it," Dipper's voice carried a mix of excitement and determination. He turned to face the group, his gaze serious. "Remember: whatever happens down there, we tell no one- except Y/n, I'll tell her what we found."
Wendy and Mabel exchanged knowing smirks, but the three of them, including Soos, nodded in agreement. Dipper ignored the two girls and raised the lantern, holding it aloft. "I'm going first."
As a group, the four cautiously descended, their senses alert to their surroundings. The once-illuminated area turned abruptly dark as they stepped down. The space they entered was draped in a layer of dust, cobwebs, and grime. Finally stepping inside, their eyes widened in awe at what lay before them. "Cool" seemed to be the unanimous word on everyone's lips.
"It's like a fallout shelter or something," Dipper observed, carefully placing his lantern on a nearby desk. "It must've belonged to the author." The quartet branched out, each exploring the finds for themselves. The items they discovered were aged and covered in layers of dust, seemingly untouched for years. Wendy even decided to take a sign as a keepsake for her room. Meanwhile, Soos stumbled upon a fez dispenser, his excitement evident.
Dipper's attention was drawn to a shelf lined with boxes, each labeled with dates that projected 60 years into the future. "What kind of disaster would need supplies for over 60 years?" he pondered aloud. His exploration continued, and his foot brushed against a can of beans. A closer look revealed it wasn't aged or coated in dirt. He picked it up, only to feel warmth emanating from it.
"Wait, guys," he called their attention. "This can was opened recently."
"The author might still be alive- down here!" Soos suggested, his voice tinged with excitement.
While Dipper and Soos theorized, Wendy's focus was on a map of Gravity Falls affixed to the wall. But this was no ordinary sight; the map was moving as if it was being carried by a breeze. However, in the confined space of a fallout shelter, wind was an impossibility. "Wait a minute..." Wendy muttered. She strode up to the map and tore it off the wall, unveiling a vault door slightly ajar. With a determined expression, she pulled the door open, revealing a passageway inside.
"I think I know where he might have gone."
Without hesitation, they entered the vault, maneuvering through the passage like they were navigating a ventilation system. "Whoa!" Wendy's exclamation echoed as they reached the tunnel's end. Before them was a compact room constructed from metal cubes, each adorned with intricate symbols. Though the space seemed deserted, an air of mystery hung in the air.
Standing within the room, Wendy moved cautiously, stepping around the area. "Seriously, was this place built in the past or the future?"
Soos chimed in, adding his own thoughts, "Yeah, this room gives off some major creepy vibes."
"Not as creepy as Dipper's internet history! Heyo!" Mabel's playful shove knocked Dipper slightly off balance. Inadvertently, he stepped on a square tile marked with a symbol. The tile sunk into the floor, setting off an unforeseen mechanism. The tunnel they had entered through promptly sealed itself, locking them in. Panic crept in as the room quivered, its symbols blazing red. Sirens wailed, and the quartet jumped in alarm.
The metal cubes that formed the room began to shift, slowly extending and jutting inward, as if attempting to ensnare them.
ALERT! ALERT!
Y/n's head snapped around at the familiar sound, her instincts recognizing it instantly. Stan and Waddles occupied chairs, engrossed in their own world. "Y/n, Y/n! This is the best part, look," Stan exclaimed, motioning towards the TV they had set up in the portal room. They were absorbed in an episode of 'The Duchess Approves'.
Despite Stan's attempt to capture her attention, Y/n rose from her chair, her focus shifting to the blaring alarm. She acted swiftly, moving to the panel and pushing buttons. A camera feed emerged on the screen, displaying the interior of the bunker. Her fingers danced across the controls, navigating through different camera angles until the alarm ceased its blaring, stopping at the view of the security room.
The sight before her left her breathless and shaken. Soos, Wendy, Mabel, and Dipper were all trapped inside. Though speechless, Y/n knew she had to act. "I have to go," she murmured rapidly before bolting away. She knew Stan wouldn't realize her absence amidst his TV distraction.
"It won't stop!" Wendy's voice pierced the room, frustration clear as she tried to fend off the encroaching cubes. Her attempts to repel them were met with stubborn resistance.
Mabel's determined grunt filled the air as she strained to push back the cubes. "Dipper!" she shouted in desperation. "What do we do?"
Dipper's mind raced as he flipped through the journal's pages, searching for a solution. At last, he found the answer-a page illustrating the security room, symbols included. Extracting his pen from his vest, he unveiled its hidden ink and revealed the symbols' corresponding keys.
With the newly visible symbols, Dipper signaled the group. Working together, they pressed the four keys, causing a door to their left to swing open. They dashed for the exit, barely making out alive.
With some effort, they all managed to escape, although Dipper's vest took a beating, caught in the cubes. The four exchanged exhilarated and relieved breaths, celebrating their success with high-fives and excited remarks. "Oh, my gosh, that was intense!"
"Yeah, it felt like we were in a movie! Crazy bonkers, dude," Soos chimed in right after, his excitement evident.
Mabel playfully teased, "Don't you mean- 'crazy bunkers'?" Her joke elicited laughter from everyone, while Dipper just rolled his eyes as he retrieved his vest from the previous room.
Taking a closer look at their surroundings, Dipper observed, "This seems to be some kind of surveillance room." He adjusted his vest while his eyes scanned the array of computers, machinery, and technical equipment around them.
"Dipper, you've gotta see this weird metal closet! It's like that sci-fi movie we just watched," Wendy exclaimed, stepping into the metal enclosure. She playfully continued in a robotic voice, "'I am Borg, defender of the universe!'" She mimicked robotic movements, embracing the fun.
"Yeah, you're right," Dipper chuckled, intrigued by the resemblance as he approached. "I wonder what the author would keep in here."
Unbeknownst to them, Mabel had a prank brewing. With a sly grin, she shut the door behind them, locking it tight and trapping them inside. It was a playful prank that even elicited a chuckle from Soos. "Mabel, let us out!" Dipper's voice echoed from within.
"Oh, what's the matter, scared?" Mabel taunted, her laughter trailing behind her words.
"When you do this to me every year, it's hard to be," Dipper deadpanned.
The teen chuckled, amused. "Wait, what?" she asked, waiting for an elaboration.
"Mabel does these pranks where she locks me inside closets to find the 'real monster'," he said, finger-quoting on the last part. "Oftentimes she pranks me but then forgets to let me out," he shrugged as if it was a trivial matter.
She laughed, especially at the last part. "That is morbid! We wouldn't want Mabel to forget us now, do we?" she then chimed in, "Seriously, Mabel, it's getting pretty stuffy in here. Can you please open the door?"
Mabel playfully countered, "Nuh-uh, you're stuck there forever and ever! Hey, Soos, imagine a world without Dipper and Wendy. What's that like?" Her tone was teasing and light-hearted.
Within the confined space, the two trapped individuals exchanged a moment of silence. Then Wendy's voice broke through, questioning, "Where are the lights?" She noticed a string dangling from the ceiling and gave it an experimental tug. Unbeknownst to them, the action triggered an unexpected shower of cold water, causing both of them to scream out in startled surprise.
Suddenly, steam hissed from both ends of the closet, wrapping their figures in a shroud of heated air. Their hair tousled, their attire slightly disheveled. In an instant, the entire interior of the closet was awash in red light, and a screen positioned above them flashed the words, "Decontamination Complete."
So it wasn't a simple metal closet.
With a hiss, the door behind them swung open, unveiling an underground expanse adorned with numerous chambers. Illuminated by a steady cascade of cold, blue light, the room stretched before them. The realization struck Dipper as he observed the scene before them. In the center, a chamber's glass lay shattered, while to their right, a cage had its bars torn apart. This scene matched what he had read in one of the journal's pages. There was no doubt about it now - - they had indeed found the author's hidden bunker.
"A secret lab," Dipper mused while he and Wendy wandered through the space. "I wonder if the author conducted experiments here."
Wendy's gaze wandered to the earthen walls enclosing them. "Huh," she pondered aloud, her eyes tracing the tunnels. "What do you think dug all these passages?"
"Let's hope we don't find out," Dipper replied, his voice tinged with unease. However, fate had other plans. The sound of a fierce roar reverberated throughout the lab. From the shadows emerged a creature, prompting Dipper and Wendy to sprint back to the metal closet, frantically banging on its door. "Mabel! Open up! Seriously! There's a monster in here!" His voice was a mixture of panic and urgency.
"Ha! Nice try. You won't trick me with that again, Dipper! If there's a monster, then I'm like a monster hunter, sniffing out lies and truths!" Mabel shouted back from outside.
"That is so wise," Soos added.
"Ugh!" Dipper's frustration erupted. "We need to find another way out, and fast!" They raced toward an alternative tunnel to their left, narrowly escaping the pursuing monster. After an extended sprint, however, their hopes were dashed as they reached a dead end. Gasping for breath, their hearts sank when the distant sound of multiple footsteps grew louder. They pressed themselves against the rocky wall, desperate to put as much distance between themselves and the approaching threat as possible. Their breaths were jagged, a mix of fear and adrenaline.
"What do we do?!" Wendy's voice trembled with worry.
"I don't know!" Dipper replied, hopeless himself.
From the shadows emerged the colossal form of the monster, its roars resounded through the tunnel. Yet, an unexpected figure leaped into action, someone they recognized. The newcomer seized the monster and expertly removed its tongue from its gaping maw.
"Is that...?" Dipper's words caught in his throat, disbelief evident in his tone.
"Get back! Back, you heinous beast!" The voice they recognized resonated through the tunnel.
As the figure emerged from the shadows, Wendy and Dipper's astonishment deepened. "Y/n! You saved us!" Dipper's words were a mixture of confusion and immense relief.
Y/n appeared taken aback by the tone. "I did... Now, come on! I scared it off, but it'll regenerate!" With that, she sprinted forward, Wendy and Dipper close behind.
"Y/n, I thought you weren't coming today," Dipper remarked, keeping pace beside her.
A wry smile tugged at Y/n's lips. "I did say that, didn't I?" She turned to face them as they ran. "So, what brings you two here, anyway?"
Trailing behind Y/n, Wendy and Dipper observed her as she navigated the area with confidence. "Oh, did I forget to tell you?" Dipper inquired, retrieving the journal from his vest pocket and displaying the page to Y/n, walking beside her excitedly. "We had this theory that the author might be in this hidden underground bunker. See?"
Y/n's eyes flickered to the page. "Oh, seriously? And did you guys find it?" Her curiosity was palpable, slightly twinkling. She noticed the way they were close with one another.
"Unfortunately, no. We stumbled upon that monster, and for a moment, we thought we were done for!" He recounted.
"Yeah, but thankfully you showed up just in time to save the day," Wendy added, sharing a knowing look with the brown-haired boy. "Right, Dipper?"
He nodded in agreement, clearly catching on to the reference she was making.
While Y/n appeared oblivious to their shared reference, her knuckles involuntarily clenched as she eyed the journal in Dipper's grasp. She was itching to get her hands on it so badly.
"So, where are we going?" Dipper's question hung in the air as he turned his attention to Y/n.
"Um, well. You guys are trying to track down the author, right? I actually came across another lab while making my way here, and that's where we're headed," Y/n explained, her fingers fiddling nervously, a habit of hers.
"Wait, really? You know where the author is?" Dipper's excitement was evident in his tone.
"Mhm!" She hummed in approval. "Let's go!"
Soos stumbled upon an old lab coat and couldn't resist trying it on, seeking something to amuse himself. "Hey," he called out, lifting a briefcase from a nearby desk. "Do I look smarter with this coat and briefcase? I feel like I look smarter-"
Mabel's breath caught as her gaze fell upon a control panel adorned with an array of buttons. "Razzle dazzle!" she expressed, her fingers tingling excitedly. "Check out this tube-y thing!" Mabel exclaimed, referring to the camera feed displayed on the screen before her, which showed a cryo chamber. Curiosity getting the best of her, she pressed the red button, causing the chamber on the monitor to light up-a sign that it was operational. "Frozen," Mabel observed, pressing the button once more, "Unfrozen!"
She pressed the button a few more times before her attention was drawn to a clipboard resting on the panel. A note caught her eye, and she read the words aloud, "What's this biz?" Her voice took on a curious tone as she continued, "'Experiment #210: 'The Shape Shifter'."
"'Shape Shifter'?" Soos questioned, his finger tapping his chin in thought. His expression shifted suddenly to one of concern. "Uh, dude? Didn't Dipper say there was a monster in there with them?"
Mabel gasped, realization sinking in. "I thought he was joking!"
"YOU KNOW DIPPER'S JOKES ARE TERRIBLE!"
An alarm resounded loudly to their left, originating from the room they had just left, and the cubes surrounding them vanished, revealing Y/n standing there, her breath slightly labored from the sprint.
"Y/n! Oh my gosh, you're here!" Mabel shouted in excitement, rushing toward Y/n and wrapping her in a warm, tight hug. "I'm so glad to see you!"
A faint smile tugged at the corners of her lips as her gaze swept around the room. However, her concern quickly rose to the surface. They were a group of four, yet... "Where's Dipper and Wendy?"
"You've gotta help us!" Mabel exclaimed in worry. "I tried to trap the two of them inside of that metal closet for a prank but I may have forgotten to let them out and now they might already be eaten by some sort of monster and it's all my fault!" She covered her face with her hands, a heavy sense of guilt weighing on her.
Y/n placed a reassuring hand on Mabel's shoulder. "Hey, it's alright, Mabel," she comforted. "I'm sure Dipper and Wendy can handle it. They're two of the bravest, coolest people in the world. But we have to find them. This place... you shouldn't have come here."
Soos and Mabel fell into a hushed silence as Y/n made her way toward the metal closet. She passed by the machinery, a wave of nostalgia washing over her. Even catching sight of the wooden stairs that led into the bunker stirred memories within her-recollections of helping construct the very place or the equation for the security room. Regardless, her main focus was on rescuing her friends and getting them out of here.
The trio stepped into the decontamination room, allowing the process to cleanse them before they ventured into the lab. Mabel observed Y/n's confident demeanor and curiosity got the best of her. "Y/n, do you know this place?"
Y/n's gaze drifted toward the shattered chamber and the damaged cage, a rush of memories flitting through her mind. "Um, not really. But I've visited a bunker tourist attraction once, and it looked like this one," she replied, her voice carrying a hint of flatness. She wasn't entirely comfortable with that particular lie, but the question caught her off guard and she hadn't prepared for it. She felt a wave of relief when Mabel didn't delve deeper into the matter.
The room was dimly lit, making it difficult for Soos to see. However, when Mabel effortlessly pressed a button on her sweater and the bulb design on it illuminated, he didn't continue to complain.
Y/n's gaze swept around the room, memories flooding back from the time she spent here years ago-fixing leaks, tending to an injured F, and looking after Ford's pet. She released a deliberate breath, her thoughts wandering. Was that creature still lurking down here? Judging by the vacant cryo chambers, it seemed to have escaped and was now freely roaming the lab-perhaps even tormenting Dipper and Wendy.
She had to find them, fast.
Y/n's fingers grazed a piece of cloth that was fastened to the rocks, functioning as an improvised door. "Here it is. The author's lair..."
The surroundings hadn't transformed much, aside from a few scattered remnants and an abundant collection of bean cans. "The author must have had a thing for beans," Dipper commented, exploring the area with a thoughtful expression.
"Beans are... tasty! Indeed." Y/n expressed with a wide smile. She watched them from the side. "Say... Dipper. We're friends, right?"
He raised an eyebrow and smiled in confusion as if it was an obvious question. "O-of course we are, why do you ask?" he turned to her as he stopped in his tracks.
"I'm glad you think so. I must be a good person if we are friends."
"What are you talking about, you're the greatest person I've ever met!" Dipper replied.
Wendy nodded, "Yeah, Y/n. You're cool!"
"Is that so? Then..." Y/n's gaze shifted to the journal, catching the glimmer of the golden hand on its cover as it caught the light. "I don't think the author is showing up, seeing as he's not here. He could be on the other side of the bunker, but we might need a map of it. You have it in the journal right?" She walked towards Dipper, deliberately entering his private space.
"Yeah, it's... it's in here."
Wendy had her arms crossed, watching Dipper trying not to trip over his words. Man, I wish I had my phone to capture all this. These dorks are too cute.
Y/n grinned, her hand gently coming to rest on his arms. She blinked in a pattern, in the way her lashes twinkled. "Can I...maybe borrow it? I can lead the way with the map. We can find him."
He couldn't ignore the way her touch had stirred something within him. "Sure," he readily agreed, passing the journal to her. For the past half-minute, his mind seemed to have gone blank, lost in a kind of trance.
"Thanks, pretty boy."
Dipper experienced an almost overwhelming sensation, as if he was about to implode, his cheeks heating up rapidly. He found himself touching his nose, half-expecting it to be bleeding from the sheer surprise. Pretty? Did she just call him... pretty? Him? The thought was like a jolt of electricity, propelling him into a cloud nine of disbelief. It felt surreal, almost too good to be true. However, the reality of the situation set in just as quickly, and the awareness that Wendy might be overhearing the conversation caused his embarrassment to spike at an astonishing speed.
Y/n busied herself by flipping through the journal's pages, her laughter bubbling up as she did so. Giddiness surged through her as she playfully stomped her feet around, her eyes dancing across the intricate drawings of the various creatures Ford had encountered. Finally. After all these years.
"Okay. Are you going to find the author now?"
The question seemed to go unnoticed, directed at someone whose attention was fully absorbed in a fit of almost maniacal laughter. The laughter belonged to someone who had been giddily consumed by the contents of the journal the whole time. "Finally, finally!" her excited mutter reached their ears.
Wendy and Dipper exchanged perplexed glances, their confusion evident. "Hey, Dipper. Have you noticed that Y/n's been... acting a bit strange lately?" The teen's voice dipped into a hushed whisper as she leaned in to speak privately with him.
He gazed at the back of her head, his brow furrowing in thought. "Yeah, I've noticed that too... Ever since we found her in the bunker, she has been acting a bit different," he acknowledged, his observation carrying a note of concern.
"Dipper, you don't think... that's the real Y/n, do you?"
Silence settled between them as he maintained eye contact with Wendy. Her expression held a mixture of uncertainty, mirroring the look on his face, which was quickly shifting from perplexity to a growing horror. Could this be some kind of illusion? The memory of Y/n's recent actions-particularly her deliberate touch on his arm-played vividly in his mind. Despite his initial delight at the gesture, he couldn't ignore the troubling feeling that it was completely out of character for her.
"Y/n?" He called out, concern lacing his voice, but his words fell on deaf ears as the two of them observed her engrossed in flipping through the journal. "Hey, are you alright? Maybe we should head back to the surveillance room. The air down here might be messing with our heads..."
With her back still turned to them, Y/n abruptly straightened, her eyes blinking to the side. In a strange and unsettling manner, her neck seemed to stretch unnaturally, allowing her to peer behind her without turning her entire body. In a startling transformation, her pupils morphed into cat-like slits, and her voice deepened dramatically. "YOU'RE NOT GOING ANYWHERE!" her words boomed with an otherworldly resonance.
Her body contorted, scaling the wall and crawling onto the ceiling with an eerie grace, her neck elongating like a coiled telephone cord. Suspended upside down, she clung to the ceiling, and then, to their shock, four additional insect-like legs sprouted from her back.
She isn't Y/n anymore.
Wendy and Dipper's horrified screams pierced the air, their bodies trembling uncontrollably.
Directly in front of them, the figure that had resembled Y/n contorted into a grotesque creature with an entirely white, slimy body, its form now hanging from the ceiling with four spindly legs. One arm appeared delicate, ending in a three-fingered hand, while the other arm was grotesquely swollen, ending in a clawed appendage. Its baby pink eyes glowed with an otherworldly intensity, set within a snout-like structure that sported four protruding fangs on the exterior, along with six smaller teeth lining the interior.
"How do you like my true form? Go on, admit it, you like it!"
"You!" Dipper pointed at the creature, anger in his features. He was deathly terrified that what he thought was his friend turned out to be a monster. "What did you do to Y/n?! Where's the real author?!"
"You'll likely never find him. That six-fingered nerd hasn't been himself in thirty years! And Y/n? Ha! You care about that useless fool?" The shapeshifter maniacally laughed.
"I never thought I would get to see the journal again, and I never thought I would have it in my hands. I just had to transfer into that puny, little girl and you didn't even think twice! You're just as stupid as her! And now, I have so many wonderful forms to take!" He began flipping through the journal and transformed into various creatures he saw in the book.
Dipper's mind was too clouded with emotions to process what the shapeshifter had just explained at the last minute. He was slightly overwhelmed by the turn of events, but one thing was important; he's got to get the journal back. "We gotta get the journal!" he whispered to Wendy beside him.
Wendy sprang into action, grabbing a can of beans and shouting, "Hey, body snatcher! Snatch this!" With impressive aim, she flung the can at the creature, striking its form. In response, the shapeshifter transformed into a frog-like monstrosity, extending a slimy, elongated tongue toward them. Wendy swiftly snatched up a metal sheet and employed it as a makeshift shield, thwarting the creature's attack. She realized that its tongue was now attached to the metal surface, attempting to yank her closer. Quick-witted, Wendy released the sheet, letting its momentum snap back to the shapeshifter's face, making him drop the journal to the ground.
Dipper reacted swiftly, seizing the opportunity to retrieve the journal. "Run! Run! Run!" he shouted, setting off in a sprint, closely pursued by the shapeshifter. The creature seamlessly shifted forms, ultimately transforming into a massive pill bug monster and relentlessly chasing them through the twisting tunnels.
As they encountered a crossroads, they paused, evaluating their options. On Dipper's impulse, he hurled his flashlight down one of the paths, creating a distraction, and then led the way down the opposite route. Concealed in the shadows, they observed as the shapeshifter fell for the ruse, chasing the light before losing track of them. With the creature momentarily fooled, they made their escape, putting as much distance as possible between them and the shifter.
Breathing heavily, they sprinted until they collided with three more figures, their momentum causing a stumbling crash to the ground. As they scrambled back to their feet, they recognized the faces of their friends and exchanged relieved greetings. Yet, Dipper and Wendy's gazes lingered on Y/n, their expressions tainted with uncertainty and a touch of fear.
"What happened?" Y/n inquired, genuine concern in her voice.
Dipper's suspicion flickered in his narrowed eyes as he cautiously stepped in front of Wendy. "How do we know they're not shapeshifters?" he questioned, his tone tinged with suspicion.
"You encountered... a shapeshifter?" Y/n asked, her voice cautious and slow, her head tilting slightly as if trying to catch every detail. "Are you guys okay?"
His suspicion still loomed large. "Are you the shapeshifter?"
"What?" Her confusion was evident.
Dipper proceeded to rapidly recount the events from the moment the alleged "Y/n" intervened to save them from the monster, all the way to the shocking revelation that she had been the shapeshifter all along.
"Well, I'm not the shapeshifter, Mabel and Soos can vouch for that!" Y/n responded firmly, turning to the other two for support.
"Dipper, I really don't think Y/n is the shapeshifter. She hasn't transformed into anything since she arrived here. We came looking for you guys!" Mabel chimed in, trying to reason with him.
But Dipper was persistent. "Give me one proof why you wouldn't be the shapeshifter."
The tension in the group grew as Dipper and Y/n locked eyes in a silent standoff. The rest of them held their breath, waiting for Y/n to provide some sort of proof to settle the matter.
They want proof? She'll give them proof.
She decided to take a drastic step to prove her identity. Without warning, she picked up a sharp rock lying nearby and, before anyone could react, she drove it toward her own chest.
"No-!"
"Why on earth would you-"
"Dude!"
Instead of showing any signs of pain, Y/n's expression remained unchanged as the rock approached her chest. There was no wince, no flinch— nothing. She stared straight ahead with an eerie calmness.
"Convinced yet?" she asked in her casual tone.
With an exhalation of relief, Dipper waved his hands frantically. "Okay, okay! You're her! Just-just pull it out." Y/n yanked the rock out and tossed it away, the group collectively letting out sighs of relief. "I forgot you could do that," he admitted with a nervous chuckle.
"What the heck just happened before my eyes?"
The group's attention shifted to Wendy, whose eyes were wide, almost bulging out of their socket while her hands trembled slightly, and Soos appeared equally shaken by what had just transpired.
Y/n and the twins exchanged knowing glances, a silent understanding passing between them. They waited, giving Y/n the space to speak. "Okay," she finally said, her voice steady as she adopted a posture of self-assurance. She braced herself for the lie she was about to reveal. "I have a defect."
"A defect?" Soos repeated, his confusion evident.
"Yeah," Y/n answered. "I'm insensitive to pain, and have quick healing," she repeated the explanation she had shared with the twins a few days ago. Observing Wendy's and Soos' reactions closely, she knew that one of the many hidden secrets had finally come to light.
Y/n didn't allow the tension to linger. "Save your questions for later. Right now, we need to deal with the shapeshifter you guys encountered."
Dipper's sudden gasp diverted their attention. "Oh my gosh, Wendy, you're bleeding!" He quickly kneeled down to inspect her bloodied knee.
Wendy crouched down as well, examining her scraped knee. "It's cool. It's cool," she reassured. "It's just blood, man; don't freak out."
"What happened?" Mabel asked, concerned.
Y/n observed as Wendy removed her plaid shirt, tearing off a sleeve to fashion it into a tourniquet - a skill she knew and used before. Wendy wrapped the makeshift tourniquet around her wounded knee while explaining, "We got attacked by the shapeshifter. He broke out of his cage, pretended to be Y/n, and wants Dipper's journal."
"What?" Y/n couldn't contain her surprise. "He pretended... to be me?"
So her theory was correct. He was still alive after all these years. Ford's little pet.
"We thought it was the real you, Y/n. He even got your personality." Dipper explained, casting Wendy a meaningful glance.
"Your charming personality," Wendy added, giving Dipper a knowing look.
"Okay, okay. That doesn't matter," Y/n's response came out in a rush, clearly taken aback by the revelation. It was surprising to realize that Shifty still remembered her appearance and had even impersonated her. What really angered her, though, was the fact that he had exploited her identity to deceive Dipper into thinking he was her and manipulate him into giving up the journal.
Y/n went on to devise a plan, and everyone listened intently. The shapeshifter's main objective was to acquire the journal from Dipper. This situation reminded her of a similar incident from decades ago when Shifty had attempted to deceive her.
In response, Wendy proposed the idea of utilizing a large pipe she had noticed on their way to the shifter's hideout. This pipe had a valve that could be manipulated to release a forceful surge of water. While Y/n was familiar with the pipe's location, she allowed Wendy to take the lead and guide them to that specific spot.
After locating the valve, they put their plan into action. Dipper and Mabel would initiate the plan by grabbing the shapeshifter's attention. Meanwhile, Soos and Wendy positioned themselves by the pipe, ready to manipulate the valve. Y/n remained hidden from view, positioned away from the immediate action. They had agreed that she should stay out of sight to avoid any confusion in case the shapeshifter tried to mimic her appearance again.
Mabel and Dipper moved to another room, ensuring that their conversation was audible. "Oh, boy, Dipper! That book sure is full of some great monsters!" Mabel exclaimed loudly.
The shapeshifter immediately craned its neck at the twins, a manic smile forming. "There you are! Ooh, and a new one." He easily transformed into Mabel. "...or the other?" he turned into Dipper. "How about both?!"
Suddenly, he morphed into a bizarre creature with six legs. The upper part resembled Dipper, while the lower half took on Mabel's features. Both halves sported a large mouth filled with menacing teeth. Emitting a ferocious roar, the creature charged forward, and the twins took off in a sprint to evade it.
"Guys, he's coming!" Dipper yelled, coming in. "He's coming! NOW, NOW, NOW!"
Despite their efforts, the valve yielded no water. "It's not working, dude!" Soos exclaimed in frustration. The shapeshifter was rapidly approaching, its tongue extending towards Dipper's grasp on the journal.
"Hey! Let go!" Dipper shouted, attempting to tug the journal away from the creature's relentless grip.
Y/n sprang into action, joining Wendy as she released the valve and assisted Dipper. "You leave him alone!" Wendy's voice carried a stern command. While Soos struggled with the valve, Wendy and Dipper attempted to free the journal from the shapeshifter's grasp.
The situation took an unexpected turn as the pipe that seemed broken suddenly surged with a forceful stream of water. The shapeshifter's grip on the journal and Wendy was broken as they were pushed back by the torrent. Wendy, gripping her ax, prepared to strike down, but the surging water knocked her off balance. The powerful flow of water surged through the space, engulfing everyone in its rush until it eventually receded, leaving the area partially flooded.
The four of them were left panting, drenched from head to toe. Coughing to expel the water from their mouths, Dipper gingerly opened his eyes. He noticed Mabel and Soos going through the same process, but his attention quickly shifted to Wendy, who was lying still on the ground. Concern etched across his face, he gently shook her and called out, "Wendy! Are you okay?" With a mixture of anxiety and relief, he watched as she coughed and gradually opened her eyes. "Thank goodness," he muttered under his breath
"Dipper," Mabel's voice caught his attention and he turned towards her. Her concerned expression mirrored his own feelings. "Where's Y/n?"
The question hit him like a punch to the gut. His heart raced as he scanned the surroundings, his eyes darting in search of the familiar figure. But no matter where he looked, Y/n was nowhere to be found. A sinking feeling settled in his chest, heavy and unsettling.
Y/n stood in front of the beaten shapeshifter, clutching the journal securely in her hands. She had swum through the water, gained closer to the shapeshifter and had picked it up off the ground when she saw him being unconscious. The form he had taken was the guy from the bean can, a figure she recognized as she remembered giving them beans from that very can.
"Oh, Shifty..." she mumbled. Her mind raced, trying to formulate a plan to incapacitate him and return him to the cryogenic tube. But before she could react, the shapeshifter suddenly sprang to life with a growl. He lunged at her, catching her off guard and knocking her to the ground. They grappled and wrestled, each trying to gain control over the journal that lay between them. Their struggle continued, a tense battle for possession.
They pushed against each other, their faces mere inches apart. The shapeshifter's voice dripped with resentment as he spoke, his growls accentuating his anger. "So, after all these years, huh?" he began, his breath hot against her face. "We're the same; never changing."
"You grew," she grunted in retaliation, eyes narrowed in determination. "We can talk about this. Just let go of the journal, Shift-"
"Don't call me by that corny nickname! I hated being in that stupid cage, hated beans, and I hated you, taking all his attention for yourself. I should've killed you 30 years ago," he snarled, his words a venomous admission of his long-held grudge. The tension between them intensified as their struggle continued.
"Y/n! Hang on!" Dipper's voice echoed as he rushed onto the scene, descending from a cliff. Along the way, his eyes caught sight of an ax lying on the ground, and he snatched it up, his heart pounding with urgency. He needed to intervene and help her.
Positioning himself for a strategic strike, he raised the ax, ready to land a blow on the shapeshifter. However, the shapeshifter was cunning; he saw Dipper's intention and swiftly morphed into an identical copy of Y/n, effectively muddying the waters.
The two Y/ns engaged in a chaotic struggle, fighting for possession of the journal and leaving Dipper in a state of anxious uncertainty. Amid the frenzied clash, insults and demands were hurled between them. Amidst the chaos, a plea emerged from one of the Y/ns. "Dipper, just swing down!"
"Hit her with the ax, Dipper! She's the shapeshifter!"
"I... I don't know who's who!" Dipper's voice quivered with panic, his grip on the ax tightening as uncertainty gripped him. "Give me a sign!"
One of the Y/ns responded with a helpless pout. "Save me, Dipper!"
"Dipper," the other Y/n's voice carried a mixture of frustration and determination, her eyes locking onto his with an unwavering intensity. "Just. Swing. Down." Their shared gaze conveyed an unspoken understanding, a message that finally clicked within Dipper's mind.
Even if you hit me, I won't get hurt.
As realization dawned on him, Dipper's hesitation dissipated, and he knew what he had to do. He knew who the fake Y/n was, so with a determined nod, he adjusted his stance and brought the ax down, targeting the shapeshifter that had taken on Y/n's form- but on the last minute, the shapeshifter pulled the two of them around, switching positions with the other, making the ax find its mark, and Y/n's painful cry was music to the shapeshifter's ears.
"Y/N!!!" Dipper's guttural scream tore through the air, the sound of it piercing his heart. He staggered back, clutching his hat tightly against his chest. His breath came in ragged gasps, overwhelmed by a surge of emotions. Y/n's body crumpled to the ground, blood spilling from her abdomen.
Amidst the chaos, the shapeshifter's triumphant laughter echoed, and he held the journal victoriously. "Congratulations, Dipper," he sneered, his voice dripping with mocking triumph. Still transformed as Y/n, he faced him with an evil grin. "You've failed to protect your precious journal, just like you failed to protect your little girlfriend. It's amazing how easily you humans can be manipulated. Now, if you'll excuse me, I have a world of chaos and deception to unleash."
Unbeknownst to him, the real Y/n was already on her feet, recovering swiftly. With a smirk, she stood and effortlessly retrieved the ax from her abdomen. Swiftly swinging from the side, she severed the shapeshifter's head. From Dipper's angle, it looked morbidly like Y/n had decapitated herself, a chilling sight that sent shivers down his spine.
The other three finally arrived at the scene of the fight. Dipper's eyes were immediately drawn to the spot where he had thought he'd inflicted the wound, but there was only a bloodstain on Y/n's shirt. Y/n let out a relieved sigh, her gaze fixed on the shapeshifter's lifeless body now split in two. "What the heck happened?!" Mabel exclaimed, shocked by the scene.
Y/n allowed the ax to drop from her hand, while Dipper quickly retrieved the journal from the ground, their eyes locking the whole time. A good-natured smile spread across her face, and she gave him a thumbs up, as if the whole incident was just a casual encounter. "Good job pretending that I died, Dipper."
A nervous chuckle escaped him, his voice quivering as he replied, "Heh, yeah." He was at a loss for words, overwhelmed by the situation, but one thing was certain: he had a newfound respect for Y/n, seeing her as one of the most remarkable people he had ever met.
After assisting each other in placing the shapeshifter's body into the cryogenics tube, they made their way back to the surveillance room. Mabel, with a sense of satisfaction, pressed the red button that initiated the freezing process within the tube. Permanently, they hoped.
They successfully exited the bunker through the same entrance they had entered. The sun was now setting, casting a warm pink glow over the surrounding forest. The temperature was dropping, and a slight chill was in the air.
Soos and Mabel headed home, their plans shifting towards getting snacks. Wendy also said her farewells, mentioning the tradition of watching movies with Dipper.
With them gone, it was just Dipper and Y/n left.
Dipper shifted uncomfortably, his gaze wandering as he scratched his arm. Breaking the silence, he murmured, "I always forget you could do that." He briefly glanced at the bloodstain on her shirt.
Y/n's expression turned apologetic as she frowned, her voice carrying a hint of remorse. "I'm sorry for surprising you like that every time."
"Thanks for saving me- again," Dipper said, his gratitude evident in his voice.
Y/n offered a warm smile. "You don't have to thank me all the time."
"And you don't have to apologize all the time," he retorted quickly.
"I'm-" Y/n started to reply, but Dipper's glare silenced her. "Okay. It might be hard for me, but I'll do my best." A pause settled between them before she spoke her thoughts. "I didn't know you guys were coming to this place."
"I thought we were going to find the author since we were heading to his bunker," Dipper explained, finding a log to sit on. "I read his entry about the shapeshifter, but I had no idea it was still down there. I was so stupid. I put all my friends in danger." He plopped down on the log, placing his head on his hands.
"Well, Mabel, Soos, and Wendy came to the bunker with you because they wanted to help you. And if adventuring comes with danger, you know that we'll always have each other. And I'll always be here to protect you guys," Y/n assured him.
"That's the thing, Y/n. I don't want you to save me," Dipper confessed, his tone serious.
Y/n stopped in her tracks, her eyes widening. His words hit her like a shock. Not wanting her help, not wanting her protection, it felt wrong, like a puzzle piece that didn't fit. "What do you mean?" she asked, her voice tinged with confusion and concern.
"I mean, I want you to save me, Y/n, but I also want to be there to save you. I want you to be able to rely on me, too. I can handle facing monsters." Dipper said, giving her a determined look.
She shook her head. "I know. I don't doubt your skills, Dipper. But... you know the circumstances," she said slowly. "I can be stabbed multiple times and I'll walk it off. You get stabbed once and you're dead. There's a difference."
"And what if one day, that invulnerability of yours just- stops?" He quickly countered. "What if, by some chance, that blow with the ax could actually harm you?"
"That's not going to happen, Dipper. It's not a big deal," she reassured.
Dipper glared. He didn't like that line of thinking. "Just because you can't get hurt doesn't mean you should keep throwing yourself into dangerous situations. I- Mabel and I care about you. We're a team, the Mystery Trio. You don't have to carry everything on your own. Let me be there for you, just like you're there for us." Dipper said.
Y/n sighed, her conflicted expression showing a mix of gratitude and reluctance. "I understand where you're coming from, Dipper. And I appreciate your concern, I really do. But it's not easy for me to step back when I know I have the means to help. It's like an instinct, you know? Seeing you and Mabel in danger triggers this need to shield you both from it."
"Okay." He stopped arguing. For now. "But I need you to promise me something."
"What is it?"
Without thinking, Dipper took her hand and held it tightly. "Promise me that no matter how tough things get, Mabel and I can rely on you to look out for us. But also promise that you'll let us do the same for you. We're a team, and we need to have each other's backs."
She smiled. "Promise," she said, turning her hand so that their fingers were intertwined with one another. His hand felt warm, feeling his pulse radiating. She gazed at their hands interlocking and from that moment she realized that she likes the feeling of being around Dipper. Just as Dipper likes the feeling of being around Y/n.
"So! How did it go?"
Mabel suddenly appeared beside Dipper, causing both of them to startle in surprise. He quickly released Y/n's hand, his cheeks turning pink. "W-what did you hear?" he stammered.
"Everything! All the time!" Mabel replied with enthusiasm. "Don't bother trying to hide your intertwined hands, brother. Just pretend that I'm not here!" She winked playfully.
And Mabel likes the feeling of teasing the two of them. A win-win situation.
The three experienced a sudden change in the atmosphere as Soos settled down on the opposite side of the log. "I'm still kind of bummed that we're no closer to finding that author guy," he remarked with a tinge of disappointment. "But hey, at least I got his science-y coat and briefcase." With a grin, he produced the briefcase from his coat. However, when he opened it up, it revealed something unexpected. It wasn't just an ordinary briefcase; it had transformed into a laptop. Y/n immediately recognized it as F's beloved laptop, the one he held dear.
Property of F. MO52584.
"I bet I could get this thing fixed up in a few days," Soos suggested, placing a hand on his chin. "It's gonna take a lotta duct tape."
"This could be our next clue!"
The four of them were on their way home under the moonlight. Dipper walked alongside them, engrossed in reading the journal, particularly Ford's entries from the bunker. As Mabel and Soos chatted about their perfect breakfast combinations, Y/n contemplated starting a conversation.
Only Dipper beat her to it.
He turned to her with a curious tone in his voice. "Hey, Y/n," he began, "You know how I've been trying to find the author of the journals, right?" He paused, as if organizing his thoughts. Y/n stayed silent, allowing him to continue. "Well, I've come across mentions of an assistant in some of his entries. His assistant," he added, and the word sent an unexpected shiver down her spine. "But it's strange; their name is all scribbled out in the journal, like he's trying to erase any traces of them."
Y/n nodded thoughtfully, sensing that Dipper had more on his mind.
"When I found out about the entrance to the bunker," Dipper began, "I didn't just want to meet the author. I was also hoping to meet the assistant. They must have known a lot about the author's work. But, no such luck," he sighed in disappointment. "Do you think they're still around?" he asked, looking genuinely curious.
Y/n blinked in surprise at Dipper's question, feigning ignorance. "The author's assistant? I'm not sure, Dipper," she replied, trying to sound as clueless as possible. "I mean, I guess it's possible they're still around, but it's been so long, who knows?"
Dipper looked a bit disappointed but continued walking, and Y/n, noticing Dipper's disappointment, decided to reassure him. She placed a comforting hand on his shoulder and smiled warmly. "Hey, don't worry, Dipper. We'll keep looking. I'm sure there are still some clues we have yet to discover."
Dipper's mood brightened a bit, and he returned her smile with gratitude. "Maybe you're right." They continued walking.
Y/n nodded, her heart pounding as she kept her secret hidden. Little did Dipper know that he was sitting right next to the very assistant he was so curious about. She couldn't help but wonder how he would react if he ever found out the truth.🗝
***
Her fingers danced across the keyboard, swiftly entering lines of code into the screen. Stan was occupied with fixing the metal sheen on one of the control boards, diligently hammering away. Amid his work, he stole a glance at Y/n, who was sporting a faint smile, her eyes carrying a touch of wistfulness.
"Hey, focus," Stan chimed in, grabbing her attention. His voice held a mix of annoyance and playfulness as he continued, "I know that smile."
She rolled her eyes, choosing to ignore him and continued typing. Stan might not have known the truth, but if it amused him to tease her, she was content to let him have his fun. Despite the early morning hour, they had been up all night conducting check-ups and running tests. With the mess finally cleared, they decided to take a break and headed upstairs to their respective rooms, ready to finally get some sleep.
Y/n enjoyed a restful sleep and woke up feeling rejuvenated. After freshening up in the bathroom, she made her way to the hallway. From a distance, she spotted Stan busy in the kitchen, cooking up something. The sound of the TV drew her attention to the living room, where she saw Dipper sitting on the yellow couch, eating a bowl of cereal. He had his feet propped up on top of Waddles, who seemed engrossed in his own bowl of cereal.
Spotting her from the corner of his eye while mid-chew, Dipper swallowed his cereal before offering her a gentle smile. "Morning," he greeted.
"Good morning," Y/n replied.
"Want some?" Dipper reached down and lifted the cereal box, showing it to her and giving it a slight shake. "There's still some left," he mentioned.
"Sure," Y/n agreed with a casual shrug. She walked toward her left, entering the kitchen area. However, as she stepped in, an unpleasant odor hit her senses. Hastily avoiding Stan, who was seemingly engrossed in his culinary endeavors, she grabbed a bowl and spoon, then quickly maneuvered her way out of the kitchen and back to the living room.
Dipper generously poured cereal into her bowl, and then he grabbed the milk carton and handed it to her. Y/n poured the milk, adjusting the ratio to her preferred cereal-to-milk ratio.
Without needing to say anything, Dipper shuffled a bit to create more space for her on the yellow chair, and Y/n settled down beside him. His feet were no longer atop Waddles, who was still munching in his own breakfast. The two of them turned their attention to what appeared to be a new episode of Ducktective on the TV, enjoying their bowls of cereal in companionable silence.
"Who wants Stan-cakes!" Stan's announcement boomed as he entered the living room with a pan, his mittened hand resting on his hips. Both Dipper and Y/n briefly looked at him before turning their attention back to the TV. "They're like pancakes, but they probably have some of my hair in it."
"Pass," the two chimed in unison, their eyes fixed on the screen.
From the doorway behind Stan, the door swung open, revealing Mabel holding a newspaper. Her excitement was palpable as she rushed into the room with a high-pitched exclamation, accidentally bumping into Stan in her haste. She then proceeded to circle the room, repeating, "It's here! It's here! It's finally here!"
Mabel's excitement was contagious as she bounded over to the dinosaur head positioned beside the couch. Perched atop it, she declared, "I've been waiting all morning, and it's finally here!" The sight of Mabel's elation prompted Dipper and Y/n to set aside their cereal and turn their full attention to her.
Her enthusiasm was evident as she continued, "The Gravity Falls Gossiper accepted my article about summer fashion tips for squirrels! My picture is gonna be in the newspaper! Check it out!"
Stan, intrigued by the commotion, approached the trio to take a look at the newspaper. He read aloud the headline and the subtitle, his expression a mix of confusion and amusement. "Greatest Thing of the Summer: Pacifica Northwest declares v-necks the look of the season. What am I looking at here?"
Mabel's excitement turned into a momentary freeze as she read the article for herself. Right there on the page was a prominent photo of Pacifica Northwest, striking a pose for the camera while wearing a v-neck. But at the very bottom of the page, in a small box, were the words, 'Other girl does something else. I think her name was Dabble?'
Dipper's annoyance was evident in his tone. "Looks like someone bought their way to the front page."
Stan narrowed his eyes, his expression one of mild skepticism. "Is it legal for a child to wear that much makeup?"
Y/n offered Mabel a reassuring pat on the back. "Don't worry, Mabel. Nobody really reads newspapers anymore."
Dipper chimed in, trying to lighten the mood. "That's true. Cheer up, Mabel."
Just then, Soos burst into the living room with his usual energy. "Dudes! V-neck season is upon us! Who wants to help me get ahead of the fashion curve? I'm taking it one step further... with a W-neck!"
Mabel retreated to the wooden table where a carton of orange juice sat. She poured herself a glass and downed it in one go, her face displaying a mix of disappointment and frustration. "Ugh, I need something to get my mind off this."
"Looking for a distraction from your horrible life?" A voice emanated from the TV, accompanied by regal-sounding music.
Mabel's eyes lit up at the commercial. "Why, yes!"
Multiple images flashed on the screen. "Victory! Honor! Destiny! Mutton! These old-timey sounding words are alive and well-at the Gravity Falls Royal Discount Putt Hutt! No mutton available at Snack Shop," the announcer's voice chimed in, concluding the commercial.
Dipper was quick to react. "Hey, Mabel, you love mini-golf!" He reached for a conveniently placed scrapbook nearby. "You've been a mini-golf ace since we were kids!" He proudly showed to the unsuspecting group a picture of a 9-year-old Mabel holding a gleaming golden trophy from a junior mini-golf competition. "What do you say, Mabel? We've had a stressful couple of days. How about we take a break and have some fun?"
"Would beating us all at mini-golf put a smile on your face?" Stan inquired with a mouthful of pancakes.
Mabel glanced to the side, her smile growing. "Maybe just a little," she admitted.
And so, with Waddles overseeing their departure, the entire team left the house in good spirits, ready for a game of mini-golf.
The summer sun beat down on the vibrant scene outside, the sky a brilliant expanse of clear blue. The area around Ye Royal Discount Putt Hutt was abuzz with activity as people enjoyed a day of mini-golf. The group of five made their way to the entrance, passing various stages and holes.
"Ah, mini-golf!" Mabel exclaimed, inhaling the fresh air. "The sport of mini champions!"
"The grass may be fake, but the fun is as real as it gets. There's something here for everyone," Dipper chimed in.
Their adventure began as they approached a slightly challenging course. Stan and Soos veered off to the snack shop, in need of a quick bite. The remaining trio stood ready with their golf clubs. Dipper took the first shot, positioning his ball and putter with precision. A little shimmy of his hips, and he swung - only to miss completely, sending the ball rolling into a nearby lake.
Dipper's irritation was evident, but Mabel swiftly intervened, determined to lift his spirits. "Don't worry, bro! You're still-" She playfully slapped a sticker on his cheek from her collection. "Ext-ROAR-dinary!"
"I'll take what I can get," Dipper replied before he turned to Y/n. "Y/n, it's your turn."
Her own name jolted her, and she seemed a bit flustered. "Oh! Uhm, I don't really know how to play this game," she admitted, a hint of embarrassment coloring her cheeks.
"What?!" The twins exclaimed at the same time. "You've never played mini-golf before?" Mabel questioned incredulously.
Y/n fidgeted with her green golf club, her gaze shifting down. "Well, Stan used to teach me, but he got busy, so... I'm a little rusty. How do you even play this game?"
"No worries, Y/n. We'll teach you!" Mabel said with enthusiasm, guiding Y/n to the grass and positioning her hands around the putter. Placing the green ball on the ground, Mabel continued, "So, you place the putter near the ball like this- then you swing and try to hit the ball! The goal is to get the ball into the hole to score points."
"Sounds simple enough," Y/n shrugged, preparing her golf club.
Mabel nodded enthusiastically. "Totally! It's like, mega easy. And don't forget to shout 'fore' when you hit the ball!"
"Why?"
"I don't really know," Mabel pondered, tapping her chin thoughtfully.
Dipper joined the conversation, explaining, "It's actually to warn other golfers so they don't get hit by the ball."
Mabel brushed it off with a dismissive gesture. "Nah, that's not true; it's a golfer's lucky number!"
With that settled, Y/n took a swing at the ball. The ball navigated the course, passing through triangles and ramps, finally landing in the crocodile's mouth. It popped up and headed toward the hole, but it missed due to McGucket casually snoozing on the ground. "Dang it," Y/n grumbled, stomping her foot in frustration.
"You'll nail it next time, Y/n," Dipper encouraged.
Mabel bounced over to her. "Either way, great job!" She playfully stuck another sticker on Y/n's cheek. This one featured a lemon character wearing sunglasses and giving a thumbs-up. "You're simply the zest! Now let me give it a shot."
She positioned her ball on the grass, giving a little hip wiggle before taking a swing. "Fore!" Mabel shouted, and her ball followed the course, making its way into the crocodile's mouth and then moving to the next part of the course. Her ball hit McGucket's nose and then landed in the hole, rousing the old man from his nap.
"Yes!" Mabel cheered, elated with her success.
"Holy smokes!" Stan exclaimed, hotdog in hand, as he witnessed the impressive shot. "Someone in our family actually has some talent!"
Dipper turned to Stan with a confident grin. "Just wait, Grunkle Stan. You ain't seen nothing yet."
With everyone's spirits high, they gathered to cheer Mabel on as she breezed through the various mini-golf courses that the Putt Hutt had to offer until she reached the 18th hole- the final stage.
Mabel's impressive skills had drawn a small crowd of onlookers, who gathered behind her with bated breath. Dipper held up the scorecard, excitement evident in his voice. "Guys, this is incredible! Just one more hole-in-one, and Mabel achieves a true perfect game!"
"Shh!" Soos suddenly interjected. "You're not supposed to say that out loud, dude. It angers the golf gods," he whispered with a serious expression, even taking off his hat and looking up at a nearby statue in reverence.
Y/n and Dipper exchanged amused glances at Soos's antics, before shifting their focus back to Mabel. She closed her eyes in deep concentration, and everyone held their breath in anticipation. With a determined swing, she sent the ball rolling through the course. It entered the moving windmill, staying inside for a few suspenseful seconds before emerging on the other side. The ball continued to roll, but unfortunately, it narrowly missed the hole and ended up in a puddle.
Mabel's radiant smile faded as she frustratedly hurled her golf club to the ground. "Ah, nuts!"
The group's collective excitement turned into dejection as they slowly left the scene, their hopes crushed by the near-perfect game that didn't quite make it. Disappointed sounds of "aww" and "oh, man" filled the air as they processed their letdown.
A heavy silence hung in the air, until Stan piped up, trying to offer some consolation. "Ah, don't worry about it, kid. The thing's random!"
Soos chimed in, his supportive nature evident. "Yeah, and you know, besides the Bermuda Triangle, how mini-golf works is our world's greatest mystery."
Stan continued, "As far as I'm concerned, you're still better than anyone else in Gravity-"
Their attention was abruptly drawn to the eighteenth hole as they watched in shock, a purple ball expertly sinking into it. Their gazes turned to the source of the unexpected shot.
"Oh," a blonde girl with a purple shirt remarked with a mockingly sympathetic tone. "Would you look at that?" It was Pacifica Northwest, accompanied by her parents, standing there with a self-satisfied smirk. "I didn't know it was 'Hobo's Golf Free Day'!"
"So that's why they came here," Y/n muttered under her breath, sending a glare.
"Pacifica!" Mabel seethed under her breath.
Pacifica and her family confidently approached the group. "Well, well, well, if it isn't the Pines family. Fat, old, lame, braces!" Her gaze then shifted to Y/n, her expression turning to one of confusion. "I don't even know who you are, so I could care less!"
"Soos," Stan's voice dropped to a hushed tone as he leaned closer to the handyman. "Would it be wrong to punch a child?"
"I got this," Dipper interjected. "Hey, Pacifica, how's that whole 'your-family-being-frauds' thing workin' out for ya?" He asked with a big smirk.
"Great, actually!" Pacifica retaliated with an even bigger smirk. "That's the thing about money; it makes problems go away." As a visual display, she pulled out wads of dollar bills from her pockets and tossed them into the air. Some people eagerly scrambled to grab the cash, while others danced around like excited chickens. Her parents found the whole spectacle amusing, applauding and chuckling.
Pacifica pressed on, her condescending tone unwavering. "I couldn't help but notice you playing my game. You should stick to things you're good at. Like retaining baby fat!" She emphasized her point by playfully poking Mabel's tummy with her golf club.
Unfazed, Mabel took a step back and retorted with a confident smile. "Yeah, well, this fat baby is pretty good at golf!"
Pacifica's expression remained unchanged, her arms crossed in an air of superiority. "Ha! Sergei!" She called out, snapping her fingers to summon a European-looking guy who strode forward with an authoritative demeanor. "This is Sergei, my trainer."
His mustache moved as he talked. "The Sportylmpics had mini-golf once. I took gold!" He showed the medal on his chest.
"So, if you don't mind moving out of the way of the professionals..." Pacifica then shifted to another course and effortlessly hit a golf ball into a hole that triggered a volcanic eruption, blowing their hair away. She wore a smug expression of accomplishment. "Enjoy second place. Give her a hand, folks!"
Mabel wasn't one to back down easily, so she fired back, "Oh, yeah? Well, I want a rematch, you... you walking one-dimensional, bleached blonde, valley girl stereotype!"
The crowd audibly gasped, and Pacifica came to a sudden stop. She turned around with a clearly annoyed expression. "Like, let's do this."
The skies seemingly conjured gray clouds, casting a gloomy atmosphere over everyone. Before anyone could react, the owner of the establishment arrived in his usual golf cart. "Hear ye! Hear ye! Stop at once! The park is now closed due to inclement weather! The King of Mini-golf has declared it!"
Pacifica stood taller than Mabel. "This isn't over. You, me, midnight. We'll see who's best."
"I'll be here!" Mabel shot back, thunder rolling as if echoing her determination. Lightning flashed and rain started pouring. The Northwests promptly pulled out their umbrellas and made their exit. Sergei scurried after them. "I'll be here..."
The Pines family soon found themselves at a nearby Mexican diner, seeking refuge from the rain. Their clothes were damp, but the staff didn't seem to mind as they took their orders. When the food arrived, they sat down to eat, but Mabel's gloomy mood cast a shadow over the atmosphere. She didn't even react to the cheerful sign on the wall featuring a cat enjoying tacos.
Mabel sighed, nibbling on a few nachos that Dipper fed her. "Time to scratch mini-golf off my talents list..."
"Don't give up, Mabel," Soos offered his encouragement.
"You're better than Pacifica in every way," Y/n chimed in.
Dipper's smile brightened. "Yeah! And if you beat her at this, she could never rag on you again! Imagine it!"
Mabel's eyes sparkled as she imagined herself triumphant, yelling victory in Pacifica's face. With newfound determination, she stood up on the table, placing her hands on her hips. "You're right, guys!" she declared. "I just need to practice a little more before midnight."
"Go to the golf course after dark, you say?" Stan asked, mid-chew, looking somewhat uncertain. "I don't know, we'd have to break in and- just kidding, let's break in!" he suddenly exclaimed, sporting a large, manic grin.
With everyone piled into the car, Stan drove past the entrance, plowing through the blockade. Soos was on security lookout duty with his binoculars, while Stan went to work hammering a board to create a hole for the three youngsters to sneak through. Mabel handed him her sticker book, and she, Dipper, and Y/n slipped through the opening. Mabel was the last to enter, but just before she could go through, Stan stopped her. "Mabel?" he called out. She turned around, puzzled. Stan opened the scrapbook and stuck a sticker on Mabel's sweater. It read 'U DA BEST!'
"Knock her dead, kid." He gave her a thumbs up to which she happily reciprocated.
The remainder of the evening saw Mabel repeatedly attempting to sink the golf balls into the windmill, while Dipper and Y/n observed from the opposite side. Unfortunately, each attempt seemed to miss the hole entirely.
"Darn! Poop heck darn!" Mabel expressed angrily.
Dipper, growing increasingly puzzled, got up and began to pace. "Ugh, I don't get it! What is wrong with this hole?" Suddenly, he heard clanking noises emanating from inside the windmill. His eyes widened, and he turned to Y/n. "Did you hear that?"
Silently, Y/n nodded, confirming that she had also heard the mysterious noises. Dipper cautiously stepped back from the windmill.
Mabel, sensing something unusual, hurried over to her brother. "What? What is it?" she whispered, joining them.
Dipper motioned for her to grab her golf club. The three of them gathered closely, clutching their clubs tightly, and in unison, they tiptoed towards the windmill. Their hearts raced as they prepared to confront any potential intruder.
With a shared signal, Y/n carefully removed the wooden cover from the windmill, revealing an unexpected sight-tiny figures!
The moment the little people realized they were not alone, their tiny faces met the gaze of the much larger intruders. In their fright, they let out piercing screams that echoed through the night. They exchanged screams, until they calmed down seeing that they really didn't look like a threat. These tiny beings were dressed in traditional Dutch attire, complete with wooden clogs. The boys sported blond bob cuts and rosy cheeks, while the girls had twin braids neatly arranged.
The blue golf ball at the front of the group stepped forward and nervously addressed the three newcomers. "We good? We good?" it asked.
Dipper, Mabel, and Y/n exchanged uncertain glances before nodding cautiously.
The golf ball cleared his throat- weirdest sentence ever. "Hi, hello. I'm Franz, and welcome to our home!"
Dipper couldn't help but express his confusion. "What is this?"
Mabel chimed in with her skepticism. "Yeah! Are you guys tiny humans or enormous mini-humans?" She narrowed her eyes, placing her hands on her hips.
Franz cheerfully responded, "Neither! We're Lilliputtians! Lilli- Lilliputt... the name makes more sense written down than spoken. And we control the balls! Behold!" He gestured proudly toward the windmill, which then opened up to reveal its intricate inner workings. The trio watched in speechless awe as a golf ball was sent inside and underwent a meticulous process, showcasing the Lilliputtians' control over the golf balls.
"That's incredible!" Mabel expressed.
Y/n smiled, "Impressive!"
"And so needlessly complicated," Dipper added with a hint of amusement.
"Aw shucks," Franz sheepishly smiled, tapping his clogs. "It's only our lifelong passion! Would you like us to elaborate through song?!" The Lilliputtians quickly got into position, with some holding musical instruments and others carrying flags. Franz began singing a tune, starting the music, but Dipper declined their offer, visibly disappointing the Lilliputtians.
"So, what are you hugelings doing here anyway?" Franz asked.
"We kind of have to play this golf tournament against my rival, Pacifica..." Mabel explained.
Gasps from the Lilliputtian interrupted her as frustration replaced their curiosity. Echoes of the word "rivals" spread throughout the windmill. "Oh, we know all about rivals," Franz remarked with a sneer, crossing his arms.
As if on cue, a gruff-sounding voice resounded from the other end of the area. "Put a clog in it, ya windmill-lubbers!" From the 8th hole, pirate-themed Lilliputtians brandished their swords as their captain spoke. "These frilly bottom popinjays are terrible at controllin' the balls! We are the ball masters, says I! Arrr!"
His crewmates joined in the chant, filling the air with hearty "Arrs!"
It turned out that each hole in the arena had its own faction, from the French and the knights to the cowboys and miners. They all seemed to harbor long-standing rivalries that had persisted for many years. Y/n couldn't help but wonder how these factions came to be, but her questions were always met with the explanation that this was just the normal way of things in Gravity Falls.
In a sudden twist, they launched into an attack, converging in the middle of the field. Colorful golf balls clashed and tumbled across the artificial grass, creating a chaotic yet strangely endearing spectacle.
Mabel couldn't help but laugh. "Guys, guys, calm down! Your fighting is inadvertently adorable!"
Amidst the fighting, Franz managed to speak, though he looked a bit battered from the brawl. "Adorable we are, hugelings," he began, clutching an injury. "But our tale is less so. Every hole in the park thinks they're superior, from the cowboys in the east to the grimy miners of the south. If only there was some way to decide which side is best, with... maybe... an award, or, like a trophy, I dunno."
A French Lilliputtian dashed toward Franz, his excitement palpable. "But Franz, look!" He pointed at Mabel's sticker, the one Stan had given her.
"The sticker! The sticker could decide!" Franz exclaimed, his enthusiasm mirrored by everyone on the field as their attention was captured by the sticker.
"It does say 'Ze best' on it!"
"Decide for us, hugeling! Choose which mini-kingdom should receive the sticker and end our war!"
The Lilliputtians erupted into cheers, but Mabel looked unsure. She waved her hands, expressing her hesitation. "Uh, I don't know, guys. I'm not sure I want to get involved in your weird mini-blood feud—"
"Pst, Mabel," Dipper called out to her, gently turning her around away from the skirmishing golf balls. He motioned for Y/n to join them, and the three of them huddled together. "This is perfect! These guys control the course! Just tell them you'll give the sticker to whichever group helps us win!"
Y/n couldn't help but chuckle softly at Dipper's unexpected cunning, she thought that the plan was too diabolical to be coming from someone like him. She watched as Mabel's brow furrowed in thought, a troubled expression on her face. "I'm not sure, Dipper. I want to beat Pacifica, but doesn't this seem like... cheating?" Mabel tried to convince both the other two and herself.
But Dipper didn't hold back. "Pacifica's rich, Mabel. She's cheating at life." He ended his argument with a shrug.
Mabel's gaze shifted from Dipper to Y/n, who nodded in agreement. Y/n had gleaned some knowledge about the Northwest family's history and their immense influence over the town. They owned everything from Northwest Realty to Northwest Mud Flaps to Northwest Weather Vanes. Y/n couldn't forget the first encounter with Preston Northwest, finding him ignorant and pretentious, not to mention his pet fox, Hunter. (Yes, Pacifica's father once had a pet fox.)
Taking all this into account, Mabel rubbed her chin thoughtfully until she reached her final decision. She gathered the warring factions in front of the Knights' tower, and Y/n and Dipper stood on either side of her, assuming the roles of her loyal knights. Dipper had even borrowed a mini trumpet, which he used to herald the beginning of the announcement before returning it to the Knight Lilliputtian with gratitude.
"People of the eighteen holes!" Mabel declared, her arms outstretched dramatically. "We're going to have a game of mini-golf! And whoever does the best job helping me win, gets the sticker!"
"It will be us, lads. Not these tulip-munchers!"
"I will not be insulted by a man with no depth perception wearing earrings!"
Y/n spoke up, "Just remember, as long as you're helping Mabel, no fighting."
The Lilliputtians' mood suddenly turned a 180 and their angry frowns turned into wide smiles. No fighting, like she said.
So the three waited until midnight for Pacifica to arrive.
As the clock struck midnight, Pacifica arrived on the scene. Her parents had dropped her off after a briefing on how the Northwests were the best at everything and that they never lost. Pacifica, fueled by their expectations, entered the premises with her trainer, Sergei, fully expecting to face off against the braces-wearing girl. However, they were met with darkness, shrouding the mini-golf course in mystery.
"How much you wanna bet they're no-shows?" Pacifica asked nobody in particular.
A sequence of lights flashed on, guiding Pacifica and Sergei to the main stage where Mabel stood leaning on her golf club, wearing a smug expression. Y/n and Dipper flanked her, their arms crossed and matching smirks on their faces. Mabel addressed Pacifica with a determined glint in her eye.
"Looking for someone?" Mabel quipped, her confidence palpable.
Pacifica remained unfazed, walking closer with her arms crossed. Her tone was dripping with skepticism. "Waiting in the dark, not creepy at all. Seriously though, I don't know why you bothered to come. Unless you've got something up your sleeve."
Mabel, undeterred, playfully elbowed Y/n with a sly grin. "Oh, I guess you could say we've got a little something, right, right?" It seemed like an inside joke between the trio, but Pacifica and Sergei didn't find it amusing. A tiny Lilliputtian momentarily popped out of Mabel's sweater sleeve in greeting, but she quickly shoved it back in. She and Dipper laughed nervously, while Y/n simply smiled innocently, her hands hidden behind her back.
They all gathered around as Sergei, the expert, explained the rules. "Eighteen holes. Standard rules. Winner lives in glory, loser wallows in eternal shame. On your mark, get set, mini-golf!"
Dipper took on the role of the scorekeeper, clutching a scorecard for the two players. Meanwhile, Y/n held a small flaglet with Mabel's name on it, waving it enthusiastically as she cheered from the sidelines. "Go, Mabel!"
They began on the first hole, controlled by the cowboy Lilliputtians. Pacifica putted first, only to have her ball obstructed by a covered wagon, expertly maneuvered by the tiny cowboys. Then, it was Mabel's turn. The cowboys worked their miniature magic, raising the grass to guide her ball toward the hole. A cowboy perched on a water tower even fired a minigun, propelling the ball straight into the hole.
"What?!" Pacifica exclaimed in frustration as they walked away from the hole, while Mabel grinned and sent a triumphant thumbs-up gesture toward the mini cowboys.
On the eighth hole, known as the pirate hole, Mabel took her turn, sending her ball into the ship, where it was dramatically shot out of a cannon and landed perfectly in the hole. In a fit of frustration, Pacifica forcefully pushed Mabel aside. "Out of my way!" She attempted her putt, but her ball was unceremoniously ejected out of the ship's front and ended up right in her own mouth. "Are you serious?!"
Y/n and Dipper exchanged suppressed giggles from behind them, thoroughly amused by Pacifica's misfortune.
Then came the miner hole. Mabel took her turn, sending her ball down into the miniature mine. "Ha, ha!" Dipper playfully nudged Y/n while giving her a knowing look. "Miner hole. I wonder what cute, silly things are going on down there." They shared a chuckle as they watched Mabel's ball navigate the underground course.
They stood there in silence, waiting for the ball to reappear. Pacifica glanced at her watch, growing impatient. Y/n, with her hands tucked into her jacket pockets, turned towards Dipper. She spoke up, "I'm thinking of grabbing a drink. Do you want anything?"
"I'm good, thanks," Dipper replied, and he watched as Y/n disappeared through a hedge and into an area with a bench and a vending machine. As she stood alone, she approached the vending machine, only to realize she hadn't brought any spare change. Y/n leaned closer, placing her ear against the machine's surface. With a strong punch, she struck the machine, causing it to clank and rattle until a can of Pitt Cola finally rolled out.
Y/n found it surprisingly easy to hack into the vending machines in Gravity Falls, having dissected the inner workings of the mechanism herself. With a victorious chuckle, she opened the can of Pitt Cola and took a sip.
However, her moment of triumph was short-lived. She suddenly heard a voice from the pathway, and she recognized it as Pacifica's. Not wanting to be seen and potentially forced into an interaction, Y/n sprinted off to the nearest restroom and locked herself inside.
Curiosity got the best of her, though, and she couldn't resist placing her ear against the restroom door to eavesdrop on whatever was happening outside.
Sergei retrieved a new Pitt Cola from the vending machine and handed it to Pacifica. She was clearly agitated, her leg bouncing with irritation. "There's something fishy going on, Sergei. I can feel it," she muttered.
"Maybe they has little people who control where the balls go," Sergei explained in one long sentence, his tone dead serious.
Pacifica shot him an exasperated look. "Hoo, we really need to get you some English lessons. What I mean is, think about it. I'm globally ranked. It's absurd that she's beating me." She took a sip of the soda but quickly spat out the pit inside the can. "Ugh! Pitt Cola! I always forget about the pit. Get me a different one, Sergei!"
As Sergei's back was turned, occupied with getting another soda, a small hand reached out from the bushes and tapped Pacifica on the shoulder. Without warning, she was grabbed and pulled into the foliage. Her scream was muffled by the leaves, and Sergei didn't notice as he turned back around.
When he saw his master had disappeared, he stood there with a hopeless expression. "This is bad," he muttered.
A few minutes later, Y/n cautiously peeked outside, expecting to see both Pacifica and Sergei. To her surprise, there was only Sergei. He heard her movements and turned to face her. "You seen Miss Northwest, yes?"
Y/n shook her head. "No," she replied, stepping out of the restroom completely. The two of them stood there, questions filling their minds. Where did Pacifica go?
The answer appeared right before Y/n's eyes when Sergei was ambushed by a group of Pirate Lilliputtians, knocking him out and tying him down. But the Pirates weren't alone; it seemed that the French Lilliputtians had the same idea of abducting someone. "What the—?!"
Meanwhile, the twins waited in the middle of the field, Dipper tallying the scores with a huge, excited grin. "I can't wait to see the look on Pacifica's face when we win. I'm thinking it'll be like, 'ugh'." He mimicked her irritated expression. "You know how she does that? 'Ugh'."
"Dipper, is it bad that I feel good about her feeling bad?"
He waved a dismissive hand. "Ah, just enjoy your victory, Mabel. Trust me, after we win, Pacifica will be fine, and you, I, and Y/n will get ourselves some victory milkshakes. Hey, speaking of, where's Y/n–?"
A scream interrupted their conversation, and their eyes landed on Pacifica, who was tied down on a platform with the Dutch windmill behind her. The Dutch Lilliputtians had gathered around her like she was food and they were ants. They had unsheathed their pencils– their swords, as Pacifica tried to thrash around but she was bound by the rope. "What's going on here? Let me go! Let me go, you creeps!"
"Oh my gosh! Dipper, what are they doing?" Mabel asked, her eyes instilled on the blonde.
"I have no clue," he admitted, looking slightly afraid.
Franz stepped forward with a huge, welcoming grin. "Welcome, twins, welcome! I can tell you're loving this, right? Right?" He hiccuped a chuckle. "No?"
"What are you guys doing?" Mabel had the decency to look uncomfortable.
Dipper had his hands placed on his hips, looking mad. "This wasn't part of the deal, tiny Dutchman!"
Franz also had the decency to look sheepish, explaining their motives as slowly as possible. "Okay, so we saw you were favoring the miners, and we figured, what's better than beating Pacifica?" he blew a raspberry, slapping his golf face. "Killing her! Right?"
Pacifica's confused expression turned into one of irritation. "As if!" She objected. "I'm calling my parents! Where's my phone?"
Franz and the twins ignored her pleas, choosing to pay attention to their deal more. "So how about it, hugeling? Who's the best now?"
Their conversation was abruptly interrupted by the same gruff voice, drawing their attention to the eighth hole where the Pirate Lilliputians had gathered. "Not so fast, land lubbers!" They appeared to have captured Sergei, who stood on the plank, bound with ropes as well. The captain had his mini-sword pointed at the European. "If you're going to play dirty, then so are we!"
"So are ve!"
A French accent grabbed their attention, causing their gaze to shift towards the Eiffel Tower, where the French Lilliputtians had taken Y/n hostage. The twins gasped at the situation, but Y/n didn't look scared, not at all. She just seemed bored. "I'm okay," she reassured them.
"Give us ze sticker or this will end up in ze books!" They said, extending a pencil that pointed at her back.
"Give it to the miners! Give it!"
"No, give it to us!"
"Give us the sticker! It belongs to us!"
The Lilliputtians all clamored, their demands were in discord, but they all voiced out the same thing; they wanted the sticker. All of these voices pressured Mabel, until she screamed, "ENOUGH!"
They stopped, all of their eyes on the girl. "You know what? No one gets the sticker!"
"Sacre-boooooo!"
The rest of the Lilliputtians followed, booing along in distaste.
"No, no. Nuh-uh. No booing! Stop! No. No one gets the sticker 'cause you're all being jerks!" Mabel exclaimed. I mean, why can't you just get along?"
A beat passed. "Because we hate each other!"
The pirate captain Lilliputtian added, "That's kind of how rivalries work, lass."
"Well then, maybe... maybe rivalries are dumb." Mabel's voice took on a thoughtful tone as she continued, "Maybe you don't settle them with petty competitions," She glanced at Pacifica, who appeared somewhat guilty or uncomfortable. "Maybe the only way to be "da best" is by ending the fighting and working together!"
In an impulsive act, Mabel tore the sticker off her sweater and crumpled it into a ball, then unexpectedly consumed it all, leaving the Lilliputtians gasping. Their reactions ranged from surprise to understanding. "It's all so clear!" exclaimed one of the Dutch Lilliputtians.
"If we work together..." Franz began.
"Then we can cut open her belly and get the sticker!" The Lilliputtians erupted in cheers and rushed forward.
"Get the girl! Slice her open!"
"Uh oh," Y/n mumbled quietly as she watched the situation unfold. She effortlessly loosened and dropped the rope that had bound her before sprinting toward the twins. Just as she reached the field, the Dutch windmill suddenly roared to life, its blades spinning wildly and causing Pacifica to scream as she was dragged toward it.
Y/n reached Dipper, and he immediately took her hand. "We gotta get out of here!" he urged, pointing toward the nearest exit.
But Mabel had different plans. She was determined to save Pacifica first. She glanced around, assessing the situation. With the swarm of Lilliputtians blocking her path to the windmill, crossing the field seemed impossible. However, she spotted a lamppost with lights attached to it.
Without a second thought, Mabel dashed toward the lamppost and began to climb it. The Lilliputtians followed her, but she managed to swing along the chain of lights leading to the windmill. She landed on the ground safely, evading the golf pencil spears thrown by the angry crowd.
Y/n and Dipper, realizing that the Lilliputtians' main target was Mabel, noticed that they weren't being attacked. Y/n turned to Dipper, a sense of urgency in her voice. "We have to help Mabel."
As they pondered their next move, Sergei, who was near the eighth hole, called out to Dipper. "Ah, Mister Dipper! Нет, нет!" he yelled, appearing to be on the verge of falling into the water.
Dipper released Y/n's hand momentarily and cupped his hands around his mouth. "Don't freak out, man! The water's shallow! There's literally no way to drown!"
Sergei tumbled into the water, face-first, creating bubbles in the shallow puddle.
"Seriously?"
"Come on!" Y/n grabbed Dipper's hand and led them to a golf cart she had spotted in the distance. They both got in, and she was fortunate to find the key still in the ignition. With a swift start, she drove off, making sure to take Sergei with them before reaching the girls who were engrossed in putting golf balls.
She brought the golf cart to an abrupt halt, and Dipper urgently gestured for them to board. "Get on, get on!" he urged.
"Gun it!" Mabel exclaimed.
Y/n slammed her foot on the pedal, and the golf cart shot forward, accelerating away. "Don't let them escape!" shouted the pirate Lilliputtian, and large axes swung dangerously in their direction. Mabel, Dipper, and Pacifica screamed in fear, but Y/n remained determined, pressing down harder on the gas.
It felt like they had become golf balls themselves, hurtling through the course. Ramps and loop-de-loops left them dizzy, except for one fortunate soul. Sergei tumbled off the golf cart when they hit a bump. "Sergei overboard!" Sergei shouted in alarm.
"I'll get a new one," Pacifica declared after witnessing Sergei being left behind.
"What?" Y/n asked, oblivious to the commotion, completely unaware that they had abandoned Sergei.
"They're closing us in!" Dipper exclaimed from beside her, observing the large entrance gates slowly shutting.
Mabel gasped as she saw pencils poking holes in the roof of their golf cart. She climbed onto it while the golf cart was still in motion. Franz, perched on the roof, threatened her with a pencil. "Don't even think about it. You call yourself a golfer? Without us, that club is useless in your hands!"
Mabel didn't hesitate. "Oh yeah? What's ten minus six?"
Franz looked puzzled, clearly not well-versed in basic math. "Ten minu- what- hang on..."
"Four!" Mabel shouted, delivering a direct hit to Franz's face, sending him flying into the bonus hole. The hole immediately glowed and shot up a column of lava just as the golf cart sped off a ramp, riding the wave of lava. The cart skidded through the gates and came to a halt in the parking lot, where it eventually fell apart, with pencils and an ax poking through the gate.
"Stay out, you dumb hugelings!" Franz yelled while tossing golf balls over the wall.
Pacifica was infuriated by his remark. "What did you say, you little trolls?" She marched towards the gate with determination. "I will sue you! I will sue you, and I will own you!" She punched the gate and then turned to point a finger at the trio. "You three! I don't know what you did or what's going on, but if you think just because you saved my life I—"
From the depths of her sweater pocket, Mabel handed Pacifica a purple sticker that read, "I a-paw-logize," causing the blonde to pause. Mabel spoke slowly, "I'm sorry, Pacifica. We shouldn't have cheated. You totally would have beaten me, fair and square."
Pacifica paused, glancing at the sticker before placing it on her shirt. She frowned. "You're just lucky this sticker looks fantastic on me."
After a while, Stan and Soos pulled up in their car, and the three of them climbed in: Y/n got in first, followed by Dipper, and finally Mabel. Everyone looked at Pacifica, who was standing alone in the parking lot. Mabel glanced at Dipper, who was shaking his head. Her eyes then shifted to meet Y/n, who was giving her a look that said, "it's up to you."
Without hesitation, Mabel turned to Pacifica. "Hey! Your parents aren't here. Want a ride home?"
Dipper slumped and crossed his arms but stayed quiet.
Pacifica hesitated, then said, "Huh, puh-lease. As if I'd ride in your—"
Lightning flashed, and thunder cut off her sentence.
Stan and Soos were busy singing jingles in the front of the car while the rest were cramped in the backseat, squeezed against each other. Dipper had to adjust his position, not wanting to sit beside Pacifica (Mabel switched seats with her), so he raised his arm and placed it on the seat behind Y/n. They caught each other's glances and gave each other a small smile with a blush, both in comfort and discomfort.
Mabel was scouting the back of their seats and found two car tacos. She began eating one.
"You're allowed to eat in the car?" The blonde asked in meek disbelief.
The brunette let out a casual scoff. "Yeah! The car is where secret surprise snacks happen! Want one?" She offered, extending her hand.
Pacifica immediately refused. "Oh, I'm not supposed to take handouts."
"Handouts? It's called sharing! You do know what sharing is, right?"
"Sha- sha-ring?"
"Just take it."
Surprisingly, Stan knew the way to the Northwest Manor and pulled up in front of the gate. Pacifica hurriedly got out of the car, trying to appear nonchalant. "Thanks for the ride, or whatever. Oh, and Mabel?" She paused briefly, turning her head slightly. "Um, I can't believe I'm saying this, but I had fun." With that, she started walking away. "And tell your servant I like his W-neck!"
They all looked at Soos, who was sporting a celebratory grin. "Yes!" he exclaimed.
Dipper turned to Mabel. "So, are you guys, like, cool now?"
Mabel answered with enthusiasm, "I think we made some progress. The important thing to remember is that at the end of the day, she's just an ordinary kid like us."
With the car still parked in front of the house, the gates swung open for Pacifica, revealing the grand Northwest mansion, complete with fountains and peacocks. Fireworks lit up the sky above a large neon sign that read, "Congratulations, Pacifica."
"Ordinary, huh?" Y/n remarked with a sarcastic nod.
Dipper chimed in, deadpan, "Should've charged her for that pizza."
Mabel agreed with a chuckle, "Agreed!"
***
PZNA OBUXXU VFXXZ, VFGX ATBY T SHFE.
🗝: ???
From fierce rivals, a friendship did bloom,
A bond that lit up even the darkest of gloom.
Now as friends, a future unknown we explore,
Could it be something more, we both adore?
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 21!
Chapter 21: Where's My Other Sock?
Chapter Text
Y/n opened her eyes and found herself lying on the ground. She stood up and let her gaze wander around, noticing a row of bookshelves lining in different directions. One was a curvy bookshelves, making the library look more like an ocean with millions of colorful books piled inside. Her legs took her forward, curious at the encounter.
Standing in front of one of the shelves, she began to slowly reach for a book she was interested in, until from a distance she heard a twinkling tune. It sounded like it was coming from a music box. Followed by that was a voice echoing, "Looking for answers, are we?"
"Here we go again," she muttered, folding her arms as she didn't have to turn to know who was annoying her.
Bill chuckled, his voice reverberating through the surreal dreamscape. "Oh, just checking in on my favorite plaything. You know, Pine Tree's getting quite fond of you. It's almost adorable."
Y/n turned to face him, her expression a mix of annoyance and intrigue. "What's the deal with this place, Cipher?"
"It's just a library, no need to think so much– gosh, all this thinking is making your mind so disorganized. You know who else's mind is disorganized?" He floated around her, his tone smug.
"Why are you even here?" She quickly changed the subject. "I just want a peaceful reading session without an isosceles triangle with a bow and top hat terrorizing my dreams."
A cane materialized in his hands, "You act like you don't enjoy our little chats."
"I don't," Y/n retorted. "I have better things to do than listen to your cryptic nonsense."
"Yeah? Like fixing the portal! Actually, you're doing great!" Bill chuckled, unfazed by her irritation. When he was met by silence, he continued with a glare. "Oh, don't be such a bore, Daisy. I'm just here to offer a little... guidance."
"Guidance? From you? I'd rather take directions from a broken GPS," she walked around, watching the books fly around the air, even jumping on it as a platform.
He followed her, easily floating himself up to her level. She was jumping across open books, reminding him of someone else. "Don't you want to see a glimpse of the future? Just think of me as your own personal oracle."
Y/n couldn't help but grow more exasperated with each encounter. "Cut the cryptic act, Bill. If you have something to say, just say it." She seemed to be belittling every word that he was saying.
"You're enjoying this, huh? Floating books? Dreams? Well, let me offer you a word of advice, Daisy." All of sudden, all of the books from the shelves flew out and began piling on one another until it formed a tornado, surrounding her with open pages flipping hysterically. "The line between reality and dreams can be quite thin, and sometimes, the things that seem impossible might be more real than you think."
Y/n frowned, unimpressed by his cryptic warning. "Is that all you've got? Some fortune cookie wisdom?" She yelled at him.
Bill circled her, his voice dripping with ominous foreshadowing. "A rift, gullible little Daisy. A tear in the fabric of your precious little town. It's coming, and it's going to change everything."
"Can't you be a little more straightforward for once?"
He chuckled, his tone casual despite the message. "Where's the fun in that? Just remember, Y/n, the line between friends and enemies can be quite thin in this town."
Before she could respond, the dream world around her began to crumble, and she woke up with a frustrated sigh. She couldn't deny that Bill's hints were starting to get under her skin, but she refused to be drawn into his enigmatic games.
It was a dreary, windy morning. Getting herself a mug of coffee, she easily drank it in one go, the hot liquid sliding down her throat. Energy gradually getting replenished, she felt like she could face whatever comes at her today.
"Y/n, there you are!" Dipper said from the stairs. "Come on, we have to go to the library."
Oooh, the library, she thought internally. She loves going there on occasion. "What for?"
"I'll tell you on the way, we've got no time to lose!"
***
In the Gravity Falls Library, Dipper, Mabel, and Y/n located a table with three chairs and a nearby electrical outlet. They arranged themselves in a triangle, with the bag Dipper had brought placed in the center.
Dipper began to search through the brown bag. "Today's the day, guys."
"Big day!" Mabel enthusiastically echoed, her voice carrying through the library, seemingly oblivious to the library's rules. Y/n, on the other hand, had to offer apologetic glances to the older patrons who were casting disapproving looks their way from a distance.
"Soos finally managed to fix the laptop," Dipper announced, revealing the supposedly repaired device, though it still appeared old and worn. "If this thing works, we could uncover the identity of the author and solve the biggest mysteries of Gravity Falls. Are you guys ready?"
Mabel turned to him with a determined look, holding a book in her hands. "Oh, I'm ready, baby." She enthusiastically flipped through the pages of a pop-up book with an illustration of a baby. "Ma-ma!"
Dipper and Y/n exchanged a glance, and she gave him a thumbs-up. He opened the laptop, revealing the words 'Property of F' once again. Y/n couldn't help but wonder if he was still out there after all these years. He had left his laptop, his prized possession, in the bunker, suggesting he must have left Gravity Falls in a hurry. She realized she never knew what the 'F' stood for; what was this guy's full name?
"This is it. This is it," Dipper muttered under his breath as he opened the laptop, and the screen came to life with neon words that read 'Welcome,' eliciting a relieved laugh from the young boy. "Aha! It worked!"
The three of them extended their hands towards the center of their circle, performing a trio handshake that Mabel had invented one day. It had taken them three hours to learn and execute perfectly. The sequence was smooth, with their fingers curling and fists bumping before ending in a raspberry, complete with their tongues sticking out.
Suddenly, a deafening alarm sounded, and the laptop displayed a message: "//UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS FORBIDDEN// Enter Password," causing Dipper to groan. "Ugh! Of course, a password."
Y/n placed a finger on her chin, deep in thought. She had observed F with his laptop many times, but she couldn't recall ever seeing him input a passcode. The only code she remembered from him was the one for the security room in the bunker, but that was about it.
"Don't you worry, bro bro," Mabel reassured him with a wide grin. "With your brains, Y/n's wit, and my laser focus, there's literally nothing that can distract us from... did you hear that?"
A piano tune suddenly echoed from the other side of the library, abruptly interrupting Mabel's speech. Emerging from the kids' section was a boy with a blond ponytail and a black sweater, singing as if he were serenading someone, "All my life I've been dreamin' of a love that's right for me. And now I finally know her name, and it's... sing it with me, kids—literacy!"
"Literacy!" The children in the library joined in with glee. The boy had a bee puppet on one hand, which he made talk animatedly, saying, "I finally understand what all the buzz is about. Reading!"
On his other hand, he had a book puppet that seemed to represent a female character. "Give me some of that honey!" they playfully exclaimed, and the two puppets proceeded to 'kiss,' while the boy laughed.
Dipper and Y/n exchanged amused glances, then turned to Mabel, who was completely enthralled by the new boy's performance. She enthusiastically flipped the pages of a pop-up book, making it go, "Ba bump. Ba bump."
"Oh, boy," Dipper muttered with a bemused smile.
Mabel's eyes glittered with excitement as she observed the young puppeteer receiving his well-deserved applause. "Just when I thought I was getting over Mermando, you show up at my doorstep!"
Dipper stood from beside Y/n, walking over to a bookshelf. "Oh yeah, I forgot about Mermando. Did not care for Mermando..." he grabbed a book off of the shelf and began flipping through it. "Okay, this cryptology book says there's 7.2 million 8-letter words. Y/n, wanna read it while I type? Mabel's gonna be—"
Mabel's empty chair suddenly spun on the floor, and Dipper let out an incredulous sigh. "Figures."
"I'll read them," Y/n volunteered, taking the book from him. Dipper settled back into his seat, focusing on the laptop and positioning his fingers over the keyboard. "Alright," Y/n cleared her throat and began listing words that started with the letter A. Each word she uttered received a loud beep in response, indicating an incorrect input.
Y/n skillfully avoided words that didn't seem like plausible passwords. Who would choose a word like "autogamy" as their password, after all? She continued flipping through the pages, plucking out words that might potentially serve as a password. She was determined to crack the code and uncover whatever secrets might be hidden inside the laptop.
"Uhm, try 'password'?" Y/n suggested, half-jokingly.
However, it turned out to be a rather feeble attempt, and she couldn't help but be relieved when the laptop predictably beeped in error. Y/n couldn't fathom why someone as skilled with codes as F would use something as basic as 'password' as their password. Dipper, too, seemed exasperated by the lack of progress.
Mabel returned after a few more unsuccessful attempts, taking a seat beside Y/n. Her expression was vacant, prompting Y/n to inquire, "So, how did it go?"
"Um," Mabel replied slowly, her voice tinged with uncertainty, "how hard do you guys think it would be to write and compose a sock puppet rock opera with lights, original music, and live pyrotechnics by Friday?"
A loud beep emanated from the laptop to Y/n's left, and she turned to see Dipper looking utterly flabbergasted. "What?! Mabel, are you serious?"
"I don't know what happened!" Mabel exclaimed, frustration evident as she smacked the table with both arms and flailed about. "I got lost in his eyes and his ponytail, and I'm going to be so embarrassed on Friday if I don't have anything!"
Dipper, still leaning on Y/n's shoulder, turned his attention back to her. "But what about cracking this password? You know, the three of us?" He paused, as if trying to recall something, then asked, "What did Mabel call us again?"
"Mystery Trio?" Y/n supplied.
"Right! Mystery Trio."
Mabel's eyes widened, and she adopted an almost pleading look. "If you guys help me with this for just a couple of days, I promise I'll help you with the password! Please, pretty please!" She blinked, making her eyes appear even larger and filled with a magical sparkle. "It's for love, Dipper..."
Dipper and Y/n exchanged silent glances, trying to appear casual. Y/n was fine with either option; she was ready to help either of them. Dipper resigned with a sigh. "Alright, okay—"
But before he could finish his sentence, Mabel tackled him with a hug. "Yes! Thank you!!!" She didn't forget to include Y/n in the embrace, squishing the two of them with her arms. "These two, right here! They're Gravity Falls' number one!"
"Okay, okay, okay, shhh!" Dipper hushed her, turning off the laptop and placing it back in the bag. The three of them made their way out of the library. However, Y/n suddenly felt a shift in the atmosphere. She glanced at the twins, who seemed indifferent, discussing the laptop and the puppet show. But something nagged at her. Consciously, Y/n looked behind her, but all she saw were rows of bookshelves.
"Y/n?" She heard Dipper call for her, and she realized that she was lagging behind. She quickly caught up with them. "What happened?"
"Nothing, I thought I saw something..."
***
As Friday drew closer, Mabel's puppet show was making progress. She had purchased a sufficient number of used socks from the thrift store with her allowance money and had obtained extra fabric from her knitting supplies. Mabel was already skilled in sewing, and she was teaching Y/n, so they had an extra pair of hands to create more puppets. They had even crafted puppet versions of people they knew, including Stan, Wendy, Soos, Candy, and Grenda, all of whom were there to lend a helping hand (except for Stan).
Meanwhile, each night, Y/n and Dipper dedicated themselves to deciphering the password in the twins' bedroom. The walls were plastered with long strips of paper covered in scribbled words, while an open journal rested on a table, illuminated by a black light revealing hidden codes. Despite their tireless efforts, the laptop remained locked. Their determination led to moments where Mabel would find the two of them sprawled next to each other, exhausted and fast asleep.
However, in the early morning hours, before anyone else was awake, Y/n would be roused by the beeping of her watch. She'd silence it after the second ring, tiptoed around Dipper's room, which resembled a chaotic mess, and quietly make her way downstairs to the basement, where Stan patiently awaited her.
She was so tired.
Thursday rolled around, and the group was immersed in the puppet-making process, diligently drying the glue on the sock puppets and crafting various props. As they worked, Mabel enthusiastically shared her vision.
"Alright, everyone, the play is going to be called 'Glove Story: A Sock Opera.' But here's a heads-up: people's eyes will get wet. They'll be crying— from laughing! From how tragic it is," Mabel announced with her signature excitement.
Dipper, on the other hand, struggled with sock puppets glued to his face. He managed to speak despite the predicament. "Yeah, that... um. That sounds great," he said, coughing up some pom poms, his expression less enthusiastic.
Wendy chimed in with a casual shrug. "Dipper, you just have to go along with Mabel's craziness. It's what makes life worth living."
Mabel went to her keyboard, playing a bunch of keys– another talent that Y/n didn't know about. "Puppet boy, puppet boy, you're the boy I–"
"Loooooooove!" Everybody sang with her, while Waddles squeaked.
Stan observed the chaotic scene in the room and decided not to inquire about it, simply shaking his head and moving on.
Later that night, Mabel was nestled under her blankets, surrounded by sock puppets and softly caressing a puppet version of Gabe Benson. She spoke to it with affection, saying, "Soon, Gabe Benson—"
Beep!
"Ugh, wrong password. WRONG, WRONG! UGH!"
Curious, Mabel asked about Y/n's whereabouts, noticing her absence from Dipper's code-breaking session. Dipper, looking weary, explained, "She said she needed to catch up on some sleep, so I let her rest. She seemed really tired..."
Mabel observed Dipper, concern in her eyes. "Well, you look tired too, Dipper," she pointed out. "Don't stay up all night. Last time you got this sleep-deprived, you tried to eat your own shirt."
Dipper's response was a muffled protest as he sucked on his shirt, before he realized what he was doing and spat it out. "Pleh. It's fine, I just need a few more tries."
After Mabel had settled in for the night, Dipper retrieved a jacket from his bag and made his way to the roof, laptop in hand. He sat on the edge with his legs dangling and the laptop on his lap, fingers typing in more possible passwords. Yet, all he received in return were more beeps from the computer.
Frustration took over, and Dipper pounded his fists on the laptop. "Ugh, I can't take that sound anymore," he grumbled, his hands venting his frustration as he muttered, "I. Hate. You. Sound!"
He let out a yawn. "There has to be some shortcut or clue. Who would know about secret codes?"
As Dipper continued to vent his frustration, violent winds suddenly began to swirl around him, leaves and debris swirling in a chaotic dance. He stood up, his heart racing, and glanced around in alarm, a shiver running down his spine. The large moon hanging in the night sky seemed to come alive, an eerie eye creeping around its edge. Unnerving bricks materialized in the air, forming a familiar triangular shape. The colors in the world drained away, leaving a monochromatic and surreal landscape.
Before him stood Bill Cipher, his presence ominous and overwhelming, as if reality itself had warped to accommodate his arrival.
"I THINK I KNOW A GUY."
Bill floated before him, twirling a cane. "Well, well, well. You're awfully persistent, Pine Tree. Hats off to you!" He took his hat off and tilted it, and the entire world followed, tilting sideways as well, Dipper almost falling off the roof. "Did you miss me? Admit it, you missed me."
"H-hardly!" Dipper answered. "You worked with Gideon, you tried to destroy my uncle's mind!"
"Ah, it was just a job, kid. No hard feelings! I've been keeping an eye on you since then," said eye became enlarged as it zoomed towards him. "And I must say, I'm impressed! That stunt you pulled defeating that shapeshifter? Pretty crafty." He slipped away.
"Wait, really?"
"Oh, you deserve a price!" Bill exclaimed. "Here! Have a head that's always screaming." He clapped his hands and a screaming head appeared out of thin air.
Dipper shouted in surprise at the severed head, before kicking it off the roof.
"The point is," Bill began again, "I like you. How's about you let me give you a hint, huh?" He nudged Dipper closer to him. "I only ask for a small—" his voice got low and his hand and eye lit on fire. "-favor in return."
The brown-curled boy stepped back. "Y-you better stay out of my head. I'd never do a favor for you! Don't forget who defeated you last time!"
"Right," the triangle let out a humorless chuckle. "You 'defeated me'. Well, if you ever change your mind, I'll be here for you, ready to make a deaaaal! Hey, here's my impression of you in about three seconds!" He screamed, flailing his arms around.
Dipper woke up from the dream, screaming and flailing his arms around. He stopped, realizing he was back on the roof of the Mystery Shack. He quickly scanned his surroundings, noting with immense relief that the world had returned to its usual colors, and Bill Cipher was nowhere in sight. The soft, warm rays of the morning sun greeted him as they crept over the horizon. It was Friday, and the day of Mabel's sock puppet opera was here.
Y/n turned around from the stove where she was flipping a fresh batch of waffles and saw Dipper shuffling into the kitchen, still looking half-asleep. She offered him a warm smile. "Morning," she greeted, setting aside a plate of waffles for him.
"Woah," Stan said, "Bag check for Dipper's eyes!" He chuckled, but no one laughed with him. "Nobody?" His eyes shifted to her but he only received a glare.
"I'm sorry for not being there last night, Dipper," Y/n said with a guilty expression.
"Dipper, I told you to get some sleep last night!" Mabel scolded with a frown. "Here, wake up with some Mabel Juice." She held up a blender filled with red liquid with various objects floating around. "It has plastic dinosaurs in it!"
Stan grimaced at the drink. "It's like if coffee and nightmares🗝 had a baby! Just eat one of Y/n's waffles. Doesn't taste half bad if I say so myself!"
"Thanks, old man," Y/n replied, placing another perfectly cooked waffle on the plate and slid it onto the table. She was very intricate in getting the right cook of the food so it was bound to taste amazing. She took a piece for herself and started savoring the delicious meal.
"We need to talk," Dipper said before quickly pulling the two girls outside of the kitchen and into the living room. "Okay, listen. Last night, I had a dream with Bill in it."
Mabel paused. "Wait, hold up. The triangle guy?" She held up her fingers around her eye and formed a triangle shape.
"What did he say?" Y/n asked, almost choking in her food. She couldn't help it, but she was curious. Why would Bill visit the both of them in their dreams? Should she tell them of her dream, too?
Dipper explained the dream, "He said he'd give me the code to the laptop if I gave him something." He smugly crossed his arms. "Like I'd actually trust Bill, right?"
Before she could think of what Bill's motives were, Y/n's eyes flitted over to Mabel, who gave an encouraging smile. "Don't worry, bro. Today's the day that the Mystery Trio are back in action. I'll help you crack that code! I've just gotta hand off my puppet stuff to my production crew."
"Production crew?"
Leading the two outside, Mabel introduced them to her production crew, covered in socks.
"We read the script," Candy Chiu adjusted her glasses, "very emotional."
"I cried like eight times!" Grenda expressed.
"Hey, ladies!"A male voice chimed in from behind the group, and they all turned to see Gabe Benson smoothly skating up to them. His blond ponytail swirled in the wind, and he sported his usual attire: black tights and a leotard, complete with his two puppets in hand. Y/n's eyes narrowed with curiosity, unaware of a pair of brown eyes keenly observing her reaction.
"Gabe!" Mabel exclaimed in greeting.
"I was just bladin' by," Gabe said smoothly, "Helps me dry out my ponytail after a shower." He took off the helmet and shook his hair, seeming to be in slow motion. "Ah... oh..."
"Hubbity-bubbity!" Grenda howled.
"메이블이 한테 개이브을 훔쳐와야겠다!"
Dipper shot a disapproving look at their interaction, his eyes briefly flicking towards Y/n, who mercifully refrained from making any comments.
Mabel ran up to the blond. "It's so great to see you! I was just working on the world's greatest puppet show. It has puppets!"
"Your passion is so refreshing, Mabel. Unlike the girl from last night's puppet show," his tone suddenly shifted into one of disgust. "Single stitch on one puppet, and cross-stitch on the other? I was like, "Uh-uh!"" He told Mabel a story that only experts on puppeteer would understand, but unlike Gabe's judgment, Mabel looked lost.
"Cross- huh?"
"Naturally I deleted her off my cell phone contacts list," Gabe said, as if it was a natural thing."
"Naturally?" Mabel held her hands together and laughed nervously.
The puppeteer faced her again with a hopeful smile. "I know you won't let me down, though. Based on what you said the other day, you must be a puppet expert."
"You know, Gabe, you look pretty sweaty," Grenda said, smiling. "You should really take your shirt off. Right? Aren't we all thinking that?"
Gabe put on his helmet again. "Later, ladies." He skated off.
Mabel waited until Gabe had receded into the distance, hidden by a thicket of trees, before she turned back around, her face twisted into an expression of panic, her hands pressed against her cheeks. "GWAAA! We gotta up our game, girls! Did you hear that thing he said about the stitches?!"
"Don't worry, Mabel, your crew can handle it!" Grenda tried to reassure Mabel, holding up a puppet of herself, held by two sticks, but then ripped it. "Oops."
"How many eyes does a face have again?" Candy held up a sock covered in googly eyes.
And as if on cue, the mountain of stuff that Soos was trying to handle, fell over. "I'm not okay!" He shouted.
Mabel screamed. "Okay, I'm back on fabrication," she began to run off back to the Shack with a box full of socks. "Get me my lint roller!"
But Dipper pulled her back. "Whoa, whoa! Hey, you just said you were going to help me and Y/n!"
"Dipper!" Mabel shouted over him. "This sock crisis just bumped up to a code argyle! There's Y/n! She can help you!"
"Mabel, do you seriously think that your random crush of the week is more important than uncovering the mysteries of this town? You're obsessed!"
"I'm obsessed? Look at you! You look like a vampire! And not the hot kind!" Mabel began picking up the socks on the ground and back to the box. "On second thought, Y/n, I need you for—"
"Oh, no. Y/n stays with me," Dipper demanded, pulling Y/n by her wrist.
Mabel stood up again, stomping her feet. "But I need her help or else this puppet show won't be done for tomorrow! Gabe would hate me forever!"
"But I need Y/n to help me with cracking the password. You already have enough hands to help you!"
"Well, let's let Y/n decide for herself," Mabel said, and the twins faced Y/n who looked like she's close to collapsing. "Who are you going to help, Y/n?"
Well, that's the problem.
She wanted to help everybody.
But she couldn't be in two places at once. On one hand, she wanted to help Mabel with the puppet show. She understood how much this meant to her sister – impressing her crush, showcasing her passion and talent. On the other hand, she also longed to spend time with Dipper and work on opening the laptop. She knew how important this quest was to him, satisfying his thirst for uncovering mysteries and secrets.
Dipper, unable to bear the oppressive silence any longer, finally spoke up. "Fine," he declared, his voice tinged with frustration. "You know what? I'll do it on my own!" He stormed off, leaving Y/n torn between following him and giving him some space to cool off. She couldn't help but feel like she had betrayed him in some way.
"Ugh, just forget about him, Y/n. We have to get moving!" Mabel re-arranged all of the sock puppets that she will be using, bringing out the materials such as a paste, buckets of glitter, and googly eyes. Oh dear.
After a few minutes of Mabel's laughter blending with Grenda and Candy's, Y/n decided to leave her be and check up on Dipper. She ascended the stairs leading to the twins' shared bedroom and gently knocked on the door before entering.
Inside, she found Dipper admiring himself in the mirror, a content smile on his face as he flexed his fingers. Y/n called out to him, saying, "Dipper?"
Y/n watched as his neck slowly turned to her, his wide smile unwavering. "Daisy!"
Daisy?
The first thing she noticed was that instead of Dipper's bright brown eyes, there were cold, cat-like irises in their place. Irises she was definitely familiar with. A voice, oh so different from Dipper's, greeted her, saying, "Lovely to see your fleshy face!" It was as though she had stepped into a children's book, becoming a character who wears a red hood and brings pastries to her grandmother.
"You're not Dipper," she managed to say, her voice quivering with unease as she silently pondered her next move. This wasn't Dipper anymore; it was Bill, the same one the boy had warned them about earlier that morning. Dipper had said he wouldn't trust him. Where was he now?
He blinked his eyes, glowing yellow ones. "Ah, always a smart girl you are, Daisy. Would expect from someone working for him."
"Get out of his body, Bill!" She demanded, stepping forward and meeting his gaze.
The height difference was apparent, as Bill-Dipper had to crane his neck slightly upward. "Oh, but why should I do that?" A sly smirk finally crossed his lips as he relished the sensation of being in someone's body. "Pinetree and I made a deal, and every action... has its consequences!" He started slapping himself, the bizarre display unsettling Y/n. "See? I can feel pain!"
He noticed her glaring at him. "Let me wipe that look off your face, sweetheart," he said before delivering a resounding smack to her cheek. However, her expression remained unchanged, seemingly growing even more resolute. "Oh, it didn't work. Let me try again!" He slapped her once more. "Again—"
"Stop!" She stepped back, avoiding his hand. "Where's Dipper! Give his body back!"
"Um, nope! Gotta find that journal first. Race you to the bottom of the stairs!" He let his body fall back and tumbled down the stairs.
Y/n gasped and quickly chased after him. "Hey!" She hurried to the kitchen where she found Dipper opening and closing the fridge. "People soda!" he declared when he found a Pitt Cola, cracking it open and pouring it all over his face. He cackled as the liquid cascaded over his eyes. "Ooh! Fizzy!"
"You're just... gonna stay in Dipper's body forever?" Y/n asked him.
He emerged from the fridge once more, this time clutching a sandwich and a bottle of hot sauce – when had they even stocked hot sauce in the Mystery Shack? "Well, until something happens to it!" Bill gleefully began drizzling an excessive amount of hot sauce onto the sandwich. But instead of eating it, he started to rub it harshly all over his face. "Man, I am loving these senses! Daisy, you must be so jealous right now that I can feel the pain. And you've got your priorities all wrong, kid."
His eyes seemed to be fixated on something else, causing Y/n to glance behind her, wondering if he was addressing someone else. However, there was no one else in the kitchen. "Uh, who are you talking to?"
"Like why waste your time with dumb mysteries when you got this fun body to play with?!"
Bill-Dipper opened a drawer and began reaching inside. He proceeded to slam the drawer onto his arm repeatedly, seemingly unconcerned as his skin turned red. "Where does Pinetree keep that journal anyway?" he taunted. "Huh? Pinetree? Got anything to say?"
He seemed to be talking to the wind.
"Wait, Dipper's here? But I can't see him!"
"Geez, the two of you are talking at the same time, it's actually giving me a headache. Ha! A headache, never felt that, not ever!" He grabbed a handful of forks from the drawer and, without hesitation, threw them at Y/n. Simultaneously, he drove another fork straight toward her shoulder with his other hand.
"Stop being such a nuisance and answer my question!" Y/n effortlessly removed the fork, earning nothing more than a wicked cackle from Bill-Dipper.
"Oh, there you two lovebirds are!" Mabel exclaimed from the doorway of the kitchen. "Dipper! I borrowed your journal to use as a prop in the show. I hope you don't mind. I'm gonna go before you process this sentence, okay, BYEEEE!" Mabel ran off before anyone could process her sentence.
Bill-Dipper grinned widely. "Sure! Sounds great, sister! I'll see you at the show!" He began to dash away before Y/n could grab him back.
"Where do you think you're going?!"
The vest-wearing boy abruptly halted in his tracks, and Y/n couldn't help but notice that he appeared to be talking to thin air again. Perhaps he was communicating with Dipper? "Ha! Welcome to the mindscape, kid!" She heard. "Without a vessel to possess, you're basically a ghost!"
"A vessel?"
"Oh, hey! There you dudes are!"
The two turned around and saw Soos and Wendy walking out from the Shack.
"We're heading to the theater," Soos said.
Wendy smiled, "Need a ride, you two?"
"Oho, anything for you, Red!"
Y/n firmly gripped Dipper by the elbow and forcefully pulled him away. "Oh, I don't think so," she retorted.
"Whoa, come on now, dear. You don't have to be so jealous. I'm just hitching a ride!" Bill-Dipper replied with unsettling smoothness.
Her face flushed with frustration. "I'm not—!" She caught herself before she could explode. "I'm not jealous," she said, and silence hung in the air. Soos and Wendy exchanged a knowing look. "Fine. Go. I'll catch up with you guys later," she forced a smile and watched as they got into the car and drove off.
When they were gone, Y/n found herself alone, stomping around and punching the air in frustration. If Bill had been in his physical form, she would've punched him square in his triangular face.
But then she realized that she might not be alone. "Okay," she took a deep breath. "Dipper, I don't know if you're still here, but if what Bill said is true, then you need to have a vessel. Uh..." She paced around the driveway, her mind racing. "Where could we find a— that's it! Maybe one of Mabel's puppets?"
She sprinted back inside the Mystery Shack and upstairs to the bedroom where some of Mabel's extra puppets lay dormant. "There!" she pointed at a random one. "Maybe you can possess one?"
She waited in silence, watching with close attention, hoping for some sign that Dipper was still there. From her left, directly under Dipper's bed, something moved. A purple owl emerged from under the bed, floating around and flying close to her. It was the stuffed owl that she had given him that day at the fair.
She couldn't stop the smile from appearing on her face. He just had to choose the stuffed owl. "Okay," she chuckled. "Can you say something?"
"Hello?"
The beak opened and closed at Dipper's command, creating a comical sight. It felt like she was conversing with an actual owl, but with Dipper's voice. "Oh my gosh, it really is you," she breathed a sigh of relief. "I'm dying to hear the story of how you stupidly decided to trust Bill but let's put that aside. Right now, we need to stop Bill before he gets his hands on the journal."
Y/n and the floating purple owl raced downstairs and out of the Shack. She scanned the area for a means to get to their destination until Dipper pointed at Mabel's pink bike. Hopping on, she carefully placed the stuffed toy into the basket, making sure its wings were tucked inside. "Are you comfortable?" she asked the animated owl.
"Yeah."
"Okay, let's go!" Y/n exclaimed as she pedaled away. Dipper couldn't help but feel like he'd seen this scene in a movie before, where a group of kids befriended an extraterrestrial being. Eventually, they reached the theater, and Y/n hopped off the bike, watching as the animated purple owl floated out of the basket. She stared at the toy in mid-air.
"What?" Dipper asked.
"People could see you floating around. We need to act as normal as possible." Y/n already had her arms outstretched. "Can I?"
Wordlessly, the stuffed owl fell into her arms, and she held it close. "It's just me and my toy owl. Nothing weird about that, right? Are you—uh, comfortable?" She asked, half-joking and half-serious.
"Um, yeah. Yeah."
Y/n rushed into the theater, scanning the audience that had gathered to support Mabel and her puppet show. Mabel was already on stage, performing her opening song, introducing herself, and professing her love for Gabe amidst the spectacle of smoke, lights, and songs.
"Where the heck is Bill?" Y/n brought her voice down to a whisper.
"I don't know. Where do you think Mabel placed the journal?"
"I don't know either," she replied. "Let's check backstage?"
"Good idea. Come on," Dipper urged Y/n to move quickly, and the two of them dashed towards the backstage area of the theater. They arrived just as Grenda announced the intermission, causing the audience to get up from their seats and mill about. Y/n found herself in a hallway that led to Mabel's dressing room. Without hesitation, she burst through the door, startling Mabel.
The brunette coughed and tried to regain her composure. "Oh, my gosh! You almost gave me a heart attack! Y/n, a little knock would have been nice, you know! Ooh, and you brought Dipper's stuffed owl!"
"Mabel, there's no time—"
"Ah! It can talk?!" Mabel screamed, scrambling away when the owl suddenly floated in front of her.
"It's me, Dipper!" He said, making the beak move. "You need to help us!"
His twin sister eventually recovered. "Wait, what? Dipper?! But you're... so much more of an owl than usual!"
"Mabel, you have to listen," he continued, "Bill tricked me! He stole my body and now he's after the journal!"
"We have to find the journal before Bill destroys it," Y/n added.
"It's the only hope to get me back in my body!"
Mabel reasoned, "But my cue's coming up any minute!"
Suddenly, there was a knock on the door and Gabe entered with flowers in his hand, which Y/n thought wasn't possible. "Hey, Mabel, do you have a moment?" he asked.
"Gabe!" Mabel exclaimed, attempting to hide Dipper behind her. Y/n quickly grabbed the owl and hugged it to her chest, trying to appear as normal as possible.
Gabe looked at the braces-wearing girl. "Mabel, it's clear to me now that you really love puppets. I mean, you went whole hog. And if you stick the ending, well, maybe later you could join me for a biscotti?"
Mabel's eyes seemed to sparkle. "You drive a biscotti?"
"What's a biscotti?" Y/n asked.
Gabe's eyes flew over to the girl who asked a question. "Oh, you're one of Mabel's friends, I assume. Good work."
Y/n could feel the owl in her hands wriggling. "Thank you?"
The lights around them flickered on and off, signaling that it was showtime. Gabe turned and made his exit. "I'll be waiting, Mabel," he said with a wink.
When the door closed, Mabel exploded in happiness. "Did you hear that? He loves it! This play has to be flawless. Can't we wait until after the show?"
"Mabel, we don't have time! Bill could find the journal and destroy it!"
"Okay, but can't Y/n do it?" Mabel suggested.
"I don't know where you placed it. And it might take me a lot of time before I locate it," Y/n turned down the offer with a frown.
"Okay, I'll do it. But on one condition," Mabel said, raising a finger. "Take over for me until I get back with the book."
***
Dipper and Y/n reluctantly took the stage, clutching the script that Mabel had given them. After a quick skim of just one page, Y/n already wanted to make a run for it. The curtains were drawn back, and a spotlight illuminated the Mabel puppet, which Y/n was operating. Candy began narrating the next act, singing, "10 years later..."
Y/n cleared her throat to mimic Mabel's voice. "Gabe! You're back from the war!"
Dipper, portraying Gabe, appeared on the stage as a decorated veteran. "Yes, I am! Wanna kiss and sing at the same time?" he said with enthusiasm.
"...Okay!" And the two proceeded to make out, adding kissing sound effects— as it was stated from the script.
"Ugh, seriously?"
Despite their disgust, the audience applauded.
"So, Mabel, now that we're done kissing... there's something I've been meaning to ask you ever since I left for war..." Puppet Gabe with Dipper's low voice said after parting away.
Puppet Mabel gasped. "Oh my gosh! What is it, Gabe?"
"Will you marry me?!"
The lights around them turned pink, and music played. The backdrop transformed into a church as Y/n quickly changed from normal Mabel to Mabel in a wedding dress. Stan, puppeted by Dipper, popped out of the stage.
"I'm giving you away," Stan declared. "You are a woman now! Waddles, the rings!"
The pig squealed, coming into frame with the rings in his mouth.
"Wait, huh?!" Puppet Mabel suddenly spoke, looking up.
Puppet Stan and Puppet Gabe followed, pausing. "Oh no," Stan mumbled.
Suddenly, the cake prop crashed to the floor, sending Mabel and Bill-Dipper tumbling out, fighting over the journal. Laser lights and the fog machine went off. Waddles sprinted away, while Y/n dove in and joined the struggle. Bill-Dipper managed to kick Mabel off of him, momentarily incapacitating her, just as Y/n tried to grab the journal, but Bill-Dipper resisted. "Get out of his body!"
"Oh no!"
"What is happening here?"
"Children fighting!"
Bill-Dipper tripped Y/n off her feet, and when her back hit the floor, he crawled on top of her and began delivering punches. "I don't like that you don't feel pain, Daisy," he taunted between punches. "It's fun being in pain! Fun!" Another punch. "I know you're holding yourself back from hurting me, because you know that I'm in Pinetree's body." He brought down his fist again, but Y/n stopped him, firmly holding his fist in her palm.
"True. I'm not going to inflict pain on you. But you're not a being with no weaknesses like you think you are. You're in a human's body. Dipper's body. And he has weaknesses."
"What do you mean his—?"
"Now, Mabel!"
"Tickle, tickle!"
Bill in Dipper's body began to laugh uncontrollably and fell on the floor beside her. He screamed in horror. "AAAH! Body spasms! What are these?!"
"A little note about the human body– you haven't slept for 24 hours!" Mabel said, running around the stage. Bill-Dipper tried to chase after her. "Also, I got a full night's sleep and I'm on four mega-shots of Mabel juice!"
He tried to match Mabel's energy, but his face was drooping as his steps gradually got slower and sloppier. "Ah! What is this feeling?" He wheezed out. "My body is burning! I can't move these stupid noodle legs! Curse you, useless flesh sticks!" He was seriously going out of it. "Body... shutting down... must... scratch... mosquito bites..."
Y/n and Mabel watched as Dipper's body began to shut down, stumbling around the stage. It took a moment before Y/n slid over on her knees and caught Dipper as he collapsed. After a moment, he opened his eyes again and stood up, feeling alive again. "Yes! I'm in my own body!" He paused, all of his senses coming back to him in an instant. "And it's... just as underwhelming as I remember..." He grimaced, feeling the aches in his body. "Oooh, everything hurts."
Dipper immediately fell on his knees and collapsed back into Y/n's arms again, closing his eyes momentarily. He mumbled, "Can I just stay here forever?"
He might also be delirious from the lack of sleep.
They heard cackling from the other end of the stage, and they saw a puppet version of Dipper talking, "This isn't the last you'll hear of me! Big things are coming! You can't stop me!"
"I'm sorry, Gabe," they heard Mabel mumbling before she brought out a device and clicked the red button that said, "Big Finish".
The pyrotechnics that the puppet was sitting on exploded, sending fireworks shooting into the audience and blowing up the box of puppets. The rest of the fireworks went off in a cacophonous boom, and Mabel gleefully stomped on the Dipper puppet that landed at their feet. As the smoke cleared from the smoldering set, the trio turned to the audience, their faces filled with shock. Some scaffolding crashed to the floor behind them. (Keep in mind, Dipper's head was still on Y/n's lap when they watched everything around them explode.)
"Don't worry," Mabel reassured, "I've seen enough movies to know this is the part where the audience thinks it was all part of the show and loves it. Cue applause!"
Silence fell upon the audience as they fixed their gazes on the trio. Then, a chorus of boos erupted, and disgruntled viewers started to leave the theater, muttering about how they almost died. Gabe, wearing the most pronounced frown, was the last to rise from his seat.
"Gabe!" Mabel called. "Stick around for the wrap party? We got mini-quiches!"
The blond turned away sharply. "Don't speak to me, Mabel. You've made a mockery of my art form." He made his leave. "Let's go, my loves." He walked away, kissing the puppets in his hands.
"Did he just make out with his puppets?" Dipper said slowly from below.
Mabel, who also saw the whole thing, grimaced. "I might've dodged a bullet there."
"개이브 잠깐! 캔디는 아직도 널 사랑해!"
The three watched as Candy ran after him, still in a David Bowie costume.
Dipper struggled to rise, and Y/n immediately assisted him, bearing his weight. No ordinary 12-year-old could maintain their composure after enduring such physical stress. Dipper didn't resist; instead, he leaned on her for support, his arm draped around her shoulders like a makeshift crutch.
"Listen, Mabel," he began, a tinge of guilt in his voice, "I'm sorry about all this. It's all my fault your puppets got ruined."
Mabel remained smiling. "Well, one of them survived," she said, pulling out the Mabel puppet. "And she has something to say to you," she began, moving her hand. "I'm sorry, Dipper. I spent all week obsessing over a dumb guy. But the dumb guy I should have cared about? T'was you! Bap!" She nudged his face.
Her puppet then faced Y/n. "I'm sorry, too, Y/n. I pushed you too hard sometimes. I know you have this superpower, but I didn't consider that you could be tired too. Boop!" She nudged her face.
"Mystery Trio?"
"Mystery Trio."
The three bumped fists, but Dipper gasped in pain as he pulled back. "Ow! What did Bill do to my hand?" He hissed in pain, trying to shake off the discomfort.
"Nothing a little sleep can't fix," Mabel said. "Come on, lovebirds. Let's go home!"
/n and Dipper walked forward, trying to follow Mabel. Dipper was limping, and Y/n was doing her best to support him. "Seriously, I need to go to the hospital," he mumbled between pained steps.
Mabel was almost at the exit when Y/n called out to her. "Mabel, wait! Can you grab the owl for me?"
"Oh, right! Almost forgot." The brunet sprinted off towards her own dressing room.
While she was gone, the two were trying to find a rhythm in walking, as Dipper was still flinching in pain whenever he placed a foot down. "I guess these are the consequences of your actions," Y/n noted, feeling slightly bad for laughing at the situation.
"Yeah, yeah. I'm the dumb one for trusting a mind demon. I got too selfish," he admitted.
"Then he went ahead and used your body for a day for dangerous stunts like, I don't know, throwing himself down the stairs and stabbing his arm with a fork."
"Oh my gosh, I just remembered– ow!" He stopped moving, closing his eyes tightly and trying to shoo the pain away. Y/n looked at him, trying to listen to what he said. "I'm so sorry for hurting you– a lot. I swear, it's not me."
"I know," Y/n tried to dismiss it like it was nothing, and with Dipper, it didn't sit right with him. "Technically you didn't do it, so..."
"But why do I still feel bad about it?" he said.
Y/n remained silent, and the two of them kept moving, albeit slowly, until they reached the exit. Mabel eventually came out from backstage with the purple owl. "By the way, bro, what an adorable move," she commented to Dipper with a playful grin.
"Shut up."
Mabel giggled, waving the stuffed toy around as she dashed out the exit.
"Alright," Y/n suggested after a moment, turning to him. "How about this? Once we get you to the hospital, we can grab some ice cream, and you can fill me in on everything?"
With that, Dipper smiled. "Deal."
***
JQZOBZ TYI UUIVAXDS, R WWPZKA EUEJ
🗝:???
In a sock puppet's warning, heed the call
The triangle demon, don't underestimate at all.
For secrets lurk where shadows fall,
In Gravity Falls, where mysteries enthrall.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 22!
Chapter 22: Into the Unseen!
Chapter Text
"Am I blanchin', girl we blanchin'. I live up in a mansion!"
Soos was sweeping to the beat without a care in the world, raising his hands in the air.
Y/n and Wendy were hard at work replenishing the gift shop's inventory, enduring the tenth repetition of the infuriating song. Y/n was nodding her head to the rhythm, while Wendy, on the verge of frustration, felt like tearing her red hair out. "Ugh! I can't get that terrible song out of my head!" She burst out.
"Oh, you mean "Straight Blanchin'" by 'Lil Big Dawg?" Soos piped up, stopping his chore. "It's the catchiest song of the summer!"
"What is "blanchin"?" Wendy argued, "Rappers can't just make up words!"
He stood his ground. "Rappers are visionaries, Wendy. If they told me to eat my own pants, I would do it."
"Eat your own pants. Eat your own pants, yeah!"
The three glanced at the boombox speechlessly, before Soos' face morphed into one of agreeableness. "Thy will be done, 'Lil Big Dawg." He began unzipping his pants as he hummed.
"No, Soos," Y/n ordered.
"Heh, okay!" he replied with a grin.
The song kept playing, making Wendy turn to Y/n. "Can you hand me a power drill? Because I will literally drill it out of my brain."
"I don't have a power drill at the moment," Y/n replied. "But I have this box cutter!" She enthusiastically provided, showing her the tool with a smile, unaware of the implications of her suggestion.
"Good enough for me."
Stan walked out from the living room, reading a newspaper as he made his way to the register. "Hey, guys," he greeted. As he passed by, the trio heard him sing under his breath, "Am I blanchin', girl we blanchin'. I live up in a mansion..."
Wendy looked exasperated as she shouted, "You too?!"
Stan sat comfortably on the stool, relaxing his shoulders. "It's catchy. Sue me."
Mabel and Dipper suddenly burst through the employees only door, panting. Their expressions were frantic. "Y/n!" Dipper called. "Wendy, Soos! We need to go see Old Man McGucket!"
"That's the first time anyone's said those words," Wendy remarked.
"Is it an emergency?" the handyman asked rather excitedly. "Can I break this glass?!" he pointed at the emergency box containing an ax. Nobody knew how it was installed in the first place, it was just there.
"We'll explain on the way!" Mabel screamed and the gang scrambled their way towards Soos' van, ignoring Stan's calls for them to go back.
While in the vehicle on the way to the junkyard, Dipper slowly began to explain the plan. "Okay, so don't freak out..." he started, taking out the journal. "But Old Man McGucket might be the author of the journals." His brown eyes were fixed on Y/n, closely watching her reaction. She responded with pursed lips, unblinking eyes, and slightly raised brows. Inside the van, there was silence, with only the sounds of the car's engine, Soos' chewing, and Mabel's tongue clicking. Y/n swallowed hard before averting her gaze. Wendy was the first to break the silence, asking, "Uh, Dipper, are you sure it's him?"
"Yeah, I wouldn't have thought that this kooky, deranged old man would write something like the journal," Soos added, turning left, nearing the junkyard.
Y/n stared at the back of his seat, a faint hint of a helpless smile playing on her lips. Oh, he had no idea.
"Guess how we managed to find that one out!" Mabel happily kicked her legs in her seat. "We saw a detail through the glass bottle that Mermando gave me– on the laptop it said that it belonged to McGucket Labs!"
"Wait, what?" Y/n asked. "Maybe you're trying to say that the laptop was manufactured by someone from McGucket Labs."
"But we don't know any other McGuckets than the one living in the dump," Dipper argued. "Unless, you know something, Y/n?"
She clamped her lips shut, realizing she might have divulged too much of her thoughts. A careless slip, Y/n scolded herself. "Never mind," she replied, successfully ending the conversation.
After a while, they reached the junkyard, their destination in their quest to find the familiar hillbilly. At last, they spotted his unique home, a structure ingeniously crafted from assorted scrap materials. As they approached, they witnessed him in the act of shooing away some graffiti-prone teenagers. Upon noticing the approaching gang, he greeted them enthusiastically. "Visitors! Come, come."
Old Man McGucket welcomed them with open arms, insisting they enter his peculiar abode. Y/n observed the man thoughtfully. There was no way Dipper's theory about him being the journal's author could be accurate. Inside, McGucket provided them with a tour of his bizarre surroundings. He even engaged in an eccentric conversation with the person he believed to be in his bathroom mirror. "You're just in time for my hourly turf war with the hillbilly that lives in my mirror!" he bellowed, addressing his own reflection in a bathtub. "Quit starin' at me when I bathe!"
Dipper maintained a stoic expression. "You can drop the act, McGucket. I know you're the author," he declared, unveiling the velvet-covered journal. "You studied the mysteries of this town and wrote this book!"
"Dude, you're the genius Dipper's been searching for all summer!" Wendy added, retrieving the busted up laptop from the backpack and showing it to him.
But McGucket still looked clueless. "Uh, genius? I'm no genius. I've never done nothin' worthwhile in my life."
"Looks like it."
"Y/n."
McGucket continued, "See? E-everybody knows I'm no good to nobody. I can't remember what I used to be, but I must've been a big failure to end up like this."
"But the laptop has your name on it!" Soos tried to convince.
Y/n seized the opportunity to check the insignia on the laptop, which indeed read, "McGucket Labs." However, this didn't necessarily mean it was his personal possession. It was F's laptop. McGucket Labs might have been a long-established company producing such gadgets. It seemed unlikely that someone like him would have created it.
She missed F.
Their hope was slowly dwindling, but Dipper wasn't ready to give up just yet. "What about this book? Are you sure you didn't write it? Take a closer look." Dipper started flipping through the journal's pages, while McGucket watched with a blank expression.
"I told you, I don't recall," the older man insisted. "Everything before 1982 was just a blur. Just a hazy..." His sentence was interrupted when his eyes landed on a specific page of The Blind Eye. The symbol seemed to have triggered him as he began shrieking. "The Blind Eye!" He screamed, "Robes, the men, my mind! They did something!"
"Who did?" Y/n asked, her attention fully focused on his words, especially the mention of 1982. Perhaps this man's mind had indeed been tampered with, and he had been deprived of his true identity. Could he be... him?
"I... oh, I don't recall." McGucket replied, his expression hopeless as he massaged his temples.
"Oh, you poor old man!" Mabel expressed. "No wonder your mind's all–" she blew a raspberry. "You've been through something intense."
"What if McGucket learned something he wasn't supposed to know, and someone, or something, messed with his mind? We've got to get to the bottom of this," Dipper suggested, looking over to Y/n, sending some sort of silent plea.
Everyone seemed to follow his lead, as all eyes were now on her. "Alright," Y/n nodded once at Dipper before turning back to McGucket. "Think, man. What was the earliest thing you can remember?"
He contemplated for a moment, before pulling down a newspaper from the wall adjacent to him. "This is... I think."
Everyone saw the headline that read, "Disoriented Man Found at Museum." The in-line photo was of him looking quite disoriented.
"The history museum!" Wendy exclaimed.
"Then that's where we're going," Dipper declared with a determined grin.
The gang hastily made their way to the car, strapping in and speeding away with Soos at the wheel. McGucket, his white beard ruffling in the wind, rode in the back. The ride to the museum was mostly quiet, apart from Soos singing along to his favorite song, "Straight Blanchin'". The peaceful atmosphere was broken when Wendy, fed up with the repetitive tune, ejected the CD and tossed it out of the car. A silence hung in the air, and Soos gave Wendy a dirty look. She paused for a moment, realizing she might have overreacted. "I'll buy you a new one," she offered
They arrived at the museum, and it was clear that it had already closed for the day. Fortunately, only the main entrance was locked; the casement windows remained accessible, allowing the gang to slip inside with relative ease.
"Here, lemme help you up, girly." McGucket reached down from inside of the museum to the other side, where Y/n was.
"Please don't call me girly," Y/n replied, her tone bemused, but slightly apologetic. Nonetheless, she took the offered hand and hoisted herself up against the wall and through the window. "Thank you."
"Ain't no thang." He slapped his knee.
Weird.
Soos, being one of the first people who were inside, called out, "Hello? Anyone here?"
"Shh!" Y/n warned. "We're not supposed to be here at this time. Try not to make any loud noises."
"Keep your eyes peeled for anything suspicious." Dipper whispered, looking around.
Y/n placed her hands on her hips as she turned to the old man. "So your last memory🗝 was here. Anything coming back?"
Before McGucket could answer, Soos' voice suddenly boomed and had everyone's attention. "Guys, look!" He pointed and down the hall, there was a shadowy figure running away as if he was caught red handed.
Immediately the gang went after the guy in the robe, with Dipper shouting "Hey!"
They found themselves a room filled with depictions of eyes. Everywhere they looked, there were irises pupils, corneas, eyes.
Y/n had to narrow her eyes for this one. They were sure that the guy was here, he couldn't have escaped to another room in time. From McGucket's words, he "vanish-ified", so there must've been a secret passage. She touched a fake eyeball, smooth to the hand. She had a fair share with codes and secret doors so there's bound to be a hidden button or deciphered symbols.
"Eh... I feel like all these eyeballs are a-watchin' me," McGucket expressed, unconsciously pushing himself against Y/n and hiding behind her. Instinctively, she wanted to push him away, but she felt him shaking, and now she didn't know what to do. "Protect me, girly."
"I told you not to call me girly—"
She glanced at McGucket, who was standing in the edge of the room, beside multiple sets of eyeballs, big or small, different colored irises. With Dipper's quick thinking, he deduced that the eyes were looking in his direction. He made McGucket step aside, and Y/n had to pull him away to reveal a prehistoric symbol of an eye embedded on a rock. Dipper stepped forward and pushed it in. From behind them, the fireplace was casted aside by some sort of mechanism, and a staircase that leads to below appeared.
"Jackpot!" Wendy exclaimed.
"We'll have to be stealthy," McGucket warned. "I'll hambone a message if there's trouble." He began slapping his arms, legs, and face.
"I have no idea what that means," Dipper replied.
Without wasting any more time, they descended down the stairs, going as quietly as possible. If anyone saw the way McGucket cling onto Y/n, they didn't say anything. Why was he particularly clingy to her today?
They neared a doorway covered with red curtains, and voices were soon heard. They were chanting what sounded like Latin languages.
Y/n parted the curtains slightly, and everyone behind her piled in to watch for themselves. The robed people performed their ritual until what Y/n thought was their leader stepped in and spoke with a deep voice. "Who is the subject of this meeting?"
"This woman," the members brought her out and removed the sack off her face, revealing Lazy Susan. They pulled her over to the chair and cuffed her hands with metal restraints.
The leader had his hands together, facing Lazy Susan. "What is it that you have seen?"
"Speak!"
Susan looked unnerved by the voices around her, but she replied, "Uh, well, uh. I was leaving the diner, and I saw these little bearded doodads! And I was like, 'BWAAA?'
"There, there." The main guy replied in faux comfort, going over to open the box they pointed at earlier in their chant. It was a ray gun. The members all pulled down their hoods. "You won't be like 'BWAAA?' for much longer.
"What is that gizmo?" Susan wondered aloud. "It looks like a hair dryer. Are you guys barbers?"
Those were the last words she uttered before it was replaced by a horrifying scream as she was zapped by the gun. He stopped blasting, she stopped screaming, it was silent.
"Lazy Susan!" The leader turned around as if he just did the coolest stunt ever. "What do you know of little bearded men?"
Her voice sounded robotic, monotonous "My mind is cleared thanks to the Society of the Blind Eye!"
Everyone raised their hands as they chanted, "It is unseen!"
Susan was eventually escorted away. "Your memories will be safe with us, buried in the Hall of the Forgotten." The leader extracted a tube from the memory erasing gun and wrote her name on it. He walked towards a wall where it had a pipe attached to it. He let the tube get sucked and it flew through the duct, towards the assumed Hall of the Forgotten.
They adjourned their meeting, now talking casually with one another. They eventually dispersed, saying "Unsee you later", and the room was empty, meaning the coast was clear.
Dipper signaled the group to go into the room, and instantly, he went directly for the ray gun, carrying it. He didn't notice Y/n now lagging behind, looking like something was on her mind.
Her eyes glanced at the gun in Dipper's hand, her brain feeling a little itchy. To think that this sort of mechanism existed, its purpose was to erase a particular memory. Y/n might consider it a good addition to science to help traumatized individuals erase a bad memory, but falling into the wrong hands... she didn't want to imagine the power that someone holds.
It looked so... familiar. Why is it so familiar?
"A secret society of evil mind erasers..." Dipper said. At least he also agreed that it was an evil organization. He turned to McGucket. "I'll bet they erased your memory a long time ago. If we could find where your memories have been hidden, it could be the key to unlocking all the mysteries of Gravity Falls."
And with that, he constructed a plan.
"Alright. Soos. You, me, and McGucket are gonna go find the Hall of the Forgotten. Wendy, Mabel, and Y/n are gonna stay here and make sure those robe guys don't come back." He paused for a second, glancing at her. "Unless... Y/n wants to come with us?"
"Oh, no," Wendy interjected, pulling on the girl's arm. "You already called the shots, Dip. Y/n stays. It's a girl's club."
Mabel laughed when she saw Dipper looking speechless. "Yooo!" she sounded, feeling slightly bad for her brother, but she was also amused by the entire spectacle.
Y/n gave Dipper an apologetic smile. "Guess that's that," she shrugged. She was fine with whatever, though she much preferred staying and inspecting the ray gun more closely.
"Fine," he huffed. "Let's go."
Soos found himself too close to the pipe, causing his hat to get sucked inside and flew off in a direction.
"Follow that hat!" Dipper exclaimed, and the three sprinted off.
And that left Y/n, Mabel, and Wendy. The two girls sat on the stone floors, while the other was standing by the opened chest with the memory gun on it. She took the device in her hands, the metal cold to the touch. She spun it around, trying to identify the parts that made up the gun. The more she stared at it, the more she was confident she saw it before... and being used on someone– prior to the one she saw them using it on Lazy Susan.
With her other hand, she scrolled through the wheel, making letters appear on the screen. From her twisting, she formed words like "dream", "fun", "reality", before she stopped it, placing it back in the chest.
"I just don't get it, Wendy," Mabel groaned out just as Y/n regrouped with them. "I hug a lot, I can burp the alphabet, I have scratch and sniff clothing. Why does every boy leave me?"
"Pfft, who cares? Boys are the worst," Wendy replied, "You shouldn't get hung up, man."
"Maybe I come on too strong, you know?" the brunette shot back.
"Well, what's your opener? Come on–" Wendy slapped Y/n's shoulder playfully. "Pretend Y/n is a boy."
The redhead glanced at her and Y/n stared back just as blank. Wendy raised her eyebrows as if she was waiting for her move. "What?" she asked. "What do I do?"
"Act like a boy. Duh."
Y/n huffed. "Fine." she cleared her throat, trying to come up with a decent greeting. She made her voice lower. "Yo."
Mabel immediately jumped up to her feet and screamed at her face. "HI! I'M MABEL! I'M TWELVE AND OWN A PIG! WANNA GET MARRIED?!"
The faux boy's face morphed into confusion and horror. Before she could utter a word, Wendy laughed from beside her. "Honestly, that was perfect!"
Perfect?!
"You should just forget about guys, Mabel," Wendy added.
It seemed like a lightbulb appeared on top of the brunette's head, and Y/n already feared for what her idea could be. "Wendy, that's it. Forget about guys!" She dashed towards the chair and sat on it before anyone could say anything. She picked up the memory gun. "I just need to type 'summer romances' into this thing, and I won't feel bad about them anymore.
The two followed, but Y/n looked a little more frantic. "Mabel, be careful with that."
"Yeah, Mabel," Wendy looked uncomfortable this time, "We don't even know what that thing does. You could accidentally erase, like, learning to read, or breathe, or..."
Y/n agreed, the thought not even coming to mind.
"Or..." Mabel interjected, "one of those terrible summer songs you can't get out of your head?"
Wendy raised her eyebrows, going silent. And from that, Y/n knew that Wendy had gone completely to the other side, leaving her alone to convince both of them otherwise.
Meanwhile, the three boys who were on another more serious mission found themselves in the Hall of the Forgotten, memory tubes that were stacked all around them could already reach the ceilings. They began their search for McGucket's memories, the clink clank sounds that the glass tubes reproduce were the only sound they heard in the midst of their search.
They saw memories that belonged to people that they met, people that they knew. One of them was Robbie Valentine, and upon watching the memory tube from an old-timey TV that can seemingly read memory tubes, they discovered that the teen was abducted after the event with Rumble McSkirmish. His memories must've been erased after that.
Even so, Dipper hasn't solved the puzzle yet. He still didn't understand the motives of the society.
"Lookie, fellers!" McGucket called them over, pointing at a statue with memory tubes properly organized around it. "It's those words what people call me!"
Dipper and Soos walked over to the older man and upon closer inspection, they saw one memory tube sitting atop of the statue that was labeled as "McGucket Memories". They expressed their excitement, as McGucket climbed atop and easily grabbed the tube from its spot— unaware of the alarm attached at its rear, to which it began beeping.
Meanwhile, Mabel was continuing her plan, having successfully typed 'summer romances' on the gun without prior knowledge in how to use the wheel.
In her last attempt in changing the brunette's mind, Wendy urged, "I don't know, Mabel. Do you really think this is a good idea?"
"ALL IDEAS ARE GOOD IDEAS!"
Before she could shoot herself with the gun, an alarm above the trio suddenly beeped rapidly, the light blinking red. "Oh, no." Y/n muttered. "We have to hide! Quick!"
They were too late, as the men in robes flooded inside and quickly surrounded them, giving them no space to escape. They went ahead and apprehended them, but the girls weren't about to go down without the fight. They screamed and thrashed against their grip, but it was all fruitless and insignificant as they were inevitably tied against the stoned post.
Eventually, another set of the robed men emerged from the other room, Dipper and Soos in their hold. They were also tied up, with no hope of moving. But Y/n noticed that McGucket wasn't with them. Perhaps he managed to get away? She thought of the chance that the older man would save them, but judging his demeanor and insane behavior, he might as well have upped and left the museum, leaving her helpless.
Y/n found herself in the middle of Mabel and Dipper, who were busy writhing against the ropes. "You guys shouldn't waste your energy. It's hopeless."
"What's gotten into you all of a sudden?!" Dipper exclaimed angrily out of panic. "They could seriously erase our minds!"
"And right you are, boy," the leader spoke aloud, crouching down and taking away the memory tube that was in Dipper's hands. "You shouldn't have come here. We do not give up our secrets lightly."
They momentarily stopped moving as they glared at the hooded man. "Who are you, bathrobe-wearing freaks?!" Wendy spat. More other questions were from the twins and Soos. Y/n remained quiet as she had to concentrate, but she too had the same inquiry.
"Well, I suppose we are going to erase your minds anyway," he shrugged, before turning around and gave the other members the go signal to reveal their identities. It was a group consisting of people that they already knew; Toby Determined, Bud Gleeful, That Farmer Guy, and Creepy dude who married a woodpecker. Him. Too.
But Y/n's eyes were transfixed at their leader. Somehow, weirdly enough as it is, she was familiar with the man's voice. There was that feeling again; familiarity. She had always found herself in the particular situation for the whole day now. "And you never met me before..." the leader spoke, fingers on the hem of his hood. "And if you had, you wouldn't remember!"
Her senses returned with even greater intensity. The most striking feature that immediately drew her attention was the peculiar tattoos covering his bald head. With a click, recognition hit her—this was the young carny from the day Y/n, Ford, and F visited the carnival! She couldn't forget the emotional moment when he tearfully shared his story about being bullied because of his head tattoos.
So, ha. Take that, tattoo guy. She does remember.
"I am Blind Ivan," he introduced himself. "And we are the Society of the Blind Eye! Formed many years ago by our founder... our founder..." he faltered, looking flushed. "Does anyone remember who he was?" He turned to his group.
Bud gave him a sheepish smile as he shrugged apologetically. "We've been usin' that ray on our own brains an awful lot."
"But why would you do all this?" Dipper asked from beside her, "What do you have to gain?"
She also had that question in mind, along with many others.
Blind Ivan brought his hands together as he strung up together the origin story of their organization. "As you have no doubt discovered, Gravity Falls is a town plagued with supernatural strangeness. No one knew how to stop the things that went bump in the night, so our founder invented the next best thing: a way for us to forget. We took it upon ourselves to help the troubled townsfolk by erasing the memories of the strange things they've seen. Now the people of Gravity Falls go about their lives ignorant and happy, thanks to us. And as a perk, we help ourselves forget things that trouble us."
Despite his explanations and the partial clarity they brought, new questions sprouted in their minds. If the Society of the Blind Eye aimed to assist the troubled townsfolk by erasing memories of the supernatural, why hadn't they targeted Dipper, Mabel, or even her? She had encountered and interacted with the supernatural, being supernatural herself. She hadn't witnessed men in red robes roaming around at night, but then again, she wasn't typically outside the Mystery Shack after dark.
Maybe the Society of the Blind Eye was incompetent that they couldn't target anyone. Maybe they only have eyes for people who display signs of trauma. Maybe they have a checklist to follow.
Or, someone could be protecting them from the inside.
But as Y/n's eyes swept across each member's faces once again, no one could have done it. She couldn't think that someone like Bud Gleeful would protect them from the Society.
"Don't you see? This is ruining lives!" Dipper argued, sounding exasperated. "What about Old Man McGucket? He lives in a hut and talks to animals thanks to you! Don't you feel bad about that?"
For a moment, Blind Ivan faltered, frowning slightly. "Eh... Maybe a little..."
...and then he zapped himself with the gun.
"But not anymore."
"Oh, that's gross." Y/n commented.
Ivan ignored her and tampered with the weapon, typing something in. "You won't be telling anyone else what you've learned here. Say goodbye to your summer." He slowly stepped forward, aiming the gun at the entire gang.
"Uh, guys? If we're gonna forget everything, I got some stuff I wanna get off my chest," Soos rambled, "Mabel, for half the summer, I thought your name was Maple, like the syrup. No one corrected me!"
Mabel followed, "I only love some of my stuffed animals, and the guilt is killing me!"
"Sometimes I use big words so I could impress someone but I don't actually know what they mean. I mean, I'm supposed to be the smart guy. If I'm not the smart guy, who am I?!" Dipper prattled.
"Okay, I'm not actually laid back," Wendy added. "I'm stressed, like 24/7! Have you met my family?!"
Eventually, all eyes were on Y/n. And it was quite awkward when the room was silent after spouting so many confessions. Even the members of the Society seemed to be waiting. "What?" She said, looking up at the eyes of Blind Ivan.
"Well? Don't you have a secret to tell, too?"
She couldn't help but smile at that. She would take her secret to her grave.
Her eyes traveled behind the man. "Wait, what is Lazy Susan doing back here?"
They took the bait, spinning around, causing her grin to broaden. Concealed in her jacket's pocket, she swiftly cut the final rope with a hidden box cutter. With the agility of a martial artist, she executed a kip-up, propelling herself to a standing position and expertly disarming Blind Ivan by kicking the gun out of his grip.
He shouted as he was about to make a run for the gun, when all of a sudden a mining pan came flying out of nowhere like a frisbee and hit him square in his bald head. "Owie!"
Rushing in from the adjacent room, McGucket sprinted past Ivan, catching the other members off guard. Wielding his pickaxe, he effortlessly sliced through the ropes restraining his friends. "I raided the mining display for weapons," he declared, pushing a garbage can filled with tools in their direction. "Now fight like a hillbilly, fellers!" He then grabbed a shovel and hurled it at Y/n, who deftly caught it.
Wendy opted for the banjo, Dipper grabbed a stuffed raccoon, Mabel chose a mallet, and Soos went for the informational display about dysentery. "Oh, nobody better mess!"
Ivan recovered soon enough, pointing at the gang. "They know too much! Don't let them escape!"
The Society members closed in on them, but they were swiftly defeated with the weapons provided by McGucket. Y/n skillfully used the shovel to incapacitate them, ensuring minimal harm. She just aimed to escape the situation.
Dipper noticed McGucket's memory tube and moved to retrieve it. As the red guys targeted him, he hastily sent it through the transport tube to Mabel. However, Sprott the Farmer Guy intercepted it before her. Fortunately, Mabel redirected the closest transport tube toward him, catching his robe and tearing it off, leaving him in his underwear.
The shock made him throw the tube away, focusing on the fact that he wasn't wearing anything under his robe.
The view seemed to have stunned the group, so much so that Ivan managed to snatch the memory gun from Soos. "Give me that tube." He told Dipper.
But the brunet was relentless, sending the tub into another transport tube. The two watched it zoom before they broke into a sprint, chasing it.
"That memory belongs to McGucket!" Dipper yelled.
"The Society's secret belongs to us!" Ivan retaliated, gaining speed than the younger boy. The tube reached the end of its tunnel, landing on a pile of other memory tubes. At the last minute, Ivan stretched out his legs under Dipper making him trip, getting ahead of the boy.
But before he could reach for the bottle, someone beat him to it.
Immediately, Ivan aimed the gun at Y/n, who was hugging the memory close to her chest. She was frozen as she realized that one pull of the trigger and her memories would be gone forever. How ironic that she was willing to jump and take a bullet from a real gun but when it comes to this particular gun, she was genuinely terrified.
"Give me that tube," Ivan demanded.
"No, it doesn't belong to you!" Y/n answered, stepping back.
He stepped forward, cornering her, the gun shining in the warm light. "Don't make me use this on you, little girl."
He doesn't remember me.
Of course he doesn't. He probably used that gun on him more than she drank coffee in the last 30 years. And that's a lot.
She stood her ground, eyes unwavering despite the fear coursing through her veins. "You might scare me, but you won't control me," she retorted, defiance cutting through her trembling voice.
"You left me no choice," he hissed, the words dripping with malice as he tightened his grip on the gun, the bulb now sparkling with a blue hue.
Dipper stretched his arm, but it was hopeless knowing that she was out of reach.
"NO—!"
Y/n closed her eyes as she waited for her memories to flush down the drain. Her identity would be erased, she would forget her friends, she would forget Stan, the portal wouldn't be completed, and she'll never see Ford again.
ZAP!
She heard Dipper and her friends gasp, making her slowly open her eyes. Her memories were still intact, she was untouched, because she wasn't zapped by the memory gun. McGucket stood in front of her, bravely facing the leader of the society. "You..." Y/n began, staring at him with empathy in her eyes. Her voice faltered, her composure beginning to fail her. "You took a bullet for me..."
No one did that before.
Another zap rained down on McGucket, hitting him straight on the forehead. "Oh my gosh!" Y/n exclaimed, placing a hand on his elbow concerningly. "Are you okay?!"
He merely blinked.
Then a smile erupted from his face, he looked normal– as normal as he could be. "Okay as I'll ever be!" He cheerfully replied, swinging his arms around. He cackled, inching towards Ivan.
"What?!" Dipper breathed.
Ivan shot the gun every time he shouted the words. "Why... isn't... this... working?!"
"Hit me with your best shot, baldy!" McGucket retaliated, still walking towards him. "But my mind's been gone for thirty-odd years. You can't break what's already broken!"
30 years.
Suddenly that caught her attention.
The old man finally got in front of him even with the multiple attempts of erasing his mind. MgGucket slapped the gun from Ivan's hand, sending it far from him. "Say good night to Sally!" He headbutted Ivan, knocking him out.
Y/n was then surrounded by the gang, relieved and happy that she was safe. But Dipper was the most ecstatic.
Eventually, they got the members tied up like the way they were binded before. Ivan eventually came to his senses, realizing the situation he was in. "Unhand us!"
"It isn't so fun being tied up, is it?" Mabel taunted, pointing at him. She brought out a sharpie, waving it around. "Hey, wanna draw on their faces?"
She proceeded to draw on Ivan's face, doodling all over his tattoos.
They looked seriously angry. "We'll have our revenge. We'll never forget what you've done!"
He fell into a trap with that one as Dipper typed into the memory gun, 'Society of the Blind Eye'. "I think you just might. Say cheese!"
Struggling against the ropes proved futile, and Dipper, using the memory gun, erased their recollections of the Society. Confused, they blinked, scanning the museum with no recognition. The group freed them and led them toward the exit, bathed in the pink hues of the evening sunset.
In a hurry, they concocted a fabricated story to tell the members, providing an explanation for their presence in the museum. "Thanks for visiting the Museum for Gold Miner Appreciation Night! Be sure to tip the gold miner on your way out," Dipper proclaimed, positioned next to McGucket, who held up his hat.
Each member wore blank faces, but accepted the information nonetheless. As Y/n had foretold herself, the people in Gravity Falls are gullible as a bunch of lambs.
Ivan was the last to come out, massaging his head. He paused in his step, turning to the two. "I'm sorry, but... what's my name?"
Dipper had the decency to feel guilty. "Oh... might have overdone that one." He scratched his chin in curiosity.
Thankfully Mabel came out and easily came up with a story. "Your name is Toot-toot McBumbersnazzle. You're a traveling banjo minstrel, with a song in your heart, and funny tattoos on your head."
In a blink of an eye, Toot-toot accepted his newfound identity. He began playing the bango Mabel handed to him. "Yes. I am Toot-toot McBumbersnazzle. Cheers!"
He walked away, with a little bit of pep in his step, as he sang his name.
The three eventually went back to the underground room, specifically the one with a bunch of memory tubes and the TV that shows them the memory.
"All right, McGucket, are you ready to see your memories? Find out who you really are?" Dipper asked, facing him.
The older man looked hesitant, looking down. "I'm not so sure. What if I don't like what I see?"
"We've come all this way," Mabel urged on, nodding. "Go on!"
Y/n found herself at the back of the crowd, nervously picking at her cuticles. The objective of today's adventure was to retrieve McGucket's memories and determine if he was indeed the author of the books — a question already answered in her mind. While the gang focused on that mystery, she grappled with a different concern.
Was he the guy who Ford called? Was he the guy who loved beans his whole life? The guy who had been nothing but sweet to her, who would always manage to solve a Cubic's Cube within seconds.
The screen fizzled.
And he was.
There, looking exactly like the guy Y/n had missed. It felt like taking an ice bath from how cold the room got all of a sudden. The guy on the TV introduced himself as 'Fiddleford Hadron McGucket', making her realize that the F could've stood for Fiddleford this entire time.
As he talked, her eyes scattered around the background of the video. There was the familiar graph of the probability of failure with a sketch of the portal stuck on it. Scribbles of formulas were to his left. "For the past year, I've been working as a helper for a visiting researcher and his assistant. Those two have been cataloging their findings about Gravity Falls in a series of journals. The researcher thought of a machine having potential to benefit all mankind, and I helped them build that. But something went wrong."
Something went wrong?
"I decided to quit the project," Fiddleford continued, "I really wanted to bring the assistant with me in hopes of saving her from that... from that monster, but I... I was simply too scared. But I lie awake at night, haunted by the thoughts of what I've done. I believe I have invented a machine that can permanently erase these memories from my mind." He then held up the memory-erasing gun and began typing with the wheel. "Test subject one: Fiddleford."
He placed the bulb against his head and pulled the trigger, extracting the memories. The screen went static and it fast-forwarded to him smiling.
"It worked; I can't recall a thing!"
Static. His lab was in disarray.
"I call it the 'Society of the Blind Eye'. We will help those who want to forget by erasing their bad memories!"
Static.
"Today, I came across a colony of little men, very disturbing. I would like to forget seeing this." He used the ray again.
Static.
"I accidentally hit another car in town today. I feel terri-bibble! T-terrible. I've been forgetting words lately. I wonder if there are any negative side effects to-"
Static.
"I saw something in the lake, something big!"
Static.
"My hair's been a-fallin' out, so I got this hat from a scarecrow. Hey, are my pants on backwards?"
Static.
The final clip was of the man who once was, looking wild-eyed, finding himself in a junkyard. He was maniacally giggling and speaking gibberish. "Yroo Xrksvi! Girzmtov!"
Static.
Everyone stood in silence as their eyes lingered on the TV producing static in a dimly-lit room. The gang let McGucket take it all in, speechless.
The older man wordlessly took the tube out of the container, staring at it. Mabel was the first one who broke the silence. "I'm so sorry, McGucket."
No one said anything when heavy footsteps were drawn towards McGucket. No one said anything when she didn't say anything. And no one said anything when she suddenly pulled McGucket into a hug.
She didn't realize that she was crying until she felt her body slightly shaking as she tried to control her sobs. Just how tragic did the portal test go? Was it even a success? Was that why he already left when she woke up? She felt so frustrated because she couldn't remember anything. And that only made her cry out more.
McGucket's voice brought her out of the water, which was still not helping. This was the same man who would cheer her up when she's sad, who would always listen to her stories, who would take the effort to memorize her coffee preference. "There, there, girlie."
And it was more frustrating when she realized that he didn't even know the reason for the way she acted. He was comforting her just because he wanted to and he's genuinely a kind, kind person deep down.
How frustrating.
She also came to realize that they were probably hugging for too long now. She parted, immediately avoiding their eyes. She didn't have to look at them to know that they might be looking at her weirdly. She had to give them an explanation quickly, or they'll notice. "I was... moved by his story," she tried to explain, sniffling. Her voice was so shaky and breathing was short. "I-I – I thought I could give him a hug as comfort."
"It's alright," McGucket understood, of course he does. "McGucket After all these years, I finally know who I am. Maybe I messed up in the past, but now that I see what happened, I can begin to put myself back together again."
He then hamboned a message, something they couldn't understand.
How did he go from a local hillbilly that she could care less about to a significant man that potentially changed her life in one blink of an eye?
"Still don't know what that means," Dipper shook his head playfully in response to the hambone. "So, wait. You weren't the author, but you worked with him. Do you remember who he was?"
A louder sob resounded from the side.
Mabel hurriedly came over to Y/n and massaged her back gently, hushing her cries.
McGucket insisted that he needed more time, while discovering an abandoned reading glasses for himself.
In a second, Y/n was done being emotional in front of everyone. That was enough oversharing for one day, she believed. So, cleaning her face of tears and insisting that she was finally alright convinced Mabel and eventually stepped back from her.
"Are you okay?" Dipper asked.
"I will be," she smiled. It was the truth. She wasn't fine; they knew that, she knew that. But she will be fine. She will be okay.
***
[ROLL CREDITS]
Y/n and Dipper had McGucket sit in between them, the journal in his hands. He was flipping through the pages, trying to remember. "It's all so familiar. It's almost like I can remember..." he reasoned.
"You don't have to force yourself, M–..." she trailed herself, not knowing how to address him. It suddenly felt so weird trying to use his last name when she wasn't used to it.
Dipper held the memory gun close to his chest. "Come on, man. I need some answers here. Anything about the author? Surely you guys are best friends or something. What about the assistant? You said in the tape that you wanted to save her from a monster or something."
"What exactly happened?" Y/n asked as well, being curious herself. She was also having a hard time recalling.
"I– Gosh, I must've used that gun on me more times than I could remember how to count." He scratched his head, never looking so helpless.
The two on his side exchanged glances with one another, not knowing what to say.
***
"Hey, there you are," Stan spoke as she made herself known in the basement. "Where have you been? You were probably out there having some fun with the kids while you left me here by myself!" He wanted to tease her, his holster of nicknames were already aimed at her, ready to shoot.
But she wasn't responding to any of them.
He knew that look. He knew what it meant when she sat that way on her chair. He knew what it meant when she despondently placed her head on her arms on the table. He knew what it meant when sniffling sounds came out of her instead of snide remarks.
Without prodding her for whatever she may have come across on her adventure, he let her be and continued working.
Poor girl's got a lot on her mind.
***
***
GRHSZJ FLQ AVQEESS, CCF MF OIGEI
🗝: ???
In the Society's shadow, where memories decay,
A silent sorrow, where emotions sway.
For in the enigma of forgotten dreams,
A reunion bittersweet, in silent streams.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 23!
Chapter 23: The Woodstick Festival
Chapter Text
Stan Pines is not the guy you would go to if you need advice, legal advice.
But in Y/n's case, she had nowhere else to go. Because who else would understand her situation?
"It was him, Stan," she brushed away tears, but they kept flowing. It felt like a dam had burst, and the emotional flood would take time to subside. "Ford's colleagues, his friend. The smartest inventor I know."
Stan didn't believe it at first. "McGucket? Smart?" He thought the two words didn't belong in the same sentence. He was lounging back on his chair as he fiddled around with the bottleneck in his hands. "Maybe you're hallucinating," he said to which he received a pointed glare in return. "Hey, I'm just saying. An underground society? Gas chambers might be-a leakin'."
"Oh, come on. You don't seriously think that?" Y/n's tone was angry. She couldn't believe Stan would be undermining her feelings.
"Okay, I was joking," he raised both his hands in surrender. "Continue on with your story."
"I guess my point was... he didn't really leave Gravity Falls after the portal test. I don't remember him flaking that day, he showed up. But why didn't I remember anything after the portal test? Why didn't I remember him saying goodbye?"
She looked at Stan who could only give a helpless shrug, and that was the only answer he could give her; he didn't know. Y/n sighed. "Forget it," she tightly closed her eyes after realizing what she said. Too soon.
Stan stared at her expression morphing into something of regret. He cleared his throat, trying to arrange his thoughts, trying to think of an appropriate reply.
"I can't believe the way I treated this guy. I thought he was the local cuckoo clock, a crazy man. I couldn't care less about him," a sob wrecked through her, making her run her hands through her hair in frustration. "Ugh, I'm such an– idiot! Stupid!" She hit her head one time. "Stupid! Why hadn't I seen it before?!" She hit her head two times.
Before she could hit herself for the third, Stan reached over and stopped her hand. "Hey, stop that! Right now!" His tone was gruff, berating. "You shouldn't do that."
"Doesn't matter. I don't get hurt." But she stopped, anyway. Her eyes remained downcast.
Stan sighed. "Look, kid, life's full of surprises, and most of 'em ain't pleasant. McGucket's seen his share of twists and turns, but sometimes that's just the way the cookie crumbles. We can't change the past, but we can decide what we make of the present. So wipe that gloomy look off your face and let's focus on what's ahead. Dwelling on what's behind won't do you any good."
He stood up, opting to place his large hand on top of her head. "In the meantime, you can clear your head with the twins. I bet they're planning to go out with their friends today. Go on, I'll handle this one."
"You sure?"
"No big deal," Stan waved a dismissive hand, looking smug. "Go, before I change my mind."
Y/n did what he said, deciding to follow his advice. Stan Pines was not the right person to go to for advice, but he was the only one who understands.
They both know who's the right person who could answer her question, and this was the only way they'll get him back. Someday.
"Woah! That cloud looks like a chipmunk!" Mabel pointed towards the cloud that was shaped like the animal, an airplane flying through its mouth.
To which Wendy immediately countered," Barfing an airplane!" Everyone laughed with her.
The moment Y/n walked out of the vending machine, the twins caught her just in time and invited her outside just like Stan said. They were supposed to meet Wendy and her friends and hang out around the town. She accepted their invite, and now the three found themselves laying on the green grass of the cemetery, watching the clouds pass by them.
Thompson decided to throw in his attempt, pointing at a waffle-shaped cloud. "Uh, that cloud looks like uh... a cloud!"
His friends immediately shut him down, booing him. "What?!" Lee exclaimed in exasperation.
"Thompson, stop being the worst at everything!" Wendy jested, and the others joined in at making fun of the poor boy, their laughter blending together perfectly.
Dipper glanced at the person laying beside him, whose face could rival a canvas from how blank it was. Her eyes were fixated on the clouds, but she never looked so lost staring at it. He noticed that she never laughed at any of the jokes, not even a smile.
That bothered him.
"Oooh! That cloud looks like a big heart-shaped balloon!" Mabel's squeal took him out of his thoughts as he followed Mabel's finger, pointing what she thought was a cloud.
Dipper sat up, debunking her assumption. "Clouds don't come in colors; that is a balloon!"
"Oh, dude!" Wendy sat up next, looking excited. "It's The Woodstick Festival!"
Oh. Y/n thought internally when she heard the redhead's words, realization sinking in. It was indeed The Woodstick Festival, and she completely forgot. Stan was completely afraid of the free-loading, kale-munching freak shows that appear every year that he closes the Shack against any trespassers that might have ulterior motives.
Seeing that she was already in the cemetery and not the Mystery Shack, she figured she'd just stay here and relish in the summer air. Stan can handle those hippies all by himself.
"Wait, the Wood-what?!" Dipper looked extremely confused, having never heard of the name before.
Wendy began to explain. "It's this annual outdoor concert featuring Oregon's up and coming indie bands." She reached over Tambry and forcefully took her phone, making the goth girl shout in protest. Wendy quickly searched up the featured artists in the event. "They're all coming! Scarves Indoors, Wood Grain on Everything, the Love God! You've probably seen him in that viral video."
They watched the Love God's pathetic attempt at being cool, only to fail miserably. "Whoa! Like a real concert concert?" Dipper marveled. "I've, uh... I've never actually been to one of those before," he sheepishly admitted, rubbing his elbow.
"That's because you've never had an awesome crew to roll with before!"
From their right, the rest of the 'crew' were urging Thompson to lick a dirty sponge they randomly found by the graves. They were chanting, "Lick that sponge! Lick that sponge!" And with the encouragement, he simply gave the scrub a devious lick, causing the group to burst in laughter.
"What about you, Y/n?" Wendy turned to the girl still laying on the ground, looking like a withered leaf. "The spot for one more member is always open," she tried to cheer her up.
"Thanks for the offer," she replied after a moment. She didn't like looking vulnerable in front of anybody, so without wasting more time, she decided to suck it up and suppress her demotivation.
"You're coming, right?" Wendy asked her. "Your sister used to watch the annual concert with us. I feel like you'll have a good time."
At that, Y/n couldn't help but let out a sheepish smile, rubbing the back of her neck shyly. "Oh yeah, I remember her saying that the indie bands were always good every year, but sure! I'll go! I wanna see it for myself!" She quickly came up with a lie. She didn't expect Wendy would remember her 'sister', but it was just another example of proving Stan's underestimation wrong again.
All of a sudden, loud groaning was heard from a distance, disrupting the peace of the local cemetery. The gang looked shaken, glancing at their surroundings. Another groan and a flock of ravens chirped and flew away from branches.
"Ghost-y sounds!" Mabel expressed, as she began shaking Dipper around in response to fear, ruffling his hat off. "Cemetery ghost-y sounds!"
Wendy was the first to stand up, and the others quickly followed. "It's coming from that open grave," she motioned towards the rectangle hole on the ground, estimated to be 6 feet below the ground line. It's like it was dug for a coffin, only the casket was nowhere to be found. The hole was just left discontinued.
The gang lined together in front of the open grave, staring at it, waiting for what's to happen. But nothing's gonna happen unless someone looks over it, right?
"You look!"
"No, you look!"
"Thompson! Go look," Dipper's voice cut between the two rascals, and they grinned, Nate praising Dipper's use of Thompson.
Lee pushed the guy towards the grave, as Nate began to chant, "Gaze upon death! Gaze upon death!"
The others followed, as Y/n had her arms crossed against her chest. The terrified teenager took a bold step forward, and another– until he broke into a screaming fit. "I- I can't do it, guys! I'm scared!"
"Come on, Thompson! Just look at it!"
Without words, Y/n found herself a medium-sized rock next to her feet. She bent down and picked it up, sizing it up in her hand before coming up with an idea. She rolled the rock around her palm until she finally made the decision— and threw the rock towards the grave, hitting someone straight in the chest.
"OW!"
Everyone looked at Y/n like she was crazy. She simply shrugged. "Well, it's not a zombie," she remarked.
Realizing that it was a human response, they all deemed the threat harmless and all went to the grave to take a look for themselves. Tambry scoffed, "Ugh, it's even creepier than I expected.
Lo and behold, Robbie looking crestfallen and depressed, depressed as a wilted flower in a forgotten garden. In his hand was a polaroid picture of Wendy, which he clutched to his chest as he sobbed. He sat up, unaware of the gang watching him from his back.
"Why did she leave me?!" Robbie shouted.
Said redhead crouched down and lowered her voice. "Robbie?"
The sound of her voice alerted the hoodie-wearing boy, causing him to scramble around the grave as he frantically hid the picture behind him. "Wendy!" He tried to appear nonchalant. "Oh. Uh. Hey. What's up? Just hanging out in this grave, you know. Regular– regular day for me."
"Woah, dude," Lee had his hands on his knees as he took a closer look at his friend. "We haven't seen you in, like a million years. Where have you been?"
"You're not still mourning our breakup, are you?" Wendy asked, her tone full of pity.
"What?! No way," Robbie emphasized as if he wasn't lying, until he pathetically tried to hid her picture.
The redhead looked away in slight embarrassment, rubbing her neck nervously. "Robbie, we split up forever ago. It's really sweet you'd throw yourself into a grave for me but, man, time to move on."
Robbie stood up in protest. "What? I've totally moved on."
Cue his phone ringtone, which came in at the worst possible timing, Who would bother to even call him at this time of day? "Wendy, I miss you so much! I'll never move on. Never ever–"
The boy quickly retrieved his phone from the pocket of his hoodie and threw it as far from here. "That was a different Wendy. Unrelated. Wendy."
From the back, the other three teens were growing uninterested. "Dude, this is getting really awkward." Lee whispered not-so-subtly to Nate.
Tambry continued typing without a care in the world. "Yeah. The cemetery used to be fun, now it's just depressing," she said. It was pretty ironic coming from someone like her.
Everybody began to walk away, except for Mabel, who decided to look at Robbie, and Y/n, who wanted to wait for Mabel before deciding to regroup with the rest.
The brunette watched as Robbie dejectedly sighed out of the grave. "Wait, you guys!" She chased after Dipper, who was about to make his way back. "He's in pain! We can't just ditch him here!"
Dipper's voice was brought down to a whisper. "Come on, Mabel. It's Robbie," he uttered the name as if it was obvious.
"But he's suffering!" Mabel reasoned, "How can I be happy if I know someone else is sad? It totally throws off my happiness chart!" And to prove it, she brought out the said happiness chart from the back of her sweater, with drawings of their friends' faces and a pink smiley sticker next to them. Robbie having a blank, Mabel forcefully pasted a frowning sticker next to Robbie's face.
Dipper narrowed his eyes at the chart. A smiley sticker? Next to Y/n's? He turned to the girl and asked her without using his words.
Y/n easily understood his confused expression. "Hey, I'm happy," she didn't know whether she was trying to convince Dipper or herself.
He raised an eyebrow at that as if saying "are you sure?".
Her frown got deeper. "I'll get over it," she told both the twins and herself. She'll just buy her favorite comfort food later to ease her worries.
Dipper faced Mabel again, "Mabel, trust me. If there's one thing I've learned this summer, it's not to get mixed up in needless romantic drama. Besides, we're finally in with Wendy's friends. With Robbie gone, there's a good social balance. Maybe we should just let a good thing be, you know?"
Before he went to go back, he turned to Y/n. "You coming?"
Y/n opened her mouth to utter a response, but Mabel beat her to it. "I actually need Y/n for something. She'll catch up. Right, Y/n?"
Said girl caught her look that was telling her to 'play along', making her nod. "Yeah, sure."
Dipper exhaled, placing a hand on the bridge of his nose. "Just... whatever you guys are planning to do, make sure to leave me out of it."
When he was eventually out of earshot, Y/n asked his twin. "What do you need me here for, Mabes?"
"We need to come up with a plan to make Robbie happy again, I just don't know what yet," Mabel expressed, placing a finger to his chin.
Y/n stared at the brunette, speechless. "Suggestion: don't overthink much of it. He'll get over his heartbreak sooner or later."
***
Back in the Mystery Shack, Wendy was apologizing to the trio about the embarrassing incident they encountered earlier. Y/n was happily munching on a handful of blueberries she bought on their way back to the Shack. All types of berries have always been her favorite.
"Oh, man. Sorry you guys had to see that," Wendy spoke, sounding humiliated.
"You know what Robbie needs," Mabel began, "a new girl!" She enthusiastically revealed. "Romance is like gum; once it's lost its flavor, you just cram another one in!"
"In that case I do not want gum," Y/n spoke from the cash register.
"Mabel, it's not that easy," Wendy added.
"It is if you're the world's greatest matchmaker!" Mabel happily retaliated, pointing proudly at herself. "I've never had an unhappy customer! Like Soos and Melody!" She motioned towards said couple who were in a video chat. Soos was cheerfully entertaining Melody, while the girl was— you guessed it, entertained.
"Match made!" Mabel cheered. "And then of course, there's Waddles and Gompers?"
The goat and the pig walked into the gift shop, bodies duct-taped against each other. Waddles acted as a groom, and Gompers was the bride. Y/n swallowed the blueberry grimly when she remembered that fateful wedding day.
"Match made!" Mabel cheered again after throwing a handful of rice from her pocket.
Wendy frowned, "That might work for a goat and a pig, but Robbie's a hopeless case."
"Hopeless case, ehhh?" Mabel said slowly, her hands intertwined together as if she was scheming.
"Mmm, blueberry🗝."
***
Meanwhile, the patriarch of the Mystery Shack was busy building a new attraction for his museum, singing a jingle as he did so. "Puttin' a rainbow wig~ on a big, white gorilla~!"
It seemed that his sewing skills still needed some improving, when the rainbow wig was easily swept away by the wind. Stan soon realized that this was no natural gust, as he stepped back and scaled the giant contraptions floating in the sky. "What the–?! Oh, no." A large shadow casted over him. "Hot air balloons," a bike drove past him. "Fixed gear bikes..."
A van pulled up by the shack, a man sat on top of it, playing his guitar and singing a song, "Singing by the open road. My sandals are so open toed~"
"Folk music!" Stan panicked, "It's the Woodstick Festival! Soos!" He began rummaging through his suitcase full of various medieval weapons as Soos sprinted out of the Shack. "Lock down the shack and hide my shirts before anyone tie-dyes them!"
He pulled out a crossbow from the chest and aimed them towards the hot air balloons. "They're slow. I could probably take a few down."
"Wait, Mr. Pines!" Soos walked down the steps and pushed Stan's crossbow down, throwing off his aim, making the arrow fly off. The older man paused, anger in his features as he waited for the handyman to explain. "I've been thinking, every year this festival comes by and every year you shun what could be potential customers."
Stan gazed at the parking lot where teenagers roamed around, doing recreational activities. He sounded hesitant about Soos' offer, "You really think I could make money off of these free-loading, kale-munching freak shows?"
"You just gotta figure out what appeals to them."
Soos left the older man with his thoughts, "Hmm, how do I appeal to young people?" He glanced upwards where the transport balloons scattered across the clear, blue sky. Stan suddenly got an idea, holding his hands together as he began scheming, "So young people are into hot air balloons, ehhh?"
***
Y/n found herself walking beside Mabel, who very determinedly thought of her plan. She was still munching on her packed blueberries (as she found another concession stand that sold fruits) when Mabel had asked her to accompany her to Valentino's residence.
"Why do you want me here again?" Y/n asked, glancing around their surroundings. The cemetery. She was rarely in this part of Gravity Falls, though the last memory she had of this place was her and Ford categorizing the various ghosts they had encountered. It was an awesome experience being covered in cold, slimy ectoplasm.
Mabel turned to her with an enthusiastic smile. "From now on, you are my apprentice in match-making, and this is lesson one. Robbie's a broken teacup, and we're going to piece him back together." She then motioned to herself dramatically. "Observe your superior as she does her magic."
"Be my guest," Y/n was fine with having Mabel do all the talking. Just let her eat her blueberries in peace.
The two arrived at the front door, and the brunette reached up to press on the doorbell. It produced a rather familiar classical tune. Mabel lowered her voice as she turned to Y/n. "Okay, this could get intense."
Before them, the front door opened, revealing a couple in their middle of age. Both wearing glasses, as well as smiles on their faces, they were Robbie's parents.
"Howdy– do!"
"Happy day!"
Mabel gasped, "It is intense!" she expressed with a huge smile on her face.
"You're Robbie's parents?" Y/n asked incredulously, swallowing the blue fruit.
"I couldn't believe it either to be honest!" Mabel admitted, "I always thought he was like, raised by sad wolves or something..." she trailed off.
The patriarch of the Valentino house looked amused, "Oh, well, he doesn't like to talk about us. He always says we're too cheerful for funeral directors!" That prompted the two of them to laugh joyously, simultaneously urging the duo to come inside.
The two entered the living room and made their way to their respected furniture. Y/n watched with a grim expression as Mr. Valentino picked up a tray of snacks from a glass coffin with a corpse clearly occupying it and approached them. "Cracker platter?" He asked Y/n first.
To which she wordlessly responded by lifting up her bag of blueberries. Mm-mm.
Mr. Valentino turned to the other girl, inciting the same offer. "Cracker platter?"
"Oh, no time for crackers, sorry. We're here to cheer Robbie up. Cannot have a dry cracker mouth for that," Mabel reasoned with a grin.
The matriarch walked by the stairs and raised her voice to call up her son. "Robbie Stacey Valentino! You have guests!" When there wasn't a reply from upstairs, she turned to the girls. "You two go on up," Mrs. Valentino said, handing Mabel a plate of spaghetti. "And could you bring him his lunch?"
Mabel saw the way the pasta was plated and commended the woman, "Lady, I like your style. Come on, Y/n!" She giggled as the two headed upstairs.
They arrived at a hallway that had multiple pictures of Robbie throughout his life. Y/n saw how a little boy with a toothy smile grew up to be a closed-off, isolated pubescent.
They reached the end of the hallway where Robbie's door was placed. It was littered with posters of himself and his band, a police tape, literal vandalism on the walls, and other multiple stickers that Mabel wasn't fond of.
"Great job for not accepting a cracker, dear apprentice!" Mabel whispered. "We wouldn't have a dry cracker mouth for cheering someone up."
"I learned from the best," Y/n replied as enthusiastically as one could. Mmm, blueberry.
Without further ado, the brunette knocked on the door three times. "Robbie! It's us; Y/n and Mabel!"
"Huh?!" Robbie asked from the inside of his room.
"Remember me?" Mabel supplied, "I'm like girl-Dipper!"
From the boy's name, Robbie's tone was much more aggressive, "Ugh, go away!"
Mabel's smile didn't falter. "I heard a 'come in'!"
Y/n looked bewildered. Is this girl about to come inside a teenager's room uninvited and unannounced? Before she could stop her, she had already opened the door. Greeting them was a dimly lit room that Y/n was scared to enter. Mabel carelessly flipped open the lights switch, triggering the teenager inside. "AH! Hey!"
His eyes were soon trained on the duo, full of resentment, full of despise. "Oh. It's you." The disdain in his voice couldn't have been more clearer when he saw the face of these meddling kids attempting to disturb his free time. "Listen, kid," he diverted his attention back to Mabel. "Nobody in the Pines family is welcome here. In case you forgot, your stupid brother is the one who ruined my life!"
"And Mabel's the one who's gonna fix it!" Mabel replied, placing the spaghetti plate on a nearby flat surface. She got herself a chair and sat like a therapist, while Y/n remained standing. "Listen, Robbie, I always used to see you as a creepy jerk, like the human version of rat poison."
Robbie's eyes fleeted from her to Y/n, like he was seeing if she agreed. She nodded once, and he suddenly looked a bit flattered by the comparison as he sunk in his bed. "Go on."
Mabel continued, "But when I saw you in the cemetery today, I realized; Robbie's not a bad guy. He's just a heartbroken soul who needs love and gloves with fingers."
"Hey, fingerless gloves look awesome!" He protested.
"No, they don't!" The brunette retaliated, chuckling. "Robbie, you just need a good matchmaker. I guarantee I'll find you true love or twice your sadness back."
Robbie sighed, turning around. He contemplated for a moment, but from his expressions, it seemed he wanted out of whatever Mabel was fantasizing. "And here I thought Y/n's the least sane of you three," he said, glancing up at the girl who was busy eating her blueberries. "You seriously agree with everything she's saying?" he asked, referring to the braces-wearing pre-teen across from him.
"I have good faith," Y/n shrugged. "She can do whatever she puts her heart into."
From that, the boy grumbled, raising his voice as he faced Mabel. "If I say yes, will you two leave my room?"
Mabel zipped Robbie's stitched heart hoodie, mending the two broken pieces together. "I guarantee it."
The duo finally made their way back to the Shack. Mabel opened the door for the two of them as they went upstairs to the twins' bedroom. "That was a great first lesson, Y/n. What have we learned?"
"Um, it's to—"
"If your client is a bitter-minded, closed off jerk, simply use your charms and sweet-talk your way into his heart! Doesn't it feel like an accomplishment when he agreed to our offer?"
"Sure. Can I leave now?"
Mabel chuckled. "Oh, no, no, dear apprentice! We still have much to learn!" From the corner of their room, she pulled up a miniature diorama of the town and its residents.
"When did you have the time to do all this?!" Y/n asked, looking impressed and amazed as she went over the details.
"Just last night! I found a pile of wood and decided to do this little project!" Mabel said proudly. "Now..." she found herself two pairs of sunglasses, a heart-shaped, rose-colored glasses for her, and a star-shaped, purple-colored glasses for Y/n. Mabel cracked her knuckles.
"Lesson 2: Match-making."
She looked over the miniature versions of the people of Gravity Falls as she put her hands together in a scheming manner. "Who wants to go out with Robbie?"
Y/n gravely swallowed the blueberry.
Playing god is a dangerous job for someone like Mabel.
The brunette began listing her options. She lifted a wooden dummy of Robbie, and next to him were her other hand of women that might be suitable. "Lady Susan? Too old. Grenda? Too young. Multi-bear?" She paused, contemplating. "I'm putting you in the 'maybe' pile."
She placed the creature next to other random girls that were categorized as 'maybe'. Along with them were other categories such as 'too young', 'too old', and—
"Hey, is that supposed to be me?" Y/n pointed at a miniature version of herself, with the length of her hair, her clothing style, and daisy necklace.
Mabel took notice and grinned. "Yep!" And didn't elaborate further.
Little Y/n was standing in the category that said 'future matches'. Pretty sure this is one of Mabel's fantasies again, and she shook her head, deciding to ignore it.
"Who could it be, Y/n?" The brunette turned to her. "Who could be the perfect match for Robbie?"
A mixture of a bleat and squeal sounded from Mabel's bed, getting her attention.
"What's that, Wompers? Someone we already know?" Mabel scratched her head. "But who could possibly be superficial and gothy enough for—"
Y/n deadpanned. She basically just answered her own questions. Waddles oinked once more, and Mabel quickly understood, gasping. "Of course, that's it! You two really are America's favorite power couple."
Soon enough, the partners in crime informed Robbie of his blind date after contacting Tambry. No idea how Mabel managed to snag her number and text her of the location, but she insisted that it was all taken care of.
The two were now sitting on the stools watching Robbie quietly sitting on a booth. "Mm, blueberry."
Just as Lady Susan was passing by with a tray on her hand (it was quite unnerving to see her again after the memory-erasing incident), Mabel said with a determined gaze, "Love is about to happen, Lazy Susan. Watch and learn."
As if on cue, the entry door dinged with the bell and Tambry walked in. The first person she saw was Robbie waiting by the booth, giving her the idea that he was the one who texted her. "Ugh. Robbie?!" She approached him. "You're my secret admirer?"
Robbie's mood worsened when he saw one of his friends. "Tambry?!" He groaned. "This is just what I get for trusting little kids," he remarked, crossing his arms. He was already forming a statement. "Listen, I don't think this is gonna work out. Dating somebody I already know? It's kinda like admitting defeat."
Tambry sat down, wanting to say the last word. "Um, way to assume I'm even interested."
"Tambry, let's be real. If I wanted to date you I would have done it already," Robbie shot back. "I'm just a little out of your league." He shrugged before noticing a mustard stain on the elbow of his hoodie. "Whoa, is that mustard? Don't want to waste that bad boy." Robbie began licking said condiment.
The goth girl from across the table brought out her phone and typed in, "Status update: On blind date with sociopath."
Robbie scoffed. "Oh, sure, bring out the phone. Classic Tambers." He raised his hand and called up the waiter. "Hey, can I get some chili fries? To go?"
Their glares were as sharp as knives.
Y/n laughed shortly. "Huh, that didn't go out the way you planned."
"What? How is this possible!?" Mabel panicked, looking at her happiness chart once more. "I'm supposed to be the best matchmaker ever!"
"Don't worry too much, Mabel," Y/n encouraged. "Love doesn't always work out, especially for someone like him."
She stared at you helplessly. "But there has to be a way to make it work!"
The other people in the diner began rushing towards the door, muttering about the Love God eating in this exact diner. That caught the duo's attention. "What's happening?"
In a second, the door was kicked open none other by the artist, storming in as if he owned the place. "Woohoo!" he hollered. "Who's ready to fall in love tonight?!"
The crowd screamed his name, squealing their cheers, and sobbing their hearts out.
Love God slapped the jukebox, starting a song. "That's what they call me! We're rewriting history tonight, and it starts with you and you!" He pointed at a male patron and a female employee. Without a moment's notice, the two looked at each other and began kissing.
"Love is real and it's in your face!" He wobbled over to a table where an old lady sat. He chuckled as he leaned closer to her. "What's your name, you little angel?"
She giggled, placing a hand over her mouth. "Meredith."
Love God dropped his voice in a hurried whisper. "Meredith, Meredith. We got a problem." His tone was serious as he pointed at another elderly woman sitting across from them. "That cutie right there is your soulmate and you're living without her!"
"Oh, no!" Meredith expressed her panic. "What do I do?"
"Get it girl. You know what you love." He raised his arms and on cue, Meredith sprinted out from her chair and easily picked the woman up, the two giggling.
Y/n chewed on her fruit as she thought of the events happening before her eyes, Her opinion remained unchanged; the people of Gravity Falls are truly gullible.
Dissimilar to her, Mabel was completely interested with the Love God's tactics. "I must know how this works! Come on, Y/n!"
The brunette approached him so quickly while he was stuffing a large sandwich into his mouth.
"Hi. Love God? Mabel here. Big fan. Can I just say, that was some of the finest matchmaking I've ever seen!" She sat in the other booth across from him. "Can you please, please, please tell me your secret?"
"Who are you two supposed to be?" He paused his eating, looking skeptical as he motioned to the two girls facing him.
"Oh, don't mind us. We're just really big fans of you, Love God!" Y/n easily played the role of a clueless patron.
From the compliment, Love God's smile was back on his face. "Well, between you two and me, let's just say my name's not exactly a coincidence." He gestured to the wings attached on his back, fluttering in command.
"Wait what?"
"Oh. My. Love God. Are you an actual love god?" Mabel's pupils were blown up as she asked in wonder.
"Call me a cherub," he smirked. "The internet pretty much does my job for me nowadays so I'm taking some time to focus on my rock career." He then retrieved a cassette from his shirt, handing it to Mabel. "Boom. Cassette. Boom. For you."
"Oh...!" Mabel exclaimed rather excitedly. "That's... great!" She subtly handed the record to Y/n, who not-so-subtly tossed it towards the trash can conveniently placed beside her. She simply preferred listening to a particular Icelandic pop sensation.
"So, anyway. Can you make anything fall in love? Like that snake and that badger?" Mabel directed towards the two creatures outside of the diner, about to break into a fight.
Surely enough, the Love God simply pointed at the animals and now they turned into the opposite of fighting, as the snake wrapped itself around the badger like they were hugging.
"How are you doing that?" Y/n asked.
"Love potion, yo. I got it all: Summer Love, Young Love, Anti-Love... you just gotta put a little on your fingers and pow?" He demonstrated so.
Mabel watched with astonishment, excitement running through her veins. "I need that potion. How much would it cost?" She grabbed a nearby squirrel that was running by. "And will you accept squirrels as payment?"
"Whoa, no way. You might think you know what's best for people but this stuff can have major social consequences. That's why it can only be used by a serious expert."
The brunette leaned towards Y/n as she whispered, "We need to form some sort of distraction."
Y/n nodded, and was about to think of a plan, when a random woman from a booth behind them appeared and screamed, "Love God! Sign my face!"
Love God enthusiastically agreed, "Only if you sign mine, baby. Let's get weird!" He was soon occupied, his back facing the duo.
The two exchanged glances before nodding. Time to put the plan into action.
With the squirrel still in her hand, Mabel easily and quickly replaced the Love Potion with the rodent and they got out of there as soon as possible. Mabel led them both towards the kitchen where the supposed chili fries that Robbie ordered were ready.
Mabel walked through and asked the chef, "Mind if I add a little something to these fries?"
The chef stared at the two, before shrugging. "I don't see why not."
Again, the people of Gravity Falls are gullible.
Mabel went ahead and poured a very reasonable amount of love potion onto the top of the chili fries, rendering it pink and sparkly. It was then served to their table and Robbie, without even questioning the pink stuff drizzled around the fries, took a piece and ate it immediately.
The people of Gravity Falls are gullible.
His irises widened and sparkled for a moment, until he shook it away. He seemed to be having a sort of epiphany as he looked at Tambry. "Whoa. Did your whole thing suddenly get a lot more likable?"
Tambry also took a piece and the same effect also happened to her. The people of Gravity—
"You don't seem as needy as I used to think you were."
"Hey," Robbie said, leaning forward. "You wouldn't wanna maybe get outta here and, I don't know, go kiss in public a lot?"
"For some reason, I do?" Tambry responded, her tone slightly robotic. She leaned closer as well, placing her hand on top of his. She pulled out her phone and began to type as Robbie played with her pink hair. "Status update—you know what? Forget it." She placed her phone down and held her purse. "Maybe I should stare at something other than my phone for a while."
The couple stood up, holding hands as they made their way towards the exit, abandoning her phone and chili fries on the table.
Mabel jumped out of her hiding spot, celebrating. "Match made! So, Y/n. Do you wanna come with me and break the good news to the gang?" She faced her.
Y/n tried to think of an answer. Telling the friend group that Robbie and Tambry are now dating sounded destructive and she would rather stay out of it. Besides, "I'm out of blueberries" She held up the beige bag that once contained her beloved fruits. "I have to go buy some more."
"You really love those blueberries, huh?" Mabel grinned, placing her hands on her hips. "Well, our lessons are already completed anyway. Robbie's back to his normal self, and Tambry isn't using her phone anymore. I say this was a success, don't you think?"
The other girl nodded. "Yep. You really are the best matchmaker ever," she said it as she really meant it.
Mabel's smile was even wider. "Well, I better go and tell the rest of our friends! You sure you're not coming?"
"Nope! You go ahead." Y/n insisted, her tone jolly. She's not very knowledgeable when it comes to friendships and social cues, but teens can be quite... emotional.
Besides, she had somewhere else to go to.
***
"Mm. Blueberry."
Strolling through the streets of Gravity Falls with a fresh bag of blueberries in hand, she found herself at the junkyard. Her gaze wandered as if searching for someone familiar, his name on the tip of her tongue, almost ready to be called out. However, she hesitated, holding back her voice.
Letting out a sigh, she started to walk away, scolding herself for feeling like such a coward. Memories flooded her mind, recalling the time they were trapped in the dinosaur cave together. They had bonded with the pterodactyls, cared for them, and shared moments of joy.
She had no idea that it would be him all this time.
All of a sudden, a whistle sounded from inside the junkyard, making her turn her attention towards it. "Hey! It's you!" F— McGucket waved his bandaged arm at her. "Spotted ya from a mile away. Got a favor to ask, somethin' real crucial. Mind pitchin' in?"
A favor? Y/n asked internally, consciously raising an eyebrow. What could he possibly ask her to do?
Nonetheless, she approached the older man, who quickly welcomed her inside. Different was the home she literally just saw yesterday where there were scraps and old junk. Now, his table was filled with ink-blotted papers, colored pens, tools, and the fixed laptop.
He was acting sporadic next to the laptop. "Now, I ain't got a clue about them fancy laptops, and I reckon you're a sharp gal, so I need your help figurin' out this little contraption. Seems you need some kinda 'password' to open this thingamajig, but my noggin's so jumbled up, I can barely remember words!"
"Mhm. Yeah," she replied, staring blankly. She took a blueberry from her bag and ate it, chewing slowly as she tried to process his words. "Soooo, you need my help in opening your laptop?" she concluded.
McGucket chuckled, "Well, if your schedule ain't so packed this afternoon, then yep!"
Y/n turned silent after swallowing the blueberry that now felt like a heavy pill. Now that she knew who the laptop originally belonged to, she might have some hints to help remember what F used as his password.
But what could his password be?
She heard him causing a ruckus from behind her, but the moment she turned around he was sitting backwards on a chair, about to watch her intently.
"What are you doing?" she asked.
McGucket placed his arms on the back of the chair. "If you don't mind, Imma be watchin' you do your magic."
She reverted her gaze back to the laptop, which awaited her input. The text cursor was blinking in a certain beat, seemingly taunting her. You know the password. You know the password. You know the password.
"But this is your laptop," Y/n emphasized, turning back to him. "You should know the password."
She knew it was an insensitive demand, but she couldn't help it. Maybe she just needed to let out a tinge of frustration bubbling in her body, and McGucket was unfortunate to be in the splash zone.
McGucket chuckled sheepishly, scratching a portion of his beard. "Heh, well. I can't remember the last time I held a gadget as advanced as that."
She didn't need reminding.
"Yes, you do!" Y/n snapped, clenching her fist. "In fact, you were surrounded by tons of gadgets such as this one! You're a genius at inventing!"
Were.
He stared at her blankly. It seemed that nothing was coming to light for him. And that pissed her off more.
"You invented computers, built contraptions; the machinery in the underground bunker was your idea! You were one-third of the collaboration in building an interdimensional portal! You were the greatest...!"
She was breathless after her outburst, her eyes opting to stray away from him. She felt slightly ashamed of her behavior, but releasing all of her pent up anger from the last 30-something-years... felt good.
What happens when you shake a can of Pitt Cola for so long?
Y/n took a deep breath, trying to regain her composure. She lost herself in the memories for a moment there, unknowingly spilling her knowledge of the old F to this F. "I'm..." she didn't know whether she should apologize. She felt bad for basically exploding, but part of her felt like it was right to tell him his past.
In hopes he could remember.
However, her efforts were crushed into dust when McGucket simply stared at her, before his lips stretched into a grin. "My, what a life I lived! H-how did you know about that, though?"
"I read it in a book," she came up with the excuse quickly, but her tone seemed uninterested and forced. She turned back around and focused her gaze on the laptop instead.
"It was published, too? Hot dang! I might take up some reading later–!"
"You can't find it. It was burned. The library had a huge fire years ago." She hoped he'd buy it.
"..." He didn't say anything, and the two were in a silent stare-off, until he broke into a smile. "Hot dang! Literally! That's a shame."
She breathed out a sigh of relief, her heart slightly splitting into two. This wasn't F anymore, and she just had to accept that he's never going back to his old self. He's now better known as garbage-dwelling Old Man McGucket, Gravity Falls' local kook.
"So are you gonna crack it open?"
Y/n recoiled from his voice interrupting her train of thoughts. With a sigh, she placed both her hands on the laptop's keyboard and began typing an 8-letter password; what about... acetonic?
BEEP!
Ugh. Football?
BEEP!
Hm. sdvvzrug?
BEEP!
"AGH!" Y/n shouted, slamming her head on the surface of the table, rattling a bunch of pens.
McGucket looked uneasy, regret seeping in. "I... have to go and get you something to drink." He hurriedly exited out of the scene, afraid to be the target of her anger again.
Think, Y/n. Think. Passwords aren't simply words in the dictionary. Passwords were meant to be personal, significant. A key to secrets. This is F's laptop, so you have to think like F. If you were in his shoes, what could his password be?
Her energy returned, determined to open the lock. She inputted her name, only to realize (it didn't fit/ it wasn't enough/it wasn't the password), making her scoff.
To think they were that close...
What are the other things that were important to F? Cubicscube— Nope, didn't fit.
Sandwich? F loved sandwiches. Surely that's— BEEP!
Nope.
For the past 20 minutes, all of her efforts were in vain. As always. She was used to failure.
Things of importance to F were already inputted, but they didn't work, clearly.
"Do you remember anything of importance to you?" Y/n decided to ask as she was slowly running out of hope. Unfortunately, this kind of laptop was so ancient that it didn't have a 'reset password' option.
Thanks a lot, F.
Or... now that she knew his first name; Fiddleford.
What an interesting first name.
Her gaze returned to the laptop, awaiting another input that she was sure to fail again. Fiddleford wouldn't even fit, and this was Fiddleford's laptop.
Y/n chuckled to herself. Would it be funny if F's password was Ford? She typed F-O-R-D—
Didn't even fit. It's still needs four letters—
Wait.
Ford isn't his complete name.
S-T-A-N-F-O-R-D
She leaned back in her chair, looking at the letters that fit perfectly in the blank. It wouldn't hurt to press enter, but why was her finger hesitating?
Was she afraid that it would be correct?
Her hand reached forward and pressed enter.
ACCESS GRANTED
Y/n let out a breath she didn't know she was holding, noticing that her hand was slightly trembling. Immediately, she closed it into a fist, glaring at it. Dang it, Y/n. Not now.
Fiddleford chose his once close friend as his password.
Isn't that something?
Right on time, the hillbilly came back, holding a rusty tray that lifted two dirty mugs in need of washing. But it was filled with questionable liquid nonetheless. "Oh, you got it!" He throttled the tray out of his hands towards the nearest wall, producing a CLANG sound.
He scrambled to the computer, fingers wiggling. "How'd ya do it?!"
"Don't worry about it," she dismissed.
"See, you really are a smarty pants! I was right to believe in you!"
Y/n allowed a small smirk appear in her face. "You're a smarty pants, too, F– McGucket." The name felt foreign, leaving a bitter taste in her mouth. She called him that before, but that was before she knew he was apparently used to be her closest friend.
"Aw, shucks. Quit it!" He turned bashful from her compliment, refusing to admit it.
Y/n walked over to a corner of blueprints, containing plans for the robot Gobblewonker and the Gideon-bot. Both contraptions that almost got Dipper and Mabel killed. It seemed that his talents were used for... questionable purposes.
"See this? How did you even come up with this stuff?" She asked him. "I told you, you're smart."
McGucket approached her, delving into an explanation of each prototype he had crafted. Y/n attentively absorbed the details, noting the insights from the brilliant inventor she admired. Each time he employed technical terms, it struck her as unusual, given his usual goofy demeanor. However, in the realm of inventions, she discerned his profound knowledge and passion, appreciating the seriousness he invested in his creations.
A beep resounded from behind them, originating from the laptop. Their heads whipped around and noticed symbols floating on the screen. Green rectangles containing texts surrounded what seemed to be a triangle with circles. The silhouette was familiar.
Meanwhile, Mabel and Dipper were busy making their way sneakily towards the Love God's plan. After the disaster that was their group dispersing from the news of Robbie and Tambry being together, they have to make things right.
Love God was called to the stage, leaving the van unoccupied. Now was their chance. Mabel sifted through the bottles, all varying in colors. "Here we go. Let's see; Puppy love, Interspecies love, Love of country music— ew. Oh! Anti-love!"
She picked up a potion that contained a liquid with a dark hue. She quickly read the description pasted on the bottle, "To reverse effects of love potion, simply spray on your victim and watch their heart die on the inside."
"Sounds good to me," Dipper said, shrugging.
"HEY!" Love God stood before them, wearing an angry look. "You're the one who's been stealing my stuff!" He pointed an accusatory finger at Mabel "I am not loving this!"
"I'm sorry! Mabel confessed, while Dipper was staring blankly at the guy. He doesn't look like a Love God. "I made a mistake, and I want to fix it!"
"Kid, I tried to tell you. This stuff is way too dangerous. On my oath as a god, I will not let you— oh hey, where'd you just go?"
He saw the twins making a run for it, in the girl's hand was the anti-love potion. "I"m sorry, Love God, but it's for the good of my friends!"
"Come back here!"
They ran towards the stage where there was an ongoing performance. Although the performers worked on stopping them, they stood no chance against the Pines twins. They had nowhere else to go, so they surged forward, riding the wave of hands as they carried them to the other side. Mabel was delighted, while Dipper was horrified.
They rounded a corner, Love God slightly lagging behind. He begged for his wings to make him go faster, eventually reaching the corner. On the other side, stood Y/n, holding the anti-love potion. "Looking for this?"
"I know you, you're the thief's friend! Give me back the bottle, bro. Don't make this any harder than it should."
Y/n contemplated, hesitating. "But we really need just one use of this potion— okay, maybe two. We made a mistake, and we're trying to fix it."
"Where did the other two go?" He inquired, looking around her.
"Hiding. But that doesn't really matter, is it? You're only after the potion," as if to prove a point, she wiggled the contents of the bottle, the hue was as dark as the night.
Love God grunted, seeing as she still wasn't about to give it up so easily. "What do you want?"
"Just leave us alone."
He was perplexed, eyebrows knitting together in confusion. "What?"
"I'll give you the potion, you leave us alone," Y/n persisted, now extending her hand that carried the bottle.
"That's it? W-what about your problem?" he stuttered, his fingers now itching to grab it.
"We'll find some other way," she said, shrugging casually. "They're a bunch of teenagers. We'll handle it."
Love God took the bottle, hesitant. He glanced at it before averting his gaze at the young girl, trying to see some ulterior motive. Is he gonna get jumped by the twins and forcibly take it away from him? Is this some sort of distraction?
"I realized that using a potion won't solve all of our problems, and we're sorry we abused the love potion's use," Y/n admitted, placing her hands behind her back, and Love God scrutinized her apology, staring at the change of her expression. It seemed genuine and real.
After a moment, he groaned. "Are you making me feel guilty?"
"No? What makes you think that?"
"You're doing all this apology thingy and giving me back the potion like a good saint to make me feel guilty and give it to you. Is that it?"
Y/n's eyes widened. "Oh, Love God, I would never," she placed her hand on her chest, where her heart was, "do such a thing."
Before Love God could utter another remark, a speaker resounded through the festival, "Love God to the stage? Love God to the stage?"
"Just take it. We've regretted all our actions and we're undoing our mistakes. After all, it belongs to you," Y/n said, concluding the whole debacle.
Love God groaned. "I'm so over this," he said like a teenager would. He walked away with the anti-love potion in hand, deciding to forget the whole thing ever happened.
The twins jumped out of their hiding place, standing beside Y/n with a grin. The three watched Love God walking away before Y/n brought out the real anti-love potion from the pocket of her jacket. "Hope you like blueberry juice!" She remarked, giggling maniacally.
"Thanks for saving us, Y/n," Mabel breathed a sigh in relief, taking the potion.
The three made their way towards the couple. "I was looking for you guys everywhere." Prior to the exchange of words with Love God, Y/n got a sight of the chase, and thought of a plan. Getting herself a bottle from a random tent, she made a concoction from the remaining blueberries from her bag.
"Where did you go?" Dipper asked.
"Somewhere," Y/n answered, popping a blueberry in her mouth. It was vague, cryptic, one that deserved a lot of questioning from the twins, but Mabel had a far too important of a mission to notice it.
From the stage, a band played a mellow song, the skies painted purple and blue. Robbie and Tambry sat on a blanket draped on the grass. Behind them, stood the trio hiding behind a bunch of bushes, mumbling about. "Mabel, now's our chance," Dipper whispered to his sister. "They break up, and the whole group goes back together."
Mabel aimed the anti-love potion towards the couple, her hand slightly shaking. She glanced at Dipper to maybe change her mind, but all he gave was a determined nod, eager to finish it all. Mabel then turned to her left where Y/n was, and her eyes gave her a look that said, "Do what your heart tells you".
Just as her finger was on the trigger of the spray bottle, Robbie noticed her, turning around. "Oh, hey, it's you two!"
Dipper quickly ducked down, away from the teen's sight. Mabel quickly hid the spray-bottle behind her back. Robbie walked towards the two girls, an unusual, genuine smile in his face. "Mabel, I just wanted to thank you. I've been so miserable since Wendy broke up with me that I thought my life was over, but you were right." Mabel was at a loss for words, staring up at him. He turned to Y/n, who was also speechless at his heartfelt admission. "And thanks for basically supporting the whole thing...I just needed to move on. I'm... happy? Weird, huh?"
"Robbie, people are commenting on our pictures!" Tambry called from behind him, her voice weirdly excited.
The guy smiled widely, beginning to walk backwards as he winked at both Mabel and Y/n. The sweater-wearing girl turned to Dipper with a troubled look. "Dipper, maybe we shouldn't do this. I mean... every time we've played with peoples' fates, it's only made things worse."
They watched the two teens do each other's eyeliner. "They are kinda perfect for each other in a... gross kinda way," Dipper tried to reason, albeit sounding forced. "But what about our friend group?"
"Well, maybe it'll sort itself out," Mabel replied, shrugging. "I mean, there's gotta be something that could bring everyone back together."
From a distance, Thompson was walking around, wearing a green jacket and a hat. In his hands was a cake. "Guys, I made a friendship cake. So let's all get over this, okay?" He called out to his friends, until a beach ball randomly got thrown and hit his head, making him drop the cake. "Ugh! My cake!" He started to bend down to pick it up only for his jacket to rip apart, revealing the hidden snacks under it.
Security took notice of the illegal act, their faces contorting into one of anger. "Hey! Food from outside!" They chased after Thompson, who screamed and ran. His friends, who were conveniently near each other, began to gather and watch as Thompson climbed up a utility pole while the police were smacking him with a broom.
"Whoa! Hey, look!" Lee called out.
Wendy smiled, "Is that Thompson?"
They began to laugh at Thompson who was stuck at the top. "Yeah, fight the machine, Thompson!"
"Throw snacks at 'em!"
"Use jerky as a weapon!"
The group chanted his name in a united chorus, all the while the guards beat him senseless. Everything just might be all right.
Y/n narrowed her eyes at Thompson getting beat up. That's what you get for banning us from the theater that one time, you jerk.
***
After figuring out the password, McGucket and Y/n delved into discussions about machinery and engineering. While Y/n refrained from disclosing anything about the portal, she aided him in recollecting fragments of his memories, narrating his history and providing other details about him (her pretext being that she read it in a book). McGucket clung to every word, as if he were listening to a bedtime story.
***
QWOGL XYV DJCMX MIKKCSD, IRF FP FLF
🗝: ???
In the echoes of McGucket's memories lost,
Y/n faces a friend, a soul the cost.
Adapting to change, like leaves in the breeze,
Embracing the new, with uncertainties to ease.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 24!
Chapter 24: Haunted Mansion and Hugs
Chapter Text
Y/n and Dipper shared a fist bump, shaking off the dirt from their hair. They just came back after catching a vampire bat that was reported to be terrorizing the local mall. Even the police were scared of the big creature flying around and screeching.
Mabel ran towards them, shaking a newspaper in her hands. "You guys! You just made it into the front page!" She excitedly showed the two a headline which read, "'MYSTERY SOLVERS' CATCH VAMPIRE BAT", featuring a picture of Y/n and Dipper against the creature with Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland screaming in the background.
The duo's smiles couldn't be any wider, proud of their achievement. Mabel allowed a smirk to grace her features as she placed her hands on her hips. "Look at you, two. Having fun."
Y/n went to the kitchen to get herself a cup of orange juice. "Adventures make me thirsty," she commented, taking a big gulp.
Meanwhile, Dipper was getting ready for bed, being exhausted. But his adrenaline might keep him awake to log this experience in the journal. He even managed to get a vampire bat's teeth and was contemplating on hanging it around his neck as good luck, but decided to hang it by the window.
Mystery Solvers. He smiled to himself. It had a nice ring to it.
The next morning greeted them with rainy weather, and the Mystery Shack was closed for the day. Stan thought it was perfect, considering they needed to work on the portal as soon as possible with the sudden boom of the gift shop this week, but Y/n had other plans.
"Where are you going?" Stan raised an eyebrow, tampering with the meters on the console.
She shrugged, running her fingers through her hair. "Dipper invited me to a marathon,"
"You caught a large python?" He replied, making her deadpan. With those big ears of his, it was a wonder why he still couldn't hear. Oh, right. she chuckled to herself. He's old.
"No, old man, Dipper and I are watching a marathon of Ghost Harassers. I really like that show."
"Huh? Must be a new show because I don't know the slightest thing about it," the older man grunted, bending down to reach a gear.
She eventually made her leave, going up through the elevator. Stan sighed, watching her leave. He noticed that these days, she's becoming attached with her niece and nephew. And although he's... happy that things are smooth-sailing, he's afraid that she might be forgetting what's more important.
He gazed at the portal in front of him, active and swirling around. This has been brewing for thirty years now. How long does it take until they get him back? Is he still out there?
Stan closed the control panel with more force than he should. With or without Y/n, he's determined to undo all of his mistakes and do what is right.
So he got to work.
"Hey," Dipper greeted her. "Good morning,"
"Morning," Y/n yawned, a hot coffee in her hand. She managed to drink half of its contents before continuing, "You ready?"
Dipper was smug as he motioned to the living room. The TV was already on, a box of pizza on the dinosaur's head skeleton, bags of chips, a bottle of Pitt soda, a fruit bowl, and an unoccupied yellow lounge chair. "I was ready ever since they announced the—"
"48-hour marathon of Ghost Harassers!" The two said in unison, looking excited with huge grins on their faces.
Not wasting any more time, Y/n leaped towards the chair and sat, Dipper following, sitting beside her. She took a handful of chips before shoving it in her mouth. They began geeking about the show as they waited. "Kim is my favorite harasser, she's so cool!"
"Really?" Dipper smiled, "Well, Jason is mine. I can really relate to him."
Just as the commercials were finished and the show announced its return, Toby Determined's voice chimed in with a visual that said, 'BREAKING NEWS!'. "We interrupt this program to bring you breaking news!"
Dipper's smile immediately turned 180º. "Aww, what?" he said, annoyed.
From the other room, Mabel bounded over, landing on the arm of the sofa. "It's starting!"
Candy followed, jumping to sit on Dipper's left. "Turn it up!" she said.
"Make room for Grenda!" The third girl cannonballed onto the four, breaking a lamp so casually. Y/n managed to kick them off the couch and they were on the ground, laying on their stomachs.
Toby continued his report, "Well tonight's the night, but I've been out here for days! The Northwest family's annual high-society-shindig-ball-soiree is here! And even though common folk aren't let in, that doesn't stop us from camping out for a peek at the fanciness!"
Mabel, Candy, and Grenda expressed sounds of awe and amazement. Meanwhile, Y/n's eyes twitched. They're interrupting a marathon of Ghost Harassers for this?!
Dipper was fed up, saying, "Okay, can someone please explain why people care about this?"
Exactly. The Northwest have been doing this ball thingy for decades now, only reserved for the rich people with the snootiest of laughter. They haven't been very open to the local folks, gatekeeping every luxurious thing from their property.
Grenda turned to him. "Um, it's pretty much the best party of all time?" Her tone sounded offended, as if asking Dipper if he lived under a rock this whole time. "Rich food, richer boys!"
"They say each basket has a live quail inside!" Mabel sat up, explaining excitedly.
Candy crawled towards the TV, pawing at the screen that had Pacifica's face on it. "Give me your life, Pacifica."
Dipper scoffed, "Guys, in case you've already forgotten, Pacifica Northwest is the worst."
All of a sudden, there was a knock on the door. Before Y/n could stand up and answer it, he beat her to it, already on his way to the front. He continued his rant. "And that's just not jealousy talking, I'd say that to her face." He opened the door, and there she stood. The descendant of the very influential family in Gravity Falls, Pacifica Northwest, wearing a purple hooded cowl, a tan coat, and a pair of black sunglasses, as if she was incognito.
"I need your help."
Dipper stared at her blankly. Then, "You're the worst," he said before slamming the door right to her face.
Grenda, Mabel, and Candy all let out a jaw-dropping gasp. The boy remained stone-faced. "See?"
There was a knock on the door again, and he opened, waiting to hear what she had to say. He's ready to retaliate any insults she might throw his way. "Look, you think it's easy for me to come here? I don't wanna be seen in this hovel!" she said, but her expression changed, one of dread. "But there's something haunting Northwest Manor. My father requested you and the other girl to extinguish the ghost, and if you don't, the party could be ruined!"
"Did she just say 'ghost'?" Y/n quirked up from the living room, excitement filling her veins.
But Dipper remained relentless, crossing his arms as he glared. "And... Why should we trust you? All you've ever done was try to humiliate me, Y/n, and Mabel."
"Just name your price, okay?" Pacifica exclaimed, desperate. "I'll give you anything!"
Mabel suddenly came into view, sliding towards Dipper. "Hi, Pacifica!" she greeted her as if they were long time friends. "Excuse us!"
Pulling Dipper to the side, they brought their voices to a whisper. "Dipper!" Mabel began, "Don't you see what this means? If you and Y/n help Pacifica, you can get us invites to the greatest party of all time!"
"What?" Dipper hissed, flabbergasted. "Mabel, this is Pacifica we're talking about!"
"But it's Candy and Grenda's dream!" the other twin shot back, motioning to her other friends. "Plus, you and Y/n will get more newspaper coverage! You two will be known as the greatest Mystery Solvers yet!"
Dipper pursed his lips, contemplating. His eyes shifted to the other half of the Mystery Solvers— a name coined by the locals— who was already looking at him. "You in?"
"I think it would be fun," she said, and that was enough for Dipper to accept the offer.
He stepped back outside and faced Pacifica again. "Okay, fine. We'll bust your ghost," he extended his hand to lure her in for a handshake, but before their hands met he raised his up again. "But in exchange, I'll need three tickets for the party."
Pacifica growled, her eyes twitching. "You're just lucky I'm desperate," she said, taking out three golden envelopes from her bag.
The girl on the couch watched as the three friends whooped and celebrated. "WOOOO! Desperate! Desperate! Desperate!" They chanted, while Y/n couldn't help but smile at the thought of busting a ghost in the middle of a party.
While the marathon of Ghost Harassers wasn't continued with Mabel and her friends making dresses in the middle of the living room, Y/n and Dipper spent their time preparing their bags in case of encountering different types of ghosts.
If her memory serves her right, then it would be best to bring extra clothes (for the ectoplasm), earplugs for when the spirits are too loud, an alarm clock for Category 9, and a silver mirror for Category 4.
Mabel scoffed playfully, seeing Y/n and Dipper geekily talking about ghostly encounters. She placed her hands on her hips. "Y/n, wouldn't you rather make gowns with us?" She said, eyeing the glass cup full of concoction that will be effective against ghosts. "You're going to a party, after all."
"A haunted party," Y/n replied, smiling. "It's nice to be prepared, that's all."
"Still, you need to wear the most appropriate clothing for the occasion!"
"Mabel, Y/n doesn't need any of those," Dipper chimed in, closing the journal. "And I don't think it would be suitable to wear a dress when chasing a ghost—"
"Speaking of suitable, you should be wearing a suit, Dipper!" Mabel interrupted, standing up completely and pointing at him as if declaring a statement.
Y/n chuckled. "Dipper's right, Mabel," she said, leaning against the table. "Besides, it's your moment, Mabel. We're letting you shine."
The girl laughed. "Well, you're gonna regret it later!"
A few hours later, a limousine pulled up in front of the Shack. It was still raining, so it was quite difficult to prevent mud from splashing into their dresses. The butlers did their best to shield the kids with their umbrellas as they escorted them into the vehicle. The car ride was unbearable, it was obvious that Y/n hadn't lived a very luxurious life, not being used to anything fancy.
Mabel raved about having candies in the back of the limousine. Candy and Grenda were being excited about their looks in the mirror, while Dipper felt suffocated.
Eventually the limousine made its way to the Northwest Manor, and from her window, Y/n could see a crowdful of people standing behind a barricade, under the rain. She felt a pang on her chest as she watched their excited faces seeing such a fancy car, taking pictures and screaming. She didn't know that the people of Gravity Falls idolized this family so much when they didn't even do anything to them in return. In fact, they could care less about them.
All this rain in the Northwest Manor reminded her of the Great Flood of 1863 that she and Ford investigated. How countless of lumber folk died in that year, and all of them were under the Northwests' employment.
Y/n's eyes averted to the gate that they were passing through. Maybe the ghosts that were haunting them were their past.
They got off the vehicle one by one, Pacifica greeting them from the entrance with her usual demeanor. The group got behind her as the butlers opened the double doors. "Welcome to the Northwest Manor, dorks," Pacifica said boredly, gesturing to the grand hall where they were still preparing for the 'greatest party of all time', filling up the Cider Fountain, sculpting an ice Pacifica as a mermaid, putting away the stuffed peacock...
"Try not to touch anything," the blonde instructed as the other girls expressed sounds of awe.
Mabel, Grenda, and Candy did the opposite of what she requested, getting their hands on everything within their reach. They eventually ran off, giggling as they did so, making Y/n chuckle.
Y/n couldn't mistake the disapproving glances of Pacifica's parents when they passed by, and immediately smiled when they greeted them. "Ah, if it isn't the anticipated pair! Hopefully you two can help us with our little... situation, before the guests arrive in an hour?"
The duo exchanged glances. "We'll do our best, sir," Y/n answered for them, bringing a smile to Preston's face.
"Splendid!" He expressed, turning to his daughter. "Pacifica, take our guests to the 'problem room', and uh... they are not wearing that, are they?" he lowered his voice down to a whisper, pointing at the two who were busy being dorks.
Pacifica crossed her arms. "I'm on it."
And so she led the two in a hallway that led to another room full of dresses, shoes, and suits. "Oh, no."
Pacifica quickly but surely retrieved a dress in a coat hanger from one of the cabinets. A yellow skirt with a bodice colored a lighter shade. It was accompanied with a white scarf, black elbow-length gloves, and dark shoes. "Go change."
"You do realize that this isn't the appropriate outfit to catch some ghosts, right?" Y/n gave the blonde a look. "This could be ruined, and I don't think I can afford—"
"Then don't you dare get it ruined, let alone a single speck of dust on there," Pacifica placed her hands on her hips as she seethed. Y/n rolled her eyes, unperturbed by her threat.
So she went inside a separate room and began undressing herself. Her face scrunched in disgust, her tongue out in disdain. Her favorite color changes everyday, so yellow wasn't to her liking, at all.
Nonetheless, she wore the outfit. After all, Pacifica chose this for her, so she's willing to go along with the only thing she's ever good for. The only thing she didn't include in the outfit was the scarf. She couldn't imagine the amount of sweat that will forming around the crevice of her neck. Dipper eventually came out of the other dressing room as he was the first to be given his black suit. He didn't look impressed, not even the slightest, complaining about his tight collar.
He adjusted it, choking as he did so. "Ugh, it's like this collar is strangling me. Who do you guys think you're impressing with this stuff?"
"Um, everyone?" Pacifica said, her tone deadpan as she began tying Dipper's bow. Of course he doesn't know how to do a bowtie. "You two wouldn't understand. High standards are what make the Northwest family great."
"Funny," Y/n chimed in, parting the curtains for her to emerge from her own dressing room. "I thought it was about lying about founding the town." And that was just the surface to the family's list of crimes she and Ford uncovered.
Dipper sucked in a breath, seeing her look so majestic and regal, and— pretty.
Yellow suited her the best.
Her eyes shifted to meet his, and she smiled that charming smile of hers. "You look nice," she said, adjusting her black gloves.
He opened his mouth, but no words came out.
"Piece of advice? Don't pair that dirty backpack with the dress. Just leave it here," Pacifica insisted, kicking that bag away. "Come on, we're wasting our time," Pacifica said with haste, lifting the front of her dress and marching forth. The two rolled their eyes and followed her, mocking her strut from behind. The brunette laughed but stopped before Pacifica could turn around.
Eventually, they arrived in front of a door that Dipper opened, making their way inside of a dark room. "This is the main room where it's been happening," Pacifica whispered.
The room was already creepy by default, dead stuffed animal heads were hung on the walls, old paintings casted aside, and a lit fireplace that gives the room a reddish hue.
"Yep, this looks like the kind of room that would be haunted, alright," Dipper noted, bringing out the journal. "I wouldn't be worried, though. Ghosts fall on a ten-category scale. Floating plates sound like a category 1."
Y/n was flattered that Dipper was relying on the journal for his information about ghosts, knowing she herself experienced all ten of them. Pacifica was smug, teasing him. "So what? Are you gonna bore him back into the afterlife by reading from this dumb book?"
Dipper held up a small, round bottle of water– the same mixture that they contrived earlier, while Y/n retrieved an EMF detector from the brunette's backpack, starting it up with a beep. Why does he get to keep his bag?
He swished the liquid around the container. "Just gotta splash this sucker with some anointed water, and he should be out of your... probably-fake blonde hair."
"What was that about my hair?!"
"Shh! I'm picking something up!" Y/n hissed, aiming the detector at the interior of the room, the indicator going bananas as she walked, stopping before the fireplace. Dipper joined her, observing the tall painting of a lumberjack. They exchanged glances of uncertainty, and a second passed when the device lost its signal for a moment. Y/n tapped the detector a few times and the signal returned.
They looked back at the painting, and the lumberjack inside of the painting just disappeared. The two stepped back, giving Pacifica a warning look, but she was busy freaking out about blood dripping from above.
She looked up, and she saw the red liquid coming from one of the creatures hung on the wall, making her scream.
The fireplace in front of the two burst out an angry, uncontrollable fire. The animal heads began chanting in unison, "Ancient sins. Ancient sins. Ancient sins."
Books, furniture, and antique weapons began flying around the three of them, the chandelier above them crackling dangerously. Y/n shielded Dipper and Pacifica against any sharp object that might make contact with them, but the mini tornado around the room just kept getting stronger.
"Ancient blood and blackened skies, the forest dark shall once more rise!"
The bottle of anointed water broke, and the mystery solvers realized that this particular ghost might not belong in any category. "It can't get worse than this..." Dipper yelled shakily, turning to Y/n. "R-right?"
As if on cue, the flames got bigger, and Y/n sought to hide under the pool table, Dipper and Pacifica following. Just then. A giant, black skeleton emerged from the fire itself. They watched as the bones get wrapped around by mass, skin and clothes materializing. The enormous lumberjack from the painting appeared in front of them, in the flesh— or rather, spirit?
"I smell... a Northwest!" The lumberjack growled, and a beard made out of blue fire appeared, along with a ghostly, conjured ax that he began dragging along the floor. "Come out, come out, wherever you are!"
"What do we do? What do we do?" Pacifica panicked, urging Dipper to read through the book.
Y/n's thinking gears were spinning, trying to remember. This ghost came from a portrait, so therefore he must be a Category 4: Haunted Paintings & Image-based Spectre. She took the journal from Dipper while he was reading Category 10. He simply got it all wrong.
Dipper didn't protest, watching as she went back a few pages until it landed on Category 4. Of course!
After quickly reading it, she closed the book and declared, "We need a silver mirror!"
The table that they were hiding from suddenly floated out from over, revealing themselves to the ghost. He turned around and saw the three kids, scrambling away from him. He raised his ax in the air and brought it down. "YOU SHOULDN'T HAVE COME HERE!"
"This way! Hurry!" Pacifica dashed out of the room, the Mystery Solvers close behind. Y/n lagged slightly, trying to remember the path back to the dressing room where her backpack was located. Why did she have to leave it behind in the first place?
She veered to the left and split up from the two, going for a quick detour. Dipper looked behind him and saw that she was gone, and so was the ghost. He stopped in his tracks. "Y/n?!" He called, making Pacifica halt as well. "Y/n!"
"Shh! You'll get the ghost's attention!" Pacifica shushed. "It's better that he's not chasing us anymore. My shoes would be ruined if I ran more in these."
"Pacifica, that doesn't matter! Y/n is—"
The lumber-ghost appeared again, back to chasing them. Dipper and Pacifica bolted out onto another hallway until Pacifica saw the garden and made their way there. "Watch out for peacocks!" she warned, but Dipper was already smacked by the feathers. Their shoes were muddied as the dirt was wet after the rain.
The two turned to the right and another long hallway they entered. Dipper gasped, pointing ahead of them. "There's a silver mirror right there!" The two ran towards a white, pristine room, where a large, rectangular mirror hung on a rear wall.
But before Dipper could step in, Pacifica grabbed his arm, stopping him from entering. "Wait! Don't go in there!" The brunette turned back, looking at Pacifica as if she was crazy. "This room has my parents' favorite carpet pattern! They'll lose it if we track mud in there!"
"What? Are you serious?" Dipper said, exasperated. He tried to force his way into the room, but Pacifica blocked him.
"We'll find another way!"
The boy closed his knuckles into a fist, looking at her irritatedly. "Pacifica, Y/n might be in danger because of you! Let me through–!"
"No! My parents will kill me!" Pacifica shouted just as loud, beginning to tug on his journal.
"Why are you so afraid of your parents?!" Dipper yanked it back just as hard, not coming down.
"You wouldn't understand!" The blonde pulled more forcefully, tripping them both and causing them to fall through a painting of a skeleton in a crown and robe into a dark, dusty, cobwebbed room. The ghost didn't seem to see them go through as he flew in the opposite direction.
Dipper looked around the dark room. "What is this place?" He asked, scanning the items in the area, mostly abandoned and littered with dust.
Even Pacifica was confused. "That's weird. I don't even know where this room is."
"Hopefully the ghost doesn't either. We need to search for Y/n." he said. Where could she be hiding?
The blonde wandered around the room, thinking they were safe at last, but the covered painting behind her said otherwise, the sheet coming to life and was close to swallow her.
If it wasn't for Dipper's warning. "Pacifica, watch out!"
She screamed, scurrying away from the ghost. "YOUR FATE IS SEALED!" The ghost boomed, pursuing Pacifica.
Dipper began to chase after her, maybe act as some sort of distraction, but he had no item against the ghost, it's hopeless.
Pacifica yelped as she tripped over a loose floorboard, turning around and pretty much accepting her fate. "PREPARE TO DIE, NORTHWEST!"
Y/n got there on time, dashing in front of Pacifica and holding up the silver mirror she retrieved from her bag. The ghost entered the mirror, and the force knocked the two out of the first floor, Dipper screaming Y/n's name. The two girls became entangled in a window drape and fell down a short hill, tumbling over and landing on a garden.
The unnatural girl immediately stood up, no harm inflicted on her, and she looked at the blonde who was coughing up dirt. She groaned in pain, shaking her dizziness away. "You okay?" Y/n asked, giving her an extended hand.
And when Pacifica looked up and saw her close, her face was flushed unknowingly. She glanced at the hand offered to her and she took it, slowly standing up. Pacifica dusted her purple dress, as well as the blush from her cheeks just as Dipper managed to skip down the hill, unscathed. "Hey! Are you okay?"
Dipper's hands stopped themselves from going over her face to check for injuries when he realized. Y/n chuckled at the question. She's always going to be okay.
Pacifica stood up, walking up to them. "Did you get him?" She asked Y/n, who was already smirking as she showed them the mirror🗝, which showed a very angry and trapped lumberjack, pounding his hands on the reflection, desperate to be free.
"FREE ME!"
The three of them cheered. Y/n and Dipper jumped up and shared a fist bump, while Pacifica went and hugged the two of them, taking their breath away.
It was silent, the Mystery Solvers were at a loss for words as they succumbed to the embrace of the Northwest's scion. Pacifica's eyes widened when she realized what she was doing. What was up with her in the last hour?
She backed off awkwardly, clearing her throat. Y/n avoided her gaze, opting to straighten her gown while Dipper was rubbing his arm nervously. Pacifica held out a dollar. "Can I... pay you two to pretend that never happened?"
Y/n took the dollar, a small smile in her features. She'll never forget that.
Pacifica led the two on the other side of the garden, where the party was going on inside. She called upon a butler to summon her parents outside and Preston and Priscilla Northwest along with two butlers walked out, a smile on their faces.
"Well, Pacifica, you really found the right people for the job," Preston commended, snapping his fingers. The two butlers bent down and began shaking each of their hands.
"We can't thank you enough," Priscilla added. She paused as the butlers continued to shake their hands. "That's enough," she ordered, and the butlers stopped their actions, walking away.
Dipper chuckled good-naturedly. "We're just holding up our end of the deal."
The two began walking away, talking about ways they could deal with a vengeful ghost stuck in the mirror, when Pacifica called after them. "Leaving already? You nerds are at the world's best party."
Y/n smiled. shrugging casually. She noticed the change in Preston and Priscilla's expression (she swore it turned sour), but decided not to comment on it. "Honestly, we really love to stay, but we have this ghost to dispose of and we don't want him to ruin 'the world's best party'," she reiterated before she and Dipper laughed like an inside joke, walking away.
"So what are you going to do with that dollar?" Dipper asked, taking the mirror from her.
She smiled at the question. "Put it in a frame and hang it up on the wall with a sign that says, 'Pacifica paid me a dollar to pretend she never hugged me'." Y/n answered quickly in a jest.
Dipper laughed, clutching his stomach. "I can't believe she would do that. She was so embarrassed."
"I'm not that hideous to hug, come on now," Y/n smirked in confidence, mocking the way Pacifica would strut down.
He looked at her fondly, suddenly avoiding her gaze as he scratched the side of the mirror. "You're not," he said, his voice barely a whisper.
The girl halted, looking at him. What did he say?
"In fact... you look really pretty."
Dipper tried to loosen his collar, a furious blush coating his cheeks nicely.
Y/n's hands felt sweaty under her black gloves. "Thank you," she whispered.
"You're welcome."
"You look pretty too."
"Thank you."
A cackle coming from the silver mirror startled the two and they looked over to see the lumberjack laughing. Dipper raised an eyebrow, slightly offended and embarrassed at the thought of the lumberjack listening in their conversation. It was supposed to be a private moment for the two of them.
"What are you laughing at, man? We defeated you," he said, pointing a finger at him.
"Well, the two of you have been tricked. You remind me of me 150 years ago," the lumberjack said.
Y/n stepped closer, ready to hear a story from him. "What do you mean?" she asked. Was he perhaps talking about the Great Flood?
The lumberjack began his tale, his life before it was taken away from the storm. It turned out that before the deaths from the flood, there were already several of lumberfolks passed away from the backboned labor and sacrifice.
He finished his story, and Dipper and Y/n were filled with rage. She knew that the Northwests were deceitful and a bunch of cheap liars, but she was dumb enough to still trust them.
No, Y/n. You were simply kind.
"So the Northwests knew this haunting was coming, and they tricked us into helping them to avoid ghostly justice?" Dipper quickly summarized, hitting the target.
Dipper handed her the mirror before he began marching his way back to the manor with purpose, Y/n trying to catch up with him. Not that she was unsure of his plan, but what exactly can Dipper do in this situation? He's powerless against the family and there's no way he would be able to persuade them.
Reaching a large double door from the back, Dipper called the ones at fault, "NORTHWESTS!"
He opened the doors, and there stood the parents busy talking with the town's mayor, entertaining him with a monkey butler. They were clearly displeased when they saw the two commoners interrupting their conversation.
"You have some explaining to do!"
They were silent, but they weren't shocked at all. Pacifica entered the room, grinning widely when she saw Y/n and Dipper again. "You two came back!"
"You lied to us!" Dipper accused, his voice loud. "All of you did!"
Pacifica had the decency to look guilty as she avoided their gazes. "All you had to do was let the townsfolk into the party and you would have broken the curse!" Dipper exclaimed.
"But you went ahead and hired two kids to do your dirty work instead," Y/n added, narrowing her eyes at them. If looks could kill.
Preston placed his cup on a butler's tray, his stare cold and menacing. "Look at who you two are talking to, children," he warned, looking them both in the eyes. "I'm hosting a party for the most powerful people in the world," Preston's eyes shifted towards said people in the main hall next to them.
Dipper and Y/n couldn't care less. So what if they wear fancy clothes and hold wine glasses? They're still people.
The Northwest patriarch continued, "You think they'd come here if they were to rub elbows with your kind?"
Y/n recoiled by the way Preston emphasized the last part. His tone was different, tinged with disgust.
"Our kind?" Dipper whispered, eyebrows knitted together. What could he possibly insinuate by that? He faced Pacifica, the one person from the family he thought he could finally change into someone better, but she went ahead and ruined everything.
"I was right about you all along," Dipper said, venom laced in his tone. "You're just as bad as your parents. Another link in the world's worst chain!"
Even Y/n winced when he uttered the words. Harsh, but purely deserved.
Pacifica frowned, desperate to explain. "I'm sorry, they made me!" She pointed at her parents, the first time she blamed them for something. "I should've told you guys, but—"
The ringing of a bell interrupted her plea, and her mouth was shut. Y/n watched the entire scene play out, pity in her features. Preston didn't even call her name out. He simply swung a little instrument.
The patriarch turned back to the duo, who wore faces of disdain. It didn't deter the older man, not even a change in expression. "Enjoy the party. It's the last time you and your kind will ever come."
Dipper and Y/n walked out of the room with their pride and identity being stomped on. The girl tried to think things through, maybe playing devil's advocate to try and understand their intentions.
But the more she brainstormed, the more she had come to the conclusion that the Northwests are very... bad.
"Let's just extinguish the ghost once and for all," Y/n offered, trying to take Dipper's mind off the subject. "By doing that, they're not going to trick other people like us."
She didn't want Dipper to come back there and face them again, but she welcomed his inconvenient threats.
"I hope their socks are always wet," he said while setting up candles that he brought. "I hope all of their pens are out of ink."
Y/n couldn't help but let out a chuckle as she helped with the anointed water. "That would be infuriating," she said, agreeing. Eventually, the duo completed their preparations, having placed candles in their right order and lighting them up one by one. Thankfully, no strong winds were able to deter the fire.
She gazed at the sky, which was slowly turning grayer, accompanied by distant lightning and thunder. Rain was imminent.
Placing the cursed silver mirror on a random stump that they found, Dipper kneeled down as he opened up the journal. "Stupid Northwests. Making us do their exorcism for them..." The brunette grumbled under his breath and he began to chant in a monotonous way. "Exodus demonus, spookus scarus, aintafraidus noghostus—"
"Kids, kids!" The lumberjack from the mirror pleaded, his hands pressed on the glass. "Please let me get my vengeance on the Northwest! The two of you hate them as much as I."
Y/n turned to Dipper, dropping her voice in a whisper. "Don't believe him."
He faced the ghost again. "Hey, man. I feel you," he said. "It's just... my sister's in there, and you seem a little unstable." Emphasis on the little.
The girl crossed her arms, her expression skeptical. After all, this was a vengeful spirit, and considering the way he relentlessly pursued them, she was well aware that he wouldn't cease until his mission was accomplished.
The lumberjack had the decency to look sorrowful, wearing a deep frown. "Very well, boy. Then, before you banish my soul, may these tired lumber eyes gaze upon the trees one final time?"
Y/n rolled her eyes. So dramatic.
Dipper shrugged. "I guess?"
"I'll do it," she spoke, standing up before him. She picked up the mirror's handle and faced it towards the expanse of the woods like he requested. "Go nuts," she offered, imagining his expression while he gazed.
However, he was cackling like a madman, and Y/n couldn't help but glance at the mirror to see the lumberjack turning bright orange, resembling fire. Suddenly, the handle began to turn red, as if it, too, was engulfed in flames.
Quite unfortunate that Y/n doesn't even feel the slightest pain.
The lumberjack stopped abruptly, staring at her. She noticed that the mirror was back to being silver. "Does it not... Does it not hurt?" he asked meekly, standing awkwardly.
"What do you mean?" she raised an eyebrow at him.
Dipper stood up now, watching them with concern. He called her name, "What's going on?" he asked.
"Are you done?" the girl asked, shaking the mirror slightly.
The ghost was fidgety, and he looked desperate. "No! No! Please!" he pushed on the glass with all his strength. "You will pay for restricting me of my right to seek justice!" His hands conjured balls of flames, his face angry. She was unperturbed, knowing that he was powerless inside of the mirror.
"What's happening?" Dipper asked while the mirror remained facing away from her. His curiosity was filled to the brim, and the fear of missing out settled in, wanting to see what the lumberjack might show her.
His shoes moved on their own, eager to watch even from behind her shoulder, but even the smallest of pebbles could trip a young boy's feet, and Dipper didn't realize he fell until his body crashed into Y/n's. The strength of his weight sent the two to the ground, and her hand that held the mirror was slammed against the stump next to them.
She felt it shattering beyond relief, and Y/n's heart was sent to a frenzy. "Oh, no!" she screamed, scrambling to sit up, pushing Dipper away. The lumberjack laughed maniacally more than ever, and he was now reformed to the physical world, floating in the air.
The lumberjack flew above them, and she immediately shielded Dipper, knowing that they were supposed to pay for trapping them. But instead of reigning down curses at them, he flew away. "Vengeance on the Northwest is my top priority. I will deal with you twerps later," he noted before calling upon the storm again and fled towards the mansion.
"Are you okay?!" she said in a panic, offering Dipper a hand as she stood up.
He groaned in embarrassment. "Yeah, I'm– I'm so sorry! I didn't mean to—"
"It's fine. It doesn't matter," she dismissed him, dusting the dirt from her dress. Though she meant it as something he shouldn't have to worry about, Dipper still felt anxious of what she might feel. "We have to go back."
Finally, panic settled in on Dipper and his hands were on his hair in an instant. "Oh, no. Mabel's in there!"
It began raining, and the two began to make their way back to the manor, the mud from the ground was unavoidable as it eventually splattered against their shoes and clothes. Y/n thought about her fatal mistake. How could she let that happen? Shaking off the past, she realized dwelling on the accidental collision with Dipper was pointless. Better to focus on the now and figure out how to deal with the vengeful spirit.
Dipper kicked open the door to reveal the chaos that was the center of the party. Taxidermied animals were given life, and were assigned to just give the guests a bad time, while the lumberjack floated in the middle of it all, turning the people into wood.
One guest reached out to them, calling desperately for help, but he was eventually frozen, turned into timber. "Woah! That is messed up," the boy beside her recoiled, stepping back.
The spirit laughed, announcing his request. "Just one way to change your fates: a Northwest must open the party gates!"
"A Northwest?" Dipper asked out, until the two exchanged looks and gasped in unison. "Pacifica!" they both said.
They went and looked for her, managing to escape the ghost's sight, until they eventually found a light flashing from the abandoned room they were in an hour ago. "Pacifica!" he exclaimed as he began to explain the dire situation outside. Maybe she'll understand that they needed her help. "There you are! The ghost is turning everyone to wood, and he just started rhyming, for some reason?" he tugged on the blonde's hand. "Come on, we need your help!"
But she wasn't budging, indifferent to his plea. She avoided their gazes, looking down instead. She kept her flashlight aimed to the ground as she stayed still.
"Pacifica?" Y/n spoke, her instincts kicking in. The blonde seemed so sad all of a sudden, and not at all panicking like her parents.
She eventually explained, "You wanna know why this room was locked up?" She raised the flashlight towards big paintings that loomed over them. The light revealed the family's crimes, all smiling so proudly.
"This is what I found in here. A painted record of every horrible thing that my family's ever done. Lying, cheating, and then there's me," Pacifica trailed. "I lied to you two just because I'm too scared to talk back to my stupid parents!" She threw her discarded diamond earrings at a painting of Preston and Priscilla.
She turned to Dipper. "You were right about me. I am just another link in the world's worst chain," she said, her voice slightly cracking.
Dipper sighed. "Pacifica, I'm sorry about what I said earlier," he said. "But just because you're your parents' daughter doesn't mean you have to be like them."
Y/n added, sitting on the other side of the scion. "Yeah, and I know that you're the only Northwest in your family who is capable of changing. In fact, you already showed that you're better than them by being brave and admitting your faults, two things that your parents lack. You can break free from that mold and be whoever you want to be," she finished, and she swore she saw Pacifica's eyes moisten until she forcibly wiped her face.
Dipper smiled reassuringly. "It's not too late," he said.
"IT'S TOO LATE!"
The loudness of his voice interrupted their moment and the brunette stood up, "Oh no!"
The three sprinted out of the room and into the main hall where it was overgrown with trees and leaves. They screamed upon seeing all of the people– including Mabel, Candy, and Grenda— were now turned into wooden statues. Dipper saw the lumberjack hovering near a fireplace, as if he was waiting for a change.
Dipper's face changed into one of determination, and without hesitation he broke into a sprint and ran towards the ghost. "Don't do anything stupid!" Y/n shouted at him, but it fell on deaf ears.
The brunette rushed into a platform and retrieved a random silver tray that he held up against the lumberjack. " Alright ghost, prepare to get—" an energy beam knocked the journal out of his hands, interrupting his heroic speech. "No, wait!" He was zapped by the powers, and his feet began to turn into wood, gradually making its way to his body.
Y/n couldn't watch anymore as she turned to the blonde. "Pacifica, you have to open the gates now!"
The lumberjack heard the commotion, and his eyes shifted to see the two girls. He had gotten angrier. "You!" he pointed at Y/n. "You couldn't let me out before, now prepare to atone for your fatal error!" he rhymed before blasting another beam that was heading straight for them.
"Pacifica!" she exclaimed, pushing the blonde away and the fire hit her.
The Northwest daughter gasped, extending her arm. "Y/n!" she called out.
Her legs were transformed into timber, and then her chest. Y/n weakly let out, "Just... do what you need to do! Save the town—!"
Now standing before her was the wooden statue of the girl who pushed her out of harm's way and saved her. Pacifica now felt angry at the turn of events, determined to make things right. She faced the ghost. "I'll let in the townsfolk! Just change everyone back!"
"You wish to prove yourself?!" The ghost retaliated, disbelief in his bluish features. "Pull that lever and open the grand gate to the town! Fulfill your ancestors' promise!"
Pacifica's hand itched towards the lever, but centimeters away from the contraption, her father, mother, and the butler burst out from the underground hatch. "Pacifica Elise Northwest," he seethed, glaring at his daughter. "Stop this instant! We can't let the town see us like this! We have a reputation to uphold! Now come into the panic room. There's enough mini-sandwiches and oxygen to last you, me, and a butler a full week." He then dropped his voice into a whisper. "We'll eat the butler!"
The blonde didn't say anything before looking over to her newfound friends that were stuck as statues made out of wood. It was her fault that they were in this situation. It was her fault that the ghost wanted vengeance. She wanted to undo her mistakes.
So she continued reaching for the lever, and Preston didn't like that one bit.
He arched an eyebrow. "You dare disobey us?" he asked, incredulous, before producing a small bell from his pocket and began jingling it around. The sound of the instrument sent shivers down Pacifica's spine, memories associated with the sound flooding back. Every time the bell rang, she was compelled to obey her parents' commands, all in the pursuit of making them proud.
But this isn't something to be proud of.
She avoided their pointed gazes and decided to look at Y/n, remembering her words, "You can break free from that mold and be whoever you want to be,"
And those were the words she needed, not some petty order.
"Dingly, dingly! Is this bell broken?!" Preston exclaimed.
Pacifica stomped her foot on the floor, finally standing up for herself, and not her father. "Our family name is broken, and I'm gonna fix it!"
The lever was pulled down with a click, making the lumberjack gasp. The main gates were opened in such a grandiose manner, and the people of Gravity Falls were excited to march inside and have fun. The ghost watched them from a window with a large smile. "Yes, yes! It's happening! My heart, once as hard as oak, now grows soft like more of a... birch— or, something..."
With the fulfillment of the promise, vengeance dissipated, and normalcy returned. The main hall no longer harbored wild trees and animals, and the guests reverted to their usual selves. Dipper and Y/n took a deep breath, relieved to be liberated from the wooden shackles.
Pacifica looked up at the ghost, who was smiling down at her. "Pacifica," he said. "You are not like the other Northwests. I feel... lumber-justice." He rose to the ceiling until he faded into nothing, the ax in his head falling to the floor and sinking into the ground.
The ground shook, and the manor doors swung wide open, welcoming the people of Gravity Falls into the main hall, creating a lively atmosphere. Amidst the chaos, Preston fretted over the disorder and the apparent misplacement of his prized utensils.
Music played in the background, and the people were happy as they got to experience the luxury of being rich and fancy for free.
Pacifica wandered around the room, until she was caught off guard by Y/n, who had her arms around the blonde. "Pacifica, you did it!"
Blushing at the affectionate gesture, she felt unsure about where to place her hands, unaccustomed to physical touch. Fortunately, Y/n withdrew before it became more awkward. Dipper, standing at a distance, finally spoke up, "Man, if your family hates you for this, they're idiots. This is great."
"Now, this is a party," the other one agreed.
Pacifica crossed her arms, looking away. "Enjoy it while it lasts. Next year, I'm sure they're just gonna lock everyone out again."
Y/n looked down on her dirty clothes, now feigning a worried look. "Hey, I'm sorry I got your gown ruined. I told you it wouldn't be appropriate for ghost hunting."
But the Northwest daughter dismissed it quickly, an unusual act from her. "Keep it. I have hundreds of dresses, and the designs are better than that anyway."
Dipper grinned in amusement, shaking his head. "Still a mean girl," he noted. She might have fixed her mistakes, but she still hasn't changed her snarky personality.
"I'd say," Y/n added. "Look at what we're standing on," she said, pointing at their muddied shoes standing directly on her parent's favorite carpet pattern.
Pacifica gasped as she realized, but instead of looking terrified like before, she began laughing and dirtied the carpet some more, even throwing food and drinks onto it. The three laughed as they imagined the adults' reaction. "But seriously, I'd better go and find someone to clean this up," Pacifica said before walking away, her probably fake hair swishing around as she left.
The two exchanged smiles of victory. "Mystery?" Y/n began their slogan, holding up a fist as she waited.
"Solved," Dipper finished, lifting his own closed fist, bumping it against hers.
"So, what do we do now?" she asked, looking around the people mingling and socializing. The soft music continued as they conversed.
He shrugged, shuffling his feet as he moved closer. Suddenly, he looked self-conscious compared to the smug facade that he wore earlier. "I..."
She waited, looking down at him with an anticipating gaze. "Yes?" an amused grin was slowly stretching on her lips. She had a feeling she knew what he was about to say.
"Can I..."
"Oh, come on, Dipper," she urged in a whisper, chuckling. "We just faced a demonic vengeance specter trying to kill us with a big ax, why be scared now?"
He cleared his throat, before mustering up the courage. "So, um. Dancing," he began, trying to keep his clammy hands to himself. "It's a thing people do, right?"
She laughed, finding his awkwardness endearing. Before she could reply, she remembered the first occurrence of when Dipper asked her to the activity, making her smirk. "But I can't dance."
The brunette's eyes lit up, looking at her with wonder. Y/n guessed that he remembered the moment as well, and now he was grinning. "Me neither," he let out a snort, and she joined in like they were doing an inside joke. "...but we can try?"
And so, she accepted. The two swayed around closely, their sludgy feet continued to track down mud on the apparently expensive white carpet, but they couldn't care less. They were too busy being lost in each other's eyes and relishing in the moment to notice...
In the distant corner of the main hall, an elderly man sporting green goggles watched anxiously, eager to approach the duo but unable to do so without revealing himself. The laptop in front of him displayed a screen bearing the words "Imminent threat" accompanied by a countdown, ticking down to less than twenty-four hours.
"Something's coming!"
***
[y/n's appearance in this drawing is not the canon design!!! it's my own headcanon. you're free to design a different y/n 👍]
MZIRBXQ BYVA NQTC, ZH'J VCJK PVSCE.
🗝:???
In the tapestry of life, a moment will unfold,
Where destinies shift and stories are told.
Enjoy the laughter, the joys that won't last,
Tomorrow's chapter is bound to be cast.
***
X⅃MGᴙMꟻVH ᴙM XꙄZKGVI
[REAL AUTHOR'S NOTE]: HOW SWEET OF DAISY TO DISTRACT THEM FOR ME WHILE I PREPARE FOR THE DAY! AWW LOOK HOW HAPPY PINETREE IS— WHATEVER! THAT'LL BE THE LAST WALTZ YOU'LL EVER DANCE TO! ENJOY IT WHILE IT LAST!
Chapter 25: Operation: Don't Get Caught by the Government
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Inside the basement, darkness prevailed, with electricity strained through decade-old engines attempting to power the gateway to interdimensional worlds. The sole illumination in the space emanated from the pulsing glow of the large portal and the faint light of green fluids gradually filling glass tanks. Stan took off his fez, unintentionally smearing toxic waste on his forehead. "Whew. Can't be too careful with this stuff."
"And that's why you have me on the job," Y/n remarked, standing by the control panel. The tanks were filled to its capacity, and the red lights flashed as a buzzer went off. The screen on top of them appeared a green text that said, 'Event Initialized', and an eighteen-hour countdown began.
Stan stood before the first journal, his hands skimming through warnings. He read them in such an aloof way. "Blah, blah blah. 'Extreme usage could result in minor gravity anomalies–' Can it, Poindexter!" he said as he slammed the book shut. "We've come this far. We ain't givin' up now!"
He opened up a hatch, revealing a red button to which he pushed it down. The portal began to spin, and the cylinders began to emit blue light. The two watched as the swirling continued. "Yes, this is it!" Stan urged, overlooking his floating hat. Y/n's daisy necklace was also levitating, and she had a sense of déjà vu.
"ꟻɘɒɿ ɟ⑁ɘ dɘɒƨɟ wiɟ⑁ ᒑuƨɟ onɘ ɘγɘ"
She recoiled from the memory, repeatedly shaking her head. Stan noticed, and he laid a hand on her shoulder. "Kid, you okay?" She was terribly silent. His tone suddenly increased in a panic. "Why are you bleeding?!"
Y/n blinked herself awake and only felt warm liquid dripping down her nose. "Oh," she uttered, barely a whisper. She brought a hand to her face and rubbed the blood off sporadically. "I'm sorry."
"Are you okay?" he asked again, it was the first time she was this vulnerable in front of him. He realized that it wasn't a good feeling to see her hurt. "What happened?"
"I think it was the effects of the portal," she quickly explained before waving a dismissive hand. "Just go on, it doesn't hurt."
"It's gonna be a bumpy ride, but it'll all be worth it," the older man reassured. He handed her a watch identical to his and they simultaneously wore it on their wrists, pressing a button to the side of the device to sync their watches to the countdown. 3... 2... 1... 0...
"18 more hours," she noted. 18 more hours until they find out Ford's exact coordinates. 18 more hours until he goes through the portal and comes home. 18 more hours until everyone else finds out about their secrets. 18 more hours until everything changes.
***
"Are you sure you're okay?" Stan asked in a serious tone, right before they parted ways in the hall.
Nodding, she said, "I'm fine," before yawning. It was nearing 5am, such a usual time for the two when working on the portal. Although there was nothing else to modify as the contraption was already up and running, it was still crucial to keep an eye on the generators just in case something might malfunction.
And even when Y/n laid on her bed, she found herself staring up at her dusty ceiling, contemplating her actions. The rest of the morning consisted of her deepest thoughts, her hopes and dreams— if she still even had any.
Her fantasies of owning a clinic were interrupted by Mabel's noises down the hallway, raving to Dipper about what she found in a closet. And Y/n realized, by taking a quick glance at her bedside clock, that she spent 2 hours daydreaming and it was already 7 AM. She blinked herself awake as if she had been sleeping for six hours when she didn't even take a little nap.
She didn't find a good reason to sleep anyway. It was supposed to be a big day, so she had to stay alert to witness it. The watch stated the exact time, but an anxious yet excited part of her plagued the thought of him arriving at an earlier date.
Taking a deep breath, she sat upwards, rubbing her eyes awake. She stood up minutes later, getting herself ready for the day while cracking her knuckles casually. After a few minutes, she trudged outside her room, anticipating a joyous greeting from Mabel.
But what she got was an enthusiastic pat on the back by Stan, already dressed. "Good, you're awake. Come on, let's go to the rooftop." He didn't explain anything further.
"Wha–?!" She felt her whole body getting dragged over to the ladder, where Dipper and Mabel were already waiting.
"Y/n, you're awake!" Mabel shouted when she saw her.
Dipper was just as excited, a grin on his face. Though it was unusual seeing it in such an early morning, Y/n welcomed it nonetheless. "Just in time, too! Mabel found these fireworks—"
"And we're gonna make everything explode!" the other twin finished the sentence, urging her to come with them
The fireworks celebration began, with Stan relaxing on a reclined chair and Dipper already arranging sparklers. He offered one to Y/n, and they exchanged smiles. The Pines Family laughed joyously as they watched the colorful display from a Roman candle firework. Dipper grabbed an icy pop, while Mabel excitedly stood next to Stan, holding a skyrocket.
Stan leaned forward and brought the sparkler closer to the wick of the skyrocket. "Here you go, sweetie," he told Mabel. "Set something on fire for your Grunkle Stan."
She aimed it high in the sky, screaming, "I AM THE GOD OF DESTRUCTION!"
And the firework set off, sounds of awe were heard in sync with the explosion. It bursted out colorful sparks; pink, yellow, purple...
"Hold on a minute," a stern voice from below caught their attention. It was Sheriff Blubs, who had his hands on his hips along with Deputy Durland who was doing the same. Y/n felt some sort of fight-or-flight emotion, the sight of cops really makes her uncomfortable. "Do you have a permit for those?" he motioned towards the box of very illegal fireworks.
"Uh..." Dipper began, trying to come up with a rational explanation.
But Stan beat him to it, "Uhhh. You have a permit for being totally lame?
The quartet laughed in unison, though in different volumes. Stan was cackling, Mabel was hollering, Dipper was chuckling, while Y/n was snickering.
Lucky for them, the cops were stupid, having fun with them. "Well, I can't argue with that!" Blubs said in a hearty tone. It sounded like there was nothing else he could do, and the two began to walk off like nothing illegal happened. "Carry on," he added, and they were eventually out of sight.
Stan let out a short laugh before sighing, his stance suddenly genuine. "But seriously though, we should probably clean this mess up." They all looked around the Shack to see small fires gradually building up around the forest. Y/n winced at the sight.
"With water balloons?" Mabel suggested slowly, gauging her great uncle's reaction.
The older man shrugged nonchalantly. "I don't see why not!" he replied, making the twins grin widely.
Without delay, they collected all the available balloons, filling them up with water from the outdoor faucet. Creating a mound in the center of the yard, Y/n, Dipper, and Mabel organized into teams.
Engaged in a 2v1 showdown, the twins faced off against Y/n in the yard. They each claimed an end of the area as their battlefield. Mabel and Dipper launched a barrage of water balloons at Y/n, but she skillfully evaded them, countering with well-aimed throws that hit the twins.
With a sudden change in allegiance, Mabel joined forces with Y/n, making it a two-against-one situation with Dipper as the target. Dipper, caught in the crossfire, attempted to escape the onslaught of water balloon attacks. Laughter filled the air, with Dipper's infectious chuckles blending with Mabel's howls and shrieks. Y/n found the entire spectacle highly amusing.
Dipper tried to fight back, but failed, the balloon not getting far. "Oh, man..!"
He was hit square in the face with a water balloon from Mabel, who was running around and screaming about her victory.
Stan, who was watching from the porch, let out a hearty chuckle. "Ah, this is what Saturdays are for. Doing dumb things forever!"
In a synchronized leap, the trio linked arms, awaiting Mabel's countdown. As she reached zero, they collectively jumped onto the pile of water balloons, shouting, "DUMB THINGS FOREVER!" The burst of water from the popped balloons created a lively splash, decorating a section of the porch.
"Whoa there!" Stan recoiled from the water, laughing shortly.
Mabel held up her ice popsicle. "To Grunkle Stan!" she declared loudly. "Not just a great uncle..."
"The greatest uncle!" Dipper continued the sentence in the same tone as her.
Turning towards the third participant, Y/n raised a water balloon and declared, "The best elderly we've ever encountered!" Her words elicited laughter from the twins, and together, they started bombarding Stan with water balloons.
He laughed. "Alright, alright," he simmered as he stood up. "I tell you it's unnatural for siblings to get along as well as you do."
Stan ignored the way Y/n looked at him, who knew what he meant. Mabel and Dipper do get along well for being the Pines twins.
Mabel waved a hand dismissively. "Ha-ha! Don't worry. We've still got plenty of summer left to drive each other crazy!" She playfully attacked Dipper with hugs until he pushed her away, accidentally hitting her face with a water balloon.
The older man laughed nervously as he frowned. His tone suddenly shifted. "Yeah. Plenty of summer left..." he muttered, rubbing the back of his neck as Mabel and Dipper noticed, approaching him with concern.
Y/n's brows furrowed in anticipation. What was he about to do?
"Kids, there's something I, uh, something I should tell you," Stan began, scratching all over his face. He does that when he's nervous. "Well it's complicated."
She let out a huff. How does he even start the explanation? Hey, kids. I've actually been lying to you guys for the whole summer! I'm not Stanford because the real Stanford was stuck through an interdimensional portal to who knows where, and Y/n and I are trying to get him back for 30 years. Haha, also Y/n is not actually 13.
Cheese and crackers..
Stan sputtered a lame excuse, sweat dripping. "I... I'm gonna go refresh my soda."
He left the scene without a word— not inside through the kitchen, but towards the side of the Shack.
The trio exchanged glances, until Y/n had the itch to follow him. "I gotta go check on him," she said. No one protested against it, and they let her go.
"What was that back there?" she said once she found Stan standing idly behind the bushes.
He scratched his chin. "I don't know, okay?! I panicked."
"When did you get to decide you're telling the twins? You could've warned me! We were having fun with water balloons," she huffed in reply, crossing her arms.
Stan muttered in reply, "They'll find out sooner or later." The two gave each other grave looks, trying to imagine what their reactions would be. "Today's the day."
Dipper, I'm not who you think you are. You shouldn't trust me.
"Uh, what's that?"
Stan pointed at her shirt. She looked down to see a red dot painting her chest. Her eyes looked up to see a red dot also displayed on his fez hat. "You have one too! Is it a ladybug?"
More dots popped up, targeting his face and chest. "Oh no!" Stan shouted in realization, and from behind he was suddenly tackled by a masked agent to the ground, startling Y/n. Another agent swiftly approached, securing her tightly by the arms, hindering any attempt to escape.
"Hey, let me go!" she demanded, thrashing around the man's vice grip. She looked up and saw the same agent that visited the Shack, and she went pale.
Agent Trigger spoke into his comms. "Targets secured. Take the house!"
Out of nowhere, several helicopters materialized, hovering above the Shack. A wave of agents swarmed the vicinity, encircling the twins and initiating the destruction of the building. Police caution tape was wound around the Shack. Y/n's worst fears were unfolding.
She and Stan were forcefully brought into the open, led by the agent towards the government vehicle. Stan, in a state of confusion, shouted out bewildered statements, while Y/n remained frozen and horrified. "Hey, hands off her, she's just a kid!" Stan pleaded, noticing the fear on her face.
Trigger didn't listen, of course he wouldn't, as his hold remained tight. "Way to throw us off by using a child to your misdeeds then, Pines."
"I- I don't understand!" Stan stuttered, trying to sound innocent, as if he didn't commit any other crimes. "What did I do that warrants this much arresting?"
Y/n remained silent, her gaze shifting between the older man and the emerging Powers from the shadows. Powers wore a bemused expression, directing his attention to the girl. She swallowed her nerves consciously, realizing she needed to maintain her act. Even though they might be onto them, she was determined not to let the government unravel their plans and secrets, especially not in front of the twins.
"The government guys?" Dipper gasped in disbelief. "I thought you got eaten by zombies!"
"We survived," Trigger replied. "Barely."
"I used Trigger as a human shield. He cried like a baby."
"Wha— h-hey! Not in front of the special-ops guys!"
Powers approached Stan, who he suspected was the culprit. He raised a digital tablet, displaying a video. "This is security footage from a government waste facility. At 0400 hours last night, someone stole three hundred gallons of hazardous waste." He paused, and the footage on the screen confirmed his words. Powers then turned his attention to Y/n. "What are your thoughts on this information?"
Y/n stared at him, her face unreadable. "I think it's not good to steal," she wanted to curse herself for sounding completely dumb in front of everyone, but she had to look naive. "But..." she continued, "Stan is a good person. He would never do that."
Powers leaned closer to her, his voice suddenly dropping to a whisper. One that only the two of them could hear. "I'm not talking about him."
It was suddenly cold.
He straightened up. "As you're thirteen, you're of legal age to be arrested. Take them away," he commanded, and the agents escorted them toward the government vehicle. Y/n glanced back, meeting Dipper's eyes, silently apologizing for the predicament they were about to face.
"B-but I didn't do it!" Stan tried to convince them while he was being whisked away. "Last night I was restocking the gift shop, I swear!"
Mabel tried to reach out for her grunkle and friend. "Wait! Y/n! Grunkle Stan! You've got the wrong people! Our Grunkle Stan might shoplift the occasional tangerine, but he's not some evil super villain!"
"And we know that Y/n wouldn't do something like that!" Dipper added his own sentiment, but their attempt of persuading failed as it fell on deaf ears.
Powers bent down to get at eye-level with the twins, trying to talk some sense into these gullible children. "Listen, kids. We've been watching your family all summer and we've seen some disturbing things. But nothing is as dangerous as what your friend and uncle is hiding. Somewhere hidden in this Shack is a doomsday device!"
The twins exchanged a shocked expression, not believing what they were hearing at the moment. Powers got back up and faced his partner, handing him the tablet. "Trigger, you take the children. I'll talk to the suspect."
He turned to make his exit, but not before leaving a final word. "Sorry to break it to you, kids, but you don't know those people at all."
Trigger snapped his fingers, and two agents approached them. One confiscated Mabel's icy popsicle, while the other guided them toward a police car, closing the door behind them. Glancing out the window, the twins observed Stan and Y/n in the adjacent vehicle.
Stan saw them from the other side, and he began banging the window with his cuffed hands. "Kids, you gotta believe us! The government got it all wrong! We're innocent!" The car eventually drove off, and the twins looked at each other with concern.
They reached the local police station, still surrounded by teams of agents scanning the surroundings for unknown threats. It seemed a bit excessive, but if the government believed a local crook had stolen their property, they would undoubtedly take extensive measures. Stan and Y/n underwent the process of having their mugshots and fingerprints taken, followed by an interrogation.
They were confined to separate rooms, hands still shackled, with no apparent means of escape. Powers entered Stan's room first, discovering him seated in front of a bulletin board adorned with evidence connected by strings. "Alright, Pines," he started, rousing the man from his thoughts. "It's time to talk. I'm no scientist, but there are only two things you do with hazardous waste: store it in barrels near poor people or build a doomsday device. What are you hiding?!"
He squinted at Stan, who remained nonchalant amid the interrogation. Stan countered with a smirk, propping his feet up on the table and reclining. "Heh. You ain't got nothin' on me, and you know it," he said smugly. "I've been in cuffs so many times my wrists have tan lines. I'll get out of here. I'll be looking forward to seeing you come up empty-handed."
Powers stared at him, undeterred. "And what about your accomplice, Y/n? Why did you have to string a 13 year old into your crimes?"
Stan's front was suddenly destroyed, and his smirk was washed away, immediately replaced by a haunted one. "Hey, you can do anything you want to me, but don't go near her. She has nothing to do with this. We had nothing to do with this!"
"Suit yourself," Powers concluded when he knew he was getting nowhere with this guy. He turned away and walked towards the door. "We'll find the device. It's only a matter of time. And speaking of which, yours is running out." He left him to his devices.
Speaking of devices, once the agent exited the room, Stan promptly checked his digital watch, still attached to him. The time counted down to nine hours. Only nine hours left until it happens. He had to be there. They both had to be there.
Stan glanced around the room, searching for a potential means of escape. His eyes landed on a table with a radio placed on it, sparking an idea. Waddling over to his right, he tried to move discreetly, but the incessant squeaking of the chair betrayed his attempts at stealth. With his hands bound, he resorted to using his feet to scroll through the dial. In the process, he accidentally kicked the receiver, causing it to fall, and he followed suit, tumbling to the ground.
He screamed into the receiver, contacting someone. "Big Boy! Come in, Big Boy!"
***
The sound of her own pulse echoed in Y/n's ears, the unsettling quiet pushing her towards the brink of insanity. A beep from her watch served as a reminder that another hour had passed, leaving only nine hours remaining. Curiosity getting the better of her, she turned her head to see a bulletin board adorned with photos. Among them were snapshots of her mall adventure with the twins and Soos, as well as a picture of her sharing a laugh with Mabel after successfully swapping the potion with the Love God.
Unbeknownst to her, the agents had been covertly observing their every move from a distance.
They could've attached bugs all around the Shacks, and she failed to notice. They could've heard them talking about the portal so openly, thinking that they were alone. Maybe the agents already knew where it was located, they were just playing with them and trying to get them to admit to their crimes.
Her train of thought was abruptly halted as Powers swung the door open, causing her to pivot around to face him. His demeanor was stern, unwavering, and imposing. Y/n mentally urged herself once more to maintain her facade of innocence, hoping that, by some stroke of luck, they might be persuaded to release them. However, the uncertainty of whether their act was convincing enough lingered in her mind.
"Y/n," Powers began, his hands behind his back. "Why are you in Gravity Falls?"
She opened her mouth and started reciting the same script she and Stan made up whenever someone would ask her this particular question. "My mom was close friends with Stan. She sent me to Gravity Falls under his supervision." She leaned forward, her tone persuading. "I'm telling you, Stan is a good man. He's innocent!"
"Not to our signals he isn't," Powers retaliated, his posture straightened. "It's been going over the bar for the last 30 years. Do you even know Stanford Pines and the things he might be doing right under your nose?"
Well for one, he isn't actually Stanford.🗝
***
Dipper and Mabel were allocated to an old, abandoned schoolhouse in the woods, 'Government-Owned Historical Learning Institution.'
The boy looked up at Trigger, who decided to put them there. "You're just gonna lock us up in here?"
"This is to keep you safe until child protective services can pick you up," Trigger replied, standing by the door. "Plus, there's toys to keep you entertained."
Dipper ignored his offer and asked the agent instead, "Where's Y/n? Where did your guys take her?"
"That's classified," he answered shortly before leaning down. "She's your friend, isn't she? You could make her time in jail easier if you tell me what she's hiding." His facade became friendly all of a sudden, and it wasn't a good look.
Mabel pointed a finger at him. "We'd rather die than dish out to you stuffed suits!" she then drew back, turning to Dipper. "...Right?"
He nodded.
"We'd rather die!" she concluded, crossing her arms.
Trigger gave up, standing. "Suit yourselves," he began to walk away. "This building pre-dates insulation, so it's going to get cold tonight."
The agent slammed the door shut, and sounds of multiple locks were heard from the other side.
Mabel's act deflated, looking at her brother. "Dipper, you don't think they're right, do you? About Stan? About Y/n?"
"No way," Dipper emphasized, stepping back and making his way to a window. "Stan may be a small-time crook, but this is the guy who takes care of us, who saved your pig, who tries. And Y/n..." he faltered, but carried on. "Y/n has been a great friend to me— to us! She's always been there for us and protected us against danger. They gave us the best summer ever.
There's no way they got a doomsday device, and we're gonna prove it!"
Mabel noticed an old TV that schools would often use. She turned it on and it was the news, covering Stan and Y/n's arrest. Shandra noted that the government refused to disclose the crimes they committed before they went to a commercial where local celebrity Justin was doing a classic KerPrank. Mabel turned the TV off. "We need to prove that Y/n and Grunkle Stan are not guilty, but how? They think they were robbing that waste plant! "
Dipper was pacing around the room, his finger on his chin, trying to remember some clues. "Didn't Stan say he was restocking the gift shop last night?" He ended up in front of the TV, and below it was a tape player. He saw them and suddenly had an idea. "The security tapes! Grunkle Stan has surveillance in the gift shop 24/7! If we can get back to the Shack and find those tapes, we can prove Stan and Y/n were innocent last night!" He rambled all to Mabel, who totally understood the plan.
"But we're locked in, remember?" she said, jiggling the doorknob. "Those settlers really knew how to trap their children." She motioned to the one chair in the far corner of the classroom, a big label that said 'Ye Tyme Oute' plastered on top. But the desk had a pillory attached to it.
***
Powers sighed and sat on the chair in front of Y/n, trying to level with her. "Look, kid. You may not know this, but I'm on your side on this one. Just tell me the truth, and I might let you go and you can do anything you want. How's that sound?"
She could almost barf. His tone sounded like he was talking to a gullible baby, which she was anything but. "Nice try," she said, her eyes glinting a bit with mischief. "But I'm innocent."
He brought out another digital tablet, showing her the same video from earlier. It was of a figure in a haz-mat suit wheeling barrels of radioactive waste. "At 0400 hours last night, someone robbed three hundred gallons of dangerous waste," he repeated, but this time it was slow.
They held eye contact, and without looking back, Powers fast-forwarded to 30 minutes later. "At 4300, another person comes to 'help'."
Y/n cast a fleeting glance at the footage, spotting the individual in question. They lacked any protective gear, except for a gas mask obscuring their face. Her breath hitched, and she clenched her restrained hands, struggling to maintain composure. Despite her internal turmoil, she remained silent, enduring Powers' scrutinizing gaze. His eyes probed for any hint of a reaction, a twitch, or the slightest wrinkle, all of which she skillfully concealed.
Externally, her eyes maintained an unreadable facade, projecting a calm demeanor. However, within, she felt like she was on the verge of combustion, ready to shatter into a million pieces.
Powers decided to speak, searching for a reaction. "Any idea who this person is, Y/n?"
She shook her head. No.
"Not a guess?"
Another shake. No.
"Are you certain?"
A nod. Yes.
He huffed as he stood up. He won't get anywhere with the two of them. They may be stubbornly persistent, but he won't stop until he finds the weapon. "I'll leave you to your thoughts then. It's no use when none of you cooperate." Powers grumbled, walking away and out of the room.
Y/n let out air she didn't know she was holding. She tried to regain her breathing, inhaling and exhaling. Her watch beeped just in time, and she bent over to sneak a glance at its screen, displaying the countdown and a warning; ANOMALY IN PROGRESS. And as if on cue, the desk in front of her began floating before falling back to the ground in a loud bang!
It's getting stronger...
***
The twins found themselves trying to figure out a way to get out of the abandoned classrooms. There were no tools at their disposal, nothing to pick the lock of the door. Dipper was back to pacing on the tiles again, while Mabel's body was splayed on one of the desks, her limbs dangling on the edge. She sighed forlornly, looking up at the upside down rows of portraits of presidents hanging on the wall.
"Oh, President Van Durren, what would you do in this situation?" Mabel asked randomly, voicing her concern.
Dipper snapped his fingers when he heard the word. "President!" His eyes lit up and a grin made its way to his lips. "Mabel, that's it!"
"That's what?"
From the corner of her vision, she watched as her brother rummaged through his vest pockets, until he pulled out a tool she thought he would never use. "Remember this?" she gawked at the sight. "It's the President's key!"
"The President's key!" Mabel echoed with the same grin.
It was a golden, slender key, given to them by the eight-and-a-halfth president, Quentin Trembley (from many episodes ago!).
"Dipper, your brain is a genius!" she cheered, and the two went over to the door, inserting the key to the lock. He just hoped it would work. The key was completely turned, and there was an audible 'click!' and the door magically opened.
The twins gave each other a mischievous smirk, devising a plan to completely outsmart these agents and get away from them as far as possible.
Meanwhile, Trigger and another agent were having another conversation about conspiracy theories when they heard the main door open. Trigger looked behind him and saw the empty corridor. "What was that?!" He and the second agent entered the classroom which was void of a pair of twins.
He heard someone clearing their throat and he looked up to see the twins on the ceiling, holding a school bell. "BELL DROP ON YOUR HEAD NOW!" Mabel declared before she and Dipper let go, the instrument hitting the second agent, making them topple over Trigger and they were both unconscious in a matter of seconds. For a bunch of government workforce, they were very unprepared.
Dipper and Mabel zipped down from the ceiling with the use of her grappling hook, and managed to tie the two agents together with the American flag. Trigger eventually woke up and assessed the situation before him. Two twelve year-olds managed to outsmart him, how unlucky.
Mabel smugly placed her hands on his hips. "Enjoy a room full of outdated knowledge, dweebs! We're gonna go clear our grunkle's and our friend's names!" She walked out of the room.
Dipper was just finishing restricting them when Trigger attempted to talk through his comms. "Backup! Requesting backup—"
He removed the agent's earpiece before throwing it to the ground and stepped on it, smashing it to pieces. The brunette walked away, knowing that the agents were now helplessly bound. But Trigger's words made him stop. "Oh, you poor kids. You really think they're innocent? What do you know about your uncle's past, huh? Name one concrete thing. And what about your friend which you just met this summer. Do you really know who she is?"
Dipper remained silent, trying not to show his emotions in front of this man. But Trigger kept going, rambling about Stan.
"I've seen it before, kid; false names, double lives... one minute they're playing with water balloons, the next they got a whole new life behind your back. Those two scammed the whole world, kid. Are you really gonna let them scam you too?"
Dipper looked tormented, he was preoccupied with thoughts swirling in his head as his hand was frozen on the doorknob. Y/n wouldn't do that to him, would she?
"You..." he faltered. "You don't know what you're talking about."
Does he ?
He closed the door on them, just as Trigger yelled his last words, "You're gonna regret this!"
Rattled, he started to question his trust in both Stan and Y/n, as memories from the summer began to resurface, now with added context. Puzzle pieces were falling into place, answering the questions that had been lingering in his mind.
Mabel was already outside, and Dipper decided to keep the information to himself for a while.
The twins managed to hitch a ride on the trunk of an incoming government vehicle as it drove its way back to the Shack where it was still buzzing with police sirens and barked orders. With an elaborate plan, they grappled towards their shared bedroom and snuck past the guards without a noise, finally arriving in Stan's office where the security tapes were supposed to be.
They scoured through the room, pretending to be Stan and looking where he would hide it. Mabel found the tapes through the 'antelabbit' as she had coined it. After pushing it upwards, a section of the wall turned 180 degrees to reveal two old-looking TV monitors and a tape player, making the twins celebrate.
Mabel pushed up the tape labeled Tuesday into the player, and the video played, showing the happenings inside the gift shop. They fast-forwarded to several hours later, 6:45, where Stan was placing various merchandise on the counter. Dipper giddily pointed at the screen."There it is! Stan restocking like he said!"
"And the date shows it was last night. It's proof!" he added, turning to Mabel.
"Y/n is not even in the footage so she's innocent too! They both are!" she cheered.
But five minutes later, Stan stepped off from his spot in the register, and made his way to the door. He looked around to see if the coast was clear before walking out. Dipper fast-forwarded and the older man still hasn't come back. "Uh, oh..." he murmured, having a bad feeling about all of this.
Mabel shrugged, attempting to provide reassurance. "Uh, maybe he's just going to the bathroom outdoors. The way nature intended!" Despite her effort to remain cheerful, a sense of dread started to creep in. The screen displayed 5 am, and at that very moment, a figure in a hazmat suit casually walked into the gift shop, wheeling a barrel of hazardous waste.
The twins gasped, leaning in to see a closer look. They were still in a state of shock, denial, and confusion. "Oh, no, Stan you didn't." They let out an even bigger gasp when they saw a girl familiar to them. "Y/n? What were they doing?" Dipper mumbled under his breath.
Mabel laughed nervously, torn between comforting her brother and her friend. "Don't panic," she said, waving her arms. She gestured towards the two individuals they believed they could trust, even though they were now clad in protective gear. The person in the video wore a surgical mask, making it uncertain if it was their friend, despite the absence of gloves and a rubber suit. "They could be anyone."
The girl in the footage suddenly spoke. It was in a whisper, but the video still picked it up. "Be careful with that stuff! You're gonna spill it all over the floorboards!"
The person in the hazmat suddenly dropped the barrel on their toes, and they jumped in pain. "Ah! Son of a—!"
Dipper immediately fast-forwarded, choosing not to hear the man's colorful vocabulary. That was him alright.
Mabel was on the brink of breaking down, "Okay, okay, so maybe Grunkle Stan and Y/n stole some toxic waste. That doesn't mean they're leading a nefarious double life! I mean, Y/n's just thirteen, why couldn't she just have fun with coloring books and catching butterflies– not being a criminal!"
While she rambled, Dipper found a box of belongings right under the tape player. He opened the flaps and looked over to see a bunch of incriminating stuff. He turned to her. "I'm not so sure about that, Mabel."
They turned on a desk lamp, the light helping them see a box full of fake IDs and passports."What?" Mabel muttered as they rummaged through the pile. "Stetson Pinefield?" She read one of Stan's identities.
"Hal Forrester? Andrew '8-Ball' Alcatraz?" Dipper found some more identities. "You wouldn't need fake IDs unless you were trying to hide your real identity!"
"But why would Stan do that?" Mabel wondered aloud, searching for answers within the box. She came across a folded newspaper clipping and took it, reading the headline. Her heart sank to the pit of her stomach when she saw the big, bold letters.
STAN PINES DEAD.
For two people thirty years ago, they were casual about it. They were happy that they got rid of his identity, but thirty years later, two other people were horrified and panic-stricken.
"What?!" Dipper's eyes were wide as saucers. Their Grunkle Stan was supposed to be dead?! Fiery car crash, brakes cut but by whom?!
The atmosphere had grown more tense, anxiety looming around them. Did this mean that the Stan they had trusted, the one their parents had entrusted them to, wasn't actually their great uncle? They had only heard of him once through their father, and now all their memories from this summer were tainted by the possibility that the old man running a tourist trap might not be their relative after all.
Y/n's information was nowhere to be found. The only thing they knew about her was that she was also sent by her 'aunt' to spend the summer with Stan. Maybe she also didn't know Stan's secret? Perhaps she was also a victim, unknowingly helping Stan with the doomsday device. He knew about her invulnerability, so he might have thought he could use her to handle the toxic waste.
Somewhere deep down in Dipper's soul, there was an urge to save her from whatever exploitation was going on. He still didn't believe that she could have a hand in this.
The twins spent their time thinking and wondering. It still didn't make sense for the both of them. They needed an explanation about all of this. They needed answers.
Dipper was exasperated, panting in regret. "I can't believe it. This whole summer I've been looking for answers and the biggest mystery was right under our nose."
Mabel shook the box upside down, looking for more clues. She discovered a piece of paper, letters and numbers written on it. "What the..? This looks like Y/n's handwriting!"
"Let me see that," he urged, taking the paper. "'Secret code to hideout?'" He then took out the journal and flipped over to the page of ciphers, turning on the portable black light. "A1, B, C3... I've never seen a code like this." But he'd seen her handwriting before, and it was exactly that. Could it be a lock located in her room?
What was she hiding?
"Wait! I've seen this pattern of numbers before!" Mabel suddenly burst out, turning to him. "Dipper, it's the vending machine!"
And that was exactly where they were going.
***
Only thirteen minutes left until the portal opens to the assigned coordinates. Y/n tried to think of a way out, but there weren't any tools to her advantage. In the last few hours, every 12 minutes, the anomalies would return, and they were stronger each time. The table must've been crooked by now from how many times it slammed back to the ground.
All of a sudden, the door opened, and three agents walked inside. "Alright, kid. We're putting you away now."
"Where's Powers?" she meekly asked them. Maybe stalling them would be a good idea.
"Doesn't matter. Come with us," the agent sternly replied. One of them went behind her to unlock her cuffs. "Don't even think about fighting back. You're no match against government employees."
She fought the urge to narrow her eyes at them. She heard a click and her wrists were free from the binds, and on cue, her watch began to beep. Anomaly in progress!
Everything around them floated, and she headbutted the agent from behind, rendering him unconscious. The man in front of her was perplexed, the sudden shift of gravity catching him off-guard. Y/n took the chance to leap towards him and kicked him in the face. The third guard brought out a rubber baton and pointed it at her.
"Don't make me hit you with this, little girl!"
"I'd like to see you try!" she retorted as he swung the weapon at her. Grabbing the chair behind her, Y/n struck him with it, shattering the furniture into a million pieces. Hastily, she reached the door, opened it, leaving the three floating men to their confusion. She closed the door just as her watch beeped again, and gravity returned to normal.
Stan concluded dealing with his own set of goons, hand on the doorknob after slamming the door in Powers' face, securely locking it. He scanned the area. "Y/n? Y/n, where are you?" He searched for any other rooms where she might be located.
"Stan! Stan!" He heard from the other corridor. He saw her turn the corner and stood at the end of the hallway.
"Y/n," he huffed in relief, and she wrapped her arms around him. He placed his hands on her shoulder, rubbing her hair affectionately. "Let's go. We don't have much time!"
The two sprinted out of the police station to find a taxi in the middle of a street. Stan was breathless when he approached the driver. "You know where the Mystery Shack is?"
The man in the car responded, "Uh, yeah?"
Stan retrieved a wallet from his coat. "Okay, here's a hundred bucks," he told the driver. Y/n was ready to hop inside the vehicle but his hand shot out to stop her. "Drive as far away from the Shack as possible, and don't stop when the cops start chasing you!" He ordered.
She looked up at him with wide eyes. That was such a smart move...
The driver was nonchalant, accepting the instructions as he shrugged. He drove off quickly, and that was their cue to hide just as the cops burst out the front doors. "They're getting away!" The two heard Powers' voice from behind a flipped car. "Obviously, follow that cab!" He pointed at the yellow car, ordering them to go in pursuit.
Y/n and Stan ran in the other direction. It was a long way to the Shack, but they had no other choice. They had to be there. They had to.
The two of them were breathless, and they weren't even halfway there. They were bombarded with branches and stones trying to trip their feet, but they were driven by sheer determination that nothing could stop them.
Meanwhile, the twins successfully persuaded Soos, who was assigned by Stan to guard the vending machine with his life. Mabel and Dipper teamed up against him and managed to get past, with Dipper successfully entering the code into the vending machine. It hissed open, revealing a secret passage.
The trio ventured forward, their bodies trembling slightly. They followed the path that led them to a lone elevator, which automatically descended to the deepest level of the basement. As the double doors opened, they found themselves in an observation room filled with computers and control panels. A large screen displayed a countdown in red numbers, indicating 5 minutes and 30 seconds... but to what? What was it counting down to?
Their jaws hung open as they gawked at the scene before them. The idea of Stan being capable of operating something as complex as this was beyond their wildest imagination. After all, he struggled with even the simplest of phones. The realization that Y/n might have collaborated on this left Dipper utterly confused and lost.
All three of them were flooded with questions, the situation making no sense at all. They were desperate to unravel the meaning behind all of this. What purpose did it serve beneath the Mystery Shack?
Mabel was trying to be positive, but it seemed to be out of place. The probability of it all being a doomsday device was slowly coming true. This was the sole proof of it. "Okay, okay, so Grunkle Stan's got a huge gigantic lab and Y/n might be an assistant. That doesn't mean anything bad! Everyone's got secrets!"
On top of the table, she saw a framed photo of her and Dipper and picked it up. "It's still them, guys. Stan and Y/n! They care for us, they love us! And we love them." She turned to him. "Right, Dipper?" she trailed off, watching his reaction shift for a moment.
Dipper noticed something on the table in front of him. His heart skipped a painful beat, not liking what he was saying. "It can't be..." his voice was barely a whisper. "That's impossible."
In his hands was the third journal, but the other two were located right in front of him, in this very room, all in Stan's possessions, all this time. Dipper pulled his hair in different directions. "I can't believe it! Was anything he said to us real?! Why would he have those journals?"
Amidst the surge of rage within him, Dipper harbored other questions in his mind at that very moment. Despite the turmoil, he refrained from vocalizing them, fearing the potential answers: Did Y/n assist Stan in locating all the journals? Was their friendship merely a ploy to gain his trust and ultimately obtain the journal willingly?
"Maybe he's the author," Soos offered, referring to Stan. But Dipper refused to believe that someone as dumb and stubborn as Stan would care about the mysteries of Gravity Falls let alone write about them.
"Or maybe he stole them from the author!" He rejected the idea, standing his ground. "Maybe the reason he has all those fake IDs is because he is a master criminal, and this machine is his master plan!" And maybe... he only had used Y/n to his advantage and she was actually innocent in all of this. His mind and heart were at crossroads, but deep down he hoped, wished, prayed that she had nothing to do with this.
Dipper opened the journal to a page marked by a bookmark, signifying its significance. As he delved into the contents, he also explored the other book, revealing an array of writings that seemed to form a puzzle. Laying them out, he noticed a striking resemblance to the portal situated before them.
He turned on his portable black light, and the three gasped, the light revealing frazzled writings around the drawing. It was the author's warnings, written in full caps, and Dipper read them aloud, "I was wrong the whole time. The machine was meant to create knowledge but it is too powerful. I was deceived, I hurt other people, and now it is too late. The device, if fully operational, could tear our universe apart! It must not fall into the wrong hands. If the clock ever reaches zero, our universe is doomed!"
And suddenly, they were thrust back into the harsh reality where the giant countdown before them finally made sense. Only one minute and thirty seconds remained until total destruction, as the author had warned. Soos pointed at the screen, fear evident in his voice. "It's the final countdown! Just like they always sang about!"
The ground rumbled as Dipper hurriedly flipped through the journal to a page reading, 'MANUAL OVERRIDE'. "The agents were right! We have to shut it down!"
She arrived at the gift shop to see the vending machine had already opened. Stan grumbled aloud, "Man, I thought I could trust him!"
"Who?!" Y/n said in the same tone, as they ran their way towards the elevator.
"Soos! I gave him an order!"
The elevator remained silent and suffocating. No words were exchanged as the floor continued to shake beneath them, but they paid it no mind. As the doors opened, a loud buzzer echoed in the distance, indicating that Dipper, Soos, and Mabel had activated the override sequence and were en route to press the red button.
Dipper positioned himself in front of the button, blinking in a pattern as if anticipating someone to press it. He was on the verge of doing so himself. Regardless of whatever scheme Stan might be plotting, Dipper was resolute in bringing an end to his misdeeds. With determination, he raised his hand, hovering just inches away from the button. "This all stops... Now!"
"DON'T TOUCH THAT BUTTON!"
Stan stumbled into the doorway, panting, his usual conman facade replaced by an air of desperation. Dipper, Mabel, and Soos turned their attention to him, struck silent. Moving slowly toward the group, Stan pleaded, "Please don't press that shutdown button."
Y/n followed behind him, also breathless, on the verge of collapsing. Panic consumed her as the culmination of their life's work, sacrifices, and atonements hung in the balance with the press of a button. Looking up at Dipper, who met her with a cold glare, she whispered desperately, "Dipper, please." Turning to Mabel and Soos, she pleaded, "We worked so hard for this."
That left a bitter taste in his mouth. We? We?!
So she did have a part in the plan.
"You have to trust us."
Dipper's anger settled in his veins, his hand still outstretched towards the button. "And we should trust you, why exactly? After you stole radioactive waste? After you lied to us all summer?! Heck, I don't even know who you are! We thought you were our friend, Y/n!"
Trust no one. He remembered the journal's words, screaming back at him. That was the number one rule of Gravity Falls, yet he believed that his family and friends were to be trusted... only to find out that this was very wrong.
"I am, Dipper, I am still your friend!" she insisted, stepping forward. But the longer they screamed at each other, it felt like the connection between them was breaking. "I promise you, this is the last secret I haven't told you yet. There aren't any more! Please, we'll explain everything after this. Just let the machine stay on—"
Stan and Y/n's wrist devices beeped in unison, and there were tremors again. "Oh no," Stan said, looking at them. "Brace yourselves!"
The gravity around them shifted and they all started to levitate in the air, floating towards the portal. The portal grew bigger, circling around in multiple colors while it produced lightning. "T-minus thirty-five seconds."
The group scattered in various directions, each floating helplessly. Y/n noticed Mabel's ankle entangled in a wire near the stand with the button, perilously close to the portal. An instinct to save her surged within Y/n, while Dipper, hearing his sister's plea, implored her to press the button.
Mabel swam her way to the stand while Stan panicked, making his way towards her in mid-air. "Mabel, Mabel, wait! Stop!"
Soos suddenly came down and knocked Stan away from the tween. "Soos, what're you doing?!" the older man furiously hit his employee on the head multiple times. "I gave you an order, you halfwit!"
"Sorry, Mr. Pines– if that is your real name– but I have a new mission now! Protecting these kids!"
"Soos, let me go!"
"Mabel, please don't!" Y/n called out to her and was almost at arm's length, until Dipper pushed himself off the support beam and crashed towards Y/n to shove her away from the button.
Entwined in mid-air, their arms struggled against each other. Dipper recognized that he was no match for Y/n, but he was determined to do whatever it took to keep her away from the button. She, on the other hand, avoided laying a hand on him, opting instead to find a way for him to detach from her body.
"Mabel, shut it down!" Dipper screamed.
"You gotta trust me!" Stan shouted too.
A surge of emotions overwhelmed Mabel—confusion, disbelief, turmoil, and hesitancy plagued her mind. The weight of it all felt so crushing that the only response she could muster was to cry. "Grunkle Stan... I don't even know... if you're my grunkle!" She sobbed, tears floating in the air, making all of them stop fighting each other. "And Y/n, I thought you were my best friend!" Her voice cracked as she wailed. "I wanna believe you guys, but..."
"Then listen to me," Stan appealed, his wretched voice trying to reach out to his niece. "Remember this morning when I said I wanted to tell you guys something?"
"T-minus twenty seconds."
Amidst the chaos and screams, the portal flared up, sending everyone crashing against the wall. The situation was spiraling out of control, and Mabel found herself standing in front of the button, the one that could potentially set things right. The portal, a looming danger, demanded her attention. Ready to press the button, she hesitated as Stan's voice cut through the noise.
"I wanted to say that you're gonna hear some bad things about me, and some of them are true. But trust me. Trust Y/n. Everything we've worked for, everything we care about. It's all for this family!"
Dipper refused to listen, yelling at Mabel. He acted as a counterpart to Stan, trying so hard to convince his sister. "Mabel, what if he's lying? This thing could destroy the universe, listen to your head!"
Their dynamic had always been like this—Dipper relying on his logical thinking, and Mabel following her heart. As the fate of the world hung in the balance, Mabel stood before the button, torn between the pressing need to act and the emotional tug from Stan. Trust, a heavy word with even weightier consequences, echoed in her mind. Yet, for Mabel, love held the power to overcome all challenges. After all, Stan loved her, didn't he?
"Look into my eyes, Mabel!" the older man pleaded. "Do you really think I'm a bad guy?"
Is Stan truly a villain? Yes, he may be foolish, driven by greed, and a habitual liar... but was he ever truly malevolent? Did he harbor sinister intentions? Despite his flaws, this was the man who looked out for her, brought joy into her life, and rescued her pet pig. This was the person who endeavored to provide her with the most memorable summer. She understood that beneath it all, he cared.
"He's lying!" Dipper beseeched. "Shut it down, now!"
Stan's lied a ton. Deception's practically his middle name. Mabel even tried gifting him some fake golden teeth once, hoping it'd make him spill the truth. And now, looking at him, he seemed kinda desperate. It was entirely possible that he was lying at this very moment. He could fabricate another falsehood tomorrow, just as he did yesterday when he claimed to have ironed his pants. He never irons his pants...
"Mabel, please!"
Please. The word Stan rarely ever uttered until today. It was a plea, a desperate attempt to convey the gravity of the situation. He believed, perhaps naively, that if "please" had any magic to it, now would be the time. So, he implored Mabel, begged her silently, not to press the red button.
Y/n waited with bated breath. She hoped Stan managed to convince her just enough for the countdown to be completed. 10, 9, 8, 7...
Mabel averted her gaze from them, slowly lowering her hand towards the button. Meanwhile, Y/n sensed warmth trickling down her nose. As she instinctively reached up, her fingers revealed the telltale sign: blood.
6, 5, 4...
"Grunkle Stan?" Mabel said. She called out to him, if that was even his real name.
3, 2...
"I trust you."
Raising her hand, she allowed herself to ascend, eyes shut in what seemed like surrender. The act was complete, and she braced herself for the impending repercussions. If this became her final recollection of her family, of Stan, of Y/n, then she wanted to hold onto the belief that they were fundamentally good people.
Dipper's scream was guttural. "Mabel, are you crazy?! We're all gonna—!!!"
1.
The portal became increasingly unstable, pulsating erratically. Then, with a deafening explosion, the machine ruptured, and a collective scream echoed as they were engulfed in the blinding light.
The blinding radiance swallowed Gravity Falls whole, and, for the first time in 30 years, Y/n was unconscious. Their bodies hung in mid-air, suspended until reality crashed back down. Dipper awoke with a desperate hope that it had all been a terrible dream. Massaging his head, he surveyed the aftermath: the once-mighty portal now reduced to a chaotic tangle of wires and twisted metal, still emanating a brilliant blue glow.
Mabel's decision didn't result in the destruction of the universe. Instead, a figure emerged from the portal as the blue light gradually faded, sealing his passage. He was adorned in dark protective gear, his cape billowing in the wind. A hood concealed his face, and a visor shadowed his eyes, while a dark cloth covered his nose and mouth. He certainly succeeded in maintaining an air of mystery.
Y/n, now awake, observed the man's actions intently. She couldn't discern if it was indeed him, the genuine article. Her heart raced at the prospect that they might have miscalculated the coordinates and ended up with the wrong individual. The realization that all their efforts could be in vain weighed heavily on her.
Advancing, the man reached down and placed his hand on the cover of a fallen journal. Y/n noted the distinctive feature of six fingers on his hand.
Six fingers.
Her eyes widened as she held her breath. He took the journal and tucked it into the inside pocket of his long, dark coat.
Dipper gasped, "W-what?" He was in a state of shock, puzzlement, and fluster. "Who is that?"
Stan looked up to see the man. He knew him too well. He confirmed it, "The author of the journals"
My teacher, my greatest motivation .
He pulled off his goggles, revealing his face. He looked rugged, intimidating, and worn, like he had been through a lot. He even grew himself a beard. But after everything, it was still him.
"My brother."
***
"Is this the part where one of us faints?"
"Oh, I am so on it, dudes."
VXCBIS KKW KIQIZV, WZX AAXKVU AL NRFF,
🗝: ???
The man from the portal, a mystery untold,
Shack's secrets resurface, a tale to unfold.
With six-fingered touch and an otherworldly sight,
Ominous changes, casting shadows in the night.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 26?
Notes:
[REAL AUTHOR'S NOTE:]
THANKS, DAISY!
Chapter 26: Now He's Back, the Mystery in the Mystery Shack
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Stood before them was the man from the portal, livid and enraged. Despite his gray beard blocking his mouth, Y/n was pretty sure that he was deeply frowning. But it was no mistaking that he was the real Stanford Pines.
The other Stanford, however, wore an opposite expression to him, relieved and slightly chipper. "Finally, after all those years of waiting, you're actually here!" Stan exclaimed, close to tears. He walked closer to him, his arms already outstretched for an embrace. "Brother!"
But the reunion wasn't all that he had hoped. There weren't any comforting hugs or tearful laughter. No thank you's or apologies were exchanged like Stan had dreamed.
Instead, he was given a punch in the face.
Ford clenched his fist tightly, all of his pent up anger, regret, and resentment were finally resurfacing after 30 years. He will never forget the reason why he was sucked inside the portal in the first place. Stan was screaming in pain, holding his aching cheek. "Ow! Wow, someone sure hasn't changed."
"Neither have you," Ford replied just as gravely. Blinded by rage, he yelled at Stan. "This was an insanely risky move, restarting the portal!" There was a slight desperation in his tone. "Didn't you read my warnings?!"
Stan waved a dismissive hand. "Eh, warnings, schmarnings." He placed his hands on his hips as he scoffed. "Ever heard of a thank you? Y/n and I worked hard to save you from what appears to be, I don't know, some kind of "Beard Dimension"?"
"Y/n?" His voice faltered. His brows were furrowed as he stepped forward. "Did you say... Y/n?" He craned his neck to be able to hear clearly.
Stan paused, recoiling at his brother's sudden change in tone. He gestured to the left and Ford followed, his eyes landing on what he expected would be a somewhat grown Y/n, a young woman, but he immediately saw her familiar face, looking at him with an unreadable expression.
"Y/n," Ford breathed, and for the first time, he felt solace. Albeit confusion took place in his mind, disbelief was also present, questions sprouting. She stayed? After all these years?
He walked towards her, and the three 'outsiders' cleared the path for him. Ford kneeled down to her height, and she shied away, avoiding his gaze. "Hi," she breathed, fiddling with her fingers.
"Y/n, you've..." he would've said 'you've changed' or 'you've grown', but none of them really applied to her at the moment. Instead, he said, "You're here."
"You came back," she gasped, her hands resting on her sides. Her gaze lingered on him, taking note of the changes in his appearance. His hair was in disarray (when was it not?), his glasses were crooked and cracked, and his beard was unkempt. His eyes looked tired and slightly bloodshot, but a sense of joy filled her as she noticed the corners of his eyes crinkling when he saw her.
But there were so many questions kept unanswered.
Someone clearing their throat loudly cut off their reunion, and they turned to see the sweater-wearing girl with her hand up. He wasn't aware until now that there were children with them, along with somewhat of a hairless gopher. "Uh, hi? Yeah. Quick question; what the heck is going on here?!"
Ford stood back up and Stan joined his side, still irritated. The secret is out now. "Here we go: kids, meet my twin brother," he said and on cue, they both adjusted their glasses in unison.
Mabel and Dipper's jaws hung open. "Twin brother?!" He's had a twin brother all along?
Stan continued, gesturing to the kids. "Ford, say hello to Shermie's grandkids." Meanwhile, Ford was baffled at the information. He had a niece and nephew?
Mabel walked up to him and took his hand, shaking it. "Hi, I'm Mabel! Woah, a six-fingered handshake!" Ford almost let her go, afraid of what he'd hear until the girl continued her greetings. "It's a full-fingered friendlier than normal! Quick beard question!" She was going fast. "Do you keep treats in there for later? Bonus question: do you ever use it as a napkin?"
And for the first time since he landed in this dimension, Ford chuckled, amused. "Heh, well you're a funny little one!"
Mabel smiled widely, placing her hands on her hips. "Ha, I like this guy! Keep telling me more about how great I am!"
On the other hand, Dipper squinted his eyes, scrutinizing this man's appearance. His eyes landed on his hand and he noticed. Six fingers, and he immediately made the connection. Stan wasn't lying; this man was indeed the author of the journals.
He gasped loudly, eyes wide, and hands shaking. "Y-you're the– the... y-you're the author of the journals!"
Ford looked slightly flustered, taking pride in his work. Albeit his journals were supposed to be his personal findings, it felt nice to have someone be interested in reading it. He laughed shortly. "You've read my journals?"
The boy was still hyperventilating, struggling to catch his breath. He needed to compose himself, but his excitement was filled to the brim, unable to contain it. "I— I haven't just read them, I've lived them!" He began walking in circles, and Y/n's lips lifted into a smile as she watched him. "I've been waiting for so long to meet you, I- I don't know what to say, I've got so many questions—!"
Dipper breathed heavily, "Ohhhh I think I'm gonna throw up!" He clenched his stomach, hunching just as Mabel came over, patting his back. "Hmmpf! No– no, false alarm. Humph! Just gotta ride it out!"
"Well, there would be plenty of time to catch up later, I'm certain," Ford said, giving them an assuring smile before turning to Stan and his mood immediately soured again. "But first, tell me, Stan. Are there any security breaches? Does anyone else know about this portal?"
"No, just us!" Stan crossed his arms, appearing composed. He glanced at Y/n who was giving him a look, and he reconsidered, telling him the truth. "Also maybe the entire U.S. government."
"The WHAT?!" Ford exclaimed as his eyes widened. He looked through the observation room and saw the security camera focused on the agents.
"Fan out! We're not going anywhere until we find Stan Pines, Y/n, and those kids!"
Ford placed a hand on his forehead, closing his eyes. Leave it to Stanley to drag them all into this mess. He sighed, trying to think of a plan. He just came back to this dimension and now he had to deal with the entire U.S government on their backs. "Okay, it's alright." He didn't know whether he was assuring everyone or himself. We've got a while before they find thisroom. We just need to lay low and think of a plan."
He brought out his journal, the first one, and began scribbling. It could be equations, schematics, or just his deeply rooted frustrations with the man who might have ruined everything.
"Well, it looks like we're stuck down here for a while," Mabel said, turning to her brother, who was stuck enthralled at the author breathing the same air as him. "Who wants to tell us their entire mysterious backstory?"
Ford, with his back remained on them, added, "Yes, I have some questions about all this myself, Stanley."
Dipper paused, confused at the name. "...Stanley?"
"But your name's Stanford?" Mabel asked, turning to her grunkle. Stan looked apprehensive, preparing for his brother's reaction. Yet another secret to be unveiled.
Ford whipped around, shock written clearly on his face. "Wait, you took my name?!" His voice cracked, "What have you been doing all these years, you knucklehead?!"
Y/n got in the middle of them before he could advance, raising her hands in collectedness. "I assure you, there is a perfectly logical explanation about everything."
His eyes locked onto hers, memories of her flooding back. From the times he had gone insane, pushed her away, to the moment he was thrown into the portal, and he never got to see her again. He would be lying if he said he didn't think of her every day while he was in different dimensions, trying to survive against all odds. He had imagined her changing, just as he had. What had transpired in the years he was gone?
Don't tell me you were the mastermind in all of this, Y/n. Ford said internally, conflicted. She was supposed to be smarter than him, knowing the consequences of restarting the portal.
Dipper chimed in, the feeling of betrayal surged through him. His anger returned, crossing his arms as he gave her a cold stare. "Start explaining then. Right from the beginning."
She swallowed nervously, looking up at Stan, who didn't look that great either. He sighed, and finally began his whole entire backstory, starting from when he and Ford were younger. Throughout the story, the kids and Soos were slowly starting to understand. Mabel was naturally an empath, her heart aching at how their brotherhood was tested. Y/n had already heard this story before, being told while they were in the basements, but she was only given a vague version of the story.
Young Stanford was offered the best college in the country while Stanley was being offered insults and shame. He felt alone, not knowing what to do without his brother. In his frustrations, he did a grave mistake that cost Ford's future.
Stanley was ousted by his father from their house forever, leaving his family behind, even Stanford.
"Oh! This story's so sad!" Mabel expressed, frowning. "I know what you two little broken teacups need: to hug it out! Hug it out! Hug train's comin' in the station. HUGAPOLOOZA! 2000!"
"Kid, will ya knock that off? I'm tryin' to tell my life story here!" Stan scolded his niece before returning to where he had left off.
He continued to the part where he started being a salesman, working his lying skills, and jumping across countries with different identities, looking for something that would be his big break. When Stan finished, Mabel's eyes lit up in wonder. "Whoa. So that explains the fake IDs."
Dipper turned to Ford, trying to even his voice. "But wait, what about you? Did you end up going to your dream school?"
The older man cleared his throat. "Not exactly..." he proceeded to tell them that he ended up in Backupsmore University, and in a place like that, he had to work twice as hard. He went from undergrad to PhD three years ahead of schedule, wrote a thesis that was nationally ranked, and was awarded an enormous grant for his own scientific research.
Y/n smiled, noting the way Ford told them about his achievements. He was so proud of himself, while Stan was rolling his eyes, mumbling under his breath. Show off.
But her moment of admiration was cut short when Ford shifted his attention to her and she was back to Earth, glancing at the twins who were already looking at her. He must be talking about his arrival at Gravity Falls.
"How come it looked like you and Y/n already met before?" Mabel asked, scratching her head.
"We have," Ford answered. "But, uh. Y/n, mind taking the floor?" he offered, opting to hear the story from her perspective this time.
Said girl stood unmoving, trying to figure where Ford had left the story. Before she opened her mouth, Dipper was waving his hands in refusal. "Wait, wait, wait a minute. So you're telling me you knew the author of the journals, and you didn't even tell me?!" He confronted her.
Mabel came from behind him, placing a hand on his shoulder. "Dipper, you can be angry at Y/n later. For now, let's try and understand her," she comforted him, and Y/n was grateful that she was the sensible out of the two.
Y/n ignored his scrutinizing gaze. Ford was surprised at the sudden altercation happening between his great nephew and assistant. They must've had some sort of connection for them to be feeling like this. She continued the story anyway, "Ford and I met in his first year of his stay in Gravity Falls."
"That sounded like a lifetime ago," Soos commented, chuckling soundly.
Everyone stared at him silently until he was done laughing. Y/n sighed. "Uh, yeah. Soos got it. We met a lifetime ago," she quoted him, avoiding their gazes. All secrets are out right now. "I'm not actually supposed to be thirteen."
"What?!" They gasped. "But why would you lie about that?" Dipper asked.
She began explaining her six years of adventures with Ford, and everyone listened closely. Dipper, still skeptical, heard the story unfold, especially as it reached the creation of the portal. Ford took over, recounting the collaboration with Fiddleford McGucket and the nights spent perfecting the machine until the testing phase arrived.
The atmosphere tensed as Ford recounted the moment Y/n was pulled into the portal, including unnecessary details like her vomiting blood (she gestured to him to skip such specifics). The tension persisted as Ford narrated the events leading to Fiddleford quitting. Y/n then shared her side of the story, starting from waking up weeks after the portal test (excluding the part of her and Bill talking for the first time).
"That's when I had to contact Stanley. I needed him to get the journal as far away from Gravity Falls as possible."
The onlookers shifted their eyes between the twin brothers, absorbing the perspectives of their stories. Stan's tale carried a sense of hurt, Ford's depicted a growing insanity, and Y/n, in her room, remained oblivious to the unfolding ordeal. "And that's where I met Y/n," Stan concluded, gesturing towards her. "She was the one who knew mostly about the portal."
Dipper's eyes drifted to hers, and the realization dawned on him. "So you're the assistant the author was writing about?"
Wearing a bashful expression, she averted her gaze. "Yeah," she responded, glancing at Ford, who met her with a hesitant stare. "I'm sorry," she repeated, a sense of remorse evident. Dipper's harsh glare conveyed the betrayal he felt towards her.
Stan, sensing the discomfort from the building tension, intervened with, "A-anyway..." He proceeded with his story, explaining how the townsfolk still believed he was the 'kooky, reclusive scientist' in the woods. Realizing he could turn it into a living, he established his tourist trap, the one known today. By day he was Stanford Pines, Mr. Mystery.
"But by night, Y/n and I were down in the basement, trying to bring the real Stanford back. We couldn't risk anyone learning the truth and sabotaging our mission, so we lied to everyone; the town, my family, your parents, even you kids."
Dipper scoffed internally. They had to lie. But in a way, he felt bad. If he had pressed the button, he would have prevented the author from coming back. "I'm sorry I didn't believe you, Grunkle Stan. I didn't know," he apologized— at least to his family.
"Eh, that's okay, kid. I probably wouldn't believe me either," Stan replied, his tone slightly relieved. His brows then furrowed, giving his nephew some sort of signal. Uh, aren't you forgetting someone?
"I heard talking! It was coming from downstairs!"
An agent's shout echoed from the gift shop, and a wave of panic swept over the group, their bodies tensing with alertness. "Oh, no, it's too late, the agents are coming for us!"
"What do we do?!"
"Aw, man. I was so spellbound by your dramatic tale I forgot all about those dudes!" Soos commented, feeling regret.
Dipper's face brightened with an idea. "Wait, forget." He eagerly retrieved the memory-erasing gun from his bag and handed it to the bearded man with an excited grin. Y/n had to conceal her smile, not wanting to dampen his enthusiasm.
"Of course!" Ford let out, mimicking his nephew's expression. "I don't know how you got a hold of one of these but, this is perfect!" He walked over to the viewing glasses and began plugging some wires into the device. "If I can just amplify the signal to a radio headset frequency... there. Now everyone, plug your ears! Get down, now!" He instructed, voice coming to a shout.
Everyone did as they were told, and the ground rumbled until they felt some sort of frequency pulsing through the shack and the yard. "There. That should do it."
Witnessing Ford's movement, they trailed behind him until he reached the elevator. Fortunately, all six of them squeezed into the elevator, ascending to the first level. Ford, grabbing a random stack of paper from the dining table, stepped out to confront the agents.
"Stand down, gentlemen! I've been sent with the latest intel from Washington," he began, flipping through some of... Mabel's drawings. "According to this very real report, the power surges in Gravity Falls were actually due to radiation from an unreported meteor shower. A total embarrassment for your whole department. Luckily I'm here to take this mess off your hands, but I'll need all your... floppy disks, and uh, 8-tracks...right?"
Powers was baffled at the situation, trying to steady himself as he was being confronted by this guy with a long beard, but he answered anyway. "Uh, everything about this case is contained on this drive."
Trigger handed Ford a flash drive labeled 'PINES'. Ford pocketed it in his coat.
"Well, what are you waiting for, a kiss on the cheek? Get out of here before I have your butts court-martialed!" He ordered strictly, sounding like a professional. The agents saluted in command and they made their exit, rounding every agent in the area and left without another.
Ford shifted his gaze towards the entrance of the gift shop. "Y/n, please dispose of this," he instructed, and she stepped out, taking the drive. Calling for Gompers, the goat responded with a m-e-e-e, waddling over to her. She extended her hands with the drive, and he snatched it with his mouth, darting away.
Mabel ran out of the gift shop, flailing her arms around. "Great Uncle Stanford, that was amazing!"
"Let's not go crazy; it was serviceable," Stan grumbled, following with Soos.
Ford chuckled, surrounded by beaming faces, and he appreciated the gestures, even if it was a bit too much. "Thank you, kids, but please, call me Ford," he said, trying to maintain a sense of formality.
"Of course! Thanks, Great-uncle Ford. So, uh," Dipper started, brandishing a notepad and pen while clicking the pen excitedly. "Would you mind if I ask you a couple of billion questions about Gravity Falls?"
The older man was taken aback, for once speechless. "Um, well, I uh..."
Stan cut him off, going between his brother and the twins. "Alright, kids. It's been a long day and me and my brother have a lot to talk about. So why don't you hit the hay, huh?"
"B-but it's the author!" He clicked his pen rapidly. "I've been waiting so long to ask questions about—"
And why only us? Why shouldn't Y/n go, too?
Dipper's mood took a sudden downturn when he noticed her standing still, beside the author of the journals. She apparently had a connection with his great uncle, and she hadn't even bothered to tell him. Some friends they were.
So many revelations unfolded in a single day: Y/n existing 40 years ago? Her age stopped when she was 13, and for 30 years, they had been harboring a twin brother inside what he initially thought was a doomsday device.
"This is the last secret I haven't told yet!"
Now he's grappling with the thought that there might be more secrets that she has yet to reveal.
Y/n was present when they discovered the journal together. She was there when they both read the author's entry about not trusting anyone in Gravity Falls. He believed he could trust her, only to find out that she was hiding something, thinking he couldn't handle it.
And it turns out, she needed the journal for the portal. All of her seemingly good acts now left a bitter taste in his mouth. She appeared all buddy-buddy with them, trying to get close. The idea that Y/n might have been faking everything tainted their perception of her. Suddenly, she didn't seem like a friend anymore.
She had an ulterior motive. It wasn't just about friendship or being a good person.
How could she deceive them like that? He... cared for her, and they had a bond.
Stan approached the kids finally, and grabbed their heads and pushed them away. "I said. Hit. The hay!"
Before he realized it, he was glaring at her intensely. Dipper couldn't conceal his emotions, even if he tried. He was like an open book, though he attempted not to be. Y/n felt a shiver running down her spine as the warmth she'd always seen in his brown eyes vanished, replaced by ice.
Y/n appeared disturbed, her hand itching to reach out to him. Something didn't feel right from the way he looked at her. "Wait, Dipper."
She spoke, but he didn't hear. Or maybe he didn't want to hear. Nevertheless, she followed him inside the Mystery Shack, hot on his tail.
"Dipper, please, can we talk?"
He resumed expressing his frustrations, the tension still lingering. Turning to face her, he raised his voice slightly. "Did you just want to get close because I discovered the journal before you?"
"Dipper!" Mabel gasped, hands covering her mouth.
"Did you?" He asked again.
"That was the plan at first... to befriend you and Mabel until you can let me borrow the journal," she admitted, looking him directly in the eye. "But after getting to know you guys, I changed my plans. It wasn't about the journal anymore. I didn't mean to hurt you, Dipper."
"We're supposed to be a team, Y/n!" he burst. "Why didn't you tell me about the author? About the portal?"
"I'm sorry, I didn't know how to tell you!" She was close to tears, overwhelmed by Dipper's anger. "I didn't want there to be a rift between us. Stan and I have been planning this for decades and we didn't want you guys to be in danger!"
"Well, congratulations, you saved us." Dipper retaliated with a sassy remark, crossing his arms.
"Dipper!" Mabel shouted again.
He persisted, releasing his frustrations directly at her. She took each blow, unsure of how much longer she could endure. "Do you have any idea how much I've been searching for answers, for the truth? And you had it this whole time?!"
Y/n bravely moved closer, extending her hand toward him. "Dipper, it's not as simple as that. I— We were only trying to protect you, to prevent things from becoming even more complicated."
He pulled away, a bitter expression in his face. "Protect me?"
Stan finally interrupted, sick of the fighting. "Kid, you should really try and understand what Y/n is saying. We didn't want you to be involved with the portal. We didn't want the risks of you kids meddling with our plans and have the government coming for you too. Think about what your parents would say, huh? Y/n did what she had to do and now she's sorry for hurting you."
Dipper exhaled sharply, avoiding eye contact. She extended her hand to reach him, but he turned away without saying another word. It felt like she could hear the sound of her heart breaking.
"Aww, it's okay, Y/n," Mabel tried to console, patting Y/n comfortingly. "I forgive you," she reassured with a smile. She then glanced toward the hallway where her twin had marched off to and sighed. "Can't speak for Dipper, though. He's always so cranky."
"He must've felt so betrayed. B-but I didn't mean to, I promise!" Y/n insisted, turning to Mabel. "Please, you've got to tell Dipper that I didn't mean to hurt him, didn't mean to hurt the two of you!"
She locked eyes with her friend, saying, "Don't worry, Y/n. I'll convince him. He just needs to let out some of his temper and he'll eventually change his mind. I promise."
Y/n felt a sense of vulnerability, but she clung to that promise, even if she wasn't entirely convinced. Eventually, Mabel withdrew to their shared room, leaving the two men and Y/n in the aftermath of the tense confrontation.
She observed as the twin brothers attempted to engage in small talk, and they were quite terrible at it. Stan caught sight of himself in the mirror and got absorbed in his reflection. Ford did the same, standing beside him.
The last time they had seen each other was 30 years ago, amidst fighting and shouting before everything changed. Now, they just seemed tired, well aware that this still didn't resolve the issues in their relationship.
Stan wanted to catch Ford up with everything that happened in this world but at the last minute, decided not to. Of course, Ford wouldn't tell his brother about his adventures from the other side.
The two were inspecting themselves in the mirror, noting the changes. They both went through something, and they manage to come out of it alive and still breathing.
Stan began to strike a conversation. "Look at us," he said. "When did we become old men?"
"You look like Dad," Ford quipped, not missing a beat. He allowed a small smirk in his features.
Stan was grateful to get a somewhat civilized reply from Ford, and he laughed at his jest, pretending to vomit. "Ugh, ack, don't say that. With your beard, you look like a hobo."
And simultaneous laughter filled the room. It was a shared moment of mirth, something that had been absent for the past few decades. Stan entertained the idea that things might finally be looking up now that Ford was back. Perhaps they could resume their plan...?
Ford sighed, the laughter fading from his expression. He turned to his brother, his tone now serious. "Okay, Stanley, here's the deal. You can stay here for the summer to watch the kids. Y/n and I will stay down in the basement to try and contain any remaining damage. But when the summer's over, you give me my house back, you give me my name back, and this Mystery Shack junk is over forever. You got it?"
"Hey, hey. First of all," Stan immediately retorted, pointing a finger at him, which Ford immediately didn't like. "Y/n may be your little assistant, but she has a life out of the crummy little basement now! She has those kids as her friends."
Ford glanced at the aforementioned assistant, who was trying to distract herself by looking at the floorboards. Deep down, she felt her heart warming when she heard Stan defending her. She felt a bit conflicted, though, when Ford was the one receiving the backlash.
"And I still haven't heard a thanks from you for saving you from the portal," Stan said, and he waited for a moment, giving Ford the chance to say something, anything. But no words were heard from him. He really isn't going to thank me, is he?
Stan growled, "Fine." So be it. "On one condition; you stay away from the kids. Actually make that two; let Y/n do whatever she wants. If she wants to hang out with them, let her. Because as far as I'm concerned, they're closer than you and I will ever be."
He finished, ascending the stairs. Y/n was uncertain about where to go. Feeling her arm being tugged by Ford, she acquiesced, accompanying him as they headed toward the gift shop. She turned back and exchanged a look with Stan, who stood by the doorway.
Ford observed the alterations in the area and seized the opportunity to vent his frustrations now that they were alone. "Ugh. Really! He turned it into a vending machine," he snarled, glaring at it.
"Actually... I made it into a vending machine," she casually corrected him, inputting the passcode, making the door hiss open.
Silent at the admission, Ford entered the elevator, descending to the lowest level. The portal that had once glowed before them was now shattered into pieces.
"Come, Y/n. We have a mission to do," Ford said, scratching his beard. "We have to dismantle the portal while it's temporarily deactivated before it destabilizes and it will be the end of the world!"
Thirty years later, and he still sounded paranoid and delusional, Y/n noted. Ford began pressing some buttons, triggering beeps and sounds. It was still sort of... weird for her to see him again after so many years. It took three decades of hard work to have Ford back in their lives, and seeing him move so naturally in his own element brought an overwhelming feeling to her core.
She was on the verge of tears, quickly wiping them away as he moved away from the control panel and headed towards the portal room. She followed suit, attentively listening to his rambles and observations.
It brought immense comfort to hear his voice once more. It wasn't like the ones from her dreams or hallucinations; it was the real deal for her.
"Did you understand?"
She snapped out of her stupor, catching him looking at her with his brown eyes. "What?" she blurted out accidentally, making Ford huff.
"Y/n, you have to pay close attention! You're the only person I can trust when it comes to these things."
And in the mere mention of the word, trust, her shoulders sagged as she looked down. Ford remained oblivious, explaining the instructions to her for the second time.
She attempted to listen, but Dipper's glare flashed in her mind again, causing her to zone out once more. Ford noticed, and he simply stared at her. He cleared his throat, not familiar with the art of comforting someone. At least, not since he was sucked into the portal.
He had no one but himself during the perilous journeys through various dimensions. Yet, the thought of her was a constant source of motivation. Amidst being battered on unfamiliar alien streets, he found solace in memories of their adventures. The concern lingered about not being there to shield her if Bill were to strike.
Y/n lifted her gaze a bit, stealing a quick glance. He had already noticed. "Got something on your mind?" he inquired, and she felt her cheeks warm unintentionally. Oh, this is embarrassing.
She had this sudden realization that Dipper was, in fact, his great-nephew, and she found herself thinking about him! Now, she didn't know how or where to begin. Should she even begin?
She picked at a random piece of metal, removing its protective sheet. After a brief pause, she contemplated, trying to formulate her words. "I'm truly glad you're back," she admitted. "But I wish things had been..."
"Different?" Ford supplied.
"I should've..." Y/n bit her lip. "I should've told them sooner, but Stan... he and I have been busting our butts trying to get you back for 30 years, living under a lie."
"It's just like you said," Ford replied. "You wanted to protect them. I understand where you're coming from, keeping secrets for the safety of someone you..." He trailed off, and she took the hint. He wasn't exactly subtle about his insinuation.
Y/n expressed frustration with a groan. "Okay, sure, so what if I care about the way their eyes look at me with so much hatred?" Her voice began to tremble, unraveling at the seams. "They don't trust me anymore!"
He fell into silence.
"We've been having such a fun summer, Dipper and I promised to look out for each other, and he... just doesn't seem to care anymore!" She buried her face in her hands, suppressing the sob that was about to burst from her throat.
"Y/n..." he attempted to speak, but he genuinely didn't know what to say.
"Okay, Ford, you got me!" she burst out. "I've come to like your nephew. He's very cute, and smart, and he's— he's brave... I feel this tingly sensation at the thought of him."
"You're starting to weird me out, Y/n," Ford said gravely, staring into her soul. He briefly stopped dismantling the materials around him as he shifted his eyes between her and the dusty ground. He was supposed to be used to the weirdness, given the things he encountered everyday, but perhaps nothing could be weirder than hearing your assistant's admission of her feelings towards his great nephew. She sounded like a little girl.
She still looked like one.
He'd hoped to question her later.
"This feeling of... cherish and admiration, it feels good... but it also feels... bad?" Her statement ended in a questioning tone, one Ford noticed. "I don't get it, why does it hurt?! It hurt when he looked at me like that!"
As she rambled on endlessly, Ford scrutinized every articulation, every word. He squinted at an invisible puzzle before him, attempting to solve it with his twelve PhDs. When she finally concluded and silence returned, he rubbed his beard while crafting his response. "I've always sensed your susceptibility to physical pain, but not emotional. Can you experience mental pain? Do you get headaches from time to time?"
She swallowed, avoiding his gaze.
Since the activation of the portal and its countdown began, she had been enduring mild headaches and persistent whispers. Not to mention the occasional nosebleed. However, she chose not to disclose these symptoms until she could determine the cause. So, with a single nod, she answered, "Sometimes."
"Fascinating," he remarked. "Consider this an observation."
Him with his observations, Y/n shook his head as she watched him. He kept scratching at his facial hair, grayed and grown too long that it was reaching his chest. She pursed her lips in thought before deciding to stand up and retreat to the surveillance room.
"Where are you going?"
"I'm just going to grab something," she responded, searching for a specific box in one of the drawers. Retrieving a shaving kit from one of the cabinets, she walked back, wheeling her chair into the portal room.
Ford looked clueless as he could be, trying to decipher her plans. "Um...?"
She scoffed playfully, rolling her eyes. "I'm gonna give you a makeover, silly. Now, sit down."
He blinked owlishly, simply standing in the middle of the portal room awkwardly before his shoulders dropped. "Come on, Y/n, we don't have time for—"
"This will be quick, I promise! You might really need some proper grooming," she pleaded, patting the seat in front of her.
Ford begrudgingly dragged himself over to her and groaned as he sunk his body onto the chair. He ran his fingers through his hair roughly before dropping it.
"Oh, don't be such a big baby," she cooed, standing before him with a determined look, brandishing a shaving kit. Ford, seated on an improvised stool, eyed the razor and shaving cream with a mix of curiosity and skepticism.
Y/n smiled reassuringly. "Trust me, this is going to make you look years younger. Just relax, Ford."
As she gently applied the shaving cream to Ford's beard, he couldn't help but crack a small smile in amusement. The atmosphere was surprisingly calm and domestic, a stark contrast to the chaotic events that had unfolded recently. The soft hum of the basement's machinery provided a soothing background noise.
"Since when did you learn how to shave a man's beard?" He asked, not even flinching when she accidentally nicked his skin. "And whose shaving kit is that?"
"They all have the same answer," she replied swiftly, keeping her focus on her job. Ford remained silent, and she was grateful for it. He tended to talk a lot, and she preferred him to stay still; otherwise, she might accidentally prick his skin.
Her movements were precise and gentle. Ford, usually accustomed to facing otherworldly dangers, found himself feeling vulnerable yet oddly comforted under her care. He closed his eyes, allowing himself to fully embrace the simple and innocent moment.
When she finished, she stepped back to admire her work. Ford touched his now-smooth face, a mix of surprise and amusement on his features. The transformation was subtle, but it added a touch of lightness to his usually serious demeanor.
She grinned, pleased with the result. "See? Not so bad, right?"
Ford chuckled, genuinely enjoying the innocence of the moment. "Perhaps I should trust your judgment more often, Y/n. Thank you for this."
Thank you.
"And I still haven't heard a thanks from you for saving you from the portal!"
She shook her train of thought away, just as Ford was seen staring longingly at his dead beard lying on the ground now. He scoffed suddenly, shoes kicking at the dirt. "'Beard Dimension', the audacity of that man..."
Y/n carefully put away the shaving kit, biting her lip in anticipation. She spoke into the air, not facing him. "You know, Ford, he saved you from that portal, too. A simple 'thank you' wouldn't hurt."
There it was. She initiated the conversation, expressed her thoughts, and now she was awaiting his response.
But he remained indifferent, so she opted to add into her argument. "How could you still be angry with him? He tried to learn literal quantum physics to bring you back."
"Y/n, despite Stanley's 'pure' intentions, his actions were just as reckless in bringing me back as they were in knocking me through the portal in the first place! His carelessness resulted in the destruction of the portal, endangered the very fabric of reality, and even made him the target of a federal manhunt by the U.S. government! I don't owe him any favors for that," Ford asserted, clenching his fists.
"But it's not about owing favors," she shot back, facing him. "It's about recognizing the sacrifices people make for you. Stan cares about you, whether you want to admit it or not."
Ford sighed, closing his eyes. "Y/n, Stanley and I have a complicated history. You know that. Gratitude is the last thing I would ever feel towards him—"
"Stanley is your twin brother. Can't you at least acknowledge him for what he did?" she retorted, extending her hand. "I wanted to be angry with you, really, but I didn't because I understand. It might not matter to you at all, but saying 'thank you'? Those two words? They would mean a lot, especially to him."
He stayed silent, processing her words. Without offering another rebuttal, Y/n inferred that he had finally grasped her perspective. Even if he hadn't fully understood, the fact that he didn't argue back was a positive sign. She needed to convey her point and ensure he comprehended it.
Ford's eyes briefly flickered to her, noting how her appearance hadn't changed at all. She still resembled the same 13-year-old kid he was forced to leave—the same person who had been with him during his 6 years of investigating the paranormal. Was this also one of her powers, in addition to her invulnerability? The ability to remain unchanged by the passage of time?
He noticed a piece of jewelry hanging from her neck. After four decades, it remained intact and appeared as if it were brand new. "You..." he murmured, gazing intently at the necklace. "You still have that?"
She followed his line of sight and ducked down. "What, this?" She held the pendant in her hand, playing with it using her fingers. "...Yeah. Why wouldn't I?"
Ford allowed a small smile to grace his face, and it was Y/n's turn to scrutinize his features. She saw the man who was once inspired and determined to scour the forests of Gravity Falls in hopes of finding the unusual. The light and fire in his eyes, once present when discovering a monster, were now replaced with weariness and exhaustion.
The lines on his face were more pronounced, likely a result of stress, and the bags under his eyes appeared to be a permanent feature that wouldn't fade anytime soon.
Y/n couldn't fathom what it was like to go through the portal. If she had experienced it, she had no recollection of the ordeal. She could only imagine experiencing nightmares if even a single finger had passed through. The thought of what Ford had endured, spending thirty decades there, was beyond her imagination.
She was relieved that Ford felt comfortable enough to show his vulnerability around her, realizing he didn't have to keep his guard up. Their trust in each other was evident, even without words. Hearing his childhood story, how he endured constant ridicule for his fingers, feeling like he didn't belong, touched her deeply. Whenever he found solace in her, it melted her heart, knowing he was also her solace.
Breaking the deafening silence, she approached him while he remained seated in the chair, seizing the opportunity.
He was taken aback when she suddenly enveloped him in a hug, her arms around his neck, drawing him closer. Instinctively, he lifted his hands, uncertain of where to place them. Typically, in this position, someone might attempt to choke him out of misery, but this wasn't a stranger or an alien criminal. It was Y/n, his assistant, his friend.
Gradually, he relaxed and placed his arms around her, giving a gentle squeeze. Y/n buried her face into the collar of his coat, wiping away her tears. She hadn't intended to cry.
In the depths of the basement, beneath a tourist trap, a researcher and his assistant found a proper reunion.
"You've gotten older."
Ford deadpanned.
"And you've gotten snarkier," he shot back.
Finally pulling apart, there was mirth in their eyes, though they were too exhausted to muster a smile, too drowsy to lift the corners of their mouths.
Eventually, they stepped out of the portal room, deciding to resume their tasks first thing tomorrow. For now, a good rest was what they needed.
Ford allowed her to take his room, and before she could protest, expressing her contentment with sleeping in the living room (as the posture didn't matter to her, considering she wouldn't feel any accompanying pain), he insisted on sleeping in his other room on the second level of the basement.
And so, they retreated to their respective rooms, bidding each other good night before parting ways. Y/n fell onto her bed, and sleep easily embraced her—finally, a sense of comfort settling in, knowing that she had finally brought him here, brought him home.
Ford turned the golden doorknob to his study room. He couldn't recall its appearance before he left, but he trusted Y/n not to reveal any of it to Stan or the kids.
Surveying the disorder that comprised his crumpled papers, splattered ink, and scattered books—a chaotic echo of his past—Ford had a hunch that she hadn't set foot inside during the 30 years he was absent.
Suddenly, he felt lethargic, and his feet seemed to scream at him to lay down. Clutching his head as a headache began to surface, he noticed a makeshift bed to his right. As he moved towards it, everything felt oddly... wiggly.
In one of the corners of his room, a spider began crawling backward, a random dewdrop levitated back to the ceiling, and every color in the room melted into a monochromatic palette. From a distance, Ford heard maniacal laughter resounding. He craned his neck upward, scanning his surroundings. "I know that laugh," he said, feeling a surge of anger. "Show yourself!"
Streams of lights converged, shaping a circle as the dream demon materialized, appearing with his characteristic triangular glow. Bill Cipher, in his distinctive form, laughed down at him. "Oh, ho! This is too good to be true! Look who's back! My old partner," he gestured to the six-fingered man who stared at him incredulously.
"Bill Cipher," Ford seethed his name like poison.
The yellow triangle floated, turning his back on him as he talked, "You know, for a while there, I was actually trying to prevent them from finding you!" He began, flashing scenes from previous chapters. "But now that you're here, things just got a lot more fun!"
"You don't control me anymore!" Ford protested, standing up from his bed and pointing at him. "I'm done doing your bidding!"
Bill leaned forward until he was invading his personal space. "Oh, we'll see about that oh buddy oh pal. Your dumb brother and dear 'ol Daisy... they turned the machine on again, didn't they? Well, that could prove to be very useful! Very useful, indeed!"
"Get out of here! You have no dominion in this world!"
Bill chuckled, floating nearer until Ford could catch his reflection in Bill's eye.
"Maybe not right now, but the inevitable will come, and the flower is the key."
Everything around them began to catch on fire. Bill's voice was deeper than before, leaving an ominous message behind. His maniacal laugh was the last thing Ford heard until he woke up from the same spot in his bed, feeling dazed.
It was a dream, yet Ford had a lingering sense that Bill was plotting something big.
***
***
D MMKQDGM SUDIBK, AUYALYO CTWYU.
🗝: ???
In bonds unraveling, trust begins to fray,
Compromised foundations, leading hearts astray.
The dream demon revels, a puppeteer's delight,
Shattered ties, a canvas for chaos to ignite.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 27!
Notes:
NB UFX CNT VXCVVZXR GNAL MRYKTGR :))))
Chapter 27: Excelsi- Whatever!
Chapter Text
First thing in the morning, like Ford said, the two of them occupied themselves in the basement, cleaning up what remained from the destruction of the portal.
As they worked to contain any remaining damage caused by the portal's reactivation, Ford noticed a life-threatening danger. "Just as I expected," he noted, placing two fingers on the underside of his jaw as he inspected the machine closely.
"What is it?" Y/n asked, standing beside him. She was seeing the same portal swirling as him, but she couldn't seem to connect the dots easily.
"When you and Stanley reactivated the portal, the instability of it accidentally created an interdimensional rift," he emphasized, treading towards his bag of equipment, retrieving a container.
Returning to her side, he extended his open palm, holding the alien container, and tossed it towards the portal like a ball. In an instant, it enclosed the anomaly, trapping it inside. After a brief moment, he picked it up, closely inspecting it. Y/n leaned in from beside him, observing the way the rift was swirling around the glass.
"For now, we have to keep this safe and out of reach." He walked back towards the observation room, placing the rift inside of a drawer. They continued to clean the basement, even going as far as re-discovering their past trapped creatures.
Meanwhile, the other three Pines were upstairs, relaxing in the gift shop. The Mystery Shack was temporarily closed for repairs, a decision Stan believed was wise after reading the news and discovering that people were still grappling with the aftermath of the gravity anomalies. He thought that all of them needed a break.
Stan stared at the closed door to the basement, bitterness creeping into his thoughts. Thirty years spent together, and now Ford and Y/n were down there like it was their haven. She seemed to forget those decades in a heartbeat. Yet, somewhere in his heart, empathy lingered; he knew they were waiting for their moment, even if it meant leaving him behind.
He ruffled the newspaper in his hands, straightening his back. He dismissed Mabel's comment about her chip-eating habits and continued reading.
Dipper was not doing the best either, trying to distract his thoughts by reading the journal. But he was only making himself suffer when he re-read the pages, seeing the author's entries about his assistant. Now knowing the context, he imagined Ford and Y/n, bonding together like they were currently doing down in the basement.
Mabel was raving about lazy Tuesdays, and just as Stan was adding his own sentiments that he didn't have any obligations today, a sudden boom interrupted them and the door of the vending machine opened with a hiss.
Smoke filled the room as Ford exited. In his close fist was a Cycloptopus, its tentacles clinging to his gloves. He raised his arm, away from his face, away from the kids. It tried to wriggle away, but Ford had it in his grasp. Mabel and Dipper let out screams at the peculiar creature.
"Everyone get down!" Ford warned loudly. "Don't let it taste human flesh!" He said before delivering a punch to the Cycloptopus, forcing it to let go and slide down to the ground.
It crawled around the room, as the three attempted to avoid it. "What is it?!" Dipper asked.
"Can we keep it?" Mabel pleaded.
Stan smacked a rolled up newspaper onto it multiple times. "Kill it, kill it!"
Ford chased the creature into a corner of the gift shop, reaching towards it with his enhanced gloves. The rest of the family watched with different expressions. "Patience... patience..." He waited until the Cycloptopus attempted to threaten him by screaming, and he took his chance, electrocuting the creature with his gloves.
He proudly held up its burnt body with a wide smile.
But his enthusiasm wasn't met by Stanley, who had his arms crossed. "Great. Now get it outta here. It smells like if death could barf."
Ford strutted away with his nose upwards in a sassy way. He ignored his brother's remark, opting to go back towards the opened door. His mere brain simply couldn't comprehend his line of work. And he could see that his stinky attitude had slightly rubbed off of Y/n, often hearing sarcasm laced in her voice every now and then. Another thing added to the things Stanley had tainted.
"Great Uncle Ford!" Dipper ran after him with the second journal in his hand. "You need any help with that?" he asked excitedly, and began to ramble on about what he knew. "I've read all about these creatures in your journal, and I think I know how to—"
"No!" He was immediately stopped by Ford's rejection, who wore a stern expression. "I'm sorry, Dipper. On the dark, weird road I travel, I'm afraid you cannot follow."
But Y/n can?
Dipper furrowed his brows at his statement. He believed he could handle it. Having faced multiple monsters before, he managed to outsmart them with his own skills. Why wasn't he allowed to join? Why was she allowed to join?
This creature was discovered on Y⃠/⃠n⃠'s right hand. Initially mistaken for a typical octopus, this peculiar specimen was green and possessed only one eye. It clung onto my assistant's arm until she lost her balance, causing her knees to buckle to the ground. We surmised that it had a penchant for sucking on human flesh, with one of the side effects being deliriousness, as evidenced by my assistant's behavior. It was rather amusing when she laughed at my naming of the creature "Cycloptopus." Were my puns truly that entertaining?
"Welp, call us for dinner!" With a press of the button, the door to the vending machine closed, establishing yet another boundary that Dipper wasn't allowed to cross.
The brunette was silent, his thoughts brewing. It felt so... unfair.
Mabel noticed her brother's pensive demeanor, approaching his side. "Dipper, don't take it so hard," she reminded him. She understood how sometimes he couldn't see the entire picture. He should consider what it was like in Y/n's shoes and the risks she had to take. She knew Dipper would have done the same.
He felt a smack on the top of his head, courtesy of Stan wielding a newspaper. "No, do take it hard. Take it hard and serious!" he warned with a grunt. "My brother is a dangerous know-it-all, and the stuff he's messing with is even worse. Do yourself a favor and stay away from him, you hear me?"
Stay away from Y/n.
At least, that's what he understood from Stan's warning.
"But Grunkle Stan, all summer long I've wanted to know who the author of the journal was," the brunette reasoned, "Now the guy lives in our basement and I can't even talk to him!"
"And Y/n doesn't hang out with us that often anymore," Mabel added, pouting sadly.
The older man sighed, placing a gentle hand on her hair. "I know. I'll talk some sense to her— i-if I can. Now cheer up, kids!" He said, referring to the twins. "Don't worry about what's in the basement, Dipper. You belong up here with me and Mabel."
It seemed that his enthusiasm was contagious, causing Mabel to smile. "Yeah! Besides, the season finale of Ducktective is airing this Friday! That's all the mystery you need this week."
"Oh yeah!" Stan agreed. "Y/n loves Ducktective! We can invite her over for the screening."
"See, Dipper? Everything will work out fine! Come on, quack with us!" Mabel invited him to a quacking session, to which she and Stan happily participated, producing duck sounds.🗝 Dipper was unresponsive, opting to stare at the vending machine both with longing and contempt.
"Quack, quack, quack! Qua-quack quack quaaaaack! Quaaaa— why isn't he quacking?"
***
The remainder of the afternoon unfolded with Dipper taking a walk around the town to calm himself, Mabel writing letters to her family about the revelation of a secret twin brother, and the said twin brother diligently working downstairs with Y/n.
Mabel had just finished writing the letter when her brother burst inside the living room, grinning excitedly with a large wrapped box in his hands. "Mabel! You'll never guess what I found at the store today!"
His tone was much jollier compared to his broody mood earlier. Mabel happily guessed, "Dogs! Dogs with hats!"
"No, it's my favorite fantasy-talking, level-counting, statistics and graph paper-involving game of all time: Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons!" Dipper quickly unboxed tha game, holding the cover up for her to see. "You wanna play with me?" he asked her.
Mabel contemplated for a second, pursing her lips. "Well, I do like unicorns, and that hot elf looks promising! How do you play?"
Dipper happily explained for her, opening the case. "The rules are simple," he said, bringing out the rulebook. "First, you roll a 38-sided die to determine the level of each player's statistical analysis power orb. These orbs relate directly to the amount of quadrants that your team has dominion over..."
Mabel's eager smile gradually transformed into a skeptical frown.
"...which is inverse to the anti-quadrants in your quadrant satchel."
Her hopeful smile was back on. "And then we ride unicorns?"
"Yes!"
Mabel gasped.
"And no."
Mabel frowned, annoyed.
Dipper took a paper from the box. "First, we make a graph..."
She groaned loudly, slumping her shoulders. "This is like Homework: The Game!"
He frowned, pleading with her to join. "Come on, Mabel. I need at least two people to play."
As if on cue, Soos entered the room, and Mabel's eyes widened in faux surprise. "Oh, wow, would you look at that: two people!" She hurriedly back away to avoid the nerdiness filling the room.
Dipper huffed, noticing the handyman before turning to him with an inviting smile. "Hey, Soos, up for a little game of D&D&MoreD?"
Soos declined the offer, opting for a different game that involved more practical roleplay with foam and cardboard props. Dipper sighed, feeling disheartened at the prospect of playing such a complex game alone.
Deep down, he knew the person he expected to play this with him. It just so happened that they weren't exactly on speaking terms.
And whose fault was that?
Stan's voice pulled him out of his thoughts, and the man appeared right behind them. "Say, is this that game that's mostly math and writing and isn't anything like the picture on the box?" His tone sounded as if he was eagerly anticipating playing it.
"Yes, it is!" Dipper's smile was back to his face. "You wanna play with me, Grunkle Stan?"
"Ha!" The older man let out before facing him. "Look, kid, I prefer to do my dice rolling in Vegas. Besides, only a game designed by nerds would have 'charisma' as a fantasy power." He picked up the rulebook, walking to the center of the room. "Heh, check this out: 'when facing yon adversaries, shield thyself, under an elfan buttress!"
Mabel heard the dramatic intonation, laughing as she beckoned him to say it again.
"Buttress!"
The two shared a laugh, and Dipper felt insulted. This was his favorite game of all time, yet his family treated it as some sort of joke, something to mock about. "Hey!" He forcefully took the book from Stan. "Laugh all you want. You guys just aren't smart enough to understand it."
She would understand.
He sighed. He didn't know how to approach her, or if he even wanted to approach her. His pride got the better of him, knowing that the last conversation he had was him yelling at her. Deep down, Dipper knew that he had every right to be angry, but he just didn't know when the right time to forgive her would be.
Back to the basement, Y/n was making herself busy by observing the subdued Cycloptopus inside of a jar they found somewhere in a corner. Ford was nearby, fixing the gloves, and had ordered her to watch over the creature. So far, she had caught him up with what happened over the last 30 years he was gone. She stayed on the topic of creatures she had discovered along with the twins (opting to keep the other topics later), telling him about the Island Head Beast, Gideon finding the amulet (making him hear an earful from her), dinosaurs stuck in sap below ground, zombies, and a vengeful spirit.
Ford listened, it was a good noise to fill the silence of the basement rather than listening to music. From her stories, he could see why Dipper would feel that way towards her. Him and his assistant must've gone through a lot of adventures that required a lot of trust and it was a normal reaction for the boy after finding she had been keeping a big secret from him. Ford understood.
Naturally, he had asked her about her state of not physically aging. She provided a short answer, I don't know, but he knew that there was still something more than that. There always had to be an explanation. He didn't pry her further, and Y/n was grateful, because she was still finding the right time to be completely honest with him.
For a moment, she walked out of the room after the Cycloptopus didn't display signs of changing. She was planning on going upstairs to get herself multiple cups of coffee, until her plans were interrupted by a loud crash in the room she just left.
She rushed back, finding the Cycloptopus out of the broken jar, unmoving, spilled black ink, an opened journal, and a boy she had been constantly thinking about. She couldn't find her voice, only staring at him from the doorway. Are you okay? Are you hurt?
Dipper grunted, shaking the dust off his curls. He sat up and reached for the die, only to jump back when he noticed her catching him in the act. "Y/n!" He exclaimed out of shock. Why was he shocked to see her there? Unlike him, she was supposed to be here.
Wordlessly, she bent down and helped him up, ignoring their close proximity. Dipper stared at her incredulously. She was supposed to be mad at him, getting him back for yelling at her. She should be ignoring him, or even be laughing at the way he fell down the basement, but she didn't. Curse her golden heart.
"Dipper!"
Ford's booming voice caused the two to leap apart from each other as if they were electrocuted. "Great Uncle Ford!" Dipper seemed to be screaming a lot of names lately.
"What did I say about coming down here?" The older man approached them, placing his hands behind his back.
Y/n chimed in, looking up at him. "I'm sure it was an accident," her voice was hoarse. "He was—"
"No," he cut her off, turning towards Dipper again. "My work is far too dangerous for a single living soul to spend even one second in— WAIT!"
Ford stopped his threatening speech, his eyes noticing an iconic bauble between Dipper's fingers. Y/n noticed it, too, and her eyes widened as well, the feeling of nostalgia suddenly coming back.
Ford pointed at the die with anticipation. "Is that a 38-sided die from Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons?"
"Yeah!" Dipper exclaimed in disbelief, not expecting the author to be saying such a thing. "Y-you know that game?"
Determined to debunk his great nephew's disbelief, Ford began a slogan straight from the cover of the game. "With pen and paper, shield and sword..."
Dipper joined in, "Our quest shall be our sweet reward!"
Y/n smiled at the two, amusement filling her heart as she heard their laughter. Ford sighed happily, taking the die from the boy. "Y/n, look! It's Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons! I can't believe you didn't tell me they still make this!"
At that, Dipper's eyes shifted to hers, who was suddenly anxious from the attention. "You..."
"This is my favorite game in the entire multiverse!" Ford declared, his excitement unabated. "Y/n and I would spend hours playing this game whenever we were snowed in, and there never seemed to be a clear winner because we were both so skilled at it—"
He stopped himself, clearing his throat when he realized that he was rambling. He noticed Y/n looking at him with a pointed stare while Dipper was standing there quite blankly. Y/n gauged the boy's reaction. It was unreadable, not frowning, not smiling, and his eyes weren't hooded nor bright. What was he thinking about?
"...Really?" Dipper asked, devoid of any detectable sarcasm in his voice. She cautiously gazed at him, attempting to decipher his emotions, his thoughts. "Which character do you play?"
"...Sorcerers," she said, but she can quickly master anything. "You?"
Her speech was quick and restrained, and Dipper disliked how uncomfortable she appeared while trying to converse with him. They hadn't been like this before; they used to chat so effortlessly, geekily finishing each other's sentences like a pair of nerds. He disliked that it didn't feel that way anymore.
Why do you look afraid of me?
"Rouges, rangers, probably druids? Yeah."
Internally, Dipper winced at himself for behaving in a way he hated her for. Everything felt tense and awkward, and they both disliked the feeling. Ford sensed the obvious atmosphere, finding it suffocating, and decided to leave it to himself to diffuse the tension.
He kneeled down to Dipper, placing a hand on his shoulder. "You have room for two more players?" He displayed an excited grin.
And that seemed to do the trick, Dipper's lips stretching across his face as he never thought this day would come: meeting the author face-to-face, and getting to play his favorite game with him. The boy snuck a glance at Y/n, before returning his gaze to the author, nodding fervently.
Don't look too sad. You're the first person I've thought of playing with the moment I saw this game at the store.
Dipper set the whole game up, while Ford couldn't stop smiling. It was the same look that Y/n discerned whenever he wanted to write something down after finding a new discovery. She helped set the board game, neither parties talking, but also seemed to find themselves in comfortable silence. It felt slightly therapeutic, placing the graph papers to the side, the cards neatly stacked on the other, and after a few minutes, the three sat down on the cold floor of the basement.
Ford took on the role of Dungeon Master, narrating the quests that the two were about to embark on. He quickly channeled his inner character, wriggling his fingers as he found himself immersed in his own story. ""Welcome, brave adventurers, to the realm of Eldoria! I shall be your guide through its mystical landscapes."
Dipper and Y/n each chose their characters; a skilled rogue named Shadowcaster, and a powerful sorceress named Lyra.
As Ford began narrating the opening of the adventure, tension lingered in the air between Dipper and Y/n. Unspoken words from their recent conflicts still echoed, but the excitement of the game offered a temporary respite. Ford looked so excited as he manipulated his voice to mimic a non-player character as he told them the beginning, he didn't care if he looked stupid. He was so passionate in delivering a story that made Y/n and Dipper smile slightly at the man.
The first part of the game consisted of the two of them leveling up by doing side quests and talking to the villagers. Shadowcaster got himself a nice looking weapon, while Lyra had ascended to a more powerful wizard.
Ford described the eccentric shopkeeper and the array of fantastical items available for purchase. The two shyly discussed what they should buy, Dipper suggesting to invest in Bag of Holding, while Y/n offered to buy Scrolls of Teleportation as their means of emergency. They both agreed, the first time in a while.
"Shadowcaster and Lyra you find yourselves at a crossroads, both figuratively and literally," Ford narrated. "The path ahead is fraught with uncertainty. What do you do?" He asked, placing an obstacle in the board.
Dipper hesitated for a moment before clearing his throat. "I... I guess I'll take the left path. Maybe there's something valuable there."
Y/n nodded in agreement, choosing to follow Dipper's lead. The characters ventured down the left path, and Ford announced that there were dangers to the unknown. "You find yourselves in a cavern illuminated by glowing crystals. The air is thick with anticipation as you approach the final chamber, where the legendary artifact is said to be hidden."
"I cautiously approach the artifact, checking for traps or anything suspicious." He said,
She followed, responding, "I'll stand guard, keeping an eye on our surroundings. We can't be too careful."
Ford nodded, impressed at their teamwork. "Good thinking, adventurers, because there is a formidable guardian, a mythical creature designed to test your resolve. He bears scales and thorns, has high defense, and wouldn't let anyone get past him."
Dipper, getting into the spirit of the game, grinned. "I pull out my enchanted dagger, ready to face the guardian head-on." He rolled a die, landing on 20, granting him success but just barely.
"The guardian took minimal damage, his defense at a standstill, 78."
Y/n quickly took the die and threw it on the board as she spoke, "I cast a protective spell on Dipper, enhancing his combat abilities."
The dice rolled 37, and the imaginary battle played out. The characters fought valiantly, employing a combination of strategy and teamwork to overcome the mythical guardian. In the midst of the action, Dipper and Y/n found themselves coordinating seamlessly, their earlier tension fading away as they embraced the collaborative spirit of the game.
They discussed tactics, shared laughter at the quirks of their characters, and even exchanged occasional glances that hinted at a sense of camaraderie. The turning point came when Ford introduced a humorous non-player character, a whimsical gnome with a penchant for riddles. The absurdity of the situation broke the ice, and Dipper and Y/n found themselves laughing together, the tension dissipating with each shared moment of amusement.
Ford smirked, and began moving the dice through his fingers, making Y/n roll her eyes playfully. "Show off."
He ignored her, continuing the practiced skill as he narrated, "Alright. Shadowcaster and Lyra entered the chamber," he began before transforming into a princess, blinking flirtatiously. "Princess Unattainabelle beckons the two— but wait! It's a trap!"
Y/n and Dipper gasped, exchanging a curious gaze.
"An illusion!" Ford continued, "Cast by Probabilitor the Annoying!"
She glanced at the cardboard version of Probabilitor, his pose trying to be menacing, but he only looked like he was living up to his name: annoying. His design changed over the years, Y/n had been a witness to that. She was sure Ford would notice the difference.
While she held her own dice, she felt a whiplash when Dipper suddenly turned to her excitedly. "You know his weakness, right?"
She smiled. Of course she does.
The three shook the dice in their hands in unison, reciting the strategy in perfect harmony. "Prime-statistical anomalies over 37 but not exceeding 51!"
Their little objects scattered on the board, and the trio leaned in to see the outcome. Y/n and Dipper cheered when they won against Probabilitor, their excitement unmatched as they celebrated their victory. Ford couldn't help but smile, watching them jump around joyfully after beating the odds reminded him of his younger days.
He picked up the cardboard stand and let out an inquisitive hum. "The old boy looks a bit different than he did back in my day. Don't you think, Y/n?"
"Mmm, yeah. They changed the art every few years," she replied, nodding.
Dipper tapped her, smirking. "Thankfully, Great-Uncle Ford missed the period when the creators of the game tried to make it 'cooler'."
"Oh, yeah! I forgot about that," Y/n said, attempting to keep her voice steady. She flinched when Dipper touched her again, and it startled her when he casually brought up the change that occurred in the 90s.
Supposedly, given her apparent age, she wasn't meant to be alive in the early 90s. However, Dipper spoke to her about it as if it were trivial information, as though he had been aware of it all along and was completely fine with the fact.
"Yeesh," Ford winced when Dipper explained the commercial from years ago. "Sounds like a good time to be stuck between dimensions," the older man tried to joke, but he was only met with silence.
Dipper avoided his uncle's gaze as he asked. "Great-Uncle Ford, I've been meaning to ask you... where were you before you came out of that machine, and what have you and Y/n been doing down here? Are you guys working on something behind that curtain?" He sounded clipped, careful, and strained.
Dipper didn't miss the way Ford and Y/n exchanged glances. Ford tried to formulate the best response without meaning to hurt his nephew, knowing that trust remained a sensitive subject to Dipper. "It's best if you and the family stay away from the subject. Honestly, I'm not sure any of you could handle the real answer."
Y/n shut her eyes tightly as she turned around, unwilling to see how Dipper had reacted to that information, though she already sensed it might have caused him some hurt.
"But, but I can handle it—!"
He can handle it, Ford.
Dipper began to grasp that Y/n and Ford shared a history together, a dynamic similar to their own but developed over a longer period. He realized that the two had built trust in each other to the extent that they could be the only ones privy to what they were working on.
However, the aspect that Dipper remained stubborn about was the fact that he wasn't permitted to be informed of such plans. He, who had confronted packs of minotaurs, ghosts, and even more dangerous monsters, and had managed to survive, was being told that he 'couldn't handle it'.
He could handle it. He would handle it, just like the past encounters with zombies and dream demons. He wanted to join them.
And maybe, they could be a trio of paranormal investigators.
Ford wiggled his finger at him. "Ah-ah! But I can show you a little something I brought back with me."
The author emptied the contents of his bag, baubles and various trinkets cascading out. Selecting a box, he opened it, unveiling...
"An infinity-sided die," Ford introduced,and the other two leaned forward to examine its appearance. Unlike a typical die, it lacked a specific shape or a fixed side. It was in a constant state of flux.
"Woah..." Dipper voiced. "That's so cool! And... impossible!"
"And alarming," Y/n noted.
Ford continued, a proud smile on his face. "These things are outlawed in 9,000 dimensions. You wanna know why?" He pointed at the die. "Look at those symbols. Infinite sides mean infinite outcomes. If I rolled it, anything could happen. Our faces could melt into jelly. The world could turn into an egg. Or you could just roll an 8. Who knows."
That is a terrifying concept.
"That's why I have to keep it in this protective cheap plastic case," Ford closed the box, stashing it to the side. "Now, back to the game! You've got Probabilitor on the ropes!"
Y/n and Dipper persisted in guiding their characters, exchanging strategies and indulging in nerdy discussions. Over time, armed with their enhanced weapons and benefiting from the buffs provided by discovered artifacts, they successfully vanquished the troll and reached the conclusion of the dungeon.
Time flies by when you're having fun, some random guy said, and wouldn't you believe it. It was true.
The trio hadn't even noticed the moon had risen until the growls of their stomachs reminded them it was time to retreat to their respective rooms. Ford assured them they would resume the game the next day, deciding to leave the board as it was. The Cycloptopus was safely stowed away, concealed in a cabinet to prevent any disruptions to the ongoing game.
They were even plotting to achieve the highest score in the game, as both Shadowcaster and Lyra showed no intention of backing down.
Excitedly, Dipper burst into his room, clutching graph papers in his hands, and promptly claimed the central spot in the room. He didn't spare Mabel a glance as she prepared for bed.
"Dragons! Yeah! Good idea, Dipper!" he exclaimed to himself, grabbing a pencil and starting to sketch out a diagram for his dungeon. He could already envision Y/n's reaction when she found herself navigating through this specific level.
Grinning with excitement, he let out occasional snickers and provided commentary for himself, a way to build up his own excitement.
Mabel, having enough of Dipper's noise, sat up in her bed and faced him. "Dipper, are you going to go to sleep? You've been saying dork words for hours."
Her insults were ineffective against Dipper's excitement filling to the brim. "Sorry, Mabel, I got to finish this dungeon. It's gonna totally stump Y/n tomorrow– I can't wait to see the look on her face!"
At the mention of Y/n's name, Mabel raised her eyebrows. "You've been spending the entire game with Y/n? I'm so happy for you two!"
"And Great-Uncle Ford," Dipper added. "I knew the author must be cool, but he's better than I imagined. And I knew Y/n would like that sort of game. They don't make fun of me all the time, the way you and Grunkle Stan do."
He continued writing in his graph, failing to notice Mabel's joke, or the way she went back to bed and turned around to hide her sad frown.
***
The next morning, Mabel darted straight to the kitchen to get her daily dose of Mabel juice. After topping up her container with a dozen more plastic dinosaurs, she set the blender on full blast, her giggles blending with the loud buzz of the appliance.
She turned off the blender, giving it a shake before pouring it into her cup. Taking a sip, Mabel already felt energized, ready for the entire day without missing a beat.
Her excitement heightened even more, especially knowing that the finale of Ducktective was set to air tonight.
She recalled the girl who shared her love for the mystery show, and as if on cue, Mabel spotted Y/n entering the kitchen too, heading towards the coffee maker.
"Y/n!" Mabel bounded over and practically clung herself to her. The other girl let her as she was simply too tired to fend her away. "Good morning!"
Mabel happily waited as Y/n lethargically got herself a mug and poured the black liquid (with Mabel still clinging onto her like a koala). After slowly slurping a bit, she sighed happily. "Good morning, Mabel."
"I see coffee is the equivalent of your Mabel Juice in the morning," the braces-wearing girl nodded approvingly, having let go of her to place her hands on her hips. "I respect your choices, but I hate black coffee."
"Thank you, Mabel."
Silence enveloped the two. It was a comfortable quietness, with just the two of them enjoying the morning serenity. Normally, the Shack would already be filled with the hustle and bustle of tourists and local customers, Stan shouting orders, and Soos fixing the 'random broken thing of the day #1833'.
Today was none of those.
"Sooo!" Mabel intertwined her fingers, dancing around. "Y/n, I'm sure you're busy trying to save the universe or whatever..."
Y/n's eyes shifted to meet hers without turning her head. She was frozen, waiting on Mabel's proposition. "What is it?" You can tell me anything.
"The finale of Ducktective is showing tonight! I already invited Grenda, and Grunkle Stan and Soos are watching too! I know that's your favorite show, so..."
She trailed off, and Y/n got the memo. They wanted her to join them in watching her favorite show ever. It was slightly strange not to hear Dipper's name in Mabel's list of potential viewers. Was she aware of their game sessions yesterday? And how much fun they had? In that case...
"I'm sorry, Mabel..." Y/n began, and she quickly offered an explanation when she saw Mabel's smile fading. "Dipper, Ford, and I are currently on a quest for the highest score — but we can catch the replay together tomorrow!"
Y/n uttered the words with reluctance, not wanting to upset Mabel. But, truth be told, she was more excited about playing Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dragons than watching the season finale of the show. An episode could be replayed, but achieving the highest score in her favorite game with Dipper was a once-in-a-lifetime experience.
Let her be selfish for once.
Mabel's lips stretched to a small grin. "Oh, okay! I understand. I totally forgot that there's another showing after," she let out a forced laughter, waving her hands dismissively.
And if Y/n noticed the uneasy chuckle, she didn't comment on it. "Okay..." she said slowly, trying to stop herself from looking at the girl across her in concern. "I have to go now. Ford needs me."
She prepared another cup of coffee for her mentor and exited the kitchen, leaving Mabel alone.
***
It was finally time; the last episode had left the audience on a cliffhanger. Now, they were all on the edge of their seats, eager to find out who had shot the protagonist, their beloved duck.
Mabel enthusiastically greeted her friend Grenda, who had also been following the show. Candy had just started the series, so she couldn't join them, allowing her to catch up on the recent episodes first. They didn't want to spoil the finale for her and ruin the enjoyment.
Stan joined the two from stairs, and Mabel whooped at his suit and bowtie. "Hey, hey, look at you! Someone's all dressed up."
"It's a big night," he replied smoothly, before getting sad all of a sudden. "I think we all remember where we were, when we learned Ducktective was shot."
Stan removed his fez and placed it against his chest in a show of respect for the duck. Mabel and Grenda followed suit, lowering their heads as they observed a moment of silence.
An alarm blared nearby, signaling that the show was about to begin. Mabel gasped, and her frown was quickly replaced by a smile. She eagerly turned to them. "Viewing positions, everyone!"
The three ran their way to the living room, looking forward to watch their beloved show all to themselves—
But they stopped, gasping when they saw that the living room was strewn with everything related to Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons. In the center of their haven was the board game, surrounded by the three best players, all having a blast.
"Ah! Graph paper!" Grenda exclaimed at the sight as she began stomping on it. "Kill it! Kill it!"
Mabel tried to get her brother's attention. "Dipper, I'm glad you're having fun, but could you maybe move this to another room?"
"No dice!" Ford chimed in, focused entirely at the game as he played with the die across his fingers again. "We ran out of room in the basement and we're going for a world record."
Y/n looked up at the sweater-wearing girl. "Sorry, Mabel, we'll move the game later," she said, grinning at her apologetically, but she couldn't hide her anticipation at what Ford was going to roll for. "But now—"
"YES! 32!" Ford yelled, cutting her off, and the two celebrated, beating Dipper's dragon with a 7,000 point damage.
She bellowed, pointing at the brunette. "In your face, Dungeon Master!"
He laughed, placing a hand on his forehead. "You got me!"
The other three groaned loudly, exasperated. Stan face-palmed. "Agh, why?! You wanna break a record, Ford? You already got it for the world's nerdiest old man."
Ford crossed his arms, his brows pushed together. "Hey, at least I'm not all keyed up to watch a kid's show."
"I'll have you know that Ducktective has a big mystery element! And a lot of humor that goes over kids' heads!" Stan defended passionately. Y/n pursed her lips. DDMD also had those elements, and she enjoyed both the game and the show. She didn't know whose side to take, but this game was her chance to bond with Dipper and Ford and go for the world record. An episode of Ducktective could be watched at any time.
"Grunkle Stan, it starts in a few minutes!" Mabel whined, and Stan stepped forward, making his way towards the TV. His hand reached out to tear off the paper taped to the screen but Ford grabbed his wrist.
"Move that and pay the price," Ford warned in a low tone.
Stan forced himself out of his grip. "Oh, what, fifty magical dwarf dollars?" He challenged mockingly.
"Don't mock our fantastical monetary system!"
"I'll mock all I want, it's my TV room!"
"It's my house, you...!" Ford steeled himself, sighing as he placed his fingers on the bridge of his nose. "Listen, Stanley, did it ever occur to you that if you joined us, you might actually have fun?" He offered, shaking the bag of dice as if luring him in.
Stan recoiled as if offended by the suggestion. "What?! Now you listen to me! As long as I live, I will never—" He forcefully took the pouch from Ford, making Y/n and Dippet sit up in panic.
"Grunkle Stan, wait!"
"Don't!"
"Stanley!" Ford screamed after him.
"-play your smarty-pants nerd game!" Stan concluded, throwing the bag to the ground. The contents spilled out, including the infinity-sided die in its cheap plastic case. The die began to tumble as it was rolled, but nobody could see what it landed on.
The die zapped the board game, and all of a sudden, four characters from Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons magically appeared right before their eyes. Probabilitor, Ogre, Bald Eagle, and Hot Elf posed dramatically. Probabilitor spoke aloud, "Mortals of dimension 46 Apostrophe Backslash! Kneel before me and—"
He rolled a die, and he watched as it landed. "Snivel! I am Probabilitor! The greatest wizard in all mathology! Give and take an error of 0.4," he muttered in the last part. It was such a surreal feeling seeing cardboard drawings come to life, all with real-life powers threatening them to snivel.
Dipper shrugged nervously as he stepped back slowly. "Have you come to send us on the quest of a lifetime because we're the smartest players you've ever met?" he suggested, but the idea was quickly rejected by Probabilitor.
"You three are the smartest players I've ever met!" The wizard at least commended, "That's why I'm going to eat your brains to gain your intelligence. It's what I do," he explained casually, the ogre backing up his claims.
"What?!" Dipper exclaimed helplessly, refusing to get his brain eaten.
Ford and Y/n exchanged glances, nodding in determination. "Seize them!" Probabilitor had ordered, and that was Ford's cue to equip his ray gun.
"Your math is no match for my gun, you idiot!" He charged it up, a blue light glowing.
"Math ray!" The wizard cast, outstretching his arms as magic poured out, creating an explosion and shooting a hole through the wall. Everyone was knocked out except for Y/n, who sprang into action. Probabilitor made a side comment about how she was able to withstand his math powers, but she didn't care enough to listen to it.
Regrettably, lacking a strategy against characters from a strategic game, she was swiftly overpowered by the hot elf who ensnared her with a net.
Y/n, Ford, and Dipper were seized by the ogre and whisked away towards the forest. From the breach in the wall, Grenda, Mabel, and Stan observed with a sense of helplessness as the trio was abducted, their figures gradually diminishing in the distance.
Grenda turned to the two, breaking the silence. "So... the room's free now. Who wants to watch Ducktective?" Mabel and Stan simply stared at her as she squeezed the duck. "Nobody?" Quiet. "More couch for Grenda!"
"No! That crazy wizard is going to eat our brothers and Y/n's brains! We have to stop them!" Mabel wailed as she had her hands on her hair.
Stan shrugged dismissively. "Eh, maybe let 'em get a couple bites in Ford's brain first. Even things out, smartness-wise.
"Grunkle Stan!"
"Alright, alright," his posture slouched as he looked like he didn't want anything to do with this. "I guess if we have no other choice, we'll go on a..." He sighed loudly. "'Epic Wizard Quest'."
Mabel and Grenda cheered excitedly. "YAAAAAY!!!"
"Everyone grab a weapon."
Stan discovered a bat in the couch cushion, Mabel grabbed a rake, and Grenda effortlessly lifted a chair as if it weighed nothing. Despite their apparent lack of experience, they were prepared to confront any magical creatures head-on. Leave it to the smartest people to get saved. "We're coming for you Dipper and Y/n! And Great-Uncle Ford! And possibly that hot elf, if he's got anything to do with this!"
Meanwhile, the captured individuals were bound against a large tree, and Probabilitor, true to his name, was once again living up to it, annoying them endlessly. He had been cracking jokes for the last half-hour, and Y/n felt a surge of pride as she witnessed Probabilitor writhing in pain after they booed him for his "Algebra Keadabra" joke.
It wasn't funny at all.
He conjured up a tape measure and began measuring their heads. "With each brain I eat, I shall increase my enchantelligence!"
"If my hands were free, I'd break every part of your face," Ford retorted, glaring at the wizard.
The magical being turned to his henchmen. "The time has come! Hot elf, ready the brain-cooking pot!" he commanded, and the archer sighed, shaking his hair so majestically before shooting a flaming arrow at the pot. The liquid inside the cauldron appeared boiling hot, both in temperature and pinkness.
Probabilitor chuckled darkly, his two ogre guards were in standby with their large axes, while the hot elf remained idle. "What do we do, what do we do?" Dipper began writhing under the rope.
"Stop thinking, Dipper!" Ford berated, shaking his head. "The more wrinkly your brain gets, the more he'll want to eat it!" The older man turned to the girl beside him, whispering. "Do you have something sharp with you that we can use?"
Y/n huffed, accepting her fate. "You think I bought scissors in my pocket all the time?"
Probabilitor approached them, rendering them speechless. "And now, a little math problem," he said, directing his magical glowing staff towards them as they stared at it in anticipation. "When I subtract your brain from your skulls," he began, smacking the top of their heads harshly with the rod, "Add salt, and divide your family, what's the remainder?"
"YOUR BUTT!"
"What?!" Probabilitor shrieked, pausing. "My butt isn't part of this particular equation?!"
Mabel, Grenda, and Stan revealed themselves from behind the bushes, wielding their respective weapons. Albeit they looked comedic, they looked threatening enough to know that they could knock everyone down.
"Drat! How did you make it past my one guard?" He shook his fist in disdain. "Very well," He turned around to the people still tied against the tree, his staff glowing again. "There's only one way your family can save you. You must defeat me in Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons: Real Life Edition!"
Probabilitor cackled loudly as he conjured a game board, transforming his goons into playable foes. Stan groaned, finding himself forced to engage in the very activity he swore he hated. He simply didn't possess the nerdiness required to play this seemingly lame game!
The wizard opened his hands and placed three ogre guards on the playing field. "I choose my characters versus...!" He snapped his fingers towards the three and they gasped, feeling themselves transforming into another world. They appeared on Probabilitor's hand, now looking like characters from the game.
They all adorned themselves in medieval attire, donning robes, capes, and pointy ears. Ford wielded a tall, wooden staff and a golden amulet, giving him the appearance of a warlock. Meanwhile, Dipper and Y/n resembled their characters, Shadowcaster and Lyra, each brandishing their own weapons. Despite the looming possibility of facing their sister and Stan in a potentially deadly encounter, Dipper couldn't help but think that he and Y/n had never looked cooler together.
"Seriously, can't we just, like, arm wrestle or something?"
"Come on, this game is a lot of fun," Probabilitor protested, having the decency to smile. "I had my mom packed me a lunch." He took out a lunch bag and pushed away a bag of apple slices with a disgusted look.
Stan groaned, pinching the bridge of his nose. "Uh, just make with the rules, ugly." He furiously took out a stick of gum and put it in his mouth.
"The game is a battle royale. We help our characters by casting spells determined by the rolls of the dice," the wizard explained. "If you win, I go back to my own dimension."
Mabel clapped happily while Stan smiled. They both liked those odds.
"But if I win, I eat their brains."
Dipper didn't like those odds. He frantically shook his hands. "Hey, I'm not sure this is such a good—"
"DEAL!" Stan accepted, making Dipper place their lives in the hands of his two whimsical, unintelligent family members.
"Oh, boy."
"Let the game... begin!" Probabilitor declared with his loud, screeching voice. The three players faced three large ogres.
Y/n completely trusted that Stan and Mabel will do any job handed to them, but this particular game? Maybe not too much. Her mind wandered to the thought of the potential of this game affecting her invulnerability. Will this particular game inflict damage on her and it will hurt? She didn't want to find out.
Probabilitor rolled a die, landing on 13, before he excitedly commanded, "ATTACK!"
The ogres didn't need to be told twice; they swung their weapons toward the players, bringing their wooden clubs down. Y/n, Ford, and Dipper frantically ran away, unable to retaliate without Stan and Mabel rolling a dice. In a way, they felt quite useless.
"What do we do?! What are our moves?!" Stan scrambled, wanting to help.
"There are no moves, you make them up!" Dipper screamed.
"What? Really?"
"Yes!" Ford followed, currently running away from the furious creature. "I tried to tell you: this game involves math, but also risk, and imagination!"
"Risk? Stan rubbed his hands together.
"Imagination?" Mabel did the same, looking just as excited as she turned to the older man. "Grunkle Stan, make something up! It's just like lying!"
"I cast, uh..." Stan began, placing his fingers on his chin as he was deep in thought. Y/n anticipated what he was going to manifest, the monsters pausing on their moves. "Shield of shielding!"
Real creative, she thought, as Stan rolled the die, landing on 14– one digit higher than Probabilitor's, making it a valid move. A large shield appeared in front of the three, enough to protect them from the attacks.
"Shield of Shielding Reversal Spell!" casted Probabilitor, grinning maniacally when he obtained the number he wanted. The defense they had was obliterated, reduced to ashes and they faced against the ogres again.
Mabel interrupted the scene, happily casting her own spell. "Giggle Time Bouncy Boots!" she declared, and it was suddenly so bouncy as they were equipped with the tool. The three giggled victoriously as they tested, bouncing around the field.
"Hot flame-y sword!" The weapon appeared in their hands. "SUPER HOT FLAME-Y SWORD!" The sword got bigger and more flames surrounded it.
She bounced around the arena as she let the ogre blindly chase after her. She turned around and took a leap over the ogre and swung her sword down, chopping the creature in half.
When it disappeared, Dipper had just finished his own, and the two jumped around, executing a high-five as they passed each other mid-air.
"No!" Probabilitor cried, raising a fist to the sky. "Drat you! You'll never outrun my..." he rolled the die and it was accepted as his spell came to life. "Ogre-nado! It is what it sounds like!" It was indeed a tornado made out of ogres.
The gust of the wind was so strong that it blew away their weapons, and they helplessly faced the magical disaster. Mabel stared determinedly at the sky, throwing her dice as she cast the spell. "CENTAURTAUR! YAH!"
And all of a sudden, as far as Mabel's imagination could allow, a horse with another horse body for a head manifested in it of itself, standing majestically. Stan tried to smile encouragingly. "Mabel, I am so confused and so proud right now."
The Centaurtaur galloped by and the three took it for a ride. Ford quickly jumped on and the horse flipped, Y/n quickly hopped on its back and pulled Dipper's arm with her. While the onlookers were cheering them on, they were still trying to escape from the Ogre-nado.
"Come on, Y/n! Go, go, go!"
"You can do it!"
The Centaurtaur dashed into a smaller room and disappeared as the spell expired. The Ogre-nado attempted to follow but also fell apart, prompting the loudest cheers from the two individuals who openly admitted they wouldn't enjoy this game. Y/n was just pleased that they were having fun, convinced that they would surely emerge victorious.
While the other three were also basking in their victory, they were caught in the three-fingered hands of the Impossibeast, flying in the air. Probabilitor intertwined his fingers together like a villain, cackling madly. "I was saving the worst for last!"
"Oh no!" Dipper exclaimed, wiggling against its grip.
"Hey, I thought they banned this character!" Ford opposed angrily.
"Think again!" The wizard grinned wider. "I'm playing the controversial 1991-1992 edition!"
Y/n growled furiously. "You lying son of a—!"
The Impossibeast slammed the three against the wall, cutting off her crude remarks (which was probably for the better). Mabel's voice was strained and panicky, "I– I'll think of some weapons!"
Ford shut down her idea, turning to his niece with a grave expression. "You don't understand. This is the most powerful monster in the game!"
Y/n continued, providing instructors for them, "He can only be defeated by rolling a perfect 38!"
"But the odds of that are—"
"Hey," Stan chimed in, taking the dice from Mabel. "Long odds are what you want when you're a world class gambler!" He boasted, shaking the dice in his closed fist as he began hyping himself up. "Alright, Stan, you can do this... Papa needs a new trio of nerds!" He rolled the die, and everything felt slow for a moment, anticipating the result.
With a mere 1/38 chance of survival against a powerful wizard, eager to feast on the most important thing in their lives - their brains - the dice rolled round and round. Probabilitor screamed in anguish as he watched it land on the highest digit of the dice: 38.
"NOOO!"
"Sorry, nerd-wizard. All your smarts are no match for dumb luck," Stan retorted, proudly pointing at his temple.
"I cast... DEATH MUFFINS!" Mabel raised her hands in the air, conjuring a pink, glowing muffin with a dynamite sticking out. They tossed the deadly dessert into the Impossibeast's mouth, and the creature paused, looking dejected in front of the camera. A second passed, and the beast exploded into a plethora of muffins.
Dipper, Ford, and Y/n landed outside of the board game, reverting to their real selves in regular outfits, each holding a muffin in hand.
Mabel crashed into Dipper and Y/n, enveloping them in a tight hug. The hot elf declared the result of the game, with Grenda clinging onto him. "The game is, like, over. Excelsi—whatever." He dramatically flipped his white hair.
Probabilitor was thrashing around, screaming, "No! I'm returning to my own realm! I'm turning into pure math! What are the odds...?!" He vanished completely as his voice faded.
Dipper faced Stan, "Grunkle Stan, that was amazing!" He exclaimed happily. "How did you know that you would win?"
"Hey, a gambler never reveals his secrets," he shrugged casually, going over to pick up the die from the ground, which Y/n noticed had a gum stuck to the bottom. She shook her head amusingly. Of course Stan would cheat.
"Man! That was fun for ages 8 to 80! Or a million or however old you guys are!"
Stan sighed, kneeling down to Dipper's height. Ford raised his eyebrows as he observed his twin's actions. "Y'know, I'm sorry for making fun of your game, kiddo," he told his nephew. "Sure, it might be too nerdy for me, but it's just the right amount of nerdy for you, my brother, and Y/n."
Y/n carefully gauged Ford's reaction, noting the slight widening of his eyes at his admission, and she could empathize with the sentiment. Ford might have been getting accustomed to this dimension, but he would never forget his brother's snarky and prideful attitude. Yet, witnessing the way Stan was soft-spoken towards his nephew, offering apologies and expressing remorse, was gradually altering Ford's perceptions of Stan. Apologies weren't something he offered right away.
Grenda excitedly chimed in, informing them about the second showing of Ducktective. Y/n looked up at Ford wordlessly, silently seeking his permission. The older man caught her gaze, and he closed his eyes, nodding once. In a way, Ford was also conveying to her through his gaze that - 'you don't need to get my permission.'
It was nighttime, and Soos had just arrived, choosing not to comment on the large gaping hole in the wall as he joined them to watch the finale episode. He munched on his popcorn, casually dropping bits on the floor. Mabel perched on the head of a dinosaur skeleton, while Y/n occupied the other arm of the yellow couch, next to Dipper.
They watched intently as Ducktective weakly revealed to the Constable that he was dying, witnessing how the man pieced it together before getting hit in the head with a bedpan and falling out of the frame. Another duck waddled into the room, revealing himself to be Ducktective's twin brother.
Nobody was surprised.
They merely blinked at the sudden 'reveal' that the show was attempting to convey, but they were all met with disappointment and frustration. Grenda crushed a cookie in irritation. Eventually, the episode concluded with the credits rolling as everyone cleaned up the mess. The hole in the wall remained open even when the lights were out, and everyone returned to their own rooms — except for Dipper and Y/n, who were summoned downstairs to the basement.
Descending in the elevator, the two didn't exchange a word, but surprisingly, the silence was tolerable. Small talk wouldn't have been bearable anyway. Eventually, they arrived in the portal room where Ford stood, waiting for them. The older man placed the infinity-sided die inside a container and kept it in a compartment, locking it shut. "This'll be here if you ever need it," he said, facing his nephew.
Y/n squinted her eyes at him. When would they ever need it?
"Really?" Dipper asked, unsure. She noticed that he kept his hands on his back, guessing that he was probably nervous. "Even though I got us into the whole game-playing mess?"
She shrugged, smiling tightly. "Eh, we all got carried away."
"She's right," Ford nodded, inserting his hands in the pockets of his coat. "I assume that for the entire time you've known each other, you're the only one who understood each other."
Their faces flushed as they stuttered out a reply. Ford caught them off guard with that comment, and knowing him, he probably didn't even notice the implications of what he had just said. They were trying so hard to avoid each other's gazes.
After a moment, Ford was suddenly inquisitive, fleeting a glance at Y/n before returning to the boy. "Dipper, can I tell you something?"
Dipper nodded almost immediately, his ears ready to listen and absorb any information he might receive from his idol, his great-uncle. Y/n raised an eyebrow at Ford's offer, curious to hear what he wanted to say.
"You asked me earlier what Y/n and I were working on. Well..." the author began to walk towards the glass window of the observation room covered by a curtain. He pulled it down to reveal a demolished portal, manually disassembled with their hands and tools. "We dismantled the portal. An interdimensional gateway is too dangerous for the world it feeds into. That's why I was initially mad at Y/n for letting Stan use it."
She repressed the urge to scoff.
"They saved me," Ford continued, but easily dismissed the fact, continuing. "But as I feared, the instability of the machine created this—" he held up the container he had been keeping inside the storage for a few days. "An interdimensional rift. I've contained it for now, but it's incredibly dangerous."
She silently gauged his reaction, attempting to decipher his expression. There must have been a lot going through his mind at that very moment, and she would do anything for him to confide in her again.
Ford's voice was grave and serious. He placed a hand on his shoulder. "You have to understand that the reason why we keep these secrets from you is to protect you," he said, "Now I'm going to give you the same responsibility: I don't want you to tell anyone about this. Not Stan, not even your sister. You understand?"
Dipper's eyes couldn't help but glance at hers, and their stares met. A look of enlightenment passed over him, and he nodded subtly, as if saying, 'I understand'. "Of course," he told Ford, redirecting his gaze back to him.
The older man nodded with a look of appreciation toward his great-nephew before sending him to bed. As he observed the two bonding over talking about playing Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons again, a small smile ghosted his lips. In all his time in Gravity Falls, Y/n was the only one he could ever trust. Having made many powerful enemies in multiple dimensions, and now that he was back, he had learned through Y/n that Dipper was trustworthy and could be considered a friend.
"Uhm, Dipper?" He called out to him, making the boy pause in his tracks. Y/n also stopped to look back. Ford held out his six-fingered hand. "Do you mind giving me my journal?"
Dipper sputtered, instantly rummaging through his navy blue vest. "Oh! U-uh, of course! Great-Uncle Ford." He retrieved the book from his pocket and handed it to him. Ford smiled and once again sent him off.
***
Bonus!
"What. Is. This?"
She laughed, finding herself amused with Ford's tired expression. For the last 3 hours, he had been jotting down his thoughts from the moment he was back from the portal. Information from people he had met was there, too. Y/n momentarily let him be, and Ford appreciated it, not wanting her to see what he wrote about her. And now, after writing the events of today, he took the time to go back on a few pages and revisit them. But this time, along with his writings were Dipper's own conclusions and entries.
She came back just in time to see Ford on the verge of going insane. It was an unreadable expression, and she couldn't decide whether he was breaking down, impressed, or just downright exhausted. Maybe all three of them at the same time.
He just showed her one of Mabel's pages, her entry about her dream boys. She merely laughed and praised her creative talent. Ford sighed before going through the next set of pages, his bemused frown going deeper the more he flipped.
***
YH WQBTM APN FBRCCUM, EPMHSPVOT XEGZ,
🗝: ???
In shadows cast by doubt, she wonders if forgiven,
Unspoken tensions linger, a rift unbidden.
Their connection strained, a fragile thread,
She yearns for clarity, where silence has led.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 28!
Chapter 28: Elections and Betrayals
Chapter Text
Stan slowly blinked his eyes open, his senses. coming back. Upon waking up, he already felt lethargic and sluggish. He quickly found his voice, raspy and gravelly. "Alright Stan," he said to himself. "Another day, another random body pain. Here we go."
He grunted, using all of his strength to sit up and place his feet on his slippers— which were soaked in milk. "Ugh!" He exclaimed, feeling immediately uncomfortable. Upon retrieving his glasses on the bedside table, he noticed a sticky-note in the shape of a shooting star. He plucked it out of the surface and read the note.
Dear Stan, I need something to carry milk in so I used your slippers. Love, Mabel.
Shivers ran up his spine at the thought of his great niece trying to move a slipper of milk around the house, and on top of that his feet were still wet and sticky. Nevertheless, he heaved his weight off the bed and continued to waddle his way to the kitchen with soggy slippers, making sloppy sounds in every step.
When he arrived, he saw that the lights were off, so he went to turn it on, but the light bulb burst, indicating that it expired. Stan groaned loudly, about to call for her help. If not Soos (who he knew wasn't here at this time of day), Y/n would always fix the lights.
But before he could open his mouth, he stopped himself. Y/n is not as free as before. He doesn't really know her schedule anymore, compared to before where they pretty much had the same routine every day. She had to spend her day with someone else now.
So Stan walked over to the cabinet with a deep pout on his face. Opening it, he found a box of bulbs but when he lifted it off the shelf, it was light. He shook the box in disbelief, finding it empty except for a piece of paper. He picked up and read it closely.
Dear Stan, I took these to build a planetarium suit for Soos! Sorry! Dipper.
Stan groaned some more and crumpled the paper in his hands. Yet another inconvenience, and it hasn't even been half a day.
Not even bothering to change his clothes or freshen himself up, he headed to the grocery store, got what he needed, and waited in line at the checkout counter. Behind him, a group of teenagers came up with their items. Lee spoke up in a not-so-subtle whisper. "Whoa, let's not take this line. There's an old person in it."
Robbie scoffed, "Yeah. He's probably gonna pay with like, pennies and war bombs or something—"
"HEY!" Stan turned around to face them, having heard their comments thanks to his big ears. "For your information, I was gonna shoplift most of this!"
The cashier whipped her head towards the older man. "Security!"
Long story short, he couldn't make his escape due to an expired smoke bomb now he had to win a brawl against two officers (not that he hadn't done that before, multiple times already), and successfully come home with bruises decorating his face, but he got it! He got a box of light bulbs!
He has had a rough start to his day, but looking down at the box of lightbulbs he obtained, it's all going to be worth it. He couldn't wait until he sees the smile on their faces when he fixed it eventually—
"Woahhh!"
His hope vanished as he watched Ford install a brand new lightbulb he invented instead of him, how they began cheering for Ford and calling him a hero instead of him, how Y/n looked up at Ford like her idol instead of him.
That irked him to his core.
Ignoring the pang of his chest, he retreated to the living room. He picked up the remote and slowly sank down on the seat of his beloved chair. "Well, TV at least you appreciate me. Give me the good news."
Shandra Jimenez's voice was heard from the TV. "This just in, the mayor is dead."
"What?!"
Dipper and Mabel entered the living room as well, having heard of the news. The three listened as Shandra listed his achievements, being told the repercussions of the mayor dying. She even cried in front of the camera, expressing her reminiscences.
Her co-host appeared from beside her, placing a comforting hand on her back. "There will be a town hall meeting this afternoon to discuss replacing him."
And Stan wondered just who that person might be.
***
Come the afternoon, all the citizens of Gravity Falls gathered inside the Town Hall, seated in rows of pews. Y/n decided to string along the moment she heard the news of the mayor passing, and with her naturally curious nature, she found herself sitting beside Dipper as they listened to Sheriff Blubs talk about choosing a worthy candidate.
They needed a large ring in the middle to throw their hats into (that was the procedure in joining), so when Deputy Durland had just brought out a hoop and placed it on the floor, a straw hat was immediately thrown inside it.
The owner of the hat stood up, donning a shirt of pink flowers and a very Southern accent. All eyes were on him as he stood up and announced his candidacy. "Well, now I do believe I fulfill all the requirements."
"Wait. Bud Gleeful?" Dipper asked, his tone laced with suspicion.
Mabel grinned. "He looks good!"
"Considering we threw his son in jail," Y/n added.
Stan sat back as he nodded, looking up at the ceiling. "That was a good day."
Bud had taken up the podium, looking at the citizens of the town. "Now, folks, I know our family's had its fair share of whoopsie daisies in the past, but I'd like to make up for it by formally announcing my candidacy for the mayor of Gravity Falls! Any questions?"
Toby Determined held up his trusty turkey baster. "Yes, are you still in contact with Lil' Gideon?"
"That's a great question, I'm giving you 50% off a used car!" Bud replied enthusiastically.
Toby's eyes dilated upon the offer. "Fifty percent? FIFTY PERCENT?" He ripped his notepad in half, excited about the discount rather than the product he's getting.
"In fact, everyone, look under your seats." Bud pointed at each person. "You get half off a used car! You get half off a used car!"
Mabel and Dipper pulled out a car discount coupon from under the pews, Y/n not bothering to do so. She didn't need it. "Wow," Mabel said, marveling at the graphic design. "A colorful piece of paper? He's got my vote!"
"Way to answer Toby's question," Y/n noted sarcastically, crossing her arms.
"Guys, I have a really uneasy feeling about Bud Gleeful becoming mayor," Dipper voiced his concern. One couldn't fathom having the father of their worst enemy given such power over the town. But Y/n understood that if Bud became mayor, it could potentially be a disaster. Clearly, he would secure his son's release from prison, and with the influence they wield, everything would be under their control. Y/n preferred not to contemplate what they might be plotting for the forests of Gravity Falls. She wouldn't let them do that.
But then again, who else is suitable to lead Gravity Falls? Everyone in the town had proven themselves to be incompetent, her being a witness to their idiocy. No one is capable and trustworthy enough to become mayor.
"It's a shame Ford isn't here," Dipper's voice brought her out of her thoughts as she turned to him. "He'd run, and win! And be a great mayor!"
She pursed her lips in contemplation. Ford? Mayor? The combination of those ideas hadn't crossed anyone's mind before. While Ford might be the smartest guy she'd ever met, he wasn't very... cordial with people. He wouldn't know how to coordinate with others and consider their ideas as valid. So, in a way, Mayor Ford would just be an arrogant Ford.
Before anyone knew it, another hat was thrown into the ring, a fez.
Everyone gasped, looking over to the man who owned a tourist trap in the middle of the woods. He stood up and pointed an accusatory finger at Bud. "Hold it right there! I'm taking you on!"
"Stanford?"
Y/n winced.
"No o-ffense but you're just some two-bit carnival barker," Bud said, "And your head is more ears than face!"
"Oh yeah?" Stan tried to come up with a rebuttal, one harsher than Bud's. "Well, your face is more fat than... not fat!"
Everyone gasped at the burn, shocked at the events. Stan continued, facing the crowd. "Whaddya say, folks? Are we just gonna let Bud win? How about a real election!"
"Get in there, cap!" Tyler Cutebiker tossed his biker hat into the hoop, and almost everyone followed suit with their own hats and head accessories. Y/n narrowed her eyes at Stan, trying to figure out his objective. Why would he want to run for mayor?
After that, everyone piled out of the town hall, with the anticipation of the election filling their minds. Blubs and Durland fired a cannon, declaring the beginning of a race.
"Grunkle Stan, what are you doing?" Mabel accused.
"Running for mayor!" Stan shrugged as if the answer was obvious. "Did I... did I not make that clear?"
"Stan, we're asking for the reason why you're doing this," Y/n stepped forward with her crossed arms. "I mean, we didn't think someone like you would care about this kind of thing."
"Look, the mayor kicking the bucket got me thinking," Stan said. "I'm an old man, and I'm not getting any younger. My dumb brother's research is probably gonna make him famous. And what do I have to show for my life? Do I really want 'crooked grifter' on my tombstone? How about 'crooked mayor'?"
Right after Stan's rant about his life's purpose, the trio huddled around and talked about it. Dipper and Mabel decided to ride along with Stan's idea of running for mayor, knowing that it's the only way to oppose Bud's plans.
So the Shack was transformed into a campaign headquarters, the area being bombarded with flags and signs about voting Stan as mayor. It took the entire morning for them to set things up, from the merch to the statistics, the team looked really serious.
As Dipper explained to the group the mechanics and process of running for mayor, Y/n was down in the basement per Ford's order.. She told him about Stan's plans, as Ford was rereading the second journal. "If you ask me, I can see Stan as a great leader... sometimes," she explained. "He could be real bossy, but maybe that's what the town needs?"
"Stanley wouldn't know the first thing in being a government official. Heck, he's constantly on their target," Ford replied, noticing the ripped page in the middle of the journal, right next to his entry of the Blood Rain. His fingers moved over to the teared paper, trying to remember what it was.
"I'm just saying," Y/n shrugged. "He told us that he wanted this so he could have something on his grave. I feel like if he really tries, he'll succeed.."
Ford scoffed. "Oh, please."
Y/n deadpanned, glaring at the back of his head. "I guess the only thing I'm worried about is Stan not knowing the right words to say when convincing the people. He can really be blunt without needing to."
"That's Stan for you."
"Great-Uncle Ford, Great-Uncle Ford!" A voice came from the elevator, and Dipper entered the room, breathless. "I need your help!"
He noticed her standing there, and he motioned to her as he began his rant to Ford. "I'm sure Y/n already told you this, but this is an emergency!" The boy began explaining their dilemma and how it became worse when Stan insisted on speaking his mind.
Ford and Y/n exchanged knowing glances, it was exactly what they were talking about from moments before. "It is an emergency," Ford agreed, turning around to face Dipper.
"The Stump Speech is in a couple of days, and if he continues like this, we'll lose to Bud for sure!"
Y/n crossed her arms, thinking again. She wanted to vocally offer a suggestion of her talking to him but decided not to. She'll talk to Stan herself. How could he be so stubborn as to refuse advice? Perhaps if it came from her, he'd listen. After all, they have gone through so much together to build a close bond, she hoped that Stan would understand her concern. Out of all the people who would tell him to tone it down, she hoped that Stan would listen to her.
Ford hummed, placing a finger on his chin. "It's a shame there isn't some device that would allow you to control someone else."
She glared playfully at the older man. Of course he would have that sort of device. He was so proud of that personal invention.
"Oh, wait. Of course. Yes. There is," he said, removing the hopelessness in his face, replaced by an enthusiastic one. "Y/n, where did you put it?" he asked her, knowing that she was the one who would've known where it was kept away.
She bent down to a drawer next to him and opened the lowest divider, retrieving the striped tie.
"Ah!" Ford let out, snatching the tie from her. "A long time ago I designed a prototype for Ronald Reagan's masters," he gave Dipper the accessory. "Just get Stan to wear this, and you can make him a literal talking head."
"Woah!" Dipper expressed. "This is amazing! And ethically ambiguous!"
Y/n took out another tie from the drawer, a much darker one compared to the first. She gave it to Dipper as Ford continued to explain. "As long as you wear the matching one, he'll say and do whatever you want him to."
"Thank you, Great-Uncle Ford!" The boy held up the two ties and was about to make a run for it until he turned to her, "Are you coming? We kinda need your help."
"I'll catch up, I promise," Y/n assured, giving him a smile. She planned on going up anyway, wanting to have a conversation with Stan.
"Oh, okay," Dipper said, trying not to think about it. She never broke any of her promises, so he was sure that she'll never break this one. "I'll see you soon."
She watched his figure disappear from the elevator, making her lean back on the table. "What are you doing?"
"I'm revisiting my journal entries. It's almost hard to believe that you and I had gone through various encounters in Gravity Falls. Do you still remember the Blood Rain?" Ford asked with a slight smile, referring to the page from Journal 2 he just stopped on.
"You mean when we had to burn our clothes at the end of the day because the blood was so sticky that it was hard to wash it off? Yeah, I remembered it clearly."
Ford shook his head playfully, hiding the earnest stare from her. It wasn't supposed to be a test question, yet she still remembers. He had to snap out of it, get the horrible thoughts out of his head. He's safe. He can trust her. It's still her.
But why didn't she physiologically change? It was throwing his mind in a loop. He aged, Stanley aged, he apparently had a niece and nephew, his lab was transformed into a tourist trap, but why didn't she change?
What if... no. He didn't even want to go there. His thoughts were beginning to morph into a different territory, bubbles of what ifs floating in his head, all too dangerous to say out loud. He might be listening.
What if she was secretly being controlled by...?
No!
Snap out of it, Stanford!
"You okay?"
"Yes," he said in an even tone, despite feeling like he spat out the word. "I'm fine."
Silence passed by for a few moments, until Y/n broke it with a question, "You really think it's going to work?"
Ford shrugged. "As long as they use it responsibly, it could go well."
***
"Mind control is awesome!"
"Have you guys seen Stan? I can't—" Y/n had just walked out of the Shack to see the twins and Soos, noticing the ties they wore. Soos was breathing heavily while Mabel was grinning excitedly. "Um? What?"
"Now we're ready for the debate!" Mabel declared proudly.
And so everyone came to the venue where the Stump Speech was held to support Stan, where Tyler Cutebiker had finished answering a question about his goals. From the audience, Y/n clapped with the people for his very generic answer. She insisted to the twins that she would stay out of politics, not having an idea how to charm the people with words. She decided to leave the matter to the trustworthy twins, and would only intervene when necessary.
Stan was up next, now wearing a striped tie as he stood behind the podium. She anticipated on how he was about to introduce himself when he had already destroyed her hopes when he began with an abrupt—
"Hiya there! Stan Pines here. Let's get real. Do you think the women of Gravity Falls wear too much makeup?"
She could see the moment when Stan's consciousness was taken over by the twins, specifically Mabel, when the older man was suddenly an expert on makeup and giving women compliments. Dipper also took over when it transitioned to Stan speaking so seriously.
"But I believe in things. America. Freedom. Ameri-freedom!"
A patriotic guy sitting beside Y/n began to sob in happiness, agreeing with everything the old man was blabbing. She dodged his attempt of hugging the people beside him, letting him grab the other person instead.
"Like my opponent pointed out, I may not have a pretty face, but if you want a candidate that will listen to you, well, I'm proud to be all ears."
"Oh, wow," Y/n muttered under her breath, appreciating the wit in his words. Definitely courtesy of Dipper.
"Now, watch me break it down!" Stan suddenly broke into a dance, spinning around and finishing with a big smile. The crowd loved it, cheering so loudly.
Y/n weaved across the crowd to get to the backstage, where Stan, the twins, and Soos were waiting.
They eventually noticed her walking over with her hands in her pockets. Stan looked at her with a strange look in his eyes. Mabel and Dipper waited on what she was about to say.
"Good job out there, old man."
His eyes slightly widened. "You like it more than Ford's. right?"
"What?"
"Stan! Stan! Stan! Stan!"
Chants of Stan's name resounded, and while at first the older man didn't understand, when Mabel explained it to him that it was the people's love for him, Stan happily accepted the cheers.
"There he is!" Toby led a bunch of photographers towards the group, asking for a picture.
"Yes, we Stan!"
***
So in the following days, Stan was in the lead, gaining people's votes as he managed to charm them with his flowery words. He hadn't been this happy ever since he found a 5 dollar bill on the floor of the gift shop.
And...
She's looking up at him again.
Election Day, the day where the townsfolk get to decide who they would prefer as mayor.
The people of Gravity Falls greeted Stan Pines, strutting the streets with a fresh set of clothes. Breakfast was to be eaten on the Greasy Diner just as planned and he was on his way there.
He opened the door to the establishment and greeted every patron, who greeted back with the same enthusiasm. Stan quickly found the booth where Dipper and Mabel were sitting in and he slid into the seats just as he was given a free plate of pancakes.
"Grunkle Stan, what's with the outfit? You're missing your lucky tie!" Mabel pointed out with a worried expression.
"Power tie, gotta wear it."
"Come on, have you seen the polls? I could debate naked and I'd still win! Huh, come to think of it..."
Mabel laughed nervously, squeezing out a forced smile. "Seriously though, we need you to wear that suit and tie, Grunkle Stan."
"Suit and tie, gotta wear it!"
Stan groaned loudly. "Why do you kids have to constantly tell me what to do? Y/n is finally seeing me as someone worth idolizing! Maybe you kids should too."
"Grunkle Stan, we'd respect you if you took things more seriously!" Dipper retaliated, noticing the way Stan mentioned Y/n and the way it seemed like he was seeking her approval— but decided not to comment on it.
"I am taking this seriously!" Stan slammed his fist on the table. "If you haven't noticed, everything that has come out of this golden mouth has put us on top! With or without your dumb advice!"
The brunette fumed. "Dumb advice?!"
"Yeah!" The older man replied, just as loud. "Dumb advice!"
"Dang it, Stan!" Dipper punched the table as he stood up. "Every one of those speeches, we were controlling you!"
"Dipper!"
"What?" Stan paused in the middle of his pancake.
"This tie is a mind control device invented by Ford!" Dipper explained, pulling off the back of the tie to reveal a system of circuitry inside. "If it wasn't for this tie, you'd be losing!"
There was a look of surprise in Stan, which quickly morphed into anger. So much anger.
"Well, you can tell that know-it-all Ford that he can keep his fancy light bulbs and magic ties! I'm gonna win this debate on my own, without any of you!" Stan walked out of the diner with a stride, determined to prove them all wrong.
Why did the twins have to do what they did? Why didn't they just believe in him? He already knew that he was the dumb twin, but he's not dumb at everything. He knew that, Y/n was supposed to know that.
Everything he had done, he only had himself to rely on. He can handle things by himself. Heck, he managed to survive almost all his life without needing Ford's help.
So when he discovered that the kids had strung in his nerdy brother for something he shouldn't have been a part of, it hurt. Stan didn't want to admit it, but it hurt so bad. Especially now that he knew she knew all this time, and was completely okay with it.
He gritted his teeth. Fine. If he could do it on his own all those years ago, he could do it now.
***
After being given a bag of birdseed, Y/n went to the final debate and saw Stan in his usual clothing, but no tie this time, making her raise an eyebrow in suspicion. Was there some sort of misunderstanding? And when Soos walked out with the red and blue striped tie, waving around unconsciously, that's when she knew: there was definitely a misunderstanding.
The Corduroy patriarch asked a question about taxes, and Stan answered with complete honesty, proposing wars against neighboring cities (It was a very Stan answer). Meanwhile, Soos was having a literal malfunction going on, but the weirdest one of all was Bud singing around with his sparkly red underpants and tiny ukulele.
"You may now throw your birdseed," Shandra Jimenez instructed, and almost everyone chucked a handful of seeds inside Bud's basket. Y/n stood by, her bird food in her closed palm. As a matter of fact, she's not voting for anybody.
Shandra announced an intermission, and before they knew it, the show was back on action. Y/n didn't even get to stand up and talk with the twins about their situation, and the candidates were all back to their podium. Everyone, except for Bud.
That was alarming.
She craned her neck around and tried to get a sight on a big fella with a very eccentric outfit, but he was nowhere to be found. But while Stan was getting flamed over his remarks about the Statue of Liberty, Bud miraculously came back as if nothing had happened.
That was very alarming.
"Excuse me," she muttered, standing up and making her way towards the backstage, where she couldn't see Dipper and Mabel anywhere.
"Help! Help us!" She twisted her head up towards where the voice came from. It was no doubt Mabel, asking for help. And when Dipper also screamed, "We're tied to a bunch of fireworks!" There was no doubt that the twins were in danger.
Stan suddenly appeared right behind her with his sleeves torn off his arms, revealing his biceps. "Y/n, you gotta stay back! I got this!" He said as he sprinted towards the scaffolding and climbed upwards, making her remember that Stan got rid of his fear of heights that this is a small feat for him.
Y/n wanted to help, but at the same time, she wanted to cheer him on instead. She could understand that people might think that Stan was doing this as some sort of publicity stunt, but she knew that Stan was a good enough uncle to save his niece and nephew from their deaths. What she didn't know was Stan also doing this to prove something.
She felt amazed by him, seeing Stan go through the lengths and finally managed to get to his family on time, pulling them up to safety.
And when they managed to jump off the small mountain before it exploded into pieces, she watched with bated breath, until they landed on the large pile of bird seeds she exhaled in relief. She rushed towards them, not caring about the literal small meteors crashing on the site that caused people to briefly run away.
"Are you guys okay?"
Before any of them could respond, a loud buzzer sounded followed by a bird's screech after the cage opened.
Everyone observed as the eagle flew down from the sky and landed on Dipper's hat before it leaned down and bestowed a lovely smooch against Stan's temple. And everyone knew what it meant to get a birdly kiss from the freedom eagle.
Stan Pines was the new mayor of Gravity Falls.
***
"This just in: Stanford Pines LOSES!"
"WHAT?!"
Shandra Jimenez faced the camera with a stone-faced expression. "Despite winning an overwhelming 95% of the vote, election officials had to disqualify him due to discovery of an extensive criminal record."
"Oh, boy..." Stan dragged his mouth.
Mabel turned to him with a frown. "Stan, what did you do?!"
"What didn't I do?"
Shandra started listing the beginnings of Stan's crimes, including ones he recently committed from the beginning of the summer. The entire family's ears deafened when she dedicated the rest of the broadcast to reading the entire list.
"Sorry, Stan," Dipper admitted. "I actually think you as mayor would've been fun."
"Eh, maybe it's for the best," Stan assured. "I got close to the dream, though, kids."
"Hey, Grunkle Stan," Mabel approached him. "I knit you something. It's not official, but... I think it fits."
She picked up a sash she sewed together and gave it to Stan. The words "Our Hero" were embroidered on the sash. The older man sniffled, trying not to cry.
"Come on, kids. I have something special planned for us," he wiped his tears away, standing up.
"Actually, Grunkle Stan, we can do that later," Dipper countered, trailing off.
Before the older man could ask why, another person arrived from the doorway of the living room, her arms crossed.
"Stan, can we talk?"
The twins took their chance to leave the room to give the two privacy, and Y/n sat on the arm of the yellow chair, beside Stan. It was silence between them, until she broke it with a statement:
"You didn't have to do all that to get my approval, you know."
Stan couldn't help but wince. Okay, so she found out. He wanted to deny her assumptions so badly, to tell her that no, he did not get into a mayoral election and go through public humiliation just to impress her and make her like him more than her mentor. He realized that he will never amount to her standards.
Y/n continued,"But you went and did it anyway, which makes me proud of you. It takes a lot of guts to run for mayor in this town after almost causing the end of the world."
He didn't say anything, her words rendering him speechless. Y/n? Proud of him? Unheard of. But here she was, affirming him.
"And if you were to ask me, you would be a better mayor than Ford any day."
"Really?" That made him break. Just the mention of him being better than his brother was music to his ears. And it was coming from Y/n herself.
"Yeah!" she giggled, trying to imagine Ford in public, talking with people and getting political. "Ford doesn't even know anything about being a mayor. He's going to suck trying to be cordial with people."
Stan chuckled at her comment, deciding to add his own. "I bet he'd freeze when it comes to public speaking. Embarrassing!"
"He would tell me that the people of Gravity Falls are beneath him because they lack the intelligence to follow his rules. That's just how nerdy he is!"
The two shared a hearty laugh, the bullying of one person bonding them together. Eventually, their laughter died down, and Y/n faced him. "But for what it's worth, I'm sorry, Stan. I didn't mean to make you feel that way."
She pulled him close to an embrace, and after a moment, she heard sniffling from behind her, making her pull away. "Are you crying?"
Stan quickly wiped away the tears building up, refusing to admit it. "No! I got campaign confetti in my eyes!" He stood up, smiling down on her. "Come on. How's about we go and vandalize Mayor Tyler's mansion?"
***
Stanford Pines— the real one— found himself tossing and turning in his sleep. He had been having trouble sleeping, as if that wasn't anything new to him. Even in the Nightmare Realm, he very much still has nightmares. In his dream, he was standing in a field of wheat, surrounded by various objects that were in his life; a ruined swing set, the interdimensional portal, and the Stan'O War.
He began to look around just as the tall stems of wheat flattened around him to resemble a shape of three sides, until it eventually glowed a bright blue. Ford's ears were ringing when he heard a set of maniacal laughter. He huffed in frustration, having to deal with another conversation with the dream demon. "Reveal yourself, you coward!"
In a lightning bolt, the triangle materialized into Bill Cipher, top hat and all. "Are you talking about yourself, big guy?"
"What do you want from me?" He asked him, tired of playing games. He just wanted answers, wanted his true intentions, but clearly, this monster always had something to say.
"Truthfully? Nothing! Nothing at all! It's just like you said, you're done doing my bidding," Bill replied, placing his hands behind him. He floated around him. "I have a new favorite plaything, Sixer! Isn't that fun?"
Stanford didn't answer his rhetorical question.
"While you were off indulging yourself in some dumb fantasy game, I'm just here waiting for the big day," Bill said, rubbing his hands together. "You can't keep that rift safe forever! And that plaything that I told you about? She'll be the perfect key."
The older man kept glaring daggers at the demon, opting to stay silent.
Bill continued, seeing Ford's reaction. "You might be right, Fordsy. Let's see if Y/n would make a great assistant!"
That made him crack.
Stanford was enraged, "NO! She's smarter than that. She will never shake your hand and accept your deals!" His throat was scratchy from how loud his yell was. He thought that maybe, the louder his claim, the more it was true.
But Bill only laughed in his face, floating around. "Not unless there's stakes, old pal. What's a good proposition without risks?" There were a bunch of glowing symbols appearing around them, ones that Ford recognized. "She might hear me out if it involves someone she cares about."
"You don't know her!" The older man argued back, his brows furrowed together. "She wouldn't do that."
If Bill had a stomach, it would be hurting from how hard he was giggling and laughing at Ford's stupidity. All humans are gullible, and here he thought Ford would be different, but he was just as dumb as all the other humans he manipulated and made a deal with.
"Maybe the only person who doesn't know Daisy at all... is you!" Bill's finger outstretched and touched Ford's chest, making him speechless. "Think about it, Sixer. It's been you and her since the beginning, you're back from your fun little vacation after 30 years to find out that your trusty assistant gained some friends."
Stanford stared at the ground, his fists clenched in admission as he remained silent.
"It's not just you anymore. Her circle of attachments widened. And so is my target.🗝️"
He didn't know what to say.
Bill was right.
"Of course I am," his voice cut through his subconscious, having read his mind. The demon adjusted his bow tie, closing his one eye. "Now if you'll excuse me, I'll go ahead and plan your dimension's demise."
And before he knew it, Bill Cipher left the confines of his mind, the laughter that ever so haunt his dreams echoing until he found himself sitting up and breathing heavily with his eyes wide like saucers. His eyes scanned around his room, looking for some sort of sign, before landing on a machine— his mind machine, and right then and there, he knew what to do.
***
Y/n woke up, her world spinning. She had to blink multiple times to get to see her room back to normal again. She couldn't remember the finer details of her dream, but it was no mistake that it was supposed to be a vision that someone was trying to tell her. It was just unfortunate that she had instantly forgotten the moment she woke up.
She had just been fixing her hair when she heard Ford's voice from the living room. "Family meeting! Family meeting!"
To which she raised her eyebrows in concern. What would be troubling Ford to the point that he needed to consult his family? Nevertheless, she shrugged and walked out of her room towards the living room where Ford was waiting, the table full of papers and books.
"Ford? What's wrong?" she asked, scratching her head.
Just in time, the twins followed suit, and he immediately turned to them. "Ah, children. Come in, come in!"
Mabel excitedly sprinted all the way to the table and marveled at the stuff on the table. "Ooh, mysterious scrolls and potions! Are you going to tell us we're finally of age to go to wizard school?" She began rummaging through the bag. "Is there an owl in this bag?!"
"No!" Ford quickly snatched the bag away from her, hugging it close to his chest. "I can assure you if there's an owl in this bag, he's long dead."
The brunette frowned at that, disappointment in his features. Y/n pouted at his pessimistic response, slightly shocked at his bluntness.
"Now, be seated. Tell me, do three of you recognize this symbol?" Ford asked, holding up a scroll emblazoned with the image of the triangular demon, along with several hieroglyphs.
The twins gasped, and Y/n thought it was an appropriate reaction. Bill Cipher. Not only was he the one threatening their lives all summer, he had also been visiting her dreams a lot more often lately. Bill doesn't always have a chat with her face-to-face, but he liked to drop hints here and there.
Dipper placed a name on the image, and the older man sputtered, staring at them wildly. "You... know him?" Bill Cipher truly doesn't discriminate. When it came to torturing someone psychologically, there wasn't an exception to his schemes.
"Know him?! He's been terrorizing us all summer!" the boy exclaimed. "I have so many questions and theories..."
"Dipper's been pretty paranoid since Bill turned him into a living sock puppet," Mabel explained.
"The important thing is we defeated him twice."
"Once with kittens and once with tickles!"
"It was a lot more heroic than it sounds."
Ford dropped his voice to a solemn tone. "The fact that you've dealt with Bill is gravely serious."
Dipper decided to counter his great uncle's inquisition, asking a question of his own. "So, how do you know Bill?"
Y/n noticed the way the older man evaded the question so skillfully, providing an explanation, but not a direct answer. "I've encountered many dark beings in my time, Dipper. What matters is his powers are growing stronger, and if he pulls off his plans, no one in this family will be safe!"
As the twins gasped in horror, he caught her eyes, who seemed to be communicating with him through concerned glances. In Y/n's perspective, she was asking him if Bill had haunted his dreams again, and Ford understood the insinuation clearly, replying with a wandering look. Yes.
She wanted to talk to him, like old times, where he could confide in her and be able to tell her his problems so that they can shoulder it together. She just had a hard time accepting that this wasn't the old Ford anymore, and nothing was like before.
His voice brought her out of her thoughts. "Fortunately, there should be a way to shield us from his mental tricks. A way to Bill-proof the Shack." He pulled out a floor plan of the Shack, each room having a label that he scribbled some circles in it. "All we have to do is place moonstones here, here, and here, sprinkle some mercury... Let's see." He trailed off, seeming to forget the last ingredient. "What was that last one again, Y/n?"
She rolled her eyes, shivers running down her spine. "Ugh, don't remind me."
"What is it?" Dipper asked.
Y/n's eyes shifted to meet his, her expressions one of exasperation. "Unicorn hair."
That caused Ford to groan as well, glaring to the side. "Ugh. Unicorn hair," he repeated, and the two seemingly had an in-sync flashback to the time when Ford had to arm-wrestle a unicorn for 6 hours.
"That's not like..." Dipper glanced at his sister, who was about to spontaneously combust, before reverting his gaze to Ford. "Rare, is it?"
"It's hopeless," the older man replied, "Unicorns reside deep within an enchanted glade, and their hairs can only be obtained by a pure good-hearted person who goes on a magical quest to find them." He showed a page, explaining the details.
Mabel screamed the loudest anyone had scrumpt, leaving her seat. "Grunkle Ford, can I please go on this quest? I am literally obsessed with unicorns!" The brunette began to explain all the reasons why she was perfectly capable for the quest, and all of the members of the party in the meeting agreed with her acquisition
Ford was convinced, wishing Mabel luck— as well as his journal and a loaded crossbow, to which it was accidentally fired through the window, setting a car's alarm.
Everyone ignored that, and Mabel turned to the other girl excitedly. "Y/n! You should totally come with me! It'll just be us gals on a mission for the entire day!"
Before Y/n could speak, Ford stretched out a hand between them. "I'm sorry, Mabel, but I need Y/n for the afternoon."
The two girls looked at him before exchanging stares. Y/n shrugged woefully, looking at her friend. "Maybe next time, Mabel," she said, hoping to alleviate her disappointment just a bit.
Thankfully, Mabel's smile returned to her face. "Okay, I'll just call up Candy, Grenda, and Wendy!" She excitedly called their numbers on her phone, ordering them to clear their afternoons before walking off.
"Take some pictures!" She called out happily towards Mabel, who walked out the door, but just as it closed, her face shifted to one of despair. "Good luck."
Dipper asked from beside her. "So, what are the odds she gets that hair?"
"Unlikely," Ford answered for her, making the two glance up towards the source of the voice. "Y/n and I have dealt with unicorns before, and if we had to describe them in one word it would be..."
"Irritating? Annoying? Dreadful?"
"Exactly."
Unicorns are the worst.
"So, what are we gonna do about Bill?" Dipper asked, bringing the more important topic to focus on, and the two looked at him as Ford began to devise a plan.
"Follow me."
The two followed Ford as he opened the makeshift door that was the vending machine with his watch, making the girl roll her eyes. They could've just used the code, but the older man wanted to be dramatic and serious. They walked down the dimly lit hallway towards the elevator and entered the mechanism.
Y/n watched as the panel above them signified that they were on the second level of the basement, and the safety doors opened before them, revealing a door to which Ford had opened for them. It was just like she remembered, and Ford didn't even bother to clean up. That was just the way he is.
"Welcome to my private study," Ford introduced Dipper to a small room full of trinkets from his studies; a random skull, different sizes of rocks, and a bunch of papers. "A place where I keep my most ancient and secret knowledge. Even your uncle Stan doesn't know about this."
Y/n strolled around, looking for certain objects she remembered were placed there. She avoided this room like the plague, as it was the one room that would surely trigger her bad memories if she even pressed the wrong number on the elevator.
She heard Ford's voice calling to Dipper, explaining to him that they have to Bill-proof their minds while presenting a metal helmet with a mangle of wires attached to the top.
"And that includes you, Y/n,"
With that, she stopped her movements, staring at the two of them with an uneasy stare. "Oh, o-okay." Here she thought she was about to be exempted. Ford already considered her as someone who is paranormal, for someone who is invulnerable to pain, but in the author's defense, this is Bill they were talking about. Nobody is safe from him.
"Now, will you help me?" Ford spoke once more, turning to the girl, who was already on her way towards them. She took the helmet from him as he pivoted to his right where the machine was located. He began to press a few buttons, tweaking a gear and reading the calculated text.
She adjusted the helmet around Dipper after he sat down on a low stool and discarded his blue trucker hat. She tried to put it on smoothly, without disturbing his curly hair, but it proved to be a difficult task. "Does it fit okay?" She couldn't help but ask, leaning down to see his expression.
"Yeah. Thanks," he simply answered, and they both fell into silence. She didn't know whether to regard the silence as comfortable or awkward, but she decided to move on instead of brooding about it. She turned to Ford who was still busy with the machine.
Dipper cleared his throat, trying to face them but found he couldn't, with the helmet stuck on him. "So, I wanted to ask; what is Bill, exactly?"
"No one knows, for sure," Ford answered, his back still facing them. "Accounts differ of his true motivations and origins." Out of the corner of her eye, Y/n saw Dipper picking up a folder with the name 'The Cipher File' printed on the cover. "I know he's older than our galaxy and far more twisted."
She listened intently, also wanting to know more about the dream demon. She tried to do a little research on the triangle guy so many years ago, but there wasn't any information she could find about him. The Gravity Falls public library could only contain books that hold ancient knowledge.
"Without a physical form, he can only project himself into our thoughts through the mindscape," Ford continued to explain, and Y/n was slowly dissociating, imagining the possibilities. "That's why he wants the rift. The portal may be dismantled, but with this tear, Bill can still find a way into our reality. And the only way he could get his hands on this rift, is by tricking or possessing someone."
"It could be anyone..." Y/n mumbled, looking at the ground.
She couldn't deny Bill's manipulation skills. All humans are susceptible to perception. The dream demon could offer them anything they wanted while somehow looking for a loophole to get what he wants. A deal is a deal.
"So how do we keep Bill out of our minds?" Dipper asked.
"Well, there's a number of ways," Ford answered. "I personally had a metal plate installed in my head,"
The brunette chuckled, thinking it was a joke. "Good one."
But the older man quickly debunked his assumption by knocking the side of his head, making a metallic sound. Dipper avoided his uncle's gaze as he pretended to cough. Y/n had a small, amused smile as she watched the scene. The boy suddenly looked at her, feeling uneasy. "Do I... have to...?"
"No, we're not gonna install a metal plate on your head," she gently reassured. "Though I'm not sure how this machine is going to work...?" she trailed off, averting her gaze towards Ford, waiting for an explanation.
"This machine will scan his mind, and will bioelectrically encrypt his thoughts so Bill couldn't read them," Ford answered, and the two stared at one another in silence while she was thinking to herself: can it really do that? They have had the machine sitting here for as long as they could remember, but it was never really used to encrypt someone's thoughts. She decided to give him the benefit of the doubt and assumed that maybe Ford modified it for some time.
Ford was the one who broke the staring contest first, swiveling to his machine and turning it on. "Now, Dipper. Say hello to your thoughts."
On the screen, words began to appear in green text, signifying the brunette's thoughts.
Oh, man. The author of the journals is right there! I can't believe this is happening!
What is up with Bill Cipher?
DISCO GIRL! COMING THROUGH!
Y/n is standing right there . She looks so—
"UH!" Dipper suddenly stood up from his chair, using his entire body to block the whole monitor. He faced the other two people in the room with a flushed face of humiliation. "Just... ignore them." He felt so exposed at the moment, seeing that most of his displayed thoughts were about the other two in the room. The other part of him was trying to assure that it's normal since naturally, he just had a conversation with them.
But his thoughts were supposed to be kept to himself. Now it was fully disclosed for the two people he wanted to impress the most. He just wished that when he turned back around she wouldn't be looking at him in disgust.
Sure enough, she wasn't.
Repressing a sigh of relief, he turned to head as he shook his head. "A-Anyway, Great Uncle Ford, you never told me what your history with Bill was."
Y/n sifted through her memories, searching for any details related to Bill. Some memories were as old as three decades, and she made a point to keep these recollections to herself. She chose not to share this information because, firstly, Dipper hadn't directly inquired, and secondly, she preferred to keep those encounters private.
Ford pressed some more buttons, and eventually a text that said "SCANNING THOUGHTS 0%" appeared on the screen in front of the scrolling thoughts. They waited around, but they knew it was going to be a long process, causing the author to sit down and slowly doze off, leaving Y/n and Dipper to be the only people awake in the room.
No one knew how to open up a conversation. There were so many things to talk about, and yet... What do you talk about?
The girl noticed the way the sliding texts shifted into something else, as she subtly took a peek.
Oh, man. This is awkward. Oh, man. This is awkward.
How should I talk to her? What do we even talk about? How should I talk to her? What do we even talk about?
This is the first time I've seen the author asleep. So cool.
I want to ask her about Bill.
She sweatdropped.
"I'm kinda worried about Mabel," she finally spoke aloud, hoping to come across casual. She just needed to talk about something else, other than the elephant in the room. She just wasn't ready for that conversation. "Wonder how she's holding up."
"Don't worry about her," Dipper reassured with a swipe of his hand. "Mabel can handle anything. We're twins, remember?"
"Right! Right," she chuckled nervously, thankful that he completely dropped the subject, but when she looked back at the screen she noticed that some of the texts were still there. "Of course."
"D'you think this machine is going to work?" he asked in a throwaway comment, fiddling with his fingers.
Y/n shrugged, looking everywhere in the room. "Let's hope it works. Never really tried encrypting my thoughts before."
That made him hum in thought. "So... before we met Bill that night, you've never seen him before? Great Uncle Ford didn't directly say that he and Bill talked, but maybe you could tell me something you know? You know, because you're the assistant?" Dipper said the last part of the statement more slowly, causing his speech to crumble. His confidence gradually decreased, as he avoided her gaze now.
"I may be the 'assistant' but he didn't really tell me everything," Y/n replied, unaware of the shift in her tone. Dipper heard the slight bitterness, but decided not to comment on it. "Anything about Bill Cipher, he clearly kept it a personal secret."
Dipper nodded, taking it all in. Silence overtook the two and the other unconscious person in the room. The girl was uncertain what to call the silence. Was it uncomfortable? Awkward? Tense? All of a sudden she felt itchy.
With an internal huff, she turned to Dipper. "Anyway, this whole process is making me thirsty– and we still have a long way to go, so... gotta go get a soda." She spoke, pointing at the elevator behind her. She began to walk backwards, her eyes remained locked on him. "Do you want anything?"
"Surprise me," he replied, smiling good-naturedly as he shrugged.
The gesture made her chuckle shortly, feeling her insides tingling. She ignored the sensation and headed towards the elevator without another word. Don't be weird, Y/n— even though you are.
While she exited out of the room, she didn't see the way Dipper watched her back until she completely disappeared from his vision, a loose smile on his face. His eyes reverted to his Great Uncle Ford who was asleep for the whole conversation. He must've been really tired. Poor man had gone through so much messed up stuff.
Dipper decided to sneak a glance at the monitor, wanting to see how far the process had gone. He felt like he had already been here an hour. Surely it only needed approximately 10 more percent, right?
Nope.
He groaned loudly when he saw that it was only done by 15 percent. Man, he briefly forgot that this machine wasn't exactly brand new. He began to communicate with himself, knowing that he needed to express these thoughts aloud; he couldn't simply read it through a screen. He wasn't sure whether to be thankful that Y/n wasn't in the room anymore.
"This is taking forever. How long have I been doing this for?" He glanced at his uncle, the perpetrator who was making him do all of these tedious procedures to defend himself against Bill. He had read the author's entries from the third journal, about his betrayal, but it all had been quite vague.
He wanted to know more, wanted to hear from the author— his uncle, what he personally experienced with the dream demon. But with a somber sigh, he realized; if Ford didn't even bother telling Y/n– his assistant– about it, what more could he do? He stood no chance when it came to closeness.
"Why does he have to be so mysterious about Bill?" Dipper asked aloud, his gaze fixed on Ford. "I can handle the truth."
All of a sudden, his subconscious began to evaluate the decision he was going to make.
I wonder what Great-Uncle Ford is thinking—
Use the machine! It'll show you his thoughts!
Dipper furrowed his brows, reflecting on his thought process. One part of him was not agreeing, but the other part of him was seriously considering the offer. "I shouldn't..."
He won't know! He's going to tell you eventually!
But what if Y/n finds out? She's about to come back soon. I don't wanna betray her trust.
It'll just be quick! You put on the machine and you'll see it. Bah-boom! Just like that. The more you know about Bill, the more you can help the author! The more you can help Y/n.
"Man, I am really good at rationalizing," he noted.
YES YOU ARE! YES YOU ARE! YES YOU ARE! YES YOU ARE! YES YOU ARE!
Without further hesitation, he removed his helmet and trekked over his sleeping uncle, who he transferred the headgear to. It was taking every cell in Dipper's body to stop him from proceeding, but his curiosity remained unshakeable.
The moment when he heard the locking sound from the helmet, his heartbeat seemed to have escalated, as if the sound had reminded him that this was his final decision and now he had to live with the consequences.
Dipper figured that there would be texts appearing on the screen, but since the subject of the machine was sleeping, it displayed visions instead of letters. Bill Cipher was the first image that had appeared on the monitor, and he was laughing maniacally.
The boy wasn't aware that this thing had an audio output, or was his brain just playing with him?
The dream demon was engulfed in blue flames as he cackled. The screen changed to the author moving around in his sleep, as Fiddleford's voice resonated through the room. "Where do you get these ideas for the portal, Ford?"
And then, Y/n's voice entered his thoughts. "Ford? I can trust you, right?"
Along with that were his memories of him writing in the journal about Bill, scribbling his pages with black ink, depicting his assistant in a dangerous situation. "I'm afraid he'll just hurt her and use her against me."
A younger Ford appeared in the larger screen, his hands outstretched to someone out of the frame. "Then it's a deal. From now until the end of time."
It changed to Bill, who was doing the same, but his hands were on fire. "Just let me into your mind, Stanford!"
Their hands connected, shaking it up and down. "Please," Ford replied with a smile. "Call me... a friend."
The screen changed again, to Ford looking quite possessed with his yellow-glowing eyes and slit-shaped pupils. He was cackling, like Bill would do, and Ford was aware.
Dipper couldn't believe what was happening, but it seemed that the show wasn't over yet as the visions continued to change, showing a now-possessed Ford talking to his assistant with a jolly grin. She happily joined in the conversation as if she was also aware of the possessions.
But what he wasn't prepared for was a vision of Y/n shaking hands with Bill Cipher, him taking control of her body and wreaking havoc; the journals being burnt, the portal destroyed, the town in a wreck, people screaming, blood being spilled, and—!
There was a rustle from behind him, and Dipper gasped as he watched his uncle awaken. The brunette struggled to catch his breath, his mind still processing the events. Was it just a dream or a buried memory? Was it in Ford's subconscious or had it already occurred?
Dipper was shaking just as Ford stood up and stared at him. His glasses reflected the static-y, black and white of the screen, but it wasn't hard to discern that he was gravely disappointed from the deep frown on his face.
"You shouldn't have done that," he said, striding towards him. The older man removed the helmet and tossed it aside, carelessly knocking down a curtain, revealing many items depicting Bill; posters, statues, and other caricatures, but it was horrifying all the same.
Dipper stepped back, regarding him carefully. At the moment, the guy standing in front of him was an imminent threat, using him to get what he wants. "Wh-why are you shaking hands with Bill?" he accused, getting close to the rift. "You said Bill could possess anyone so he could get this!" He took the rift with shaking hands, to which it almost slipped through his fingers.
"Careful!" Stanford warned, reaching out. "Hand me the rift! Now, boy!"
Boy?
He backed away now, having his guard up. His mind was in disarray now, not knowing what to believe, who to believe. He glanced to his left where he saw the memory gun. He picked it up and aimed it at Ford.
"Why were you really scanning my thoughts? Are you Bill right now?!"
Ford followed him, trying to reach out to him, trying to change his mind. Where the heck is Y/n? "Now just– just calm down, P—"
"PINE TREE?!" Dipper burst out in anger. "IS THAT WHAT YOU 'RE GONNA CALL ME?"
"I was gonna say 'please', kid!"
Dipper stopped at the end of the room, but his courage was unwavering. "Great-Uncle Ford told me to protect the rift! Get one step closer and I'll shoot! I'll erase you right out of Ford's head!"
"It's me, Dipper. It's your uncle!" Ford exclaimed, but he knew it was a losing battle.
He was going to shoot.
The gun was charging up, and Dipper closed his eyes. He began a mantra, "Trust no one, trust no one, trust no one..."
Deep down, the boy was hoping that he would be stopped, he was hoping that all of this was just a bad dream. But everything felt real when the memory gun fired, shooting a ray and hitting Ford's glasses, making it bounce around the room.
The two took cover, uncertain of where the ray was headed, until it destroyed one of the screens. The room fell momentarily silent, but the fear in Dipper's chest remained. Hastily, he attempted to retrieve the memory gun and rift, but Ford intervened, effortlessly lifting him up by the back of his shirt.
Dipper writhed in his grasp, trying to hit him. "Let go of me!"
"Now– now, just calm down. Calm down!" Ford adjusted his glasses so that his nephew could see clearly. "Look into my eyes! Look at my pupils. It's me, Dipper. It's me," he reassured the boy with a smile as he set him down gently.
Dipper immediately felt remorse as he stopped fighting against him. "I tried to erase your mind. I'm so sorry."
"It's okay, Dipper," Ford told him. "Besides, my mind can't be erased, anyway. Remember?" He knocked the side of his head to prove it, and his head replied with the sound of metal. "If that really was Bill, though, you would've done great. I should have been more like when I was young, Dipper."
The boy regarded him with a careful gaze, listening to his story intently.
"I was a fool to try and hide all this. The reason I've been trying to prepare you for Bill's tricks is that Bill tricked me. It's the biggest regret of my life. Bill wasn't always my enemy, Dipper. I used to think he was my friend."
Ford proceeded to recount the story of when he had hit a roadblock in his investigation of Gravity Falls, until he stumbled upon some mysterious writings in a cave all by himself. Desperate at the time, he had read them aloud. This led to the most peculiar dream of encountering a being with answers.
"Hiya, smart guy!" the being floated around his shoulders, making Ford startle. "Woah, don't have a heart attack, you're not ninety-two, yet!"
"Who are you?" younger Ford said.
"Name's Bill! And your name's Stanford Pines, the man who changed the world, but I'm getting ahead of ourselves; let's relax!"His speech was so quick, forcing Ford to shut up and listen to him. He was still in the middle of processing the situation that he was talking to a floating triangle with a bow tie and top hat.
"Care for a game of interdimensional chess? Have a cup of tea!" Everything appeared at the snap of his fingers, and Ford watched with an amused grin as he moved his chess piece first.
"He told me he was a muse, that he chose one brilliant mind a century to inspire. What a fool I was. Blinded by his flattery and games. He became my partner, free to move in and out of my mind as he pleased."
The more Ford told him about Bill, the more Dipper understood.
"When he told me that I could complete my research by building a gateway to other worlds, I trusted him. He said this was the way genius happened, with a little help from a friend. It seemed that I was on the verge of my greatest achievement!" Ford's voice turned grave. "Until Y/n got a glimpse of Bill's true plans."
"Wha- what happened?" Dipper asked quickly.
"She..." he avoided his gaze, trying to carefully word his next sentence. "You should ask her yourself."
Dipper deadpanned. After a moment, he sighed. "Continue, please."
"I confronted Bill, asking him where the portal really led. He told me... that if the portal finished charging up, our dimensions would learn how to party..."
"Then? What did you do?"
"Feeling betrayed, I shut the portal down, severing the link between Bill's world and ours. While Y/n was resting, I had to hide my instructions so no one could ever finish Bill's work. Bill's been waiting for the gateway to reopen ever since. All he needs to do is get his hands on this rift. To Bill, it's just a game, but to us, it would mean the end of our world."
Dipper contemplated for a moment, trying to construct the right question to ask as there were so many. "But..."
He wanted to know.
"But what about the image of Y/n getting possessed by Bill?" He couldn't get the idea out of his head.
Ford quickly supplied the answer for that one, wanting to convince his nephew that he got the wrong idea. "I want to think it was just my subconscious worrying about Bill potentially taking advantage of Y/n, but she's too smart for that. Smarter than me," he said, placing a hand on his shoulder. "She wouldn't shake his hand, Dipper."
"But surely she met him before, right? She and Bill met before?"
The older man didn't answer right away. "I'm not sure. She didn't tell me anything. But I have a feeling that Bill spoke to her through me, while he was in control of me. I dreamt about it," he admitted.
Dipper nodded slowly, proving one of the visions true. So she was aware.
"Hey, I ran out of Pitt so one of us would have to drink the—"
Y/n stopped in her tracks when noticed the changes in the room; a cracked monitor, the lights were off, and the curtains were all destroyed, and Bill's caricatures were in full display. She almost let go of the tray she was holding. "What just happened?"
"You can't tell me everything, huh?"
Her eyes shifted to meet Dipper, whose demeanor had imminently changed. He was back to looking at her with indifference, and here she was, wondering what happened in the last 30 minutes. "What?" She glanced at Ford who looked like he made a mistake. "Ford?"
"Let's go upstairs," he said, but no one seemed to make a move.
"Y/n, you didn't tell me you met him before," Dipper spoke again, and all attention was back on him.
"What?" She was still confused, and the brunette was getting frustrated with her acting clueless when she knew it this whole time.
"You and Bill talked before!"
Her brows furrowed. "Calm down, Dipper. He just came to me in a dream. He's a dream demon!"
It all seemed like Dipper's resentment transferred from the author to his assistant. "Did you make a deal with him? Shook his hand?" He decided that Ford's answer wasn't enough. He needed to hear it from Y/n himself.
"No! I didn't, I swear!" she pressed, placing the tray on a nearby table. "Dipper, please. Believe me."
"Why can't you just tell me the truth," Dipper huffed, exasperated. He was tired of her beating around the bush. "The first time I met him, you told me you had no idea who he was."
"I admit, I wasn't sure at first," she replied, breathing heavily. "I thought he was just manipulating my thoughts, but I remembered everything. I realized that he must've erased the encounter from my mind.," she confessed, her voice straining. "I was almost tricked too, Dipper."
It wasn't enough.
The answer wasn't good enough for him.
Dipper avoided her gaze.
"At this point, I'm not sure I can trust you."
She might be invulnerable to pain, but those words managed to pierce her heart.
Dipper walked past her without sparing her a glance, as if he hadn't left her bleeding in the middle of Ford's room. And speaking of Ford, the older man looked slightly spooked at the circumstances that just developed in front of him. Pre-teen angst is scary.
After a few minutes of silence, she couldn't bear it any longer. Ford was at a loss, unsure of what to do or say. Just as he decided to approach her, she turned around and dashed for the elevator, leaving the older man alone in his room.
Ford couldn't help but release a sigh as he rubbed his metallic forehead. Now, he didn't know which kid he should comfort. Glancing to his right, he noticed the tray of sodas placed to the side, and he sighed once more. Whoever he encountered first when he ascended the stairs would receive his attention.
Taking the tray, he pressed the button on the elevator to ascend to the first level. The vending machine opened with a hiss, revealing an empty gift shop. Hearing a rustle from the living room, he turned around to investigate, only to find Dipper sulking in his chair. His arms rested on the table, his hands clenched around his hat.
He observed Dipper's frustration and deemed it a normal reaction for someone who felt betrayed, though he couldn't determine if what Y/n did constituted an act of betrayal. He sighed, contemplating the best approach.
After a moment, Dipper sensed a presence entering the room and sat beside him. He didn't expect it to be his Great-Uncle Ford, who offered him a Pitt Cola.
As Ford opened the soda, that's when Dipper took his cue to open up and spill his emotions. "I'm so sorry, Great Uncle Ford."
"What for, Dipper?"
"For... everything?" Dipper tried, shrugging as he did so. "I broke the machine, I thought you were Bill, and that... thing between me and her."
Ford winced, having the strong urge to correct his nephew. "It's 'between her and me'," he gently said, placing a hand on his forearm so as to not come across as angry. "Just... simple grammar, really—"
Dipper stared at him.
The older man cleared his throat. "C-carry on."
"I just don't understand why she would never say things. I thought we'd have each other's backs." She promised.
Ford took his time, choosing the right words to say. He pursed his lips before sighing. ""It's not always easy to understand someone else's perspective, especially when they choose to keep things to themselves. But remember, trust isn't just about words; it's also about actions. Perhaps Y/n has her reasons, but that doesn't mean she doesn't have your back."
He felt a sense of satisfaction as he noticed his nephew's expression subtly morph into one of understanding. While he had limited experience in uplifting a child's spirits, he saw no harm in attempting to do so. Moreover, he felt compelled to defend his assistant's integrity. Ford harbored a firm belief that Y/n was inherently a good person, yet he also recognized that Dipper was simply feeling confused.
The boy sighed, choosing to change the topic instead of dwelling on the problem more. "But what about Bill? I broke the machine! Now we have no way to protect the shack!"
SLAM!
"Did someone say "unicorn hair"?!" Mabel appeared out of nowhere, eyes full of adrenaline, hair disordered, rainbow fluids on her clothes.
Ford and Dipper averted their gaze towards the girls, who were in the same state. "Um, no," Ford supplied, clearing his throat awkwardly.
"Oh. That would have been perfect," Mabel shrugged. "Either way, we got some unicorn hair!" She waved it in front of Dipper's face, who wasn't having it. He slapped her hand away, making noises of annoyance.
"They finally gave us this treasure just to get rid of us!" Grenda followed, proceeding to dump a large chest of treasures on the table.
"It... can't be!" Ford exclaimed in surprise. "This is a great day, girls! With this unicorn hair, we'll be able to completely shield the shack from Bill's mind-reading tricks!"
"Is it okay?" the girl began to get sheepish, placing her hands behind her back.
The older man smiled at her, impressed. "Better than okay; it's perfect! You've protected your family. You're a good person, Mabel."
Dipper couldn't help but smile at Ford giving praise to his sister. It was well-deserved, and he found himself proud of her as well.
After the occasional Stan-stealing-some-of-the-treasure-off-the-table, Ford and Dipper went on and glued the unicorn hair around the Shack. Dipper breathed an exhale as he watched a force field form around the house.
Ford smiled, hands on his hips as the spell came into effect. "Good job, kid," he said, the words dissipating in the air. It reached the brunette's ears, but it didn't really matter to him at the moment. "This will protect us from Bill."
Dipper simply stared.
While they may be protected from the chaos demon, Bill Cipher, and any external harm he might bring, he knew that the Shack was still a long way from experiencing peace as long as there was tension between him and Y/n.
And everyone noticed.
***
***
T CYGPEXNXK JHK YFA, WXVRVZW MH RVGT.
In the shadow of pines, daisies bloom,
Their vibrant petals amid gloom.
Yet tension lingers, a silent feud,
A dance of contrasts, nature's mood.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 29!
Chapter 29: Y/n and Dipper Sitting on a Van
Chapter Text
Ford's mind was in a frenzy— it always was. His thoughts were swirling around his head, bringing up possibilities and what if's. He wanted to eradicate the scenarios forming, and fast, but he needed a way to open the conversation first.
Interpersonal communication wasn't his best suit even before, so he knew that he would be having a hard time talking to his assistant and great nephew. Just how is he going to start the counseling?
"Dipper?"
Said boy met his Great-Uncle Ford, who looked earnest with his hands intertwined together. "Great-Uncle Ford? What are you doing here?" He couldn't help but ask, and the older man understood his question. It was unlikely to see the author on the floors of the living room, especially in this hour.
Nevertheless, Dipper gave him his undivided attention, and he was ready to comply with whatever his cool uncle would ask of him.
"Can we talk?"
The younger Pines had a very unreadable face, as he didn't try to hide his confusion. "Okay..." the tone of his voice was unsure, but Ford proceeded, leading him towards the table they sat on a few days ago. It was the same table they shared a soda, after the events of Dipper destroying the mind-reading device, after Dipper told the girl downstairs that he couldn't trust her at the moment.
Ford cleared his throat, choosing what he thought was the right word to start. "Can I ask you some... hypothetical questions?"
"Uh, sure! Go– go ahead."
He brought his six-fingered hands together, placing his chin on top of his intertwined fingers. He exhaled. Here goes nothing.
"Can you describe Y/n for me?"
Dipper looked up, startled by the question. He hesitated, his mind racing through the tangled web of emotions he felt towards her. Anger, confusion, and something else he couldn't quite name.
The gears in his head began to turn. Well... he can describe the girl, but... would he?
"She's... she's something else," the brunette finally said, choosing his words carefully. "I mean, she's smart, really smart. Probably the smartest person I've ever met, besides you, of course." He tried to keep his tone neutral, but a hint of admiration seeped through.
Ford nodded, encouraging him to continue. "But?"
"But... she keeps secrets," he admitted, frustration creeping into his voice. "She knew things, important things, and she didn't tell me. I thought we were a team. I thought we'd always have each other's backs."
Ford leaned back, considering his nephew's words. "I understand why you're upset, Dipper. Secrets can hurt, especially when they come from someone you trust. But have you ever thought about why she kept those secrets?"
Dipper sighed, running a hand through his hair. "Yeah, I guess. She probably thought she was protecting us, like you always do. But it still hurts. I trusted her."
"And you still do, don't you?" The older man pressed gently.
Dipper looked away, a blush creeping up his cheeks. "I guess I do. I mean, she's always been there for us, for me. Even now, I can't bring myself to think badly of her. I'm just... hesitant. Embarrassed, maybe. I don't know."
Ford smiled softly, placing a reassuring hand on Dipper's shoulder. "It's okay to feel that way, Dipper. Trust isn't something that can be easily fixed once it's broken, but it can be rebuilt. Give it time. And give her a chance."
The boy nodded slowly, processing the author's words, albeit still being confused for the entire conversation. But his advice slowly melted the anger in his heart, replaced with a glimmer of hope.
Ford watched him for a moment, feeling a mix of pride and concern. He stood up, giving Dipper's shoulder a final reassuring pat before heading towards his private study.
Once alone, Ford's expression turned serious. He leaned against the cluttered desk, staring at the array of papers and artifacts scattered across it. His mind raced with thoughts of the future, of the dangers that still lurked in the shadows of Gravity Falls.
"Bill..." Ford muttered to himself, the name alone sending a chill down his spine. The dream demon had already caused so much chaos and pain, and Ford knew that he wouldn't hesitate to exploit any weakness, any crack in their defenses.
Emotions. They were powerful and unpredictable, often leading people to make rash, dangerous decisions. Dipper's conflicted feelings about Y/n were a prime example. Ford couldn't shake the worry that Bill would seize upon these emotional vulnerabilities, twisting them to his advantage.
Ford ran a hand through his hair, sighing deeply. He knew that they had to be vigilant, to strengthen their bonds and ensure that their trust in one another remained unbroken. But he also knew that it wouldn't be easy. They were all human, after all, prone to mistakes and misunderstandings.
As he sat down at his desk, Ford pulled out a blank sheet of paper and began jotting down notes. Plans, strategies, ways to protect his family and friends from Bill's manipulations. He had to think several steps ahead, anticipating the demon's moves and countering them before they could wreak havoc.
But amid his calculations and precautions, a small, nagging thought lingered at the back of his mind. Could they truly outsmart Bill? Could they prevent him from driving wedges between them, from exploiting their deepest fears and insecurities?
Ford shook his head, banishing the doubts. He had to believe that they could. Because if he didn't, then all hope was lost.
He decided to look through Journal #3, where he knew it was already filled with Dipper's own observations and theories. He had only been skimming through the pages, but he knew that if he wanted to find more without asking directly, he had to read between the lines. After all, a man's journal is a window to his soul, revealing his innermost thoughts, fears, and dreams.
He would know that.
And so, Ford began flipping through the pages of Journal #3, absorbing every detail Dipper had meticulously recorded. The entries were filled with observations, discoveries, and personal notes that provided invaluable insight into the mysteries of Gravity Falls. But one recurring theme caught Ford's attention: Y/n's sacrifices.
I know that we always go through danger, but it was a horde of zombies! She's treating her life like it's nothing, and that frustrates me. So. Much.
She was always willing to keep us out of harm's way, and though I couldn't have thanked her more, I'm always worried that she might be careless and something bad might happen.
"She's invulnerable to pain," he muttered to himself, his eyes narrowing as he scanned Dipper's writings. "Of course, she would do that."
He slammed the journal shut, his mind racing. Y/n's behavior made sense in a twisted way. She didn't feel pain, so she didn't fear it. But that didn't mean she was immune to the damage she caused, to herself and to those who cared about her.
He stood up, and his resolve hardened. He would find his assistant and have a serious conversation about the possible end of the world. She needed to see that her sacrifices, while commendable, were causing more harm than good.
But the moment he stepped out of the vending machine, he was faced by his twin brother, who seemed to be waiting for him to go up. Had Ford not gotten the mission to go upstairs and confront the girl, Stan would have waited at the gift shop for the entire night.
"Stan," he regarded him, "What are you doing here?"
"Hey, it's my house too, you know," he grumbled before approaching him. Ford stood his ground as the two were face to face. "I'm just here to let you know that it's me and Y/n's annual Tourist Trap Revenge Day tomorrow. We're hitting the road for a bit."
The smarter twin visibly cringed at the grammar, but decided not to comment on it. He didn't want to cause a ruckus so late in the evening. He simply wasn't in the mood for Stan's outburst. But once he processed his sentence, Ford raised an eyebrow. "What? You can't just leave. I need to talk with Y/n. There are important matters we need to discuss."
Stan smirked, easily ignoring the 'important' part. "Yeah, well, I wasn't asking for your permission. We've had this planned for months."
"Stan, you don't understand," Ford replied, frowning. "The fate of the universe might be at stake. I need Y/n here."
The other twin crossed his arms, matching his facial expression. "Listen, Ford. I get it, you've got your world-saving stuff, but this is important too. Y/n and I need this break. It's our thing. And besides, it's not like we can't come back if there's an emergency," he assured him.
Ford's shoulders sagged slightly. As much as he hated to admit it, Stan had a point. They'd been running on fumes for weeks, and a break might actually do some good. Still, the thought of being without Y/n's help, even for a short time, made him uneasy.
"Stan, you can't be serious. We don't have time for this," he said, furrowing his eyebrows.
Stan leaned in closer, his tone softening. Ford could see the sincerity in his eyes. Despite their differences, he noticed that his brother always had a way of getting to the heart of the matter.
"You know, bro, sometimes saving the universe means taking a break. Y/n's been through a lot, and so have you. A little road trip could do wonders. Recharge the batteries, clear the mind."
Ford sighed deeply. He knew Stan was right, even if he didn't want to admit it. A break might be what they all needed, and maybe, just maybe, it would help Y/n and Stan bond further. Still, he couldn't shake the feeling that time was slipping through their fingers.
So, with a sigh of defeat, he closed his eyes as he rubbed the bridge of his nose. "Fine. Just... be careful. And make sure Y/n is back soon. We have much to discuss."
Stan's grin widened, and for a moment, Ford envied his brother's ability to see the silver lining in any situation.
"Don't worry, we'll be back before you know it. And who knows, maybe we'll bring back some ideas that'll help save the world." He began to walk away and leave the gift shop, probably back to his bedroom with a pep on his step.
Ford shook his head with a small smile, watching Stan walk away. He couldn't help but admire his brother's persistence and optimism, even if it drove him crazy sometimes. "That man could convince a fish to fly..." he muttered to himself.
"You know it, Poindexter!" Stan shouted from the hallway.
He sighed again, turning back to his notes. Despite his frustration, a small part of him was relieved. Maybe this break was exactly what they needed, even if he couldn't fully understand it.
And still, even after that banter between him and his brother, the recurring thought passed by his mind. The small smile on his face faded immediately. Ford returned to his study room, his resolve strengthened.
He sat down at his desk, the weight of his suspicions pressing heavily on his shoulders. He couldn't afford to be complacent. Y/n had been a loyal companion, but the stakes were too high to ignore any potential threat. The memory of Bill's sinister grin haunted him, a constant reminder of the chaos that could ensue if he made the wrong move.
As the hours passed, Ford's study filled with pages of observations and hypotheses. He would be vigilant. He would be prepared. And when the time came, he would do whatever it took to safeguard the world from the impending threat, no matter the cost.
***
So the next morning, Stan busied himself by putting multiple bumper stickers at the back of his RV, finishing the look. Soos had just left the Shack with a few more sleeping bags in his arms, carrying it inside the vehicle.
Dipper walked out, curiosity and amusement in his eyes."Whoa. An RV? Camping gear? Are you running from the law again?"
"Dude! It's the ultimate Oregon road trip adventure!" Soos exclaimed from the top of the RV.
"Y/n and I call it, "Tourist Trap Revenge Day"," Stan told them, as if revealing a new invention to the kids. "Every year, we visit every tourist trap along the Redwood Highway, and we come up with plans to prank every single one."
Soos climbed down. "Last year, they duct taped me to the ceiling," he retold the story excitedly. "It was a fun 78 hours!"
Dipper's head went back and forth, listening to their quips. He noticed the way Soos' expression shifted to confusion.
"Eh, but Mr. Pines, where's Y/n?" She was supposed to be here. It was a yearly tradition, but she seemed to be a no-show. Even Dipper, who was supposedly meant to be mad at her, looked dismayed.
Stan waved a dismissive hand, trying to look unaffected. "Uh... she won't be able to go this year. Says she has to do this science-y thing with Ford."
It was clearly a lie.
When in fact, the said girl refused to go because she didn't want to face him at the moment. Even Dipper, who was supposedly meant to be mad at her, knew that she wouldn't show up. Part of him felt bad, the other part of him felt guilt, and the other part of him felt pride. What exactly did he need to prove by pretending to still be mad at her?
Even Dipper... didn't know.
"That's why I have these extra hands on deck!" Stan announced, motioning towards the two girls.
"Bow wow! Time to let the road dogs bark!" Grenda entered the scene, along with Candy
"That is us. We are the road dogs," The Korean girl pointed out with a smile.
All of a sudden, everyone heard a slam from the gift shop's door, and there emerged Y/n, who was being pulled by Mabel Pines, who was always known for having immense strength in the morning (especially after intaking large cups of Mabel Juice).
"Y/n's here and she said she's joining us!" Mabel declared with a resonating shout.
She definitely did not say that.
Her eyes caught his, which caused him to avert his gaze to something else. Another pang to the heart that she had to endure.
After making sure that Candy and Grenda signed the non-disclosure agreements and made them repeat the statements that none of their parents were lawyers, it was time to hit the road.
The RV bounded across the concrete path. Stan drove with Y/n sitting up front with him. Candy, Mabel, and Grenda seated in the middle seats, while Soos and Dipper were at the back. As they drove, Stan couldn't help but glance at the girl.
They had the conversation before. He knew the reason for her not going, and although he wanted to respect her decision, Stan was thankful that Mabel forcefully dragged her out despite her protests. He knew that they all needed this break, and just like Ford, he needed Y/n here, too. Although he had the kids and Soos with him, he couldn't imagine doing the yearly tradition without her.
And he wouldn't dare admit that out loud.
He snuck another glance at her to which she failed to notice as she was so busy acting melancholy by the window. She let the wind smack her face and hair while her eyes scanned the trees that were lessening by the second as they entered a different territory.
"Hey. You okay?"
It was a start, Stan encouraged himself, and it was also a good sign when she responded with a meek nod. It was enough.
"I know something's been going on with you and Dipper," he began, trying to be casual. "Mind telling me what it is?"
She finally turned to him, and he saw the man who she knew she could always rely on. He knew her hopes, fears, and dreams, and vice versa. So why stop now?
"He's mad at me for hiding things from him," she confessed, careful to keep her voice low in case someone hears. She definitely did not want anyone to listen in their private conversation. Suddenly, hearing the statement come out of her mouth made her brows furrowed in confusion.
"How come he's not mad at you?" She asked him.
Stan gripped the wheel loosely, shrugging. "Well, maybe because I just told him my life story that night in the portal room? Maybe all you really need to do is explain everything to him." He suggested.
She looked down, focusing on the glove box in front of her. Explain everything? Where would she even begin? What would he even want to know about?
"But, Stan..." she whined, her voice a bit raspy. "He really hurt me too. This wasn't a one-sided thing. He told me he couldn't trust me. How can I tell him everything when he couldn't even look me in the eye?"
His grip tightened, eyes remaining on the road. "I'll talk some sense to him. You know, man on man. I know a handful of stubborn people and that includes you so I know how to crack him," he assured her, a grunt in his voice.
"Stan..." she began with a concerned tone, looking over at him with worry. "You're not gonna scare him, are you? If he clearly doesn't want anything to do with me— if he doesn't want to talk to me anymore, then that's– that's fine. I'll respect his decision."
From the corner of his large ears, he heard sniffling from his right, and from the corner of his eyes, he could see her shoulders shaking from the sob building up from her lungs.
"I can handle it..."
Stan sighed, wanting to end this whole thing. He didn't want to see her crying anymore. So, like his usual self, he wanted to get to the bottom of this. "Kid, I know this is about a whole 'nother thing," he said.
"What?"
"You still think you don't like him with how affected you are by him?"
"Not now, Stan. Please," she practically begged for him not to talk about this. "This isn't about some infatuation for him. It's about trust, and— and our promise—!"
"Hey. Hey. Come on, Y/n. You can forget about this whole situation later. Meanwhile—
"You son of a—
"Look alive!" He yelled, getting the attention of everyone in the vehicle. "We're coming up on the attraction run by the most black-hearted proprietor in all of Oregon..."
The RV pulled up to Granny Sweetkin's Yarnball. An old lady with sparkling eyes and a sweet smile invited them.
"Don't let the face fool you. This woman lit my car on fire on two non-consecutive occasions," Stan warned.
Everyone flooded out of the RV. Candy, Grenda, and Mabel muttered to each other in excitement, while Soos and Stan began to bring out the materials. Y/n lagged behind, not finding in herself to be involved in all of this. Dipper was the same, looking quite disinterested.
The two kept a large distance from each other, and everyone knew. Everyone noticed.
Mabel stared at the two concernedly from her spot inside the large ball of yarn. She pouted, knowing that she couldn't do anything about it.
But she's Mabel. There's nothing she can't do.
Soos began tying the piece of the yarn ball he took from Grenda to the back of the RV.
The coast was clear, and the prank was set. Everyone flooded back to the car and the vehicle sped away, unraveling the yarn ball completely. Granny Sweetkin was just behind the ball, cursing Stan as she took a nail out of the ground and throttled it towards the RV.
"I'll get you, Stan Pines!"
30 miles of traveling later, they arrived at Upside-Down Town, where there was— well, an upside down house.
"Ah. Upside-Down Town. The nausea capital of the state. Whatever you do, don't use the bathrooms," Stan warned them just as they got off the ride.
Mabel, Candy, and Grenda shared a determined gaze and nodded. On the way to the upside-down house, they were conducting a plan on how they will get Dipper and Y/n to talk with each other again. The random blank sheets of paper they found inside the RV were already filled to the brim with plans and strategies all in various colors.
"Okay, girls, we need to create situations where they have to work together and talk." Mabel whispered, glancing between ends of the RV, knowing who sat on their respective seats.
Candy nodded. "We should start with something simple, like having them pair up for games."
Grenda grinned. "And if that doesn't work, we can always lock them in a room until they talk it out!"
Mabel giggled at the suggestion, rolling her pink, sparkly pen around her fingers. "Let's save that for Plan B."
Their faces were serious, but their eyes gleamed with mischief.
They put on shoes with Velcro on the bottom, running towards the human-sized hamster wheel that turned them upside-down. The ceiling was carpeted, helping them stick onto walls. The trio of girls cheered as they walked into the house, laughing.
Dipper and Y/n trailed behind, though the girl went on ahead of him to avoid close contact. It was pathetic, she knew, but she just couldn't handle such small talks.
Upon entering, Candy was the first face she saw. She was holding on to her glasses, which was obvious since it might fall off due to gravity. "Hello, Y/n! How is the view?"
"It looks... different, to say the least," she answered, shrugging. She was thankful for Candy for distracting her.
She giggled, but doing so made her slightly dizzy. Y/n noticed, and she reached out a hand towards Candy. "Are you okay?"
Candy tried to explain, but she struggled speaking the words, so she assisted her to the gift shop where Grenda was standing. She looked confused, like she wasn't expecting Y/n to be there at all. "What...?"
"I think Candy's not used to the upside-down surroundings," the girl smiled sheepishly, giving Candy to their other friend in the pink shirt.
"Oh!"
The three girls whipped their heads and saw Mabel coming out of the attraction. It looked like she had just accomplished a mission, but upon seeing Y/n, she looked like a deer in headlights. "Y/n, you're here!"
Said girl felt like she wasn't supposed to be here from the sound of Mabel's tone. "Yeah... I am..." she said slowly.
The silence was too loud between the four of them. Meanwhile, Dipper was still inside of the attraction, anticipating something great that Mabel talked to him about. "Um... Mabel? Where's that 'cool thing' that you wanted to show me?"
Mabel pursed her lips in the other room, having heard his question. Internally, in her head, this plan was a bust, and now that Stan and Soos had done their prank, they ran out of time.
They successfully rolled the house and turned it right-side up. The gang ran to the RV and drove away. "Not so upside-down now!" Stan shouted, laughing maniacally.
They proceeded to go to more various tourist traps, including Log Land and Corn Maze. Throughout the sabotage, Mabel and the gang made subtle efforts to get Y/n and Dipper to talk, but even then, all their efforts were fruitless. Someone asks Y/n for directions, Dipper takes interest on a random keychain, Y/n had to tie her shoelaces, Dipper had to help Soos...
Everyone was getting tired.
Even Stan, who was watching the entire thing, had gotten tired of the entire fiasco.
For the night, they stopped by a small inn called 'Septic Ridge RV Park'. There was a hot tub which Stan immediately took it for himself and Dipper, while the girls went to the other side and decided to set up a campfire.
Y/n didn't have the appetite for roasted smores, and simply stretched an arm towards the fire, letting the heat lick her skin. She remained still, not flinching at all. The girls all stared at her in concern.
The brunette sat on the pool, shirtless and sad after Stan had urged him to join and relax in the water. But the pre-teen was just not in the mood, letting his body drown in the pool. Stan simply looked at him both in pity and awkwardness.
"Come on, Dipper," Stan grumbled, running a hand through his hair. "You're killing the mood here. What's eating at you?"
Dipper surfaced from his thoughts, shaking off the water. "I don't know what you're talking about," he replied, avoiding eye contact.
"Kid, it's obvious to everyone. You've got issues with Y/n," Stan pressed, his tone blunt as ever. "Why aren't you talking to her? Can't you see she's trying?"
"Why should I?" Dipper shot back defensively. "Y/n didn't trust me enough to be honest. What's she going to say now?"
Stan leaned back, giving Dipper a serious look. "That's pretty harsh, even from you. Look, kid, you trusted Ford despite his shady past. Why's Y/n any different?"
"Because Ford is my Great Uncle," Dipper muttered, frustration evident in his voice. "Y/n and I made a promise to be open with each other, to protect each other."
Stan sighed, trying a softer approach. "Maybe she was trying to protect you in her own way. Y/n's a good person, Dipper. She's helped me out since I got here. I trust her, and maybe you should too. She and I kept a secret for years just to keep you safe."
Dipper's thoughts churned as Stan's words sank in. He hadn't considered Y/n's perspective before, his anger clouding his judgment. Maybe he was being too hard on her. But the fear of betrayal lingered.
"Ever think that maybe her experience with that demon scared her into keeping things to herself?" Stan continued gently. "I... didn't know," Dipper admitted quietly, finally meeting Stan's gaze.
"That's why you two need to talk it out," Stan urged, his tone earnest. "Or you'll end up like me and your uncle Ford."
The younger boy noticed a hint of sadness in his eyes, but dared not comment on it.
***
The next day, the RV continued its journey, with Stan at the wheel, heading towards the last tourist trap on their road trip: Mystery Mountain. Despite Mabel's best efforts, her plans to get Dipper and Y/n talking had all failed, but still, she won't give up.
As they arrived, Stan spotted a woman by the reception and confidently strutted his way towards her. Meanwhile, Mabel saw one final opportunity.
"Alright, guys," she whispered to Candy and Grenda. "This is our last chance. Let's make it count."
The plan was in motion. The three girls invited Y/n and Dipper for a stroll around the attraction. And to make things interesting for the two of them, they said it was a group effort to find anything interesting inside the cave to take home for the Shack.
The five walked around the attraction, pretending to be spooked by the mummies surrounding them. Y/n looked indifferent, while Dipper was mainly bored.
Mabel spotted a small, dark room at the end of a hallway. She motioned for Dipper and Y/n. "Hey, you two, can you check out that room? It looks like it might have some cool stuff in it."
The two parties, still avoiding each other's gaze, reluctantly agreed. Despite having a feeling that this might be a prank from them, they had no energy to argue.
They walked down the hallway and entered the room, which was filled with old furniture and cobwebs.
Suddenly, the door slammed shut behind them, locking with a loud click.
"What the—?!" Dipper exclaimed, rushing to the door and jiggling the handle. "We're locked in!"
Y/n tried pushing the door open, but it wouldn't budge. "Great, just great," she muttered, pacing around the room.
Outside, Mabel high-fived Candy and Grenda. "Yes! Plan B is a success!"
Inside, Dipper and Y/n sat in an awkward silence, avoiding eye contact and fidgeting with their hands. The atmosphere between them was heavy and uncomfortable, each moment stretching out with unspoken tension.
"Y/n, we need to talk," he began, his voice tinged with frustration and hurt.
She sighed, knowing this conversation was long overdue. "Yeah, we do."
He took a deep breath. "I just don't understand why you would never say things."
Y/n looked down, feeling the weight of his words. "Dipper, I... I didn't want to keep secrets from you. I thought I was protecting you, keeping things from getting more complicated."
"Protecting me?" Dipper echoed, his voice rising. "You didn't trust me enough to handle the truth. I thought we were a team."
Y/n looked down, avoiding his gaze. She knew this was coming but still felt unprepared. "We are a team, Dipper. That's why it was so hard. I didn't want to drag you into something dangerous."
He felt a mix of anger and sadness. He had trusted Y/n, and her secrecy felt like a betrayal. "But keeping secrets only made things worse. I didn't know what was going on, and I felt like you didn't trust me."
Y/n's heart ached hearing the pain in his voice. She wanted to make it right but didn't know how. "I do trust you, Dipper. More than anyone. But sometimes... it's just easier to keep things to myself."
He still wasn't convinced, but he didn't seem to want to reply anymore. Y/n took a deep breath, feeling suffocated. The smallness of the room didn't help her either. If he wanted to know more, she'd tell him. "Dipper, I—"
STATIC! 🗝
The sound captured both of their attention, as the brunette brought out his walkie-talkie. "Stan?" He spoke to the device, knowing who it would be at the other line.
"Heeey, buddy boy. I, uh, could use a little help here." Stan's voice came in.
"Where are you?!" Dipper asked in a frustrated tone.
"The good news is, I've solved the mystery of where Oregon's mummies come from. The bad news is... I'm about to become one. Turns out Darlene is one of those spider people. But beyond that, the date's been okay."
The two shared a worried glance. "Wait, wait, wait. Darlene's a spider person?! How is that possible?" Dipper replied, bringing the walkie-talkie close to his mouth.
"I don't know. One minute we're having the perfect date, and the next minute she's growing extra legs and encasing me in webbing. Women, right?"
Y/n forcibly took the communicator from the brunette. "Very funny, Stan."
There was a brief pause from the other end of the line. "Y/n! You're there? With Dipper?"
"Focus. That's beside the point," she insisted. "Where are you?"
"I'm up the mountain at Widow's Peak."
Dipper came up from behind her, urgency in his voice. "Alright, I'm gonna find you. Stay put!
"You got it."
And the transmission was off.
The boy was already on his way to the door when she looked at him angrily. "What do you mean 'you're gonna find him'? I'm coming with you!"
He rolled his eyes from out of her sight, his hands on the knob. "Stay out of this."
"You're not really seeing the bigger picture here," she argued, stepping forward. "Stan is in danger, and we need to work together to come and save him from that spider lady!"
"Wow, that's huge coming from you," he swiveled around to meet her eyes. "Last I checked, we were supposed to be partners, not you trying to baby me every time we face danger."
"I didn't try to baby you! I was protecting you because you're my friend. That's different."
"Keeping secrets from me and leaving me out of the dark?" He laughed sarcastically. "Ha! Thanks for being such a great friend." His tone was laced with both sarcasm and venom.
She gasped. "Dipper-!"
"Whatever. What we need to do is get out of this room and save Stan." He knocked on the door loudly. "Mabel, let us out! Now!" He yelled.
Mabel, who was on the other side of the wall, leaned against the metal door. "Are you guys okay now?"
"Did you two kiss yet?!" That was Grenda.
The two people inside shared glances. Y/n brought her voice into a whisper. "For the purpose of the mission, let's call a truce. Deal?"
Dipper gazed at the outstretched arm, and it was a strange reminder. He blinked once and he was looking at her once again.
"Deal."
They shook hands.
Once they let go, she cupped the side of her mouth. "We're good now, Mabel! You can let us out!"
Mabel slid open a hatch from above them, revealing her eyes. "I have to see it to believe it. Hug it out."
The two froze. "But, Mabel, we—"
"Hug it out!"
They shared a look once more, resisting the urge to display expressions of distaste and hesitation. With one last swallow, they summoned all the courage and faced each other.
Here goes nothing.
His body made contact with hers. Her arms wrapped around his shoulders while his hands were placed on the small of her back. Pat.
They parted as they looked at Mabel for approval. Her eyes were narrowed once more before she disappeared.
An unlocking sound was heard, and internally they breathed a sigh of relief.
They were greeted with big smiles from Mabel, Grenda, and Candy. Dipper turned panicky. "Guys, we need your help. Stan is in trouble!"
"Well, why didn't you say so sooner?! We could've let you out the moment you said that."
There was a pause between them, but the silence was cut off with Y/n facepalming as hard as she could.
***
The five kids ran up the trail with Old Reliable going off in the background. They go past other attractions such as the gigantic Paul Bunyan statue and the Trambience.
Eventually, they reached the cave at the mountain, and they saw Stan Pines wrapped up in webbing. "Mr. Pines!" Grenda called out to him, climbing up and tearing the silk holding Stan in place. His wrapped body fell to the ground with a thud.
"Quick! Before the rest of the venom sets in!" He ordered them to claw the webbing so that he would be free.
They ran out of the cave together, but Darlene waited from the entrance. Easily, they ran past her, and she screamed as she turned herself to a full spider.
The race to the exit was on, with a rabid spider lady chasing close.
"The sky tram!" Candy pointed out. "Everybody on, I have a plan!"
They hopped on the ride, expecting it to go fast so that they could gain a long distance from her.
But it was Trambience.
"The world's slowest treetop tram ride. Enjoy the sights at 0.1 miles per hour." A recording played out.
The gang was bummed out, trying to make the tram go faster. But it can't. It was Trambience.
"Enjoying the view? Take a picture!"
Darlene's head appeared in the window, causing everyone to scream in panic. She began coating the tram in webbing.
"We're doomed!"
"We're all gonna die!"
Candy was busy reading a pamphlet, and suddenly she gained an insane idea. "Listen carefully! This sky tram has an emergency drop switch. Below us is Oregon's largest Paul Bunyan statue! And Old Reliable goes off in 5..."
She glanced at her watch. "4..."
"3..."
She grabbed the emergency lever.
"Candy, wait! Don't pull that lever!"
"Kid, are you crazy?!"
"Now!" Candy pulled the switch, making the tram disconnect from the rail, sending it and Darlene down to the ground. An Old Reliable went off, pushing the tram into the air. It bounced and rolled across Mystery Mountain, barreling through the ticket booth below the Paul Bunyan statue.
Darlene was severed from the webbing and lay beneath the statue as its foot crashed down on her. She struggled to break free.
"My only weakness! A giant boot! A giant newspaper or a giant cup would've also been pretty bad."
Everyone stumbled out of the tram, some dizzy, some lightheaded.
"Staaaanny~" Darlene's human mask was back on, and she wore a pleading face. I'm sorry. I dunno what came over me. You'll let me out, right?"
"What?! After all that? Seriously, do I look like an amnesiac?"
She smiled, sickeningly sweet. "You're so funny. Have you ever considered becoming a comedian?"
"You know, I actually have. Comedy is too subtle these days. My style involves more oversized props." He began walking towards her, about to assist her. "Here, let me get you out from there—"
The kids pulled Stan away from Darlene as she turned back into a spider and reached out to bite him.
"Oh yeah. Right."
After getting away from the spider lady, everyone ran back to the RV, ready to kiss this tourist trap goodbye.
It was a long way back to the Mystery Shack, and when the girls announced that they wanted to get a good nap at the back of the van, Y/n took advantage of the opportunity to talk with Dipper.
The truce was only temporary, they both knew that. And after all the monsters they bravely faced together, including this spider woman, then Y/n shouldn't have to be so afraid of this conversation with him.
She decided that no matter how much he tries to shut her out, he will hear her explanation.
Stan was having his own moment of reflection with the wheel when she stood up from her seat and made her way to the middle section of the van.
There sat Dipper, with his chin on his palm as he watched the forest zoom past his window. The sun was coming down, casting a soft warm glow against his curls, making it golden.
Dipper moved slightly, noticing her presence, and she realized that she had been standing there doing nothing. With an awkward cough, she was about to leave, until he stopped her with a pat on the seat beside him.
She looked up, but his head remained fixed looking out the glass.
Carefully, she sank down beside him, the atmosphere being accompanied with a clink of the seatbelt. Y/n's eyes looked everywhere but him, not knowing how to break the silence. How would she be able to continue the conversation from an hour ago?
"Okay, listen," Dipper's voice cut through her train of thoughts as he finally faced her. "I'm giving you a chance to explain whatever you want to explain. I guess I'll try and hear you out this time." His voice was monotone and serious, but if he was willing to make himself look interested in whatever she had to say, she'd say it.
But the way he was so forward and cut-throat, made her want to step back and shut him out again. Why did he have to do that?
"Do you have any... questions?" She decided to ask. She didn't even know where to start.
He stared at her, pensive. He let out a sound that was a mix of a groan and a whine. "It feels... wrong, to pry the secrets out of you when they're supposed to be secrets," he began saying, crossing his arms. "You didn't tell us about the Ford and the portal, you've been 13 for I don't know how many years— I mean, what's that about? And Ford told me that you've got a glimpse of Bill's true plans when you tested the portal. I need answers.
Y/n pursed her lips, understanding his frustration. She sighed. "It's true. Bill and I have spoken before."
Dipper's expression was unchanged, urging her to continue.
"He visited me for the first time after the portal test, while I was unconscious. I don't have the perfect memory for the encounter, but he told me about our dimension learning how to party. And I have a feeling that he was the reason I stopped aging.
He made me forget about the meeting and the vision inside the portal. That's why I couldn't tell you what I saw. We didn't speak to one another again until years later when we fell asleep on the chair and he visited my dreams again, revealing his plans to help Gideon with stealing the deed to the Shack.
Weirdly, every time he makes an appearance, he'd always visit me first. Because I saw him in my dreams again when he made a deal with you and took your body."
Dipper avoided her gaze. Seemed to still be a sensitive subject for him.
"But he only warned me about how 'everything's going to change'. He'd tease me and play with me... he was always ambiguous and vague, it was just so confusing for me..." she admitted, facing him. "It's 100% the truth. I just hope you'd believe me. He never struck a deal with me and even if he were, I would never shake his hand. Ever."
He noticed the way she went quiet after that, and he had assumed from the sobs she was letting out that talking about this had taken a toll on her.
Y/n sniffled, slouching over the table. All of this fear for the unknown was giving her major anxiety, and she just wanted to get rid of it. What if Bill's warnings were true? What if there will be a day where everything she cared about would be taken from her and fall in his hands?
It was beginning to sink in, and she felt it coming. But she was brought out of her stupor by someone grabbing her hand and holding it tightly.
Her eyes shifted to meet his.
He never realized how pretty her eyes were. Glassy and pure.
He lost the staring contest, looking away as he tried to hide the blush coloring his face. "I'm sorry."
"You don't have to—"
"No. I want to apologize. I jumped to conclusions and let my anger get the best of me. I should've listened to you and tried to understand instead of just assuming the worst."
Y/n started to respond, but Dipper held up his hand. "Wait, please, let me finish. I know I hurt you by not trusting you, and I'm really sorry. I didn't think about how hard it must've been for you to keep those secrets and protect us. I was too caught up in my own stuff to see that."
Her eyes softened.
"I just want us to be okay again," Dipper confessed.
"Me, too," she replied, squeezing his hand.
The RV finally arrived in Gravity Falls, and from the back of the vehicle, they heard screams, causing them to quickly let go of each other's hands. "Woo! We're here!" The girls cheered.
Everyone piled up to the front of the RV, standing beside Stan. "I still feel a little bad about wrecking those tourist traps."
"Ah come on," Stan assured. "Everyone loves my pranks! And the best part is, I never have to face any consequen— SWEET LORD!"
Stan hit the brakes and jumped out to see the owners of the tourist traps he pranked ruining the Mystery Shack.
"Aw, come on!"
A Corn Maze worker ran up and smashed one of the RV's headlights with a baseball bat. "That's what you get! That's what you get!" He said, before running away with the other tourist trap owners.
"I don't understand. I completely don't deserve this!"
"Oh, man." Dipper sighed. "Are we gonna have to help clean this up?
"Nah, I'm sure Soos will take care of it."
But nobody answered.
"Oh my gosh, where is Soos?!" Y/n exclaimed, searching for him everywhere.
***
Dipper and Y/n found themselves going down the elevator towards the basement. They saw Ford busying himself in his workspace, which he paused on doing when he realized that he wasn't alone anymore. "Ah! I suppose you two have made up already? You seem closer now than before."
As if on cue, they leaned far apart from each other, making Ford raise an eyebrow.
"Okay..." There was an idea that formed in Ford's mind. He figured that after their misadventures, it was time to tell Dipper everything he knew about Gravity Falls. He sat Dipper down, as Y/n was situated somewhere else.
Even though none of the two admitted it, Ford felt that the atmosphere between them had loosened, and he was grateful for that. "Come on, Dipper. It's just the two of us now. You can ask me any question you could think of about this town."
Dipper contemplated for a moment. There were just so many questions to choose from! This was his one chance from wanting to know the answers to his uncertainties.
"Great-Uncle Ford," he started. "Why is Gravity Falls so weird?"
The particular question seemed to beam Ford with pride. There was an immediate smile on his face, ready to provide him with an explanation.
"I had spent my young adulthood obsessed with that question, Dipper," Ford said, leaning down. "Bill Cipher told me that the weirdness in town leaked in from another dimension— but this was a lie. Bill was simply trying to trick me into opening a door so he could claim Gravity Falls for himself. The truth is a bit stranger."
Dipper tried to close his mouth, preventing it from opening due to shock.
Ford stopped speaking, but he looked like he wanted to say more. "You know what? You two, come with me."
He racked his convincing skills to persuade his brother to let him borrow his car. Stan almost didn't allow it until Ford brought up the fact that he let him take the kids out for a road trip. He shrugged and said, "Fair enough. But don't scratch it. It's my baby."
"Where are we going, Great Uncle Ford?" Dipper asked once they were in the car. It felt like they were about to go on a road trip again. Ford drove the vehicle straight towards the edge of the town border, parking it on the large patch of grass.
The three jumped out. Dipper looked to Y/n for an answer, but she merely shrugged, motioning over to Ford as it looked like he was about to demonstrate something.
He brought out a bag of jellybeans out of his pockets and began to explain. The two kids leaned forward to observe closer. "Everything in the universe is like a jelly bean— made of the same basic materials, varied in color and flavor, but all more or less conforming to an expected pattern." He rummaged through the bag, scooping a handful. There were a few 'normal' jelly beans.
"But every now and then, by chance, a bean comes out deformed... odd... weird," he described, and with his one hand, he pulled an especially strange bean out of the bunch to show them.
Ford trudged closer to the edge of a hill, looking down to see a slope. On cue, he dropped the group of jellybeans and the rest of the bag at his feet. The beans began to tumble downhill, but one bean, the deformed one, almost magically rolled backwards., up the hill, up to the town border!
Dipper's eyes widened. From beside her, she could see him beginning to understand. Why had this one bean rolled uphill?
"Oddness is strangely, mysteriously drawn to this place, from misshapen jelly beans, to gnomes and fairies to dinosaurs, interdimensional tears, clones, crazy ex-presidents, even me with six fingers and boys with strange birthmarks." He stole a glance at Dipper, whose eyes were beginning to fill with wonder.
Ford continued, "I felt in my bones that my arrival at this town, and perhaps yours, too, was not an accident. We might be part of some greater fate that the town had in store for us." He placed his hands on his hips as he gazed out at the beautiful view that Gravity Falls had to offer.
Y/n was so caught up in her own thoughts, looking at the invisible barrier from the town's border. She remembered being here a few times, some visits were with Ford. The author of the journals acknowledges that she herself couldn't get out of the specific border. The weirdness magnet was naturally strong, as it attracts all the oddities including her.
Ford faced his nephew. "You and I are some of the strangest beans this town has ever seen, Dipper," he told him.
"Mason," the boy blurted out. He seemed shocked by what had come out of his mouth, and then deliberately repeated it. "My real name is Mason." He glanced at Y/n for her reaction, but her face didn't change. "Dipper is just a nickname. But everyone got used to it, and now it feels too late to tell everyone the truth. And it's kind of a dumb name anyway. Don't tell anyone."
His great uncle tousled his hair while Y/n placed an assuring hand on his shoulder. "Your secret's safe with us, Mason," the older man guaranteed.
"And I think it's a great name," she added. "The Masons are a great secret society, you know."
Ford chuckled aloud, agreeing with his assistant. He watched as Dipper and Y/n smiled at one another, realizing how much trust they had for one another. What a shame that he was leaving at the end of the summer...
After a moment, they decided to leave. Ford and Dipper were talking about molecular theories on the way back to the car while Y/n lagged behind. She glanced back to the barrier, stepping back and observing it once more.
Carefully, she extended her hand to where she believed the barrier was, but nothing impeded her. She moved a bit further, feeling only air. Her expression changed from confusion to determination. Pulling her arm back, she reached out again. Her eyes widened as she felt it—a force stopping her. Her fingers pressed against what seemed like invisible glass.
"Y/n, you coming?"
Her head whipped around to face Dipper, her hand clutched to her chest. She felt like she'd been caught red-handed. Quickly, she shifted back to her sociable self, smiling at him. "Yeah, I'm coming."
As she returned to the car, she tried to shake off the unsettling feeling. She didn't want anyone to notice her discovery.
Ford glanced at her through the rear-view mirror. Bill's words echoed in his mind: her being the key. He knew the dream demon was a master manipulator, but what if, this time, he was telling the truth?
***
***
UKAVS VZX CHLG, MGRTDGD MHX SGQ
The two adventurers made amends,
Their connection strong, no longer bends.
A new idea in the thinker's brain did start,
Blind to the doom that would soon depart.
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 30!
Chapter 30: Everything You Care About Will Change🗝
Chapter Text
The rift containment unit is cracking.
Ford noticed it the moment he took the rift out of its storage. His heart skipped a beat, but not in a good way, as he puzzled over the problem. He knew that if the unit breaks, all the madness of Bill's Nightmare Dimension will come spilling into theirs and he didn't want that. Nobody does.
He took the rift to his study table, placed it carefully somewhere far from his arms, before taking out the second journal. He needed some sort of sealant to ensure that it didn't break completely, so he figured that it was going to take a glue of unearthly strength.
He must return with Y/n to Crash Site Omega— although he supposed there's no longer any need for that coy nickname invented in his youth. As he wrote in his third journal a quick rundown of the contents of the extraterrestrial craft, he thought about bringing his great nephew for their adventure. Not only that, he was thinking of discussing his apprentice offer with him soon.
"You called?"
And just in time, his assistant entered through his door, looking slightly concerned. Usually, his summons consisted of him burning his face off, a secret he wanted to share, or just simply calling her over to keep him company while he breaks down.
"Good. You're here," Ford said, closing the journal and standing up. He approached her, holding the rift close to his chest. "Listen, I need you to—"
Her eyes shifted to the rift, and they immediately widened in panic. "Is it cracking?! Oh my gosh, what do we do?!" she whispered harshly.
"That is what I was about to inform you about," he replied calmly. "We need to return to Crash Site Omega and look for an alien adhesive."
Y/n nodded, absorbing the gravity of the situation. She turned to leave and prepare her things, but Ford's voice stopped her.
"There's something else. I need your opinion on bringing Dipper on this particular adventure."
The question threw her off. It was unusual for Ford to seek her opinion in such a direct manner. But if he valued her input, she would give it. "Fine by me. He's more than capable. Besides, he's proven he can handle anything thrown at him."
Ford nodded at her answer, but it seemed he still had another question lingering in his mind. She tilted her head slightly, noticing his pensive state.
"Well, I'm thinking of offering him an apprenticeship," he said.
She was shocked but not surprised. He must have seen his great-nephew's potential, and it would be a mistake not to include him in their future adventures. "Can't you see, Y/n? You, me, and Dipper. The ultimate trio of mystery hunters!"
Somehow, she winced at the title. She had been part of several trios before, and they rarely ended well. She looked at Ford, hoping he understood too. "This happened before," she told him. "And we didn't like the ending."
The other member of their initial trio had lost his sanity. Ford looked away, subtly clearing his throat. He understood the change in her expression now.
"Well... those were under different circumstances," he said, though she could tell he was struggling to justify it. Who exactly was to blame for Fiddleford's craziness?
The basement fell into a tense silence. Y/n felt guilty for bringing up the painful memory, causing the awkwardness between them. She decided to try and ease the atmosphere.
"I like having Dipper involved in all of this," she began. "You can offer him the apprenticeship, but the decision will ultimately be up to him."
He nodded. "Of course."
Y/n glanced at the rift again, noticing the crack. For now, sealing the rift was their main priority. Rather than dwelling on the past, they needed to focus on the present, or it could cost them their future.
***
After raving to each other how they're going to be teenagers soon, the twins and Soos all met up in the living room to plan the greatest birthday party of all time— because in exactly one week, it's the twins' birthday.
Stan, however, forbade anyone from throwing a party in the Mystery Shack after the incident with the zombies. Soos suggested renting out the Gravity Falls High School gym and having the party there instead. Mabel excitedly accepted the offer and planned on going there right away—
When a sudden quake startled everyone in the room.
"Dipper, my face is on fire!" Ford screamed from the other side of the wall.
Everyone turned their attention to Dipper, who seemed startled by being singled out. "I'll be right back," he mumbled before hurrying off to where Ford's voice was coming from—Y/n's room.
As Y/n entered the living room, everyone's gaze followed her. She took a sip from a can of Pitt Cola. "Sup."
"Hey," they all chimed in unison.
Surveying the room, she noticed the balloons and the banner proclaiming "B-day Planning Zone" in the center. Her eyes lit up when she saw Mabel. "Happy Birthday, you two!"
"Shh!" Mabel hushed, grinning. "Birthday wishes only count on the actual day with a raised roof and a giant party! We have a whole week to plan everything!" She then turned to Y/n with an inviting smile. "Do you want to come with us?"
Y/n's shoulders sagged slightly as she declined. "Oh... I'm sorry, Mabel. Ford and I have a very important mission. I hope you understand." She offered an apologetic smile, feeling the weight of her next words. "And since Dipper isn't here, Ford is planning on bringing him with us. The fate of the universe is kinda at stake."
A brief silence settled over the room, broken by Mabel's laughter. "Well, I better start packing his stuff, then!"
"Sounds like fun," Stan sarcastically commented as he walked out of the room.
While Ford was in the middle of debriefing his great-nephew, Mabel and Y/n made their way to her room. Just as they heard Dipper say, "Wait, what about Mabel?"
Mabel stepped into view. "It's okay, Dipper. You should totally go with Y/n and Grunkle Ford to save the world or whatever."
Dipper hesitated, not wanting to leave her at the last minute. "Are you sure?"
"We're going to be doing birthday stuff all week," she said, handing him a bag identical to hers. "Plus, I packed us walkie-talkies. Here's one for my party mission, and one for your smarty mission." The twins laughed at her joke, and Y/n watched, admiring their sibling bond.
Ford cleared his throat, cutting their moment short. "I did mention that the fate of the universe is at stake, didn't I? Hurry, we don't have much time. Y/n, where's my bag?"
He met her in the doorway, where she looked up and met his eyes. "Already outside, packed," she answered casually.
"Alright, good." Ford made his way to the front porch, leaving Y/n with the twins.
Dipper began to psych himself up. "Okay, Dipper. It's your first big mission with Ford. A chance to prove yourself. Don't mess this up!" He ran and immediately hit the wall. "OW!" He laughed awkwardly, trying to reassure everyone, including himself, that he was alright.
He tried to run out again but tripped on the floorboards. If it weren't for Y/n's quick reflexes, he would have face-planted on the ground. She grabbed his wrist and helped him back to his feet. Dipper chuckled sheepishly. "Thanks."
"Calm down, okay?" she reassured him, placing a hand on his shoulder as they began to walk out. Mabel watched with a fond smile.
***
Y/n watched as Dipper's eyes widened like saucers, taking in the information Ford had just handed to him. And by saucers, she meant the cracks of the spacecraft embedded in the cliffs. They weren't naturally occurring, not at all.
"According to our research, the entire valley of Gravity Falls was formed when an extraterrestrial object crash-landed here millions of years ago," Ford narrated, placing his boot on a large rock. "Did this craft cause the town's strange properties? Or did the town's strange properties attract the craft? The answer is still unknown."
Dipper sputtered out his response. "But that's crazy! Where did the saucer go?!"
Ford smiled. "Sometimes, the strangest things in the world are right under our noses." He pushed the rock aside, revealing an underground entrance. It looked metallic, engraved with symbols. "And our feet, in this particular instance. Y/n, will you do the honors?"
She retrieved a magnet gun from her bag, another of Ford's inventions. She loaded it up as Ford warned his great-nephew. "You might wanna stand back. That magnet gun can rip the fillings out of a man's mouth from 100 feet."
Once Dipper complied, Y/n fired the magnet gun at the metal trapdoor, detaching it from the ground. The two men watched as the opening revealed a ladder leading into the depths below. "We used to raid this thing for parts for years," Ford added. "Where do you think we got the materials to build the portal?"
Dipper peered into the dark depths of the entrance, placing his hands on his head as he struggled to process everything. "You... I... words... not working for mouth..."
"Now come." Ford beckoned Dipper to follow as Y/n climbed down the ladder first. Well, climbed might be an understatement; she basically jumped down, her silhouette disappearing in the blink of an eye. They heard a small 'thud' from below, followed by a quick "It's clear!"
Dipper, still processing everything, cautiously started down the ladder. Ford reassured him, "Don't worry, I've been down here countless times; all the aliens have been dead for millions of years... probably."
As they descended, Dipper couldn't help but marvel. "I can't believe there's a giant UFO under the town this whole time."
Ford chuckled. "I wish my mind could be where yours is right now, Dipper. When confirmation of extraterrestrials still had that punch. Now it's just sort of... 'eh'."
They reached the bottom, and Ford led the way while Y/n and Dipper walked alongside each other. "McGucket and I used to come down here all the time to raid their tech and study their language," Ford said, his voice tinged with nostalgia.
As Ford moved ahead, Y/n and Dipper paused in front of a metal pane covered in alien symbols. Y/n turned to him, her expression sincere. "Hey, I'm sorry for not telling you about the UFO thing, Dipper. I just didn't want anyone to interfere with alien stuff."
Dipper's enthusiasm remained undiminished. He grinned at her. "Ah, don't worry. I understand. The important thing is that you guys finally showed me! Now come on, let's get this on record."
He pulled out a camera and gently tugged her closer. His infectious smile made her smile too, and they posed for the picture, sharing a laugh before hurrying to catch up with Ford.
"The substance we need to seal the rift is an alien adhesive, strong enough to keep the hull of a spacecraft together," Ford read from his second journal. "Just one dollop of this adhesive should be enough to seal a crack in space-time. Also, if it touches you it will seal up all the orifices in your face, so try to avoid that."
Handing Y/n the journal, Ford extracted another magnet gun for himself, cocking it as it loaded up. "Now, Y/n, give Dipper the gun and follow me! Hup!"
With that, Ford spontaneously jumped off the platform, activating his magnet gun and attaching himself to a pillar. He slid down with his beige coat flapping in the wind, landing smoothly and switching on his flashlight. "Your turn! Say 'hup'! It helps!"
"Reckless as ever," Y/n commented, shaking her head. She glanced at Dipper, who was pacing around nervously. He released a deep breath, making her smile. "Are you sure you're up for it?" she asked, genuinely concerned.
Dipper tried to mimic her calm demeanor. "Yeah, yeah. Of course. J-just turn on the magnet and leap down the hole. Looks easy enough." He shrugged.
She tossed him the magnet gun, and he scrambled to catch it. Fiddling with the device, he begged for it to turn on, and it finally whirred to life. "Magnet," he said, making her chuckle.
Stepping back, Y/n watched as Dipper geared up for the leap. He jumped off and shot the magnet gun, but his aim was off, and he found himself stuck to the ceiling. He yelped as he crashed into it. "Little help?"
Y/n grabbed another weapon from Ford's bag. It wasn't a magnet gun, but it would do. She aimed above, and Dipper screamed as a blue beam shot through the ceiling, making it fall apart. He continued to scream as he fell with the debris, but Y/n leaped off and caught him in her arms.
She grabbed the hand that held the magnet gun, turned it off and on again, and shot it at the pillar beside them. Dipper's screams gradually minimized as they landed safely.
She carefully let go of him as he slowly recovered his footing. Dipper pursed his lips before coughing awkwardly. That did not just happen.
They continued their search for the alien adhesive, making their way into a storage facility. "The glue should be around here somewhere," Ford said, his eyes scanning the room. "So keep your eyes peeled."
As they moved into the main area, Ford glanced at Dipper. "Let me ask you something. Have you thought much about your future?"
Dipper shrugged. "Not really. I mean, besides graduating high school with a high GPA so I can get into a good technical college with a photography and media production minor. Then I want to start my own ghost hunting show."
Ford chuckled. "It's like talking to a younger version of myself." He caught Y/n's eye, and she smiled knowingly. "If you're so sure of what you want out of life, why wait? Why put up with the drudgery of school?"
They began rummaging through steel plates as they continued their conversation. "Heh. Trust me, I'd love to fast-forward through all that, but it's not like I have a choice," Dipper replied.
Y/n stayed silent, not wanting to interrupt the important conversation between Ford and Dipper about the latter's future.
Ford took a deep breath. "Dipper, I've been thinking. I'm getting too old to investigate Gravity Falls on my own. I need to train an apprentice to help me fight monsters, solve mysteries, and protect this town. And I think I'd--I'd like to keep it in the family."
Here we go.
The brunette dropped the pane he was holding as realization dawned on him. "What are you saying?"
"I've read your additions to myjournal and I'm impressed with your potential. What would you say to staying in Gravity Falls after the summer ends and becoming my apprentice?" He approached Dipper, crouching down next to his level.
"W-what about school?"
Ford chuckled proudly. "Dipper, I have 12 PhDs. Your parents would be thrilled I could give you such an advanced education."
Dipper sighed, thinking of other factors while he still couldn't accept the fact that the author of the journals was offering him an apprenticeship. He couldn't just stay in Gravity Falls forever. "There's also Mabel. She'd be all alone in California..."
"Mabel will be fine on her own." Ford easily debunked, waving a dismissive hand. "She has a magnetic personality. I watched her become pen pals with the pizza delivery man in the 60 seconds he was at the door."
The younger Pines furrowed her eyebrows, pacing around the room. This was really it. Does he really find himself working beside Ford and Y/n in an adventure of the lifetime? "Gosh... we've never really been apart before." He and Mabel had done everything together. That's what twins do. Through thick and thin, they had never wanted to be apart from each other.
"And isn't it suffocating? Dipper, can you honestly tell me you never felt like you were meant for something more?"
Dipper glanced at Y/n in the corner of the room, who was silently watching them. They shared a look, and it was as if he was asking her a question with his eyes. She gave him an encouraging nod, as if to say, "it's all up to you."
He sighed, a weight settling on his shoulders. "I dunno. It sounds like a dream come true, but I'm not sure I have what it takes. I was tricked by Bill, I was wrong about the portal... Heck, I can't even operate this magnet gun right." As if to prove his point, he accidentally activated the device, which promptly sucked up a piece of steel panel. Dipper struggled to get it free, unaware of the pink substance seeping out of it.
Ford bellowed in joy. "Ha! Yes! Dipper, you've found the adhesive!"
"I did?!" Dipper asked in disbelief.
"You really did it, kid. Come in here, Y/n. Let's get a picture of this."
As Y/n approached them, a sudden rumbling noise emanated from their left. They instantly became alert, grouping together and putting their guards up. Dipper's voice dropped to a whisper. "Uh... Grunkle Ford, you said everything in here is dead, right?"
"Yes," Ford whispered back, his arm outstretched, holding the gun. "Unless somehow we've reactivated the— gasp, security system!"
From the darkness, two security droids emerged, trapping them in. The three slowly stepped back, careful not to trigger the machines. "What do we do?!" Dipper asked, panic creeping into his voice.
"Listen to me very carefully," Ford warned. "I've studied these; they're security droids and they detect adrenaline. You simply have to not feel any fear, and they won't see you."
Easy enough, Y/n thought internally. She just had to pretend, an ability she had developed while being with Stan and living under a lie. But the boy standing beside her caused her concern. He could be easily rattled, and in this particular situation, with floating alien devices posing a large threat, it was obvious he wouldn't stand a chance.
"Just take a deep breath, focus on your intellect, and control your fear," Ford instructed, his grip tight on his gun.
Dipper stuttered out an excuse, clutching his vest, specifically over his fast-beating heart. "Huh-wha- wha-wha- that's crazy! I—"
"Follow my lead!" Ford commanded sharply.
"Great-Uncle Ford!"
"Focus, Dipper!" He barked back.
The droids began measuring their heartbeats. When one of them locked onto Dipper, it detected his erratic pulse and raised its weapon. "I can't!" he exclaimed, the fear palpable in his voice.
"Get down!" Y/n shouted, lunging at Dipper and tackling him out of the line of fire. They hit the ground hard, sliding behind a metal wall just in time to avoid the droid's shot.
As the droid's weapon fired, Ford swiftly aimed and pulled the trigger of his magnet gun. A powerful blast shot out, hitting the droid squarely in its sensor, causing it to malfunction and spark.
The droid whirred and fizzled before collapsing in a heap of smoking metal. But not before a stray shot hit Ford in the shoulder, sending him staggering back with a grunt of pain.
"Ford!" Y/n called out, concern etched on her face as she saw him clutch his wounded shoulder.
The second droid opened its hatch and extended metal arms, capturing Ford and dragging him towards it.
"Wait, no!" Dipper cried, breaking free from Y/n's grip and sprinting towards Ford.
"Dipper, wait!" Y/n shouted, but her warning came too late as he tripped over a random metal sheet, sprawling across the floor.
Ford clung desperately to the floor, his grip slipping as the droid's metal arms dragged him inexorably towards its containment chamber. He knew his time was running out. "Stay back! It's too dangerous! Sealing the rift is what's important now! Take this, Y/n!" He pulled out the rift and slid it across the floor towards his assistant.
Y/n caught the rift, her eyes widening in determination as she clutched it tightly. They watched helplessly as the droid encased Ford within its glass compartment.
"You two are gonna have to do it without me!" Ford's voice was muffled but urgent. "Use the adhesive! Fix the rift! Save the universe!"
The droid lifted off the ground, carrying Ford away into the dark tunnels. Dipper turned to Y/n, panic evident in his eyes. "What do we do?!"
"We're not gonna let them take him," she declared, swiftly securing the rift in her bag. "Come on!"
The two of them sprinted after the droid, their footsteps echoing through the metallic corridors. Dipper's heart pounded in his chest as he called out, "Hang on, Grunkle Ford, we're coming for you!"
The droid disappeared behind a saucer-shaped door. "Where is that thing taking you?!" Dipper exclaimed.
Suddenly, the room glowed purple, and a holographic map appeared. Y/n scanned the room for a solution but all she saw were outdated control panels that might not even work. The map was locating some sort of world, and she dreaded what it meant.
"It's an automated prison droid!" Ford's voice echoed from within the orb. "And wherever it's going, I'm not coming back!"
The droid ascended towards an opening in the ceiling that led to the outside. Dipper sprinted after it, hastily duct-taping the magnet gun around his hand. "What are you doing?!" Y/n shouted, running beside him.
"Do you trust me?" He asked, determination in his eyes.
"Of course, I do," she replied without hesitation.
Dipper extended his hand, and Y/n grabbed it firmly. They skidded to a halt beneath the ship holding Ford, now hovering below the exit. Dipper aimed the magnet gun, but it failed to respond, sending him into a panic. "Oh no! Y/n, help!"
With her free hand, Y/n quickly tampered with the gun's settings until it flickered to life again. On cue, Dipper fired at the ship, and they were lifted up, magnetized against the steel shuttle. "Hang on!" Y/n cautioned, clutching Dipper tightly.
In an instant, the droid blasted away, and Dipper screamed as they shot through a grate and burst outside. The bright sky and strong wind greeted them as they soared high into the air. Y/n grabbed the magnet gun with her other hand to lighten the load, their arms interlinked as they clung to the speeding droid.
The force of the wind whipped around them, and the world below became a blur. Y/n shouted over the noise, "We need to find a way to disable this thing!"
She let go of the magnet gun, quickly slamming her fist down onto the ship. The ship retaliated with a series of shakes and beeps before swerving wildly. Their grip on each other tightened as they screamed, the ship hurtling through the crack in the cliff, through the waterfall, and crashing into the water tower. The ride became bumpier, knocking Ford unconscious.
"Great Uncle Ford!" Dipper shouted in alarm.
"Dipper!" Y/n yelled over the wind. "I need you to mess with the magnet gun!"
"What?!"
"Just do it! I'll hold onto the gun while you turn the knob to activate the magnet pulse!" she instructed. "Don't worry! I won't let go of you!"
He nodded. "Okay!" With a grunt, he inched his hand to reach the top part of the gun and fiddled with it. He felt the dial move until it locked in place. Suddenly, the droid vibrated violently, electricity flickering erratically before it crashed into the woods, creating a large trench.
Smoke cleared, and Dipper felt himself being shaken until he opened his eyes, groaning. He was bruised all over, and everything hurt. The first thing he saw was Y/n looking at him with concern. "Dipper... Dipper... Dipper! Are you okay?"
He groaned again, slowly sitting up with her assistance. Blinking several times until his sight cleared, he saw Y/n was fine despite the dirt on her clothes. His eyebrows snapped upwards as he remembered—
"It's okay. I got him out. He's breathing," she reassured him with a small smile. Behind her, Dipper saw his great uncle. Ford's body was sprawled against the side of the small cliff, but he noticed slight movement that slightly eased his worries. "Come on, we need to get out of here."
She noticed his expression shift to alarm, making her whip her head around sharply. Another droid loomed before them, just as menacing as the first.
"Dipper—"
Her words were cut off as Dipper suddenly sprang to his feet, facing the droid head-on. "Hey, uh, I'm warning you! I have a magnet gun!"
He stepped forward, pushing Y/n behind him as he aimed the weapon at the droid. His hand was trembling, but he was getting better at hiding it.
The orb produced a gun, trying to intimidate him, but he stood his ground. "Oh yeah!? You think you can scare me!? Do your worst!" he shouted, his voice firm. "Nothing in this universe is gonna take away my uncle! So go ahead! Give me what you've got!"
The droid whirred ominously, its gun locked onto Dipper. But the boy remained resolute, unwavering. Y/n felt his determination radiating off him, filling her with a surge of hope and admiration. He truly had come a long way.
The machine measured Dipper's heartbeat, finding it steady and calm. Despite this, the two flinched in shock as the droid floated forward, preparing to fire—until Dipper pulled the trigger.
The magnet gun hummed to life, its powerful force yanking the droid's weapon off course. Sparks flew as the droid's systems short-circuited, and it clattered to the ground, deactivated.
Dipper exhaled deeply, not realizing he had been holding his breath. His heart pounded from the adrenaline rush as he turned to Y/n, who was also catching her breath, feeling her pulse. "Are you okay?" he asked.
"Yeah..." she muttered, her voice still a bit shaky. "You did it, Dipper. The orb didn't detect any signs of fear, causing it to deactivate."
But why did it still surge forward?
A hoarse laugh echoed behind them. They turned to see Ford, relief and pride evident on his face. "I thought I was a goner," he coughed.
They quickly rushed to Ford's side, helping him sit up so he could breathe more easily. "Take it easy," Y/n said gently, supporting him by the arm and back.
"I would've been trapped in some sort of intergalactic prison if it weren't for you two. You really do make the perfect team," Ford said, turning to his great-nephew. "This is what I was talking about, Dipper. How many 12-year-olds do you think are capable of doing what you've just done? You'd fit right in with us."
Dipper was silent, clearly deep in thought.
"Let's get you out of here," Y/n said, beginning to lift Ford up. Dipper hurriedly approached to help, taking Ford's other side as they climbed out of the trench. "Are you gonna be okay?" she asked.
"I'm fine..." Ford said, though his mind was elsewhere. Once out of the ditch, Dipper held a walkie-talkie in his hand, his expression grave.
"Listen to me, Dipper," Ford continued. "This town is a magnet for things that are special. And that includes you and me. It brought both of us here for a purpose. Become my apprentice."
They shared a look.
"Besides, Y/n is going to be 13 forever. She's only half the assistance I need."
"Wow, rude—"
"So, Dipper? What do you say?"
With a firm nod, Dipper said, "I'll do it; I'm gonna stay."
Despite Ford's celebratory grin and Y/n's supportive smile, a hint of unease lingered in her eyes. She didn't seem entirely happy about the turn of events.
They made their way back to the Shack as the sun was setting. Dipper informed them that he needed to find Mabel and tell her about the adventure. Deep inside, Y/n couldn't imagine Mabel's reaction to his decision to stay in Gravity Falls.
The author and assistant decided to head straight to the basement (after she quickly swiped a can of Pitt Cola) to debrief and rest. She placed the bag of weapons on the table while Ford kept the adhesive out of reach.
The basement was noticeably silent, and Y/n anticipated when the silence would be broken. Finally, she decided to speak first. "Don't you think you were a little too... I don't know..."
Ford turned to her, waiting for her to finish her sentence.
She sighed. "You were kind of putting a lot of pressure on Dipper," she said openly, expressing her thoughts now that there was a good opportunity.
"He would be a great addition to this team. I've seen how you two work together flawlessly, and giving him an apprenticeship would be a fantastic opportunity for him to tap into his potential," Ford said earnestly.
Y/n pursed her lips. "But what about his sister, Mabel? They're about to go through possibly one of the most difficult stages of their lives, and you're just going to pull Dipper away from that?"
He had read the boy's journal entries from cover to cover. The very first thing he noticed was Dipper's unwavering trust in his sister and the way she always had his back. However, Ford also saw Dipper's potential as an individual, separate from his sibling. If his own experience as a twin had taught him anything, it was that sometimes, having a twin could hold you back from achieving true greatness.
He remembered the countless times Stan had pulled him away from his studies for some wild scheme or another. It had always felt like a tug-of-war between his responsibilities and his dreams. And now, he saw Dipper in the same position, torn between his passion for the supernatural and his bond with Mabel.
Ford frowned, mulling over Y/n's words. "I know how close they are, but... Mabel will be fine. She's resilient, adaptable. She's the kind of person who can make friends anywhere, with anyone. She'll thrive on her own."
Y/n crossed her arms, her expression skeptical. "You're projecting, Ford. You and Stan didn't have the best relationship growing up, and you're assuming Dipper and Mabel are the same way. But Mabel isn't holding Dipper back. If anything, she's often the one who supports him and sometimes even saves the day."
Ford's face tightened at the mention of his brother. "Stan and I... we had our differences, our conflicts. I see Dipper's potential, and I don't want him to miss out on an opportunity because of familial obligations."
"But that's just it," Y/n countered. "You're viewing Mabel as an obstacle, not as a crucial part of Dipper's life. She's his twin, his other half. They've faced everything together. Separating them could do more harm than good."
Ford sighed, looking away. His mind was a whirlwind of thoughts. He saw so much of himself in Dipper—his curiosity, his drive, his brilliance. But in Mabel, he saw the carefree, adventurous spirit that sometimes reminded him of the qualities Stan had, the qualities he once dismissed. He feared that leaving Dipper with Mabel would mean he would never fully realize his potential, much like how he believed Stan had held him back.
But Y/n's words stung with a truth he couldn't ignore. Mabel had been there for Dipper in ways he hadn't fully appreciated. She wasn't just a carefree spirit; she was a supportive, loyal sister who had played a significant role in their adventures. She deserved more credit than he had given her.
Just as the argument was about to escalate, Dipper walked into the room, looking forlorn with his backpack in tow. He walked between Y/n and Ford, who sighed when he noticed his expression.
"Let me guess: Mabel didn't take it well?"
Dipper wore a deep frown. "I... I don't know, maybe I'm making the wrong decision. I need to think about this."
The two shared glances behind him.
"Dipper, right now we need to focus on the mission," Ford said, pushing the tension aside for the moment. The fate of the universe was still at stake until they fixed the rift. "Come on, I've got the glue. Hand me the rift and let's make history!"
Dipper managed a brief smile as he rummaged through his backpack. He pulled out what he thought was the rift, but instead, it was a birthday flier made by Mabel. "Oh no... the RIFT!"
The cold wave of realization hit the three of them as they stared at the flier. The rift was missing.
Dipper's thoughts raced. How could I have lost it? Mabel must have... Guilt and panic began to swirl within him.
Ford's face went pale. "This is bad. Really bad. We need to find it, and fast. If it falls into the wrong hands..."
HAHAHAHAHAHA!
Oh no.
The ground shook beneath them, urgency propelling them to sprint toward the elevator and climb out of the vending machine. As they emerged from the Shack, the sky was painted an ominous red, with the wind whipping around them carelessly.
Their eyes were drawn upwards, where Bill Cipher floated in the sky, cackling with triumph. It was clear he had obtained the rift and was using it to tear reality apart, merging it with the Nightmare Realm. The townspeople looked on, their faces etched with worry and confusion, clueless as to what was happening.
Y/n's face was carved with worry amidst the chaos. If Mabel had the rift due to the backpack confusion, the thought of what Bill might have done to her to obtain it was unbearable.
"We're too late!" Ford yelled throughout the chaotic noise. "It's the end of the world." He said pretty much what everyone was thinking at the moment.
Gravity Falls was teetering on the brink of madness, and they stood there in the midst of an uncertain future, the fate of the world hanging in the balance, as they brace themselves for the onslaught of Weirdmageddon.
***
YOAG CMNS TUOW JPDQKR OLSFGKG IE?
Amidst the daisies, secrets start to grow,
Shooting stars ignite the coming show.
The pine tree stands, a symbol old and wise,
As chaos breaks the once familiar skies.
***
WELCOME TO WEIRDMAGEDDON!
Chapter 31: Weirdmageddon Part 1: Beginning of the End
Chapter Text
The townsfolk of Gravity Falls all witnessed the unraveling of their beloved town. The sky was painted in different hues, signaling the end of the world. At its center was a large X-shaped tear, resembling a portal to another dimension.
In the midst of this chaos floated a pyramidal demon with a deep, resonant voice that captured everyone's attention. "Alright, listen up, you one-lifespan, three-dimensional, five-sense skin puppets! For one trillion years I've been trapped in my own decaying dimension, waiting for a new universe to call my own!"
He floated down beside the statue of the supposed founder of Gravity Falls. "Name's Bill!" he announced, as if the decency to introduce himself mattered to the people he intended to subjugate. They needed to know who was about to engulf their world in weirdness and chaos.
The townsfolk were struck silent, no one daring to speak back to this floating triangle with a single, piercing eye. Meanwhile, Bill was ready to introduce his allies to the world, naming them one by one. "Now meet the gang of interdimensional criminals and nightmares I call my friends!"
As if on cue, they all flew down from the rift one by one. "8 Ball! Kryptos! The being whose name must never be said! Hah, what the heck. It's Zanthar. There's also Teeth, Keyhole, Hectorgon, Amorphous Shape, Pyronica, Paci-fire, and the eyebats..." Bill suddenly laughed, holding the middle part of his shape. "Oh, of course, who can forget Nathaniel?!"
Nathaniel emerged, a grotesque figure that seemed to embody the very essence of nightmares. His form was ever-shifting, a horrific amalgamation of limbs and faces, each one more terrifying than the last. His presence exuded an aura of dread, sending shivers down the spines of everyone who dared to look at him. "Quite the charming guy, isn't he? This is our town now, boys!"
He and his friends rejoiced, but their noises were a mix of growls, groans, and more weird noises.
Finally, one of the townsfolk spoke aloud, and it was Tyler Cutebiker, their newly elected mayor who wanted to stand up for his people. "Now see here, you unholy triangle fella. As mayor, I strongly urge you to git... git on out of here."
"Yeah!" Lazy Susan voiced out as well, finding her confidence. "Things with one eye are weird!"
Grenda joined in, "We don't like out-of-towners!"
Manly Dan as well, "We punch what we don't understand!" He said, proceeding to rip open a mailbox.
Preston was the odd one out of the bunch, stepping forward and introducing himself. "I would just like to say that as a rich capitalist I welcome your tyrannical rule. Perhaps I could be one of your, uh... horsemen of the apocalypse?"
Pacifica was appalled by this, knowing that she had already experienced the weirdest things on the daily, but her dad didn't, knowing that most of the time he was ignorant.
"Oh wow, that's a great offer," Bill said, sarcasm dripping from his words. "How about instead I shuffle the functions of every hole in your face?" With a snap of his fingers, Preston's face was horrifically rearranged, and he screamed in agony— or at least tried to.
Bill laughed maniacally. "There! Fixed you up!"
The townspeople fled in terror, now recognizing Bill as a genuine threat. He continued his rampage, zapping Durland and turning him into stone, leaving Blubs frantic and desperate. Before he could mourn, one of the eyebats swooped down and carried his partner away.
Bill reveled in the chaos, his laughter echoing through the air. He began redecorating the town, causing a large pyramid to emerge in the sky and summoning bubbles of pure madness. "The party never stops! Time is dead and meaning has no meaning! Existence is upside-down and I reign supreme! Welcome, one and all, to WEIRDMAGGEDON!"
***
The trio stared upon the large tear in the sky, with the wind still billowing around them. Despite the beauty of the colors painted in the clouds, they didn't like the meaning of this phenomenon.
"So this is how the world ends," Ford spoke after a moment, his voice heavy with resignation. "Not with a bang, but with a... boop-boop."
"Weirdmageddon..." Dipper muttered, the word tasting bitter on his tongue. He couldn't believe it finally happened and Bill got what he wanted.
The sky was a swirling vortex of unnatural hues, the rift glowing ominously as it pulsed with chaotic energy. Tendrils of twisted light snaked out, warping reality itself. The ground trembled beneath their feet, as if the very earth was protesting this cosmic aberration.
But it was actually various creatures emerging from the forest, ranging from small squirrels and gnomes to hulking manotaurs. They stampeded away from the epicenter, a wave of fear driving them from their homes.
Y/n watched helplessly, her heart aching as she saw the terror in their eyes. These creatures, who had lived peacefully in the forest, were now being driven out by the chaos that Bill had unleashed. She couldn't help but feel a deep concern for their safety and the loss of their homes. They were simply caught in the crossfire.
"The rift is shattered. Bill's world is spilling into ours, and every minute his powers grow stronger," Ford said, placing his hands on his hips. He turned to his assistant, determination in his eyes. "We have to find a way to stop Bill."
She nodded firmly. Meanwhile, Dipper had a sudden, chilling realization. "Mabel! The rift must have cracked inside her backpack. She's in danger! I have to find her!" He was about to dash into the forest when Ford stopped him with a hand on his shoulder.
"Dipper, listen to me. Both of you, listen. We can find Mabel soon, but first, we have to stop Bill. If we can blast him back through the rift he came out of, we might be able to stop him before his weirdness spreads across the entire globe."
"Are you sure defeating Bill is even possible?" Dipper asked, his voice filled with doubt. The idea of mere mortals taking on an all-powerful, interdimensional being sounded impossible.
"No. I'm not sure," Ford admitted. "But being a hero means fighting back even when it seems impossible. Will you follow me?"
"To the ends of the earth," Dipper replied, just as gravely. Ford turned to Y/n, who nodded with equal determination.
"Good," Ford said. "Because that's where we're heading."
"WEIRDNESS WAVE!" one of the gnomes suddenly shouted, pointing toward the multi-colored wave about to wash over the Mystery Shack. The trio sprinted inside, taking cover as the wave transformed everything normal into utter chaos.
They prepared for the face-off against Bill Cipher, but nothing could have prepared Y/n for what Ford told her next: "Y/n, you stay here."
His tone suggested that this order was a last-minute decision, a change of heart. It sounded hesitant, yet firm. Those words stopped the assistant in her tracks, making her look at him as if he had just committed an unforgivable betrayal.
"What?"
Ford continued walking around the second level of the basement, assembling his Quantum Destabilizer. He had just placed the weapon inside a safe case when he spoke again. "You have to stay inside the Shack."
"But why? I have to go with you!" she argued, anger seeping into her voice. When did Ford decide to change his mind and leave her here? And why? What was the reason?
She only realized they had reached the living room when she saw the vending machine open before them. Ford was about to continue on his way, but she blocked his path. "Ford, please!"
"Y/n, it's just too dangerous," Ford said. She had heard this from him before. He always told her that, but nothing was too dangerous for her. Hearing it again frustrated her. "I don't want Bill to capture or hurt you. I just—I just can't take it. I can't."
Okay, he had a point. She understood that, but—
"I can do this!" Y/n shouted, clenching her fist with resolve. "I've always been right by your side to assist you."
She was right. Ever since the day he came to Gravity Falls and met her, she had always been a good assistant and helper. Even when he returned through the portal, she never missed a chance to lend a helping hand. But...
"This is different, Y/n!" Ford exclaimed just as loudly. "It's Bill Cipher. I've faced him before, but who knows what he'll do? He's the most powerful being in the whole multiverse." His gaze was distant, and Y/n felt like she was taken back all those years ago when Ford had shut her out and kept secrets from her. She felt like that little, underestimated kid again.
Nonetheless, she tried again when Ford moved, blocking his path once more. "You don't know that," she replied. "I can't be hurt! I'm invulnerable! I thought we already established that."
Somehow, hearing that word made Ford close his eyes. "I have to go." He managed to step around her, just as Y/n tried to follow him like a pet.
"Ford, no! Take me with you!" she pleaded pathetically. It felt like a tantrum, like a kid being left at daycare for the first time. She was desperate, desperate to come with them.
He turned around once more, now crouching down to her height. "Y/n, please." His voice softened to a whisper as he gripped her shoulders firmly. He was the one pleading this time, his eyes locking onto hers. "I can't. But while you're here, I'm giving you a responsibility. I want you to keep this Shack and Stan safe. Stay in the Shack where it's safe. Can you do that?"
Her gaze hardened as they engaged in a silent standoff. She pursed her lips, chewing on them anxiously while Ford's stare remained steady. Eventually, she nodded meekly, defeated, avoiding his gaze.
"Okay," he said, then pulled her into an embrace, which she accepted willingly. She wrapped her arms around his shoulders tightly, nestling her nose between his jaw and shoulder. Ford wanted to pull away, but she held on, making him smile slightly. "Okay, Y/n. Dipper and I should get going now, or we might be too late."
As if on cue, Dipper emerged from upstairs after taking a moment to refresh himself. He immediately sensed the tension in the room, seeing the look on Y/n's face. It was clear that Ford had said something that upset her. As she started stomping towards him, Dipper flinched and closed his eyes, bracing for impact. Instead, she pulled him into a fierce hug.
"Stay safe," she muttered, loud enough for Dipper to hear clearly. He relaxed in her embrace. She pulled away as quickly as she had hugged him. "Keep an eye on this idiot for me..." she added, nodding toward Ford, who rolled his eyes.
"O-of course," Dipper stammered. "You have my word, Y/n." He held her hand reassuringly, and she smiled at his comforting words.
://
Eventually, the two prepared to leave, ensuring they had everything they needed. As Dipper and Ford headed towards the forest, they heard someone shouting in the distance. Ford squinted, trying to make out the figure running towards them. "Stanley?!" he called out in surprise.
Stan stumbled to a stop in front of them, breathless from running. "Did you—did you see the goat turning big?" he panted, doubling over to catch his breath. When neither Dipper nor Ford responded, he added, "Good, so you definitely didn't see me running like a coward."
Ford stepped forward and grasped his brother by the shoulders. "Stanley, listen to me. Dipper and I are about to embark on one of the most dangerous missions yet."
At the mention of a mission, Stan's eyes immediately darted to Dipper's level, scanning for someone. "Where's Y/n, then?" he asked, his expression shifting to concern. "Don't tell me she's—!"
"She's inside the Shack. I made her stay," Ford replied firmly.
Stan raised an eyebrow, voicing his thoughts. "What? But I thought she'd want to go with you."
His mind raced with various thoughts. One bitter notion was that, yes, Y/n would definitely want to go with Ford, given her loyalty to him. Another, more worrying thought was that she might have been affected by the weirdness and that's why she was left behind.
"No," Ford shook his head. "You don't understand, Stanley. I carry a very heavy sea otter."
A stunned silence fell over them. Dipper furrowed his brows in confusion, while Stan subtly glanced behind Ford, expecting to see an actual sea otter. Ford felt a flush of humiliation before he cleared his throat and tried again.
"What I mean to say was, the reason for not bringing Y/n with me was this sea otter I carry."
The silence stretched on. "Uh... I don't see any otters here, bro," Stan finally said.
"Great Uncle Ford, are you okay?" Dipper asked, worry creeping into his voice. "Don't tell me you got affected by the weirdness wave! Oh no!"
Stan deadpanned. "Yeah. I know he's always been weird, but I didn't think he could be any weirder."
Ford, still lost in his thoughts, muttered, "Sea otter. Sea otter! Sea... otter. SEA OTTER!" He repeated the word like a mantra, as if trying to make sense of it. He had meant to say "burden," but somehow, his tongue had betrayed him. And why a sea otter, of all things?!
This must be Bill's doing, he realized with a sneer.
Ford returned to reality to find Stan and Dipper watching him with concern. Dipper's frown deepened, while Stan's mouth hung open, his brows furrowed.
Clearing his throat, Ford said, "Just forget about that. You have a job to do. Stan, I need you and Y/n to look out for one another while Dipper and I are gone. You got that?"
Stan gave Ford a long stare. As if we haven't been doing that for the last 30 years, he thought. "All good," he replied confidently. But Ford knew deep down that this task was more daunting than Stan let on. This guy can't do it.
So they parted ways, with Stan bolting back towards the Mystery Shack while Ford and Dipper made their way along the path to downtown, where they knew Bill was orchestrating the chaos. Downtown was the epicenter of all the weirdness; it was obvious the mastermind would be there. As they moved stealthily, evading detection, they managed to climb up to the bell tower of the town to get a better vantage point.
Throughout their trek, Dipper couldn't stop thinking about the person they had left behind. He knew that out of everyone, she was the most capable of standing up to Bill's powers. Ford had the intellect and the weapons, but Y/n was practically invincible. Whatever the demon might throw at her, she could handle it and walk away unscathed. So why did Ford decide to leave her behind?
It irked him to no end. Dipper replayed the conversation in his head, wondering if there was something he missed. He couldn't shake the feeling that they were leaving behind their best chance at defeating Bill. Sure, Ford had his reasons, but Dipper couldn't help but question their logic. Every step they took away from the Shack felt like they were abandoning their strongest ally.
From the single tall opening of the bell tower, Dipper used his binoculars to take a closer look at Bill floating among his friends. Meanwhile, Ford placed down the case containing his rifle. "Ah, my Quantum Destabilizer. I've been waiting a long time to use this. We're only gonna have one chance to take this shot," he said, propping the destabilizer against the ledge.
He peered through the triangular-shaped scope, which framed Bill perfectly. Steadying his hands, he lined up the shot, the gun humming as it charged. His fingers began to squeeze the trigger when—
"WOOHOOHOOHOOHOOHOO! I'm alive now!"
The sudden noise startled Ford, causing his shot to go awry. The blue beam blasted through Bill's hat, creating a hole and vaporizing the tree beside him.
"OH NO!" Ford exclaimed, realizing his mistake.
The hole in Bill's hat quickly regenerated, the bones and flesh knitting back together until it was whole again. "Well, well, well," Bill said, turning toward the source of the beam. "And here I thought today couldn't get any better!"
Bill fired an identical beam from his finger, targeting the bell tower and destroying it just as the tree had been destroyed. Dipper found himself lying on the ground, quickly regaining consciousness. "Great Uncle Ford!" he called out.
Ford lay in the wreckage, bruised but conscious. "Dipper! Take my journals!" he shouted, sliding the bag to Dipper. "Listen, you have to—" He stopped abruptly, hearing something behind him. "Oh, no! Dipper! Run! Get down!"
Dipper grabbed the bag and hurriedly descended the stairs to evade Bill, who was rising up with a six-fingered hand symbol in his eye. "Good old six-fingers. I've been waiting an eternity to have a chat face to face!"
With a flick of his fingers, Bill outlined Ford in red energy, levitating him.
Bill stretched his hands, presenting Ford to his friends as if he were a prize. "Everyone, this armageddon wouldn't be possible without help from our friend here. Give him a six-fingered hand!"
Bill's minions cheered, their applause clearly mocking. Ford couldn't bear their fake enthusiasm.
"Ah, but where's your darling assistant? We have to give her her flowers, too!" Bill taunted.
At the mention of Y/n, Ford stiffened, his fear palpable even through the red glow. "You won't ever go near her! You'll never get away with this, Bill!" he shouted.
Bill's eye narrowed as he mimicked Ford with a mocking tone. "You'll never get away with this, Bill!" He then crossed his arms, looking irritated. "Yeesh, why are you hero types so predictable? You know I can't stand predictable."
With an outstretched arm, he turned Ford to face him. "Don't look so glum... it's not too late to join me! With that extra finger, you'd fit right in with my freaks!"
It wasn't just a casual insult, it was a calculated attempt to undermine Ford's confidence by highlighting a feature he had always been self-conscious about, one of his deepest insecurities. Throughout his life, he had been ridiculed and ostracized for his hands, it reopened old wounds, making him feel small and abnormal. But no. He couldn't let Bill see through that.
He became defiant and determined not to let his words break him, and his resolve to fight back against the demon solidified. He clenched his fists, his anger fueling his will to prove Bill wrong and protect those he cared about, no matter the cost.
"I'd die before I join you!" Ford yelled, gathering the saliva in his mouth before spitting it out directly on the triangle's eye.
Bill's friends gasped at the audacity, while Dipper, watching from a distance, pumped his fist in silent celebration. "Yeah!" he whispered excitedly.
Bill floated in silence for a moment, his eye unblinking, until a tongue emerged to wipe the spit away like a windshield wiper.
"I know your weakness, Bill!" Ford accused, pointing a defiant finger at him.
"Oh, yeah?" the demon challenged. "And I know a riddle. Why did the old man do this?" He raised his hands, fingers forming into claws.
Ford stupidly imitated the post, as he raised an eyebrow. "This?"
Bill wasted no time, shooting a laser at the author, petrifying him. He turned into a golden statue, falling to the ground. He picked the miniature Ford, placing him on his triangle back. "Because I needed a new back scratcher!" He cackled, scratching himself as he and his friends shared a hearty laugh.
He stopped, picking up a deer on the side of the road. With the hand that held Ford, he began puppeteering them as if he was playing with dolls. "'Uh, Bill! Leave me alone! I want to enjoy my honeymoon with my deer wife!" He brought the deer close and made them bump heads with each other as if they were making out while Bill produced exaggerated smooching sounds.
The deer, understandably, did not enjoy the spectacle.
"Oh, gross, get a room, you guys!" Bill rolled his eye.
/
"I hope they're okay out there..." Y/n couldn't help but voice out her concerns as she looked out the window of the gift shop. From this angle, all she could see were the large expanse of the forest, the orange skies, and leaves being taken by the harsh wind.
Stan scoffed from behind her, who was busy gathering his food supplies. "Stan chuckled. "You worry too much. Ford's stubborn, and Dipper's tenacious. They'll make it through."
"Mm..." she hummed, going back to helping Stan. "I still don't understand why they didn't take me with them." She waited for Stan to respond, but her mind kept churning over the question, and no satisfactory answer came to her.
It couldn't be because she wasn't capable, right?
Why would Ford doubt her now?
The thought made her fist clench unconsciously. She wasn't useless.
The ground rumbled beneath their feet, and she quickly glanced outside to see another tidal wave of pink weirdness approaching the Shack. The wave washed over them, but the Shack remained unaffected, thanks to Ford's unicorn shield. However, the totem pole outside came to life, its eyes glowing bright pink as it grew arms.
The totem pole, seeing the Shack as a threat, began marching towards it, attempting to destroy it. It punched the barrier repeatedly, but the unicorn shield held strong. Stan looked at the symbols with worry, fearing the shield might not last long. Y/n, however, watched with a steady gaze as the totem pole continued its assault until the weirdness wave wore off, and it returned to its normal, inanimate state.
"What the? What just happened?!" Stan exclaimed, running his hands through his hair in disbelief.
"The unicorn spell worked. It shielded the Shack from Bill's weirdness," Y/n explained, moving back to the supplies. They worked together, rationing the food and discussing how to make it last as long as possible. Their conversation was abruptly interrupted by a loud knock on the door.
They exchanged a wary glance. Y/n furrowed her eyebrows and turned to the door. Any of Bill's henchmen wouldn't have been able to bypass the barrier, so who could it be?
She looked back at Stan, who was already watching her, waiting for her plan. "Get down," she commanded.
Despite their height differences, Stan followed her lead, ducking behind the pile of supplies. "Be careful," he whispered harshly, peeking out slightly.
Y/n picked up the nearest weapon, Stan's baseball bat by the couch, and approached the door cautiously. She cracked it open, raising the bat above her head. Her eyes widened in surprise when she saw McGucket, looking even more disheveled than usual, as if he'd gone through a hurricane. He was limping and clutching his laptop. Behind him were a few creatures, ranging from injured gnomes to... Rumble McSkirmish?!
"Fiddleford, are you okay?" She asked, lowering the bat in shock.
McGucket looked up at her, his eyes wide and frantic. "Girly! Thank goodness yer here! We barely made it out alive!" His voice was shaky, and he clutched his laptop tighter, as if it were his lifeline.
Behind him, Rumble McSkirmish gave a thumbs-up, despite his own battered appearance. The gnomes were huddled together, looking terrified and injured.
She didn't hesitate for a moment. She stepped aside, opening the door wider. "Come in, quick."
F brought his things to a chair, while the small pack of gnomes scurried their way inside. Rumble walked in an animation, like 8 frames per second.
"What, are you guys gonna crash here now?" Stan asked once he came out of hiding. He dusted his suit with an irritated huff.
She ignored him, tending to the gnomes' wounds. They displayed gashes in different parts of their small bodies. The Shack fell into a silence; McGucket had tended to his computer, Rumble situated somewhere in the corner of the gift shop, while Stan continued tallying.
As Y/n finished bandaging Carl's leg—the gnome had introduced himself as Carl—there was another knock at the door. This time, Stan answered, seeing that Y/n was occupied. He opened the door slightly and saw Grenda, Candy, and several other townsfolk.
She quickly stood up to meet her friends at the door. "You guys!" she exclaimed, embracing both Grenda and Candy in a tight hug. "Are you okay?"
That's when Y/n realized that it wasn't just the two of them. Pacifica, Sheriff Blubs, a random biker, Gorney, and many others were there as well. Her eyes widened, and she quickly ushered them all into the Shack.
Stan grumbled, rubbing his face tiredly as he glanced at the increasing number of people and then at his ration of canned goods. When he asked the powerful gods to bring more people to his tourist trap, this wasn't what he had in mind!
Grenda debriefed Y/n about what had happened downtown with Bill. "He even started singing! You know, I love musicals, but his singing voice was not it!"
Pacifica even opened up about her father and how his face was all messed up now. Y/n had to resist the urge to laugh at his misfortune, offering only a small, "That's awful."
She listened to everyone's stories, tending to their injuries. Y/n was relieved to see they were in better condition than when she first saw them from the other side of the gift shop door. Blubs was the most affected, not physically wounded, but emotionally and mentally shaken by the sight of his loyal partner being taken away. Y/n tried her best to console him, but it was best to give him space for now.
Throughout the day, more stragglers knocked on the door, and Y/n let them in. Stan couldn't really object, knowing he wouldn't leave them outside either, and Y/n was just better at handling the situation.
Besides, it was a good distraction from the fact that Ford and Dipper hadn't come home yet.
Talking with the new arrivals helped, but every time there was a knock, Y/n hoped it would be the two boys with huge smiles, announcing they had sent the demon back to his dimension.
They were supposed to have defeated Bill hours ago. Ford should have shot the triangle with his Quantum Destabilizer, or they would have moved on to plan B, requiring the eleven people to complete the Cipher wheel.
"Hey, Y/n, do you have anything extra in the clothes department?" Grenda called, snapping the girl out of her thoughts.
The girl spent several minutes gathering old clothes for Grenda and the others, who had tattered outfits. She had learned to sew quickly, as it was similar to stitching up wounds. Grenda found a rugged scarf, and everyone agreed that fashion didn't matter in the apocalypse. Even Pacifica settled for a potato sack, shocking everyone.
"When Mabel comes back, she'll sew you guys more comfortable sweaters!" she reassured the group, who nodded meekly.
Candy approached her and spoke in a hushed tone. "Speaking of Mabel, where is she?"
"She..." Y/n sighed, unable to pinpoint Mabel's whereabouts. She didn't want to suggest that Mabel might have been captured by Bill, fearing it might be true. "She'll be back, with Dipper..."
And with Ford.
=
Shandra Jimenez stood in front of a camera, delivering the latest news. "We are on day three of this strange cataclysmic event, which some are calling 'Weirdmageddon' or the 'Oddpocalypse.' Today's weather calls for black clouds, blood rain, and frequent showers of Eyeball Bats turning people to stone. Speaking of, we have someone to interview right here."
She turned to Dipper, who looked up at her in surprise. "Little boy!" she began, her TV voice resonating. "Our viewers want to know: how has the end of the world affected your life?" Shandra pointed her mic at the brunette, but it was actually a rat, which screeched in his face. Dipper was speechless. "That's right. I've lost my mind!"
He ran away from the crazy lady until he found a wall to lean against and catch his breath. He wasn't doing well, not at all.
Despite his exhaustion, he didn't want to go home until he found his sister. He knew it was a foolish decision instead of going back to the Shack to regain his strength or get help from the author's assistant, but he felt he had to prove something. He had just lost his Grunkle Ford, the journals were burnt to a crisp, and he was bruised and battered. It was all because of Bill Cipher.
He had to get to Mabel. He needed to make things right between them. He couldn't leave her alone now, especially remembering their last conversation. Dipper pulled out his walkie-talkie, the one Mabel had prepared for them, and hoped his message would reach her.
"I don't know if you can hear me, but wherever you are, whatever happens, I'm going to find you," he spoke into the gadget.
A rustle in the garbage bin sounded from his right, and two people emerged out. Dipper recognized one to be Mr. Poolcheck, and the other was he believed to be the biker from the bar.
"Child, you shouldn't be walking around in the open like that," Poolcheck warned. "You'll be safe in here."
"We're starting society over in the dumpster. You can join us," Bats Biker added.
Dipper slowly stepped back, clutching his walkie-talkie close to his chest. "Uh... I'm busy... hoarding for food..."
He ran to the other direction, turning left. A pterodactyl noise caught his attention, and he followed the sound until he came across the mall. The mall might be one of the locations where Mabel could be hiding, or at the very least, a safe space he could use for a while. Wasting no time, he sprinted across the street.
Surely, no one would want to disturb his haste or talk to him about something as bizarre as putting him inside someone's mouth...
Dipper managed to enter the mall, finding it more desolate than he remembered. He started shouting for Mabel, his voice echoing through the empty corridors. He needed her to know he was there, searching for her all along.
Suddenly, a spotlight clicked on to his right, illuminating a plate of nachos on a table. It was incredibly suspicious and perfectly convenient for nachos to appear like that, but Dipper's hunger overpowered his caution. They looked too delicious to resist.
"The last nachos on Earth..." he muttered, reaching for the plate, ready to devour them. But as soon as he picked them up, he realized too late that the plate was attached to a string. A net trap sprung up, lifting him to the ceiling. "Ah! HELP! The nachos tricked me!" It wouldn't be the first time a nacho had tricked him.
"Dipper?" A redhead popped out of a nearby plant.
He recognized her instantly. "Wendy?! Oh no! You've been transformed into some sort of... tree monster!" Oddly, this seemed like a normal occurrence in the current apocalypse.
Wendy chuckled, stepping out of the bush. "It's just camouflage. My dad made me and my brothers do apocalypse training every year instead of Christmas. Guess it's sort of cool their paranoia paid off." She took aim with her crossbow and shot a bat out of the air. "Nice! Bat meat. Let me get that for ya."
Wendy threw an ax at the net, freeing Dipper, who tumbled to the ground before running to her. "Wendy! Thank goodness you're here! Listen, I really need your help."
"Okay, okay. Don't worry, Dip. I'll help you," she said reassuringly before her expression turned serious. She reloaded her crossbow. "We shouldn't stay out in the open for too long. Come on! Let me show you to my hideout."
They sprinted towards a store called 'Edgy on Purpose,' Wendy opening the roll-up door. Once inside, she started a fire and began cooking the bat she had shot. Dipper found a random bar of chocolate lying around and unwrapped it.
"We were playing Truth or Dare in the cemetery when it happened," Wendy explained, turning the bat over the fire. "The eyeballs froze Nate, Lee, Tambry, and Thompson. Robbie almost got away but had to pause to take a selfie." She hit a button on the cash register she was sitting on and used some of the money to wipe her face. "What about you?"
"I was in a fight with Mabel when it happened," Dipper sighed. "Uncle Ford asked me to join him and Y/n as his apprentice once the summer was over. But that would mean not going back home. It would mean growing up without Mabel."
"Oh, dude," Wendy replied, her voice full of sympathy.
"Mabel didn't take it well and ran off into the forest. She couldn't even look me in the eye."
Wendy saw how much Dipper was blaming himself and decided he needed a break. They climbed to the rooftop, each with a Pitt Cola in hand. The view was eerily beautiful: yellow skies and giant monsters wreaking havoc.
"End of the world," Wendy sighed. "Man, those death metal album covers got it shockingly right."
Dipper's voice was wavering. "You know, I used to think I could get out of anything, but this? It just feels like everything's falling apart. Grunkle Ford's captured, the journals are gone, and Mabel's out there somewhere. I don't know if I can handle this."
"What about Y/n? Did she get captured, too?"
He shook his head. "She's back at the Shack. Ford doesn't want her out here. He thinks it's too dangerous for her."
Wendy raised an eyebrow at that, which Dipper quickly noticed, providing an explanation. "He's really protective. He thinks it's best if she stays safe. Besides, I need to find Mabel. I can't leave her out there, especially after our fight."
She placed a hand on his shoulder. "Alright, so we need to get Mabel back. She's our top priority. Once she's safe, we can regroup and figure out how to deal with Bill."
"Right," he nodded.
"We know that Y/n is safe back at the Shack, so that means we don't have to worry about her. We'll get to her later, once we have Mabel."
Dipper smiled, grateful to have Wendy with him in all this chaos. She always knew what to do in dangerous situations. The plan was simple but incredibly complicated at the same time. "'Kay... But how will we ever find her?"
The ground rumbled, drawing their attention to a giant, purple monster with one eye devouring a billboard. As it did, it revealed a pink bubble bound in metal chains, with a symbol in the middle.
Dipper narrowed his eyes, recognizing the insignia. "The shooting star from Mabel's sweater!" he gasped. "She's in there. I know it."
"Whoa, is that like twin ESP?" Wendy asked.
"No, we don't have that," Dipper shut the guess down with a frown. "But we do have this thing where our allergies totally act up at the same time...?" As if on cue, he sneezed cutely, making Wendy smile. "Mabel needs us. But how are we gonna get out there without being caught?"
Dipper saw an entire fleet of eyebats patrolling the area, scanning everything with their red spotlights. One step into the town, and they'd be caught in no time.
"I have an idea," Wendy said, eyeing the Gleeful's Auto Sale below them.
They made their way back to the road and reached the auto-mart. Dipper found it odd how the place was abandoned, leaving behind a bunch of cars that must've been worth something. As they searched for a tank (Wendy's choice), they were suddenly surrounded by the headlights of 4 raggedy vehicles.
"Well, well, looks like we got ourselves a pair of ground walkers!" one of the men shouted.
"Heheh! Ground walkers! Ain't got no wheels!" another chimed in, and they all laughed in unison.
"We just wanna make it to that bubble out east; we have no quarrel with you!" Dipper shouted, trying to convince them that they didn't want to fight. Besides, it'll be a waste of time. They needed to get to Mabel and fast.
A voice boomed from a megaphone. "Oh, but that's where you're wrong! Hands where I can see 'em!"
They raised their arms, slightly scared of this deep-voiced figure. He might be a threat, and they wouldn't dare mess with him.
"Y'all fellers ain't goin' nowhere."
That accent sounded familiar, too familiar.
"Wait... Gideon?!"
"That's Sheriff Gideon!" He hastily corrected his mistake. "Under the authority of Bill Cipher, I place you two under arrest!" His eyes scanned around the auto mart and noticed that they were missing one more person. It seemed that she wasn't here.
The prisoners pushed the two forward until they fell to the ground completely in front of Gideon, who was standing on the back of a truck. He was standing on a crate to make him look taller than them, but they couldn't be any less scared of the kid.
He did a happy jig. "Ma' old pal Bill figured you might try to rescue Mabel. So he appointed me, master of these wastelands, and keeper of the bubble! My precious Mabel's trapped inside and I have the only key!" He pulled out a key from his collar to show a shiny golden key with the shooting star symbol on it. "Wrapped around my... well I wouldn't call it a neck exactly, wrapped around this little pocket of fat under ma' head?" At least he was aware.
"Gideon, you have no right to keep her in there!" Dipper pleaded, irritated by this boy's power.
"Bill explained it to me nice and simple: she was always destined to be mine! And now that I have her in a cage she'll learn to love me! I have an eternity to wait!" While Gideon was monologuing, he failed to see Dipper's enraged expression, gritting his teeth in frustration. He wanted to punt this child so badly, put him in his place.
"This isn't gonna work, Gideon," Wendy called out.
The boy in blue only chuckled. "Oh? And why's that?" He feigned boredom and began filing his nails.
"'Cause after I break Ghost-Eyes' arm and steal that key from your neck, I'm gonna wear your butt on my foot like a rhinestone slipper!"
The prisoner only laughed at her, thinking that she was cracking some sort of joke. They were underestimating her. Gideon placed his hands on his hips. "Oho, and what makes you think you can do all that?"
"'Cause I'm a flippin' CORDUROY!" Wendy proceeded to execute what she said, flipping over Ghost-Eye's arm and pulling him back, making him drop Dipper. He fell to the ground and dropped to his knees, using his entire body as an obstacle that caused Ghost-Eyes to trip over.
Dipper and Wendy ran away, the redhead grabbing Gideon and ripping the key from his neck. She jumped down with Gideon still in her grasp, holding the back of this collar. "Get back!" She placed Gideon between them and the prisoners. "Get back! Or I will drop-kick him, I swear!"
They made their way to a nearby police car and unlocked the door. "You'll never get away with this, ya hear me?!"
"Guess what? We already DID!" Wendy declared, kicking Gideon into a column of prisoners, knocking them down. She hot-wired the car, and Dipper quickly put on his seatbelt as they sped off.
Dipper clutched the key they had obtained from Gideon, knowing they now had a target on their backs. "Okay, all we have to do is outrace Gideon's henchmen, unlock the bubble, save Mabel, and save the world." He frowned as the car hit a mailbox. "Uh, quick question: did you ever get your driver's license?"
"Definitely not," Wendy answered hastily. "Arm!"
They narrowly avoided the monster before continuing on.
"Watch it! Go around that bubble field!" Dipper urged, pointing out the window.
"No way around!" Wendy replied just as desperately, gripping the wheel as tight as she could. "Hold on! We're going through!"
The boy leaned in father to the edge of his seat as he braced for the impact. "What's even in there?!"
They screamed, the vehicle entering a bubble, and all of a sudden they had heads for birds. Dipper chirped next to Wendy, who was tweeting words that no one else might understand.
Eventually, the car exited out the bubble, and Dipper found himself coughing up feathers now that they were back to normal. He was coughing violently, forcing out orange plumes all over the place. "Oh, that was horrible!"
"Here comes another one, dude!" Wendy warned, eyes wide. "Brace yourself!" The car went through three different bubbles one after the other. All throughout the orbs they had changed styles; anime, meat products, and... seemingly strange oddities that were far beyond comprehension.
They briefly stopped as they observed themselves. Dipper began ogling himself, confusion in his features. "I have so many details! And fingers! Wendy, I'm a monster!"
Wendy smiled at her reflection in the rearview mirror, adjusting her bandana. "Whatever. I look good."
The two screamed again as they emerged from the bubble, only to find that Gideon's vehicle had quickly caught up to them. It rammed their car, shattering the windows. "Ah!"
Though they had successfully evaded the weirdness bubbles, the chase was far from over. Dipper shouted, "Wendy, we're almost there! We just have to make that jump!"
"Total lack of driver's training, don't fail me now!" Wendy furrowed her eyebrows in sheer determination, slamming the clutch and revving the engine to gain maximum speed, hoping it would be enough to clear the large gap.
The two screamed as the car soared through the air, landing roughly on its bonnet. The vehicle tumbled and rolled in the dirt, sending Wendy and Dipper spinning inside. Fortunately, they were wearing seatbelts.
Dipper managed to open the passenger door and fell out, crawling toward the bubble. "So... close..." he grunted, summoning all his strength to reach his sister. "Mabel..." he uttered. "I'm... almost there."
Standing before him loomed a cloaked figure. He froZe, watching intently until the stranger revealed himself with a familiar greeting, "Heya, Dipper. How's it hanging?"
"Soos!" The brunette exclaimed in surprise.
"Oh, Y/n is also here," Soos added, stepping aside to reveal the girl standing behind him. She and Dipper met halfway, embracing tightly.
"Dipper..." Y/n sighed, holding him close.
"Y/n!" Dipper hugged her back just as fiercely, relief flooding through him. "Are you supposed to be out here? Is the Shack okay?" He pulled back, hands on her shoulders.
"It's fine," she reassured him with a playful shake of her head. "Stan's safe too." Her gaze shifted past him to where Soos was tending to Wendy's wounds. Dipper could sense her unspoken question. "Where's Ford?"
His eXpression darkened, dreading her reaction. He didn't want to see disappointment in her eyes. "Uncle Ford... He got captured by Bill."
He braced himself for her fury, but Y/n remained composed, studying him intently. "He didn't kill him?"
"N-no," he stammered, thrown off guard by her calm response. "He turned him into gold... but he's alive."
She looked down, contemplative. "Then Bill must want something from him." Their eyes locked, Dipper still frowning.
"But I'm glad you're safe, Dipper," Y/n said softly, cupping his face in her hands, a small smile tugging at his lips.
"Uh, I'm also here," Wendy chimed in with a smirk.
Y/n grinned, turning to the redhead. Dipper bent down to pick up his beloved pine tree hat. "You look so cool with that black eye, Wendy."
"I know, right?" Wendy agreed with a cheeky smile. "Proof that I survived!"
Soos frowned. "We may have survived, dudes, but we're surrounded!"
Gideon and his gang had indeed surrounded them, cheering. "Woowee. I dare say y'all almost had the jump on me there for a second. But this ain't your Gravity Falls anymore! Out here, I win." He ordered a conch to blow, summoning the eyebats. "Bill's hench bats will be here any minute to retrieve y'all!" He giggled. "And perfect timing, Y/n! He would be delighted to see you! MABEL'S MINE NOW! HAHAHA!"
Dipper furrowed his eyebrows at the last statement, his doubt cutting through Gideon's overconfidence. "Is she?" he dared to ask.
Gideon hesitated, clearly unprepared for Dipper's challenge. "Well, yeah. I have her trapped, ergo, Mabel is MINE!"
"Gideon, listen to me. If I've learned anything this summer, it's that you can't force someone to love you." Dipper glanced over at Wendy as he spoke. "The best you can do is strive to be someone worthy of loving." His eyes then shifted to meet Y/n's, who listened intently, her concern visible. She had no idea what he meant by that.
"Oh, I'm worthy o'lovin'! These prisoners love me!" Gideon retorted, his voice tinged with desperation.
"Everyone is worthy of love," Y/n pointed out, her tone calm but firm, "But the thing is, Mabel doesn't love you."
"Exactly, because you're selfish!" Dipper added. "But you can change! Bill thinks there are no heroes in this world, but if we work together and fight back, we can defeat him. You want to protect Mabel? Stand up to Bill and let us save her!"
"Th-that's crazy! You know what Bill would do to me if that happens?!" Gideon's voice wavered, fear creeping in.
"What, you scared of Bill?" Ghost-Eyes questioned, furrowing his brows in disbelief.
"No, I just... it's a complicated situation."
Dipper pressed on, his voice steady. "Look inside, Gideon. If all this is for Mabel, then ask yourself what Mabel would want you to do."
Gideon pulled out the newspaper article he kept hidden in his hair. He gazed at Mabel's face in the print, noticing for the first time her discomfort. Tears welled up in his eyes as he whispered, "Dipper, will you tell her what I did?"
Dipper was taken aback by the soft plea. "O-of course."
"I hope you're right about this..." Gideon trailed off before turning to his gang with renewed determination. "Guys, new plan! Bill's minions are gonna be on us in seconds. But I'm not gonna let that dumb triangle be the warden of me! Y'all ready for a good old-fashioned prison brawl?!"
Ghost-Eyes sprang to his feet, determination etched on his face. "We're behind you for life, brother!" he exclaimed.
Another prisoner chimed in, "Fighting children is boring, but fighting a chaos god sounds fun!"
"Let's do this!" Gideon shouted, leading his henchmen as they drove off towards the pyramid, hollering and whooping with exhilaration.
Y/n watched them go, a wry smile on her face. "Well, they're gonna die."
After a moment of recovering, the quartet stood in front of the supposed entrance of the bubble. A triangle keyhole waited for the key to be inserted, but Dipper hesitated before turning to his friends. "Okay, remember, guys. This is a prison bubble designed by Bill. We've got to prepare ourselves for what we find here."
"Whatever it is, we'll do it together. For Mabel!" Soos started, putting his hand in the center.
"For Mabel!" Wendy followed, placing her hand on top of his.
"For Mabel." Y/n added, waiting for Dipper to come along.
He eventually placed his hand on top of theirs. "For Mabel."
Finally, the padlock clicked open with the key, and the chains unraveled themselves and fell to the ground with a metallic clatter. The sound echoed ominously, like a harbinger of the unknown.
Y/n felt her hand being held by Dipper, and in turn, she grabbed Wendy's hand while Soos and Dipper held hands as well. Their faces were set with determination, eyes filled with steely resolve.
With a final, collective breath, they entered the bubble, hands tightly clasped, ready to face whatever horrors Bill had in store.
The shimmering surface enveloped them, and they were plunged into a surreal landscape, the world behind them disappearing. The quartet braced themselves, every sense on high alert, ready to confront the mysteries and dangers within Bill's twisted creation.
***
Hidden in bold letters, a secret unfolds,
A code to uncover, a mystery bold.
Seek through the chapter, let your quest grow,
For a magical video awaits those who know.
***
[author's note]: i hope you guys enjoyed reading! so my idea of talking about this book still stands. we'll all join the discord server after weirdmageddon 3 and just ask me questions and listen to me yap about the book for hours. or i'll simply post a q&a chapter where you'll comment down anything you ask for and i'll answer them!
i have also prepared a chapter for when i'll introduce MY headcanon of y/n. of course, this is MY interpretation and my character, but you guys are also free to make your own headcanon of her! all headcanons of y/n are accepted, but i have mine prepared- along with other fun facts and information i have of her!
i will also post a q&a where YOU GUYS will answer! just to see the general consensus and your preferences (for example, which was your favorite chapter? etc.) but anyways, this has been fun and i'm always up for talks about this book :] and that includes fanarts, theories, speculations, and just hype. i love you all!
kimmiepines
8115 words
[random y/n and mabel bonding moment. again, this is MY headcanon of what y/n looks like]
Chapter 32: Weirdmageddon Part 2: Escape From Reality
Chapter Text
The Fearamid was as lively as ever, with creatures continuing their wild partying as if there were no tomorrow. Time was dead—they had literally witnessed Time Baby get vaporized—and meaning had lost all meaning in the chaos.
Bill tapped a fork on the still-petrified Ford Pines, causing the music to stop abruptly. Everyone turned their uniquely-shaped heads toward him. "Ladies, gentlemen, Nathaniel," he said, side-eyeing the last abominable creature. "It's been fun turning Gravity Falls inside out, rounding up all its terrified citizens, and stacking them into this massive throne of frozen human agony!"
He settled onto the throne, reassuring the crowd, "Don't worry. They're not conscious anymore! Probably."
As if on cue, Lazy Susan began to regain consciousness, her breathing slowly returning. "Uh, my omelets... they- they have friendly faces."
"Whoops! Hehe, back—back you go there." He poked the woman back into place, turning her back to stone. "But Gravity Falls is just the beginning. It's time to take our chaos worldwide!" he exclaimed, opening up the Fearamid to let his gang loose. "To the corners of the Earth! Set the world aflame with your weirdness. This dimension is ours!"
Bill watched with glee as his henchmen flew toward the skies, only to be unexpectedly stopped by a barrier. The impact was so jarring, like slamming into a brick wall, that it knocked them unconscious for a moment. Bill screamed in disbelief and floated out to investigate.
He pressed a finger against the barrier and felt it, an invisible force field trapping all of Weirdmageddon within the confines of Gravity Falls. It rippled like a bubble as he poked it. "This might be more complicated than I thought," he muttered to himself.
"I- I think I broke something!"
"WALK IT OFF!"
***
***
Back in the Fearamid, Bill paced around with his hands behind his back, scheming. His henchmen were slumped on the floor, nursing their bruises in despair. Bill was livid. "Okay, can anyone explain to me why, even with our newfound INFINITE POWER, none of us can escape the borders of this stupid, hick town!"
He scanned the lineup of his henchmen, calling them out. "Anyone, anyone, I'm looking at you, Eyeball, Lava Lamp Guy, anyone?! Suggestions?!"
Finally, someone raised their hand from the bunch, making Bill raise an eyebrow. "Uh, Paci-Fire?" The demon resembled a dark gray infant-like being with enormous black horns and an additional face on his torso that had nipple-like light red eyes with red pupils, sucking a namesake red pacifier linked to a chain attached to a lone shackle on his left ankle.
Paci-Fire pulled out his pacifier before summoning a small blackboard. A deep voice came from the mouth on his belly. "It appears that this town functions as a weirdness magnet, drawing strange things toward its center." Illustrations appeared on the board as he explained. "Without a way to reverse the polarity, our powers will be trapped within the location of Gravity Falls forever."
Bill rolled his eyes. "Okay, we get it. Great, you went to college, you got big words! Any idea how to fix this?"
The henchmen looked at each other, clueless. After a moment, 8-Ball spoke up, "Okay, well I've been reading some science books, and I think we can solve this if we, uh, party harder?" A silence washed over them. "Right?"
Bill pointed at him. "Wrong. You're dust now."
With a snap of his fingers, the creature vaporized into nothing but dust, leaving his 8-Ball eyes rolling on the ground.
Desperate for a solution, they turned to another demon, who nervously suggested something. "Uh, maybe if we, uh, build a trampoline, a really big trampoline—"
"Your bones are now my coat," Bill commanded, snapping his fingers. The demon suddenly felt like jelly, melting to the ground as his bones were extracted and draped across Bill's shoulders like a grotesque cape.
The overdressed nacho, massaged the bridge of his nose—if he had one. "So you're telling me I planned for a million, stupid years to find a new home dimension, and we can't even leave the front step!" he screamed, retreating to his table. There, a cup of human tears sat next to the golden statue of Ford. Bill began fiddling with the gold, muttering to himself, "There's got to be a way to fix this. If I get one more piece of bad news today—"
"Bill! Bill, there's a problem!"
He stopped, staring ahead. Suddenly, his entire figure was engulfed in flames, sending the others running from his line of sight, afraid to be his target. He slowly turned around to see Keyhole fidgeting nervously.
"Uh, sorry, boss! But Gideon let the Pines kid escape!"
"WHAT?!"
"They're inside Mabel's bubble as we speak!"
Bill quieted down, his eye downcast as he listened to the news. "Who's they?"
"Uh..." Keyhole stuttered. "If I remember correctly, there's the Pines kid, the red-haired lady, the chubby man, and... the girl."
The triangle demon suddenly cackled. "Well, going into the most diabolical trap I've ever created is certainly a choice! It would take the will of titanium not to give into its temptation. Fetch me Gideon and take the rest of the day off. Things just got a little more interesting."
***
Mabel's bubble world was more than just a trap; it was her ideal paradise. Dipper and the gang expected a horrifying prison, but what they found was far from it. The city was filled with things only Mabel could imagine: endless glitter, giant stuffed animals, and everything sparkly and cute. It was like stepping into Mabel's dream come true.
Dipper couldn't believe it. "This is supposed to be a prison?" he muttered, looking around in disbelief. Y/n had to admit that Bill had outdone himself. Evil, yes, but also a genius. Who would ever want to leave this place?
As they explored, they saw all sorts of things Mabel loved—giant stuffed animals, endless glitter, and even living versions of her favorite pet, Waddles. Everywhere they looked, there were reminders of Mabel's happy, carefree spirit. It was easy to forget the real world and their mission with all these distractions.
Dipper, Wendy, Soos, and Y/n realized the real trap here. This place was made to make Mabel never want to leave. It wasn't about scaring her into staying; it was about making her so happy she'd never want to go back.
Mabel was thrilled to show them around, pointing out all the amazing things. She was determined to prove why staying in this world was the best choice. She even used the bubble's magic to give Wendy and Soos their heart's desires. Wendy was living the teen dream, pranking their high school and laughing with her dreams who she thought were captured. Soos was in heaven playing baseball with his imaginary dad.
The most ruthless blow of all came when Mabel introduced her "backup" Dipper, a far cry from her real twin. This new Dipper, known as Dippy Fresh, was a caricature with an over-the-top supportive attitude that grated on Dipper's nerves. His high-pitched, screechy voice was irritating enough, but when this skateboard-riding imposter made unwelcome advances toward the girl standing beside him, Dipper had to fight the urge to unleash his fury and wipe the smug grin off Dippy Fresh's face.
Dipper spoke up, trying to break through to his sister. "Mabel, you've gone too far. You can't honestly think these fantasies are good for anyone!"
She looked at him, her eyes filled with determination. "Dipper, for once, just listen to your heart. This place makes us happy. Isn't that worth something? Mabeland had something for everyone! Even you! In fact..."
A door to their right began to open, but the brunette refused to even sneak a glance at it, marching his way out of the room, leaving the two girls.
Y/n decided that it was her turn to convince the girl. "Mabel, Dipper's right. This isn't real. It's just a trap to keep you from helping us fight Bill. We need you, the real you, out there with us."
Mabel's expression turned hurt and confused. "But this place makes me happy! Why can't we just have this? Why can't we have fun and be safe for once? Out there, everything is falling apart. Here, we can have everything we've ever wanted."
"And what if what I want is for Bill to be defeated? For Ford to be saved? Your bubble can't grant me that. I wonder why." She crossed her arms, giving her a look of despair.
Mabel smiled and raised a finger confidently. "Well, I can solve that other issue!" She clapped her hands, and a door to their right creaked open, revealing a figure stepping into the light. It was Ford, looking just as he did before Bill turned him to gold. He smiled warmly at Y/n and Mabel.
"Hello, everyone," he said, his voice carrying the familiar tone of wisdom and assurance.
She turned to the brunette in an unimpressed glare. "Really?" she deadpanned.
Mabel beamed, just failing to see what was wrong with this. "See? This bubble can give us everything we want! We can all be together and safe," she smiled.
Y/n tried to make a move, but every time she so much as twitched, "Ford" was right there, watching her with that unnervingly constant proud smile. It was creepy how he never let her out of his sight. She realized she was going to be stuck with him as long as they were in Mabel's bubble.
Meanwhile, Dipper wasn't doing any better. After storming out of the castle room, he quickly regretted leaving Y/n behind. He had wanted to come up with a plan to escape the bubble, and it was easier to strategize with someone who shared his IQ—or possibly even surpassed it.
He found himself sitting on the grassy path by Giggle Creek, feeling sulky even after perfectly skipping a stone across the water. For a moment, he began to internalize his thoughts, "Maybe Mabel's right... It is a horror show out there. At least the air here is breathable..."
Dipper was just about to stand up until Y/n slumped down next to him, rubbing her face in exasperation. He looked at her in concern. "Uh... are you okay?"
"Yeah..." she groaned, stilling her face in her hands. "I just had to evade the fake Ford that Mabel had conjured to make me stay."
His face quickly morphed to disdain. "Oh..."
"But, let's forget about that at the moment," she dismissed, waving a hand. "Are your eyes not hurting at the colors of this world? It's so bright, but uh, what do I know? Heh, I'm invulnerable."
Dipper smiled slightly at that, appreciating her presence beside him. They let a comfortable silence wash over them, just them admiring the pink skies and neon-colored birds.
"You know what I found?" She cut off the silence, making him turn to her. "In this bubble, time stops for a moment." He didn't say anything, and she continued. "It's been a stressful couple of days. Time has stopped so the world outside is not even moving! That's interesting."
"Huh..." Dipper let out, eyes wandering to the river. "But I can't help but still feel uneasy, though. I feel like we're being selfish by staying here while everything out there is just... suffering."
Y/n hummed, trying to find the right words to say. "Sometimes, well, sometimes it's okay to be selfish. You know you need to pause and take care of yourself before you can help others, right?" She turned to him with a smirk. "Besides, the fact that this world is not moving gives you more time to dwell on other stuff."
He didn't say anything.
She continued. "You still need to think about that apprenticeship. Or... do you already have an answer?"
Dipper could feel her looking at him while he avoided her gaze. He was hesitant. "I... I've been thinking about it. It's just—there's a lot on my mind right now. It's hard to focus on something like that with everything going on. I guess I'm not really sure yet."
"Okay. That's fine!" She replied, an unnervingly constant proud smile on her face. "You know you can tell me everything, right?" But when Dipper didn't say anything, she took the floor. "While we're on the topic of your apprenticeship, I really want you to join us, Dip."
Dipper looked at her with a spark of amusement in his eyes. "Really?"
"Yeah!" she said, her voice earnest and full of hope. "After everything we've been through together, don't you want to keep going even after summer ends? I know it'll be amazing with the three of us—adventures and everything. I promise I'll make it up to you," she added, her tone sincere.
Dipper felt a flicker of excitement at the thought, imagining the thrilling adventures ahead with the author of the journals and Y/n by his side. But despite the enticing prospect, a frown tugged at his lips. There were more pressing matters at hand. "We need to defeat Bill first," he said, his voice carrying a weight of seriousness. "Before we can even think about the future, we have to take care of what's happening right now. We need to leave."
Y/n's grip on his arm tightened, her fingers digging in with a desperate intensity. "Dipper, you don't understand. You can't leave. We have to stay here and make the most of this. This place can be our sanctuary."
He tried to pull away, his discomfort growing as her hold remained unyielding. "Y/n, you're not making any sense," he said, frustration creeping into his voice. "This place isn't real. We need to get out and stop Bill!"
"But everything we need is right here!" Her voice grew louder, her face flushed with a fierce determination. "Why can't you see that? It's perfect here!"
Dipper rose to his feet, his voice rising to a shout as his desperation mounted. "Y-you're not thinking clearly! I don't know what's happened to you, but you're not the real Y/n! I'm getting out of here, and nothing you say will change that!"
The girl was desperately holding onto him now, her eyes wild. "No, Dipper! You don't understand! You can't leave! I won't let you!"
He fought against her grip, his voice a mix of anger and fear. "Let me go! This isn't you! This isn't real!"
Just then, another Y/n arrived at the creek, her face set with grim determination. Without a word, she moved swiftly behind the Fake Y/n and plunged a knife into her back. The Fake Y/n gasped, her eyes widening in shock as she collapsed, dissolving into a bunch of centipedes. "You... can't... escape..." she whispered weakly before disappearing.
Dipper stood frozen, his eyes wide and mouth agape, watching in shock as Y/n eliminated the fake version of herself. It felt unsettlingly familiar, like déjà vu, even though he couldn't quite get used to it.
Y/n looked down at the fading figure, catching her breath. "Maybe not," she said quietly to herself, "but at least I can see through the lies."
With a nonchalant flick, she wiped the blade clean and slipped it back into her sleeve. "Apparently I wanted a knife," she said with a casual smile, her gaze shifting to Dipper, who remained frozen in disbelief. "Good job not falling for her tricks, Dipper."
Again, deja vu.
He struggled to find his voice, his reply coming out as stammering, incoherent fragments.
"This... this is crazy," Dipper said, his voice trembling and his breaths coming out in uneven gasps. "We really need to get out of here."
"Okay, Dipper. Calm down," Y/n said softly, placing a reassuring hand on his shoulder as she noticed him starting to lose his composure. "You need to breathe."
But Dipper shook his head, his panic only growing. "W-we have to go back. To the real... WORLD!"
Conveniently, everyone heard Dipper's confession, and gasps echoed through the crowd as they all turned to face him. In an instant, he was tackled to the ground by a waffle guard. "Hey!" Y/n shouted, rushing to help him, only to be swarmed by more buff-armed waffles.
"Under Article Smiley Face of Exhibit Squeaky Duck, you are hereby accused of breaking our one rule: mentioning reality," one of the waffle guards declared.
The crowd quickly gathered around, whispering amongst themselves as they watched the scene unfold.
"Prepare to be banished from this land FOREVER!"
A portal to the real world opened before them, showing a chaotic scene on the other side. Y/n saw the chaos beyond the portal and knew this could be their chance to escape, but their main mission was to save Mabel and wake her from her dream.
Desperate, Dipper pleaded, "MABEL! You're smarter than this! Bill has you hypnotized or something! Are you really gonna let them banish me?!"
"No! Of course not; that's my brother, guys! There's gotta be another way!" Mabel pleaded, giving Y/n and Dipper a glimmer of hope that she was still somewhat aware.
The waffle guard responded, "Very well. If Dipper wishes to stay, he must plead his case in the ultimate trial... of Fantasy Vs. Reality."
A courtroom made of yarn materialized around them, filled with every citizen of Mabeland, big and small, eager to witness the trial between the Pines twins.
Dipper took a seat next to Mabel, frustration evident on his face. "Seriously, Mabel? You're letting them take our argument to court?"
She shrugged, flashing an innocent grin. "Hey, I didn't make the rules in Mabeland."
"Yes, you did! There's a tapestry of you making the rules!" He pointed to the tapestry hung on one of the courtroom walls.
Y/n sat on a pew between Soos and Ducktective, who kept chewing on the sleeve of her top. She just wanted this ordeal to end, but she couldn't deny her intrigue.
The Policegiraffe introduced the judge, Kitty Kitty Meow Meow Face-Shwartsein. Emerging from his hole at the bottom of the cat scratcher, the judge climbed to the top and banged his squeaky mallet. "Order! Order! This trial begins right meow! We are here to try Dipper Pines in the case of Fantasy vs. Reality. If Dipper wins, Mabel will return with him to the real world! But if he loses, he will be banished forever and replaced with town darling, Dippy Fresh! Dippy, come on out."
The guy was summoned, striking an obnoxious pose. "Flip-a-dip-dip!"
Dipper pounded on the table, seething with irritation. "I hate him. So. Much!"
"The final decision will be made by a jury of your peers." Mabel clapped, and six copies of herself appeared in the jury stand. They also introduced Mabel's legal team: the neon-colored boys they met earlier, now wearing suits with the sleeves cut off. Clearly Mabel's choice.
Xyler and Craz started the opening statements, arguing that reality was bogus, lame, and whack. Dipper wanted to object, but he was overruled—or in the judge's terms, "Meowverruled."
Xyler held up Mabel's scrapbook as Exhibit A, flipping it open and narrating. To everyone's surprise, the entire room transformed into an outdoor setting with leaves falling gently around them. Y/n turned and saw little kids lining up for photos. The next two kids in line were Mabel and Dipper. She almost cried as she watched Mabel sob because a girl had ruined her hair by sticking gum in it.
"Mabel's fantasy was having a great school photo, but reality had other plans," Craz said grimly.
"Look, that was one bad day!" Dipper argued.
"One of many!" Xyler countered. "February fourteenth, fourth grade. Valentine's Day—"
Dipper's eyes widened at the mention of the date, the memory flashing vividly in his mind. "Oh, come on, man, you can't."
The scene changed to a classroom in fourth grade. Little Mabel held a bag full of Valentine's cards, while little Dipper had none, enduring ridicule until he ran out of the classroom, humiliated.
"Hey, what's the point of all this?! That was in the past!" Present Dipper shouted.
Xyler shook his head. "Is your life any better now, bro?" He displayed the scrapbook, filled with pictures showcasing all of Dipper's failures.
"Fear."
"Disaster."
"Betrayals."
"Broken promises."
"That's reality for you," Xyler concluded.
Craz continued, "Out there, it's nothing but heartbreak. But here, who wants pug sundaes?!"
They finished with a mic drop, and Judge Kitty Kitty Meow Meow was immediately convinced. "Well, I think we're ready for a verdict."
"Wait! I haven't even presented my case!" Dipper yelled, determined not to back down.
"Do you even have a case?"
Dipper glanced at Mabel, who was busy rocking in her chair and singing to herself, before turning back to the judge. "Yes, I do, your honor. I call as a witness: Mabel Pines!"
The crowd gasped in surprise.
Mabel objected, but without a valid reason, she had no choice but to take the witness stand. She walked up to the chair, the people around her muttering and mumbling.
Dipper sighed, pinching the bridge of his nose. "Mabel, listen. I might not have all the answers. I'm not stylish, I'm not cool, and I can't make pugs appear out of thin air."
The jury booed, but Dipper pressed on, undeterred. He wanted to reach his sister, to convince her, even if she didn't want to listen. She went so far as to order the guards to place puff fingers in her ears, but he continued.
"Look, real life stinks sometimes, okay? I'm not gonna lie. But there's a better way to get through it than denial, and that's with help from people who care about you. It's how we've gotten through our whole lives. Just look."
The tables turned, and Dipper held the scrapbook this time, making the room change back to Picture Day. It showed little Dipper shaving a line down his head to support Mabel's bad hair day. Another flashback showed Mabel's support for her brother on Valentine's Day.
"We've always been there for each other," he said, reminding them of the times they always had each other's backs.
[green screen skin for interpretation. you can color it in if you want^^]
Y/n was right. The twins had faced everything together; they were each other's halves, a crucial part of each other's lives.
Dipper continued, "Mabel, I thought you were living a fantasy, but look at me! I actually thought I was gonna stay here and be Ford's apprentice! Spend my entire teens cooped up in a basement with a lab coat? How ridiculous is that?"
Mabel furrowed her brows, still unsure, but her guard was slowly dropping as she listened intently.
He approached her gingerly. "I don't know what's gonna happen in the future, but whatever it is, you don't have to fear because we'll do it together. I'm not taking Ford's apprenticeship. We've traveled to heck and back to get you, and we're going back together. Leave this fantasy world. Let's beat Bill and grow up together."
He extended a hand towards her. Mabel's eyes welled up with tears at his speech. The citizens were slightly freaking out and muttering refusals. Judge Kitty Kitty Meow Meow was smashing his rubber mallet in distress. "Order! Order in the court! Dang it, why is this hammer squeaking?!"
Mabel eventually stepped down from the stand, walking towards him. "You mean it? You're really coming home with me?"
"Yes," Dipper answered. "Definitely. Absolutely." And then, with a smile, "Awkward sibling hug?"
The crowd suddenly shrieked, panicking. "Don't do it!" they kept saying, very adamant about the hug. And here Y/n thought they liked hugs.
"You do this and it's all over!" Even Kitty Kitty Meow Meow was threatening them not to do it.
But Mabel didn't care. All that mattered was her and her brother and their usual sibling hug. But this time, it wasn't awkward; it was a sincere sibling hug.
The two met each other for an embrace. "DON'T DO THE PATS!"
What's a sibling hug without the—"Pat pat!"
Suddenly, a ripple burst out from their spot, blowing away the judge and some of the pews. The jurors of Mabels all popped away and disappeared without a moment's glance. Pulling away from the hug, Mabel rubbed her eyes as if she had just woken up from a dream.
"Aw, man, I never noticed how bright this place is, ugh!" she said, covering her eyes. "Have I actually been listening to the same song for an entire week?"
Kitty Kitty Meow Meow was meowing in a distressed manner, making Mabel step back.
"Whoa, time to calm you down," she said, clapping twice, but nothing happened. "Uh, why isn't this working?" She clapped again, but nothing changed.
"Because your reign over this land is OVER!" the judge declared, and all of a sudden, his skin split open, revealing a nightmare-ish pile of yarn. The crowd around them turned gray, their eyes glowing red—apart from Xyler and Craz, who were hugging each other and screaming in fear.
"We gotta get out of here!" Mabel said, urgency in her voice.
The citizens began to crowd over them, forcing Y/n, Wendy, and Soos to punch their way through. The gang ran through hallways, Wendy punching a random waffle guard who got in their way while Soos smacked away another fairy. Y/n kicked the same Ducktective that was chewing on her sleeve earlier as they continued to sprint.
Dipper felt his hand being pulled apart from the group, and he turned around to see Dippy Fresh with the same red eyes and grayed skin. Despite that, he still had an annoying voice. "Your hat is on backwards!" he said, pointing at Dipper mockingly, before forcibly turning his hat around.
Dipper could not take it anymore. "YOUR HEAD IS ON BACKWARDS!" he shouted, grabbing Dippy Fresh and twisting his neck around with surprising strength. The ridiculous clone stumbled, his head now facing the wrong direction, still trying to skateboard but failing miserably.
"Whoa! Totally not cool, bro!" Dippy Fresh sputtered, now disoriented and tripping over his own feet.
"Dipper, come on!" Y/n yelled, grabbing his arm and pulling him back into the escape.
They dashed through the chaotic hallways, the bizarre citizens of Mabeland still hot on their heels. Y/n kept glancing back, ensuring they weren't falling behind. Mabel led the way, her determination unwavering.
"Everyone, get on Waddles!" Mabel shouted as the giant pig woke up and began to run. The gang clambered onto Waddles' back, holding on tightly as he barreled through the destruction.
"Hold on, you guys!" Mabel yelled over the noise, her voice filled with resolve. As they raced towards the exit, Mabel spotted a giant knitting needle and grabbed it. The citizens of Mabeland were closing in, but she wasn't about to let them be caught.
Waddles neared a cliff, and with a mighty leap, he soared into the air. Mabel extended the needle outward. "Sorry, Mabeland. It's time to burst your BUBBLE!" She thrust the needle into the shimmering surface of the bubble, and with a resounding pop, it exploded into a shower of confetti.
The gang held on as Waddles landed on the other side, the confetti raining down around them like colorful snow. Mabel eventually opened her eyes and stood up, seeing everyone. "You all good, everyone good?"
They all engulfed each other in a warm hug. "We've missed you, Mabel!"
Wendy and Soos decided to give the twins some time to themselves, knowing they needed to catch up. Meanwhile, Soos started telling Wendy about his adventures in the wasteland and how there were now folk songs about him.
Mabel, standing with Dipper, sheepishly rubbed her arms. "Hey, Dipper? I really appreciate what you said back there. I know I've been difficult and selfish. I've been scared about growing up and losing you. But if you really want to take Ford's apprenticeship, I won't stand in your way. I just want you to be happy."
Dipper scoffed playfully. "Psh. And miss out on your awkward teen years? You wish," he laughed, and Mabel joined in. "It's okay, Mabel. You're my sister, and I'll always be here for you."
She smiled, her eyes filled with gratitude. "Thank you," she said, taking a deep breath. "Man, I went nuts back there. I mean, come on, the real world can't be that bad, right?" She glanced over and saw Gompers still giant and the Fearamid looming in the sky. "Oh, boy."
The twins noticed Y/n, who was staring at the chaos with concern etched on her face. They exchanged a look before Dipper cleared his throat and approached her. "Are you okay?"
Y/n took a moment, her eyes reflecting her worry. "Yeah," she said softly, shaking her head. "It's just... everything is falling apart out there. We need to save Ford and put an end to this madness. We need to regroup at the Shack."
The group nodded in agreement, trailing behind Mabel as she led the way back to the Shack. As they moved, Soos' gaze scanned the eerily empty town, a deep concern etched on his face. "This place is deserted," he said with worry. "I hope Bill hasn't already taken over."
Wendy, her eyes darting around, voiced her own fear. "I haven't seen my family anywhere."
"They're fine." Mabel comforted her, before gulping down her nerves. "I hope." While walking, she asked the group. "Hey, how did you guys even manage to get to the bubble? without being caught?"
Wendy filled her in, talking about the encounters they had with Gideon and everything that had happened; from her drop-kicking the child, to Dipper's glorious speech.
Dipper caught up to Y/n, noting her quiet demeanor since they had escaped the bubble. He felt a tug of concern. "Y/n, are you alright?"
She glanced at him, her face a mask of contemplation. "Did Ford say anything to you before he was captured by Bill?"
Dipper looked down, gathering his thoughts. "He tried to say something after handing over the journal, but it was too late. He stopped because he didn't want Bill to overhear him. But...," he paused, meeting her gaze with earnest eyes. "He was looking for you."
"Ford?"
He shook his head slowly. "No, not Ford. Bill was. He was specifically looking for Ford's assistant."
Y/n's expression fell as she turned away, her lips pressing into a tight line. "Got it," she nodded.
They were almost there, just around the corner. "Yes!" Dipper exclaimed. "It's there! Come on!" He decided to make a run for it, but suddenly he heard someone calling his name.
He stopped momentarily, looking behind him to see the group frozen in their tracks, while Y/n was dashing towards him.
"Wha—" Dipper yelped as Y/n suddenly pushed him to the side, making him fall to the ground harshly. "Oh, no. Y/n!"
He watched in horror as a floating eyeball caught Y/n in its red beam, and he quickly realized that it was supposed to capture him had she not jumped in and pushed him out of the way.
Her legs gradually turned to stone, but before she was completely engulfed, she managed to instruct the gang, "Go! Get out of here—" She became motionless mid-sentence. They gasped as they ran and hid. Dipper's mind and heart raced. It was supposed to be him, but she had sacrificed herself again!
"Agh!" Wendy exclaimed, planning to ambush the eyeball that captured their friend. Her fist was already loaded, but she was pulled back by Soos and Mabel. They helplessly watched as Y/n was stowed away by the eyeball, heading towards the Fearamid.
"No! Y/n!" Dipper cried, reaching out a hand in desperation. "We have to save her!"
"We will," Wendy replied, with Mabel coming to comfort her brother. "But Y/n is right; we have to go back to the Mystery Shack and regroup."
Mabel hugged Dipper tightly, trying to reassure him. "We'll get her back, Dipper. We'll figure this out together."
They quickly sprinted, trying not to alert any other eyeballs floating here and there. They eventually reached the front door. Dipper expected it to be just Stan inside, but he stopped by the doorknob when he heard scuffling and a couple more voices.
"Wait, what was that?" Dipper stepped back at the noise. He warned the others to be quiet and they got the gist, preparing themselves for a brawl with the people on the other side of the door. Wendy reloaded her crossbow, Soos smacked his fist against his palm, Mabel readied her grappling hook, while Dipper picked up a golf club from the floorboards.
Without further ado, he kicked open the door, screaming as they faced their adversaries.
But what surprised them were the people they thought they would never see again.
***
yxtaa://ymiqs.rtx/ahwKojzpatMClh4b8
🗝: ???
L E T T E R S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
kimmiepines
5405 words
Chapter 33: Weirdmageddon Part 3: Take Back the Falls
Summary:
[author's note]: uhhh tw torture? keep safe!
Chapter Text
Dipper and Mabel couldn't believe their eyes, but the one person they wanted to see most was standing right in front of them. "Grunkle Stan!" they shouted in unison.
"Kids!" Stan dropped the baseball bat and rushed over, wrapping them both in a bear hug. He had waited so long to see them again—along with Soos and Wendy, who quickly joined in the embrace.
But the one person who had promised she would return with them... wasn't there.
The twins noticed Stan's expression shift before he even asked the question. "Where is she?" he demanded, his voice tinged with desperation.
Dipper's frown deepened, guilt and sorrow clouding his eyes. "She... she was taken by an eyebat," he admitted, his voice trembling. Stan's face fell, the weight of the news hitting him hard. He had held onto hope that she would make it back safely, that they would all be together again.
The refugees all muttered to one another after they heard the news from Dipper. Not Y/n...
"And I'm guessing with you here and not with my brother, he was taken too?" Stan guessed, turning to his great-nephew.
Dipper nodded, avoiding his gaze as he anxiously rubbed his arm.
Stan clenched his fist. "When I get my hands on that... monster, I'll—"
"You don't understand, Stan. It was supposed to be me," Dipper interrupted. "I stupidly ran across the street like an idiot, and the next thing I knew, she pushed me out of the way and got caught instead. Why would she do that?" His voice was filled with frustration and confusion.
Stan placed a hand on the boy's shoulder, their eyes meeting. "I think you and me both know why Y/n would do that."
Dipper stayed silent, knowing the answer but unable to say it out loud.
"The important thing is that you guys are back here, safe," Stan said softly.
Mabel stepped forward, giving her brother a comforting smile. "We'll get her back, Dipper. I promise." Then she added, "Meanwhile, can we talk about how Pacifica is wearing a potato sack?"
"Hey!" Pacifica interjected, clearly annoyed. "Even in a sack, I still look better than you."
"Hey, everyone!" Pituitary shouted, pointing outside the door. "EYE-BAT!"
The group gasped, and Dipper felt a chill run down his spine. They immediately ducked as one of the gnomes yelled, "Evasive maneuvers!"
Stan sprinted to the door and slammed it shut. Everyone else sprang into action, keeping quiet and blowing out the lights—anything to stay out of the eyebat's sight.
***
Stan lit a match and tossed it into a can, casting a warm glow that illuminated the Shack and the weary faces gathered within. "Welcome to what's left of normal around here. Home base."
Dipper and Mabel scanned the room, recognizing familiar faces etched with pain and exhaustion from the effects of Weirdmageddon. From the littlest Lilliputian to Sev'ral Timez, who were singing about their injuries, it was clear everyone was struggling. Dipper was even surprised to see Rumble McSkirmish, now calling himself Humble McSkirmish.
"Grunkle Stan, how'd this all happen?" Mabel asked, her voice tinged with worry.
Stan began to pace, the twins following closely. "Well, after I went inside the Mystery Shack, Y/n and I were preparing to ration the supplies to last the end of the world. Then something unexpected happened. Y/n explained it was the unicorn voodoo you and my brother placed on the Shack that made it invincible to weirdness."
Dipper's face lit up in understanding. "Of course!"
Stan continued, "Then Y/n opened the door to this Possum Breath over here," he pointed at a clueless McGucket, "who showed up leading a bunch of injured stragglers through the forest. They needed a place to stay, and while Y/n tended to everyone's wounds like an all-around Mother Teresa, I elected myself de facto chief since the mayor got captured." He puffed up his chest, motioning to the red sash he wore, and grabbed a can off the shelf.
"The plan's to stay in here and eat Brown Meat until we run out. Then I vote we eat the gnomes."
"Hey! I'm short, not deaf!" Jeff protested.
Stan placed a finger on the gnome's lips. "Shh! Shh! Stress will make you chewy."
"Grunkle Stan, we can't all just hide inside the Shack. There's a town in need of saving!" Dipper insisted. "We can't do that without Uncle Ford."
"Honestly, serve that jerk right," Stan argued, popping open the can of brown meat. "My brother's had some stupid plans, but going up against an all-powerful space demon was his worst one yet. And with that sea otter thing? He stood no chance!"
"But it's not just him who's in danger. We need to save Y/n too!" Dipper added urgently.
Stan's expression softened at the mention of Y/n. He quickly tried to mask his concern with a practical attitude. "Trust me, we got a good deal here. It's better to be safe than dead."
A small hand tugged at Stan's sleeve. He looked down to see Gorney, eyes brimming with tears. "Excuse me, mistah. Is there really a man out there who can bring back my parents? I'm so lonely!" he cried.
Stan felt a sweat drop trickle down his forehead. Usually, Y/n would be the one consoling these people, but she wasn't here right now.
"This monster destroyed half of Northwest Manor," Pacifica said, a deep frown on her face. "Our whole fortune is gone, and the weirdest thing of all? I actually miss my parents."
"You think you know heartbreak?" someone said, and everyone glanced over to a corner where Officer Blubs was sulking under a random spotlight. Where did that come from? "What's a sheriff without his deputy? I got nobody to share the good times with! Without him, a seesaw is just an uncomfortable, stationary BENCH!"
Stan was slowly losing his mind at the rising chaos around him. He gritted his teeth, trying to keep everyone calm. "Alright, alright! Enough with the sob stories!"
Suddenly, Mabel clambered onto the Multi-Bear, catching everyone's attention. "Guys, don't you see? Our friends need us, but we can only save them if we fight back!"
Dipper followed suit, climbing onto the bear's head with a boost from his sister. "Mabel's right. Bill wants us to run and hide. He wants us to think he's invincible. But Ford told me before he got captured that he knows Bill's secret weakness."
The refugees perked up, exchanging hopeful murmurs. "Weakness?"
Dipper nodded, his voice gaining strength. "If we band together, combine our strength, our smarts, and whatever Toby brings to the table..."
"Various rashes!" Toby added.
"...then we might just be able to rescue Ford and Y/n, learn Bill's weakness, and save Gravity Falls!"
The room erupted in cheers, a united force ready to take on the impossible and reclaim their town. "Don't worry, Ford and Y/n, we're coming for you!"
***
"Wake up. Wake up!"
Y/n gasped as she finally regained her senses, air rushing into her lungs as she was freed from her stone prison. She breathed heavily, her eyes darting around as she tried to make sense of her surroundings. Where am I?
"Daisy... Daisy..."
Her head whipped around, recognizing the familiar, taunting voice. Show yourself.
"Give me your answer do... I'm fully crazy, all for the hate of you..."
At the far end of the room, a fireplace flickered, casting shadows on the walls. In front of it, a yellow pyramid with a top hat sat, swirling a drink in his glass. It was Bill Cipher, and he wasn't exactly singing—he sounded more like he was reciting a poem to himself, his voice a haunting melody in the dim light.
Y/n saw her chance. She crept forward, each step light and calculated. As she broke into a sprint, ready to strike, Bill snapped his fingers, and she felt her legs freeze.
She looked down in horror as her body began to turn to stone once more. She struggled, writhed, but quickly realized that escape was impossible.
"I heard from a little eyebat that you got captured," Bill turned around, his large singular eye gleaming with mockery. The glow around his form flickered as he laughed loudly. "Seriously?!"
Y/n glared at him, refusing to let his taunts get to her.
Bill caught his breath after his bout of laughter. "Hey, fun fact, I didn't even send my henchmen after you. I just knew you would trip and fall into a trap. Lemme guess, you took someone else's place? Ha! Classic Daisy, taking someone's place." His boisterous laughter filled the room, and though it annoyed Y/n to her core, she was silently grateful that Dipper wasn't in her position.
"I was looking for you..." Bill's voice was low, almost subdued.
"Why would you look for me?"
"Well, if you really want to know," Bill sipped from his martini glass before smashing it on the floor, the glass shattering into pieces. Y/n furrowed her brows, observing his behavior. His words were slurry, and he was floating idly. He looked... drunk, if that was even possible. "I need your help."
Bill? Needing help? If one must know, when this dream demon needed anything, he'd always want something in return.
"Why should I help you?"
He chuckled darkly, his single eye locking onto hers with a malevolent glint. "I know your weakness, Daisy," he sneered, the word sending shivers down her spine. No. "I've been watching you ever since you were given form. You think I wouldn't see it? Clearly, they have some sort of vendetta against me."
His behavior was erratic, flailing around like a tantrum-throwing child. This was the first time Y/n had seen him so vulnerable, his facade cracking in front of his supposed enemy. He was crying and laughing simultaneously, gasping for breath and seemingly losing his mind. "I didn't even do anything wrong!" He whined. Whined.
Y/n watched in stunned silence, a mix of fear and pity swirling within her. This was the all-powerful Bill Cipher, reduced to a madman before her eyes. She took a deep breath, trying to keep her composure. "What are you talking about?" she asked cautiously, trying to make sense of his ramblings.
"Living in the second dimension, you wouldn't understand," Bill said, his voice dripping with disdain. "Flat minds in a flat world with flat dreams. So what do you do? You simply set yourself free."
As he spoke, his eye projected a hologram, showing him pushing against the dome around Gravity Falls. "I just want to do the same favor for you and for your dimension, but my weirdness can't escape the... magical confines of this town. There's something keeping me in," he continued, his pupil sliding up to her, eagerly anticipating her reaction.
"Too bad," Y/n replied, her voice steely and unwavering.
Bill's eye narrowed, his amusement fading. "Too bad?" he echoed, his tone darkening.
Y/n met his gaze, unflinching. "Yes, too bad. You think you can manipulate me into helping you, but I see through your lies. I'd never help you on something as world-ending as that."
Bill simply snapped his fingers, and to Y/n's left, a triangular window appeared with Ford encased inside. Ford looked confused at first, then his eyes widened as he spotted his assistant. He dashed to the glass, pounding his fist against it, his mouth moving rapidly as he tried to scream her name. Y/n couldn't hear him, but the desperation on his face was unmistakable.
"Ford!" she gasped, craning her neck to call out his name. She turned back to Bill, her voice filled with urgency. "Let him go!"
Bill floated closer, his eye widening. "You can't hear him, he can't hear us," he said, not mentioning that he could hear every word of Sixer's pleas. Ford was screaming her name, warning her not to take any deals.
"I've already interrogated the guy, but it appears he doesn't have what I want," Bill continued, his tone dripping with disdain. "But you, Daisy, you might prove to be more useful."
She clenched her fists, feeling the weight of the situation pressing down on her. She looked at Ford, still pounding on the glass, and knew she had to find a way out of this. But how?
***
McGucket laid down some blueprints and showed them to the twins. "Alright. I've made some thingamadiculous robomajigs in my day, but this is the first one that won't be used for evil!"
"Whoa! These blueprints are incredible, McGucket!" Dipper exclaimed with a smile.
"This is your most amazing invention yet!" Mabel agreed, nodding.
"Question, does it have any gun-swords?" Soos asked in a skeptical tone. "I watch a lot of anime and, uh, trust me, you're gonna want some gun-swords."
McGucket narrowed his eyes in curiosity. "What's an "anime"?"
Soos simply placed a hand on the older man's shoulder, nodding in understanding. "We have much to discuss."
"Discuss nothing!" Stan interjected from the other side of the table. "These scribbles are a bunch of cockamamie balderdash! Excuse my French."
"Je ne sais quoi sacrebleu au revoir!" A French Lilliputtian corrected from the shelf.
Stan continued, "And where would you even find a bunch of idiots crazy enough to build it?"
"Grunkle Stan, you're looking at those idiots," Mabel replied with a proud smirk. The crowd cheered as they were filled with motivation.
***
He reveled in the sound of his desperate screams each time his hand made contact with her skin.
They were still in the penthouse, just the three of them. He kept demanding the key to unlock the force field, but she remained defiant. "I'll never tell you."
Bill's eye gleamed with cruel delight. "Wrong answer."
He slapped her hard, the force of it echoing in the room. She was unmoving, unhurt, but she was silently thankful that Bill muted the sound coming from Ford's cage; she couldn't bear listening to him. Bill had already drunk his 100th drink while moving on to more brutal methods— electrifying her body, cutting off her breath...
These methods were more about eliciting a reaction from Ford than actually breaking her. Each scream from him only fueled Bill's sadistic pleasure. He fed off the scientist's despair, enjoying every moment of his torment.
The triangle outstretched an arm and forced to turn her jaw towards Ford, laughing a heartless sound. "Look at him, Daisy. He's suffering because of you. All you have to do is open the door and this can all end."
She gritted her teeth, her eyes flicking to Ford's anguished face. Despite the agony she was enduring, she refused to let Bill see her break. Her resolve was unwavering, even as the methods of torture continued to intensify.
What she didn't know was that, on the other side of the glass, Bill was feeding Ford lies, generating those agonizing sounds she never even made, all to manipulate his emotions. Ford was a smart person, fully aware that his assistant was invulnerable to pain, but sometimes the mind plays tricks under stress, making it hard to differentiate between truth and deception.
She was jolted out of her stupor when Bill yanked her harshly, forcing her to face him again, the chair skidding with a squeak. With both of his hands, he grabbed the collar of her shirt, pulling her closer to his eye, which was filled with malevolence. It was fizzing, and Y/n couldn't tell whether it was out of anger, drunkenness, or something else entirely.
"Tell me," he seethed, his pyramidal body glowing as he spoke, despite his slurred speech. "Tell me. What do you have that I don't?"
She furrowed her eyebrows at the question. Why would Bill ask this particular question?
His grip tightened, enough that a normal person would have struggled to breathe, but Y/n was just plain confused. What?
"Daisy..." he blinked. "Daisy... why does Sixer like you more than me?"
Despite her confusion, Y/n mustered a sarcastic remark. "Maybe it's because I don't go around turning people into stone or trying to destroy their lives for fun."
"Real clever," he spat out.
***
After working together to devise a plan to save Ford and Y/n, the refugees found themselves gathered around a campfire in the woods. They couldn't stay in the Mystery Shack now that it had been transformed into something else. The group huddled close, the chilly night air biting at them. Mabel, ever the thoughtful one, had sewn sweaters for everyone to keep warm. Y/n was right.
Mabel shot a glare at Pacifica, who stubbornly refused to wear a sweater despite her shivering. Finally, with an exasperated huff, Pacifica rolled her eyes. "Fine. I'll wear it," she muttered, snatching the llama-themed sweater from Mabel and pulling it over her head. The sweater, with its fuzzy llama design, contrasted amusingly with Pacifica's blonde hair, but it warmed her instantly.
The brunette couldn't help but smirk triumphantly as Pacifica begrudgingly accepted the cozy garment. "See? Not so bad, right?" Mabel teased.
Pacifica huffed again but couldn't hide the hint of a smile. "Whatever. It's just for the warmth," she mumbled, settling down closer to the fire.
"Thanks for these apocalypse sweaters, Mabel," Soos said, smiling warmly. "The end of the world has never been so comfortable."
The rest of the crowd nodded and hummed in agreement, snuggling into their cozy new sweaters.
"You all look so comfortable in those!" Mabel exclaimed, clasping her hands together before bending down to retrieve another sweater from her bag. "Since Great Uncle Ford already wears a sweater, I made this one for Y/n." She held up a pastel yellow pullover adorned with cute flower designs for everyone to see.
A chorus of 'aww's filled the air as they admired the sweater. They thought Y/n would look cute in it.
"This is the best day of the end of the world!" Mabel grinned, sitting down beside her brother. "I think we actually have a chance to beat Bill and win back our future."
"Yeah," Dipper sighed. "Getting to actually live to see our 13th birthday party is the only birthday present I want right now," he admitted, causing Mabel to frown as she thought about their approaching birthday again.
Soos tried to cheer the twins up. "Hey, if we're lucky enough to get there, I guarantee this whole town is gonna throw you the best birthday party you've ever seen."
"Thanks, Soos," Dipper replied with a small smile. "Hey, has anyone seen Grunkle Stan?"
Stan was sitting on a separate log, meters away from the campfire, sulking as he vented his thoughts to a very confused Shmebulock. No one could understand what he was going through, and even if Y/n was here, he couldn't share his thoughts about this whole operation.
Mabel and Dipper eventually found him. "Is something wrong, Grunkle Stan? You're acting grunklier than usual," Mabel pointed out with concern.
"It's this darn plan to save my brother. If you didn't notice, I already saved him once from that portal, and he never thanked me! He causes the end of the world, and somehow it's still always 'Stan's the screw-up. Ford's the hero.'" He sighed, staring at the ground. "I never should've let her out in the first place."
The twins were quiet, letting him continue his rant.
"If I knew she would get captured, she wouldn't even see the light of day... but she was just so stubborn in wanting to find her... her teacher. I guess she would follow him to the ends of the earth. Not me."
Stan's voice wavered, and he clenched his fists. Mabel and Dipper exchanged worried glances, unsure of how to comfort him.
"Grunkle Stan, no worries!" Mabel chimed in, slotting her way in between Dipper and Stan and pulling them close to her in an embrace. "Trust me, tomorrow's gonna be great! We can save everyone. Together!"
The older man rolled his eyes. "Fine, fine. Just— ugh, let go!" He forcefully slithered out of the girl's hug, coughing a wheeze. "Jeez, kid, your hugs are too strong."
She giggled before exiting out of the scene when one of the manotaurs had troubles of accidentally flexing through their sweater, leaving Stan and Dipper.
As they sat in silence for a moment, Dipper's voice grew quieter, more introspective. "You know, I haven't said this to anyone, but one of my wishes, when all of this is over, is that Y/n doesn't have to sacrifice herself anymore. I want a world where she doesn't have to take the bullet for us."
Stan's expression softened further, the weight of Dipper's words sinking in. "Kid, we all want that. She deserves to live her life without always having to be the one to save everyone else."
"Exactly," Dipper said, his voice steady but filled with emotion. "She's done so much for us, for everyone. She deserves to be happy and safe."
***
"NO! STOP!"
Her screams were drowned out by the boisterous laughter of the Henchmaniacs. When nothing had proved useful in Bill's initial interrogation tactics, he resorted to his other plan. Now, Y/n found herself in a similar position as Ford, banging her fists against the glass as she helplessly watched Ford being electrocuted by Bill himself.
His strategy was working; regret seeped into Y/n's heart, each painful thump matching Ford's agonized screams. He was being electrocuted with 500 volts, his body convulsing violently. If it weren't for his cybernetic augmentations, he would likely be dead already.
Bill stopped, turning to face her with his eye half-lidded. "Gonna give me the key now?"
Y/n opened her mouth, but Ford managed to yell out, "No!"
"But—"
"Whatever he says, whatever he does, don't accept any of his deals!" Ford shouted, writhing against his chains.
Bill twisted the chains tighter around Ford's neck. "You stay out of this, Sixer," he threatened. "The only thing you're good for right now is being my blackmail. So just shut your mouth and—"
He suddenly stopped as the Fearamid rumbled. His pupils darted around his eye, puzzled. "Hey, do you hear that?"
One of the triangles that built up the Fearamid was smashed through by the head of a Tyrannosaurus Rex, revealing... the Mystery Shack?!
"What?!" Bill exclaimed, his eye widening. "I just fixed that door!"
The sight was surreal. There stood the Shack, transformed into a colossal robot, with everyone from their ragtag resistance group riding on it.
"It's the Shacktron, dude!" Soos declared, holding up the flag with pride.
Bill's eye narrowed, a mix of fury and disbelief on his face. "You've got to be kidding me. So the mortals are trying to fight back, huh? Adorable!" He sat back on his chair, wriggling his fingers together. "Henchmaniacs, you know what to do! Take them out!"
His minions suddenly grew in size and jumped out of the Fearamid to stand in front of the Shacktron.
The battle between the Henchmaniacs and the Shacktron was nothing short of epic. They fought off multiple eye-bats summoned by Paci-Fire, but they were easily destroyed by the robot's T-Rex hand, part of a Gobblewonker operated by McGucket, and a totem pole that literally shoots cannonballs targeted at demons.
Bill was watching from his throne, growing increasingly frustrated. "You call that fighting?!" he bellowed at his minions. Zanthar rammed the Shack and pushed it back, but with every willpower that they had, the Shacktron pushed forward, slowly but surely turning the tide of the battle.
They grabbed Zanthar and hurled the monster across the hills.
Bill stood up from his throne, massaging his eyelid in irritation. "Guys, seriously? You had, like, one job to do here."
Ford and Y/n couldn't help but smile in pride. The people inside the Mystery Shack were working together to save them. Y/n had a hunch about who orchestrated the entire thing. Bill noticed her expression of admiration directed outside of the Fearamid and, of course, being his evil self, decided to take advantage of that.
"Well, would you look at that," he noted slowly, his voice dripping with malevolence. "Those people really care about you. And you care about them... don't you?" His eye turned red as he spoke in a deep voice.
Her eyes widened in realization. No...
"Perhaps torturing your friends will make you talk!"
"No! Don't hurt them, please!" she begged, falling to her knees as her nails scratched against the glass that came between them.
Ford, who had been momentarily released by the chains, tried to interject. "No. No! Not the kids! You ca—"
His speech was cut off as he was turned into gold again.
"Stay put," Bill said before cracking his fingers in anger. "Let's get this over with."
Y/n watched from her glass cage as Bill crawled outside through the triangular hole and grew giant fists, slamming them down on the Shacktron. The impact sent debris flying from the harsh winds. He lifted his fist again, only to find the Shack perfectly fine and running.
"What the? No! NO NO NO NO!" Bill's eye bulged in fury as he sprouted multiple arms, pounding them against the Shack repeatedly. But the unicorn shield held firm, unrelenting against his attacks.
Suddenly, one of the Shacktron's arms reared back, and the T-Rex head lunged at Bill, biting his eye and ripping it from its socket. The demon screamed in agony. "Aah! My eye! Do you have any idea how long it takes to regenerate that?!?"
Meanwhile, the rescue team—Mabel, Stan, Soos, Wendy, Pacifica, Dipper, and Sheriff Blubs—stood ready in their designated exit tubes. With the press of a button, they were shot out of the Gobblewonker's mouth, screaming as they zoomed past Bill and through the Fearamid's opening. They landed safely with their parachutes, gasping at the sight of Bill's grotesque human throne.
"Oh, man. It looks even worse up close," Dipper said grimly.
Mabel shot her grappling hook towards the throne, pulling herself up to a platform. "I found Great-Uncle Ford!" She tossed the grappling hook down to Dipper. "He's golden. But not in a good way!"
"What about Y/n?" Stan shouted back.
Mabel scanned the platform and saw a hollow triangular prism-like cage. Inside, her best friend sat with her back to the glass. "She's here, too! Y/n! Hey, Y/n!"
Y/n perked up at the mention of her name, disbelief on her face. "Mabel?" She jumped to her feet, placing her hands on the glass. "Are you guys okay?! Where's Bill?"
"He's being taken care of at the moment," Mabel assured her with a flip of her brown hair. "But we're here to save you guys!"
Dipper, now on the platform thanks to the grappling hook, rushed to Y/n, trying to break her free. "How are we going to free you—and unfreeze the people on the throne?"
"I—I know!"
A voice caught their attention from above. They looked up to see Gideon, dancing in a cage while wearing a ridiculous suit. He couldn't seem to stop, despite being drenched in sweat. His face was full of suffering as he continued to dance, the music blaring from his cage.
"Gideon! How do we undo this?" Mabel inquired from below.
"Mayor Tyler," Gideon answered hastily. "He's the load-bearing human. Pull him out, and the whole thing goes down."
Without hesitation, Dipper rushed to Mayor Tyler and began pulling at his arm. With a rattle, Tyler turned back to normal and broke free, setting off a chain reaction. The displeasing throne began to collapse, and as it did, the residents trapped within it were returned to normal.
Deputy Durland, now free, stumbled into Gideon's cage, knocking it down and breaking it open. Gideon tumbled out, finally freed from his dancing torment. "No more SAILOR SUIT!" he cried, ripping off his costume and panting heavily.
As the freed residents gathered, everyone had their own touching reunions with their families. Sheriff Blubs rushed to Durland, embracing him tightly, and everyone cheered when they shared an intimate hug.
Behind the twins, Ford was shaking off the golden stiffness, his eyes widening in relief when he saw his assistant, who managed to get out of the glass cube. He called her name, and she responded, crashing towards him.
He pulled her into a tight embrace, knowing that the both of them went through so much torture in the hands of the geometric demon.
Dipper and Mabel ran up to them, joining the hug. "We're so glad you're okay, Y/n," he said, his voice cracking with emotion.
Mabel nodded, her eyes shining with tears. "Yeah, we were so worried!"
They made her smile, hugging back just as tightly. "I knew you guys would come through. You always do."
Ford agreed, chuckling with pride. "I knew we could count on you two."
As the group pulled apart, Y/n's eyes landed on a familiar figure approaching them—Fiddleford McGucket. The old inventor looked weary but determined, his eyes softening when he saw Ford and Y/n together.
Her eyes wandered between two of her partners, anticipation in her nerves. He had seen what McGucket had looked like, but only from Dipper's sketches of the old man in the journal, but seeing him right in front of him...
Ford struggled to recognize the man who had once been his closest friend and colleague. The years had not been kind to McGucket; his hair was wilder, his eyes had a haunted look, and his posture was more stooped than Ford remembered.
But despite the disheveled appearance and the passage of time, there was no mistaking the brilliant mind and indomitable spirit that had once worked alongside him in the lab.
"Fiddleford," Ford's voice wavered with a mix of disbelief and recognition. "I-It's been too long."
"Too long, indeed," he remarked, nodding.
"I haven't seen you since we parted ways," Ford said, his voice heavy with regret. "You must hate me." It was the worst apology he could have given, and he knew it. The words hung awkwardly in the air, not even close to expressing how sorry he truly was.
But as the silence dragged on, Ford's eyes showed what his words couldn't: deep regret for the past and a desperate hope for forgiveness. He wished he could take back all the pain McGucket had suffered because of their encounters. But now, all he could do was stand there, offering an apology that felt far too small for the hurt he had caused.
McGucket had every right to be angry at Ford. The years of torment, the nightmares, and the memories of their expeditions gone wrong haunted him. He had tried to cope by forgetting, hoping that erasing the past would bring him peace. But as he stood there, face-to-face with him, it was clear that forgetting hadn't worked. It destroyed his mind, losing his sanity, and he was forced to live in a dumpster.
He could see the conflict in McGucket's eyes—the old anger and hurt mingling with a reluctant acceptance. He realized then that forgetting wasn't the answer for his partner. Maybe, just maybe, forgiveness could offer the healing that forgetting never could.
His expression softened as he looked at Ford. "I've tried forgetting. Maybe it's time to try forgiving. Come here, old friend." He smiled warmly.
Ford was flooded with relief, the tension in his shoulders easing as he hugged McGucket. The simple act of forgiveness felt like a fresh start, mending the wounds of their past and filling him with a deep sense of gratitude.
Seeing the two of them hug it out, Y/n felt a rush of relief and joy. It was heartwarming to see them finally make peace after all they'd been through. Her eyes misted over as she realized how much this moment meant for them. It was a beautiful reminder that even after so much pain, there was still hope for healing and starting fresh.
Overwhelmed by her emotions, Y/n buried her face between Ford and McGucket to hide her tears. Both men welcomed her with open arms, and the three of them shared a heartfelt embrace.
"How sweet," Stan's sarcastic remark broke the silence. "Now that we saved you two, let's get outta here, huh?"
Dipper's panic was evident as he spoke. "Listen, Uncle Ford, we don't have a lot of time. Remember how you told me right before you were frozen that you knew Bill's weakness?"
"Yes, I do," Ford replied, nodding. "Now, I just need to lay it down on the ground so does anyone have a large paper and a pen? Anything?" He asked the crowd, pulling on his dark gloves from his coat.
"Will this work?" Y/n offered as she picked up a random spray paint can from the floor.
His eyes lit up, snatching the can from her. "Perfect!"
He started spraying the blue paint onto the ground, drawing symbols with quick, determined strokes. Dipper looked on, confused. "Uh, we've got Bill outside, but I don't know how long we can keep him occupied...?"
"Yes, yes. Good, good," Ford continued, absorbed in his work.
Stan furrowed his brows in disbelief. "Drawing a circle on the floor. Well, he's lost his mind!"
"My mind is fine," his twin retaliated with a smirk, hands on his hips. "And there is a way to beat him. With this."
Y/n's gaze was fixed on the wheel Ford was creating, which had eleven symbols surrounding a central drawing of Bill Cipher. The design seemed eerily familiar, but she couldn't look away.
Ford began to explain to the crowd his discovery. "The native people of Gravity Falls had prayed to their gods for a force strong enough to vanquish Bill. They were granted a prophecy, and with these eleven symbols, they could defeat Bill, reverse his weirdness, and save the town."
So that's what he found all those years ago.
He continued, "This whole time I thought it was superstition, but seeing you all here now, I finally understand that it's destiny."
Dipper stepped on the Pine Tree symbol, Mabel onto' the Shooting Star symbol.
"The question mark!" Soos pointed out before placing his fingers on his chin, confused. "This one's unsolvable!"
"That's you, Soos," Y/n said, guiding him to his place on the wheel.
As she observed the symbols, she noticed one associated with each person. The symbol between Ford and Robbie was a flower—a round bud with petals. She had been staring at it, and somehow it looked like— the necklace Ford had given her.
"Was that why you gave me that necklace?" She asked the older man standing beside her, stepping on the wheel.
He turned to her, taking her hand. "I didn't give you the necklace. You wanted it," he said.
That made her wander in thought.
"Hold hands, everyone. This is a mystical human energy circuit," he instructed the group, and in turn, Daisy took the Stitched Heart's hand, not noticing Pine Tree's stare of disapproval. All of a sudden, their bodies glowed blue. Thunder rumbled, and smoke swirled around the Fearamid.
"Yes! This is it!" Ford remarked. He turned to the people outside the circle. "The rest of you, get out! It's too dangerous!"
They didn't hesitate to listen to the smart person, and this place gave them the creeps anyway so they fled out of the pyramid.
The Cipher Wheel was about to work, if it weren't for the missing person between Soos and Ford. He looked down and saw the symbol, one that was prominent in the maroon fez that belonged to his brother. He called for him, beckoned him to join the circle. "Stanley, get over here. You're the only one left!"
Said man was gazing outside of the pyramid, watching the losing fight between the Shacktron and Bill. "You realize this is a bunch of hogwash, right? You really think some caveman graffiti is gonna stop that monster?"
Many from the circle shouted their frustrations. "You're gonna ruin this! Come on!"
"Whoa. Hey. I'm not the enemy here, people. Don't forget who literally created the end of the world," he interjected, pointing at the man.
Ford pleaded. "I'm sorry, Stanley. I know. Just help me fix it. Please."
"Fine," Stan said. He's not that heartless. "Just do one thing. Say 'thank you'."
Ford was perplexed at the request. "What?"
He narrowed his eyes on him. "Y/n and I spent thirty years trying to bring you back, and you've never been grateful. A simple 'thank you' would be nice!"
Y/n's grip on Ford's hand slightly loosened as she looked down, feeling a mix of shame and discomfort. Perhaps she had forgiven Ford a little too quickly, but now wasn't the time to dwell on it.
Ford noticed her grip faltering, but it didn't matter. He held her tightly to give her strength and comfort as Stan continued his rambling, "Sure, you might've thanked Y/n in private, but what about me, huh? After everything I've done for you? You want me to shake your hand? Say 'thank you'!"
"Fine," Ford deadpanned, mustering the patience to deal with his issues. "Thank you."
To anyone else, it didn't sound genuine at all. But no one commented on it when Stan finally took Ford's hand. "Now, see?" He said, turning to the handyman. "Between me and him, I'm not always the bad twin."
"'Between him and me'."
Uh...
"Grammar, Stanley."
"I'll 'grammar Stanley' you—-!" Stan exclaimed, letting go of Soos' hand and lunged at Ford, pushing him away. "You stuck up son of a gun—!"
"Don't jeopardize this, you idiot! Everything's on the line!" Ford retorted, pushing him back just as harshly. The argument escalated as they shoved each other.
"I mean come on—!"
"Guys, stop it!" Mabel shouted, exasperated.
The group's shouting reached a fever pitch as everyone desperately tried to separate the twins. Y/n wedged herself between them, pushing them apart with urgency. "Just hold hands already and get this over with!" she pleaded, her heart pounding in her chest, anxiety overwhelming her.
Suddenly, she was forcefully pulled to the floor, a red aura surrounding her. Panic set in as she tried to stand, but an immense, invisible weight seemed to pin her down. It was as if an immovable object had settled on top of her. The fighting stopped abruptly, and all eyes turned to Y/n, who was grunting in effort, struggling to rise. The red aura was unmistakable, a chilling sign of who was behind this.
A shadow loomed over them, and Bill Cipher floated up, his hand raised in a closed fist. "Oh, noooo. It's Bill! Right? Isn't that what you're all thinking? Hey, Gideon, why aren't you dancing? Chop chop, huh?"
And all of a sudden, all hope seemed to have been lost.
***
Chapter 34: Weirdmageddon Part 4: See You Later
Chapter Text
"Previously on Gravity Falls, the Mystery Shack crew banded together to try and stop Bill, and there was some mad action. Bill needed Y/n to take over the world, but we rescued her and Ford showed us Bill's secret weakness—till the Stan Bros messed it all up, which kind of brings us up to date. I'm Soos and I'm on the edge of my seat!"
Bill laughed smugly, kicking his feet in the air. "This is just too perfect! Didn't you brainiacs know the zodiac doesn't work if you don't hold hands?!"
The two Stans shared a guilty glance.
"And what's better, you've brought every threat to my power together in one easy-to-destroy circle!"
The demon extended his arms, conjuring a line of fire that ignited the highly flammable paint on the ground.
"Oh no!" Dipper exclaimed in panic.
Suddenly, two ropes wrapped tightly around Stan and Ford, lifting them into the air at Bill's command. They struggled to free themselves.
"Hah, you two... you wanna see what happens to your friends when you can't get along?"
McGucket, Gideon, Wendy, and the others tried to intervene, but they were no match for Bill, who could do anything with a snap of his fingers. With a flick of his wrist, everyone except the two sets of Pines twins were instantly turned into banners.
Y/n's heart pounded in her chest as she watched the older twins dangle perilously close to Bill. He was a messed-up god, capable of conjuring anything in an instant.
"Looks like it's too late for your friends, Daisy!" Bill taunted, his voice dripping with mockery. Y/n felt more trapped than ever. Bill raised his hand, and a triangular cage enclosed them. Stan and Y/n screamed in unison, their voices echoing in the vast chamber.
Two opposing forces faced each other, but it was clear who was winning. Bill had the people she cared for in his grasp, and she felt utterly helpless. "Now, I know how much you care for this obstinate family," Bill said, one eye half-lidded with feigned sympathy. "And since I'm a generous dealer, I'll let you save them."
Her stomach churned. To Bill, this was just a game of chess, and he was the only one moving the pieces. He would allow her to save the Pines? It seemed every choice would lead to a disastrous outcome.
"Don't be so damn difficult, Daisy," Bill hissed. "Last chance: tell me how to take Weirdmageddon global, and I'll spare the precious family!
"I—"
"No! Y/n, don't do it!" Dipper's voice pierced through the room.
"Yeah! Bill makes bad deals!" Mabel followed, defiance in her tone.
Bill's patience snapped, approaching Mabel with malicious intent. "Don't you toy with me, Shooting Star. I... SEE... EVERYTHI—!"
His threat was abruptly cut off when Mabel sprayed paint into his eye. "O-OW! NOT AGAIN! WHY?! EVERY TIME!"
"Nice shot, pumpkin!" Stan praised from above, before he and Ford were released from their restraints and fell to the ground.
Dipper pulled out the height-altering crystal flashlight from his vest and activated it, enlarging their cage with a blue light. The younger twins jumped out as Bill continued to writhe in pain.
"Y/n, save yourself!" Dipper instructed, pointing to the direction of the exit, but she wasn't looking anywhere but him. "Keep them out of here! Mabel and I will take care of Bill!"
"What?!" Ford exclaimed in a panic. "That's a suicide mission!"
"Trust us," Dipper reassured them. "We've beat him before..."
"... and we'll beat him again!" Mabel finished his sentence, sharing a fist bump with each other. "Hey, Bill! Come and get us, you pointy jerk!"
Bill growled in anger at the taunt and saw the younger Pines twins run off into the halls of the Fearamid. Before leaving, Mabel stretched her lips to blow a raspberry, and that sent him to the edge even more.
Y/n reached out a hand. "You guys! No!"
"It's too dangerous!" Ford yelled after them.
Stan prepared to strike a blow onto this guy. "Hey! Get away from my niece and nephew, you isosceles triangle from hell!" The older man stupidly charged towards the demon with his fist reared back, as if he could reach him. "I'll send you back to wherever you came from, you son of a—"
"YOU SHUT YOUR YAPS!"
Stanley only got in ten steps before his entire body was engulfed in a red glow, and it sounded as if he was choking from the lack of air.
"Stanley!" Ford exclaimed, his voice hoarse from desperation.
"NO! BILL, STOP!" Y/n's screams resonated throughout the entire room. "It's me you want, don't touch him!"
"I would, but he's getting in my way and it's annoying me!"
In a snap of his fingers, Stan's body twisted and contorted, morphing grotesquely. With a final, agonizing scream, he was transformed into an inanimate potted cactus, his fez perched mockingly on top. The cactus bore a face frozen mid-scream, capturing Stan's terror and agony.
"And as for you two," Bill sneered, moving his hand to slam Y/n and Ford into each other. A triangular cage enclosed them. "Wait here! I've got some children to turn into corpses!"
In a flash, Bill transformed into a literal nightmare, with six arms and a long, slithering tongue. His voice was deep and gravelly as he mockingly added, "SIXER! CHANGE HER MIND FOR ME, WILL YA?" His false sweetness made his words more venomous.
When Bill left the room, Ford paced around the cage, his hands tangled in his hair, pulling it out of frustration and regret.
Y/n stood still, watching Ford slide to the floor. He looked like a man drowning in guilt. His elbows rested on his knees, and his six-fingered hands clutched his head. "This is all my fault," he said, breaking the silence. "Not only did I mess up the Cipher Wheel, but I'm the one who started this by shaking Bill's hand in the first place."
In the oppressive silence, he questioned himself. What could he have done differently? He imagined countless scenarios where different choices might have led to different outcomes. Had he not met her... would things have been different? Could they have avoided Weirdmageddon altogether?
Yet, even after all the internal questioning, one thought remained clear and unchanging.
"This is all my fault."
Y/n clenched her jaw in frustration, kneeling beside him. "Okay, I get it! You messed up big time!" she snapped, her brows drawn together. "But right now, I need you to stop with the blame game and come up with a plan!"
He paused, taking in her words. After a moment of contemplation, he looked at her intently. "Do you know how to open the barrier? Tell me the truth."
"I do," she said softly, her eyes avoiding his.
He needed more details. "Since when?"
"For as long as I can... remember," she replied, her voice steady but vague. Ford noted the lack of detail but pushed it aside, thinking deeply.
"We visited the edge of the border before," he recalled. "You were the one who mentioned the magnetism. I thought that mathematical equations might work. Why didn't I—"
"Because I told you it wouldn't work," Y/n interrupted, her voice sharp. "So you stopped working on it completely. There are no mathematical equations. Bill wants me because I'm the only one who can unlock the barrier!"
Her eyes were filled with desperate hope, clinging to the slim chance they had left.
Ford's mind raced with the what-ifs. If he and Y/n had never met, Bill might have already conquered the world.
That was the only confirmation he needed.
"Then we'll just have to take his deal," Ford said, his voice heavy with resignation, even though he still hesitated. He had another plan in mind but couldn't bear to think about it.
"No, we can't let him win," Y/n insisted, her gaze resolute. She softened when she saw Ford's hesitation, noticing him biting his lip in frustration. "Ford... there has to be another way, right?"
Ford avoided her gaze. "Bill's only weak in the mindspace," he admitted, sounding defeated. "We could use F's memory gun to erase him once he steps in. I wanted Bill to enter my mind instead of yours, but..." His voice trailed off.
She immediately understood the implications. The memory gun wouldn't work on Bill due to the metal plate in his head, and Bill wasn't likely to make a deal with Ford anyway.
"I'll do it," she said firmly, without hesitation. Ford didn't like how easily she accepted the idea.
"Y/n, please," his voice was barely a whisper. "You don't understand. Erasing Bill means erasing your memories too. It means erasing you."
Even Ford knew that trying to change her mind was futile. Her resolve was unshakable.
"We don't have any other choice, do we?" she said, her smile wry. He couldn't return the smile. Y/n sighed. "If it means defeating Bill once and for all, it's worth the risk."
He sighed deeply, finally accepting the reality. He placed a hand on her shoulder, a smile of pride breaking through his worry. He couldn't begin to express how much she meant to him. She had been his assistant, his right hand—his closest friend.
As he was sucked into the portal, fearing for his life, his calming thought was of her. During his travels across countless dimensions, he wondered what she was doing without him. And he realized that out of every being he had ever met, the only person he could truly trust was Y/n, his first friend in Gravity Falls.
Overwhelmed by his emotions, he pulled her into a heartfelt embrace. He was treating it as a goodbye, but she saw it as a "see you later."
After a moment of calm, they pulled apart. Ford patted Y/n comfortingly on the shoulder. "Punch him in the eye for me."
Y/n's eyes sparkled with determination. "With pleasure."
Bill re-entered the room with Dipper and Mabel now in his hands. "Alright, Daisy. Time's up! I've got your friends!"
Her resolute expression faltered as she saw the younger twins struggling to break free.
"I think I'm gonna kill one of 'em now just for the hell of it!"
Desperation sharpened Y/n's voice as she cut through his threats. "You don't have to do any of that," she said, her attempt to sound steady wavered. "I'll shake your hand, Cipher."
"Ah, good choice!" Bill replied with a mocking tone, dropping Dipper and Mabel onto the ground with a thud.
"Don't do it, Y/n!" Dipper shouted, reaching out towards her, fear and desperation evident in his eyes.
Bill's fingers snapped, causing the cage to drop and ropes to appear, restraining Ford once again. Y/n stood firm, her voice unwavering as she addressed Bill. "My only condition is that you let the Pines and all the inhabitants of Gravity Falls go."
He narrowed his eye at her, rolling the pupil in exaggerated annoyance. "Such a martyr," he sneered. After a moment, he shrugged. "Fine."
Ford struggled against his bindings, his voice strained with urgency. "Y/n, don't do it! It'll destroy the universe!"
"Oh, cut your assistant some slack, Sixer," the triangle addressed the older man in a bored expression. "She'll finally be useful!"
She didn't let that get to her, stepping closely.
"IT'S A DEAL!" Bill declared triumphantly, extending his hand enveloped in blue flames. Y/n took a deep breath and extended her own hand, meeting his in the middle. Instantly, Bill's physical form was encased in stone, crumbling as Y/n fell to her knees. Her eyes fluttered shut as Bill fully entered her mind in the mental realm.
He found himself floating in a white void with a single door. "Oh wow, for once you actually managed to clear your mind—!" He flew near the door, expecting the formula to greet him but instead, the room was also void, it was a room of nothing.
He growled, snapping his fingers, making Y/n appear in the mindscape as well. She was holding a book and looked annoyed as she crossed her arms. "What do you want? You interrupted my mind reading. Ha! Get it?"
Bill rubbed his eyelids, his patience running out. "Show me where you've hidden it."
"Um? Why can't you find it yourself? You're in my mind," she retaliated, closing her eyes in mockery.
"Come on, don't make this any more difficult than it has to be, Daisy," he warned. "Just give me the key! And maybe, if you do that soon enough, I can give you back something of yours— or something better!"
She narrowed her eyes. "What could you possibly give me other than you leaving our world and never coming back?"
"Well, I can give you money, fame, your own galaxy even! Surely better than your own weak powers. Hey, fun fact! I've been keeping them inside me ever since I took them away from you! Man, it makes me substantially weak sometimes, but your healing can be quite helpful!"
"What, my what?"
He was rambling too fast, but did he say that he took her powers away?
Bill continued, ignoring her confusion. "It's so funny how you can be insanely smart and infinitely dumb at the same time. Listen, you can heal, stupid. You've been healing Sixer and Specs all those time without you realizing. I simply took it from you on the day I first came to your dreams. I even reworked some of your memories that way you won't remember having those powers in the first place! Pretty slick, huh?"
"How can you do that?" She demanded. "We didn't even have a deal."
"What am I, the exposition guy?" Bill huffed. "Figure it out yourself! First trial test, getting sucked into the portal, exposure to the other side, you passed out. I only had a small amount of time to enter your mind and do something with it while you were unconscious."
She was silent, looking down at her hands.
His demeanor shifted, his eye gleaming with a calculating look. "You know, Daisy, you're not just some ordinary player in this game. You helped create the portal in the first place. You knew it was dangerous, and yet you restarted it with the other twin. Why?"
She didn't reply.
Bill smirked, floating closer. "Surely it wasn't a mistake. Or maybe... just maybe, you had ulterior motives. You secretly wanted to dominate the entire galaxy with me and the gang. You technically are one of the key proponents of Weirdmageddon. So, guess what? I'll give you a spot."
Her expression faltered for a moment, but she quickly recovered. "I will never join you. You and I are not the same."
"And right you are!" Bill added smoothly. "You're different, Y/n."
He continued, but he noticed the way she was contemplating. Was she going to change her mind?
"You have been an excellent apprentice and research assistant..."
That seemed to have struck a chord, her eyes widening. A flash of recognition crossed her face. Ford had once told her something similar, back when they were first working on the portal. How dare he reuse the same line for a different purpose?
"But it's time for better things!" He said. "You don't belong here, you don't belong with them."
Bill noticed her reaction and pressed on, his voice dripping with manipulation.
"Think about it. You're not like them. You're smarter, stronger. You don't belong in this small, insignificant world. You're destined for greatness. With me, you can achieve it."
"No," she whispered, shaking her head as if trying to dislodge the thoughts. "I belong here. They're my family."
"Family?" Bill sneered. "They're holding you back! Everyone had been holding you back! They don't understand you like I do. They never will. You're meant to rule, not to follow. Imagine the power, the control you could have. All you have to do is give in."
All of this sounded enticing...
But when was Ford going to shoot her already?
As if on cue, they were being encircled with blue fire, and their surroundings were getting blurry. "What?!" he exclaimed, looking around. The two landed on the hard ground, "What's happening?! The deal's OFF!"
The walls around them were cracking and breaking, glitching to different places. Bill tried to desperately get out with his powers, but he just realized it was too late. "LET ME OUTTA HERE! LET ME OU—! WHY ISN'T THIS WORKING?!"
"Bet you didn't expect this, huh?" She said, approaching him. "You thought you had me in your grasp? Think again, Cipher."
The triangle grew distraught, "Don't you realize you're destroying your own mind, too?! Everything about your existence, all those centuries, all your experience— erased!"
"If it means taking you down, then it's worth it," she replied resolutely. She channeled her mentor, stalking him down and looking down upon him. "You think you can outsmart me just because you stopped my age? I'm not as gullible as you believe. Kids are smarter than you ever gave them credit for, Bill."
At that moment, the walls around them shattered into nothingness, and a blinding light engulfed the space. Bill's confident facade crumbled as he realized he was truly out of options. "No! I won't let this happen! NO! NO!"
She looked down at her fist, clenching it tightly. With her pursed lips, she channeled her other mentor and funneled all of her energy into her hands. These hands that once healed, hands that once felt, and hands that will finally put an end to this dream demon's chaos.
With a roar of defiance, she delivered a powerful punch to the side of Bill's face, causing him to glitch violently. "Agh!" he screamed, his voice splintering into static.
"This is for hurting my friends!" she shouted, her voice filled with raw fury, as she followed up with another crushing blow to his other cheek. "And this is for torturing Ford!"
He was glitching all over the place, trying to scream something but only coming out in static.
She continued, "This is my final warning for you, Bill—"
Bill's form flickered and twisted uncontrollably, his attempts to escape nothing more than futile gestures. Desperately, he began chanting an incantation, his voice a jumbled mess of desperation. "Nruter yam I taht rewop tneicna eht ekovni i! Nrub ot emoc sah emit ym! L-T-O-L-O-X-A!"
Y/n stood firm, her eyes cold and unfeeling as she watched Bill's frantic glitching. The fight was over. With every ounce of her remaining energy, she drew back her elbow, her fist poised for the final strike.
"DON'T EVER GO NEAR MY FAMILY AGAIN!"
"Y/N! DON'T DO THIS! NOOOOO—!"
Her fist collided with Bill's eye in a decisive, thunderous impact. The moment her knuckles connected, Bill's entire form began to unravel, his scream a fading wail of desperation as he was consumed by the blinding light. His body disintegrated into a cascade of glitching pixels and flickering fragments, dissolving into nothingness with each passing second.
She steadied her breath, letting her knees fall on the ground as the blue fire engulfed her. Memories flashed before her eyes: Soos and Wendy's antics, Fiddleford's lessons, Waddles' oinks, Mabel's boundless energy, Dipper's joy of being a kid, Stan's familial care, and Ford's mentorship. In those fleeting moments, she embraced it all, finding solace in the life she had lived and the people she had loved.
Ford had always wanted to share this with her, but he struggled to find the right moment and the right words. The eleven symbols weren't the only things he discovered in that cave. Among the markings and ancient prophecies inscribed there, he uncovered a deeper history.
The ancient texts spoke of a shaman, a guardian of his people, known only as Modoc. Wise beyond his years, Modoc once encountered a powerful entity—an otherworldly being who offered knowledge in exchange for an alliance. But Modoc, with his deep connection to the spirits and the earth, saw through the being's deceptions. He uncovered the entity's true nature, a force of chaos and destruction that would bring ruin to the world.
In a bold move, Modoc severed all ties with this being and led his tribe to safety, far from the valley where the entity held sway. With this act of defiance, he cast a banishment upon the being, barring it from ever entering the valley again. But Modoc did not stop there. He prophesied that one day, when "eleven cosmic symbols align," a great force would be sent by the Great Spirit. This force, he declared, would cleanse the world of evil and protect those it loved.
The prophecy was carved into the walls of sacred caves, a message for future generations. And so it was, that after many years, the great force arrived—sent as a child, vulnerable and innocent, to grow and learn among the people. The child would face trials and hardships, but in time, would rise to fulfill the prophecy and stand against the darkness.
Modoc's actions and foresight paved the way for this force's journey, a journey that would ultimately bring about the downfall of the entity he had once defied.
Outside her mind, everything that Bill had done to the town was unraveling. His Henchmaniacs were being pulled back into the sky, returning to the Nightmare Realm from where they had come. The Fearamid was deconstructed and was absorbed into the rift. As it vanished, a restorative wave spread across Gravity Falls, reversing the chaos of Weirdmageddon.
The once-dreaded landscape was now vibrant with lush grass, shrubs, and blooming flowers. Floating gently down to the forest, the Pines family—two sets of twins—found Y/n lying peacefully among a meadow of daisies. She slowly stirred, yawning as though waking from a long, restful nap. As her eyes adjusted to the brilliant green hues of the forest, a contented smile spread across her face.
"Y/n!" A voice to her left caught her attention. She turned to see a man in a red turtleneck and beige trench coat. "Aha, you did it! You defeated Bill!"
He knelt down, grasping her shoulders and shaking them in excitement. His enthusiasm made her smile, but she had no idea who this man was or what 'Bill' he was talking about.
She placed a hand on his wrist to stop him. "Um, say, mister. Where am I?" she asked innocently. "I... I think I'm lost." She looked around curiously, and when she turned back, she noticed tears welling up in the man's eyes. He sniffled, stepping back to give her space.
Her face morphed into pity as the man in the trench coat turned away to hide his tears. Another older man, who looked similar to him, came to his aid, patting his back with a sad expression. She furrowed her brows in confusion, wondering if she had done something to make them sad.
Two kids who looked identical came running up to her, looking relieved. She received another embrace from a girl in a pink sweater. "You did it, Y/n!"
"Whoa," she smiled, appreciating the warmth from the stranger. "Whoever this Y/n was, they must have done something great to get this many hugs! Tell me, who is this 'Y/n' fellow?"
"It's you," the boy said, looking at her with eyes full of pity. "You're the one who saved us."
"I did?"
"What gives?" Stan exclaimed, his voice hoarse and desperate. "Why can't she remember us?!" He knelt down to her height. "Come on, sweetie. You can stop pretending now! Okay? It's over! It's us! It's me, Stan!"
His lips wobbled as she looked at him with doe eyes, not a trace of recognition on her face.
He tried not to cry, wanting to be strong for his family, but the girl in front of him had sacrificed her entire life for the world's safety. Every second that passed, he regretted letting his anger overcome him and refusing to shake his brother's hand. Now, losing Y/n was the price they had to pay.
Ford removed his glasses, wiping his eyes before putting them back on. "We had to erase her mind to defeat Bill. It's all gone, and she has no idea that she saved the world. She saved... us."
Mabel sat down on the grass as Dipper comforted her. They began to cry, mourning their best friend's memories.
The girl furrowed her brows, seeing the four people in front of her shedding tears. "I... I don't know who you all are, but part of me doesn't want to see you all sad. How can I help you guys?"
The Pines choked back a sob. Even with her memories erased, her heart remained kind and compassionate.
Eventually, they helped the girl up to her feet and guided her towards the Mystery Shack. Ford grabbed her left hand while Stan held her right as the younger twins led the way. Dipper was at the front door, tackling it until it came down. Ford and Stan led her inside, and she looked around in wonder.
The Shack was broken down, barely holding on, but some of the objects inside were still in place. They let Y/n take the chair and she sat on it, making herself comfortable. "Y/n, don't you remember anything?" Ford asked with a deep frown on his face.
At least she responded to her name when she perked up to him. "Am I supposed to?" she asked, making Soos break down in the corner more.
From their right, they heard a creak in the floorboards and Ford saw Fiddleford entering the Shack. The moment he stepped in the room, his eyes shifted to meet the girl on the yellow chair. He removed his hat, trifling with it as he stared at her somberly.
"Fiddleford..." Ford began, frowning as he watched his former partner observing the girl. The corner of his lips were pulled down, as he couldn't help but see himself in her.
"This girl went through so much," McGucket said, his voice filled with sorrow as he looked at the girl who, despite everything, showed no sign of recognition. "She saved us from the end of the world, and now we can't even celebrate with her because she doesn't remember any of us."
Ford tried to offer some comfort to the grieving crowd. "The important thing is that she's still alive—"
"But it's not really Y/n!" Stan erupted, frustration evident in his voice as he turned to his twin. He started pacing the room, his hands gesturing wildly. "Where's the girl who used to laugh at my terrible jokes? The one who'd hum songs under her breath without noticing? The same girl who'd randomly bash her head against the wall just to mess with you?"
"Hold on, McGucket," Dipper said as he hurried over to the older man. "You built the memory gun. Isn't there some way to restore her memories?"
"Let me take a look at that memory gizmo," McGucket replied, walking over to Ford. Ford handed him the gun, and McGucket carefully examined it. He opened the canister with a hiss, but all he found was an empty chamber. "Oh, no."
"What? What's wrong?" Dipper asked, peering over McGucket's shoulder. When he saw the empty canister, his heart sank. He exchanged a worried glance with McGucket.
Her memory wasn't saved in a tube.
Mabel frowned, feeling clueless. "What... what does it mean?"
"Seeing your own tape helps you recover your memory, like what we did back then with my tape, you see?" McGucket explained, placing the gun on the nearby table.
"There's gotta be something we can do to jog her memory!"
Tears built up on Ford's eyes as he shakily replied. "I'm afraid there isn't. I'm sorry. Y/n is gone." Even he struggled saying that out loud. He couldn't believe it to be true.
"I know my best friend is in there somewhere," Mabel retaliated, refusing to believe it. "There's gotta be something around here that can help bring her back!"
Dipper began looking around as well. "Maybe we can remind her of things about herself. Quick! What are Y/n's favorites?"
"That's a great idea!" Stan exclaimed, dramatically pointing at his great nephew with a big smile. "Everybody! Get out of this room and don't come back until you get Y/n's favorite things!"
Soos chimed in with an excited smile. "I'll go get her a Pitt Cola and her favorite tools! She'll remember all the things she taught me!" He dashed out before anyone could say anything.
"I'll get the BABBA CD in my room!" Dipper declared, sprinting towards the stairs.
His sister quickly followed behind him. "Hey, I'm coming with you! I need to get my scrapbook!" The two basically raced each other to the room, but this time they were working together to save their best friend.
Fiddleford's eyes light up. "I remember her with a bag of blueberries when she came and visited me. I should go out and pick some out for her!" With a yeehaw, he skedaddled out of the Shack, hollering in excitement.
Stan was already out of the living room, announcing that he'll get the Ducktective tapes in his office, and proudly said that he'll be the one rummaging in her room for any personal stuff she owned.
Now what only remained was the author of the journals, his assistant, and the pig. Waddles hopped onto the couch and nestled into Y/n's lap, snoozing peacefully. She absentmindedly stroked the pig's fur, a faint smile on her lips.
Ford watched silently, his heart heavy with guilt and sadness. His shoulders shook with the weight of realization.
He didn't know what her favorite things were.
The girl noticed the older man standing there, watching her. They locked eyes for a moment, neither saying a word, before Ford finally broke the silence. He sat on the dinosaur head beside her, his movements slow and careful. "Don't you remember me?" he asked, his voice tinged with hope.
She looked at him with sad eyes and shook her head slightly. "You're new," she admitted, her hand slowing as she petted Waddles.
Ford's heart sank, but he kept his tone soft. "Do you know anything about yourself?" he asked gently.
"People seem to call me Y/n," she said quietly. "Is that my name?"
He hummed softly, nodding. "It is. You are named Y/n."
She returned the nod, her gaze drifting down to the floorboards. After a moment, she glanced back up at him. "So, what's your name? You know mine."
"I'm Ford," he replied gently, watching her closely.
Y/n repeated the name quietly, as if testing it on her tongue. "Ford..." She looked at him with a hint of curiosity in her eyes. "Were we... friends?"
His heart tightened at the question, but he managed to keep his voice calm. "Yes, we were. You were the first friend I made when I arrived here, in Gravity Falls. We went on countless expeditions together, exploring the strange and mysterious creatures that inhabit this place."
She smiled faintly, though there was a sadness in her expression. "I wish I could remember that."
He forced a smile in return, his mind racing with the memories they shared. "Even if you don't remember right now, it doesn't change who you are." He placed a hand on her shoulder, making her face him. "You're still Y/n, and we're still here for you."
She nodded again, though the weight of her lost memories seemed to hang in the air between them. She looked down at the pig, who was still snuggled comfortably in her lap. "He seems to like me."
"It's Mabel's pig, Waddles. He has always been fond of you. He's a good judge of character," Ford said, chuckling softly.
Her smile grew a little wider, and she continued to gently pet the pig. "That's good to know."
"OKAYYYY I'M HERE! I'M HERE I'M HERE!" Mabel burst into the room, clutching her scrapbook in one hand and a pale yellow sweater in the other.
"I'm here too!" Dipper chimed in, carrying a BABBA CD, a radio, and Stan close behind, lugging a box full of tapes, and items from their rooms. Soos followed with a messenger bag slung over his shoulder and a broken toaster in his hands, likely grabbed from his own place.
Mabel slid in beside Y/n, thrusting the sweater into her hands. "Put this on!" she urged, already flipping open the scrapbook. "Look, Y/n, this was the first day Dipper and I arrived in Gravity Falls," she pointed to a polaroid at the start of the book, showing the twins, Stan, and Y/n.
As the brunette animatedly flipped through more pages, each one filled with memories from the summer, Stan busied himself setting up the tapes by the TV.
Y/n's eyes lit up as she spotted a familiar craft. "That's a nice macaroni artwork you've got there, Mabel."
Mabel's heart leaped with hope. "I— Yes! That's my name! Mabel! Oh my gosh, Y/n, you remember!"
"It's working!" Ford exclaimed, his voice full of encouragement. "Keep going!"
"My turn now," Dipper announced, setting up the radio with the CD already in place. "Y/n, this is your favorite artist—"
Stan groaned, rolling his eyes. "Oh, don't tell me it's that ABBA again—"
"How many times do I have to tell you, Stan? It's BABBA!" Y/n smiled, correcting him with a gentle laugh.
Stan wasn't always thrilled by the correction, but he'd listen to BABBA a thousand times if it meant bringing her back.
"Disco Girl! Comin' through—"
"Oh, come on!"
The Pines family worked together to revive Y/n's memories—singing along to every BABBA song (she remembered all the lyrics!), getting a hands-on lesson in fixing the broken toaster, rewatching every episode of Ducktective, laughing at Stan's corny jokes (which she always found funny!), and enjoying the fresh blueberries McGucket handpicked (and washed!) while Ford filled her in on every rock fact he knew.
***
***
After a week of intensive memory therapy, the Mystery Shack stood proudly once again, thanks to the hard work of the townsfolk. Shandra Jimenez reported with a smile on the town's gradual recovery from the chaos that had unfolded over the past few days.
Mayor Tyler, eager to leave the past behind, introduced the "Never Mind All That" act, urging everyone to move on. The townspeople quickly agreed, embracing the fresh start. As if on cue, Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland shared a celebratory kiss on stage, prompting the crowd to erupt in cheers for their favorite couple.
The Northwest family had gone broke, forcing them to sell their mansion to preserve their family fortune. Both Preston and Priscilla were crying while Pacifica was still in the state of shock over the shortage of ponies.
"In other good news, town heroine, Y/n, has fully recovered her memory and will be constructing a clinic for all of Gravity Falls with the help of Fiddleford McGucket, local maniac, who, after regaining his sanity, has made millions overnight submitting his patents to the US government.
And more on our town's victors; Stanley Pines will be throwing a party to celebrate his niece and nephew's thirteenth birthday and final day in town. But other than that, I can safely say our beloved Gravity Falls is back to normal. And now, Bodacious T. with sports."
"It's called, "Death Ball"."
***
"Happy Birthday to you~!"
The twins couldn't help but beam with joy as they looked at their birthday cake, surrounded by people they loved and who loved them back.
"I can't believe you all got together just to throw a party for us!" Mabel exclaimed, her voice filled with surprise.
Some of the townsfolk chuckled, and Tyler scoffed playfully, putting his hands on his hips. "Are you kidding? After all the Pines family has done for this town, it's the least we could do. You've helped everyone here!"
"You deserve it," Y/n added, stepping up behind the twins and wrapping them in a warm hug. "Happy Birthday, you two. See? I was on time!"
They giggled, returning the hug with relief and adoration as they closed their eyes.
A soft throat clearing made them open their eyes to see Gideon stepping forward, a genuine smile on his face. "Thanks to y'all savin' us, I learned to open my heart to kindness. No more evil-doin'. From now on, I'm gonna try to be Li'l Gideon, just a regular ol' kid!"
"With his best friends!" Ghost Eyes shouted enthusiastically, "HELL YEAHHHH—"
"Ghost Eyes! Language, please," Gideon chided gently.
"Oh," Ghost Eyes quickly regretted his outburst, putting his hands behind his back. "Sorry, BFF."
"Dude! Make a wish, dawg!" Soos urged, bringing the twins' attention back to the cake.
Dipper shrugged with a smile. "You know, on my first day here, if you had asked me what I wanted, I would've said, 'adventure, mystery, true friends.'" He glanced at the girl who was already smiling at him, her presence a comfort knowing they no longer had to worry about the triangle.
"But looking at all of you now, I realize that every wish came true," he added with a chuckle, realizing how sappy he sounded. He placed his hands on the pockets of his vest. "I have everything I wanted."
Mabel chimed in with her own thoughts. "If I had just one wish, it would be to shrink all of you with a shrink ray and take you home with us in my pocket! But since that's impossible..." She paused and turned to Ford. "Is that impossible?"
Ford gave a so-so gesture with a shrug.
Mabel then turned to Y/n.
She shrugged as well. "I mean, there's always the shrinking crys—"
Stan quickly clamped a hand over her mouth, earning a deadpan glare from her.
Mabel awkwardly continued, "Since that's probably possible, my only wish is for everyone to sign my scrapbook. I'll never forget you guys—wait." She suddenly pulled out the memory gun from Ford's coat pocket, smashed it on the ground, and stomped on it for good measure.
"Now, I'll never forget you guys."
The two twins positioned themselves beside the cake, and with a shared breath, they blew out the candle in unison. Wendy, grinning, pulled a confetti cannon and set it off with a pop. "I now officially declare you technically teenagers! Welcome to angst and acne forever."
Her friends joined in, chanting, "One of us! One of us!"
As the group got caught up in the excitement, chatting with the newly minted teens about what to expect in their upcoming years, Y/n quietly slipped away from the crowd. She made her way to the side of the Shack, where Ford had called her over.
She was already waiting when she saw Ford approaching with Stan in tow. "Listen, Stanley, I need to talk to you," Ford began, his tone serious.
"What's going on?" Stan asked, noticing the knowing look on Y/n's face. She met his gaze, then gestured for him to focus on Ford.
"We've got a problem," Ford said, pressing a button on his watch. A holographic map of the world projected between them. "I want to investigate it, but I think I'm too old to go it alone."
Stan raised an eyebrow, still not fully understanding. "Are you sayin' you need someone to help you sail around the world on the adventure of a lifetime?"
Ford's expression softened as he handed Stan a photo of them as kids, posing on the Stan o' War. "I don't just want someone, Stanley. I want it to be you."
Stan took the photo, his eyes lingering on the torn corners but focusing on the smiles of their younger selves. He glanced at Ford, searching his face for any hint of a joke. "But, Y/n...?"
Y/n gave a small, reassuring smile. "Ford and I already talked about it. I'm staying here," she said, her eyes encouraging him. "It's time for the Stan o' War to finally set sail."
Ford, his voice gentler now, asked, "Will you give me a second chance?"
A smile began to tug at the corners of Stan's mouth. "You think we'll find treasure? And babes?"
Ford chuckled, giving Stan a playful punch on the shoulder. "Heh! I'd say there's a high probability. But... what should we do with the Mystery Shack?"
Stan shrugged, a smirk forming on his lips. "Now that I know Y/n's gonna be busy building her clinic, I figure she's too tied up to run the Shack, right, pumpkin?" Y/n nodded in agreement.
As Y/n and the older twins huddled together to discuss plans, their voices were low and unintelligible. Unbeknownst to them, someone had accidentally wandered up behind them, munching on cake. Suddenly, the eavesdropper froze, eyes widening in horror as he caught snippets of their conversation.
Meanwhile, the younger twins had just finished opening their presents—a golf club for Mabel and a limited edition Ghost Harassers DVD for Dipper—when the sound of tapping on a Pitt Cola bottle drew everyone's attention to Stan.
"Everyone, I have an announcement to make," he began, pulling Ford closer. "Me and my... heh, nerdy bro over here have some catchin' up to do. We're gonna be away for a while. That's why I'm shutting down the Mystery Shack for good!"
Stan's announcement was delivered with a grin, but the crowd reacted with gasps and murmurs, clearly upset at the news that their beloved tourist trap was closing.
Suddenly, Soos, out of breath, burst onto the stage and pointed at Stan. "You shut down your mouth for good!" The room fell into an awkward silence as everyone exchanged uncertain glances, waiting to hear what the handyman had to say.
Soos, looking earnest, continued, "I'm sorry, Mr. Pineses, but this shack is the most magical place on Earth. Sure, the attractions are all fake, but dreams aren't fake!" He held up the Fiji mermaid taxidermy, his voice filled with emotion. "Like this mermaid—it's not just a dead fish butt sewn to a monkey carcass. It's a marvelous creature that makes us believe anything is possible. You shut down this shack, and you shut down our dreams!"
Soos paused, taking off his hat as his tone softened. "At least... my dreams."
The crowd murmured sympathetically, moved by Soos's heartfelt plea. The shack had been more than just a job to him—it was a place where he had grown, learned, and made countless memories. The thought of it being gone, and not seeing his father figure for who knew how long, was heartbreaking.
Stan sighed, looking genuinely apologetic. "I'm sorry, Soos. It's just—there's no one around to run it."
He glanced at Y/n, who met his gaze with a knowing smile, her arms crossed. With a subtle nod, she looked towards Soos, then back at him.
Stan's smile grew wider. "At least... there wouldn't be if I hadn't just found the perfect replacement." With that, he removed his fez and placed it on Soos's head, passing the torch from master to apprentice.
Soos stood frozen, his face a mix of shock and disbelief as the realization hit him. The older man placed a reassuring hand on his shoulder and turned to the crowd. "Ladies and gentlemen, the Mystery Shack is under new management!"
The room erupted into cheers, the townsfolk hollering and whooping in celebration. Soos turned back to him, his voice filled with awe. "You... you mean it, Mr. Mystery?"
Stan smiled warmly, correcting him. "You're Mr. Mystery now, Soos. Just try not to burn the place down."
Soos's grin spread ear to ear as he raised his arms in triumph. He immediately turned around for his closest friend. "Y/n! Y/n! I got promoted!"
"Congratulations, Soos! I'm so happy for you—woah!" Y/n barely finished her sentence before Soos scooped her up in a bear hug, spinning her around as he cried tears of joy.
"Yeah!!! Woo!!!" The crowd continued to cheer.
***
Evening arrived earlier than anyone anticipated.
The attic was now empty, but evidence of two kids living there still littered in the corners of their beds. Their bags were packed, and were now waiting by the bus stop.
"Do you really have to go?" Candy asked, holding her hands together. "There's still so much we haven't done together."
Mabel shrugged with a wry smile. "Summer's over, Candy. It's time for us to grow up."
"But not too much," Dipper added, nudging his sister playfully.
Grenda screamed in frustration. "AAHH! I hate my dumb heart for making me feel things!" she shouted, punching her own chest in exasperation.
While Grenda was busy battling her emotions, Dipper felt a familiar presence beside him. He turned, and there she was. Their eyes met, and they shared a warm, knowing smile—both understanding this would be their last moment together for a long time.
She reached up to unclasp her necklace, her movements slow and deliberate. Dipper watched with bated breath, confused—she never took it off.
The chain unraveled into her palm, her fingers curling around the worn daisy pendant. She gazed at it fondly, noting its durability, how it had held on all these years. Kind of like her.
"I want you to have this," she said softly, extending her hand.
Dipper hesitated, his hands trembling slightly as he took the pendant, cradling it gently.
"Y/n... are you sure? This is—"
She shrugged with a playful smile. "Something to remember me by."
His face flushed as he returned the smile, warmth spreading through him. He didn't need a reminder to think of her, but the gesture made his chest tighten with affection.
"Thank you," he whispered sincerely. "I'll take care of it."
She gave a small nod, eyes flicking toward the necklace in his hands. "Here, let me," she said, taking it back to help him put it on.
Carefully, she looped the necklace around his neck, her arms brushing against his shoulders as she worked. Their eyes met, and she kept her focus on him rather than the chain. After a few quiet seconds, she clasped it in place.
And then, without warning, Dipper seized the moment.
Before she could step back, he leaned in and quickly kissed her on the cheek.
It was brief—just a soft touch—but enough to send heat rushing to his face. He pulled away as fast as he'd leaned in, his cheeks and ears burning red. He glanced around nervously, hoping no one had noticed.
She froze, eyes widening in surprise. The kiss felt like a spark, a sudden jolt of warmth that sent a shiver through her. Her lips parted slightly, and for a split second, she could hear nothing but her own pulse pounding in her ears. The world around them seemed to slow.
Mabel suddenly burst in with her usual energy. "Okay, it's my turn now!" she declared, shoving Dipper aside with a playful push, causing him to yelp. "Step aside, Hug Train coming to the station!"
Y/n laughed, bracing herself for the incoming embrace. Mabel threw her arms around her, and the two spun slightly from the force, giggling as they twirled together. "I'm gonna miss you, Mabel."
"I'll miss you more, Y/n!" the brunette replied with such enthusiasm, then leaned in to whisper mischievously. "But probably not as much as my brother over there," she added with a wink.
The girl rolled her eyes, laughing softly at Mabel's playful comment. Just then, someone cleared their throat. Both girls turned to see Ford approaching. "Mabel," he said with a gentle seriousness, "I need to speak with you for a moment."
He knelt down as Mabel stepped closer. "Mabel, I... I want to thank you," he said, offering a gentle smile. "Thank you for everything."
Mabel, blushing slightly, replied, "Oh, it was nothing..."
He took a breath, his expression becoming more serious. "I'm sorry if I wasn't always there to spend time with you or if I seemed distant at times. It was never my intention to push you away. I want you to know how much I've valued every moment we've shared."
Overwhelmed, Mabel hugged him tightly. Ford returned the embrace, letting out a contented sigh. They eventually pulled apart, and Ford gently wiped away her tears with a reassuring smile. "Get ready for some travel pictures from Stanley and me. And remember, when you're on a bus, it might be equipped with modern comforts, but a good old-fashioned map can be handy for unexpected detours."
"I'm not sure I understand all that, but thanks, Grunkle Ford," Mabel said with a wide smile. "I'm really going to miss you."
"I'll miss you too," Ford said, smiling back before they hugged once more.
Y/n, smiling at the touching moment, then looked over at Dipper, noticing his hat had changed from his usual Pine Tree blue cap to a trapper hat. She turned to the redhead, who was now wearing a trucker hat. Y/n smiled and glanced back at Dipper.
"Nice hat," she said playfully, adjusting his new hat and fixing his bangs. Dipper returned her smile, grateful for her tenderness.
From a distance, a bus pulled up to the stop, opening its doors with a whoosh. "Last bus leaving Gravity Falls. All aboard," the bus driver announced flatly.
Mabel let out a deep breath, placing her hands on her hips. "Guess we've said goodbye to everyone, except..."
She faltered, spotting the familiar pink pig she'd grown close to over the summer.
"Waddles..." Mabel's frown deepened. "I... I don't know how to explain this, but... Mom and Dad won't let me bring a pig home to California, so... you have to stay here!" She tried to walk away.
Y/n couldn't bear to watch Waddles' sad eyes, her heart aching. In a burst of determination, she declared, "Ugh! You know what? Forget it. Waddles is going to come with you guys whether your parents want to or not!" She scooped up the pig and marched up the bus steps. "Hey, you! This wonderful, adorable pig is coming with them!"
The driver looked at her, raising an eyebrow. "Now, hold on a second, little girl. Pets are banned on this bus. What makes you think—"
Suddenly, Stan and Ford appeared behind her. Stan brandished his brass knuckles, and Ford coolly showed his gun from his belt. Y/n couldn't help but smirk, knowing she had backup.
The driver, visibly nervous, stammered, "Wah... w-welcome aboard! You can sit in the front row, pig."
Stan knelt in front of the twins, holding them by their shoulders. "Kids, you knuckleheads were nothin' but a nuisance and I'm glad to be rid of ya," he said, though his voice wavered and tears began to form in his eyes.
Mabel and Dipper struggled to hold back their tears. They stepped forward and embraced their grunkle, who, despite his gruff exterior, had been their steadfast caretaker. They knew, deep down, that he would miss them dearly.
"We'll miss you too, Grunkle Stan," Mabel said shakily, petting the tassel of his fez. They eventually let go, stepping back from his embrace. Stan remained kneeling, watching them with a slowly fading smile as they boarded the bus.
Mabel and Dipper stood beside each other, preparing themselves to end their summer vacation. With a deep breath, he faced his sister. "Ready to head into the unknown?"
"Nope," she admitted, but she knew that anything was possible. "Let's do it."
They got on the bus, situating themselves on their seats and immediately looked outside to see the faces that made up their summer. As the bus drove away, everyone ran after the bus, shouting their farewells. "Bye! I'll miss you, guys!"
"We'll miss you!"
"Goodbye!"
"Bye, dawgs!"
Stan looked somber, watching those kids that he loved over the course of the summer go home had his heart aching, but a hand on his shoulder surprised him— and when he looked over to who placed the hand, he felt slightly better, knowing that they had some more catching up to do.
From his left hand, someone grabbed it. He looked down and saw the girl who had saved everyone, the girl who had never left his side, and would probably finally be able to grow up and start her life— properly, this time.
With a grin, Stan lifted his hand and placed it on top of the girl's head, smoothing her hair playfully, making her smile.
***
If you've ever taken a road trip through the Pacific Northwest, you've probably seen a bumper sticker for a place called Gravity Falls.
It's not on any maps, and most people have never heard of it. Some people think it's a myth. But if you're curious, don't wait.
Take a trip. Find it. It's out there somewhere in the woods. Waiting.
Inside the bus, Dipper decided to bring out the letter that Wendy had given him, trying to think of what might be the contents of the letter. With a huff, he opened it, to see...
Dipper smiled.
He looked out the bus window, the familiar sights of Gravity Falls slowly fading away as the bus began its journey home.
***
END OF SEASON 2.
Chapter 35: questions!
Chapter Text
Feel free to answer the questions! I want to know your thoughts as well!
● Which is your favorite character in the book?
- Obviously, Y/n is my favorite character. Though it has the reader's name in it, technically I made her. She's just everything I want to be. Next to her is probably Stan.
● Which is your favorite chapter of the book?
- Mine would be Haunted Mansion and Hugs. Writing wise, it was the most fun I've ever had. It was a smooth process, and all the points I wanted to add was there. Also, it's the calm before the storm chapter where everything was still good between Y/n and Dipper. It's just great :]
● Which is your LEAST favorite chapter of the book?
-MY least favorite chapter is gotta be The Woodstick Festival. I don't care for The Love God, and honestly I feel like that is the most filler I could write. The only thing interesting there was cracking the password of the laptop (because of course, LORE), but other than that, I was just loafing for the rest of the chapter. The blueberry bit was the most random one because it was added so last minute.
●
Which scene is the most memorable to you?
-
Everything in Chapter 25.
●
Favorite thing/s about the book?
- It's gotta be the interactions I make with you guys! Every time I publish a new chapter, I keep waiting by my notification tab to wait for the comments about the new chapter. I'm just excited to see the reactions. Another favorite thing is when you guys try so hard to crack the codes I put out there. You didn't have to solve it, but you went out of your way to try and decipher it.
Thank you, guys!
● Favorite endcard/drawing?
- I had a lot of fun drawing the Escape From Reality "Promo" art. Y/n looked so cute. As well as the endcard for "Now He's Back, the Mystery in The Mystery Shack". The angst kills me.
● Which quality of Y/n did you like the most?
- She's pretty laidback but so ready to literally sacrifice herself for the people she cares about.
● Which Y/n scene is your most favorite?
- Underrated one, but it's the one with her purposely driving Ford's car towards the tree in order to fake Stan's death. Next to that is when she decapitated herself in "The Bunker and Tiny Men". Badass.
● Did Y/n feel like an original character? Just please tell me your thoughts on the addition of Y/n. If she was removed from the book, would it still just be the same?
● What do you think about the characterization of other characters? (such as Soos, Wendy, Stan, Ford, Dipper, Mabel, Bill, etc.)
● Who do you think Y/n is closer to, Stan or Ford? Explain why.
● What are your thoughts/headcanons on Y/n and Dipper's dynamic?
- Honestly, I'm fine with people shipping them. Heck, even I ship them sometimes! But I'd like to think that— Y/n hadn't explored her feelings, romance is a foreign subject to her. As for Dipper, he canonically wasn't great at making friends therefore not able to make friends at all. But this girl, who pretty much shares the same interest as him made him want to cherish the closeness he made with this person as much as possible. Mabel might be his first friend, but Y/n is his first friend, if you catch my drift. That's why the betrayal felt personal back in Chapter 25. He thought he could finally let someone in and be his friend, but turns out she kept secrets from him and only chose to know him because he got something that she wanted. He felt used, underestimated, stabbed in the back, causing him to get rightfully angry at Y/n. But luckily, they worked it out in the end.
●
Thoughts/Headcanons on Mabel and Y/n's dynamic?
- Mabel and Y/n's friendship is underrated. I'd like to think that they're closer than I write them in the book. If Y/n isn't downstairs in the basement, she would be in the twins' room, having sleepovers (that Dipper can tolerate and sometimes even join). It's a chill sleepover unlike ones with Grenda and Candy, consisted of braid trains, telling horror stories, karaoke. Mabel is actually trustworthy, so Y/n can rely on her to keep her secrets maybe about her insecurities, but leave it to Mabel to do something about it and bring out Y/n's self-esteem.
● Thoughts on Y/n and any other character's dynamic? (Bill, Wendy, Soos, Stan, Ford, Grenda, Candy, etc!)
●
What plot would you have wanted to change/add/delete in the book?
- Personally, I would have added more interactions between Ford, Y/n, and Fiddleford. It was an eventful 6 years (based on the recently published The Book of Bill).
● Do you have a music/playlist that fits Y/n's character? What about a music that fits the book? Let me know!
● Any ideas or headcanon you like to share with me? Comment here! (It can be about the book, after the summer, or with Y/n and Ford, or just Y/n )
● Do you have a theory about Y/n's origins/where she came from? Let me know!
● If I were to make more shorts, what story should I write?
● Any questions you'd like to ask the characters of the show?
Ask away and I'll compile them all and make them answer in the next chapter! With drawings! Like a comic!
● Any questions you'd like to ask ME? THE AUTHOR? I PROMISE I DONT BITE :) I CAN ANSWER PERSONAL AND CONTROVERSIAL QUESTIONS LIKE "IS CEREAL SOUP?" OR "THOUGHTS ON BABIES?" ASK AWAYYY
** END OF QUESTIONS **
commence gratitude!
first of all, thank you guys SO SO MUCH for reading this book! if you think that this is the best gravity falls fic so far, THANK YOU! thank you for the votes, the comments, and the reads!
look at that! you guys did that!!! writing this as of august 13! i feel like it's quite ambitious but i hope we can reach 100k before dipper and mabel's bday! we can do it!
if you think that's cool, as of today these are the rankings of the book:
SO MANY NUMBER ONES!!!! the one im super proud of is #1 in soosramirez but everything else is still good too!!! thank you guys a lot!
some of you may have been asking: "hey whats next after weirdmageddon?" (no? no one asked? oh okay)
still, i have the answers!
gravity falls rewritten WILL continue after weirdmageddon (that is, if it's a happy ending and bill is defeated). after the final part of weirdmageddon is published, there will be BONUS CHAPTERS that tells stories about y/n's adventures in gravity falls.
i'm talking her bonding moments with ford and fiddleford, her full information (as full as i can), the AFTERMATHS of weirdmageddon, and MORE!!
if you are curious, YES, i will write lost legends and don't color this book it's cursed. i will choose carefully which to include, but hopefully you guys will enjoy it! 👍
more explanation down below....
with the BOOK OF BILL recently out, if you have the book and read newfound information, i encourage you not to connect any of those to this fanfiction. the book of bill is NEW content that I HAVE NOT YET READ! so if you may have noticed some inconsistencies and moments where you'd be like, "wait's that's not...?"
PLEASE DON'T POINT IT OUT!
but with the spoilers that i saw, that helped me added more to bill's character. YES, i will write the christmas chapter with Y/n in it.
join the discord!
read up on ao3 and tumblr!
subscribe to me on youtube!
follow me on wattpad!
(tldr) be on the lookout for:
- lost legends (most probably don't dimension it)
- don't color this book it's cursed
- bonus chapters (most likely her moments with ford)
- 1 week before the twins go home
- exchanged letters between dipper and y/n.
- bill.
Chapter 36: ***Shorts #1: Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained
Chapter Text
#76: That Thing (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
Dipper had decided to start his own paranormal show after finding an old camcorder they had found in the dusty corner of the attic. It has a surprisingly full memory, with no videos in the storage, so that was Dipper's cue to record all of his investigations.
He wanted Y/n to come along with him and include her as some sort of 'co-host' and Y/n was honestly honored, but she preferred to be behind the scenes and hold the camera instead of talking in front of it. lol
So the two started preparing the set to look like one of those TV shows with title screens and props surrounding the host, but the only props they could afford were old cardboard and a sharpie. The main title was "Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained," as Y/n insisted that her name wasn't necessary. Dipper was a little upset, so he made every effort to include her in his videos.
As he sat in the chair, the cardboard was placed on the table behind him. His vest and hat were discarded because he was supposed to be in his pajamas. They had to keep their voices as low as possible because Mabel was already asleep. Y/n positioned the camera to face Dipper, who sat holding a basket of something.
"Are we ready?" He asked.
"Yep. Looking good," Y/n nodded. "Recording in five, four, three, two..." she nodded in his direction and Dipper took the cue to begin his introduction.
"Welcome, to one of the many episodes of Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained," he spoke. "Gravity Falls is a strange town filled with wonder never before seen, and I'm here to take you all to a trip full of unsolved mysteries and weird anomalies. We might encounter dangerous monsters or scary ghosts, but today we're analyzing this specific case for the unexplained. Behold,"
Dipper lifted a chicken strip from the basket that he was holding, but it was no ordinary chicken strip.
"A Möbius Chicken Strip," he named.
Y/n remained behind the camera throughout the episode as she and Dipper discussed the Möbius strip and how the chicken could form this shape. The video consisted of eating crunchy chicken while questioning its existence. Y/n wasn't lying when the chicken tasted infinitely delicious - she loves bad jokes.
It lasted for about 15 minutes until it had to come to an end. Dipper adjusted his seating position and faced the camera again. "Well, that concludes Gravity Falls anomaly #13: The Möbius Chicken Strip," he ate a piece as he smiled. Y/n couldn't help but chuckle at his expression, the camera slightly shaking. "It's infinitely delicious!"
A strange creature screamed as it ran between her and Dipper. It slithered around Y/n's legs, causing her to drop the camcorder, but she caught it at the last second. Dipper dropped the bucket of chicken strips by accident. "Woah, hey!"
A small beast with hairy skin was still screeching around as it circled around her ankles until it pushed her away and she eventually fell to her butt. "What the heck!?" Y/n exclaimed as she watched it scamper away.
The room was a complete mess already but the critter didn't seem to care, retreating to a random corner and eating the twins' pile of candy. It was a miracle that Mabel didn't wake up despite the ruckus going on. "Oh no," Dipper said, burrowing his hands on his brown hair. "It's eating our leftover Summerween candy!"
"WHAT?!"
Screams from Mabel were heard as she finally sat up and got out of her bed. The beast was still munching on candy with the wrappers still on. "Ew, it's like ... a naked little man." Mabel commented. Dipper urged Y/n to keep recording as he was quickly writing on a new blank cardboard.
While the camera was still facing the eating critter, Dipper held the cardboard close to the lens as he spoke. "Uh, this is now Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained #76: That Thing."
It was still in the attic, wreaking havoc, so they had no choice but to capture it. Dipper was suited up into action, protecting himself with a bunch of Mabel's stuffed toys with a golf club as his weapon and a trash bin as a trap.
Y/n zoomed in on Dipper's determined look with narrowed eyes. "Get this on tape in case I die or whatever."
She rolled her eyes. So dramatic.
The camera followed him as he slowly approached the creature from the other side while it was still busy eating candies. It quickly noticed Dipper coming closer, regarding his movements. They walked in a circle, staring each other down.
Dipper used the golf club to scoop a small pile of candy as if luring the beast closer. The thing watched and as expected, took the bait, biting down. Dipper brought down the trash can, but the creature was unfortunately faster.
It began climbing up one of the wooden columns until it reached the ceiling. Mabel shouted, throwing one of her stuffed animals. "Oh! Die, mutant! Die!"
The creature crawled and crawled until it went through the open doors of the twins' room and downstairs. The trio followed its path until they reached the living room. "Save the candy!"
Y/n pointed the camera at Dipper standing in the middle of the room. "Where is it? Have you seen it?"
Mabel and Y/n watched as the thing jumped down and attacked Dipper's face. Mabel jumped into the scene and tried to punch it away, and the creature let go, screaming at her and waddling away towards the kitchen. Y/n tried following as she watched it climb up the fridge with the stash of candies.
She was just honestly amused at the creature munching on different things. He just looked like a very weird specimen who liked to eat. Dipper and Mabel came in the room and the monster, sensing that they were stepping closer, immediately threw food at them.
Dipper shielded himself from the projectiles with his arm, as Mabel opened her mouth to catch the candies. "Dipper, open your mouth!" Mabel said while chewing. "Try to catch the candy in your mouth! He's wasting it!"
"What? No! Why would I-"
An unwrapped piece of sweet fell in the middle of his teeth and Dipper stopped to nibble on it. "Mmm. Actually that's pretty good-"
He was cut off as he got smacked by a chocolate bar in his face. The thing jumped down, wriggling back to the living room as Mabel failed to catch it. Y/n followed it as she kept recording its movements with a huge smile on her face. This felt like advance journaling for her.
While staggering on the floor, one of its feet landed on the remote laying on the ground, turning the TV on. The creature huffed, hearing the sounds from the TV. His eyes stayed glued to the show that was premiering, his attention undivided.
"Oh wow," Y/n said, " Now he's hypnotized by the TV."
Dipper walked in as the creature sat back in the yellow chair. "Ha! And he dropped the candy." He stepped around and stood beside the mesmerized beast. "What a little dummy, glued to the..." Dipper trailed off. "To the..." he paused. "Oh, I love this movie."
"What are they showing?" Mabel asked, picking up the littered candies.
It was the rerun of The Fear Guy from Terror Town Street from channel 7 tonight. Mabel and Dipper sat together in the chair while the thing sat on the chair's arm, eating golf clubs. Y/n sat on the ground beside the pile of candies, tossing the twins if they wanted a specific piece and vice versa. Every loser candy was handed to Y/n and she didn't know if she should be offended, but she's not going to complain since it's her favorite ones from the bag.
The four of them quietly watched the movie as they munched on candies. "Shouldn't we... do something about the monster?"
"Candy now. Monster later." Mabel said without moving her eyes away from the TV.
Soos eventually walked in the room, stupidly mistaking the monster for Grunkle Stan.
#23: Stan's Tattoo (Takes place after "Exchanging Bosses and Bodies")
He didn't see it the first time, but after a few days and he heard a camera snap from behind him again, he knew that he was secretly being photographed.
Could it be a private investigator trying to get some dirt out of him? Or did the government finally got a hold out of him?
Alas, when Stan finally turned around, he saw his nephew standing behind the doorway with a camera in his hand snapping pictures of... him? He narrowed his eyes as the tween scrambled away. What was he getting suspicious of this time? Instead of dwelling on it further, Stan drank the rest of his Pitt Cola and stood up, retreating back to his room.
Dipper stared at his cork board full of pinned photos and notes. On top of the board was a ripped paper with "Stan's Tattoo" written on it. He couldn't find Y/n anywhere so he had Mabel to hold the camera this time. He had no idea where the girl could've gone considering it was only their second episode and she wouldn't be able to make an appearance, but Dipper couldn't wait longer to record.
"Okay, Mabel, I'm ready," he told his sister.
Mabel presented a thumbs up as she pressed the red button on the camcorder. Dipper stood beside the cork board, smiling. Mabel grinned, beginning to push her forefinger and thumb together in front of Dipper's head "Hello, I'm Dipper Pines. The girl trying to crush my head is Mabel."
"His partner isn't here so I'm helping!" she said from behind the camera, failing to notice the way Dipper blushed when he heard her say 'his partner'.
"Okay, that's- that's enough," he shooed her hand away before talking in a serious tone. Today we investigate Anomaly #23,Grunkle Stan's secret tattoo." He raised a flat cardboard with the same writing. Mabel then pointed at the board full of evidence.
"What is he hiding? A college prank? Secret symbol? Or something stranger?" Dipper questioned out loud. "Stan claims it doesn't exist, but today we're gonna find out."
The day proceeded as normal as Dipper tried to be while relaying the plans he had for Stan to reveal the secret markings behind his back. Y/n was still nowhere to be found but he placed that worrisome thought at the back of his head as the recording started again. Mabel held the camera, pointing directly at Dipper and Soos standing besides the Shack's thermostat.
"Okay, here's the plan. Stan never takes off his undershirt-" Dipper got closer to the camera, "obviously to hide his tattoo," he whispered before going back. "But me and Soos are about to turn up the heat on this mystery."
Dipper grinned, raising the temperature on the thermostat. Soos chuckled at the younger boy's pun. "Heh, literally! I love how you come up with stuff like that!"
Despite Soos' efforts to convince Stan to 'take off their clothes' to battle against the heat while they were working, Stan wasn't buying it, walking away to 'find a melon baller or something to pluck his eyes out' instead.
Hours passed by. It was a slow day, it seemed, as there weren't many customers around- actually, there weren't any tourists at all (it happens), so Dipper caught Stan lounging in the living room with just his undershirt. He figured it was the perfect time to initiate plan B as he readied his camcorder.
Dipper started recording and subtly faced it towards Stan. "Heavens! Is that poison oak on your shoulder? Let me scratch it for you." He reached for his tattoo, but Stan smacked it away without even looking at him.
"Kid, if you're trying to see my tattoo, you're gonna have to try harder than that."
"A-ha!" Dipper said, "I thought you said you didn't have a tattoo!"
"I don't. But you do," Stan replied, taking out a red marker and began leaning towards Dipper.
"What do you mean I- AAAHH!"
Dipper didn't have the chance to step away as Stan managed to write 'GOOBER' on his forehead near his birthmark. He tried so hard to wipe it away but the permanent ink wouldn't budge. TIme passed by once more when he heard sounds coming from their bathroom. Bathing noises and a deep, grunkle-y voice singing "du-du" jingles had Dipper deduct that it was no other than Stan who was using the bathroom at this time.
So he had Mabel hold the camera once more and didn't even adjust his bangs back when he pressed the button. "Okay, Plan C. Stan is in the shower. I wish it hadn't come to this, but sometimes you have to do terrible things for science."
"I believe in you, Goober!" Mabel said in the background.
He blinked. "Dipper. Just say Dipper." He took the camera from her and pointed the lens at the door of the bathroom, nerves in his veins. He was trudging ever so slowly towards inevitable terror and agony. Who knows what he might stumble into once he opens the gateway? With a deep breath, he pushed the plank open and walked inside. Here goes nothing.
Fog from the shower greeted him inside, and water was still pouring. He faced the shower curtain and eventually pulled it to the side, ready to take a peek.
The curtains were swept aside, and there stood Stan, fully clothed with the water running down his back, and a very angry look on his face. "You're never gonna see it, kid," he seethed. "Never. Gonna. See it."
"How long have you been standing there?"
Stan lunged forward. "Give me that camera-!"
"AAAH!"
Stan jumped out of the tub and scrambled towards Dipper as he burst out of the restroom. The boy dashed around every corner, hoping to lose the older man, but it was a small Shack. Dipper tried to rack his brain for possible hiding places while still being pursued before his brain came up with an idea.
"Give me that camera, Dipper!"
"Eek!" When he saw Stan trying to corner him, he bolted in the opposite direction. While Mabel tried to distract her great uncle, Dipper relied on his little feet to get him to the gift shop as quickly as possible. He nodded gratefully at his sister's assistance before locating the familiar ladder leading to the roof. He climbed the ladder quickly after putting the camcorder in his pocket.
He opened the hatch expecting to be alone, but there sat Y/n, with a book on her lap and a surprised expression when she saw Dipper.
"What-"
Dipper reached out and shook his hands, signaling her to be quiet. He pointed down with his finger to his lips.
"What happened?" She mouthed.
Before he could explain, a voice shouted, "I'M GONNA FIND YOU, KID!"
Y/n nodded as if she understood. Dipper might've done something to piss Stan off and he's currently trying to escape his wrath. He caught her eyes and speechlessly gave her a look as if saying 'mind if I stay here?' and she nodded again, going back to her reading.
That was until the pursuer himself was outside of the Shack and was waving his hands for her attention. "Hey, Y/n!"
She looked over the roof and saw Stan. "Yeah?!" She shouted back.
"Have you seen him?"
"Who?" She answered back as casually as she could while Dipper was trying to minimize himself as small as possible. Luckily, from the angle they were on, the older man was able to only see Y/n and not him, but he was still trying not to be seen.
"Dipper! Have you seen him?!" He shouted back.
She shrugged. "I don't know, I haven't seen anyone the whole day!"
Stan narrowed his eyes at her, but Y/n was confident that he'll believe her, because it was an honest answer. She hadn't seen anyone since she was downstairs for the entire afternoon- until now.
The older man let it go and walked back inside. Dipper figured that the coast was clear and let himself loose. "Thanks."
"No problem, Goober."
***
PDQB RI BRX ZLOO ODVW.
🗝: caesar
Chapter 37: ***Shorts #2: Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained
Chapter Text
#54: The Mailbox (Takes place after "Bros before Dinos")
Dipper and Y/n went back to the path they once came from, this time bringing their supplies. They recently discovered an abandoned mailbox lying in the middle of the forest. They had to investigate and inspect closer. Soos wanted to come with and now the three were walking up to the mailbox.
Y/n had the camera ready in her hands, pointing at Dipper. "Look good?" he asked her.
"Yep. You look nice."
He smiled, a faint blush in his cheeks but he cut himself off by clearing his throat. "Okay, we're starting. Soos, you got your costume ready?"
"I'm so ready, dude," Soos replied after putting on a coat and a pair of safety glasses. "I feel so much like an expert."
"That's what we want you to be, Soos," Y/n said, chuckling slightly. "Okay, ready? Three, two, one, and..." she pressed the button, giving Dipper the nod.
And that's when Dipper took the cue. "Welcome back to Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained. Anomaly #54: The Mailbox."
He reached out his hand towards the middle and Y/n swiped to the right, showcasing the mailbox. "There it is, in the middle of the forest. No house. No address. Today, me and my team of experts..."
Soos walked into frame. "'Sup?"
"Hey," Y/n followed, waving her hand in front of the camera.
". . . are gonna put a letter in and see who picks it up." Dipper finished, standing beside her.
"My letter posits a salient question: "Sup Dawg?"" Soos said, showing a folded letter that he wrote before slotting it inside.
Dipper nodded. "Now we're gonna hide behind a bush, and wait for someone to come by-"
The mailbox began to shake violently. "What the-?!" Y/n said, zooming in the post.
"Whoa!"
The flag of the mailbox was raised, indicating that there was already a reply. "Did you see that?" Soos asked, wearily stepping closer.
Dipper ran towards the mailbox. "Open it!"
"No, you open it, dude! I'm not touching a ghost mailbox!"
The two looked at Y/n for any guidance, to which she just gave a shrug. "Might just be harmless. You go open it."
"Okay, here goes." Dipper reached over and pulled the cover open. He retrieved a closed letter inside the box, with an insignia stamped in the middle as a seal. Dipper brought the letter closer to the camera and upon closer inspection, Y/n noticed an infinity symbol in the emblem.
"That's not our letter, dude!" Soos remarked.
Dipper opened the letter, peeking what's inside. "It says..." he gasped loudly before turning the letter, facing the lens. "'Hello, Y/n, Dipper, and Soos'!"
"It knows our names!" Y/n questioned, tilting her head slightly. "Is it like an all-knowing mailbox?"
"Let's test it."
Luckily for this particular experiment, the trio bought enough blank paper to use. Soos thought of a question that he wanted to ask as a test if the mailbox was truly all-knowing. "'What did I shave into my head this morning?'"
He placed the letter inside, and not even a second that the mailbox shook and shivered and its flag was raised. Soos pulled out the reply, opening it and reading it out loud. "'A baby duck holding a paddle ball'. Dude, it knew!"
As proof, Soos turned around and removed his hat, showing his shaved hair. It was exactly that.
"What?!" Dipper exclaimed from behind the camera.
Y/n felt chills running down. Does that mean they could ask it whatever they want and they would get immediate answers? A million questions flowed around her mind. Questions that she wanted to ask for a long time.
Dipper had another paper and pen and wrote "When is the end of the world?" before shoving it inside. The reply instantly came and he opened it. "3012. Huh. We got a while."
They asked plenty of questions, until Dipper turned to Y/n. "What about you, Y/n? You wanna ask the omniscient mailbox?"
"I... still have to think of one," she replied sheepishly, when in actuality, she was thinking of asking whether Ford is alive or not. That was the one question that remained on her mind. Is he still out there? Will her project be for nothing?
Meanwhile, Soos and Dipper were beaming with questions. Dipper stood beside the mailbox with a blank paper to write on. "Uh... what is the exact time and date of my death?"
"Did aliens build the pyramids?" Soos asked in the background.
"Or... what is the meaning of life?"
"What are marshmallows made of?!"
"Or... who wrote journal 3?"
"Who wrote the journal! Who wrote the journal!" Soos ecstatically pointed at him as excitement filled his veins.
Y/n rolled her eyes. They could simply just ask her and she'll happily provide the answer. But she remained quiet as she realized that she actually wouldn't spill that secret.
"We're finally gonna get the answer to the greatest mystery in Gravity Falls!" Dipper proclaimed, smiling towards the camera.
Suddenly, Mabel walked by with a grin. "Nifty! A mailbox! I've been wanting to mail Mom this video of me sticking a hundred gummy worms up my nose!" Without hesitating, Mabel shoved a package inside of the mailbox.
"No, wait!"
"Dude, stop!"
"Mabel!"
"Slam!" The girl whacked it closed and the mailbox shook. The trio except for Mabel waited with such anticipation as Dipper took the reply from inside and read it aloud. "Your gummy worm video has disturbed and insulted me. You fools are unworthy of my great knowledge. The era of human enlightenment shall never come to pass."
Just as he finished reading it, the mailbox glowed a very bright blue and the ground quivered. Everyone sprinted far from the mailbox before it exploded in a flash of light, collapsing in on itself.
Everyone was in disarray, clothes almost burned as Soos, Dipper, and Mabel stood in the middle of a scorched clearing. "Well, uh, that concludes Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained, where we learned when dealing with the unknown," he turned angrily to his sister, "do not mail videos of you shoving gummy worms up your nose!"
"There's more where that came from!" Mabel said, bringing out more gummy worms. "Into my nose! Into my nose-"
"No, no! Stop recording! Stop-!"
***
#82: Lefty (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
"Alright. Welcome back to Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained," Dipper said to the camera. "Today we investigate Gravity Falls' anomaly #82... this guy."
Dipper panned over to a window that showed a man probably in his 40s across the street, inside a bowling alley. He was staring at a newspaper very curiously.
"Sure, he looked normal, but if he's so 'normal', explain why he's always facing left!"
On cue, the man went to reach for his mug located behind him, but instead of turning 180 degrees, he just leaned further until he could reach it, casually drinking the coffee.
Dipper has been following this peculiarity for weeks now; he basically knew his entire routine, yet he kept facing left in all of those activities. The younger boy had never once seen the right side of the guy's face. He questioned the absurdity of all.
So he asked his dear sister, "Mabel?" Y/n pointed the camera at Mabel. "Theories?"
"Theory one," Mabel pulled a piece of paper from an envelope. It was an illustration of her concepts. "He's hiding an embarrassing sunburn! Theory 2: half man, half lizard man!" She pulled another drawing, one after the next. "And theory number three- my personal favorite, he's normal! And Dipper's just crazy!"
Dipper pried the paper from her hands. "That's not a theory, that doesn't count as a theory."
Mabel laughed, and Y/n couldn't help but laugh as well. Dipper glared as he crossed his arms. Y/n pointed the camera back at Dipper. "So what's the plan?"
***
The plan was to walk inside, act like three normal best friends who just wanted to play bowling- while Dipper subtly questions the man. Seemed easy. "Hello, good sir!" Dipper greeted upon strutting alongside them.
"Uh, I'm sorry, cameras aren't allowed in here." The man gave a literal side eye- since only his left side was facing them.
Y/n lowered the camera, covering the lens briefly with her palm. But it was still recording, only focused at the lower angle. "Oh, sorry. It's not on the entire time, I promise."
She elbowed Dipper, and he took the chance to approach the guy closer by the counter. "So," he began, "do you mind grabbing those bowling shoes for me? The ones on your... right side?" He emphasized, and Y/n already wanted to feign disappointment at his lack of cleverness.
Luckily, even though the guy looked at him suspiciously, he was still very much accommodating. After all, the customers are always right. "These ones?" The man took the shoes behind him with ease, not even needing to turn around.
Dipper pouted slightly as he crossed his arms. Suddenly, he had an idea. "Whoops!" He said, fishing for his wallet from his vest. "Oh no, I... dropped my wallet!" But instead of dropping it like he said, he threw it on the other side of the counter, specifically on the guy's right side. "It's over to your right there, your right side... could, maybe, turn around and-"
The man huffed, exasperated, but nonetheless he only stepped back a bit and crouched down (still facing the left side) as he picked it up and gave it back to Dipper. "There you are, sir," he grumbled.
"Fine," he replied, taking back his wallet.
"Um, anyway, sir," Y/n chimed in. "Can you get us our bowling ball instead? We kids might have a little difficulty carrying something so heavy."
"I don't see why not," the man shrugged, exiting the counter and going to the rack where the colorful bowling balls were. "Let's see. Look like maybe a ten or..."
Dipper followed, standing beside Y/n as she glanced at the camera checking if the angle was still okay. "Well, uh, I was thinking it could be the- AHA!"
The boy lurched forward and took his chance now that the man's guard was down. He grabbed his shoulder and pushed it to the other side, forcefully turning his whole body around, revealing-
A whole other robotic side, completely metal. With sectioned rooms occupied by some sort of aliens. They looked to be working together in harmony as they each have their own roles to make this 'human' function.
"What the...?!"
One of the aliens finally noticed the three kids staring at them. "Guys!" It alerted his comrades, and they gasped as they all concluded that they had been revealed.
"We're blown. Shut it down! Shut it down!"
The aliens brought out a glowing red pill, chanting, "The time has come" before eating it. And upon intaking it, they began exploding. One of the aliens faced the other. "The time has come, brother!"
"I can't, I have a family!"
"You signed the oath!" It shoved the orb to the alien and they ate it in unison, exploding at the same time.
The man's right side was completely void of any controlling aliens until it malfunctioned and shut down, collapsing and exploding. The fire sprinklers were turned on.
"Ah, come on! The sprinklers are on!" One of the customers complained.
The three made a run for it. Dipper took the camera and turned it around, facing the three of them. "Well, that concludes anomaly #82. Uh, I think we might want to burn this tape."
***
DQG UHDG EHWZHHQ WKH
🗝: caesar
Chapter 38: ***Shorts #3: Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained
Chapter Text
#42: The Tooth (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
"Welcome to Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained, anomaly #42: The Tooth:"
Y/n moved the camera to the said tooth, half sunk into the ground, but the enormous size was hard to miss. Mabel was poking it with a stick. "I'm here for scale!"
"I found it yesterday when I was, uh, practicing..." Dipper trailed off, shaking his head. "Strangely human, but it's gigantic! It's bigger than any fish or lake monster I've ever seen. And we're gonna find out where it came from!"
Y/n had seen this exact tooth before– from the crown to the root. She, Ford, and F were on an expedition when they discovered the human-like tooth on a random lake. She could even remember F using a chisel (and some dental floss) to break free a few pieces.
The three went to the Tate McGucket– one who attends to the lake– for the supplies to go on the adventure. "Sir, have you noticed a large tooth landing on the shore of the lake this morning?"
"Tooth?" he asked, his back to the camera. "No, don't know nothin' about a tooth."
"We were thinking about paddling out on that lake tonight," Dipper said casually.
"Bit of friendly advice, kids: You see bubbles on that lake, run."
"What, why?"
Tate turned around and leaned forward on their faces, screaming, "Enough questions, get that camera out of here!" He smacked the camera away, and if it wasn't for Y/n's vice grip, it would have been on the ground already.
Night fell on the twins plus Y/n. She held the camera again as she panned it over to the two. "We're here at the lake to investigate. I brought Y/n and Mabel for backup."
Mabel grinned. "And I brought Bear-O, my adorable childhood puppet." She lifted Bear-O to her arms and made its mouth move. "Hi-yo! Ain't that right, honey? Did somebody say... honey?" Her voice was gone deep as she used it for the puppet's voice.
The girl laughed, holding the worn puppet close to her. Meanwhile Dipper deadpanned, "Nope. Creepy. Bear-O's creepy. Everyone hates Bear-O."
"What? Dipper, you haven't even asked for Y/n's opinion! So, Y/n, what do you think of my good ol' friend, Bear-O?"
"Uh, next question?"
Mabel pouted slightly. "Aw come on!" She smiled again. "You'll see! You, Y/n, me, and Bear-O, are the adventure team of a lifetime!"
After much time spent on persuading Mabel, eventually Bear-O had to be left on the island which didn't make Mabel very happy at that decision. She remained silent, glaring deeply as she rowed.
Y/n was rowing along with Mabel, while Dipper was holding the camera this time. He pointed the camera at Bear-O being left behind as if he was mocking the bear.
He continued talking about the investigation. "Okay. something out there left that tooth, and we're gonna find out what it is!"
Y/n felt excited– she hasn't been for a long time. It was like reliving her memory but with a different trio this time around. She, Ford, and F had only documented the stray tooth before going on their merry way, but with the twins, they could go and take a closer look.
Eventually, the boat arrived in the middle of the lake and they stopped rowing to inspect. Dipper handed the camera back to Y/n, ignoring the touches that they exchanged.
"What are we supposed to be looking for?" Mabel whispered into the night.
Dipper brought out a flashlight, pointing it at the vast expanse of water surrounding them. "I don't know, just look out for bubbles in the water."
As if on cue, bubbles fizzed near an island. "Guys, look!" Y/n said, gesturing to what she just saw.
"They're over by that island! We have to see what happens!"
The island was suddenly shaking. "What was tha-?"
"Ah!" Mabel screamed and her hands immediately found the oar and began rowing.
"Oh no, what's happening?"
"IT DOESN'T MATTER!" Mabel yelled.
Y/n began rowing as well after handing the camera back to Dipper. "JUST ROW!" The water kept shaking and quaking. Dipper sat in the middle of the two rowing girls as he pointed at the island behind Y/n.
The island arised, revealing to be a giant head with glowing eyes and huge set of teeth. It had a deep, murky voice, like it was out for blood. "!YNITSED RUOY RETNE !nerdlihc ,htuom ym retnE .rebmuls ym debrutsid evah uoY"
"AAAAAH!"
The head island was rearing to slam itself into the boat, but the three managed to escape in time, barely missing its giant mouth. They were close to the shore, hardly being able to reach it, but the monster attacked again, carrying its final blow.
With the opened mouth, it was on its way to eat them until Y/n grabbed the twins' wrist and jumped out to the lakeside, rolling ungracefully. It seemed that it had gotten bored of the chase and decided to sink back into the water.
Mabel coughed off a bit of dirt that got into her mouth. Dipper dusted his clothes and began looking for the camera that he carelessly dropped upon impact, while Y/n looked at the human tooth. It emitted a strong odor and Y/n was very aware of that smell. Yep, had to be coming from the giant island head.
Finally, Dipper found the camera lying on the ground. "The important thing is, we survived. Barely."
Mabel nodded in relief. "Ugh, yeah." Her worried expression was replaced with a smile when she brought the familiar bear back to the frame. "Did somebody say, bear-ly?"
"AAAAH!"
***
#132: The Hide Behind (Takes place after "Bros after Dinos")
"Y/n! Y/n! Take a look at this!" Dipper bounded to the room and greeted her with a huge smile, photos in hand.
"What is it?"
He practically shoved the pictures towards her. "Real-life Hide Behind footprints!"
"The Hide Behind?" Y/n dare asked, "I thought that was only lumberjack lore."
"Well, these footprints might suggest that it exists! I'm planning on filming another video about it and go and track it! Wanna go out with me?"
Y/n shrugged. "Sure, why not?"
Meanwhile, Dipper was slapping his forehead for the awkward phrasing. Why did he have to word it like that? "Y-yeah, I'll just go and pack my things... we'll film in my room, and- bye."
He sprinted out of the room before she could blink. Y/n watched as Dipper mumbled grievances as he stalked up the stairs. She had no idea what happened moments ago. He simply asked if she's willing to go and accompany him in an adventure and she obliged. She'd answer in a heartbeat.
Speaking of the adventure... The Hide Behind. Boy, that was a name she hadn't heard of in a while. It's like it was yesterday when the creature hiding behind her, Ford, and F, tapping their shoulders and hiding like a prankster. She wondered if she could finally get a little glimpse of the tall, slender being.
Minutes passed, and Y/n found herself standing in front of the twins' door. She knocked on it once, twice, before Mabel opened the door and gladly let her in. "Where are your things?" She asked.
"I.. don't really need anything."
Mabel first feigned a confused look, before her face broke into a surprise and her eyes twinkled. "Oh yeah! I didn't forget, you're invincible!" She snapped her fingers with a grin. "Of course you wouldn't need all that stuff, unlike my weird brother here."
"Way to rub it in, Mabel," Dipper deadpanned. He was adjusting the straps of his duffle bag full of items he might need; a butterfly net, a pickaxe and other belongings. "Alright," he walked over to his bed where a piece of cardboard and marker lay. "Y/n, do you wanna film the intro with me?" He offered with a smile.
After much convincing, Y/n stood in front of the camera with Dipper, calling upon the gods in the sky to give her the confidence to just say something. Mabel pointed the lens at them, pressing the red button. "We're on!" She whispered.
"Oh," Dipper had just finished writing on the cardboard, "Hello, and welcome back to Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained. I'm here with my–" he cleared his throat awkwardly. "...friend, Y/n."
"Hi," she gave the audience a smile.
He choked back a cough. "So today we investigate Gravity Falls anomaly #132: The Hide Behind. Y/n, you have any idea about this particular oddity?" He turned behind him.
Y/n's body moved involuntarily, picking up the journal on the way and opening it as she'd already memorized the exact page. "Local lumberjacks tell of a mysterious creature with an ability to hide before it is seen. But what is he? A ghost, a living shadow? We might never know."
"But-!" Dipper cut off smoothly. "-these photos suggest it might actually be real! Either way, we intend to find out!"
The two exchanged smiles and Mabel shouted, "Cut!" like a director would.
Dipper's smile never went away. "I knew I should've included you in the title! You should be with me all the time now!"
Once more, he smacked his face with a loud noise as Mabel, having heard everything, laughed aloud. It's like this happened before, but what exactly happened? What did Dipper say that made him react that way? Y/n was a bit confused, but she rolled her eyes, laughing along with Mabel instead.
Dipper groaned, trying to recover from the embarrassment. "Let's just go."
"Okay, are we going to the forest already?" Y/n asked, walking alongside with the twins. Mabel was playing with a random U.F.O keychain she found, Dipper carried the rest of the cardboard pieces, while Y/n fiddled with the camera.
"No, I was thinking we could interview the only lumberjack we know, since y'know, it's lumberjack lore like you said."
"Oh, actually..." Y/n paused, her movements slowing. She bit her lip in contemplation. She remembered the lumberjack who lent her and Ford his majestic cabin that was actually filled with restless spirits and fearless ghosts. Dan Corduroy. She remembered him. Does he remember her? Will she risk her identity being exposed to the locals?
Lady Susan didn't seem to recognize her at first, and the rest of the townspeople ignored her when they went at the reopening of the wax museum-- "Manly" Dan was even present at the event.
Before her thoughts could further muddle in her mind, the twins called her attention. "There he is! He's chopping trees with his three sons." Dipper pointed at a small random clearing where a lone house stood in the middle.
Three little redheads worked together in handling the two-man saw while the father stood inches away, yelling incoherent cheers.
"Manly Dan! We wanna have you for a short interview!" Dipper shouted, his palms cupping the corners of his mouth.
The orange-haired man stomped his way over the three of them. "Huh?" He said.
Y/n shuffled the camera in her hands, trying to avoid his steely gaze. "It'll just be a few questions, sir."
The recording was ready just as Dipper finished writing on the cardboard. "So, mister," Dipper began, raising the cut up cardboard that was supposed to be a name plate. "Have you ever heard of The Hide Behind?"
Manly Dan
Lumberjack / Punchung Enthusiast
"Hide Behind? Oh he's real, all right. Real as my beard! He was behind me once, and made a sound-" he imitated the sound by grazing his teeth together and produced a rattling noise. "Mighty spooky,"
Before anyone could utter another word, one of the brothers, Marcus, called for his father, "Dad?"
"It's coming down!"
In the background, the tall tree that they were busy cutting down, was currently falling in an angle. "Daddy's doin' a movie!" Manly Dan retorted in a loud shout. "He's doin' a movie now..."
Finally, the tree fell down in one big boom, crashing on the house and destroying it.
The mystery trio slowly backed away as they exchanged weary glances. They walked and when they were out of sight, they broke into a sprint, heading to other potential witnesses in Gravity Falls.
They found themselves in the diner, catching Lazy Susan doing nothing. Perfect opportunity for an interview. They got closer to the waitress, getting a whiff of her scent. Onions.
"Lazy Susan? Can we ask you a question?"
Susan smiled at the kids, holding a container of hot coffee and a mug on the other hand. "Oh, an interview! I can't wait!"
The camera began rolling, Dipper showed the rectangle shaped cardboard with Susan's name and her occupation.
Lazy Susan
Waitress / Smells like Onions
"Have you ever heard of The Hide Behind?" Y/n asked from behind the camera.
"Could I get a refill, ma'am? Refill?" A guy with a gray mustache– that sounded awfully like Soos– requested, shaking his empty mug.
"Oh, the Hide-Behind is definitely real," Susan said, completely ignoring the man and the coffee running down her closed fist around the cup. " Might even be behind me right now! Let me see–" She began turning around and around "Whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa—!"
Y/n and Dipper exchanged worried glances, while the mustache guy was utterly confused.
Finally, after searching for more people, they went home for the day. As they walked back, they saw Stan sitting by the porch with a Pitt Cola. Mabel skipped over to him. "What about you, Grunkle Stan, do you believe in the spooky Hide Behind?" She wriggled her fingers for extra effects.
Stan grunted, taking a sip. Y/n recorded the old man as they trudged closer to his profile. "What shenanigans are you kids going at it this time?"
"These nerds are going crazy about a mystery creature again," Mabel answered enthusiastically, placing her hands on the arm of the chair beside Stan.
Y/n rolled her eyes playfully. "Just answer. Do you believe that the Hide Behind exists?"
Dipper presented the board with Stan's name in it.
Grunkle Stan
Great Uncle / Mediocre Boss
"Don't believe every legend you hear, kid," Stan began. " The people in this town are literally the dumbest people in the world. Literally."
The girl holding the camera stifled her laughter.
"The Hide- Behind's just a rumor. You want a mystery? How about the mystery of why–"
A sudden sound cut Stan's off as something ran behind him. The old man jumped and recoiled while Y/n tried to capture the creature running off to who knows where. "That's it! Come on, Y/n!" Dipper bolted the scene and she was quick to follow.
Stan and Mabel began spouting phrases of "Hey, where are you going, we're doing an interview here!" "Wait, guys!"
But the two didn't stop, sprinting through the woods, panting. "Where is he, where is he?!" Dipper chanted under his breath.
"Over here!" Y/n swore she saw a shadowy figure hastily finding a cover. Dipper snapped his face towards her and followed her step.
Seconds turned into minutes, minutes turned to 4 hours. The two were back-to-back, eyeing every vicinity where they could spot the Hide Behind. They checked every corner, every nook and cranny of the forest from the bushes to the high tops. The only clue they had was the shackling sounds, so they followed it for the rest of the afternoon.
Eventually, after much searching and never letting the creature escape out of their sights, they reached another random clearing where the chattering noise was heard behind a slender tree.
"Alright. After hours of searching, we've narrowed it down to this tree." Dipper said in the camera. "Y/n and I have each other's backs, and Mabel happened to catch up to us so it's three versus one."
"Ayo!"
"Here it goes. Get ready to finally be seen, Hide Behind!"
The trio approached the willowy tree, thin enough to fit the skinny Hide Behind as seen from the journal. "In 3... 2... 1..."
They jumped in behind the three and found an owl with a maraca in its beak.
"What?"
"Woah, cool! Maraca owl!" Mabel enthused as she appeared from behind the bird with a huge smile. The owl flew around for a bit before landing on her sleeve. "Yeah! Play that thing!"
"Well, based on the lack of evidence, I have to conclude, anomaly #132, the Hide Behind, just a legend," Dipper said in finality.
Y/n placed a hand on his shoulder in assurance. "Hey, no worries. Maybe the Hide Behind doesn't want to be found." The two began walking to the direction they came from. "We could go for a banana split at the diner. Walking around is kinda tiring, don't you think?"
Dipper smiled at her invitation. "That sounds great."
Chatter chatter chatter .
"What was that?" The boy turned around and saw nothing. He shrugged in defeat and continued walking. He also decided to ignore the next prattling sounds and focused on Y/n instead. He'd rather just walk alongside her and listen to her stories forever.
***
LQ WKH IXWXUH, WKH
🗝: caesar
Chapter 39: ***Shorts #4: Mabel's Guide to Life
Chapter Text
[disclaimer: some episodes of mabel's guide to life could not be found due to technical issues. luckily, soos managed to salvage the important ones. enjoy! -mabel]
Ep 1: Dating (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
Mabel saw Dipper filming his investigations and thought that she wanted to do that as well. To have her own TV show where she talks about her interests and color people intrigued. She got a more modern recorder that Soos found in his attic and let the girl borrow for her show.
All she needed was a cameraman– or rather, a camerawoman.
"Hey, Y/n! Wanna be on my show as my co-host?"
Dipper, having heard of Mabel's offer, immediately objected. "Hey, what gives, she's my co-host."
Mabel scoffed playfully, waving a dismissive hand. "Don't worry, Dips, you'll get your partner back. I just need Y/n to hold the camera for me! No biggie."
Y/n raised a pointer finger. "Uh, actually–"
The other twin ignored the first comment despite the blush in his cheeks. "You can just prop up the camera on a surface. Y/n and I still need to film more episodes."
"I'll help you, Mabel," Y/n said with a smile, overlooking Dipper's glare from beside her. She turned to face him as she shrugged. "I'll help both of you. Just don't clash your schedules with one another."
Dipper hesitantly relented, sighing. "Fine. We're filming the Moth Man tonight, okay?"
She nodded. "Okay."
"Okay!" Mabel clapped her hands. "Come on, Y/n! I need your help with the props!" Before the two could leave the room, she pointed at her brother. "And don't leave, I'm gonna need your help later!"
While Dipper's set was more cheap (but it was cute), Mabel's props were made with more effort and it showed. It was full of glitters, sparkles, gems, jewels, and glue. Tons of glue. Waddles was peacefully sleeping while Mabel placed the various colorful stones on its fat side. She used what looked like icing to spell out "Mabel's Guide To" as some sort of a title screen.
"Alright, we got the photo for the title," Mabel grinned, swiping a sweat on her forehead.
"So what guides are you gonna do?"
"Oh, a lot," Mabel gushed. "Everything life could offer: fitness, foods, sports, make-up, and more!"
And more she did. The two began setting up what Mabel's studio is supposed to look like. Mabel draped a light green cloth like a curtain for her background, while Y/n placed a white sheet on the table. Two of Mabel's favorite stuffed animals sat beside her as her guests as she placed mugs for them. Two light bulbs were placed inside cardboard boxes as her lights.
She sat on the chair while Y/n checked the camera's settings. "So, Soos gave this to you?"
"Yep, specifically for my show. So, are we ready?"
"What episode are we doing again?"
She raised her arms in joy. "Mabel's Guide to Dating!"
"Great! Dating." Y/n tried to match her enthusiasm. "Okay, I'm gonna count down and you're just gonna do your best."
"I always do my best." The camera rolled and Y/n counted down until she gestured for her to begin. "As we all know, I'm a dating expert. In fact, I can't get the boys to leave me alone!" She suddenly stood. "You know what you did, Zack!" She screamed, startling the camerawoman a bit.
Y/n feigned a confused stare from behind the camera, but she trusted Mabel to know what she was doing.
"Okay, cut," Mabel signaled and Y/n stopped recording. "Now we need to get Grunkle Stan, Soos, and Dipper."
"What for?"
"Oh, you'll see!"
The three were gathered quite easily– except for Stan who accepted but only because he was promised bacon– and now they sat in three separate chairs with a huge sign that says 'CONTESTANTS' hanging above them.
Soos was excited, Dipper was still slightly annoyed seeing Y/n helping his sister instead of him, while Stan was just bemused with the whole thing.
"And– action! Today we're gonna test the date-ability of three of Gravity Falls' swinging-est bachelors. Soos!"
Y/n pointed the camera at him. "Get ready to fall in love, America! Am I, am I looking at the right camera?"
"Over here, Soos," she told him.
"Dipper!"
He crossed his arms. "Who are you even making this for?" Such a baby.
"Grunkle Stan!"
"I'm only here 'cause you promised bacon." On cue, Mabel flung a bacon over her head, directly onto Stan's mouth. "I'm pacified!"
Mabel walked towards the camera. "And now for a simple 9,000 question dating quiz." She said before presenting three long papers.
The three men slash boys were transferred to the living room and they answered the quiz. The two girls watched them think of their answers differently. Mabel nudged her elbows into Y/n's. "Y/n, you wanna take my quiz? I have 1 more extra!"
"I do love quizzes..." Y/n admitted, "But I don't think I can ace this particular quiz."
"You don't need to ace it, you just need to answer honestly!"
"No."
Mabel let out a chuckle. "Heh, anyway, while they're busy working, let's film various animals getting all the love!"
***
A montage of Mabel forcing two of several kinds of animals to date later, and the results were in. The boys were back in their seats as Mabel brought their results. "Grunkle Stan, on a scale from one to five, you scored a three."
"Yes! Yes!"
"This will limit your dating pool to widows, lady plumbers and convicts." Mabel read.
"I still consider this a victory."
She walked over to Dipper. "Dipper. Your score is... eesh! You know, scores don't really matter. You should just focus on being you." She tried to reassure, flitting her gaze between him and the camera from across the room.
Mabel hurriedly skipped towards Soos. "Soos, on a scale from one to five you scored.. a twelve?"
"My grandma was right all along. I am the world's most perfect man!"
Soos stood up and raised his arms. Out of nowhere, three birds flew their way at him. "And cut!" Mabel shouted. "Thank you all for your participation." She smiled at them as they hastily walked out of the room. "Now I just need to film my final thoughts. You did so great, Y/n!"
"I just held the camera."
"Yeah, and I couldn't have done this show without your huge help!" She pulled her into an embrace. "Hugs!"
***
Ep 2: Fashion (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
For this episode, Mabel had called up both Candy and Grenda. "Okay, girls, we're gonna do a Mabel's Guide to Fashion!"
"Great idea, Mabel!" Candy nodded.
Grenda gushed. "You're the most fashion expert out of all of us!"
Seeing the huge pile of sweaters with various colors and designs proved Grenda's statement. Y/n couldn't figure out how it fit her bags the first time the twins came here, but she saw tons of yarn that Mabel might have used to sew more sweaters for half of the summer.
So to start the episode, Mabel wore her unique sweaters and struck poses, Grenda narrating in the background. Dipper was even pulled in for a short cameo, getting him to wear glasses. As Mabel strutted across him with a confident walk, Dipper was writhing with awkwardness. "So wait, what do you want me to do?"
"Flip up your glasses!" Grenda harshly whispered from beside Y/n, while said girl was trying not to laugh.
"Uh, like this?" He flipped the shades of the glasses with an uncomfortable gaze. Y/n thought he looked cute.
After cleaning up the attic a bit, Mabel sat on an office chair with her arms on either side as if she's relaxing. "Guess what. It's Mabel." She said to the camera. "Everyone wants to look as amazing as me. But most people don't have time for fashion in their busy day-to-day lives." She jumped off the chair. "That's why I've created...
"FLASH MAKEOVER!"
Candy and Grenda beside Mabel as they screamed.
The first victim– or client was one sitting in the living room drinking from a mug. Y/n held the camera, appearing on the door and Soos noticed. "Oh, hey, Y/n. What are you uh-"
"Grenda, hold him down!"
Mabel, Candy, and Grenda arrived at the scene, swiftly tackling Soos to the ground. Candy and Mabel went ahead and put makeup on his face. They dressed him up in clothes and a blonde wig that Y/n swore she saw on TV before. "These pants are so tight... I can't move!"
"You can thank us later!" Mabel said as she, Candy, and Grenda dashed through the door.
Y/n was left standing with Soos until he lost his balance. "I'm down! Soos is down!" She had to stop recording and helped him stand back up before teaming with the three girls once again. She found them in front of the common bathroom where she heard singing from inside.
"Start the recording, Y/n," Mabel whispered. "This is our next target."
And she did just that. Mabel opened the door to see Stan singing in front of the mirror, "I'm Stan and I was wrong, I'm singing the Stan Wrong Song-"
Grenada didn't hesitate to tackle Stan to the ground, making him scream. "AHH! What's happening?!"
"BEAUTY IS HAPPENING!" Mabel retaliated as Candy and Grenda began applying cosmetics while Y/n held her laughter.
A full-15 minutes of make-up later, Stan finally saw the results of the girls' creation as Grenda stretched out a hand mirror. He found his skin to be a resemblance of a tiger, probably a reference to "Tiger Fist' – a show he's been watching.
"I'd be pretty mad at you girls," he paused, "if I didn't look so fantastic!"
"Success! Take it to the street, girls!"
The four proceeded to walk around town, looking for potential victims– rather clients. Mabel scoped the streets as she rubbed her chin. "Okay, gals. We need a real challenge."
"Old Man McGucket!" Someone screamed and there he sat on a bench, spitting in a bucket.
Grenda narrowed her eyes. "This one is a toughie." Candy nodded in agreement.
But Mabel grinned despite the task. "Let's try something bold!"
So they pulled McGucket to the sidewalk and turned him around so the back of his head was facing them. Mabel brought a red marker and began drawing a face on his bald head. "Am I good or am I good, girls?"
"Absolutely stunning," Grenda said from beside Y/n.
Mabel walked around the old man and gestured to his entire face. "Now we cover up that... problem... area..." She grabbed a handful of his beard and lifted to his head so that it covered his face. The end of his beard appeared to be his hair from the back as Mabel combed its bangs. "Now you just have to walk backwards everywhere you go and bingo! You're fabulous."
Old Man McGucket wasn't complaining. "That's the way my body naturally wants to move anyways!" He started to go backwards as he sang a tune. A random woman saw all of this and screamed and ran away, horrified.
Going back to the Shack, Grenda was reviewing the tapes as she praised Mabel's handiwork. "You are a visionary, Mabel!"
"Thanks, girls! Couldn't have done it without you guys." Mabel paused. "Though I think we're missing our one last flash makeover."
"Who is it? Is it Dipper?" Candy voiced out with her fists clenched excitedly.
"Nope!" The other girl replied, her eyes seeming to drift towards an unsuspecting girl who was watching the sun without her eyes getting hurt.
Said girl, now aware of the eyes directed at her, stopped in her movements. "What?"
Mabel stepped forward, Y/n paced back. Candy inched closer, Y/n avoided her path. Grenda with the camera began recording before Y/n burst into a sprint inside the Shack. The three girls quickly followed.
Y/n ran to the living room, then the kitchen, exiting through the back door. She waited until Candy and Mabel got to go outside as well and they did, waiting for her next move. Grenda was nowhere to be seen. Y/n sauntered side to side while Mabel and Candy were stomping closer. "You can't hide, Y/n!"
But she could run. She managed to escape their arms and went back inside the Shack where she was anticipating Grenda waiting so she decided to go through the front of the gift shop. Mabel screamed for Grenda, making her assumptions right that Grenda was waiting but just not on the right door.
Y/n made the haste decision to go upstairs instead of her room because typically, they would go to that place first. The room options upstairs were very minimal as it only contained the very-much-full storage room, Stan's room, and the twins' room. Maybe she should just jump out of the window and walk away as if nothing happened.
Why is she even running away? Maybe because she dislikes make-up and doesn't like the feeling of products being put on her face? She heard the ruckus downstairs as well as Mabel telling the girls to split up, and that was her cue to bolt inside the twins' room.
Dipper jumped when the door was suddenly opened. He opened his mouth to ask but Y/n quickly shushed him. "I have to hide."
He pointed at a vacant room behind her and Y/n didn't hesitate to climb a makeshift ladder towards a storage space full of unused toys and things.
As if on cue, Mabel entered the room, her hands almost shaking with glee. "Where is she?"
"Who?" Dipper casually responded as he went back to his reading.
"Y/n! Have you seen her?"
"Nope, it's just me."
Mabel grinned, pointing at him with sass. "Ha, you think you're a good liar, brother? I know she's in here. She can't hide! ...Unless she's in Stan's room then I'll let her be because I don't wanna go there."
Dipper could imagine Y/n's facepalm from her hiding spot. "Uh, well you're unlucky because nobody was here until you came. It's just... me." He avoided her gaze and instead focused on the words of the page.
The girl narrowed her eyes. "Sure... I'll leave you alone, for now." Before she made her leave, she made sure to open the closet door, finding it empty. Her eyes remained narrowed as she exited out of the room backwards.
Y/n crawled closer to the light and looked at Dipper. He lifted a palm, silently telling her to wait until the coast was clear. Once he nodded, she jumped down without making a single noise. "Thanks," she sighed in relief."
"No problem. It's only right since you helped me with that Stan incident."
The Stan incident being hiding in the roof after barging inside a bathroom occupied by said old man– all a ruse for uncovering a mystery.
Dipper held his eyes on her. "I can think of a million reasons as to why you're running away from my sister, but care to specify?"
"It's gonna sound pretty lame of me," she shrugged, "but in her episode, she's doing this segment where she and her friends do flash makeovers on random people. Guess who's the next target," she finished with a huge frown.
"Yikes," the boy tilted his head as he tried to sympathize with her. He placed a finger in the middle of the pages as a bookmark while he continued talking with her. "Make-up is weird."
"I just don't see the appeal, sorry." Y/n shrugged.
Dipper agreed. "But disliking it doesn't make you lame at all," he replied, referring to her first statement. "It's a fashion choice– and h-honestly you don't need it." He shrugged, avoiding her gaze as he suddenly found the wall interesting. "But what do I know, I'm a boy." Dipper quickly added, trying his best to lessen the heat in his cheeks.
Y/n sunk to the ground and crossed her legs comfortably. "Yeah, well, I agree with your statement so you know something. Maybe more than I do."
The two sat in a pleasant silence, until it was quite literally destroyed when Grenda burst through the door with Mabel and Candy– their eyes hungry, their fingers twitching, and their tooth-filled grins erupting with saliva. They looked like rabid hyenas.
"Y/n~! We found you!"
Before Y/n could have a chance to stand, Grenda had already thrown her entire body towards her, effectively trapping her. Mabel and Candy brought their bags as Y/n writhed in her cage. Grenda was relentless, even Y/n's strength couldn't overpower her tough stature.
Dipper didn't know what to do. He was afraid that if he were to step up and attempt to pull Y/n away from these... monsters that he'd be the next target, and he didn't want to string himself in this colorful mess. So he just watched with fearful eyes as the girls went ahead and applied blush, mascara, eyeliner, and lipstick on her face. An involuntary shiver ran down his spine. He didn't want to have to go through that again.
"And done! – Grenda, get the camera!" Mabel ordered, Grenda having pulled out the camera almost immediately.
Mabel spoke in front of the camera. "Of course, for the verdict of this result, we don't wanna be the judges because it would be biased, so we went with a more biased judge; my dorky brother, Dipper!"
Said boy tensed at the mention of his name, as Grenda pointed the recorder to his face. "Not too close!" He reprimanded. "And when did you decide I was the judge?"
"Uh– since the contestant is her?" Mabel quickly replied as if it was obvious. "Drum roll please!" An imaginary drum rolls over the room. "Tada!"
Candy turned Y/n around to face Dipper and he unconsciously swallowed at the sight. He blinked once, twice, three times, before blurting out his thoughts. "Pretty."
"What did he sayyyy?" Mabel screamed in a DJ voice, honking a horn. "Is our judge giving us a perfect score?"
Dipper cleared his throat, looking away casually. "It's pretty nice, but please don't wear make-up next time. You already look good." He mumbled in one breath.
But Mabel – and the rest of the girls had super hearing and were able to hear his sentences, making the three scream, while Y/n was still trying to process everything. Dipper tried to go back to his reading despite the loud beating of his heart. And while Candy and Grenda were still screaming around the room, Mabel held the camera to her face. "Tune in next time when I tell you what the next fashion trend is! Bye!"
***
VHDUFK IRU WKH VLJQV
🗝: caesar
Chapter 40: ***Shorts #5: Mabel's Guide to Life
Chapter Text
Ep 3: Color (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
"What's your favorite color, Gravity Falls?"
Y/n and Mabel proceeded to ask every person this question. Ranging from common ones to absurd ones- like seriously, what the heck is a Magic Vision poster?
"What about you, Y/n? What's your favorite color?"
"Anything? But I love yellow the most," she answered truthfully. "But really. It changes everyday."
Mabel grinned. "Interesting answer! Just like you, Y/n."
Y/n didn't have time to think whether she should be offended or not because she had already gone to Stan's office. "What's your favorite color, Grunkle Stan?"
He was busy rummaging through suitcases around the room when his great niece asked the question. Y/n almost knew the answer as she had asked the question before, and was again met with the same awkward and boring answer.
"None."
"What?!" Mabel sputtered.
"I don't have a favorite color." Stan stood his ground, not sparing her a glance. "I don't even like colors."
Mabel was exasperated, throwing her arms up in hope. "Not even... rainbows?"
"Beats me, I've never seen a rainbow."
"WHAT?!" She screamed so loudly and before Y/n knew it, she was being dragged to the twins' room, stating it was a 'color emergency'. Surprisingly, Grenda and Candy were already there, while Dipper had just come in after the two.
The four sat on Dipper's bed, while Mabel was on the opposite side with the camera pointed at them like an interview. "Alright guys, how can we get Grunkle Stan to see a rainbow? I need ideas, people!"
Y/n sat idly beside Dipper, her hands intertwined in silence. She thought about the process of obtaining rainbows from the sky, or taking Stan to a unicorn's base and getting them to generate rainbows to their hearts' content.
It was until Candy came out with her own ideas that made Y/n shake off her plans. "What if we reflect the rainbow from the falls into Stan's window?"
Dipper and Candy exchanged enthusiastic high-fives while Y/n tilted her head. "But-"
"Yeah!" Grenda bellowed after drinking a whole gallon of expired milk. She carelessly fell off the bed and began sleeping.
Y/n almost helped the poor girl until Candy stretched out a hand. "It's fine, she does this."
The five- excluding Grenda since she still had to recover from the potential food poisoning- began to commence their scheme. After randomly finding a lone body mirror lying in the parlor room of the Shack, Y/n, Candy, and Dipper set up Soos' truck in front of a waterfall. Y/n guided the two carriers to the right angle where the mirror would perfectly reflect the water directly into Stan's office.
Dipper and Candy were wearing sunglasses as looking at the harsh light that the glass would reflect might literally blind someone. So Y/n made sure to let Mabel know that. She must've had a spare pair of glasses for Stan, right?
Sure enough, screams coming from the said man reverberated across the forest. His screams of agony were so resonating deep within the woods making the birds that lay peacefully, fly away at the noise.
The three sprinted back to the Mystery Shack and went straight to Stan's office to see Soos quickly putting the fire out with a fire extinguisher. Stan was limping as Mabel tried to assist him but he only muttered sounds of annoyance.
"I'll get the medkit," Dipper said in the midst of awkward silence before going away in big strides. Y/n and Candy merely stared at the situation that had developed.
As Mabel supported Stan towards the yellow couch, he screamed louder than before, "I HATE COLOR MORE THAN EVER!"
***
Ep 4: Art (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
"Okay! Ready?" Mabel asked Y/n, who stood behind the camera once more.
"Yep." Y/n replied. "Are you?"
"Never better!"
Her eyebrows furrowed. "But that's not...-"
"Let's get the ball rolling!"
Mabel's enthusiasm had Y/n shaking her head. "Okay. Recording in 3... 2... 1..."
"Art! It's all around us! From the big triangles of the desert, to those pens that go like.. Brooop! Brooop!" She tilted said pen on her hand. "No one knows what art means or where it comes from, but one thing is for sure: I'm great at it!" She shrugged as casually as she could.
On the table were papers with different scribbles of colors as Mabel presented one by one. "At age 2, I was naturally gifted." It was a paper full of blue squiggly lines.
"At age 5, I was a master of portraits." It was a supposed picture of Dipper as a blue stickman.
"Age 7 was a time of free exploration!" She presented a painting of a rainbow court - a court with the occupants being literal rainbows.
Mabel leaned against the statue placed in the middle of the hallway. "But everything changed when I saw this amazing caricature!" She took out a drawing of Dipper with an entirely different art style. His head was uncharacteristically- or characteristically larger and his other facial features were exaggerated in size.
"Gimme that, gimme that!" Dipper voiced, magically materialized beside Y/n before snatching hte paper from her hands.
"What could make it even better you ask? I give you..." Mabel extracted a paper from her pocket. "The Cat-icature!"
It was a gray cartoon cat head with a hat similar to Dipper's. "Just compare this amazing likeness to Dipper!" She glided over towards her brother.
"That doesn't look anything like me-"
"You're right it does look exactly like you! But I didn't just draw Dipper. I'm planning on making more and selling it! I just need to find the perfect entrepreneur who would sell this!"
The two proceeded to go and find Stan and reel him in for the business proposal. Mabel had prepared the cat-icatures she made of Wendy, Soos, Stan, Waddles, and even Y/n and placed them all on the dining table where Stan spectated closely.
"Uh, it's just the same crummy cat face with a different hat each time- except for Y/n and Waddles," he said, specifically pointing at her caricature of an orange tabby with a daisy necklace as a collar.
"Exactly!" Mabel leaned forward. "And I sell 'em for 10 dollars each."
"You need an agent? I am now your agent."
Y/n had never cackled so loudly.
***
Soon enough, Stan had put up a stall that would sell cat-icatures for 10 dollars. It was a commission type thing where people would come and have Mabel draw them as cats as quickly as a minute. The word spread like wildfire and more people fell in line for a cat-icature of their own. Stan happily took all the money. "Mabel! These cat-icatures are sellin' like hotcakes!"
Mabel, who was sitting on the table across the stall, appeared bored. "Cat-icatures are good. But I've moved on to the next level. Behold... " she hauled out a giant cat and on its stomach was a drawn face of a man. "Humani-cat-icatures!"
Everyone paused upon seeing the giant cat. But then all of the customers who wanted to buy the cat-icatures wanted to buy the humani-cat-icatures instead. Their hollers were louder than before. Stan had the biggest smile he wore. "Somebody get this girl more cats!"
An hour of collecting stray cats from the back alleys later, Mabel was in a room surrounded by angry cats who refused to have their stomachs painted. Mabel's hair was disheveled and her sweater looked ripped. Her camera was propped on a crate as she videoed herself stepping closer to a cat.
"That's it for Mabel's guide to art, where we learned that sometimes you have to suffer for your art." She said towards the camera before talking to a dark cat. "Here, kitty, kitty-"
The cat jumped and attacked Mabel in her face. Mabel fell to the ground, screaming as she tried to get away from its sharp claws. "AHH! Y/n, help!!!" She began giggling. "It actually kinda tickles."
***
UFGFIV RH RM GSV
🗝: reverse
Chapter 41: ***Shorts #6: Fixin' it with Soos
Chapter Text
#1: Cuckoo Clock (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
Soos had the most original idea ever: what if he is the host of his own show where he does what he does best? And what is he good at? Fixing! So he went ahead and used Y/n's room as his set for the show. Y/n didn't mind– as long as he doesn't wreck anything and that he only does it once. It might sound like a harsh consideration and she trusts Soos, but her room is her safe haven. It's the only place where she could get peace.
So Soos excitedly set up on her bed so that it faced him. His cool keyboard was placed behind him to provide him with any sound effects. Y/n left him to his devices and went down to the basement for a moment.
"Hey, dudes! Welcome to 'Fixin' It With Soos', the only home "Fix It" show that I edited myself on my own computer." Soos could already imagine the effects that he's adding to the video once he reaches home. "Today I have this broken cuckoo clock." He picked up the clock. "As you can see, it's tore up from the floor up. Stan knocked it down the other day by accident."
Knocked down meaning Stan repeatedly beat it up with a bat, screaming at it to stop.
"I'm gonna fix it up, and when I'm done, Stan will rate my handiwork on the "Awesome-o-meter"." He took out a chart with a cartoony thermometer and words plastered on it.
A few minutes of duct tape and wood glue later, Soos somehow put it back together, but it didn't look functional. Not moments later, it already fell apart. "Almost there! Although, something off... Ah-ha! It needs decorations!"
Mabel walked into the scene, drinking a box of orange juice. "Oooh! Make it leopard print!"
The two proceeded to add more enhancements to the cuckoo clock, which now had an attached beach house with more miniature birds as friends. He even named them respectively.
Another montage of cuckoo clock repairing later, Y/n had finally come up to the surface– doing so as discreetly as possible before getting herself a classic Pitt cola. She entered through the living room's door and there she saw Soos, Mabel, and Stan with a draped object on a pedestal in the middle of them.
"Y/n! Perfect timing." Soos smiled. "It's the grand unveiling of Mr Pines' brand new Cuckoo Clock!"
"You've joined forces with Mabel. This is an unsettling development," Stan grumbled as Y/n took a sip from her cola.
Soos uncovered the cuckoo clock. "Voila!" and it is revealed to make music, light up the place and more decorations Soos and Mabel wanted, for example the slide and the boomboxes. Y/n's eyes widened and her gaze shifted to Stan who crossed his arms. "So, Stan, What do you think?"
"Why is it permanently set to 1:50?"
"Its hands are in the air, like it just doesn't care! So, one to ten, what do you give it?" Soos carried the cuckoo clock in his arms closer to Stan.
The old man scratched his head. "Well, it doesn't make that horrible Cuckoo sound anymore, so... I don't know, ten out of ten, whatever."
Soos was very happy and surprised, and dropped the Cuckoo Clock, destroying it.
***
#2: Golf Cart (Takes place after "Bros Before Dinos")
"Y/n, just one last episode I swear!" Soos begged on his knees.
"Okay, okay!" Y/n quickly replied, pulling him to his feet. "Just don't do that again." She sighed, placing a hand on her forehead. "Alright. You can film one more, but you know you can always do it in your room, right?"
"I know, but I don't want Abuelita watching me. Here is a safe space," he expressed with his arms wide. "But I think two episodes are enough considering my computer couldn't take any more rendering."
"I understand, Soos," she nodded. "Okay, go ahead."
Dipper and Wendy were outside of her room when she walked out. Wordlessly, she let the two inside of her room before walking out and closing the door. She couldn't wait to just lie down and sleep peacefully.
"Okay! You guys are here. Are you guys ready to be a part of this amazing show?"
"Of course, man. We'll support you," Wendy assured.
After setting up the camera, Soos stood from behind a table with a soldering iron. "Hey dudes! And welcome back to "Fixin' it with Soos," Soos said, while Dipper and Wendy were standing behind him, "the show where I always forget that I'm leaning on the soldering iron,"
Of course he would forget.
A few minutes later, Soos came back with a bandaged hand. "What needs fixing today?" He asked the two people.
"Well, me and Dipper were just doing normal work stuff with the golf cart..." Wendy began, telling the events of earlier. "So now the cart's busted for some reason. You think you can fix it so we can finish our stunt?"
"You have called upon my fix-it powers. I accept this call, Wendy," Soos said with a serious tone.
Meanwhile, the two were left confused. "Huh? What call?" Wendy questioned.
"The Call... of POWER!"
"What's happening right now?"
Soos whispered, I'll show you guys later. Oh no! A bat! Laser eyes, go! Boom."
Dipper blinked. "Still in the dark over here."
The 3 went outside to inspect the wrecked golf cart. Soos and Dipper changed into jumpsuits while Wendy took the couch outside to read a magazine. "It's time to fix the golf cart. At the end of the show, Dipper and Wendy will rank my handyman-ship from 1 to 10." His voice then dropped into a whisper next to Dipper. "Vote 10!"
"Happy to do it, dude." Dipper smiled. "Hey, do you think a girl would think I look cool in this jumpsuit?" He laughed nervously. "I mean..." He kept laughing.
In a defeated voice, Soos laid a hand on the younger boy's shoulder. "Some things, even Soos can't fix."
Not wasting any time, Soos and Dipper began fixing the cart. They opened the hood and Soos fiddled with the interior parts of the vehicle until he found the problem and fixed it with a wrench. "Huh, looks like a problem with the fuel injector. Dipper, try the engine now."
Dipper walked to the cart and started the engine successfully. "Hey! You did it, man. It works!"
"My fix-it power has been unleashed!"
"Why do you keep saying stuff like that?"
Another montage had passed of Soos adding embellishments and other augmentations to the cart. Y/n walked out of the Shack. It seemed like every time she knew that Soos would do an episode of his show, she would only arrive at the part where Soos is doing the unveiling of his final product.
"Y/n! Perfect timing!" Soos said it again once he noticed her. "I was just about to show Dipper and Wendy the new golf cart!"
Dipper's eyes widened when he saw her. Dang it, I changed my clothes too soon. His mind revolved around that one thought.
"Alright, let's see it," Y/n said, casually sipping on– you guessed it, Pitt Cola.
"Behold!" He revealed the redesigned cart, filled with memorabilia and painted designs. Everything was different and Y/n didn't know what to say, but this new golf cart just screamed danger. "So let's make this jump!"
"Jump?" Y/n tilted her head.
The three went ahead and climbed aboard the golf cart, Soos as the driver and that's when Y/n noticed a giant ramp placed in the middle of the clearing. Y/n merely watched from where she stood as Soos began driving the golf cart at maximum speed, but it didn't seem fast enough to cover the leap.
"I don't think we have enough speed to make it," Dipper said wearily.
"Hit the nitrous boosters!" Soos replied confidently.
"Aren't those illegal?" questioned Wendy.
Soos only cackled. "You bet your life they are, baby!" He pressed the middle of the steering wheel (which was a literal boat wheel) and the boosters came to life, immediately adding speed.
The cart went through the ramp at a greatest speed as Wendy and Dipper screamed happily. "We're clearing it! We're clearing it!" Dipper yelled.
"So, what score do I get, from one to ten?"
The other two chanted. "Ten out of ten! Ten out of ten!"
"Thanks, guys!"
The trio didn't realize that– they hadn't landed yet. The golf cart was still in mid-air, but maybe the roof that they were heading straight towards might be a stark reminder that they might just–
CRASH!
"Oh my god, are you guys okay?!" Y/n screamed hysterically when the golf cart straight-up collided with the Shack's wooden roof tiles. They were able to get off before the disaster but that didn't mean it didn't hurt when they rolled on the ground not-so gracefully.
She went ahead and checked if they were somewhat fine. Wendy had scratches, Dipper had a bruise on his elbows, while Y/n was sure that one of Soos' legs was broken.
She was also sure that Dipper was having a concussion from the way he was shamelessly clinging onto her.
But none of that mattered when Stan went outside and called for the Shack's handyman. "Soos! I think the roof is broken! Can you fix it for me?"
Soos flipped a thumb up. "I make my own economy."
***
ORMVH. GSV KZHG RH
🗝: reverse
Chapter 42: ***Shorts #7: Mabel's Scrapbook
Chapter Text
Page 15: Heist Movie (Takes place after "Sacrifices for Your Sibling")
"Twelve bucks a ticket?" Stan questioned as he handed everyone the tickets. "Pony Heist better be the best movie ever made!"
Pony Heist had been the talk of the town. The town being the entire Mystery Shack with Mabel as the only population. She had been wanting to go see this movie, and what better way to enjoy it than watching it with her family?
"I wrote a list of hilarious jokes to yell out during the movie. Pony Heist? More like BALONEY Heist! Right?"
Y/n couldn't help but snort at that. If she ever had a weakness, it was bad jokes. She had a fondness for them. Dipper looked to his right and hid his smile upon hearing her chortle.
Mabel grinned. "See? Y/n gets me!"
"That's because she likes bad jokes," Stan deadpanned as if it was obvious, making Y/n pout.
"Hey, don't ridicule my humor, old man." Y/n crossed her arms. "What are we waiting for? The movie's about to begin!"
So Y/n, Dipper, Mabel, Soos, and Stan entered the cinema, chanting "Movies! Movies! Movies!"
An unsuspecting candy fell out of Mabel's sweater and Thompson managed to notice it and picked it up. "Hey, you stop! There is no outside food or drink allowed in the theater!"
The five of them frowned in annoyance. "Well, it's just one candy," Mabel reasoned.
"Yeah! I wanna talk to the manager!" Stan placed his hands on his hips.
Thompson glared. "I am the manager! Your family is banned!"
And there they were, sitting on the pavement outside the cinema. Mabel pouted. "No ponies..."
"No explosions," Soos sighed.
That was it. She's not going to let this go any further. Y/n stood up. "Are we just gonna let Thompson do that to us?"
"Yeah! We are not going down like this!" Dipper followed her. "I've got a plan to break in."
The five huddled together and formed a plan to get in. Y/n and Stan dealt with the breaking in part and the distraction to get the other employees to chase them. Soos, disguised as a delivery guy, hauled a huge box with a Dipper inside of it. Dipper managed to reach a panel that controls the displays for the cinemas, including the names of the movies showing.
He deliberately changed one of the movie's titles to " Thompson Drinks Popcorn Butter' with the manager eventually noticing it. "What?! No, I don't! Thompson immediately interjected, stomping towards the cinema in hopes of changing it.
Now the counter was unoccupied, giving Mabel a chance to climb inside a huge case of syrup and began covering herself in its sticky, sugary treat. "This is my favorite part!" She yelled out, not knowing that Thompson was near.
"Hey!"
Mabel escaped in time before Thompson could find her, climbing on the walls and across the ceiling until she reached one of the main vents. She managed to open one without the use of any tools, making one wonder if Mabel really had secret super strength or the cinema had just poor maintenance. Y/n was willing to bet on the latter.
The vent from the outside was opened by none-other than the brown-haired gal and that was their cue to climb aboard and went on a journey to the correct cinema where the Pony Heist was showing. Dipper kicked open the next ventilation bars and before they knew it, they landed exactly in the screening room where they got to see the entire view of the movie without the uncomfortable cramped up space.
Yet, even with the freedom to move anywhere inside the screening room, the family remained as closed as they could on a lone couch. Y/n, Mabel, and Dipper sat on the ground, while Soos and Stan sat on the sofa.
And not even when the movie reached its midpoint was Stsn immersed by the pony movie. The narrator told the story, "But the ponies are filled with– TNT!" Said ponies crashed and exploded in one big boom.
The gang laughed at the occurrence. Mabel brought out her page of Pony Heist jokes and read it aloud for the crowd below. "'Pony Heist'? More like BALONEY HEIST! Am I right?!"
Everyone in the cinema laughed, enjoying the joke. Mabel retreated back to the couch and gave Dipper a high-five. In the corner of her eyes, Y/n noticed Thompson on a small TV screen with them in the room. He was holding a huge bottle of butter. "Hey, look!" She pointed, garnering the family's attention to the monitor.
Thompson flitted his eyes from left to right before drinking the gallon of butter without a care in the world. Everyone laughed as Mabel took a picture with her camera.
"I'd do the same though-" Soos chimed in.
***
Page 26: Petting Zoo (Takes place after "Exchanging Bosses and Bodies")
Good ol' farmer Sprott had recently made his farm into a temporary petting zoo. Mabel invited everyone– including Wendy to a trip on said farm. They begrudgingly agreed and now they arrived at the petting zoo.
"I'm gonna pet you, I'm gonna pet you, oh-ho! You better believe I'm gonna pet you!" Mabel said to the animals she passed by, goats and sheep alike. It was relatively normal– and boring, until a strange creature caught Mabel's brown eyes.
She gasped, running towards a certain eight-legged cow named Octavia, her name written on a yellow banner above. Dipper and Y/n soon followed after her. It was peculiar, the cow indeed having 8 legs placed randomly around her body.
Y/n hasn't seen this type of cow before. The other strange cows she had discovered were Cow Circles– cows coated with designs of otherworldly mathematical precision from horns to hooves (as described by Ford).
"More limbs means more hugs!" Mabel cheered.
Everyone observed closer. "Whoa! I didn't think nature would allow this!" Dipper remarked in awe.
"Yeah!" Stan voiced, turning to Sprott, "Hick farmer! What gives?"
The man was leaning casually against the trunk of the tree. "Octavia? Well, she's just another blessin' from the toxic sludge running off the Mud Flaps factory."
They glanced behind Sprott, where a goat was absently drinking from the toxic river before it grew another head– and died. Y/n noticed the factory being named 'Northwest Mud Flaps', and she just wondered what the toxic sludge contained.
Mabel laughed as Octavia licked her face. "I could pet this cow forever!"
Sprott rubbed his nose. "Well, get your pettin' done now 'cause I'm gonna eat 'er come cow eatin' season."
Wendy, Mabel, Soos, and Dipper gasped while Stan's eyes widened. Y/n grimaced at the thought.
"So you wanna eat the freak to gain its mutant powers. I respect that." Stan commented.
Y/n elbowed his side. "Don't call it a freak," she harshly whispered.
Before the group started to walk away, Mabel pulled on the old man's arm. "Grunkle Stan! We can't let Octavia be eaten!"
"Come on, Mabel! Cows are delicious!" Stan shrugged.
Mabel frowned, hugging Octavia's nose. "But we love her!"
Stan stared at Mabel petting the clueless cow, who was about to be turned into a burger (Sprott was holding two buns from a distance, imagining Octavia as a hamburger). Suddenly, Octavia licked him, making Stan sigh in defeat.. "Warm up the truck."
Y/n smiled at Stan's disgruntled reaction to the cheering around him. The group came up with a plan to wait until closing time to do the mission.
It was now 6PM and eventually, everyone else in the petting zoo left and one of the employees added the small 'CLOSED' sign by the entrance. The plan was on the go.
Soos sat on the roof of the truck, daliang the phone number of Sprott's farm. Not long after, the old phone from inside the barn rang and the farmer answered. "Hi! I'm calling from "Pictures of Tractors Monthly"! Please hold for an important message!" Soos said, holding up his portable keyboard. He began playing a tune and sang, "Da-ra-ta-ra-to! Ta-ra-ta-pa-da-ba-bo!"
While the farmer was distracted, the rest of the Pines loaded Octavia on the back of the truck.
"This is definitely a real message- ta-ra-pa-po!" Soos serenaded.
Once Octavia was safely tucked in the back of the truck, the gang entered the vehicle and Stan drove off in a hurry. Just then did Sprott notice the theft. "They're stealin' Octavia! Emmett! D'Shawn! Close the gate!"
While the truck was speeding away, the gate they were heading straight towards closed automatically and Stan made a sharp turn to the sheep pen, breaking some fences.
"Sheep! Dodge! Dodge!" Mabel screamed.
Stan swerved around the livestock, the truck almost tipping over. "Brace yourselves!" Stan yelled, heading towards a randomly placed ramp in the end of the pen. Everyone in the truck shrieked as the truck drove on a ramp, jumping over hay.
Serves Sprott right for building an escape ramp.
The gang waited until they were far enough from the petting zoo and Stan stopped the vehicle. They opened the trunk and Octavia walked out, mooing
"Goodbye, Octavia," Mabel said, "Here's a little something to remember us by."
Stan stuck a Mystery Shack sticker on Octavia's hind and smacked her back as farewell. Octavia moved forward and the group waved and said their goodbyes. "Bye!"
"Goodbye, Octavia!"
"Have beautiful babies!"
"I love you!"
Stan smiled. "She was alright for a mutant," he said, looking over at Y/n, and she nodded in approval at the correct nickname.
Octavia the eight-legged cow celebrated her freedom by sweetly eating grass. A bird passed by, and suddenly Octavia shot green lasers from her eyes, knocking out the bird as it fell from the sky, blackened and burnt. The moment it plummeted to the ground, Octavia stuck her mutated, long tongue to pull the bird to her mouth, aggressively eating the bird.
"Run," Stan told the terrified group, but Y/n was staring at it in awe, her mind reeling. Mabel stopped to take a picture of the cow's glowing eyes.
"Well, that was a fun day!"
***
KZHG. OVG’H HVV SLD
🗝: reverse
NUMBERS IN BOLD, THEY CATCH THE EYE,
A PUZZLE KEY, DON'T PASS THEM BY.
THEIR SIGNIFICANCE, YOU MUST DISCERN,
A CLUE TO SOLVE, A LESSON TO LEARN.
Chapter 43: ***Shorts #8: Stan's Birthday
Chapter Text
SHORTS 8: Stan's Birthday [Takes place after "I Always Have A Plan"]
It was a success when the Shack threw its first ever party to attract the youth. However, it occurred to Y/n as she realized that they had not held a separate party to commemorate the older man's birthday. June 15th. This irritated her because she felt compelled to make an effort despite the man's wishes not to go too much on something so insignificant.
Now she made it her mission to throw a big surprise party that will hopefully send him into a heart attack– she was kidding. Or was she?
When she told Mabel of her plan, she had to cover the girl's mouth to prevent her from screaming excitedly. "Mabel, shh!" She hissed. That man's ears are too big for his own good. "It's supposed to be a secret!"
"I love surprise parties!" The braces-wearing girl squealed, twirling around. "Dipper and I are born birthday experts," she said, throwing an arm across her brother's shoulders.
Dipper pointed a finger gun at her. "We shared every birthday together so we know how to make them perfect."
"Alright," Y/n smiled. "I'm counting on you, guys. I guess I'll be the one distracting him while you guys do the planning."
"We need all hands on deck," Mabel said, reaching for her phone. "I'm calling for back-up," she hurried and dialed the numbers she obtained from her newfound friends, calling Soos for help. She walked downstairs, leaving the two.
Dipper didn't question Y/n's sudden decision to throw a surprise party for his great uncle, but he remained curious. Heck, he didn't even know that his birthday passed. But he felt warmth in his heart when he saw the way that she was willing to give him the best day ever, so of course he would help.
"What are you doing?" Stan deadpanned, not looking away from one of the control panels.
"Whatever do you mean?" Y/n asked with a slight smile, expecting Stan to question her behavior.
He rolled his eyes as if it was obvious. "You're doing that thing where you couldn't keep your hands still. Your tapping hurts my ears,"
"Well, you're an old man with huge ears after all, so of course you're sensitive to these noises," she replied easily, leaning back with her arms behind her neck.
"You only do that when you're nervous or anticipating something," he paused for a moment. "Are you hiding something from me?"
"I would never," Y/n breathed, her face morphing into an offensive expression. "I was just wondering if you'd like to go on a little expedition with me."
"Expe- what?" Stan questioned, glancing at her. "What's with the sudden activity? We haven't gone outside for the last thirty years."
"You mean we haven't gone outside together for the last thirty years," she easily corrected. "Come on, it'll be fun." She stood up and dusted her clothes.
He narrowed his eyes on her. "I'm suspicious of all of this." He spoke slowly, but after tossing the tools to the side, he relented. The two re-boarded the elevator, which took them to the top floor. She peered in through the vending machine's peeping hole. They quickly exited the multipurpose machine once the coast was clear. Y/n wondered where the gang was, but she had a feeling they were going to throw the party outside.
She led Stan outside, purposefully through the gift shop door—the exact opposite side of the Shack where the surprise was still going on. She was grateful for the events' precise timing. Stan wouldn't suspect anything because they walked out the door in front of them. From the corner of her eye, she saw a stray streamer flying aimlessly on the ground. Hopefully, Stan with his poor vision wouldn't notice. He didn't even question the disappearance of his employees and his niece and nephew.
"So, where are you taking me anyway?" Stan asked after a moment of walking idly around town. It took them about half an hour to exit the forest where the Mystery Shack resides. After crossing the wooden bridge, they were finally on the asphalt road. Thankfully, the streets were almost empty, but it was still a small town with people going to places they should go. She was also thankful that they minded their own business that day.
They passed by the Tent of Telepathy, Gleeful's Auto Sale, Greasy's Diner, a few more houses, until they rounded a corner and there was the local market at the other end of the avenue.
Y/n shrugged at his question. "We're going grocery shopping,"
"Well, you're unlucky," he faced her with a solemn smile. "I didn't bring my wallet-"
His words were stuck in his throat when she lazily raised her hand that held his auburn wallet. "You mean, this wallet?" She smirked.
Stan glared. "What are you planning..." He grouched.
"We've run out of food, Stan. What else are we supposed to do?"
He begrudgingly retrieved the shopping cart and began rolling his way in each aisle, Y/n in tow. She had the grocery list memorized in her head as she obtained what they needed. While strolling by the fresh goods area, Jimmy popped his head out from the corner with a smile.
Jimmy was the local grocer, ever the enthusiastic and perky teenager. Y/n flashed a kind smile at him. "Hi, Y/n!" He chirped. "Hey, Mr. Pines~!" He sang, already on his way to gather a dozen eggs. "Ya ready?"
Stan grinned, immediately shifting into a position. His legs were slightly apart as his body crouched. His hands were open and accepting as he eyed the eggs in the other person's arms, about to be transferred into the other. Y/n rolled her eyes playfully, moving the cart away for safety. They always seemed to do this every time Stan went to the market.
'Toss me a dozen eggs' was what they named the game.
But on the bright side, if Stan does catch the eggs, he gets to take it free, and no charge. But if even one egg slipped and fell to the ground, he gets nothing and he gets to pay for the cracked egg.
Stan was confident, though, and it didn't fade when he effortlessly secured them in his arms. "Ha! Nice throw, Jimmy!" Stan didn't forget to leave a compliment. If it wasn't for the boy's skill, he wouldn't have caught it properly.
Jimmy chuckled, impressed. He had his hands on either side of his hips. "Thanks for playing, Mr. Pines. 'Till next time," he retreated back to the storage room again.
All of the eggs Stan had captured were placed neatly on one side of the cart and they began pushing again. They didn't have to buy a lot of stuff so they were quick to check out. The bags they carried were light and soon their feet carried them back to the Mystery Shack.
"So you seriously forced me to go outside with you to go... grocery shopping?" Stan raised an eyebrow.
Y/n couldn't help but chuckle at that. "Maybe."
"That was it!?" Stan actually looked rather annoyed at the entire situation and she could only respond with an amused laugh.
"Yep! Now wasn't that fun?" She proudly smiled at him, to which he didn't reciprocate.
"I'm not having fun," he glared. "I'm not gonna agree to anything you offer ever again."
"Oh, come on!" Y/n expressed, her smile never leaving as she took the grocery bags inside and into the kitchen. She saw Mabel appearing behind Stan while he was busy glaring at her, showing an enthusiastic thumbs up– which only means that they were done with everything.
Well. that was fast.
"Okay, Stan, you caught me," Y/n raised her hands in faux defeat. "I brought you with me to go grocery shopping. But I've actually been wanting to expedite with you. I have these creatures I've been taking care of, but you might need some safety glasses before going to the site." The lie slipped easily from her lips. Stan kept his gaze at her, and his eyes became narrower and narrower in every sentence.
He kept quiet, but his hands remained on his hips.
"Now, we don't have access to either of our safety glasses, so we might need a makeshift one. Uh..." she looked around for something in the kitchen and settled for... "this one!" she said, holding up a random washcloth by the sink. "Here, wear it."
"What?!" Stan exclaimed. "Why do I need to wear one?"
"Um, because I don't feel pain?" She replied as if it was obvious. "And the site is very... bright and colorful. I hope you don't get sick of it." She said slowly, her story gradually falling apart. But the description reminded her of Rainbow-Blooded Equestrians she and Ford had an arm-wrestling match with that lasted for 30 hours.
Stan groaned. "Now I'm having second thoughts."
"Just- just put it on!" Y/n said, frustrated. She just needed Stan to be blindfolded. Was that so much to ask? "You can remove it once we're there."
He reluctantly put on the cloth around his eyes after handing the glasses to her. "Couldn't I put it on when we're near the site?"
Y/n resisted the urge to roll her eyes and bang her head against the wall. Of course Stan decided to be smart and calculating that day. "Good point, but we're actually nearer than you think." She retorted lightly. "Now, hold my hand, and follow the sound of my voice."
Stan wobbled around as he tried to step his foot on the ground. He was voicing out noises of discomfort of not being able to see while Y/n was happily guiding him towards the side of the Mystery Shack where a surprise was waiting for him.
Y/n made sure that her voice was loud for everyone else in the party to hear, taking that as their cue to hide. Everyone hid and managed to fit behind the table. "Okay, just walk over here," they hear Y/n's voice from the corner of the Shack. "And... stop." Y/n placed Stan in a spot where he could see everything.
There was a huge banner with the text saying, "HAPPY BIRTHDAY STAN!" with streamers and balloons hanging from the trees. The tables were filled with food and Y/n wondered how they prepared it quickly. Then again, they were outside for almost 2 hours.
"Okay. On the count of three, you're gonna remove your blindfold..." She ran to the side and shouted the following words. "3, 2, 1. Now!"
Stan pulled the cloth away from his head and adjusted his eyes to the lighting. Y/n handed him his glasses and as if on cue, the twins and their friends jumped out from the table. "Surprise! Happy Birthday Grunkle Stan!"
"Happy Birthday, Mr. Pines!" the others greeted.
"What...?" Stan was lost for words, looking at the scene in front of him. Mabel wore the biggest grin, while Soos had just thrown a handful of confetti. Grenda and Candy were also present, but Y/n was sheepishly bouncing on her heels.
Stan turned his head towards her. "So this was the reason why you deceived me."
Y/n's smile remained. "It was worth it, wasn't it?"
He wasn't able to provide an answer as the kids surrounded him with big smiles and hugs. "Happy Birthday, Grunkle Stan! Y/n told us pies are your favorite, but we didn't know which one specifically, so we have pecan pie, apple pie, pumpkin pie, key lime pie. Lazy Susan and Soos' Abuelita helped, but it's not a birthday without cake so we didn't forget about that one!" Mabel relayed the information to Stan, who was rendered speechless. He was left utterly stunned, his eyes widened in amazement. It was a rare expression for Stan to wear.
"Mr. Pines?" Soos called from beside him. "Are you crying?"
"N-no!" Stan quickly denied, looking away from them. He choked back a sob as he yelled, "I'm just sweating through my eyes! Come on, everybody, let's eat pie!"
"Yay!"
***
It was already nighttime when the duo found themselves back in the basement. It had gone quiet, the remnants of the party dying down from the excitement. The girl silently sat back on her chair after carefully placing the last slice of cake by her table. In the darkness, the older man with her brought out a lighter and a small candle, placing it on the cake after lighting it up.
The fire from the candle flickers, casting a soft glow that reflects the atmosphere.
It wasn't just Stan's birthday.
It was always a tradition on every birthday to make a wish before blowing out the candle. And in that moment, in the silence of the portal room, their hearts seemed to intertwine as they yearned for the same thing: to bring the real Stanford back.
The two exchanged glances, nodding as if to say, "I've always got your back."
They'll bring him back.
***
Chapter 44: ***Shorts #9: Pterodactyl Troubles
Chapter Text
SHORTS 9: Pterodactyl Problems [Takes place during "Bros Before Dinos"]
Dipper approached Y/n, who was standing in the church's nave. "Are you okay?" he wanted to know.
"I should be the one asking you that question," Y/n joked. "You know, that pterodactyl almost got you."
"Yeah, if it hadn't been for you saving me back there," Dipper admitted, rubbing his arm sheepishly. "Y/n, I-"
The pterodactyl jumped out, catching Y/n's legs in its mouth and trying to drag her down, but Dipper managed to grab her hand. Mabel, Soos, and Stan followed him and began pulling, hoping to free her, but the dinosaur was far more powerful than all four of them.
Despite this, they refused to give up.
Dipper gritted his teeth after mistaking Y/n's contorted face for pain. "Y/n, don't you dare let go, okay?"
Y/n was at a loss for words in this situation. She was perfectly fine and in no pain, but she was torn. She didn't want them to be pulled along, but she also didn't want to be eaten.
The pterodactyl fought back, pulling harder each time. Dipper's slipping shoes, which were losing traction, drew Y/n's attention. "Don't worry, Dipper," she reassured him. He appeared helpless, while she appeared assured, as the two exchanged ferocious stares.
She was yanked one more time, and his grip on her hand slipped, but she didn't fall because Dipper grabbed the pendant from her necklace. Y/n's gaze was fixed on his hands. "Dipper, it'll snap."
"No! Just- take my hand! " He held out one hand while the other was clasped around her necklace.
"No, you're gonna get pulled down, too!" Y/n yelled back. "You need to let go!"
Dipper was adamant in his refusal to listen to her pleadings. In the midst of the struggle, Y/n managed to exchange an uncertain look with Stan. They were both at a loss for what to do.
But at the moment, she does.
With one swift swipe, her hands came behind her neck and unhooked her necklace, and the force was shocking as she was quickly taken down, her gasp echoing. Dipper screamed her name into the darkness, but there was no response.
She counted for at least 7 seconds before her back struck the edge of the geyser. She rolled around till her face was in direct touch with the soil. Y/n took a deep breath and stood up, as if she were just viewing the sunset. She was just here 5 minutes ago, when they were being chased by the pterodactyl.
Speaking of the pterodactyl...
A loud hiss caught her attention, and her eyes followed the noise. Due to the crack of the floorboards being covered with debris, there weren't any light sources that could help her see in the darkness. But she could guess that the creature was lurking to the left of her. "You can come out, I'm not gonna hurt her."
Seemed like the dinosaur's instincts triggered the moment it heard her voice after the silence as it suddenly charged towards her, stomping its big, meaty claws. Y/n remained unmoving, observing its movements and before she knew it, the pterodactyl was already in front of her, its mouth widening and screaming at her face.
She merely blinked, her eyes slightly furrowed. "Rude," she said, "You do not scream in other's faces."
The pterodactyl closed its foodhole and simply tilted its head in curiosity, seeing that this human didn't have any evil intention. But it wanted to test the waters and began opening its mouth and slanting its head to properly fit her in its mouth.
But before she was about to be eaten, the two of them heard flapping sounds from the other side of the cavern. It was their young, wonkily flying around until it shoddily landed on the ground, producing a loud thud.
It was crying, letting out whines for help– and that sent Y/n into protective mode, suddenly having the need to help the creature. She stepped forward, but the mother, sensing her movement, suddenly jumped in between them, retaliating with a screech.
She reassured the bigger pterodactyl, placing her hands in front. She tried to tune its motherly instincts down. "Shh, shh, shh. I'm trying to help." She turned her voice into a whisper, going for the calm approach. Carefully, and slowly, she outstretched her hand and kept eye contact with the creature.
When the pterodactyl stilled and made no further movements, Y/n took it as a cue to proceed and placed her hand on its forehead. It was cold, and the texture of the scales gave her a tingling feeling. It blinked once, twice, thrice before it was finally comfortable with her touch. Her heart warmed when the mother pterodactyl leaned forward a bit to accept her touch.
"Let me help your flapling," she offered in a low voice, eyes shifting towards the young creature from behind it.
The mother finally relented, tramping to the side. Y/n made her way towards the smaller one who was still fretting and fussing, all the while letting out squeaks of discomfort. "What's wrong?" She mumbled, her hands not knowing where to place.
She saw its tummy rumbling, and she reached her hand towards the area in which the vibrating increased. The flapling didn't seem to care about the direct touch as Y/n proceeded to place her hand on its beak, attempting to open its mouth to inspect something inside. She sees an unusual bandaged limb stuck by its tonsils, flicking the uvula with its fingers.
"What the..." she questioned the phenomenon. She reached forward and hesitantly poked the arm, watching it move in response. She enclosed her hand around the bandaged branch and began pulling it out.
The flapling mad sounds of discomfort, its feet stomping around lightly in anticipation. Y/n dug her feet on the ground to increase her grip as the thing seemed to be holding itself back. She pulled some more and slowly it let up, revealing more of its bandaged arm. Next was a shoulder, then their torso, and eventually their face-
"Howdy!"
"You-!" Her speech was cut off when the young creature coughed up the rest of the man's body. "McGucket, right?" She asked. "I thought you're dead already," she wondered aloud, remembering the exact moment where the man was eaten right in front of them.
McGucket was still smiling widely, even after a somewhat traumatizing experience. His eyeballs were so far apart from each other that the girl didn't know if he was looking at her or not. The man feigned a curious expression. "Do I know you?!" He exclaimed.
Y/n stuttered out a response, "We- You- I was with the group of people here earlier? The one with the pig?"
"No idea!" She decided that it was impossible to converse with this guy. "Now, I don't know if I should thank you for pulling me out yer- uh, dinosaur but I almost ate that thang!" He grinned excitedly.
The mother pterodactyl hissed at the old man, but he was unperturbed as he danced around, laughing.
She could only stare horrifyingly at McGucket. She had never met this man in her life, and he had exemplified immense oddity, acted stranger than any other creatures she had encountered.
While the man was busy playing with his spoons, Y/n placed her hands on her hips as she was deep in thought. "I need to get out of here," The flapling and its mother happily played around, celebrating now that the baby's discomfort had ceased. She suddenly frowned as she remembered the events before she fell down here: Dipper's screams, Mabel and Soos' forlorn faces, Stan's reluctance. They all flashed through her mind.
Now her heart was at a crossroads.
"Ugh, I'm not even sure if I could show my face to them again. They probably think I'm dead." Her gaze shifted to the bigger pterodactyl, growling whenever McGucket made a stance towards them. "McGucket, please leave them alone."
The baby pterodactyl tried its best to avoid him, swerving left and right to dodge his grabby hands. "But I'm hungry!"
"So are they," she pointed out. "They probably want to eat you as much as you want to eat them. You should be thankful that they're sparing you."
She began playing with the twigs and sticks around her as she sat in boredom. The flapling noticed her and made its way towards the girl. It tried to take her attention by poking her with its beak, and it was successful when she turned her face and placed her hand on it. "What is it?" she asked.
The creature wordlessly nodded off to its mother, who was about to take off. The baby tried to flap its own wings, but its feet weren't floating off the ground.
It wants to learn how to fly like its mom.
So she stood back up and spent her time trying to teach the little one how to fly– even though she didn't have the ability to do so in the first place, but she tried.
The flapling was a fast learner, just like she was. And the mother was proud, judging from the blank stare. It learned how to fly for the first time, and it even trusted her to climb on its back to know what it's like to soar in the skies. Even McGucket was given the chance to ride the creature around despite their misunderstanding from the beginning.
They spiraled around the cavern as much as they could, before they heard a ruckus from the other cave. "Y/n! Where the heck are you?"
Her lips formed a smirk as she recognized the voice. She was well aware of who would be searching for her. "Do you want to play a little prank on an old man?" She caressed the pterodactyl's scales.
A loud screech echoed down the tunnel, and Stan could see the pterodactyl's shadow approaching. "Here we go," Stan deadpanned, resigning himself to his fate.
The dinosaur encircled him. Stan gestured toward the pterodactyl. "Hey, I punched you in the face before, and I'm not afraid to do it again! Come at me!" He challenged the beast, taking an arrogant stance.
Stan feared the pterodactyl would not comprehend him as it charged at him. Stan screamed and covered his face in defense. The dinosaur eventually came to a standstill, and Stan heard hysterical laughter from behind the pterodactyl.
"What the-" He noticed Y/n sitting on the neck of the dinosaur. "Y/n?! What- what did you do that for?"
She was coming down from her laughter. "It was a prank. Never heard of a prank before? Even I knew what a prank was and I don't-"
"I know what a prank is!" Stan yelled angrily, and the pterodactyl opened its mouth as if to threaten him, forcing him to take a step back. "I'm just- how? How did this happen?" He gestured to the dinosaur.
Y/n leaped down from its neck as her hands caressed its meaty skin. "Long story. I'll tell you on the way home."
***
Chapter 45: ***Shorts #10: Revisiting the Pages
Chapter Text
SHORTS 10: Revisiting the Pages [Takes place after "After All These Years"]
As soon as they got their hands on the third journal, Y/n wanted to re-read the pages. She even drew the journals to her chest in an embarrassing embrace. She was acting strangely, and she was aware of it, even smelling the parchment and ink. She dragged her fingers across the pages, feeling his handwriting indents.
She initially skimmed the pages, observing Ford's slow descent into insanity. She noticed changes in his writing, such as entries about Bill torturing his mind and even taking advantage of him in his sleep. She shook her head and decided to read them again another time.
Her gaze was drawn to the page where Ford talked about himself. Her sketch of him. But her intricate drawing was marred by red ink, which smudged his face to the point where his features were indistinguishable. Her brow furrowed at this image. Ford had to have done this after being betrayed by the demon and not feeling safe. She fumbled her way to the next page, where her face was supposed to be.
Her frown deepened as she imagined what Ford had gone through. She couldn't believe she hadn't noticed the warning signs sooner. How could she be so naive?
Rifling through the journal, she just noticed that all of her names were scribbled by black ink. It's like he wanted to erase her.
Half of the journal was empty, and she was about to close it when she noticed blue ink on one of the pages. She flipped to the next page and noticed Dipper's handwriting. He described the moment he discovered the journal. He introduced himself and listed some facts about himself.
So Stan wasn't lying about the birthmark. Dipper himself hadn't shown her that yet.
She went to the next page, and saw... a drawing of her.
After reading the final line, her hand went to her necklace, which was still in good condition after many years. Ford gave her the jewelry in the first place- it had to have been written in the journal– and she only added magical properties for it to become indestructible.
But she didn't expect Dipper to write about her.
Chapter 46: TEASERS!
Chapter Text
Originally posted on Wattpad, these were teasers that I made before their release.
WEIRDMAGEDDON PART 1
WEIRDMAGEDDON PART 2:
WEIRDMAGEDDON PART 3:
WEIRDMAGEDDON PART 4:
Chapter 47: [Bonus #1] About Daisy (Part 1) {MAJOR SPOILERS!}
Chapter Text
[again, these are MY interpretation of daisy. it doesn't this is the ultimate version of daisy that was in the book. every daisy is their own, as daisy lives in all of us. that said, enjoy reading!]
The day Bill Cipher was banished from the valley using a mix of ancient sorcery and sheer determination, Modoc, the shaman, left a dire warning on a cave wall. It detailed the steps needed to prevent anyone from repeating the mistake of summoning the demon again and foretold the one who would ultimately witness Bill's defeat.
On that very day, the native people gathered in prayer, calling upon the Great Spirit for a force strong enough to vanquish the triangular menace for good. What they received, however, was not what they expected—a baby.
A baby? How could this be the force they'd prayed for to defeat Bill Cipher?
This human infant, swaddled in a pale blanket and found crying in the forest, appeared fragile and ordinary. But unbeknownst to them, the child and the powerful force they sought were one and the same. The Great Spirit, it seemed, had a peculiar sense of humor. To become the one destined to destroy Bill, the child would first need to grow up among humans, learning their ways, experiencing their cultures, and discovering how to think, feel, and love. Only through these experiences would she become strong enough to fulfill her purpose.
But was it truly love if she was merely a tool for their motives? Could it be called love if she was forced to stay in Gravity Falls when the native people eventually abandoned her after discovering her invulnerability? Left behind and alone, she tried to convince herself that she wasn't truly alone, especially after discovering the creatures that lived in the forest. She gave herself the name Y/n, and the talking inhabitants soon adopted it too. They recognized her, but none of them truly knew her—how could they when she had no permanent home, no human connections?
Years passed with no bonds, no purpose, and nothing to fill her days except sleep. And so she slept, rolling around in a meadow, letting her clothes get dirty without a care in the world.
Welcome back.
She was in the forest, going about her usual routine of wandering aimlessly, when something caught her eye—a silhouette moving in the distance, trekking through the trees. Her curiosity was piqued, and she crept closer, trying to get a better look.
"You're new."
The figure jumped, startled by the sound of her voice. He turned to face her, alarm and surprise in his eyes, while she was simply thrilled. A human.
Her life took a sudden turn when he granted her permission to join him on his adventures. The human introduced himself as Ford, and on that day, she met her first true friend.
As they journeyed together, Y/n and Ford began to uncover surprising similarities between them. Both were outcasts in their own ways—Ford, with his unquenchable thirst for knowledge and a mind full of mysteries, and Y/n, with her forgotten past and strange abilities.
They bonded over quiet moments, sharing stories by the fire as they camped out in the wilderness. Ford would talk about his early experiments, his fascination with the unknown, and his distant memories of family. Y/n, in turn, shared fragments of her own history, the bits she could piece together, though often she would simply listen. Sometimes, silence said enough.
Then came the day when Bill Cipher entered the picture.
Ford, ever the seeker of knowledge, had become obsessed with unraveling the mysteries of the universe, and that's when the triangular demon found him. Bill saw potential in Ford—a brilliant mind with the drive to unlock secrets that even he, a being of immense power, couldn't access alone. Ford, at first unaware of Bill's true nature, welcomed the entity into his studies, believing he had found a "muse" to aid him in his quest for understanding the greater mysteries of the universe.
But Ford kept this encounter with Bill Cipher a secret, even from Y/n, his loyal assistant and now trusted friend. It started small: Bill would appear in Ford's dreams, offering hints and cryptic guidance. The more Ford delved into his research, the more often Bill manifested—not just in his dreams but occasionally slipping into control of Ford's own body, manipulating him like a puppet.
Ford told himself it was harmless. Bill promised him unparalleled knowledge, whispered of worlds and dimensions beyond imagination, and Ford—blinded by the hunger for discovery—allowed it. He was careful, though. Ford knew Y/n would sense something was wrong, and so he kept her in the dark, separating his encounters with Bill from their adventures together.
As the days passed, Ford grew increasingly distant, preoccupied with the whispers of the demon. Y/n noticed the changes in her friend. His sleepless nights, the way his eyes seemed to glaze over when he was deep in thought. She questioned him, gently at first, but Ford dismissed her concerns, assuring her it was just the pressure of his research. But deep down, she couldn't shake the feeling that something was amiss.
Bill Cipher's disdain for Y/n was palpable. Having studied the warnings left by Modoc the Wise, Bill knew exactly what he was dealing with—a powerful force meant to thwart his plans. The warnings had painted Y/n as a significant threat, a force of nature that could potentially disrupt his schemes.
To Bill, the idea that such an entity took the form of a child was almost laughable.
He scorned her presence, dismissing her as nothing more than an inconvenience. To him, Y/n's innocence was a mockery of the true power he sought to harness. Why should he be concerned about a mere child when he could have Ford—the brilliant mind he considered his true prize?
Bill's plan was simple: to draw Ford ever closer, to isolate him from Y/n and their growing bond. He played on Ford's ambition and thirst for knowledge, offering him everything he could ever desire. The more Ford delved into the mysteries Bill revealed, the more he became entangled in the demon's web, increasingly distant from Y/n.
Bill knew that by keeping Ford under his influence, he could sever the connection between the scientist and the girl. He convinced himself that Ford didn't need Y/n, that their partnership was a distraction from the greatness Bill promised. He would whisper dark promises of power and enlightenment, ensuring that Ford's desire for these things overshadowed his loyalty to his friend.
In Bill's twisted logic, the only thing Ford truly needed was him, his muse, the key to unlocking all his desires.
Bill nearly had Ford under his control—almost had him completely ensnared in his malevolent grasp—
Until the day of the portal test.
Y/n was pulled into the portal, discovering the horrifying truth about Bill's plans. The shocking revelation took a severe toll on her, causing her to vomit blood and utter the cryptic words of Modoc the Wise before slipping into a deep, unresponsive sleep. Her incapacitation lasted for months, leaving Ford vulnerable and disheartened. Without his reliable assistant by his side, Ford was an easy target for Bill's manipulations. The dream demon exploited Ford's isolation, slowly chipping away at his sanity and sense of reality.
In that fleeting moment of vulnerability, Y/n's mind was also invaded by the dream demon. Bill tampered with her memories and abilities, managing to suppress her healing power and erase her recollection of their first encounter.
*** END
Notice how Ford and Y/n were both caught in the middle of a cosmic chess game, each used as tools by forces far beyond their control. Y/n was sent by the Great Spirit to stand against Bill Cipher. She was meant to be a weapon against him, a tool to thwart his evil plans, though she didn't realize it at first.
On the flip side, Ford found himself manipulated by Bill Cipher. Bill saw Ford's brilliance as a means to his own ends, using promises of power and forbidden knowledge to draw Ford into his schemes. To Bill, Ford was just another piece to be moved around in his grand design.
So, while Y/n was a tool forged to fight Bill, Ford became a pawn in Bill's game. Both were used by these powerful forces, each struggling with their roles in a larger plan they could barely understand or control.
BUT ANYWAY! Everything is good now, and they all lived happily!!!
Pictures of Daisy in the show. Feel free to guess which chapter it took place. (SORRY SOME OF THESE AREN'T COLORED I DIDN'T HAVE TIME)
ASK ME QUESTIONS HERE!!
Chapter 48: [Bonus #2] About Daisy (Part 2) {MAJOR SPOILERS!}
Chapter Text
Again, guess which chapter they all came from :) HAVE FUN AND THANK YOU FOR READING!!
TRIGGER WARNING: SELF-HARM!!!
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Chapter 49: [Bonus#3] Intensive Scrapbook Therapy
Chapter Text
Day 1 - August 25
"Dude! Look what I got!" Soos called out to Dipper once the chaos of restoring Y/n's memories had finally settled. Y/n was resting now, asleep after all the effort, and everyone was scattered around the Shack, trying to clean up the mess that was left behind. Dipper had just been reaching for a can of Pitt Cola when Soos' sudden shout made him turn around.
Dipper's curiosity was instantly piqued when he saw Soos rummaging through his messenger bag. "What happened?" he asked, excitement and nerves buzzing in him.
"Boom!"
Soos triumphantly held up three familiar-looking journals.
Dipper's grip loosened, and the can of Pitt Cola slipped from his hand, spilling all over the floor. His eyes widened in disbelief.
"What— how?!" Dipper stammered. "I saw them burn! I watched them go up in flames! How is this even possible?" He stared at Soos, trying to make sense of it.
Soos shrugged, still grinning. "Dude, I dunno. I found them lying in the woods, totally untouched. No burn marks or anything. Maybe when that triangle guy disappeared, everything went back to normal."
Dipper couldn't believe it. He carefully took the journals from Soos, his heart racing as he held them in his hands. Not wasting a second, he dashed to his room, avoiding his great uncle entirely as he took the back way upstairs. He needed a moment alone with the journals before the guilt of hiding them from the author kicked in.
Mabel was nearby, counting her stuffed animals and checking if any were missing, but Dipper paid her no mind. He dove onto his bed, practically shaking with excitement. Holding the first journal, he quickly flipped through the pages, his eyes lighting up at the drawings and notes he had pored over countless times. But there were things here that were new, or at least no longer scribbled out.
He spotted sketches of Y/n, now fully visible, her name appearing again and again in the author's notes. He couldn't believe it. Ford's encounters with Y/n were suddenly clearer—parts of the puzzle Dipper had never seen before were now falling into place.
And then he opened the final journal. It felt heavier, bulkier. Dipper's breath hitched. Pages that had been burned or torn out were back as if they had never been damaged. There was so much new information, things he had been desperate to learn all summer.
His eyes were drawn to a particular page, dark with ink—and something else that looked like dried blood. The words at the top sent a shiver through him:
MY MUSE WAS A MONSTER.
Dipper felt a cold chill race down his spine. Ford must have written this during some of his darkest moments. There were scribbles and frantic notes scrawled all over the page, along with Y/n's name scratched into the margins, as if calling out to her.
His stomach churned with unease. Ford had gone through so much. He could feel the weight of his turmoil as he stared at the page, his heart heavy.
Dipper snapped the journal shut, the thud echoing in the room. He wasn't ready to face that page again. Not yet. He wiped a bead of sweat from his brow, torn between his burning curiosity and the gnawing guilt of prying into his great-uncle's private thoughts.
But then again, maybe just one more peek wouldn't hurt...
***
Day 2 - August 26
It was the middle of the night when Y/n woke up, her eyes struggling to adjust to her unfamiliar surroundings. She blinked a few times, making sure she was fully awake, and unconsciously let out a yawn. The room was new to her. The last thing she remembered was falling asleep in the living room, but now here she was, in a bed with soft morning light trickling through the curtains.
Slowly, she stood up, her bare feet making soft sounds against the floor as she headed for the door. She opened it gently, just enough to peek out into the hallway. It was empty.
Curious, Y/n stepped outside, taking in her surroundings as she wandered through the house. She retraced her steps from yesterday, the events slowly replaying in her mind. She remembered the way this family had treated her—caring for her, crying over her when she couldn't recall her own past. The only thing that stuck with her was that they were trying to help her remember who she was.
As she walked down the hallway, she followed the sound of distant voices, leading her to another corridor with a staircase on her right. She recognized it from yesterday when they'd guided her to the yellow chair, but she still hadn't explored what lay upstairs.
"Pumpkin!"
The sudden shout made her jump, and she instinctively raised her arms in defense. She turned to see the old man from yesterday, the one in the black suit and fez, grinning sheepishly at her.
"Oh! Sorry about that," Stan chuckled nervously. "How are you feeling? Anything coming back to you?" He asked, his large hands fidgeting awkwardly.
Y/n hesitated before giving a small nod. "I remember yesterday," she said softly, her brow furrowing as she tried to push her memory further, but it was like hitting a wall.
Stan noticed her struggle and quickly stepped in. "Hey, hey, don't force it," he said gently, placing a reassuring hand on her shoulder. She looked up at him, her lips quivering, eyes misting with frustration. His heart sank. Why did she have to go through this?
"I'm sorry," she whimpered, her voice cracking with a sob. "I just... I can't remember."
Stan shook his head, giving her shoulder a gentle squeeze. "Y/n, it's fine. You don't have to apologize. Everything's gonna go back to normal, okay? That prospector-looking guy in the living room said we can help get your memories back by telling you stories. So brace yourself—'cause you're about to get hit with a whole lot of them."
She sniffled, a small smile tugging at the corners of her lips. The idea of stories sounded comforting, like a warm blanket.
"But before all that, how about some breakfast?" Stan added, with a grin. "There's a plate of Stancakes waiting for you on the table."
Y/n's stomach growled in response. Who could say no to food?
With a nod, she followed him to the kitchen, a sense of hope slowly growing in her chest. Maybe, just maybe, things would get better.
***
"So there I was, landing a punch right on the pterodactyl's face!"
"You really did that?!" Y/n gasped in awe, eyes sparkling. She clutched her pillow tightly, hanging onto every word as the older man excitedly recounted how he rescued Waddles from the pterodactyl.
Stan puffed out his chest with pride, nodding confidently. "You bet I did! Right in its ugly eye!" He threw a mock punch into the air, earning a gasp from the girl.
Her eyes widened, still clutching her pillow, totally absorbed in the tale. "That's amazing! You're like a... like a...!"
"A superhero?" came a flat voice from her left. It was Ford, clearly unimpressed despite Stan's attempts to cast himself as the hero of the story.
She grinned broadly, turning briefly to acknowledge the voice behind her. "Yeah! Exactly what he said!"
Stan chuckled, leaning back in his chair. "Eh, I wouldn't go that far, kid. But saving Waddles from a prehistoric bird does put me up there, huh?"
Y/n giggled, her eyes sparkling. "Definitely!"
Ford rolled his eyes but couldn't help a smirk tugging at his lips. "Let's not give him too much credit. He barely made it out in one piece."
Stan shot him a mock glare. "Hey! You try wrangling a flying lizard while holding onto a terrified pig!"
The girl between them giggled even harder, hugging her pillow. "I bet it was hilarious!"
Stan puffed out his chest with exaggerated pride. "Hilarious or heroic? I'll let you decide."
Ford sighed, shaking his head. "More like pure luck. But, I suppose, even a broken clock is right twice a day."
Her laughter filled the room again, her smile brighter than ever. "Well, no matter what it was, it's still pretty cool. You guys make the perfect team!"
They paused, exchanging hesitant glances. Y/n noticed the change in mood, her brows knitting together in confusion. Stan was the first to break the silence, looking at her with a soft expression. "Uh, kid... Ford wasn't actually there."
"Really?" Y/n blinked, turning her attention to Ford, who suddenly seemed awkward and distant. He cleared his throat, avoiding eye contact.
"Well, I suppose it's my turn to explain," he said, his voice quiet as he rubbed the back of his neck.
He and Stan exchanged another silent look, one Y/n missed entirely. They both knew that for her to understand everything without getting lost in questions that would lead to confusing tangents, they needed to start from the very beginning.
Ford let Stan take the lead. The way Stan told the story now wasn't much different from the time he had shared it in the basement—except for a few details that Y/n should have known from when they were working on the portal together. As the tale unfolded, the two brothers bounced back and forth, filling in the gaps of their childhood. Y/n listened intently, her gaze shifting between them, hanging on to every word.
Stan delved into his adventures as a con artist, this time including the details he had left out before. Ford, for the first time, was fully enlightened about his brother's misdeeds. In turn, Ford opened up about his own mistakes over the years, but he balanced his confessions with moments of gratitude, including the day he met Y/n.
"I... I remember a needle," Y/n suddenly said, her voice tentative. "You were trying to figure out what kind of creature I was."
"Yes! That's right!" Ford's eyes lit up, a broad smile stretching across his face. "And I couldn't believe you—just a five-year-old kid—weren't afraid of it."
"It's because of my ability, right? Not feeling pain?" Y/n asked, seeking clarity.
"Exactly! That's it! Stanley, it's working!" Ford beamed, practically glowing as he looked at his brother with excitement.
Stan smiled back, a softness in his expression. It had been years since he'd seen Ford this happy. Chuckling at his brother's enthusiasm, he nodded. "Yeah, Sixer. It is working."
Ford quickly tried to regain his composed, mysterious demeanor, but both of the older men knew that beneath it all, Ford was simply overjoyed. The mask he had worn for so long was slipping.
"And then what happened?" Y/n's small voice piped up again, pulling them back into the moment.
"Well, after that, you asked to join me," Ford said. "I agreed, and you became my assistant. We ventured into the woods together, discovering creatures that I documented in my journal."
Ford paused for a second, suddenly aware of what his story was leading to. Bill. He felt a knot form in his stomach—mentioning Bill now could trigger something in Y/n, or worse, it could bring him back. Ford couldn't let that happen. Her sacrifice had to mean something. So, he chose to omit any reference to the demon. Ford decided it was a secret he'd keep buried forever.
Instead, he continued with his ambition to be a famous paranormal investigator. He admitted to being selfish—a confession that surprised Stan—and explained that his drive for more knowledge had led to the idea of building the portal. There was no mention of a deal with a triangle-shaped entity or strange encounters in his dreams.
He then introduced Fiddleford McGucket, his brilliant college friend and engineer. "Oh! The prospector?" Y/n asked, recognizing the name
Ford glared at Stan, who shrugged with a grin. ""What?! Tell me he doesn't look like one with the pickaxe he always carries around!"
Ford rolled his eyes and turned back to the girl. "Fiddleford was my partner on the portal project. He was a genius, and if it weren't for my recklessness, he wouldn't have lost his mind."
Y/n's face fell. "F..." she murmured.
Ford watched as her brows furrowed, like she was piecing things together. She's remembering.
"Y/n, you alright?" Stan asked gently, noticing her tear-filled eyes. He placed a comforting hand on her shoulder, trying to soothe her.
She nodded shakily, though her voice trembled. "Oh, F..." she whimpered, the image of McGucket's tormented face flashing in her mind.
Neither twin knew how to comfort her at that moment. They exchanged another look, both hoping the other would know what to do—but neither could find the words.
"Eh... maybe we should pick this up tomorrow—" Stan began hesitantly.
"No," Y/n's voice cut through, soft but firm. She wiped at her tear-streaked cheeks, her eyes pleading. "Please. I want to know what happens next."
Ford swallowed hard and resumed the story, his words weighted by concern. He hadn't been there to witness her reaction the first time, and he was terrified of how it might affect her now. But even though it was painful to watch her mind unravel and rebuild itself, he knew this was the process. This was how she'd come back to them.
Y/n stayed quiet, though it was clear she was far from tuning out. Her body remained still, but her pulse quickened as Ford spoke. She absorbed every word, even learning that her birthday was May 25th—the day she first met Ford. For six years, they had celebrated that day together, though those memories had been lost to her until now.
Whenever Ford hesitated in his recollections, both Stans were taken aback by how Y/n would suddenly chime in, filling in the gaps. Her voice was soft, but certain, as though the pieces of her past were gradually falling into place.
Then the atmosphere shifted when Ford began recounting the events ten years after Stan had been kicked out of their childhood home. Ford had written to his brother, asking for help hiding the journals. But Stan, still brimming with bitterness, had overreacted. Instead of helping, he had tried to burn one of the journals. Ford had stopped him, and what followed was a brutal fight, not just with their fists, but with their words.
"We fought," Ford admitted, his voice heavy with regret. He stared at his hands, avoiding Stan's gaze, afraid of what he might see in his brother's eyes. "And then... the next thing I knew..."
"I pushed him," Stan confessed, drawing both the author and assistant's attention. His tone was filled with remorse. "I was just so angry—angry for those ten years of being cut off. It all built up until I snapped. But I didn't want him to get sucked into that portal. It was an accident... but it was too late to blame myself. That's when you showed up, Y/n. I thought you were Ford's kid at first."
"And I told you my name, and we started working together?" Y/n asked, her memory beginning to clear.
"Yeah," Stan nodded. "We worked together to bring him back. It took us—"
"Thirty years," she finished for him, her voice barely a whisper. "I remember."
Silence settled over them. Stan bit his lip, suddenly unsure of himself. He exchanged a glance with Ford, who gave him a small nod, eyes closing briefly before opening again. It was a gesture that Stan couldn't quite read, but somehow it conveyed everything Ford needed to say.
Thank you, Stanley.
For a few moments, the room was still, the soft chirping of birds outside filling the quiet. Both men watched the girl carefully, afraid she was on the edge of breaking down. They weren't sure how much more she could handle, and both feared pushing her too far.
But then she spoke, her voice small but steady. "Can I say something?" She kept her gaze down, not daring to meet their eyes.
Stan leaned closer, placing a hand gently on her shoulder. "Of course. What is it?"
"You can tell us anything, Y/n." Ford added, leaning in from the other side.
She hesitated, her lips trembling slightly before she whispered, "I love you guys."
Without waiting for a response, she wrapped her arms around each of them, pulling them in closer. Both men were momentarily stunned, unsure of how to react to such an unexpected show of affection. But something warm bloomed in their chests, an emotion neither of them could quite name, but both understood.
Though they didn't say a word, Y/n smiled. She knew neither Stan nor Ford were the type to voice their feelings openly. But the way they both leaned into her embrace, the subtle shift in their body language, told her all she needed to know.
They loved her, too.
An hour had passed when Dipper came bounding down the stairs, ready to ask his great uncle a question. But the moment he entered the living room, he froze, his eyes catching the heartwarming scene before him. Y/n, Stan, and Ford were huddled together on the couch, sound asleep, their arms still loosely wrapped around one another.
A soft smile spread across Dipper's face as he quietly stepped back, tiptoeing out of the room. Whatever he needed could wait; this moment was too precious to disturb.
***
After a night spent watching one of Stan's cheesy romance DVDs, everyone eventually retreated to their rooms. But this time, instead of heading to bed, Ford guided Y/n down to his worklab in the basement. He wanted her to reacquaint herself with the space that had been a significant part of her life, even if she couldn't fully remember it.
As they descended the stairs, Ford occasionally glanced back to check on her. She wandered behind him like a lost puppy, her fingers lightly trailing along the walls, taking in the unfamiliar yet oddly familiar surroundings.
"This," Ford said, his voice echoing slightly in the narrow corridor, "is the portal room." He led her inside, the massive machinery towering over them. Ford couldn't help but feel a pang of guilt as he watched her take in the sight. This room held so much history—so many memories, both good and bad. Memories that she couldn't quite grasp.
After a night spent watching one of Stan's cheesy romance DVDs, everyone eventually retreated to their rooms. But this time, instead of heading to bed, Ford guided Y/n down to his worklab in the basement. He wanted her to reacquaint herself with the space that had been a significant part of her life, even if she couldn't fully remember it.
As they descended the stairs, Ford occasionally glanced back to check on her. She wandered behind him like a lost puppy, her fingers lightly trailing along the walls, taking in the unfamiliar yet oddly familiar surroundings.
"This," Ford said, his voice echoing slightly in the narrow corridor, "is the portal room." He led her inside, computers lining up the walls. Ford couldn't help but feel a pang of guilt as he watched her take in the sight. This room held so much history—so many memories, both good and bad. Memories that she couldn't quite grasp.
Y/n stood still for a moment, gazing around the dark room. "It feels... strange," she admitted softly. "Like I've been here before but can't remember why."
Ford nodded. "You've spent a lot of time here," he said quietly. "Helping me... saving me. But I suppose it's still all hazy for you."
She furrowed her brow, trying to piece together fragments of memories that seemed just out of reach. "I want to remember," she murmured. "I feel like there's something important here."
Ford placed a gentle hand on her shoulder, offering a reassuring smile. "You will, in time. But for now, let's take things slow. No pressure."
She nodded, looking up at him with trust in her eyes. Ford felt a flicker of hope; even if her memories weren't fully back, the bond they had shared was still there, waiting to be rediscovered.
***
Day 3 - August 27
On Day 3, it was scheduled that Dipper and Mabel were going to be the one taking care of the memory restoring this time, with Mabel proposing that they should do it through monster hunting (which shocked Dipper to his core).
Meanwhile, Ford had a different plan that day. He had wanted to visit his former partner, Fiddleford McGucket, to make up for lost time. He had also wanted to formally and properly apologize, as the time they had in the pyramid was cut short (and also his apology was shit).
Y/n wanted to come with him to the visit, but Ford had insisted she focus more on her recovery. Though the girl had internally argued that meeting F can also be beneficial to her healing, she ultimately agreed, allowing Ford the personal time he needed with McGucket.
The trip to the forest didn't need much packing, so Dipper and Mabel opted for a small duffle bag. The sweater-clad girl insisted she'd bring her pet pig, but the boy in the blue vest refused to include Waddles or he might just be caught in danger. Mabel eventually agreed, but promised the pink fellow that she'll take him on their next expedition.
Y/n didn't pack much either, but she knew it was always better to be prepared. After rummaging around her room, she came across a small, weathered backpack. Though it was old and dusty, it still seemed sturdy enough to use. Curious, she opened it up and found some of her old supplies inside: a flashlight, a map, bandages... and a small metal container.
Intrigued, she pried the lid open, sending it clattering to the floor with a metallic clang. Inside was a pale, rectangular saltine cracker, broken into pieces. She stared at it for a moment, trying to grasp why it had been tucked away in her bag. What significance could it hold? But no matter how hard she tried, the memory remained just out of reach, frustratingly close yet impossible to retrieve.
Letting out a deep sigh, Y/n carefully closed the container and tucked it back into her bag. Whatever it was, it felt important enough to keep, if only for the faint hope that someday, she'd remember.
So, the three ventured out, treading through grassy fields and into the edge of the forest. The skies were clear, and the weather was perfect for trekking. Mabel, ever carefree, balanced herself on a fallen log, arms stretched out to keep her steady as she made her way across. Dipper, ever the researcher, had borrowed Ford's journal and was studying it intently, while Y/n simply enjoyed the peaceful scenery around them.
After a while, Mabel jumped off the log and fell into step beside Y/n. "So, Y/n, remember anything?" she asked, her tone light but hopeful.
Y/n glanced around, her eyes drifting to the branches swaying gently overhead. "Yes, I think I do," she replied truthfully, her gaze softening as memories stirred faintly. "I've spent most of my life here, after all."
Their adventure through the forest took an unexpected turn as Dipper found himself showing Y/n the wonders of the place she used to know better than anyone. It was surreal, the way the roles had reversed, but Dipper was determined to help her jog her memory, no matter how strange it felt. Meanwhile, he had to constantly keep an eye on Mabel, who was eager to turn every element of the forest into a gymnastics prop, much to his frustration.
"Mabel, stop trying to climb everything!" Dipper called out, exasperated as his sister swung precariously from a low branch.
Seeing his worry, Y/n decided to intervene. She walked up to Mabel, hoping to distract her from her reckless stunts. "So, Mabel," she began, her voice gentle, "what were we like? You know, before all of this?"
The brunette froze mid-swing, the question clearly tugging at her heartstrings, but she quickly burst with her usual energy. "Oh, we were super close!" she exclaimed. "Well, at first we didn't hang out all the time, but you were such a good friend! You even gave me nicknames! You'd call me May-May sometimes..."
In turn, the girl smiled softly, the nickname vaguely familiar. "May-May..." she tested with her mouth; it sounded like an echo in her mind.
"I can't wait until me, Candy, and Grenda get together and talk about everything we did this summer! Oh and we definitely need to catch you up on all the magazines Grenda's been getting—"
"Mabel, remember what Great Uncle Ford said," her brother interrupted gently, sensing she was getting a little carried away. "One thing at a time."
The girl's excitement deflated slightly, her lips pursing in reluctant submission. She turned her gaze away, realizing the Y/n wouldn't recover everything in one go. It had to be a slow, patient process. But with renewed purpose, she reminded herself that it wasn't just about the journey— it was about the end, and that's when Y/n would be herself again.
Suddenly, Dipper's eyes lit up, and he pointed excitedly towards an opening in the woods. "There! There's a clearing up ahead– we might find something interesting!"
The Mystery Trio quickened their pace, reaching the clearing in just a few minutes. They were greeted by the sight of a peaceful stream running nearby, its gentle flow adding to the serene atmosphere.
"Ugh, I'm starving,." Mabel groaned, dragging her feet dramatically.
Dipper sighed, rolling his eyes at his sister. Of course, they were different in so many ways. Normally, he could last hours trekking through the forest without needing any food, but she wasn't quite built the same way. Still, he cared enough for his sister to always be prepared. "I mean, this could be a good place to stop for a while," he said before reaching into his bag and presenting her with... a sandwich.
"A sandwich! Yes!" Mabel cheered, grabbing it eagerly and taking a big bite while he chuckled. "You're a lifesaver, Dipper!" she tried to say, but with her mouth full it only came out as a garbled sound.
Dipper turned to the other girl, another sandwich in hand. "Do you like one? I've made extras."
Y/n politely declined the offer. "It's okay, I'm not hungry."
A low growl echoed through the clearing, and from the nearby bushes emerged a small creature with plaid-patterned skin. Its eyes were slightly too large and unfocused, while its bright yellow bill stood out against its odd body. The girl found herself both fascinated and intrigued by the strange sight.
Mabel, on the other hand, almost dropped her sandwich in shock. The creature, spotting the food in her hands, immediately waddled towards her, its stubby legs moving faster than anyone expected. Mabe let out a screech, holding the sandwich high above her head, trying to keep it away from the persistent little creature.
Without hesitation, Y/n turned to Dipper, quickly swiping his sandwich before she could even ask for permission. She waved the sandwich around, hoping to distract the plaid-skinned creature away from Mabel.
Dipper, taking advantage of the situation, pulled out the journal, flipping through its pages. He'd seen this odd creature before but he needed to make sure of its nature. As he read, he muttered to himself, "Come on, come on, what was it again...?"
The creature perked up in interest and approached her innocently. Her face lit up as the creature bit off a piece of the sandwich and munched on it quietly. It bit again, and this time a larger piece was ripped off. "You're so adorable," Y/n said.
She looked up from the creature to see Dipper reading from the journal, a small grin spreading across his face. Mabel, still holding the sandwich above her head, was completely taken back by her brother's calm reaction. "It's a..." she began, her voice trailing off as she stared at the odd little animal in disbelief.
"It's a plaidypus!" Dipper exclaimed, turning the journal so Y/n could see the page he'd found. The entry showed a sketch of the creature. "A real plaidypus!"
Y/n leaned forward to get a closer look at the journal entry. Her eyes caught a line describing how plaidypuses seemed to have a particular fondness for saltine crackers.
Wait.
Her hands flew to her backpack, and she rummaged around until she found the small metal container she'd stumbled upon earlier. With a sense of growing curiosity, she pried it open, and the contents—a few stale saltine crackers—fell to the ground in a small scatter.
The plaidypus immediately perked up, nose twitching as it caught the scent. In an instant, it waddled over, snuffling eagerly at the crackers. It let out a small, happy squeak as it took a nibble, seeming even more delighted than it had been with the sandwich. The trio watched, mesmerized by the tiny creature's slow, waddling movements and slightly crossed, unfocused eyes. Its coat of plaid fur seemed to shift hues in the sunlight, giving it a peculiar charm.
Mabel, barely containing her excitement, whispered to Y/n, "Look at it! It's like a tiny grandpa creature in a flannel! I wonder if it has a tiny grandpa voice, too. Do you think it would say, 'Back in my day, sandwiches were made with saltines!'"
Y/n stifled a laugh, her eyes fixed on the plaidypus as it pawed around, pushing a piece of cracker with its beak. "Maybe we should name it," she said, smiling at the idea. "It deserves a proper title if it's gonna be the cutest creature we've found."
"Oh! I'm naming it," Mabel insisted, clutching her sandwich closer as she leaned toward the creature. "It's... Sir Plaidums!"
Y/n tilted her head, a playful grin lighting up her face. "Hmm... I'm thinking of... Waffles?"
The brunette gasped, her whole face lighting up. "Oh my gosh! YES! That's perfect!" she practically squealed. "His tail does look like a waffle, and it's a perfect match for Waddles! Waddles and Waffles—partners in crime, the ultimate duo against the world!"
The two girls burst into laughter, their voices ringing through the quiet forest. Y/n couldn't help but shake her head at Mabel's endlessly active imagination.
Dipper smirked, tapping his chin. "At least it's not dangerous. Nice change of pace for once."
But just as he said it, Mabel leaned in too close, trying to pet the plaidypus. With a startled squeal, the creature snapped at her hand, and she yelped, pulling it back. A small red scratch began to appear.
"Oh no, Mabel!" Dipper exclaimed, immediately flipping through the journal, panic setting in. "Let me find a cure or something. There has to be something here about plaidypus bites..."
While he frantically searched, Y/n instinctively took Mabel's hand, her mind calming as she focused on the wound. She wasn't entirely sure what she was doing, but she closed her eyes, feeling a warmth radiating from her palms. Her hands glowed faintly, and within seconds, the scratch began to disappear.
Mabel's eyes widened in amazement as the pain faded. "Hey... it doesn't hurt now!"
Dipper paused mid-page, staring at Y/n, mouth agape. "Did... did you just heal her?"
Y/n blinked, as if coming out of a trance, then glanced down at Mabel's now-perfectly healed hand. "I... I guess I did."
The three stared at each other in stunned silence before Mabel's excitement broke through. "You have magic healing powers? This is the coolest thing ever!"
Dipper nodded, still piecing things together. "We have to tell Ford about this as soon as we get back. He'll definitely want to know.
But since Ford had insisted they wait until sundown to return, they made the most of their time, diving deeper into the forest. Y/n found herself soaking up the sights with a growing sense of familiarity as Mabel animatedly told tales of past escapades and Dipper pointed out the creatures living among them, his excitement contagious.
Trailing along was Waffles, the Plaidypus, drawn by the saltine cracker crumbs Y/n dropped behind her.
As the warm orange of the setting sun filtered through the trees, casting long, gentle shadows across the forest floor, a quiet fell over the group. Mabel had grown too tired to chatter, her gaze fixed on the path home, while Y/n cradled Waffles in her arms, the little creature comfortably dozing against her.
Dipper, on the other hand, was deep in thought. His eyes held a reflective look, brows drawn slightly as he replayed the moment Y/n had healed Mabel. He couldn't ignore the curiosity welling inside him; he knew her touch had always been warm—steadying, even—but he hadn't expected it to actually heal.
Drawing on his knowledge from "Dungeons, Dungeons, and More Dungeons" and the odd bits he remembered from Ford's journal, he considered the mechanics of healing powers. In games, they usually involve energy transfer, life forces, or even light manipulation. But how would that work here, in real life? Could it be some kind of energy within her? Or just something she was discovering now?
Lost in these thoughts, he turned to Y/n, studying her face. She looked peaceful in the fading sunlight, her expression almost as serene. Beautiful.
Back at the Mystery Shack, Mabel headed to her room, a bit hesitant when she found Waffles curled up with Waddles, especially after the plaidypus had nipped her earlier. But the creature immediately rolled onto its back, belly up in a clear invitation for a scratch. Any lingering grudge melted away as she happily obliged, giggling as Waffles squirmed with joy.
Meanwhile, down in the basement, Y/n and Dipper joined Ford, who was already waiting, glancing up from his notes. The girl asked about his visit with Fiddleford, and Ford's face lit up, recounting their reunion with clear fondness, though he kept it brief.
Dipper couldn't hold his excitement any longer. "Great Uncle Ford! Y/n can heal now!" he burst out, glancing at her in awe. She only shrugged, feeling oddly indifferent to the discovery, but Ford's eyes widened in surprise. Immediately, he reached for a familiar device—a DNA analyzer. Ford had used it before when trying to determine if she was fully human, but this time, he didn't hesitate to press a small needle against her arm to collect a sample.
Y/n only raised a brow, watching him work. But a few moments later, an unexpected sting flared where Ford had pricked her arm. She blinked, looking down, surprised by the pain as it slowly settled in—a delayed reaction that left her rubbing her arm, puzzled by the strange sensation.
Ford examined the sample, his brows furrowed in concentration. "Well, it's official: you're still human," he said, a hint of relief in his voice. "But it seems you've developed some impressive healing abilities."
Dipper's eyes widened. "You think it's connected to... you know, her origins?"
The older man nodded thoughtfully, choosing his words carefully. "It's possible. With everything she'd been through, especially being Modoc's savior and sent from above, it makes sense that something like this could emerge. And after all that's... happened recently, your abilities might have returned as well."
Though he didn't mention Bill Cipher by name, there was an unspoken understanding between him and Dipper, a shared acknowledgment of the chaos they had faced.
"The important thing," he continued, his voice warm, "is that your recovery is progressing faster than we anticipated. I'm genuinely happy to see you regaining your memories." He placed a reassuring hand on her shoulder.
She felt a swell of hope at his words, even as she processed everything. "Thanks, Ford," she said softly, her gaze meeting his.
As the evening deepened, everyone settled in their rooms, the day's adventures slowly winding down. Y/n, alone in her room, finally began to feel a twinge in her arm where Ford had taken a blood sample hours earlier. The dull ache at first was puzzling—she'd never quite felt anything like it before. But as it sharpened, she found herself wincing, instinctively clutching her arm.
With curiosity overtaking her surprise, she noticed the small bruise forming on her skin. It was strange to feel pain at all, let alone this delayed. As she continued to examine the bruise, her mind began to race with questions.
What is this? What does it mean? I thought I couldn't get hurt?
And more importantly;
Should I tell them?
***
Day 4 - August 28
Early morning, Ford and Y/n were engrossed in their "reminiscing game" in the portal room, trying to jog her memory when, all of a sudden, an alarm blared through the lab. He quickly moved to check the source, discovering that it was a warning of leftover multidimensional rips left behind from Weirdmageddon. This was unexpected but, in a way, it was also the perfect opportunity for the two of them to work together once more—just like old times. He felt a flicker of nostalgia, watching her, and decided this moment was too precious to pass up.
As they prepared to tackle the anomalies, the scientist made a sudden decision. He glanced at his assistant, her expression serious and focused, and thought about how much she had missed. "What do you say we bring the rest of the family along on this little adventure?" he suggested with a grin. "One last hurrah before things settle down."
Y/n nodded with a small smile. "I'd like that."
As the sun slowly rose up, Ford had rallied everyone together and introduced the mission: sealing up wormholes with an alien adhesive that he'd retrieved from the spacecraft. In true Ford fashion, he'd managed to multiply it and turn it into a gun, ready to save the world once more.
Mabel, ever the optimist, sniffed the air dramatically before beaming widely. "Ah, finally, a family camping trip! I'm going to name every squirrel and eat every dangerous kind of oak!" she announced, her enthusiasm undeterred by the mention of interdimensional wormholes.
"Careful, Mabel," Ford warned, his voice filled with concern as she teetered dangerously close to the edge of a cliff. His sharp eyes scanned the surrounding area. "We need to keep an eye out for anything that seems...lovecrafty.
The brunette took a step back, rolling her eyes playfully. "Relax, Grunkle Ford. If any tentacle monsters try to grab me, I'll just give them a friendship bracelet and tell them to chill out!"
Ford chuckled, but kept his gaze focused ahead. "Let's hope they're the bracelet-wearing type, then."
"Great-Uncle Ford, what was it like in the universe, anyway?" Dipper asked, walking alongside him.
"Confusing," Ford responded honestly. "One minute you're breathing air, the next you're breathing fingers. Think you've found a sandwich? Turns out, it's a planet. And now you've just eaten a planet."
Dipper's eyes widened, and he quickly scribbled in his notepad. "Multiverse tips... don't eat... planets... Got it."
Y/n peeked over his shoulder, her brows furrowing. "You missed a word there," she pointed at the notepad.
"Oh, yeah. Thanks," Dipper nodded, correcting his mistake.
Ford smiled at the exchange, enjoying the dynamic between them.
But then Stan strode up, cutting in. "Just be careful where you point that nerd gun, brainiac!" he said, pushing Ford's alien adhesive gun back to his chest. "We need these kids back on the bus in three days, and I want 'em going home in one piece!"
The other twin rolled his eyes. "Stanley, under your watch, the kids fell into a bottomless pit. I'm not sure you should be offering caretaker advice."
Stan puffed up in defense. "WHAT?! I'm the best caretaker ever! I've taught these kids valuable life lessons, like how to hotwire cop cars!"
"Yeah!" Y/n chimed in, playfully backing him up.
Ford raised a brow. "What's Dipper's real name?"
Without missing a beat, Stan grinned proudly. "Mason."
Ford blinked, surprised by Stan's response before looking away, the glint on his glasses catching the light. "Fair enough."
Meanwhile, Dipper was beginning to panic, beads of sweat forming on his brow. "Wha—how'd you know? Did Y/n tell you?"
All eyes turned to the girl, and she instinctively shrank under their gaze, her eyes widening. "I don't remember anything!" she quickly defended.
Dipper raised his hands in surrender. "Okay, okay, I'm sorry—but seriously, how did Stan know?! Did you tell him, Mabel?"
Mabel shrugged, offering a clueless sound.
Stan folded his arms, a grin spreading across his face. "Of course you wouldn't remember, kid. You were just a newborn when I had you and your sister in my arms. You were so tiny!"
"Alright, we're burning daylight!" Ford called out, keeping his eyes peeled for the next rip. "Stick together, everyone. We need to seal these wormholes before something dangerous slips through."
Stan trailed a few steps behind, grumbling. "I don't know, Sixer, maybe we're overcomplicating this. Why don't we just patch 'em up with some duct tape? It works for everything else."
Ford sighed loudly, glancing over his shoulder. "Stanley, these are not leaky pipes! We're dealing with multidimensional anomalies here, not your everyday household maintenance issues."
"Hey, I'm just saying, all these gadgets of yours—" he waved his hand dismissively at his gun. "They're fancy, sure, but we can't just slap tech on everything and hope it works."
"I'm not 'slapping' anything," he retorted, his voice tight. "This adhesive is specifically designed to repair the fabric of reality itself. Duct tape won't hold back an interdimensional rift."
Stan shrugged casually. "Worked on that busted air conditioner last summer. Held together just fine," he nudged Y/n's shoulder. "Isn't that right, peanut?"
"Uh... yeah!" she smiled, despite not having the slightest idea of what he was talking about.
Ford pinched the bridge of his nose in frustration. "Stan, that's not the same—"
"Whatever you say, genius," Stan cut him off, smirking. "But when your fancy-schmancy glue gun explodes, don't come crying to me."
"It's not going to explode!" Ford snapped back. "This device is perfectly safe, Stanley. Unlike your reckless ideas!"
"Why I oughta—!"
"FOUND MY PIG!"
The trio whipped around just in time to see the sweater-wearing girl standing far too close to the wormhole.
"MABEL!" they all yelled in unison.
"Stay back!"
Out of nowhere, a massive finger shot out from the portal, snatching Mabel and dragging her across the grass. "AAHHHH!!! I'm being grabbed by a thing! A thing!!!"
Dipper panicked, "Ford, do something!"
"Good thing I brought my infinity belt!" Ford shouted, quickly tying the belt around a nearby tree trunk. "Stanley, grab onto me!"
Meanwhile, Mabel clawed desperately at the ground, trying to slow her slide towards the wormhole. "Uh, guys? I'd really appreciate some help right about now!"
Ford leaned in, the belt taut. "Mabel, don't—!" Let go!
But it was too late. With one final scream, Mabel vanished into the portal.
"Mabel, no!" Stan shouted, his voice filled with panic.
Y/n broke into a sprint, determined to dive after Mabel through the portal.
"Oh no, you don't!" Stan's hand shot out, grabbing the back of her shirt and pulling her to a stop. "I'm not letting you go in there like that! Stay put!"
"We'll get Mabel back," Ford said firmly. "We need to go in right now and look for her."
"How difficult could that be?" Dipper asked, his voice tinged with fear.
"It's like searching for a needle in a haystack," Ford admitted with a sigh. "But if we act quickly, she might not be too far. Dipper, you stay here and take my gun."
Stan smirked, "Look who's the better caretaker now."
Ford shot him an irritated look. "Yes, well, we don't have time for that right now."
"I'm going, no matter what," Y/n declared with fierce resolve.
The scientist sighed again, acknowledging her determination. "I figured as much." He then turned to Stan. "Stanley, are you coming?"
He hesitated before stepping forward. "If anyone's going to find her, it's definitely not going to be you," he grumbled.
Ford shot him a displeased look but chose to remain silent. The urgency of the situation left little room for arguments.
Without further ado, the three jumped out, binded by the individual strings around their waists.
The Nightmare Realm felt like floating in a strange, endless space. All around, colorful bubbles hung in the dark, each leading to different worlds. Stars dotted the sky, casting a faint light, while streaks of color from far-off galaxies stretched across the void. Some worlds looked bright and alive, others dark and creepy, but they all seemed close enough to reach—yet just far enough to make them feel lost. The air felt heavy, almost like the space itself was watching them.
"Mabel! Come out, sweetie!" Ford initiated, his voice echoing.
Stan, not to be outdone, cupped his hands around his mouth. "Hey, Mabel! Your favorite great-uncle's here!"
Ford glanced at him, unimpressed. "Really, Stan? I'm sure she'll be drawn by our voices alone without needing to rank our roles."
Stan scoffed, waving a dismissive hand. "Oh, please. If I just holler about free candy, she'll come running! You gotta think like a kid, Sixer."
Ford frowned, crossing his arms defensively. "Or maybe she'd respond to a logical, reassuring call rather than bribery," he argued. "Mabel's smart enough to follow reason."
"Oh, 'cause 'reason' is what a kid's gonna follow in an interdimensional nightmare zone," Stan retorted, rolling his eyes. "She'll follow her stomach before anything else."
He stuck his head through one of the shimmering bubbles, cupping his hands around his mouth. "Mabel! You in here?" His voice echoed weirdly, and he squinted into the odd, swirling world on the other side.
A beat later, he pulled his head back, a small, tentacled creature—complete with too many eyes and a squishy, slime-covered body—now clinging to his forehead.
Ford stared, mildly horrified. "Stan, there's... something on your head."
He blinked up at the creature, unfazed. "Keep looking," he said gruffly, swatting the thing's tentacles out of his eyes.
"How exactly do these dimension bubbles work?" Y/n asked, glancing around at the floating orbs.
Ford adjusted his glasses, gesturing toward the bubbles. "Each of these dimensions has its own time flow. Time here in the Nightmare Realm doesn't match time in any of them. What feels like a second here could be days, weeks, or even years in another world."
Stan, rubbing the slime from the Cthulhu that had just latched onto his head, grumbled, "Great, so we could be searching for Mabel forever in one of these things."
"I'm going in," Y/n declared, eyeing a glowing yellow orb in front of her. With Ford holding tightly to the other end of the string around her waist, she took a breath and leapt into the dimension.
Ford counted down. "Ten seconds...nine...eight..."
At zero, he yanked her back, and Y/n stumbled out, looking slightly dazed—and wearing a completely different outfit. Ford raised an eyebrow. "No Mabel?"
Y/n shook her head. "Yeah. No Mabel." She glanced down at her new clothes, a little baffled. "But...I got this."
Ford glanced down at his watch and pressed a button. "This distress beacon will either summon an interdimensional good Samaritan—or a beast that feeds on fear."
Stan grinned, pumping his fist. "I like those odds!"
As if on cue, a honk echoed to their right, and a space van zoomed up to them. The driver, an alien with slimy skin and faceless character leaned out his window. "Well, entangle my particles! What are you apostrophe-backslashers doin' out here in the multi-sticks?"
Y/n squinted, muttering, "...language..." Not that any of that made sense.
Without missing a beat, Stan bounded over to the driver. "We're looking for the best grandniece in the multiverse! Ya seen her?"
The driver eyed him suspiciously. "Maybe I have. But I'd never let a known criminal on my truck!"
Stan froze, staring at the driver in baffled pride. "My criminal record made it into space? Gotta admit, I'm kinda impressed with myself."
The driver then turned his pink, slimy hand toward Ford, who looked distinctly unamused. "I was talkin' about him! His wanted posters are everywhere from here to Lottocron 9!"
Stan's jaw dropped before he burst into laughter. He turned to his brother. "Wait—you're a criminal out here, too, Mr. Goody Nerd-Shoes?!"
Ford crossed his arms defensively. "I may have... acquired a few... hundred parts for my quantum destabilizer, but it was all in the name of science!"
Y/n snickered and leaned in. "Uh-huh. 'In the name of science,' right, Ford?"
He shot her a look. "Focus on our mission, would you?"
Seizing the opportunity, Stan leaned over to the driver, pulling a pair of cuffs from somewhere in his suit. "How's about I hand him over cuffed in the back, and I get to sit up front?"
The driver's eyes sparkled with amusement. "Deal!"
"WHAT?!" Ford exclaimed, as Stan grinned and slid into the front passenger seat, leaving the other two to climb into the back. He grumbled as he took his seat, but she just gave him a sly grin, deciding to join him in the back as "moral support."
Stan turned back, all too pleased with himself. "Well, I offered you a seat up here," he said, winking at Y/n. "It's warmer up front, y'know."
She smirked. "I think I'll pass, thanks." She folded her arms as Ford tried to get comfortable.
As they set off, Stan leaned over to the driver and cracked, "So I say, 'Dark matter? More like dork matter!'"
The driver snorted, practically wheezing with laughter. "HA! Brilliant!"
Ford just rolled his eyes, fighting not to react, while Y/n stifled her own laughter, clearly amused. Ford threw her a warning glance. "Don't you dare," he muttered.
"Who, me?" she whispered back, eyes twinkling.
After a while, a projection appeared in space, lights forming the image of Mabel, winking with her tongue stuck out. Above her, the words "Hey boyz!" flashed brightly.
"There she is! Quick! Head toward that exploding child!" Stan shouted, excitement bubbling in his voice.
The van veered towards the signal, landing on a strange world filled with countless Mabels. As they stepped out, Y/n's eyes widened in awe at the colorful sight before her—every Mabel looked a little different, yet they all shared that unmistakable spark of her personality.
"Whoof! You think you can find your girl among all these look-alikes?" the alien driver barked, concern in his voice.
Ford puffed up with confidence. "Why, of course I... I... oh dear."
"Can't recognize your own niece?" Stan teased. "HA! Who's the bad caretaker now?"
Just then, a voice broke through the crowd. "HEY GRUNKLES!" One Mabel, wearing her iconic sweater and headband, leaped up, grinning widely. "LOL, I love pigs and sweaters! Hurr hurr, I'm a goofball wibble zibble!"
"THAT'S HER!" Stan exclaimed, rushing forward to wrap her in a tight embrace.
The van quickly flew away, away from the world. While floating up in space, Stan was squeezing his great niece with a hug. "Don't you ever scare me like that again, pumpkin!"
"Apologies, dearest uncle," Mabel replied, her tone oddly formal and uncharacteristic, almost like she was reading from a script. "I will not transgress your laws again."
Y/n narrowed her eyes at that. Transgress? Mabel didn't often use that word, let alone spell it.
Stan laughed, clearly amused. "HAHA! 'Transgress!' Classic Mabel!" he said, turning to Ford with a grin.
But Ford didn't share in the laughter. He placed a hand on Y/n's shoulder, his brow furrowing. "I need to have a word with my assistant..." he muttered quietly, guiding Y/n a few steps away from Stan and Mabel.
"Something seems off about Mabel," he began, glancing back at the two.
"Yeah, she didn't even give me a hug," Y/n said, a puzzled look on her face.
"That is strange. I'm afraid we've got the wrong Mabel."
Stan, overhearing them, stepped forward with a smirk. "Oh, here we go. You're just jealous that I was able to pick her out of a crowd and you weren't!"
Ford crossed his arms, unamused, while Y/n frowned, feeling a sense of unease creeping in.
"Great Uncle Stanford, do you have any futuristic mega-weapons that I could bring home with me? For... educational purposes?" Mabel asked, her tone strangely enthusiastic. This was definitely odd.
Ford narrowed his eyes, glancing towards the corner of the room. "Yes... over there by the airlock..."
As Mabel stepped away, Ford suddenly pulled out a weapon, aiming it directly at her. "DON'T MOVE!!!"
"WHAT HAVE YOU LOST YOUR MIND?!" Stan shouted, panic rising in his voice at the sight of the gun.
Before anyone could react, their feet became stuck to the ground. "My alien adhesive!" Ford exclaimed, frustration flooding his tone.
"AH! Who are you, and what did you do to Mabel?!" Y/n screamed, heart racing as she struggled to break free.
"I wanted to do this the easy way, guys. I really did," Not-Mabel said, suddenly spinning around, an evil smirk spreading across her face. "We were going to go home as one happy family."
With a swift movement, she pressed the airlock button, trapping the three of them inside a glass cylinder, ready to be launched into space. Not-Mabel shrugged casually. "But I guess I'll have to tell Dipper you three were lost in space! Looking forward to my new dimension, by the way. I've been hankering for a new civilization to overthrow."
Stan pressed his hands against the glass, desperately trying to reason with his niece. "Mabel, sweetie, I think maybe you've had too much sugar—"
"I'M NOT MABEL!" Not-Mabel shouted, her voice filled with malice.
"SHE'S NOT MABEL!" Y/n echoed from the back, panic clear in her tone.
"DANG IT, STAN, YOU GOT THE WRONG ONE!" Ford yelled, exasperation evident.
Stan, not ready to back down, shot back, "Oh, you are LOVING the chance to throw this in my face!"
"WILL YOU TWO STOP FIGHTINGGGGGGG?!" Y/n shouted, frustration bubbling over from her corner of the glass prison.
"Sounds like you three need some space!" Not-Mabel grinned maliciously, her fist hovering over the eject button. "ENDLESS SPACE!"
All of a sudden, the ship began to rock back and forth, sending Not-Mabel stumbling. "WHA? What is that?!" she shouted, struggling to keep her balance.
Then, with a loud BOOM, part of the ship exploded, and a whole new batch of Mabels burst onto the scene, from a gigantic T-Rex to a number 3 wearing a sweater. "Looks like the Mabels have turned!" the real Mabel quipped, stepping forward. "Now give me back my family!" She threatened with a fierce glint in her eye.
"You want 'em?!" Not-Mabel shouted, brandishing the two guns she had snatched. "Come and get 'em! This shooting star shoots back!"
MABEL FIGHT!
Amidst the commotion, Threebel, another Mabel, managed to press the airlock button, releasing the three from the glass cylinder. "Yes! Rescued by math! Just like in my dreams!!" Ford exclaimed, his eyes shining with delight.
"This is dumb. All of this is dumb," Stan muttered, yet he didn't move as Flame-Bel was busy melting the alien adhesive with her fire.
In the chaos, Flame-Bel's flames accidentally grazed Y/n's ankle, and she hissed at the heat. "Ow!" she muttered, her voice barely audible over the ruckus.
After successfully freeing them, the Mabels found themselves stuck against the wall, trapped by Not-Mabel's adhesive gun.
"Had enough?!" she smirked, preparing to fire again, only for a grappling hook to knock the weapon from her hands. Not-Mabel turned to her identical counterpart. "YOU! I'll knock the glitter out of you, you giggling punch line!"
"I'd like to see you try!" the real Mabel challenged back, her spirit unwavering.
"LOOK! A PUPPY!" Not-Mabel suddenly pointed to the right, trying to distract her opponent.
"Where?" Mabel grinned, excitement sparkling in her eyes as she scanned the area.
MAB-PUNCH!
The two Mabels tumbled into an ungraceful brawl, fists flying and various profanities were heard.
"What's going on?! Which one's the real Mabel?!" Stan yelled, stress evident in his voice.
"I can't tell!" Ford admitted, scratching his head in confusion. "They're equally adorable!"
As the two brunettes continued their brawl, Mabel managed to grab the hem of one of the Mabels' sweaters. With a swift tug, she pulled it up, revealing a T-shirt underneath that read, "I Hate Cats."
They paused mid-fight, and Not-Mabel's bravado faltered as she stammered, "Wait... wait... it's not what it looks like!"
The two Stans exchanged knowing glances, both sensing the shift in the air. Without hesitation, they pressed the airlock button together. The sound of the mechanism echoed through the room, sealing Not-Mabel's fate as she realized her cover was blown.
Not-Mabel slammed her fists against the glass, her voice laced with desperation. "You think you've defeated me, but I'm part of you! Every selfish choice you make just makes you like me! What do you have to say to that?!"
With that, she pressed the eject button, and the airlock hissed open. Not-Mabel's eyes widened in shock as she was launched out of the van, disappearing into the void of space. Mabel leaned over the edge, watching her go, a satisfied smile on her lips. "See ya never, imposter!"
Eventually, it was time to head home. With the driver blasted out of the window from the fight the Mabels took charge, piloting the van to get everyone back safely. Military Mabel, one of the more roughed-up Mabels, got patched up thanks to Y/n's healing powers. "Thanks for everything, soldier!" she grinned, saluting her as they said their goodbyes and took off, leaving the four floating in space.
After a moment of silence, Stan cleared his throat and apologized. Ford followed, admitting he felt embarrassed that they'd been saved by Mabel.
"For what it's worth, I love you both," Mabel said, giving them each a reassuring look. "But maybe the reason you two can't look after kids is because you kinda still are kids yourselves." She hugged them both tightly. "Maybe it's time to take care of each other."
Then, with a mischievous grin, she turned to Y/n. "And who could forget my favorite girl?" She pulled the girl into a warm hug.
She let out a contented sigh, leaning into Mabel's shoulder. "Ahhh, finally got my hug."
When they finally made it back home, Dipper could barely contain his excitement. He bombarded Mabel with questions, eager to hear about her journey into the multiverse. Meanwhile, Stan and Ford stood side-by-side, triumphantly chanting "Pines!" as they sealed up the wormhole with Ford's adhesive gun.
Mabel brushed off Dipper's excitement, calling the whole thing "just kinda stupid" — but then she handed him a small, blank journal. "Mabipper said you could have it," she added with a smile. The journal was blue with gold accents and bore a pine tree symbol, reminiscent of the one Dipper had been reading all summer. Dipper's eyes went wide, filling with emotion, but he managed to keep it together as he clutched the journal.
It was time for new adventures.
Later that night, Ford heard a soft knock on his lab door in the basement. "Come in," he said, continuing his writing. The door was opened to find Mabel coming in, hand over her heart, looking oddly shy. It was a surprising sight, considering his assistant was always at the door.
"Mabel?" he asked, eyebrows raised. "What brings you here?"
In her cozy pajamas with a floppy disk print, Mabel looked almost serene, a complete contrast to the fierce, bold girl who'd faced down her doppelganger a few hours ago. "I just... wanted to give you something I didn't get to give you earlier," she said, pulling something small from her pocket. Ford extended his hand, and she placed a handmade friendship bracelet in his palm. "We didn't really get to see any... tentacle monsters," she added, blushing.
He smiled at the unexpected gift. "Thank you, Mabel. I will cherish this." But he sensed there was more on her mind. She fidgeted with a strand of her hair, looking at him with a vulnerable expression. "Anything else you wanted to say?" he asked gently.
Mabel sighed, letting her gaze fall. "Yeah... I wanted to say... I know I can be selfish sometimes. I mean, I know 'the end of the world' was my fault."
His eyes widened.
"And... I still feel like maybe it's my fault that Y/n's memory got erased, too."
Ford was shell-shocked by Mabel's sudden, heartfelt confession. First of all, this was the first time he'd seen her so open and vulnerable, and he realized he was having an actual heart-to-heart with his great-niece — something he hadn't expected this soon. His chest tightened with the urge to be the best uncle he could for this brave girl.
But, secondly, how could she possibly blame herself for Weirdmageddon? How dare she? That was on him — his mistakes, his decisions! Ford took a steadying breath, giving her a gentle but firm look. "Mabel, you have to stop carrying this alone. You are not responsible for Weirdmageddon. I am. I made mistakes too, and I'm still working to set them right. But you, you faced something unimaginable, and that is something to be proud of."
She blinked, surprised, but a soft smile spread across her face. Ford continued, and the two ended up sharing quiet apologies for all the bad judgments that had led them here. It was a moment of healing, of forgiveness, that neither had quite expected but both would always remember.
***
Day 5 - August 29
Ford was sitting at his desk in the portal room again, surrounded by scattered papers, his journals, and strange trinkets he'd collected over the years. The low hum of the fan of the machine was his only sound, making him aware that he was by himself. His reliable assistant had ventured out alone for the first time since the catastrophic event, trying to figure it out on her own this time.
He adjusted his glasses and flipped through his latest research notes, sipping on a cup of black coffee. It was somewhat rare, doing something so mundane— nothing extraordinary happening for once.
But just as he allowed himself to settle into the comfort of routine, something on his left caught his eye. A screen, displaying a spike in energy. He tapped a few more keys, pulling up information. A map of the entire world came into view, with a few red spots scattered among the visuals. He zoomed in on Oregon, and while the hotspot was indeed concentrated in Gravity Falls, it wasn't confined to just that location.
The energy readings weren't just local — they were worldwide.
A new adventure was on the horizon, and he could feel it in his bones. It wasn't just about Gravity Falls anymore. There was something bigger out there; something that needed to be uncovered, and if necessary, stopped.
His thoughts drifted to the people who had once been by his side. Dipper was no longer his apprentice, Fiddleford had carved a new path for himself as a successful inventor, and Y/n... well, after everything she had been through, he knew it wasn't the right time to ask her. She needed to heal and rediscover herself, and he wasn't sure if she could find that in the Arctic.
But the one person who lingered most on his mind was his brother, Stanley.
Ford set down his coffee, thinking it over. The two of them spent so many years apart, rebuilding their relationship brick by brick, overcoming their differences. Now with these erratic signals, he couldn't help but think that it was time for the Pines Twins to join forces again. He hadn't brought it up to Stan yet, but if he knew his brother, the promise of "money and babes" would be all it took to get him on board.
He smiled to himself, imagining how his brother would react to the idea. Y/n, too, could be an added bonus to the team, if she ever felt ready to take part in their adventure again. But the thought of standing side by side with his brother, facing the unknown once more...
It was something Ford had quietly yearned for.
***
Meanwhile, Y/n was on the mission of regaining more of her memories, but this time, she didn't have anyone to accompany her. The Pines family let her, thinking how this might be a good idea to rediscover herself. She wandered through town, taking in the changes with a sense of nostalgia and quiet awe.
The Gravity Falls she remembered was both familiar and somehow different. Her memories were still quite hazy, but the pieces of her past started to trickle back as she walked, especially with the way she had felt about this place— like it had always been home.
Some folks recognized her and greeted her with a wave, calling her a hero and such— to which she accepted with genuine gratitude. She remembered Lazy Susan, Blubs and Durland, and Manly Dan with his kids, along with some of the other comical characters of this strange town.
Eventually, she reached the beginning of the forest, and let herself go deeper, surrounding herself with the greens. The change of the atmosphere was noticeable in an instant, that quiet stillness of the trees helped clear her mind. It felt like it was yesterday when she woke up and followed a stranger's footsteps.
"You're new."
Ford was startled when he heard a new voice. He hasn't heard anyone speak to him in quite some time. When he turned around, he noticed a young girl. She appeared to be human.
"Who- who are you?" Ford cleared his throat. "Why are you here?"
"You can call me Y/n," she said, shrugging. "And I live pretty much everywhere, including here, and I haven't seen you before..." She raised an eyebrow, suspiciously.
She continued to walk, her mind seemingly drifting elsewhere. Her hands reached out to touch the leaves she would pass by.
It was indeed the spooky part of the forest. Trees swayed in the breeze mysteriously. The two were surrounded by fog as Y/n effortlessly handled the signs and Dipper hammered nails against the barks of the trees. "Ugh, Grunkle Stan," Dipper groaned aloud. "Nobody believes anything I say."
She glanced at the trees with signs hung up in them, "Mystery Shack is this way!"
They successfully exited the bunker through the same entrance they had entered. The sun was now setting, casting a warm pink glow over the surrounding forest. The temperature was dropping, and a slight chill was in the air.
Soos and Mabel headed home, their plans shifting towards getting snacks. Wendy also said her farewells, mentioning the tradition of watching movies with Dipper.
With them gone, it was just Dipper and Y/n left.
Dipper shifted uncomfortably, his gaze wandering as he scratched his arm. Breaking the silence, he murmured, "I always forget you could do that." He briefly glanced at the bloodstain on her shirt.
Y/n's expression turned apologetic as she frowned, her voice carrying a hint of remorse. "I'm sorry for surprising you like that every time."
A frown took over her face, she had to remember everything.
The once-dreaded landscape was now vibrant with lush grass, shrubs, and blooming flowers. Floating gently down to the forest, the Pines family—two sets of twins—found Y/n lying peacefully among a meadow of daisies. She slowly stirred, yawning as though waking from a long, restful nap. As her eyes adjusted to the brilliant green hues of the forest, a contented smile spread across her face.
"Y/n!" A voice to her left caught her attention. She turned to see a man in a red turtleneck and beige trench coat. "Aha, you did it! You defeated Bill!"
He knelt down, grasping her shoulders and shaking them in excitement. His enthusiasm made her smile, but she had no idea who this man was or what 'Bill' he was talking about.
She placed a hand on his wrist to stop him. "Um, say, mister. Where am I?" she asked innocently. "I... I think I'm lost." She looked around curiously, and when she turned back, she noticed tears welling up in the man's eyes. He sniffled, stepping back to give her space.
Flashes of laughter, fear, pain, and love.
Tears welled up in her eyes before she could stop them. The memories returned in sharp clarity, and it was too much to hold back. She stopped walking, covering her face with her hands as the tears fell. She didn't sob, but her body trembled from the weight of it all.
For a few moments, she let herself cry.
Y/n felt something trying to escape her eyes. "What... what is this..." Instinctively, she brought a hand to her cheeks and felt wetness. They were warm to her eyes and then cold to her cheeks. She helplessly choked back a sob. "Why is this happening?"
Ford became a little concerned. "Those are tears," he said slowly as he looked at the girl, whose tears were streaming down her cheeks. "You're- you're crying."
"Crying? Is that a good thing?"
There is nothing wrong with crying.
It was probably the best thing she can do right now.
She had carried so much weight without even realizing, and those tears? They're a release. A sign that she's starting to make sense of everything again.
It hurts, but healing often does.
Just... take your time, and let yourself feel what you need to feel.
Ford placed a gentle hand on her shoulder.
"You're strong, Y/n."
After a deep breath, she wiped her eyes with her sleeve and steadied herself. The forest around her remained still, offering quiet comfort.
She stood there, taking another breath, forcing herself to calm down. It's okay, she thought. One step at a time.
Her gaze shifted, widening when a faint sound broke through the stillness.
It was a cry— soft, but unmistakably from an animal in distress.
Her instincts kicked in immediately, and she hurried towards the sound, her steps quick and careful. Soon, she found a deer lying on the ground, its leg tangled in a mess of thorny vines. The poor creature's eyes were wide with fear, and it whimpered as it tried to free itself, only to pull the vines tighter.
She knelt down beside the deer, her heart aching for it. "Shh, it's okay," she whispered gently, her voice soft and calming. "I'm here to help."
She placed her hand over the wounded leg, taking a deep breath as her healing power began to flow. A soft glow emanated from her palm, spreading warmth through the deer's injury. Slowly, the vines loosened, and the deep cut began to close, the pain fading from the deer's eyes.
The deer blinked up at her, its breathing calming as it realized it was no longer trapped or in pain. Y/n stroked its side gently, smiling through the remnants of her own sadness. "You're going to be fine now," she murmured, watching as the deer stood on wobbly legs, testing the healed limb.
The animal gave her one last, grateful look before it bounded off into the forest, disappearing among the trees. Y/n remained still, watching it vanish, her chest rising and falling with a sense of peace.
Helping the deer had grounded her, even for just a moment. The forest, which moments ago had felt heavy with the weight of her memories, now seemed to welcome her. The thought crossed her mind—maybe she could use her gift like this more often. Maybe healing wasn't just for her own sake, but for the sake of others, too.
As the sun dipped lower, casting long shadows through the trees, Y/n stood up, her decision made. She knew now what she wanted to do. Maybe, just maybe, she could open a small clinic—help others in the way she had helped the deer.
She smiled softly to herself, her steps lighter now as she walked back through the forest. There was still so much left for her to heal—both outside and within. But for the first time in a while, Y/n felt hopeful.
***
Day 6 - August 30
The younger Pines twins were packing their things, the attic a mess of scattered sweaters, books, and random souvenirs they'd collected over the summer. Mabel held up her glitter glue gun, reminiscing. "Remember when I bedazzled my entire face?" she laughed.
Dipper smiled, stuffing another book into his bag. "Yeah, and when you made that entire glitter castle for Waddles, I don't think Grunkle Stan ever fully got the glitter out of the couch."
The two exchanged a look, knowing tomorrow they would be heading back to their home in California, leaving behind this place they've come to love. "I'm gonna miss this place," Mabel admitted, her voice softer now, her usual energy subdued by the weight of their impending departure.
Meanwhile, Ford was packing for his own trip, gathering his materials and trusty tools. He paused when he noticed a presence entering the room. It was his assistant, looking better than before, wearing a serene smile on her face. "What're you up to?" she asked.
"I'm planning an expedition outside of Gravity Falls. Turns out, there were more paranormal hotspots not just here. I need to investigate them, and maybe put a stop to them." When he finished, he glanced at her, trying to see if there was a sign that she wanted to go with him. Nonetheless, he asked.
"I could use your help. What do you say? Join me on one last adventure?"
Her smile deepened as she turned to face him fully. "Have you asked your twin brother yet?"
Ford hesitated, looking a bit sheepish. "Well... not exactly. I was going to... but..."
She shook her head playfully, her eyes twinkling with amusement. "I think you should talk to him, Ford. Because..." she trailed off. "I'm... going to be a little busy building my clinic!" She grinned, the spark in her eyes reflecting her excitement for the new chapter she was about to start.
He couldn't help but smile at the little one's enthusiasm. "That's wonderful, Y/n. I'm sure you'll make a real difference."
As the day wore on, everyone in the Shack found themselves packing for their respective futures— Mabel and Dipper for home, Y/n for the clinic where she began talking with McGucket, and Ford for the unknown Arctic adventure. But as the older man folded his clothes, his mind kept drifting to the cloudless sky outside.
The August sun was warm, and the world beyond his books and research beckoned to him in a way it hadn't in a long time.
He'd spent so many years with his nose buried in journals, chasing mysteries and solving riddles. Now, it felt like the right time to start looking at the world—and the people around him—more closely. As he finished packing, his gaze fell on the stack of journals that had been his companions for so long. The journals—created, destroyed, lost, found, buried, burned—were still here, a constant reminder of the chaos they had caused. They felt like a curse he couldn't quite shake.
Later that evening, Ford suggested they burn the journals in the last campfire of the summer, as a way to leave the past behind. Mabel, Stan, and Soos immediately jumped on the idea, eager for a dramatic farewell to the summer's adventures. But Dipper, thoughtful as always, had a better suggestion.
"Why don't we burn all the Bill Cipher artifacts instead?" he proposed. "They've caused more than enough trouble."
Ford's eyes lit up at the idea, and the group quickly gathered everything Ford had ever collected that was connected to Bill Cipher—scrolls, carpets, windows, trinkets—everything. Stan, always one for theatrics, poured an absurd amount of gasoline on the pile, much to everyone's delight. As the flames roared to life, Ford laughed, a sound of pure relief and joy. They roasted marshmallows, made s'mores, and told stories until the sky began to lighten with the coming sunrise.
Finally, it was Y/n who came up with the perfect solution for the journals. As the fire burned down to embers, she suggested with a grin, "Why don't we just toss them into the Bottomless Pit?"
He chuckled at the suggestion, a mix of amusement and confusion in his features. "The Bottomless Pit?
"Well..." she placed her hands on her lap. "Based on our investigations, tossing the books in the pit could land them just about anywhere."
"It could end up in the center of the Earth, being devoured by a subterranean dinosaur!" Soos chimed in excitedly.
"Or in another dimension!" Mabel shouted.
"Or maybe in the hands of another curious, young mind whose adventure is just beginning!" Dipper followed with stars in his eyes.
Y/n added her own sentiment with a finger to her chin. "Perhaps someone with a messy life, a caffeine-fueled sleep schedule who'll write about our story in a form of creative storytelling to be posted on some obscure website!"
Silence.
"I mean, who wouldn't want to read about the tragic tales of dealing with monsters and the awkwardness of family reunio—"
Okay that's enough.
***
END OF THE WEEK
BONUS:
"I'm going in," Y/n declared, eyeing a glowing yellow orb in front of her. With Ford holding tightly to the other end of the string around her waist, she took a breath and leapt into the dimension.
Ford counted down. "Ten seconds...nine...eight..."
At zero, he yanked her back, and Y/n stumbled out, looking slightly dazed—and wearing a completely different outfit. Ford raised an eyebrow. "No Mabel?"
Y/n shook her head. "Yeah. No Mabel." She glanced down at her new clothes, a little baffled. "But...I got this."
[thank you all so so much for the daisy fanarts!! sorry i couldn't fit all of them as my hand is already twitching as i type this! if u have daisy art u want to send me, i have a discord! it's peacheskimi :)]
season 3 anyone?
Chapter 50: [Bonus#4] The Aftermath
Chapter Text
How does one build a boat?
Y/n didn't know how, but she was just going to trust either Soos and McGucket for this one. The whole idea of surprising the older twins with a brand-new boat had come straight from the handyman himself. Soos, bubbling with excitement, roped in everyone he could to help make the plan a reality.
The group split into two teams: one focusing on the clinic, the other on the boat. The tricky part was keeping both brothers away from the dock and around the Mystery Shack, making sure that the surprise stayed under wraps. Y/n planned for the clinic to sit on the forest's edge, close to town but not right in it—making it easily accessible to both townsfolk and creatures. It was also just a short distance from the Shack, keeping everything close-knit.
Y/n watched as Soos enthusiastically laid out his blueprints for the project (or as he called it, Operation Awesome Boat Surprise 3000). She hugged herself, feeling the crisp morning breeze roll in from the lake, adding a chill to the already quiet air. Her gaze drifted over the blue expanse of Gravity Falls' lake, lost in thought.
It had been a week.
One week since the birthday party.
One week since the goodbyes.
One week since the two people who had changed her life left to return to their hometown. She already missed them dearly.
Her fingers moved to the charm on her bracelet, tracing its smooth metal absentmindedly. She found the bracelet on her bedside table with a note beside it, saying that it was from Mabel, who must've placed it before leaving the Shack to go to the bus stop.
She had accidentally noticed the way that she was breathing, and she began grounding herself.
Inhale... exhale. She repeated the rhythm, steadying her thoughts
"Y/n!"
Someone called her name, but it took a bit of time for her to snap out of her thoughts and turn her head towards the voice. It was Soos, who beckoned her over to the group.
Her feet carried her over to where Soos, McGucket, and Manly Dan were standing. She looked down on the blueprints sprawled across the table, but her mind wasn't comprehending. It wasn't because she couldn't understand the plans, she was just feeling out of it.
Everything seemed to be moving way too quickly.
"...What do you think, girlie?"
Hearing the nickname made her smile slightly before chuckling randomly. "It looks good!" she provided an answer, beaming up at Soos. "Did you come up with this?"
"I did!" Soos admitted rather sheepishly. "It actually came to me in a dream, dude. The Stan Twins with an awesome-looking ship! All made by this cool-looking guy."
"I'm guessing that's you?" She mused with a playful smile.
"You know it!" Soos laughed.
Everyone began constructing. Thanks to Manly Dan's supply of wood, and McGucket's wild assortment of tools, they were off to a strong start.
Y/n watched as the others fell into their natural rhythm, Soos directing with his grand vision, McGucket tossing in eccentric modifications here and there, and Dan's strength bringing it all together. She picked up a hammer, deciding to make herself useful, focusing on the steady beat of each nail hammered in.
One nail in, and she was already feeling not up to tackling any tasks right now.
She hung back, keeping an eye on things while everyone pitched in on the boat's construction. Hours of steady work brought them through the first level of the trawler—a sturdy wood-and-steel core coming together fast. McGucket had even wheeled out a strange machine to help shape the yacht's frame. Meanwhile, Soos was busy fitting glass windows for the lower level, beaming as he carefully installed each one.
She let out a low whistle, impressed by how much they'd gotten done so quickly. It was clear Soos was eager to get this project moving. Checking her watch, she saw it was already 12:30 PM. Lazy Susan had stopped by earlier, juggling several bags stuffed with sandwiches. She'd cheerfully announced that a certain blonde had helped prepare them, and Y/n perked up, guessing who that might be.
Just as she was about to head over to check on the clinic, a sharp cry snapped her back to the dock. She looked up to see Soos down on the ground, his face contorted in pain as he clutched his arm. For a second, the group around him froze, looking from one another in shock, unsure of what to do. But Y/n's instincts kicked in, and she pushed through, gently but firmly, to clear some space.
"Give him room, please!" Her voice rang out, calm yet commanding, cutting through the anxious murmurs.
Kneeling beside Soos, she quickly looked over his injury, her training for the clinic already kicking in. She took his hand to reassure him, meeting his panicked gaze. "Soos, just focus on breathing with me, alright? I'm right here."
He was full-on dramatic now, eyes wide as he gasped, "I can see the light! It's right at the end of the tunnel, dude! Ohhh, here I go!"
But as her hand hovered over his injury, a gentle warmth began to flow, soothing the pain. Soos blinked, his face going from fear to shock as he flexed his arm. "Whoa—It still hurts, but less now! How did that happen?"
"I can heal, Soos," she replied with a soft smile, giving his hand a final reassuring squeeze.
"You... you do?" he asked, still processing, but his smile was growing wider by the second. "You can heal?"
She nodded, smiling back. "Now you know why I'm building that clinic, huh?"
He brightened even more, sitting up completely. "Oh! You're gonna be an amazing doctor!"
"She already is," McGucket chimed in with a proud grin, resting a hand on her shoulder.
Around them, everyone looked on with warm smiles, relieved and grateful to see Soos alright. They started heading back to their tasks, murmuring with admiration about how extraordinary and selfless she was. Soos stretched his arm with a big grin, delighted by the full range of motion. "So, should I call you Doctor Y/n now?"
She laughed, cheeks flushed, and waved off the idea. "Nooo, just Y/n!" she giggled, but the title seemed to linger warmly in her thoughts.
***
Back in the Shack, Ford had been busy tracking down the weirdness hot spots all over the world, eyes flitting between the map and the tracker. The room was quiet except for the faint hum of machines and the occasional scribble of a pen as Ford marked another point on the map.
His focus broke only when a distant noise—maybe a creak of the old Shack floorboards—pulled him out of his thoughts. Ford sighed, rubbing his temple as he leaned back in his chair, the weight of responsibility settling heavier than before. But his frown soon lifted at an unexpected sight.
Right there, sitting in the corner of the room, was a curious little creature covered in a familiar plaid pattern. It blinked up at him with wide, playful eyes, clearly unbothered by its strange surroundings. Ford squinted, then adjusted his glasses with a baffled look.
"Well, I'll be..." he muttered to himself, leaning forward as though to confirm the creature was real. A plaidypus. Of course.
The last time he'd come across one, it had been in the middle of a bizarre expedition—half science, half survival. Seeing one here, calmly lounging in the Shack like it belonged, was enough to make him chuckle under his breath. "I haven't seen one of you in decades."
Before he could muse further, a voice broke the silence. "I see you've met Waffles," it chimed coolly from the doorway.
Ford looked up, startled, only to see Y/n leaning casually against the frame, a small smile tugging at her lips, arms crossed as though she'd been watching for a while.
"Met him when I went on that forest walk with the twins," she continued, walking into the room. She knelt beside the plaidypus, who immediately rolled onto its back, wiggling in anticipation of scratches.
"I see," Ford replied, a bemused smile crossing his face as he pushed his glasses up again. He watched as Waffles squirmed happily under Y/n's hand, his little limbs twitching comically with every well-placed scratch.
The two shared a quiet moment, Ford leaning forward to tentatively scratch the plaidypus's head. Waffles immediately kicked his feet again, drawing a quiet chuckle from both of them. For the scientist, it felt strangely grounding—reminiscent of his first wild discoveries, back when every anomaly held a sense of wonder instead of dread.
He glanced at her, noting the subtle but undeniable transformation in her demeanor. The assistant who had once seemed so lost and untethered was now recovering—steadier, lighter, her smile reaching her eyes in a way it hadn't before. It was a sight that brought a rare warmth to Ford's chest, though his ever-active mind couldn't help but pull him into deeper waters.
Ford wasn't one to overlook details, and over the past few weeks—since that event—he had poured himself into understanding her condition. Numerous tests, questions, and observations had followed, each a small attempt to reassure himself that she was truly okay. Her love for bad puns and blueberries, for instance, remained as strong as ever, to his quiet relief.
It was proof that the memory gun's effects were far from permanent, and while that fact brought him a measure of hope, it also weighed him down with an equal, if not greater, sense of dread.
If memories could return, he mused, his hand subconsciously tightening on the arm of his chair, what else might claw its way back as well?
Ford shuddered at the thought. The past was a fragile thing in Gravity Falls—broken pieces that, if stirred the wrong way, could become sharp enough to cut. Would the dark tendrils of pain and fear resurface one day, unbidden? Would the scars buried in her mind reopen, bringing with them memories she'd be better off without?
He sighed, the weight of responsibility pressing harder on his shoulders. Y/n, kneeling next to Waffles, seemed blissfully unaware of the storm brewing behind his calm facade.
Ford forced himself to breathe, to ground himself in the present. For now, she was here. Whole. Healing. Laughing as she tickled the plaidypus, whose little limbs flailed with delight. He'd focus on that—the now, the good—because the future, as always, was as unpredictable as the oddities he spent his life studying.
What was she doing here again? Oh, right. Y/n suddenly remembered her purpose. She'd already managed to convince Stan, and now it was time to rope Ford into her plan.
"Hey, Ford," she began, breaking the comfortable silence as she turned to him. Waffles was already sprawled out on his back, completely knocked out from his earlier antics. "I'm inviting you to join me and your brother for a walk in the woods."
Ford raised a brow, glancing skeptically at his scattered papers. "Right now?" he asked, his hand moving to rub the back of his neck. His eyes darted around the room, already calculating how much time this detour would cost him. "What's the occasion? Some sudden burst of activity from the two of you?"
She gave a casual shrug, her expression easygoing as she rose to her feet and extended a hand toward him. "I just think we all deserve a break. It's been a very productive week, hasn't it?"
Ford hesitated for a moment, eyeing her hand before letting out a small sigh. He grasped it and stood up, his movement fluid and effortless. "I suppose you're right," he admitted, his tone softening. His thumb and forefinger grazed his chin in thought. "A bit of fresh air might do us some good."
"Exactly!" Y/n grinned, her enthusiasm contagious. "Come on. I've already got Stan waiting. Let's not keep him too long, or he might start without us."
Operation: "Distract the Stan Twins (I Don't Have A Better Name)" as Soos called it, was officially underway. Y/n dove headfirst into a lively conversation, throwing out random topics she knew would spark the fiery opinions of one—or both—of the twins. It didn't matter what the subject was; whether it was the best way to build a campfire or if gnomes were technically more annoying than leprechauns, the twins always had something to say.
And just as things would start heating up, she'd toss in a well-timed joke, diffusing the debate and drawing out laughter from all three of them. The warmth of their shared chuckles filled the forest air, and for a brief moment, they forgot about everything else.
Dipper and Mabel were gone. The trip was imminent. The clinic's construction was pressing. The boat plan was still a massive undertaking.
But none of that mattered right now.
In unison, they realized just how much they needed this—a simple walk, a hearty laugh, and a break from all the weight on their shoulders. For once, it was enough just to be together.
Y/n slowed her pace for a moment, her eyes wandering to the way the sunlight danced between the trees. Something about the area seemed... odd. The trees were denser here, the air slightly cooler. She could swear the ground felt harder beneath her feet, like stone beneath the thin layer of dirt.
Stan was mid-rant about how leprechauns are nothing but tiny conmen when Ford suddenly stopped walking, his gaze narrowing at something partially hidden by moss.
"What's that?" Ford muttered, stepping off the trail toward a cluster of trees.
Y/n followed his gaze, her brows furrowing as she noticed it too—a glint of something golden peeking through the foliage. She tilted her head, intrigued, and instinctively brushed away the leaves and moss.
Stan caught up with them, groaning. "What now? If this is another one of your cryptid wild goose chases—" He froze as his eyes fell on the figure.
It was unmistakable. The triangular shape. The single eye. The outstretched hand, frozen mid-handshake.
Stan squinted at the eerie triangular figure with a top hat. "Oh, great. That guy. Just when I thought I'd seen the last of him."
Y/n, standing between them, tilted her head, taking in the scene. "Wait... that's Bill? I thought he was... y'know, obliterated?"
"He was," Ford said grimly, stepping closer. He crouched to examine the statue, brushing away moss and dirt to reveal the sharp, angular features of the demon he once feared. "What we're seeing is likely the result of residual energy from his presence in our dimension. His consciousness was destroyed, but his... essence? That's harder to erase."
Stan crossed his arms, glaring at the statue as if it might come alive any second. "You think it's dangerous?"
He meticulously circled the triangular figure, his expression a mix of concentration and skepticism. "I don't detect any dimensional leakage..." he finally announced, his tone slightly relieved. "For now, it seems stable."
She tilted her head at the statue, her lips curling into a mischievous smile. "So, it's just... a hunk of stone now?"
Ford adjusted his glasses, nodding. "Essentially, yes. Without any signs of dimensional energy or residual chaos magic, it's inert."
Y/n grinned and took a step closer. "In that case, how about we take turns kicking it? Just to blow off some steam."
The scientist raised an eyebrow at her, but then shrugged. "I don't see why not. It's harmless, and frankly, I wouldn't mind giving it a good kick myself," he said with a smirk.
Stan perked up immediately, cracking his knuckles. "Now we're talkin'!"
The three took turns landing solid kicks on the statue's base, each impact echoing slightly in the stillness of the forest. Y/n's laughter mixed with the sounds, but Stan wasn't satisfied with just kicks. With a triumphant grin, he suddenly pulled a crowbar from... somewhere.
"I knew this would come in handy," he declared, gripping the end of the tool with the confidence of a man on a mission.
She blinked in surprise, her hands instinctively going to her hips. "Where did that even come from—"
"Here goes!" Stan interrupted, cutting off her question entirely as he swung the crowbar at the statue's side with a satisfying clang.
"This is for messing with my pumpkin's mind, you pointy little jerk!" he bellowed, punctuating each word with a heavy whack.
A few small chips of stone fell to the ground as Stan took another crack at it, his grin widening. Y/n couldn't help but cheer from the sidelines.
Ford, standing a few feet away with his arms crossed, shook his head with a good-natured sigh. "I can't believe I'm letting this happen," he muttered, though there was a faint smile on his face as he watched his brother enthusiastically whack at the still statue.
He felt his assistant leaning towards him with a smirk. "C'mon, admit it, you're having fun."
He chuckled softly, glancing at her. "Perhaps just a little."
Eventually, Y/n noticed the sky shifting into shades of gold and amber, signaling the sun's descent. It was time. Time to reveal their progress. She took a deep breath and turned to the twins, a sly smile playing on her lips. "Alright, you two. Come with me. No questions."
Stan and Ford exchanged puzzled glances, silently trying to gauge if the other had any clue about what she was up to. But neither of them knew. Begrudgingly, they followed her lead without argument— though the silence between them was laced with curiosity.
The walk was peaceful at first, the kind of quiet where everything feels in its place. That peace, however, was promptly shattered when Y/n pulled out blindfolds.
Stan recoiled immediately. "Oh, no. Nope. Not again. Last time someone surprised me like this, it involved glitter, glue, and my great niece yelling 'trust fall'!" His arms crossed defiantly.
Ford, less dramatic but no less wary, fiddled with his fingers nervously, "Y/n, is this truly necessary?"
"It is," she said firmly, her hands on her hips. "Trust me. You'll love it."
Stan groaned loudly as the blindfold was tied around his eyes. "I am not enjoying this, just so you know!"
Ford hesitated but eventually let her guide his hands to the cloth. "I hope this isn't anything... reckless," he muttered, clearly uneasy.
"Oh, ye of little faith," she teased as she took both of their hands, gently pulling them forward.
As they walked, Stan sniffed the air loudly with his big nose, using his other senses. "Wait a second. I smell... sniff — salt water. Are we at the dock?"
"There are more people here," Ford said, picking up on faint rustling and muffled chatter nearby. "This isn't just your doing, is it, Y/n?"
She didn't answer, only smiled to herself as she led them forward. Finally, after a few more steps, she stopped. "Alright! Take off your blindfolds in three... two... one!"
Both twins pulled the fabric from their eyes in unison, blinking against the soft glow of the setting sun.
"SURPRISE!!!"
The shout came from what seemed like half the town, gathered around the dock with excited faces. But what truly stole the show was what stood at the center of it all— a brand new boat.
The vessel gleamed in the waning sunlight, its fresh paint vibrant and its design sturdy yet elegant. The older twins stared, mouths agape, as their eyes took in every detail; the polished deck, the banner in between poles that read "To New Adventures!" painted by Soos and Wendy, and the smiling neighbors and friends.
Stan was the first to break the silence. "You— you all built this?"
Y/n glanced around at the crowd before rubbing the back of her neck sheepishly. "Even I'm surprised this got done in a day! You guys!" She spun to face the gathered townsfolk. "I thought we were just going to show them the progress! How did this happen!"
McGucket merely shrugged, as if it was no big deal. "Oh, this was nothin' compared to the Shacktron," he said with a wave of his hand.
"Guess everything gets done faster when everyone pitches in," Wendy added with a smirk, leaning casually against the boat.
"The only thing missing is your final touch, dudes!" Soos said, stepping forward and presenting a bucket of white paint and two brushes with a proud grin.
Before Stan or Ford could fully comprehend what was happening, Y/n grabbed both of them by the arms and began dragging them closer to the boat. The older twins exchanged bewildered looks, but once they got closer to the trawler, their expressions softened into admiration. The craftsmanship, the details— it was incredible.
Just as they were getting lost in the details, one of McGucket's mechanical contraptions whirred to life. Without warning, the two were scooped and gently lifted into the air, paintbrushes in hand, and positioned right at the front of the boat.
"Go on!" Y/n called from below with a wide grin. "Make it official!"
Stan and Ford glanced at each other, a quiet understanding passing between them. With matching smiles, they dipped their brushes into the paint and, under the watchful eyes of the crowd, carefully wrote the name:
Stan O'War II.
***
merry christmas!
kimmiepines
Chapter 51: [Bonus #5] Special Letters
Chapter Text
happy new year everyone! i hope that 2025 will be a good year! i love you all
[just a warning, this chapter contains images that have texts that might be too big. take care of ur eyes!]
***
"Dude, there's a letter for you!"
Soos barged into her room in the Mystery Shack, wearing his Mr. Mystery outfit, eye patch and all.
Y/n, who had been organizing some medical supplies for the clinic, looked up, puzzled. "Letter? For me?"
"Yup!" he answered, waving the envelope around like he found a map to treasure. "From Dipper himself! Guess he already figured out how to reach ya!"
Taking the envelope, she felt a strange warmth bloom in her chest. She sat down, carefully opening it and unfolding the neat paper inside. Dipper's handwriting greeted her, as thoughtful and slightly messy as she remembered.
She smiled as she finished reading, her fingers brushing over the paper as if it could somehow carry her thoughts to him. She laughed softly at the smudged patch at the end, shaking her head.
"Well, looks like I'll need to find some paper and ink myself," she murmured, already planning her reply.
She leaned back in her chair, rereading the letter. Her gaze fell on the ink smudge she had accidentally made, and she couldn't help but laugh softly. "Guess we're even now, Dipper," she murmured with a shake of her head.
Carefully folding the paper and slipping it into an envelope, she sealed it and set it aside, a small smile tugging at her lips. "Better get this to Soos," she thought aloud, knowing that Soos can handle the process of sending letter better than she could.
***
A few weeks later. . .
Y/n sat on the log, her sandwich halfway finished, when she noticed someone approaching. It was Melody, Soos' girlfriend, her bronze hair catching the light as she walked over with a warm smile.
Weeks passed, and the clinic's construction was steadily progressing. It was lunchtime, and Y/n sat on a log with a sandwich in hand, enjoying the quiet moments amidst the bustle of activity.
To her surprise, Melody—Soos' girlfriend and the Mystery Shack's new cashier—approached her with a warm smile. The bronze-haired girl, who had recently taken over Wendy's shifts while Wendy focused on school, handed Y/n an envelope decorated with colorful stickers.
"Looks like someone's thinking of you," Melody said with a wink before leaving her to read.
Y/n smiled, carefully opening the letter. Her eyes lit up as she read the letter:
She, of course, had written up her reply. One that took the next to write.
***
A few months later...
Weeks had gone by, and Y/n's daily routine revolved around the clinic's construction, which was slowly taking shape. The crisp, cool air had started to settle over Gravity Falls, and although Y/n was bundled up in her favorite sweater, she still felt the chill creeping in.
During a short break, she noticed Soos approaching her with a letter in hand. "Another one for ya, Y/n," he said with a grin. "This guy writes a lot, huh?"
Y/n eagerly accepted the envelope, her heart fluttering as she recognized the neat handwriting on the front. As she opened the letter, Dipper's familiar voice filled her mind with each word:
***
...
...
...
His reply came 2 months later.
***
and that wraps up our bonus chapters! they are all canon btw, and they all lead up to season 3 (yes, it's confirmed).
thank you.
list down the things what we know so far! hmmmm
Chapter 52: SEASON 3
Chapter Text
Dear readers, hello!
It's just me, the real author of this book. just me.
Don't worry, this season is going to be full of fun;
You know, the usual whimsy that gravity falls may offer.
As well as the things unanswered.
Moreover, the characters we've missed will come back.
I hope you guys missed them as much as they missed you.
So yeah! this
Season will be... i don't know to be honest.
Maybe we'll see what happens once the chapters are all finished.
Enjoy the show!
?
Chapter 53: Today is a Good Day
Chapter Text
PLAY INTRO!
***
"Good morning, Gravity Falls!"
Shandra Jimenez's polished voice filled the diner as her poised figure graced the screen, dressed impeccably with a practiced, picture-perfect smile.
"The sky is clear with no chance of rain, as confirmed by our meteorologists. Produce prices remain steady, so today's shaping up to be a great day!
"It's been one month since the grand opening of Gravity Falls' very own clinic, led by the town's heroine, Y/n. Her remarkable healing abilities have made her the go-to doctor, putting the unnamed former town physician out of business—though he's found new success selling calendars—-"
Y/n shook her head, biting into her sandwich. The Greasy's Diner buzzed with early morning patrons rushing through breakfast before work.
Pacifica Northwest, now clad in a waitress uniform, paused beside Y/n. "Not another day passes by without the news talking about you, huh?"
Y/n snorted softly, rolling her eyes. "Gravity Falls is small enough for news to run dry, I guess. But I do feel bad for the doctor."
"Oh, please." Pacifica waved a dismissive hand. "If he wanted to stay in the game, he shouldn't have been up against a doctor who literally cures people with magic."
Y/n pressed her lips together, clearly wanting to argue but instead focused on her food. Pacifica didn't miss the hint of guilt in her expression. Stepping around the counter, she placed a reassuring hand on her back.
"Hey, don't stress. He's happy selling calendars now. Good luck to him getting a date, though—"
Y/n let out a defeated laugh. "Why did you have to make that joke? It's so bad."
"Because I knew you'd laugh," Pacifica smirked. "Feel better?"
She smiled faintly. "A little, yeah. But you know what would make me feel even better?"
Pacifica sighed dramatically but grinned. "Coffee?"
"As dark as my soul, please."
"That doesn't even make sense." Pacifica rolled her eyes, walking back to the coffee maker. She was halfway through reheating it when a customer on the far side of the diner waved for assistance.
Tightening the bow of her apron, Pacifica strutted toward the booth with a confident sway, notepad and pencil already in hand.
Y/n watched her go, pride flickering in her chest. Who would've thought that Pacifica Northwest—the once-snobby princess of Gravity Falls' richest family—would find herself working at a humble diner?
Her parents, predictably, had been livid, forbidding her from such a "disgraceful" job. But Pacifica had stood her ground, defying them once again. Y/n couldn't tell whether Preston and Priscilla eventually respected their daughter or feared her, but either way, Pacifica seemed to relish the newfound freedom.
She was earning admiration from the townsfolk, too. Pacifica had once confessed to Y/n how good it felt when a patron thanked her for serving pancakes—even if she didn't cook them herself—or smiled at her like an old friend.
Y/n had laughed at the admission back then, not out of mockery but genuine amusement. This was a girl who had once lived for extravagant parties and shallow compliments, now discovering the simple joy of kindness.
But then Y/n's laughter had faded as a realization struck her.
In some ways, weren't they the same?
Pacifica had lived in a gilded cage of expectations, while Y/n had hidden in the shadows, keeping secrets from the very people she now served at her clinic. They both knew what it was like to live in a world that didn't quite fit them.
Though, Y/n thought wryly, maybe chasing her lost mentor through the multiverse was a bit different from serving pancakes.
"So, coffee?"
Pacifica's voice pulled her from her thoughts as she returned from handing an order to the cook. Y/n nodded, and Pacifica spun around to grab a mug.
Ah, coffee. Whoever invented it must be a genius.
The blonde set the mug down on the counter. "Careful, it's hot," she warned.
She immediately grabbed the mug without flinching, the heat not bothering her in the slightest. Pacifica rolled her eyes.
"Why do I even bother saying that?" she deadpanned.
Y/n chuckled. "It's okay," she said with a casual shrug, holding the mug close to her chest like a cozy shield. "It just means you care about me."
She smirked, flicking a stray lock of hair behind her shoulder. "Don't get used to it."
"Too late."
Pacifica leaned casually on the counter, watching Y/n sip her coffee. "So... how's Dipper holding up with that science competition? Still stressing over making it perfect?"
Y/n froze mid-sip, her brows furrowing. "Wh—what? How'd you know that?"
The blonde gave her an incredulous look. "Um, duh? Mabel and I text. While you and your boyfriend are stuck in the past writing letters like it's the 1800s."
She nearly choked. "He's not my—wait, hold on, you and Mabel text?"
Pacifica laughed. "Yeah, real-time communication? You should try it sometime."
The conversation settled into silence before Y/n flashed her a teasing smile. "So... you and Mabel, huh?"
Pacifica's face turned crimson as she instantly looked away. "I-I don't know what you're talking about."
"Paz, come on," Y/n said, grinning. "You can tell me anything."
"Oh wow, would you look at the time! Don't you have to head back to your clinic and do research or whatever?"
The girl laughed, already standing up. "Okay, keep your secrets." She grabbed her coat from the counter, folding it against her stomach. "Guess I'll just ask Dipper then."
"Don't you dare!" Pacifica blurted, eyes wide.
Y/n snorted, clutching her coat tighter. "Then spill! I'm your friend, and since we're all keeping in touch with the twins anyway, we can totally talk about this over tea. How's that sound?"
The blonde narrowed her eyes, lips pursed in defiance, but after a dramatic sigh, she folded. "Fine. You've convinced me."
"Great," she beamed. "Now, if you'll excuse me, I do have research to do."
Pacifica grumbled playfully as Y/n strolled out of the diner, already plotting how she'd tease her even more next time.
***
Walking up the familiar path toward the Mystery Shack, Y/n spotted a few cars parked out front, a sure sign of tourists. The Shack had been thriving since its grand reopening with Soos as the new Mr. Mystery, and he was already handling it like a pro.
The door to the gift shop swung open, and Y/n spotted Melody manning the cash register, her question-marked uniform and gray cap reminiscent of Soos himself.
Wendy decided to stick around the Mystery Shack, though on a lighter schedule due to her classes. Her time there was less about manning the cash register (that was Melody's job now) and more about cleaning and learning a new skill—fixing things, courtesy of Soos.
It was like her own special class, with Soos as the enthusiastic instructor teaching her how to repair anything that broke around the Shack. She became the unofficial handyman, stepping in whenever Soos was tied up with tours or Y/n was busy at the clinic.
And honestly? As long as there was cash involved, Wendy was happy to do the job.
"Y/n! Good morning!" Melody greeted, leaning on the counter.
"Morning," Y/n smiled as she approached. "Had your breakfast?"
"Just did. What about you?"
"Same. Is Soos around?"
She grinned. "He just started giving a tour. Is it something urgent?"
"Nah, just visiting. Got any new attractions or merch?" Y/n asked, absentmindedly picking up a bobblehead and flicking it back and forth.
Melody tapped her chin thoughtfully. "Well, Soos is working on more caricatures for the shop. Oh, and there's a Waddles statue made entirely out of potatoes. Also, we're planning to sell baked goods soon just in case the tourists get hungry. Abuelita's been testing recipes."
She reached under the counter, pulling out a neatly wrapped chocolate chip cookie. Just looking at it made Y/n feel cozy inside.
"This looks great," she said, admiring it.
"Take it! She's making more tonight."
"Thanks," she said, pocketing the cookie. "Glad she got her kitchen set up here."
It had been a gradual move, but Abuelita finally relocated after Soos took over the Shack. She now slept in Y/n's old room, while Soos and Melody shared Stan's. The attic, unsurprisingly, remained untouched.
Y/n had seen the kitchen setup firsthand and knew exactly what did—and didn't—work.
The two chatted until Y/n realized time was slipping by. "I better head out. Let Soos know I stopped by?"
"You got it," Melody promised.
Before Y/n could leave, the doorbell chimed, and Mayor Tyler strolled in, his step lively.
"Oh! Doctor Y/n! Melody! Lovely day, isn't it?"
"Mayor Tyler," Melody greeted cheerfully. "What brings you here?"
He beamed. "Just need a new artisanal wind chime for the mansion."
Melody snorted. "Another one? You might be overdoing it."
"There's no such thing as too many artisanal wind chimes!" Tyler quipped with conviction.
Y/n took that as her cue to leave, saying goodbye as their conversation drifted into wind chime philosophy.
Stepping outside, she gazed at the Shack. The building held so many memories—times of laughter, chaos, and even destruction. Yet it always stood its ground.
Sort of like her, she supposed.
Now comes a new chapter. Her clinic was open, Stan and Ford were off on their adventures, and the twins were back in their hometown.
But even with all the changes, one thing remained true:
The Shack was in good hands.
***
When Y/n walked into the clinic, the fresh, clean scent hit her right away—thanks to Soos, who always made sure the place stayed spotless. The building itself was big and spacious, with high ceilings, making it feel open enough for more than just regular human patients. Y/n had even thought about the possibility of letting non-human creatures stay there if the need ever came up.
For now, though, it was just her running the whole place. She welcomed the patients, diagnosed their illnesses, and healed them all by herself. Beyond the main treatment room, there was a door that led to her personal living space, which had everything she needed—her bedroom, a small kitchen, and a bathroom. Right next to that was her office, where she kept track of schedules and appointments for the day.
Today's list wasn't too busy. She had a 1 PM check-up with Meredith, a 3 PM session with Manly Dan, and then a mysterious 4 PM appointment with Toby Determined, who vaguely mentioned having "rashes."
Since she had about four hours to kill before her first appointment, Y/n decided to settle into her chair and work on what she liked to call "research." In reality, it was more like a personal journal where she wrote down everything she had observed about the strange creatures of Gravity Falls.
Even though she had lived here her whole life, she hadn't gotten the chance to study these creatures up close. Back when she was Ford's assistant, she did meet some of them, but Ford had been the one to document everything in his journals. Those journals were now long gone, tossed into the Bottomless Pit and lost forever.
Even though she had read the first journal more times than she could count, back then, her time outside the Shack had been limited. She was too focused on finding Ford, spending years trying to bring him back.
Now that life was more peaceful, the clinic gave her a chance to explore and learn more about the world around her. The people of Gravity Falls saw her as their hero—the one who saved them during the chaos of Weirdmageddon. Finally, she didn't have to hide who she was anymore.
It was a relief that nobody seemed too concerned with her mysterious backstory. If they had been curious, she might've had to type up an entire document just to explain it all.
Y/n's clinic wasn't just for the human residents of Gravity Falls—it welcomed every creature in town. That meant she treated everyone from the manotaurs and gnomes to even Quentin Trembley, who once came in convinced he was pregnant.
After finishing her appointments for the day, she would often head out to continue her personal expeditions. By then, the sky would usually be painted in soft orange hues, with darker clouds creeping in, bringing a calm and peaceful atmosphere.
She preferred to focus on one creature at a time, carefully sketching its form and observing its behavior in detail. To her surprise, many creatures seemed to sense her curiosity and willingly cooperated, staying perfectly still for her drawings. Some even grew comfortable enough to sit beside her—or occasionally climb right into her lap as if they'd known her forever.
Sometimes during her expeditions, Y/n would come across injured creatures. She never hesitated to use her healing abilities to help them recover. More often than not, she'd encounter those same creatures on future walks. They would recognize her immediately, their eyes bright with familiarity.
Surprisingly, some even showed their gratitude by bringing little gifts—shiny stones, colorful leaves, or even strange trinkets they'd found in the woods.
Y/n always made sure to carry a bag for the thoughtful gifts creatures brought her, later displaying them back at the clinic. Glancing at her watch, she noted she had two hours before meeting Pacifica for tea. With a purposeful stride, she began tracing her usual path home...
But not before finding herself in a clearing she usually avoided.
Her eyes locked onto the statue at the center. The large eye, once filled with deceit and manipulation, now remained hollow and cold. She blinked, half-expecting the figure to vanish, as if it was another trick of the mind. But it didn't disappear.
It was real—and her doing.
She had been the one who shook his hand and managed to outsmart him, the one who delivered the punches that shattered Bill Cipher into oblivion, even as her mind had been corroding itself. The statue felt like a reminder— now only in stone form.
Ford had tested the statue repeatedly, ensuring it held no lingering dimensional energy. Even after cracking it with a few hard kicks, nothing happened. Bill was inert—trapped in stone, powerless and gone for good.
Y/n knelt, leveling her gaze with the weathered cracks and patches of moss covering the statue. Seven months had passed since the world nearly ended, yet the weight of those events still clung to her. Pressing her closed fist against the stone pupil, she remembered the final blow that had obliterated him. Don't ever go near my family again!
He's not coming back. Not ever.
Lowering herself to the ground, she sat cross-legged, dust swirling around her. Pulling out her journal, she flipped to a fresh page and began sketching the statue, documenting her thoughts in precise strokes and notes. Time slipped by unnoticed until the ache in her back forced her to lean against the very figure she had defeated.
It was... peaceful to say the least, though in the span of an hour of her writing, the peace would be broken by occasional monsters that would notice her and walk by, leaving her to her thoughts.
Beep!
Her watch broke the tranquility, signaling that it was time to meet Pacifica. Quickly, she placed her journal and pen into her bag and stood up, dusting the stray grass and leaves that stuck to her skin.
As her feet crunched against the dirt path, a strange feeling tugged at her. Pausing, she turned for one last glance at the statue.
Then, with a deep breath, she walked on.
***
"Hey."
She opened the door to see Pacifica, looking as gorgeous as ever, even when donning her night clothes.
"Hey, you," Pacifica replied as she walked inside. "I brought us dinner."
"Thank you," Y/n said earnestly, taking the bags from her. "Family table too stuffy?"
"You can say that again," the blonde expressed, sinking down into a hot pink bean bag as Y/n worked her way in the kitchen. "Ironically, dinner was stuffed turkey."
Y/n chuckled as she unpacked the takeout in the kitchen. "Fitting."
The Northwests had downsized to a cozy, modest home after McGucket bought their old mansion and promptly turned it into a 'hootenanny hut.' Preston, of course, threw a fit, but the legal papers left him powerless. Pacifica had no sympathy—she was just glad to be rid of the pretentious old estate.
Y/n handed her a bowl and settled into the beanbag opposite her. As they ate, Y/n shared stories about her day, the atmosphere much calmer than the buzz of the diner earlier.
Pacifica launched into tales about the diner patrons, ranting about minor inconveniences in a way that made Y/n laugh. Classic Pacifica.
"You know I didn't just bring dinner," she said, rummaging through her bag. "I also brought dessert."
"YAAAA-aaay."
Y/n's excitement was cut short when Pacifica pulled out her pink binder notebook out of her bag. Homework. The blonde snickered, looking at her friend's deadpan expression. She snickered again when her face did another 180 degrees when she presented two containers.
"Blueberry pie."
Fireworks practically exploded in Y/n's eyes.
She stared at the tubs, wide-eyed like a dazed cat, before shaking herself out of it. "Okay. After homework."
Pacifica laughed as Y/n took their plates to the sink.
"It's just physics," Pacifica said, flipping open her binder. "Something you wouldn't have trouble with."
The girl in the yellow pajamas huffed as she returned to the coffee table. "Pacifica, I've told you this before—"
"I have to learn it myself too. I know, I know," she groaned, tapping the other end of her pencil against the paper. "But I've been thinking about this problem a lot and I'm just— stuck! I need your help."
"You're the worst," Y/n teased, sitting down next to her. "Alright, let's do this."
"Okay, here's the problem."
Pacifica and Y/n worked diligently into the night, solving high-school physics problems. Expectedly, it was smooth sailing for aY/n, but she was thankful that Pacifica still managed to jot down complete notes from the class so she could go over them and apply those lectures to the assignment.
"How you managed to write equations with perfect cursive handwriting never fails to astound me," Y/n said monotonously, as she savored the taste of blueberry pie in her scoop.
Pacifica smirked. "Of course—"
"But you know what you really need to improve on? Problem solving—"
"Ugh, shut up!" she shouted, her face flushed.
"I'm just saying," Y/n said through a mouthful of pie. "It's all about applying the right formula."
"It's not that easy! I'm not as smart as you."
"Don't be so hard on yourself, Paz," Y/n said earnestly. "You're getting better. You just have to remember the equations and know when to use them."
Pacifica scoffed lightheartedly. "Yeah, yeah."
"So... how're your other subjects?"
Pacifica didn't respond fast enough—Y/n had already swiped the binder and flipped through the pages.
"Whoa, perfect score in economics?"
"It's no big deal, really," Pacifica said, brushing it off.
"Uh, yeah, it is," Y/n grinned. "Looks like you're a genius in something after all."
Y/n offered a warm smile as she encouraged Pacifica. "Hey, school's almost done. Just two more months, and you'll be able to pass everything. Just hang in there a little longer."
The air grew quiet between them until Pacifica broke the silence. "The twins are gonna visit again this summer. Can't wait to see them?"
"Yeah, of course I do," Y/n smiled at the thought. "I can't wait to show them all the changes since they left."
"What about their uncles? When are they coming back?"
"Um, Ford mentioned in an email that they're sailing back home in time for my birthday, so probably around May."
"When's your birthday, anyway?"
"The 25th."
"Not that far," Pacifica noted.
"Just two more months."
Y/n had already shared the news with Dipper in one of her letters. She could biologically age now, a change that came after she obliterated Bill Cipher. All of his lingering effects on her had completely vanished, including the stolen healing abilities and the curse of agelessness.
"So, if you're having a birthday," Pacifica spoke again, curiosity lighting up her expression, "how old does that make you?"
"Fourteen," Y/n answered confidently.
"But didn't you say you spent, like, 30 years in that basement or something? Doesn't that make you older than me?"
Y/n's brows furrowed briefly. "I guess I'm technically older mentally, but I'm just as clueless when it comes to the norm of... almost everything." Her tone softened. "All my life, I was someone's assistant. Almost everything I learned was from either Stan or Ford. I never got to experience what being a real kid was like... not until Dipper and Mabel showed me."
Pacifica's expression turned thoughtful, sympathy written on her features. She could relate in a way—not being able to know how to act like a normal kid, molded by her parents.
The room grew quiet, settling into a comfortable pause until Pacifica spoke up again. "So... two more months till your birthday, huh? Thinking about throwing a party?"
Y/n rubbed the back of her neck with a sheepish smile. "Well, birthdays for me usually meant just Stan and me with a cupcake from Greasy's. Never gets old," she said with a small laugh, memories flickering in her mind. The dim, chilly basement, and how no one else in Gravity Falls seemed to remember her birthday— just her and Stan. The only other person who knew was somewhere on the other side of the portal, probably hopping through dimensions.
She had no clue when or where she was actually born; no one had ever told her. Ford had simply declared her birthday to be the day they first met, and somehow, that just stuck.
And honestly? It felt right. That day was when she was given life again.
Pacifica tilted her head, curiosity shining in her eyes. "Wait... a cupcake? That's it?"
Y/n smiled softly, fiddling with a stray thread on her pajama sleeve. "Yup. Never a big deal. Stan would always grumble about how birthdays were a scam cooked up by the greeting card companies, but he'd still show up with a cupcake anyway." She chuckled at the memory. "It was sweet, in his own grumpy way."
The blonde's lips curled into a determined grin. "Well, this year's gonna be different. No more just cupcakes and an old man. We're talking an actual birthday celebration. You deserve it."
Y/n laughed lightly. "You really love a good party, huh?"
"Hey, what can I say? I'm a Northwest, even if we're reformed. Parties are in my blood," Pacifica declared dramatically. "But seriously—you're getting a proper birthday this time."
Y/n's chest warmed at the thought. "Thanks, Paz."
"Don't mention it." Pacifica smirked.
For a moment, Y/n allowed herself to believe it— that maybe this year, she'd finally get to experience what it was like to celebrate not just her existence, but her newfound ability to grow, learn, and just be.
Maybe this year, things will really start to change.
***
***
CIURRMVH'S SGZQYIGK JNVWRXW CYE SRST KE ZGKCZ
🗝:???
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 32!
[author's note]: planning for season 3 has been very tedious as i try to insert as many details as possible. nevertheless, no story is perfect so i might as well just get with it.
so many new information immediately after season 2 ended. first of all, i gave MY daisy a name. her name is katie. i also have a more final design for her as you can see on the image attached above. again, this is MY depiction of daisy or y/n. you can imagine her with your own design!!
if you guys have any questions, feel free to ask them here! thank you! love you guys
Chapter 54: Homesick
Chapter Text
The house was quiet as Dipper and Mabel returned, their parents both out for work. They headed straight to their room, with Waddles trotting faithfully behind.
Mabel wasted no time flopping onto her side of the room, her bed practically calling her name. She pulled out her phone, scrolling happily as Waddles settled beside her, snorting contentedly. Convincing their parents to let him stay hadn't been easy. But after receiving a very "colorful" phone call from Stan—
"Listen here, Henry! I lived with that pig all summer! He might be a pain in the butt, but he's your daughter's pride and joy!"
Their parents had reluctantly agreed, trusting Mabel to care for him. Ever since, Waddles had made himself at home.
"Mabel, you're really glued to that phone, huh?" Dipper teased, setting up his spot at the study table. He pulled out his trigonometry homework, pens, and some scratch paper.
She chuckled, unfazed. "Oh, come on, Dipper. I haven't touched my phone since this morning! I'm practically a model student."
He rolled his eyes and focused on the problem in front of him, pencil scratching across the paper. The room settled into a calm quiet until Mabel spoke up again.
"You know, Pacifica got her Biology test back," she began enthusiastically. "And she had the highest score!"
"Congrats," he mumbled without looking up.
"Yeah! Last week, she didn't even pass, but thanks to Y/n, those scores shot wayyy up!"
Dipper's pencil stopped moving, his eyes glued to the stack of unsent letters on his desk. They just sat there, full of thoughts he couldn't quite find the right words for.
Mabel kept chatting about Pacifica's big win in biology, but Dipper barely heard her. His mind was somewhere else—back to the summer that flipped their lives upside down.
He almost died. His sister almost died.
And Y/n...
His chest tightened just thinking about it. She'd nearly vanished completely, wiped out like she never existed. Weirdmageddon left scars that wouldn't fade anytime soon, but watching Y/n fight Bill Cipher until she broke apart herself? That memory was burned into his brain forever.
Even now, months later, Bill haunted his dreams, twisting them into a mess of chaos and unease. The triangle demon might be gone for good, but echoes of his taunting laugh still clung to Dipper's thoughts.
He'd much rather talk to Y/n about all of it in person than write it in some letter. Stuff like that felt too big to cram onto a page.
But what would he even say if she were here?
"Hey, remember when you almost disappeared forever? Cool, huh?"
Yeah. Right.
The strangest part about this situation was that they didn't even have a name for whatever this thing was between them. Are they a couple? Best friends?
He shook his head, trying to snap himself out of it.
Mabel kicked his chair gently. "Earth to Dipper! Thinking about Y/n again?" she teased, grinning wide.
"What? No!" His face turned hot as he hurried to shove the letters under his notebook. "I was just... doing math."
She giggled knowingly. "Sure you were."
He sighed, sinking into his chair. Math was easier than figuring out what to do with all these feelings.
***
***
The next day, the twins returned to school, falling back into their usual routine.
By now, Mabel and Dipper had made some changes to their wardrobes to better suit the season. Mabel, always the fashion pioneer, traded in her shorter skirts for longer ones and layered her tops creatively. Her signature touch? Colorful bandanas she crocheted daily, each one sporting unique patterns and vibrant designs.
Her classmates loved them so much they started commissioning her for custom pieces. With her lightning-fast crochet skills, she could crank out ten orders in a single day without breaking a sweat.
When Stan found out about the business through one of her letters, he was overwhelmed with pride. "Ahh, just like her Grunkle!" he sniffled, wiping a tear from his eye.
Mabel greeted everyone she passed, while Dipper was perfectly fine staying in her shadow. They stood in front of their lockers, grabbing their books and shutting the doors at the same time, as if it were second nature.
With plenty of time before their first class, they strolled leisurely through the hallway.
Other students hurried past them, focused on getting to their destinations. Everyone seemed to have someplace to be, but the twins moved at their own unhurried pace, as if time wasn't a concern.
"What do you think is the difference between our school and Gravity Falls High?" Mabel mused out loud.
Dipper shrugged, slipping his hands into his pockets. "Honestly? I think they're probably the same."
Before long, they reached their classroom and settled into their seats. The day unfolded as expected—lectures, notes, and the usual routine.
Mabel, always one to multitask, found herself doodling in the margins of her notebook between taking notes. Occasionally, she would glance over at Dipper, who was fully focused on solving equations, his brows furrowed in concentration.
The teacher continued explaining the lesson, but Mabel's mind drifted elsewhere. She thought about Gravity Falls, about the diner where Pacifica worked, about her great uncles' letters. Her eyes flicked toward Dipper again, wondering if he was thinking the same thing.
By lunchtime, the two found themselves at their usual table. Mabel enthusiastically unwrapped her lunch, while Dipper mindlessly poked at his food, lost in thought.
"You okay, bro-bro?" she asked, chewing on her sandwich.
"Huh? Yeah, just... thinking," he muttered.
She swallowed before grinning. "Lemme guess—Y/n?"
Dipper blinked at her, caught off guard, but his silence was answer enough. Mabel giggled knowingly. Wiggling her eyebrows, she leaned in with a teasing grin. "You're totally thinking about her."
He groaned, rubbing his temples. "Mabel, I think about a lot of things."
"Uh-huh. And how many of those things involve Y/n?" She took a dramatic bite of her sandwich, waiting for his answer.
He sighed, pushing his food around with his fork. He hated how predictable he was. But it was hard not to think about Y/n. The letters helped, sure, but they weren't the same as actually talking to her, seeing her expressions, hearing her laugh in person.
Mabel nudged him with her foot. "You know, in just two months, you'll get to see her again. That's, like, nothing! We've survived an entire school year without dying of boredom."
Dipper smirked slightly at that. "Barely."
"Exactly!" Mabel pointed at him with her sandwich. "Just hold on a little longer, and before you know it, we'll be back in Gravity Falls, hanging out with Y/n, catching up with everyone, maybe even pulling a prank on Stan—"
"Oh no," Dipper cut in, shaking his head. "Last time we did that, we ended up scrubbing the Mystery Shack's floors for weeks."
Mabel gasped. "Worth it."
"Only two more months," he whispered to himself, the thought lingering like a warm promise.
Dipper rolled his eyes but couldn't help smiling. Mabel was right—just two more months. Two more months until they were back in Gravity Falls.
Two more months until he could see her again.
Until he could be home in her arms, where everything felt right.
***
Meanwhile, on the other side of the world, deep in the frigid waters of the South Pole, another set of twins shared a hearty laugh, fresh from taking down yet another bizarre creature, just another entry for Ford's latest journal.
After getting rid of his old ones, Ford finally decided to start anew, this time officially documenting their adventures together. Every page so far had been filled with encounters from their travels, with Stan contributing in his own way, mostly by complaining about whatever mess they had to clean up afterward. At that moment, he was busy scraping some stubborn gunk off his shoe, muttering about how no amount of treasure could make up for the horrors he'd stepped in.
Their mission to track and patch up supernatural hotspots across the globe was still in full swing, and for the first time in years, the Stan twins were truly living their dream. If their younger selves could see them now, they'd be in awe—mostly of the treasure and the ladies, but still impressed nonetheless.
The Stan O'War II held strong, sailing through powerful waves and the occasional run-in with giant sea creatures. They had survived countless disasters, thanks to Stan's expertise behind the wheel, Ford's sharp wit, and a shared stubbornness that refused to let anything take them down. Well, that... and what had to be an absolutely ridiculous amount of dumb luck.
But no matter how far they traveled, Gravity Falls was always home. Every year, they charted their course back months in advance, making sure they arrived in time for the holidays. After all, adventure was great and all, but nothing beats coming home to the family waiting for them, eager to hear their latest wild stories.
Stan, of course, was the most animated storyteller, exaggerating every detail for maximum effect. Ford would occasionally step in to correct him, but Y/n had always loved watching them relive their adventures together. The genuine joy in their voices, the way they bounced off each other—it was proof of how far they'd come.
She had spent years waiting for them to finally move past their differences, to rebuild what they had lost. And while she was grateful just to see it happen, there was a small part of her that wished she had been there to witness it firsthand, standing right beside them on their journey.
"Hey, Sixer, what do you want me to do with this... junk?" Stan called out, gesturing toward a pile of slimy, unidentifiable remains sprawled across the deck, a mix of seaweed, glowing fish scales, and something that looked suspiciously like an eyeball.
Ford glanced up from his journal, adjusting his glasses as he examined the mess. "Hmm. That's not junk, Stanley. That's biological evidence of a deep-sea cryptid. If we can analyze its properties—"
"Yeah, yeah, science stuff. Got it," Stan cut him off, already scooping up the gunk with a mop and shoving it overboard. "You ever think about how most of these things are just—gross? Like, real nasty? Why can't any of these weirdos be, I don't know, a majestic flying dolphin or somethin'?"
Ford sighed, shaking his head. "Nature doesn't care about your sense of aesthetics, Stanley."
"Well, nature should start caring," Stan grumbled, giving the deck one last scrub before tossing the mop aside.
Ford chuckled, flipping through his journal as he leaned against the railing. The sun hung low on the horizon, casting golden hues across the rolling waves. It was rare for the sea to be this calm, and for a moment, the two of them just stood there, taking it in.
Stan stretched, cracking his back. "So, when exactly are we supposed to head back?"
"I told you—if we leave now and account for weather conditions, we should make it to Gravity Falls by late April, early May at the latest," Ford replied. "We need to be back in time for Y/n's birthday."
Stan let out a short laugh. "Heh. Right. Kid finally gets to have a real birthday party this year."
Ford smiled to himself. Y/n's life had changed so much in the past year. No longer stuck in the basement, no longer burdened by the weight of something beyond her control.
"She deserves it," Ford murmured.
Stan nodded. "Yeah... she does."
The silence that followed wasn't awkward or tense like it had been in the past. It was peaceful. Comfortable.
Stan let out a deep breath before slapping his brother on the back. "Alright, enough sentimental junk. We got a lotta miles to cover. Let's get this boat movin' before some sea monster decides we look like a snack."
Ford rolled his eyes but didn't argue, shutting his journal and heading toward the controls. The Stan O'War II let out a low groan as the engine roared to life, cutting through the ocean once more.
No matter how far they traveled, Gravity Falls always called them home.
***
Dipper woke with a sharp gasp, his heart hammering against his ribs. His breath came in quick, uneven bursts as he blinked into the darkness of his bedroom, trying to shake the lingering images burned into his mind. The yellow glow, the endless laughter, the feeling of his body crumbling away like dust—
He squeezed his eyes shut and forced himself to breathe.
It was just a dream.
His fingers instinctively clutched at the small pendant hanging around his neck, the cool metal grounding him. The delicate daisy charm—slightly worn from how often he holds it—rests in his palm, a quiet reminder that he's here. He's safe. He's real.
Y/n had given it to him before they left Gravity Falls. "Something to remember me by," she'd said with a teasing grin, but he knew there was more to it than that. She wasn't just talking about remembering her—she wanted him to remember himself, too. To hold onto who he was, even when the nightmares tried to twist his reality.
Dipper took another shaky breath and laid back down, staring at the ceiling. He knew he wouldn't be getting any more sleep tonight.
Dipper turns his head to the side, his eyes landing on his sister, fast asleep in the dim glow of the moonlight. Waddles is curled up at the foot of her bed, snoring softly. Mabel looks so peaceful, so unbothered. How does she do it? How can she just close her eyes and rest, even after everything?
He isn't sure if he should be impressed or terrified that one day, all of it—everything they've buried—might come crashing down on her.
For him, it already has.
The past few nights have been the same. Tossing, turning, waking up in a cold sweat. He keeps thinking about things he'd rather not—memories that won't stay buried no matter how hard he tries. That's why the stack of unsent letters on his desk keeps growing. He writes and rewrites, but never sends them.
Maybe he should just email her instead. It's faster, less nerve-wracking than waiting for a reply through mail. Stan had sent him her email in one of his letters, mentioning she used it mostly for clinic duty. All he had to do was type out a message and press send.
Simple.
So why does it feel so difficult?
Instead, he just traces the outline of the daisy pendant against his chest, letting his fingers follow the familiar grooves. Slowly, he matches his breathing to the rhythm of his counting—one, two, three, four—trying to calm the rapid thumping in his chest.
His grip on the necklace tightens.
He misses her.
Dipper exhales, rubbing his face with both hands before sitting up. He swings his legs over the side of the bed, feeling the cold floor beneath his feet. Sleep isn't coming back anytime soon.
He reaches for his journal—the one that isn't filled with supernatural findings but with his own personal thoughts. Flipping past old pages, he finds a blank one and hesitates only for a second before pressing his pen to the paper.
Y/n,
He stops. What is he even supposed to say? That he's been losing sleep? That the nightmares won't go away? That sometimes he still feels like they're back there, fighting for their lives?
Instead, he just starts writing about his day. About school, about Mabel's latest crochet obsession, about how he overheard some seniors talking about college applications and it made his stomach turn. Writing feels better than doing nothing.
When he's done, he closes the notebook, letting out a slow breath. He glances at the daisy necklace again, pressing it lightly between his fingers.
Two months left.
***
OWCVME'Y QOIUZVZP TYUERXD OEK XEOXFBYMF
🗝:???
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 33!
[author's note]: thank you for the long wait!! i tried to write but school has been kicking me in the ass repeatedly. i love you all btw!! <3 next chapter they're all going home btw.
Chapter 55: Ectoplasm Mayhem!
Chapter Text
It always warmed her heart to see creatures she had healed moving freely again, no longer trapped in pain. Every time she helped one, it reminded her why she chose to do this.
During one of her expeditions, she finally encountered the elusive Hide Behind—one that she and Dipper had been tracking for days. But instead of running or hiding, it approached her on its own, holding out one of its stretchy limbs as if it were injured. Suspicious, she knelt down to examine it, but with just a touch, the so-called injury was gone. The Hide Behind let out a delighted rattle before vanishing into the shadows again.
She even had a rather dramatic patient burst through her clinic doors one day—Celestabellabethabelle, wailing about a broken horn. The unicorn had apparently heard rumors of a healer in Gravity Falls who tended to magical creatures, and she simply had to see if it was true.
Fixing the horn was as easy as patching up a scraped knee. Though Y/n never really asked for payment, this was an opportunity she couldn't pass up. Folding her hands together, she tilted her head with a sweet smile.
"Would you mind giving me some of your unicorn hair?"
Celestabellabethabelle recoiled, recalling her last unpleasant experience with a human asking for her hair. But since this healer had done such a fine job, the unicorn sighed dramatically and agreed. With a pleased hum, Y/n carefully snipped off a strand, tucking it away safely.
Now her clinic would be protected.
Protected from what exactly? She wasn't sure, but in Gravity Falls, it was always best to be prepared.
***
***
It was time for her daily expedition. Her backpack was already packed with all the essentials—her journal, Abuelita's homemade cookies, a disposable camera from Soos, and a canteen filled with grape juice from Melody. That family was way too good to her.
With everything set, she headed out, ready to see whatever the woods had in store for her today.
A few hours in, she found herself at the manotaurs' cave. The moment they saw her, they erupted into cheers, chanting her name like she was part of the pack.
She quickly noticed, though, that most of them were covered in bruises and scrapes. When she offered to patch them up, they waved her off, proudly insisting that their wounds were proof of their strength—despite one of them literally limping and gasping for air.
"You sure?" she asked, watching as the injured manotaur wheezed on the floor.
"Battle scars, little warrior!" another manotaur boomed, slapping his own bruised chest with pride.
"...Right. Well, suit yourselves," she sighed, leaving them to their questionable idea of self-care.
She wandered deeper into the forest, the sunlight peeking through the thick canopy above. As she walked along the riverbank, something glimmered in the distance, catching her eye. At first, she assumed it was just the sun reflecting off a puddle.
But then, it moved.
Stepping forward cautiously, she observed the movement in silence, her senses sharp. A faint, distressed chirp caught her attention, making her kneel down and brush away the tangled debris. Beneath it, a tiny creature struggled to move, one of its limbs bent at an odd angle. It must have injured itself trying to crawl out of the nearby stream.
With a gentle touch, she focused, channeling her energy into its fragile body. Within moments, the wound disappeared, and the axolotl stretched its tiny limbs, blinking up at her with big, beady eyes.
"There you go," she murmured, lifting it into her hands. "Good as new."
Carrying it back to the stream, she carefully lowered it into the water, expecting it to swim away. Instead, the axolotl tilted its head, then wriggled its way back onto her palm.
"Huh?" She tried again, placing it onto a rock near the water's edge. "Go on, little guy. This is where you belong."
The axolotl chirped. Then, with surprising determination, it scurried down the rock, plopped onto the ground, and started following her.
"Oh no. Nope. You are not coming with me," she said, stepping back.
It followed.
She walked faster.
It sped up.
She spun around.
It did the same.
Y/n groaned, dragging a hand down her face. "You're not gonna let this go, are you?"
The axolotl let out a happy chirp, staring up at her like it had already made up its mind.
She exhaled, shoulders slumping.
"Now, where do we put you?" she muttered, tapping her chin. "You need water to survive, right? Kinda surprising how you managed to last this long out here... Hmmmm, where's a container when you need one?"
She rummaged through her bag, eyes scanning her supplies before they landed on a familiar plastic container. "Oh! I know!"
Without hesitation, she popped open Abuelita's Tupperware full of homemade cookies, dumped the rest into her bag, and quickly filled the empty container with water from the stream. The moment she placed the axolotl inside, it happily swam around in playful circles, tiny gills fluttering.
Y/n sighed in relief. "Well, at least you're comfy now. But you'll have to explain this to the others."
***
She rested her arms on the sleek table, pressing her cheek against its cool surface as she watched the axolotl swim lazily in its little glass container. It moved with ease, completely content in its tiny world—maybe even relieved to have been given a second chance. She swore it was smiling at her.
"Aren't you a cutie," she murmured, tapping the glass lightly with her finger.
Her lips pressed into a thin line as her thoughts drifted. Axolotls weren't exactly common around here. In fact, she couldn't even remember the last time she had seen one—if ever. "It's like a salamander... but in water, and with frills."
She wasn't sure if she was ready to take care of a pet—let alone an axolotl. It wasn't like she had planned for this. But then again, who in Gravity Falls would be responsible enough to care for such an exotic creature?
With a sigh, she sat up, determination settling in. "Alright, little guy. If I'm not the one, then we're gonna find someone who is."
It was now her mission to find the perfect owner for this persistent little axolotl.
So, she went door to door, hoping to find someone willing to take in the little axolotl. Unfortunately, her search didn't go as planned. Some townsfolk were already busy with their own pets—like Lazy Susan, whose house was practically ruled by her cats. Others... well, they just weren't the best candidates. (Toby Determined was, unfortunately, Toby Determined.)
When it became clear that no one in town was a good fit, Y/n decided to broaden her search. That's how she found herself hiking up to the Northwest Mansion—not to visit her blonde friend, but to see its new resident.
She knocked once, then stepped back, securing her grip on the glass bowl holding the axolotl. (She had finally found a proper home for it, courtesy of Lazy Susan, who mentioned it once belonged to her pet rock, Rocco.)
She waited, knowing it could take a while. After all, it was a massive mansion.
This wasn't her first time standing at the Northwest doorstep. In fact, it was the third.
After a moment, a commotion erupted from behind the door, followed by hurried footsteps. When it finally swung open, Y/n was met with a disheveled McGucket.
"Oh! Girlie, thank goodness you're here!" he exclaimed, relief washing over his face.
Before she could react, he grabbed her arm and pulled her inside, causing her to yelp in surprise. She instinctively tightened her grip on the glass bowl, careful not to spill a drop of water.
"Woah, F, slow down! What's going on?" she asked, eyeing him warily as he paced frantically across the foyer, ruffling his already messy hair.
McGucket let out an exasperated sigh. "Well, ya see, I bought this big ol' mansion so I could have more space for my inventions. Everything was fine—until Tate visited and confirmed what I was tryin' to ignore—this place is haunted!"
Y/n hummed, glancing around. "Makes sense. With the whole Great Flood history and all, plus the lingering presence of Northwest ancestors, I'd be surprised if it wasn't haunted."
"You gotta help me!" McGucket begged, clutching her arm like it was a lifeline. His wide, desperate eyes made it clear he was only half-joking—if that.
She steadied the glass bowl in her other hand, giving him a look. "F, I'm kinda in the middle of something." She nodded down at the axolotl swimming lazily in its little water world. "But... what kind of help are we talking about?"
"Exorcisms! Cleansings! Maybe some of that fancy energy work you do!" McGucket waved his arms around, nearly knocking over a dusty vase in the process. "I can't get anything done with ghosts knocking over my gadgets! And don't get me started on the whisperin' at night!"
Y/n sighed through her nose but smiled faintly. "Alright, alright. But you owe me. Big time."
McGucket's grin stretched ear to ear. "You got it, Girlie!"
"Also... who's Tate?" she couldn't help but ask, raising an eyebrow as she shifted the axolotl bowl to her other hand.
"Oh! He's my boy!" McGucket beamed proudly, puffing out his chest a little. "After he saw I'd gotten some of my marbles back, he decided to stop by and visit me here at the mansion! Real good kid."
Y/n's expression softened. "That's sweet. Glad you two are reconnecting."
"I'm 38, Dad," came a voice from the hallway as a man stepped into the foyer. Y/n finally got to put a face to the name—Tate, the one who ran the fishing docks in Gravity Falls. "I'm not a little boy anymore."
McGucket let out a wheezy chuckle and gave his knee a slap. "Could've fooled me! I swear I heard a little boy scream when those plates started floatin' around the kitchen!" he teased.
Tate's face turned red as he crossed his arms. "It was a very manly scream."
Y/n sighed but gave him a nod. "Alright, alright. I'll help," she said. She carefully placed the glass bowl with the axolotl in a safe corner of the room, away from any potential chaos. "You stay here, okay?" she told the little creature. It blinked at her, paddling in lazy circles.
Rolling out a sheet of paper she found on the foyer floor, Y/n sat cross-legged and started sketching out a plan. McGucket knelt beside her, watching with a mix of curiosity and impatience as she scribbled.
"I remember Ford's third journal," Y/n muttered, tapping her pencil against her lip in thought. "If there's one thing we know about hauntings, it is that they always have a reason of some kind. We categorized ghosts into ten types, depending on their activity and energy levels."
McGucket nodded. "These ones? Plates floatin', lights flickerin', cold spots... doesn't sound too mean-spirited."
"Yeah," Y/n agreed, circling a number on her paper. "This feels like Category 1. Harmless... mostly."
"But we still need proof!" McGucket said, peering over her shoulder.
Y/n nodded. "Right. If we want to get a better look at whatever's haunting this place, we'll need a silver mirror. One that's polished enough to catch their reflection."
McGucket scratched his beard. "I think I've got one o' those upstairs... or maybe it's a hubcap..."
"Let's hope it's the mirror," Y/n said, rolling her eyes with a grin.
After a moment, the older man came back with an old silver mirror in one of the dusty rooms. Y/n smiled. "Perfect."
Together, they conducted a ritual to make contact with the ghost. Placing the mirror in the middle of the room, the three performed the seance, lighting up random candles they found from around the house. Holding hands, Y/n recited an opening incantation. "Scarum formidolosus ghostus, videte oculis scire fabula!"
A chill filled the air, harsh winds entered the mansion despite the windows and doors being closed. Slowly, an apparition appeared in the mirror's reflection—a wailing butler ghost, floating in midair. With the seance, the human eye can finally see him, and he wasn't looking impressed. His voice was shrill and loud enough to rattle the windows.
"THIS PLACE IS FILTHY!!" it screeched. The ghost wrung its hands, throwing a spectral tantrum as it lamented the disarray. "Dust on the shelves! Dishes in the sink! Utter chaos!"
Tate and McGucket exchanged glances, wincing from the volume. Y/n, however, stood calmly, arms crossed. She watched the ghost with quiet focus. She's been through worse.
McGucket wiggled his arms. "H-hey, fella! This is my house now! I don't need some nosy phantom criticizing my cleaning habits!"
The butler's shriek grew louder. Items flew off shelves. Plates crashed to the floor. The mansion quaked as the ghost let loose a supernatural fit.
Before they knew it, Y/n was sprinting down the hallway after the specter, silver mirror in hand, with McGucket and Tate hot on her heels. She couldn't help but feel a jolt of déjà vu—months ago, she was the one being chased by a ghost. Now she's the one giving chase. It made her chest buzz with excitement. Dipper would've loved this.
The ghost kept complaining as he flew through walls. "DUST EVERYWHERE! FILTHY, FILTHY!" His cries were endless. Tate and McGucket groaned, holding their ears. It was like listening to a vacuum cleaner scream, but only a thousand more loud.
Y/n stopped in her tracks and planted her hands on her hips. "Okay," she said, raising her voice to be heard over the ghost's wailing. "We need a compromise, or this mansion's getting leveled."
They regrouped in the living room as the ghost continued to rampage upstairs. McGucket threw his hands in the air. "But it's a mansion! There's only three of us! We can't keep it clean all the time!"
Y/n grinned. "Not when we've got an inventor who can make extra hands." She rested a hand on McGucket's shoulder. "You know what you have to do."
His eyes lit up. "By gum, you're right!" He bolted toward his piles of spare parts, his energy completely renewed.
While he scoured his corner for pieces, Y/n and Tate had a quiet conversation. He talked about how he returned to reconnect with his dad after seeing him get his sanity back. Y/n shared bits of her own journey—saving Gravity Falls, working in the clinic, and missing her two sets of twins. There's a natural ease in their conversation, like old friends even though they've just met.
Within an hour, McGucket presented his invention: a clunky but functional robot maid. "TA-DA!" he declared, beaming. The robot started small, dusting the shelf— before it buzzed, then fizzled out, slumping forward.
A quiet settled in the room, as the three looked at the robot with pity.
Before Y/n could even point out what went wrong, Tate stepped forward. "You crossed the polarity here," he said, tapping a wire with surprising precision. Both Y/n and McGucket stared at him.
"You know about this stuff?" McGucket asked, genuinely impressed.
"I am your son," Tate replied with a smirk.
The two get to work, Y/n chiming in when needed. She watched them, a warmth spreading through her chest. She thought about F. and how the old version of him might've bolted at the first sign of trouble, but this version? This one stayed. This one was building something. Y/n felt a pang of pride watching McGucket and Tate work together.
She wondered if, thirty years ago, she might've met little Tate. Maybe they would've been friends—if F had allowed it. She shook the thought away with a smile.
Finally, the robot maid whirred to life. It zipped around, scrubbing and dusting, bringing the mansion to a polished shine in record time. The butler ghost drifted back down, watching with wide, teary eyes.
"My goodness," the ghost whispered. "It's... clean."
He sniffled softly, dabbing his ghostly tears with an equally ghostly handkerchief. Without realizing it, a few ectoplasmic droplets splattered onto the floor. Almost instantly, the robot maid zipped over and cleaned the spot with mechanical precision.
"Thank you," the butler ghost said with a warm, watery smile, turning to face the three of them.
"Now," Y/n stepped forward, hopeful, "will you let us dispel you? Please?"
The ghost gave a grateful bow and floated calmly toward the silver mirror. Without resistance, he allowed himself to be drawn in. The faint wail faded as his form disappeared.
They quickly made their way back to the candle circle, where Y/n wasted no time reciting the chant. "Exodus demonus spookus scarus ainafraidus no ghostus bumpus goosus shamalaaaaan!!" she said with gusto.
The room instantly darkened, the only glow coming from the mirror's surface. Thunder cracked outside the mansion, lightning flashing dramatically as the ghost was finally banished from the manor.
As the light dimmed and the room settled into quiet, Y/n stared into the mirror, her reflection staring back. She let out a small sigh. "You know... the summoning chant sounded way cooler."
Without warning, she felt an arm wrap around her. McGucket pulled her into a sudden, heartfelt hug, holding on tightly.
"Oh, thank you, girlie! Thank you!" McGucket repeated over and over, squeezing.
Y/n chuckled at his enthusiasm. "Hey, don't thank me just yet. This place is still crawling with spirits," she warned, raising an eyebrow. "Might want to stay on guard."
But McGucket just waved her off with a grin. "Pfft! You don't have to worry about me! I've got the best partner around for chasing off pesky ghosts!" He strode over to Tate, grabbing his son and pulling him down into a tight side-hug. Tate flinched at first, caught off guard, but the next second he was grinning, laughing under his breath.
Watching them, Y/n's heart softened. It was a moment she knew she'd hold onto for a long time. She crossed her arms, smirking playfully. "Don't worry, I've got a stash of tools that'll make your ghost-hunting a whole lot easier," she said with a wink.
After a while of catching up, Y/n realized it was time for her to head out. She made her way back to the shelf where the axolotl had been patiently waiting the entire time. The little creature had been surprisingly well-behaved, quietly swimming in circles in its glass bowl. When she reached out her finger, the axolotl perked up, darting over to gently bump its head against her skin. It lingered for a second, then did a happy twirl through the water, almost like it was proud of her.
Y/n leaned in closer and whispered with a soft smile, "Maybe the reason no one else was meant to take care of you... is because you were meant to stay with me." She tilted her head. "Maybe I am ready for a pet."
McGucket stepped up beside her, ready to walk her to the door. His gaze landed on the axolotl, and something flickered in his expression, a faint sense of recognition.
"That's an axolotl, ain't it?" McGucket asked, squinting at the creature with interest.
Y/n turned to him, curiosity dancing in her eyes. "An axolotl? That's its name? I thought it was some kind of water salamander."
"It is a salamander of sorts," McGucket replied, scratching his chin. "An axolotl's a rare amphibian. In Aztec mythology, it's said to symbolize rebirth." He said it so naturally, like the knowledge had been tucked away in his brain for years, waiting to be spoken.
Y/n blinked at him in surprise. "Huh. Rebirth," she murmured. "That sounds... fitting." Then she gave a small nod. "Yeah. I'm keeping it."
McGucket beamed. "Well, I think you'll make a mighty fine owner! Have you thought of a name for it yet?"
She shook her head with a quiet laugh. "Not yet," she admitted. "I figure it'll come to me when it's ready. For now, we'll just see."
"Fair enough," McGucket said with a wink. "You'll know when you know."
She smiled, appreciating his words. She looked back to the axolotl's beady eyes and beaming smile.
She'll know when she knows.
***
LCTV KUIUTIWV'S WYNQRZRW HLFUWTS RPW DLLC ZAATGFVHJ.
🗝:???
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 34!
[author's note: welp, guess y/n has a pet axolotl now. what should be a nice name for the little guy? looking for suggestions! hope you guys enjoyed! love you all!]
Chapter 56: Dawn of the Planning of the Cakes
Chapter Text
BEEP BEEP!!!
Pacifica's eyes fluttered open to complete darkness. She sighed and lazily lifted her hand to yank off her sleeping mask. The first thing that greeted her was the dull, off-white ceiling staring back. She let out a groan and rolled over, slapping her hand on the alarm clock to shut it up.
Back in the day, she would have woken up to one of the maids gently calling her name, presenting her with an over-the-top breakfast tray, fresh flowers, and perfectly folded napkins. But those days were long gone. That luxury wasn't part of her life anymore.
Now, she slept in a modest twin bed instead of the double queen she was used to. Still, at least she had her own space. Her own room. Her privacy. That counted for something. She usually woke up early, though never as early as her parents, who would be downstairs by now, bickering over their wardrobe choices. To Pacifica, that was the closest thing to a familiar melody these days.
They couldn't afford most of their staff anymore. Everyone had left—except for Bernard. Loyal Bernard, the one butler who stayed behind. He did it all now: cooking, cleaning, ironing, and laundry. And he never once complained about the unfair pay. All he wanted was to continue serving the Northwests, no matter what.
Of course, Preston took advantage of that dedication. Though, to his credit—if you could call it that—he did lighten Bernard's load somewhat. He insisted Bernard no longer do anything for Pacifica, claiming, "She can fend for herself after defying my authority."
Pacifica had rolled her eyes so many times over that line, she was surprised they hadn't gotten stuck that way. Classic Preston. Only her father could make such a petty statement sound like a royal decree. He was easily the second most dramatic person in the family, only outdone by her mother. Pacifica, naturally, took third place.
It was the start of the week—Monday. The day Pacifica headed off to Gravity Falls High, a public school. If she were still the same Pacifica as before, she might've gagged at the idea. But after a few weeks of trying to blend in, she realized something surprising: nobody here treated her like she was royalty. And, weirdly enough, she was okay with that.
No one placed her on a pedestal, which meant there was no pressure to be flawless, unlike at her old private school where she was constantly surrounded by rich kids and silent judgment. Here, they treated her like one of their own. No one was kissing the ground she walked on—and for once, she didn't mind.
She slung her book bag over her shoulders, adjusting the strap as she headed out the door. She mumbled a "goodbye," not to her parents, but to the house itself. It wasn't like her parents would say it back anyway.
These days, she walked herself to school instead of being chauffeured around in a limousine to some distant academy. Her house wasn't perched up on a private hill anymore. That life was gone. She remembered the day they sold the mansion—how it shook her to the core. Becoming homeless overnight because of one dumb decision her father made? It felt so unfair.
But... thinking back, it was a really dumb decision.
Still, deep down, there was this small flicker inside her. A quiet part of her that was actually looking forward to this new life. A fresh start. One without the boring, fancy parties or the fake, practiced smiles.
Pacifica stepped into the halls of Gravity Falls High. Nobody spared her a glance. No one stopped to admire her, and certainly, no one cried at the sight of her.
Just the way she preferred it.
There was a light bounce in her step as she made her way to first period. A few students were already there, but she didn't pay them any mind. Instead, she headed straight for the farthest seat on the left, right by the shelves, and settled in.
History was the first class of the day, but the only thing on her mind was Y/n.
How did Y/n get away with not having to come to school?
Pacifica used to think Y/n wanted to be a normal girl—guess not. She was just lucky, getting to skip all the boring school stuff and work at a cool job where she actually helped people. Honestly, it was exactly the kind of life Y/n would wish for herself.
She remembered back when the clinic was still under construction. The blonde would hang out with Y/n and listen to her go on and on about how excited she was to meet people, hear their stories, and help them heal. Pacifica had joked that she could barf from how sappy it was. Well... mostly joking.
Before she knew it, her morning classes were over, and by lunchtime, she was already making a dash for the exit. It might've looked casual, but Pacifica was quick on her feet as she slipped outside and headed straight for the streets—the same ones that led to Greasy's.
Her schedule was spread out over the six-day school week. She'd made sure to set things up so her classes alternated between mornings and afternoons. That way, she could pick up shifts at Greasy's during the hours she wasn't stuck in school. Anything to avoid being home all day.
At night, when she did have to go home, Bernard usually had dinner ready. The three of them ate together at the table.
Back in the manor, dinner used to be a whole production—Preston bragging about his wealth between sips of expensive wine, Priscilla admiring herself in some gold-plated mirror, and Pacifica barely touching her food.
Now? Dinner was quiet. Just the occasional sound of utensils scraping against plates.
Preston couldn't complain about oyster forks being out of alignment if he didn't have them anymore. And Priscilla couldn't show off her trophy-wife glow if no one was looking.
Pacifica didn't mind. In fact, she was happy🗝 the table was finally silent.
And on the nights when things felt heavier than usual, she'd pack up her dinner and head straight for the clinic. She knew Y/n would be there, probably busy, but always welcoming. The guest room at the clinic honestly rivaled her bedroom back home—and if it weren't for the fact she still needed to leech off her parents' money, she would've ran away a long time ago.
"Order up!"
Pacifica snapped out of her thoughts at the familiar shout. She'd heard those words almost every day for—who even knew how many months now? However long she'd been working at Greasy's, it was starting to blur together.
How did she end up with this job, anyway?
Well, it all started the day after Weirdmageddon, when the Northwest family's fall from grace made the local news. Homeless, the headline said. That was when Lazy Susan waddled over to where Pacifica was sitting alone, sipping a milkshake, and casually asked if she wanted a job. Said she could use an extra pair of hands around the diner.
At first, Pacifica laughed in her face. The idea was ridiculous—her, working? For minimum wage? Completely absurd. But after seeing how reckless her parents were with what little money they had left... and hearing her father threaten to cut off her allowance?
Yeah. Desperate didn't even begin to cover it.
So she said yes.
/
Lazy Susan didn't make a big deal of it. She just rolled up her sleeves and taught Pacifica everything she needed to know about running the diner.
Months later, here she was. Humbled. Hardworking. Still figuring it all out, but getting there.
Pacifica grabbed the tray of fries and carried it over to a table with an old man and a pair of twins. They smiled and thanked her. She gave a polite nod, then made her way to another table and wiped it , letting out a quiet sigh as her mind drifted again.
As much as she found this job fulfilling in its own way, her thoughts kept wandering.
Specifically to those twins.
How were they doing now?
She hoped Dipper's big brain wasn't about to explode from overthinking all those formulas. And hopefully, Mabel wasn't having too much fun without her.
The bell above the door chimed, signaling a new customer. Pacifica glanced over her shoulder and caught sight of a familiar white coat flapping in the breeze as the person stepped inside.
She immediately made her way to the counter—where Y/n usually sat—but today, the girl wasn't sitting. She looked like she was in a hurry.
Pacifica watched as Y/n leaned forward, tapping her fingers against the counter, eyes darting around like she was looking for someone to help her. The moment her gaze landed on Pacifica, her whole face lit up with a bright grin.
"Paz! There you are. Can I get a cup?"
Pacifica rolled her eyes—pure instinct at this point—but moved to turn on the machine anyway. With the lunch crowd long gone and no other tasks left hanging over her head, she could finally relax a little. "So," Pacifica said, wiping her hands on her apron, "any patients worth gossiping about today?"
Y/n smirked, propping her elbows on the counter. "Well, if you really wanna hear about how Toby accidentally swallowed a fitness tracker while—"
"Okay, stop. Just stop," Pacifica cut in, making a face. "I don't even wanna hear his name."
Y/n chuckled, drumming her fingers against the counter. "Slow shift today, huh?"
"Well, lunch hour's over," Pacifica shrugged. "Not a lot of people eat at this time. They're all busy working or whatever."
"Unless they need a coffee break." Y/n gave her a playful grin. "And you know what they say..." She trailed off, right as the coffee machine let out a ding to signal it was done. "Greasy makes the best coffee."
Pacifica grabbed a paper cup and poured the black coffee carefully, sliding it toward her. "Careful, it's—"
Before she could finish, Y/n swiped the cup and downed it in five quick gulps like it was nothing more than soda.
With a satisfied sigh, she placed the empty cup back down. "One more for the road?"
Pacifica sighed. "You're such a coffee addict."
"C'est la vie!" Y/n shot her a wink. =
Pacifica found herself smiling faintly, even as her mind wandered.
She could still remember that night.
The night of the Northwest Mansion's annual ball. The night they opened the doors to the townsfolk for the first time in history. The night the vengeful ghost of Archibald Corduroy haunted the halls.
And the night she broke her father's rules.
All because of two kids she used to call "nobodies."
But they weren't nobodies anymore... were they?
She'd swallowed a big, ugly pill—her pride—just to admit it to herself: They were the reason her world changed. They made her see how ridiculous her family's standards were. How fake it all was. Status didn't matter when everyone was just as powerless against a demon triangle from another dimension.
"Actually... 3 more please."
"Y/n!"
***
Back home, Pacifica groaned, already bracing herself for the chaos waiting inside. What could Preston be babbling about this time? Forks in a weird angle? With a deep breath, she opened the door. Thankfully, no one seemed to notice her as she quietly slipped past the living room and headed straight for her room.
Her nightly routine was the only time she actually felt sane in this house.
She changed into her sleepwear, went through her usual skincare steps, and finally felt like she had a little control over something in her life.
The face mask went on next—flawlessly, of course. She made sure it was perfectly even. No bumps, no patches. Her skin was one of the few things she refused to let slip.
After brushing her hair 500 times (yes, she still counted), she finally allowed herself to relax.
Homework? That could wait until morning.
With a sigh, she slipped her sleeping mask over her eyes, settled into bed, and let herself drift off.
Almost.
GASP!
She woke up in a flurry, frantically removing her sleeping mask as her blankets were all in disarray.
Heart racing, she scrambled out of bed and darted across the room, stopping in front of the calendar hanging on her wall.
She stared at it.
And then it hit her.
"Oh my gosh."
Sunday. The 25th.
It was Y/n's birthday.
***
***
She had less than a week to pull this off.
Pacifica had made a promise—a real birthday party for Y/n. And in her book, a proper party meant fancy decorations, tons of guests, and more food than anyone could finish.
But first, she needed a venue. Something bigger than the Mystery Shack. The clinic was out of the question—Y/n would never go for that. And, well... her old mansion wasn't exactly hers anymore.
But she did know someone who still had one.
Which is how she ended up nearly in tears, huffing and puffing her way up a hill. It was like going through 9 circles of hell.
"Ugh! Who builds a mansion this high up? This is ridiculous!"
She finally reached the front door. She took a deep breath and cupped her hands around her mouth.
"HELLO?! Hillbilly who owns my house now?! I need to talk to you!"
There was no butler, no maid to open the door for her like before. Nope. Now she had to press the flimsy doorbell herself. She groaned. "Ugh. Here goes nothing."
She jabbed the button. A loud chime sounded inside. A moment later, the door creaked open.
"Hoowee!" McGucket greeted with a wide grin, his big doe eyes magnified by his thick glasses. He squinted at her. "Well, if it ain't the Northwest girl! You forget your glass menagerie collection or somethin'? 'Cause I ain't seen nothin'!"
Pacifica pinched the bridge of her nose. "I need the house."
"WHAAT?! Now hold your horses! I don't know if you forgot, but I bought this house fair and square with that government money—"
"I know you legally own it," she cut in, trying to stay calm, "but I need it. For a party."
McGucket blinked. "A party? Well shoot, why didn't you say so? You're standin' in the hootenanny hut!" He slapped his knee, chuckling. "What kind of party we talkin' about? School friends? Family reunion? Pet funeral? We've had 'em all!"
Pacifica let out a slow breath, resisting the urge to groan. "It's Y/n's birthday in 6 days. I need a bigger place to throw her a party this Sunday."
For a second, McGucket's face froze in thought. Then recognition hit him like a lightning bolt. "Well why didn't you say so! You can use the house, no problem! I love parties!"
"You do?" Pacifica asked, raising a brow. She shook her head. "Fine. But I need the ballroom the whole week to decorate. You can stay in the other rooms with... whatever it is you have."
"Hey now!" McGucket wagged a finger, hands on his hips. "Y/n and I are close pals too, eff why eye! I'll help with the preparations! I got a robot that can hang decorations way up high!"
Pacifica opened her mouth to argue, then paused. She didn't have anyone else to help. Back then, she could've bossed around a dozen servants without blinking. But those days were over. She chewed on her bottom lip, weighing her options, before sighing in defeat.
"Fine," she muttered. "But I'm in charge."
"Aye, aye, cap'n!" McGucket did a salute, determination filling his senses. It was Y/n's birthday, and in his mind he already postponed his supposed plans for the week to make sure that this girl would have the best birthday ever.
***
Pacifica was more than willing to miss half of her shift to keep working on the decorations. Of course, she had to give Susan a heads-up first.
The moment she explained, Susan's eyes lit up with excitement. She clapped her hands together. "A birthday party? Oh, honey, there's gotta be food! What do ya say to a whole row of pies?"
Pacifica couldn't help the smile that tugged at her lips. Her heart softened. "I'm sure she'd love that."
Naturally, Candy and Grenda had to be brought into the loop, too. When they found out, they were all in, showing up at the mansion in the afternoon to help. Since Pacifica's school schedule meant she had to arrive later, she was relieved to find that—so far—nothing had gone wrong.
Still, there was one little problem: Y/n's coffee runs.
Pacifica had to be at Greasy's whenever Y/n stopped by for her usual pick-me-up. If she wasn't there, Y/n would definitely ask Susan where she was. And Susan—bless her heart—was the worst at keeping secrets.
So, Pacifica had to time it perfectly. She'd wait for Y/n to swing by, make sure she got her coffee, then immediately rush back to the mansion to continue decorating.
It was a lot of running back and forth. Up the hill, down the hill. Greasy's, mansion, repeat.
Definitely not the workout she had in mind.
***
It was finally Saturday, and somehow Pacifica had managed to surf through the week—school, shifts, endless decorating, and keeping the whole birthday party a secret.
Susan had already gathered all the ingredients for her legendary birthday pie. Melody and Abuelita were more than happy to pitch in, offering to make their best American and Mexican dishes for the party. Soos had taken charge of handing out the invites. At this point, it felt like everyone in town knew about the surprise—except Y/n.
Thank goodness she'd been too busy with her medical rounds and expeditions to notice how the whole town was buzzing about something happening this Sunday.
Still, Pacifica couldn't deny how nervous she was about the whole thing. If there was one thing she absolutely hated, it was a surprise getting spoiled. And she wouldn't hesitate to smack someone upside the head if they slipped up.
Meanwhile...
Y/n was preoccupied with Toby Determined's second visit of the week. He sat on the exam table, scratching furiously at his arms, while she sorted through her supplies. Waffles was taking a nap on the corner while Lotus the Axolotl was swimming around in the fish tank.
"I'm telling ya, doc," Toby insisted, squinting one eye shut like he was trying to look serious. "These headaches? They're definitely connected to my rashes. It's all part of a conspiracy, I just know it."
Y/n sighed quietly but kept her expression polite. She was getting tired of his concerns—though she'd never show it. She just focused on healing him quickly so she could wrap this up.
As she wiped down her tools, Toby kept rambling. "And ya know, there's somethin' goin' on with the townsfolk too. Everybody's actin' all weird this week. Kinda like how folks get when they're plannin' a big ol'—" He stopped himself, eyes going wide.
Y/n's brows furrowed. "Planning a big what?"
Toby scratched the back of his neck awkwardly. "Uh... bake sale? Yeah! Bake sale. Real hush-hush, top secret pies and everything."
Y/n stared at him for a second longer, clearly suspicious. "Right..."
Toby laughed nervously, his voice going a little higher than usual. "You didn't hear it from me!"
Y/n raised an eyebrow but let it slide—for now. Waffles sneezed in the corner.
Toby's nervous laughter echoed a little too long in the quiet room. Y/n finished wrapping a bandage around his wrist and gave it a gentle pat, maybe a little too gentle, because Toby flinched like he was being reprimanded without words.
"Well," she said slowly, packing up her supplies, "good luck with that... bake sale."
"Yep!" Toby jumped off the table, nearly knocking over a stool in the process. "Bake sale! Totally normal, totally not suspicious bake sale!" He gave her a shaky thumbs-up before shuffling out the door like a guilty raccoon caught in the garbage.
Y/n watched him leave, her eyes narrowing in thought. Something was definitely up. She tugged off her gloves and tossed them in the bin before turning to look at her calendar again.
Sunday. Tomorrow. She squinted at it like it might offer answers.
"...Weird," she muttered under her breath.
***
Pacifica was knee-deep in balloons.
Literally.
"McGucket, I told you not to blow up all the balloons at once!" she snapped, struggling to wade through the sea of rubber floating around the ballroom.
"Well you can thank my Balloon Bot over there!" the old man chirped from atop a ladder, sticking party streamers to the ledge with duct tape. "Just thought I'd get a head start! Ya never know when a party emergency's gonna strike!"
Pacifica groaned, rubbing her temples. "At this rate, I'm gonna have an emergency."
Candy and Grenda arrived just in time to rescue her, each carrying boxes of decorations.
"Wow," Candy said, adjusting her glasses. "It looks like a balloon factory exploded in here."
"AWESOME," Grenda cheered, kicking a bunch of balloons and it flew around. "We just need to move around these without popping one—" her speech was cut off when she accidentally popped one. "Whoops."
"Please don't," Pacifica sighed.
Despite the chaos, things were finally coming together. Tables were set, lights were strung, and the birthday cake Susan promised was already chilling in the mansion's walk-in fridge.
All Pacifica had to do now was keep things quiet for one more day.
How hard could that be?
***
Y/n found herself in her office where she was writing down her investigations in her journal. Her gaze was distant as she tapped her fingers against the table. She's been trying to brush off the weirdness all week, but Toby's little blunder finally makes it click. People have been acting... off. Blubs and Durland randomly complimented her fashion sense. Susan has been wearing the same "I'm hiding something" grin since Tuesday. And now Toby's bake sale nonsense?
Something's definitely up.
She narrows her eyes at her reflection in the office window, like it'll give her answers. "Okay," she mutters to herself. "Either there's a town-wide bake sale conspiracy... or..." She sighs and lets her head thunk gently against the table.
"Or they're planning something for my birthday."
The thought makes her stomach twist in that weird, half-nervous, half-sappy way she gets when people do things for her. She isn't exactly used to... this. People making a big deal out of her.
Still, she can't help the faint smile tugging at her lips.
***
"McGucket! That's crooked!" Pacifica snapped, hands clenched around the clipboard as she pointed at the lopsided banner hanging over the archway.
McGucket squinted up at it from his spot on the ladder. "Well, shoot, I thought that gave it a little... pizzazz!" He chuckled awkwardly, adjusting his glasses with a grease-smudged finger.
Pacifica groaned through gritted teeth. "We don't do pizzazz. We do symmetry. Balance. Elegance." She stalked over, tapping her pencil against her temple like it might beat the frustration out of her brain. "Take it down and do it again."
"Uh, right away, ma'am," McGucket muttered, trying to keep his tone light as he climbed back up to fix it.
But the minute he adjusted the banner, Pacifica was already huffing about the floral arrangements. "These hydrangeas are drooping. Candy, didn't I say to mist them every two hours?"
"They are fake," Candy deadpanned, spritzing them anyway.
McGucket finally climbed down and dusted his hands off. "Alrighty! What's next?"
Pacifica spun around. "The tablecloths."
"What's wrong with 'em?" he asked, frowning.
"They're wrinkled," she shot back, her tone sharp enough to slice paper.
He blinked. "Pacifica... they're lace."
She pinched the bridge of her nose. "I don't care. Fix them."
McGucket watched her for a moment before clearing his throat. "Y'know, Pacifica... you're kinda twisting yourself in knots here."
She snapped her head up. "I am not."
"You are," he insisted gently. "I mean, I ain't never seen anyone this worried about where the dessert forks go."
She scowled. "It's called attention to detail. Something you clearly don't understand."
McGucket held up his hands in surrender. "You're right. I ain't never been fancy folk. But I do know Y/n." He got to his feet, brushing sawdust off his overalls. "And if you know her too, you'd know she don't care about perfect. She just wants people together. That's all."
Pacifica froze, mid-adjustment of a napkin fold. "I'm a Northwest," she muttered under her breath. "I never lose."
McGucket's smile faded, replaced with something gentler, almost sad. "But you lost a lot, right?"
The words hit harder than she expected. Her fingers tightened on the silverware as she stared at her reflection in the polished spoon.
Her dignity.
Her fake friends.
Her reputation.
Her family's fortune.
In a way, her parents too.
All of it.
Pacifica bit her lip, her bravado cracking ever so slightly. "That's different," she mumbled, but there was no real fight behind it.
McGucket stepped closer but didn't crowd her. "It ain't." He gave her a small, understanding nod. "You don't gotta make this perfect to make it mean something."
She didn't answer. Couldn't.
He gave her a pat on the shoulder—light, careful. "I'll leave you to it then," he said quietly. "You make it up to your standards. I'll just be in the other room with... whatever it is I have." He gestured vaguely at the contraption half-built near the corner and offered her one last lopsided grin before turning to leave.
Pacifica stayed frozen for a while after McGucket left the room, her perfectly polished nails pressing into the edge of the table. She kept staring at the plates she'd just arranged, but they all blurred together. Her mind was stuck on McGucket's words, looping over and over again like an annoying song she couldn't switch off.
"You lost a lot, right?"
She hated how true that was. Hated that it was still true.
"Pacifica?" Candy's voice cut through the quiet, gentle but firm.
She blinked, snapping back to reality. Candy and Grenda were standing nearby, Candy holding a clipboard that Pacifica hadn't realized she'd passed off, and Grenda with a bundle of balloons under one arm.
"Are you okay?" Candy asked, adjusting her glasses. "You got really quiet."
"I'm fine," Pacifica said automatically, but it came out hollow.
Grenda tilted her head. "You sure? You kinda look like you're gonna cry—" she stopped when she felt her side being elbowed.
Pacifica exhaled shakily, her fingers sliding off the table's edge as she took a step back. "I just... I wanted this to be perfect," she admitted, her voice smaller than usual. "It's Y/n. She deserves perfect."
Candy gave her a knowing look. "Pacifica, Y/n doesn't need perfect. She needs to know she's loved."
The blonde sighed, brushing a stray blonde strand behind her ear. "I know that. I just... it's the one thing I can still do right. Plan things. Make them beautiful." Her throat tightened. "After everything I lost... this is the only thing that makes sense."
There was a moment of quiet. Then Grenda stepped closer and gave Pacifica a gentle nudge with her elbow. "Hey. You didn't lose everything. You've got us."
"And Y/n," the shorter girl added. "And Mabel, Dipper, Soos, Wendy... even McGucket."
Pacifica let out a dry, half-laugh. "Yeah... even McGucket." Her voice softened. "I was too hard on him."
The ravenette gave a short nod. "You kind of were."
"I mean," Grenda shrugged, "he did try to put glitter on everything."
Pacifica chuckled faintly. "Yeah, but... he was trying. And I made him feel like it wasn't enough." Guilt settled deeper in her chest now. She looked toward the doorway where McGucket had disappeared. "I should apologize."
There was a pause, and then Grenda huffed out a laugh. "Man... I never thought I'd be giving Pacifica Northwest advice." She elbowed her lightly, grinning. "But here we are."
Candy smiled and nudged her glasses up. "Pacifica truly changed."
The blonde gave a short, breathy laugh, but her expression softened. "I don't feel like I've changed that much."
"You have," Candy said, matter-of-fact. "You're trying. That's already different."
Pacifica found McGucket sitting quietly in what used to be the drawing room. Now, it looked more like a mad scientist's lab—robot parts, half-finished gadgets, and wires everywhere. He was hunched over a strange contraption that looked like a mechanical squirrel holding a string of lights, fiddling with its gears. She watched him for a second, feeling the familiar lump in her throat. She hated this part. Saying sorry wasn't exactly something she was raised to do.
But she'd promised herself she'd try.
She took a breath. "McGucket."
He jumped a little at the sound of her voice and spun around on his stool. His goggles slipped down over his eyes before he pushed them back up onto his forehead. "Oh! Didn't hear ya sneak up on me. What's the word? Need me to move my junk outta the way?"
"No," Pacifica said quickly, stepping further into the room. "I'm not here to... well, not to give you more instructions."
He blinked, watching her closely, waiting.
Pacifica shifted on her feet. "I wanted to apologize. For earlier. For... for all of it." She sighed, pressing her hand to her forehead for a second before looking at him again. "I've been impossible. Everything you did, I nitpicked. Nothing was ever good enough for me, no matter how hard you tried."
McGucket opened his mouth to say something, but she held up her hand to stop him.
"I know you were trying. I just—" she hesitated, chewing on the inside of her cheek. "It's not an excuse, but it's how I was raised. My parents drilled this idea into my head that everything has to be perfect. That if it wasn't flawless, it wasn't worth anything. And... that kind of thinking doesn't just go away because you move out of a big house." Her voice softened. "I'm sorry I took that out on you."
For a second, McGucket just stared at her, his big brown eyes wide behind his glasses. Then, slowly, he smiled—a warm, knowing kind of smile. "Well, shoot. If you told me a year ago I'd hear Pacifica Northwest apologizin' for being tough on an old coot like me, I'da said you were full of hogwash."
Pacifica huffed a quiet laugh. "Yeah, well... guess you'd be wrong."
He set down the squirrel-bot and stood up, wiping his hands on his overalls. "You know, back then you woulda paid someone off to forget this ever happened. Slipped 'em some hush money and walked away like nothin' was wrong."
"I thought about it," Pacifica joked half-heartedly, then shook her head. "But it wouldn't fix anything. Not really."
McGucket smiled even wider. "You've changed, Pacifica. Don't let anyone tell you otherwise."
She didn't know what to say to that. So she just gave him a look that wasn't quite a smile, but wasn't cold either. "Thanks. For not giving up on me."
"I got thick skin and plenty of spare parts," he said with a chuckle. "I can handle a little Northwest stress." He clapped his hands together. "Now, if you're still takin' on helpers, I'd be mighty proud to get back to work."
Pacifica nodded. "Yeah... but let's make a deal. I'll loosen up on the perfection thing if you promise not to cover the place in glitter."
McGucket gave a salute. "Tasteful glitter only. Scout's honor!"
She shook her head but laughed as they walked back toward the ballroom. For the first time in days, the tension in her chest eased.
Maybe, just maybe, she didn't have to do everything like a Northwest anymore.
Maybe being Pacifica was enough.
***
It was Sunday. The day Pacifica had been working herself ragged for all week.
And somehow, in the middle of hanging streamers, checking the lights, rearranging the gifts (twice), and obsessing over whether the pies looked perfect, she'd completely forgotten about one crucial thing—herself.
Her hair was only half-done, a few strands slipping from the braid she'd attempted earlier. There was flour smudged on her cheek, and her dress was one she'd thrown on in a hurry, not the one she'd carefully picked out the night before.
"Oh no," Pacifica muttered, staring at her reflection in the dusty hallway mirror. "This isn't happening."
For a split second, she seriously considered running. Just bolting out the back door and hiding in the forest until Monday. Maybe Y/n wouldn't notice. Maybe nobody would.
"Pacifica, do not worry," Candy's voice snapped her out of it. "You look great!"
Grenda came up behind her, placing two strong hands on her shoulders. "You look awesome, Pacifica. Seriously."
Pacifica stared at them, heart pounding, but... they weren't lying. She gave a shaky exhale, rolling her shoulders back. "Fine," she muttered. "I'll take your word for it."
"Good!" the redhead said, practically giving her a small shove toward the center of the room. "Now, no running. You did great. Y/n's gonna love this and she would see how much you had worked so hard for this."
And Pacifica, still feeling a little like she was walking through a dream, nodded.
Soos was already by the door, decked out in his best "formal" hoodie, complete with a bowtie that was definitely Melody's idea. He was grinning ear to ear, playing DJ as a soft, upbeat tune floated through the mansion. Every time someone new arrived, Soos welcomed them like the host of a fancy gala. "Right this way, dudes! Snacks are over there! We're here to celebrate our favorite person!"
Melody and Abuelita were stationed by the food table, keeping things orderly. Abuelita had brought in some classic Mexican dishes, while Melody had whipped up a few American favorites. It smelled amazing. Susan was already making the rounds, handing out hors d'oeuvres on a silver tray like she'd done it her whole life.
Pacifica stood near the back of the ballroom, surveying everything. Somehow, it was... working. Everyone was here. Blubs and Durland stood together by the punch bowl, matching Hawaiian shirts clashing horribly with the classy decor. Wendy was with her teen friends, vibing around the mansion. Mayor Tyler was there too, wearing something sequined that caught everyone's attention at every turn. Even Gideon showed up, holding a box wrapped in way too much ribbon, like he was trying too hard to make up for something.
And of course, there was a random manotaur near the dessert table, flexing quietly. Pacifica frowned. Was that Soos' doing? Probably. She made a mental note to ask later.
The pile of gifts had gotten out of control. There were presents of all shapes and sizes stacked in one corner of the room. Some were carefully wrapped; others were in old shopping bags. It didn't matter. Everyone had brought something.
"Here she comes!" McGucket suddenly burst in, panting a little as he skidded to a stop in the hall. "She's almost here! Told her I needed help fixin' the plumbing—worked like a charm!"
The mansion fell into an instant hush. Everyone scrambled to get into position. The lights dimmed, and Soos quickly stopped the music.
Pacifica's pulse pounded in her ears. This was it. The moment they'd been planning for.
Then, from outside, they all heard Y/n's voice. "McGucket? You in there? You said there was a leak or something?"
Pacifica held her breath. Toby, who had been stuffing his pockets with snacks, made the mistake of shuffling closer to the food table. Grenda lunged at him, tackling him to the ground before he could cause another mess.
"OW!" Toby yelped, hitting the floor with a loud thud.
"Shhh!" the entire crowd hissed in unison.
Outside, Y/n paused. "Uh... McGucket?"
McGucket darted to the door, cracked it open, and poked his head out. "Yep! Right this way! It's, uh, real urgent!"
The door creaked open, and Y/n stepped inside, looking around warily. "This doesn't look like a plumbing—"
"SURPRISE!!! HAPPY BIRTHDAY, Y/N!" everyone shouted in perfect unison.
Y/n's eyes widened. She froze in place, mouth open in complete shock as confetti rained down and party horns blared. For a second, she looked like she might faint.
Then suddenly, she laughed—loud, bright, and just a little shaky.
Just like that, the mansion sprang to life. Music thumped through the speakers, laughter echoed off the walls, and the whole place buzzed with energy. It didn't take long before someone cranked up the volume, and suddenly, people were dancing—shoes and all—on what was clearly a ridiculously expensive carpet.
At first, Pacifica looked horrified at the sight of it. But then Candy and Grenda grabbed her hands and tugged her into the chaos. She stumbled at first, but their laughter was contagious, and before long, she was laughing too—spinning around with them like she was one of the gang.
Because, for once, she was.
Y/n got pulled into the middle of it, barely able to stop laughing as Pacifica, Candy, Grenda, and even Wendy took turns showing off their most ridiculous dance moves. Soos attempted the worm at one point.
After a while, the crowd circled around a huge pile of presents stacked like a mountain in the corner. Pacifica nudged Y/n toward it with a smirk. "Good luck getting through all of those before midnight."
Y/n chuckled, settling down and pulling the first gift onto her lap. She managed to unwrap a handful—a swiss army knife from Wendy, a plush version of her made by Soos and Melody, a knitted sweater from Abuelita, and a foldable chair from Gideon—but it was obvious this was going to take hours. Eventually, she set the rest aside with an amused shake of her head. "I'll finish tomorrow," she promised, grinning. "Maybe."
Not long after, Lazy Susan appeared with something balanced carefully in her hands: a cake. One littered with frosted daisies, reminiscent of the cupcakes she got back then.
Pacifica clapped her hands to get everyone's attention. "Alright, birthday girl! Make a wish!"
Y/n stared at the pie for a second, her smile softening. If only the Pines were here.Then she closed her eyes, holding her breath for a moment as she made her wish. When she opened them again, she blew out the candle in one smooth breath.
Cheers erupted around her, and someone let off another blast of confetti.
And just when things seemed like they might quiet down, Soos fired up the karaoke machine. It was chaos from the start. Candy and Grenda kicked it off with a wildly enthusiastic duet, Wendy sang a surprisingly good rock ballad, and even Pacifica took a turn (though she insisted it was only because Y/n begged). Y/n joined in too, of course—belting out BABBA lyrics, laughing when she messed up, but pleasing the crowd nonetheless.
And so the night carried on, but little by little, the party slowed. People started drifting out, yawning and stretching, waving their goodbyes. Mayor Tyler left with confetti stuck in his hair. Blubs and Durland gave matching salutes before disappearing into the night. Even the Manotaur gave Soos a bro-hug and stomped out the door.
As the last of the guests trickled out and the mansion quieted down, Pacifica found herself standing near the window, arms crossed loosely as she watched the moonlight spill over the front yard. The place was a mess now—plates stacked high, crumbs everywhere, punch stains on her favorite rug—but for once, she didn't mind.
Wendy left with her friends, Melody was half-asleep as she began cleaning up with Soos, and Y/n was still sitting on the floor with the Northwest scion, carefully tucking away some of the gifts, humming under her breath. The blonde glanced over at her, lips twitching into the smallest of smirks.
"You knew," Pacifica said suddenly, breaking the silence.
She froze, then slowly turned, raising an innocent brow. "Knew what?"
The blonde gave her a look. "Don't play dumb. You knew about the surprise. The party. All of it."
Y/n held her gaze for a second, then sighed, setting down the wrapping paper she was folding. "Okay... yeah. I knew."
Pacifica groaned loudly, dragging her hands over her face. "I knew it! I knew someone would ruin it! Ugh, who was it? Susan? Gideon? No, wait—" Her eyes widened. "It was Toby, wasn't it?"
The birthday girl chuckled, tucking her knees up to her chest. "He kind of... said something without realizing it."
She practically spun on her heel, heading straight for the door. "I swear, I'm gonna march over to his house and throttle him with his own stupid necktie—"
"Pacifica." Y/n's voice was gentle but firm as she reached out and grabbed Pacifica's wrist before she could leave. She turned to her, ready to argue, but froze when Y/n pulled her into a hug instead.
"Thank you," she said quietly, her cheek resting against Pacifica's shoulder. "This really is the best birthday ever."
Pacifica blinked, arms hovering awkwardly for a moment before she let out a breath and wrapped them around Y/n's back. "...It is?" she asked, voice softer than before.
Y/n smiled at her. "Yes. It's perfect."
For a second, Pacifica stayed quiet, just holding onto her. She wasn't used to things being perfect without everything being flawless. But this? Messy carpet, half-eaten pies, Toby babbling, and all?
Maybe this was perfect, after all.
She smiled faintly and gave Y/n one last squeeze. "I'm glad."
"WE'RE NOT TOO LATE, ARE WE?!"
The front doors burst open as an older man stumbled inside, panting as he tried to catch his breath. Right behind him, another man—nearly identical, but much more composed—entered with an exasperated look.
"Stanley," Ford huffed, adjusting his glasses, "if you hadn't stopped at the gift shop, we would've been here on time!"
Stan waved him off. "Well, unlike you, Sixer, my gift is actually thoughtful!"
Ford gave him a flat look. "Is it?"
Before they could bicker any further, Y/n stood frozen in front of them, eyes wide, mouth hanging open in shock. "You guys came!" she managed, before breaking into a run and throwing her arms around both of them in a tight hug. "I can't believe it!"
The twins stiffened for half a second, surprised, but quickly melted into the embrace. Stan chuckled, his hand coming up to ruffle her hair.
"Happy birthday, kiddo."
Ford smiled softly and gave her arm an affectionate pat. "Happy birthday, Y/n. Sorry we're late."
Stan glanced around the ballroom, taking in the scattered streamers, crumpled napkins, and confetti still floating in the air. He gave an impressed whistle.
"Jeez... some party, huh?"
"It seems like everyone had a good time," Ford noted, raising a brow. "We thought the party was at the Mystery Shack. No one told us it was being held here."
"Doesn't matter!" Stan grinned, already making a beeline for the food table. "There's still pie! Heyoooo!"
Before he wandered off completely, he shoved a brown paper bag into Y/n's hands. "Oh—here's my gift!"
Y/n giggled, hugging the boxy bag close to her chest. "Thanks, Stan."
Ford sighed at his brother's antics but turned back to Y/n with a curious expression. "So... if McGucket didn't plan all this, who did?"
She shook her head, smiling. "Actually, it was all Pacifica."
At the mention of her name, Pacifica—who had been nearby, trying to look busy—flushed pink as everyone turned their attention her way.
"Uh. Yeah," she said awkwardly, brushing some hair behind her ear. "It's not a big deal. Y/n deserved the best party."
"You got that right!" Stan hollered from the snack table, his mouth full of blueberry pie as he chatted with Soos and Melody.
Ford adjusted his glasses again, his lips tugging into a faint, approving smile. He agrees.
Right on cue, McGucket came bouncing into the room with a wide grin.
"Don't worry about cleaning up, y'all!" he announced. "I brought the cleaning bot!"
As the small, whirring robot zipped past their feet and got to work sweeping up confetti, Pacifica stared in disbelief.
"How many robots do you have?!" she asked, half amazed, half horrified.
"More than I probably should!" McGucket answered cheerfully.
Then Ford cleared his throat softly, catching her attention. "Here," he said, kneeling down and reaching into his coat pocket and pulling out a small, palm-sized glass sphere. Inside, suspended as if by magic, was a crystalline formation. It shimmered faintly, casting soft glints of pale blue and silver light across her hands as she took it.
Y/n's eyes widened, her breath catching a little. "Whoa... What is it?"
"It's a rare Arctic crystal," Ford explained, his tone gentle but filled with that excited spark he always got when explaining something scientific. "We found it during one of our expeditions in the frozen north. It only forms under extreme conditions—temperatures so harsh, most life can't survive. And yet, it exists. It shines."
She turned the sphere in her hands, watching the light dance through the facets. "It's beautiful," she murmured.
Ford smiled faintly as he watched her. "I thought of you when we found it," he said. "Resilient. You've been through... a lot. And yet, you're still here. Still... shining."
Y/n blinked, then gave a soft, watery laugh. "Ford... Thank you. I'll keep it safe, I promise."
He gave an awkward but genuine little nod, glancing away as if embarrassed by his own sentiment. "Happy birthday, Y/n," he said again, placing his hands on his pockets.
She smiled and tucked the glass sphere carefully into her pocket, close to her heart. "This is the best gift I could've asked for."
Ford chuckled. "You'd better not let Stan hear you say that. He thinks his gift is top tier."
"Is it?" Y/n teased, glancing toward the brown paper bag Stan had handed her earlier. Curiosity piqued, she opened it right there, peeking inside.
And then she froze. Her mouth dropped open.
"No way!" she gasped, reaching into the bag and pulling out a sleek, brand-new coffee machine. "I've always wanted one of these!"
Stan, who had been busy stuffing another slice of pie into his mouth, turned around with a proud grin. "Told ya! I know what people want."
Her excitement was so loud and infectious that it caught everyone's attention. Candy, Grenda, Soos, Melody, and even Pacifica gathered around, crowding in to get a better look at the machine.
Y/n was practically bouncing. "I can make my own coffee at home now! This is—this is life-changing."
Ford stared at the scene, completely deadpan. "I guess his gift is indeed better."
"Of course it is," Stan said, puffing out his chest as he sidled up next to them. "It's coffee. Kid runs on caffeine."
Y/n laughed, hugging the coffee machine close like it was the greatest treasure in the world. "This is the best birthday ever!"
***
Dipper rested his chin against the palm of his hand, staring out the window as trees zipped by in a blur of green. His reflection in the glass looked as tired as he felt. He sighed softly, barely loud enough for anyone but himself to hear.
He hated missing Y/n's birthday. The guilt still tugged at him, even though he knew there was nothing he could've done about it. School, finals, life—it all got in the way. But she understood. She always did.
Still, he made himself a promise: this summer, he'd make it up to her. To everyone. And maybe, just maybe, he'd get a chance to breathe again. He needed this—needed Gravity Falls.
Needed her.
***
***
WARXDPCP CMYTWLCZT'H UYCOGXRL FADULRH PPL CWTPYY QAMZSDBQ.
🗝:???
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 35!
[author's note] chapter got too long that i can't include mabel and dipper coming home. figured i'd just make them a bit more late haha. ford's gift was a choice between his compass or the crystal. also the coffee machine was supposed to be a gift from lazy susan, not stan. this chapter was hard to write because i tried to include everyone in this. but hey, at least we have a pacifica-centric chapter with mcgucket interactions (i've been wanting to write about them since weirdmageddon 4) and candy and grenda interactions. (pacifica's old friends ditched her when she lost the mansion).
anyways, do you guys have any suggestions on my writing style? is it to your liking? which code-finding method do you guys like? the straight to words one or the scattered in chapter one? let me know!
let's talk!
thank u guys so much. i love you all. happy birthday to my twin <3
Chapter 57: Awkwardening
Chapter Text
She wasn't exactly sure how the older twins had managed to convince her to tag along—but somehow, the next thing she knew, she was seated in the back of the car.
Stan tapped his fingers rhythmically on the steering wheel, not out of nerves like before, but out of pure anticipation. He'd missed those kids ever since they'd boarded that bus back to California. The occasional letters were nice, sure, but they didn't quite fill the gap.
In the passenger seat, Ford cast a sidelong glance at the girl staring silently out the window. Her stillness felt strange. Suspicious, even. He used to be able to read her like an open book when she was still his assistant—sharp, focused, always one step ahead. But now, with her eyes glazed and fixed on the passing scenery, he couldn't quite get a read on her.
There was only one real way to figure out what she was thinking.
Her head snapped up at the sound of his voice. "Yes." She blinked fast, like she was waking up from a dream. Her breath hitched a little.
"Are you alright?"
He watched her expression shift—first confusion, then a thoughtful pause, and finally... clarity.
"Yes."
So she was.
They continued driving in silence for a while until Stan pulled up and parked by the edge of the road. "Bus stop. Now we wait," he announced.
So they waited.
A lone bus crested over the horizon, rumbling closer with every second. It almost felt like this specific route only ever carried a pair of twins each summer—but Stan wouldn't have it any other way. The moment the vehicle came into full view, he threw open the car door with an excited grin and leapt out. Ford followed after him with a quiet chuckle, stepping out more calmly on his side.
But she didn't move.
She wasn't sure why. Maybe it was because they hadn't arrived yet... or maybe she just wasn't ready. Her eyes stayed fixed on the road.
Then the bus rolled past them.
Stan's grin fell. "Aw, come on," he muttered in disappointment, watching as the empty bus disappeared into the distance.
From inside the car, the girl let out a loud laugh, covering her mouth. She couldn't help it.
Stan turned with a deadpan expression. "Not funny!"
"It kinda is!" she shouted back through the open window.
"It kind of is," Ford quietly agreed from where he stood, hands in his coat pockets.
Stan waved them both off. "Can it! Now look alive—that's the bus right there!" He pointed with urgency as a second, more familiar-looking vehicle creaked into view over the next hill.
But then... the second bus drove right past them too.
Stan's excited expression dropped once again as the vehicle disappeared in a cloud of dust. From inside the car, another fit of laughter erupted—this time louder, more uncontained. Even Ford had a small, amused smirk tugging at his lips.
Stan sighed, hands on his hips, visibly deflating. "Okay, maybe we were too early."
"Too early for what?" came a voice—not from the car, not from Ford.
Stan blinked. That voice wasn't familiar because it was unexpected—it was familiar because it was expected.
Slowly, he turned around.
There they were. Standing just behind him, wearing matching grins and backpacks slung over their shoulders, were Dipper and Mabel Pines — and Waddles.
Stan's jaw dropped a little. His voice caught in his throat as he stared at them.
"To see my great niece and nephew," he finally finished, but it came out more like a whisper.
Mabel let out a squeal and threw her arms around him. "Surprise!"
Dipper offered a sheepish grin. "We asked the driver to drop us a little ways from the stop—thought we'd sneak up on you. Guess it worked."
Stan didn't hesitate. He pulled both of them into a tight bear hug, the kind that knocked the wind out of their lungs.
"You were just too busy being disappointed to notice, Stanley," Ford remarked, arms crossed, a knowing smirk on his face.
Stan shot him a glare but didn't let go of the kids. "You're lucky I'm hugging them, otherwise I'd throttle you."
Ford chuckled under his breath. "Touching, really."
From the car, Y/n watched the scene unfold, warmth bubbling in her chest. For a moment, she just watched the three of them standing in the dust and sunlight like a painting come to life.
It was going to be a good summer. She could feel it.
That's when she finally decided to come out of the car and greet the twins herself.
She finally pushed the door open and stepped out of the car, the gravel crunching beneath her shoes. A warm breeze swept past as she approached, a smile already forming on her lips.
The twins turned at the sound of her footsteps—then Mabel lit up like a firework.
"Y/n!" she shrieked, practically launching herself forward. "You're here too!"
"Of course, May-May," Y/n said, catching her in a tight hug. "Wouldn't miss it for the world."
Mabel eventually pulled away, beaming, and stepped aside—leaving room for her brother and Y/n to finally meet again.
But the energy shifted.
Dipper froze in place, his mouth opening slightly, then closing. Was he nervous? Y/n tilted her head, slightly thrown off. He finally took a step forward, rubbing the back of his neck.
"Hi," he said.
"Hi," she echoed, her voice carrying both warmth and confusion. The contrast between Mabel's enthusiasm and Dipper's hesitation was jarring.
From the sidelines, Stan and Ford exchanged a look.
Weren't these two supposed to be close? What in the world was going on?
Stan squinted suspiciously. Ford raised a brow. Neither of them said a word—but the silence spoke volumes.
***
***
It was, without a doubt, one of the most awkward car rides any of them had ever experienced—save for Mabel's nonstop storytelling. She filled the silence with tales she hadn't managed to squeeze into her letters: funny moments, bizarre classmates, and, of course, the epic saga of her and Waddles getting strawberry slushies. "We were gonna get it at that one corner store, but they've all run out! Luckily, I knew another store—"
Ford listened intently, occasionally chiming in with thoughtful questions or amused commentary. Stan, on the other hand, split his attention between the road and the rearview mirror, his eyes flicking toward the backseat every few seconds. He was watching for... anything. A glance, a laugh, some spark of conversation between Y/n and Dipper. But so far—nothing.
Mabel had just wrapped up her slushie story, her hands animated as ever, when the car finally pulled up in front of the Mystery Shack. It was reminiscent of the first time they arrived here, Mabel keeping the same energy.
Y/n stepped out of the car, her shoes meeting the dirt with a soft crunch. Dipper followed close behind, seemingly unaware of the quiet storm swirling in her thoughts. Something about him felt off—too quiet, too still. She couldn't quite figure out what was going on in his head. But even in his silence, he never stepped away when they ended up close. If anything, he stayed just near enough to make her wonder.
The older twins led the younger pair toward the back of the house, a hush of anticipation in the air. Mabel and Dipper exchanged puzzled glances at the unexpected detour—until they stepped into the backyard, and their eyes widened.
"Surprise! Welcome back, Dipper and Mabel!" a chorus of voices rang out.
Mabel gasped, dropping her bags without hesitation. "You guys?! I can't believe this! You really did all this for us?!"
"Uh, duh?!" Grenda beamed, rushing over and throwing her arms around them. "We wanted to see you the moment you got here!"
Candy followed close behind, placing party hats on their heads and blowing into a party horn. "And we're celebrating it properly—with a party!"
Right on cue, Wendy hit play on a remixed track, and the backyard burst into music and cheers. People began dancing, laughing, and crowding around the twins like they were returning royalty.
Stan and Ford exchanged a glance and smiled. It was moments like these that reminded them just how loved their great-niece and nephew were. And honestly, who wouldn't love them?
Meanwhile, Y/n made a quiet beeline to the food table, picking up a cup of juice and sipping it slowly from the sidelines. They deserved this. The spotlight, the celebration—all of it belonged to them.
Still, as she watched from afar, her gaze lingered on Dipper. He was laughing now, surrounded by old friends and the warmth of familiarity—a stark contrast to how he'd looked earlier when they first reunited.
A thought crept in, uninvited.
Was it her?
Hugs were passed around like confetti—Soos engulfed Dipper in a bear hug the second he saw him, practically bouncing in his Mr. Mystery suit. "Dude! You have to try that new video game that just dropped! We'll marathon it tonight—I even cleared the couch!"
Even with the whole Mystery Shack business riding on his shoulders, Soos was still Soos. Professional hat or not, the same goofy, loveable guy shone through every word.
Mabel, on the other hand, had wrapped her arms around Melody, who stood proudly in her question mark uniform. "Melody!" Mabel squealed. "You look so official!" Melody laughed, bending down as Mabel introduced her to Waddles. "This is Waddles. He's the most important pig in my life."
Melody leaned forward with the gravitas of meeting royalty. "It's an honor, Waddles," she said as she gently shook his hoof.
Nearby, Pacifica had barely opened her arms before Mabel swooped in, squeezing the air out of her. Their shared giggles rang through the backyard like bells.
And from the food table, Y/n heard them clearly.
Each burst of laughter pricked at her skin, like invisible needles. Pokes of something she couldn't name—maybe jealousy, maybe longing. Maybe both. She took another sip of her juice, but it didn't wash the feeling down.
Was that what she wanted with Dipper? To hug and laugh together in the summer sun like it was the most natural thing in the world?
But when she remembered their earlier greeting—how there wasn't even a smile in it—her chest felt heavier.
Thankfully, no one else in Gravity Falls seemed to notice whatever weird tension was happening between her and Dipper—except for a few watchful eyes she was trying her best to avoid. She dodged them like the plague, insisting to herself that she was perfectly fine just hanging back and slowly eating through half the charcuterie board.
Three hours of dancing, karaoke, and snacks later, the party finally wound down. Thanks to McGucket's robot maid, the backyard was spotless in minutes, and everyone had said their goodbyes as evening rolled in. A few of their friends promised to hang out again tomorrow, figuring the twins would need the night to rest after their trip.
Mabel had no complaints—she let out a big yawn and the twins headed upstairs to their attic room, untouched since the last time but noticeably cleaner.
Downstairs, while Soos and Melody were getting ready for bed, Stan, Ford, and Y/n stayed behind in the kitchen.
Stan had decided to cook up a late-night snack—frittatas, a step up from your average omelet. With the couple expanding on their fridge ingredients, Stan had to take advantage. The scent of eggs and spices filled the room. Y/n had her legs propped up on the table, balancing on the back legs of her chair as she quietly sipped a can of Pitt Cola. Ford was doing the same, lazily running his fingers over the smooth glass of a beer bottle.
The kitchen was calm, filled only with the sound of oil sizzling on the pan and Stan's soft humming.
Then Ford broke the silence—not abruptly, but with the kind of casual weight that only came from hours of unspoken thoughts finally settling.
"You were quiet today," he said, eyes still on his bottle.
Y/n's grip on the Pitt Cola can faltered just slightly, then she took another sip. "Was I?"
Stan didn't look away from the stovetop but let out a low chuckle. "Kid, I know what sulking looks like."
"I wasn't sulking," she muttered, the words quick and defensive. "Just... tired."
Ford glanced over. "From the party, or from seeing him?"
She didn't answer right away.
Stan turned off the stove, the pan now resting on a cool burner as he slid out the golden-brown frittatas onto a plate. "We're not trying to get in your business, kid. But you know us—if you do need to talk..."
Y/n stared down at the dark fizz in her can, watching the bubbles float and disappear. "It's just weird," she admitted finally, voice softer than before. "He barely looked at me. Like we were strangers."
Ford nodded slowly, thoughtful. "That kind of distance doesn't usually happen overnight."
"I don't think he's mad," she added quickly, "but it's like... he didn't know how to be around me."
Stan raised an eyebrow as he placed a plate of food in front of her. "Well, let me ask you this: do you know how to be around him?"
She blinked, and for a second, the question hit harder than expected. She didn't have a ready answer for that.
Ford set down his bottle with a small clink, his tone gentler now. "Summer's only just begun. Whatever this is, you've got time to figure it out. But don't let that time go to waste by pretending you're not hurt."
Y/n gave a faint nod, finally picking at the food in front of her. "Thanks," she said, almost a whisper.
The kitchen fell back into that same comfortable silence. Only now, the quiet felt less heavy—like the kind that comes after the first deep breath.
***
It was a new morning—and Y/n decided it needed to feel like one as she climbed out of bed. Her usual routine settled in like clockwork: freshening up, feeding Waffles with a generous scoop in his bowl, and tending to the second bowl—one filled with water and home to Lotus, her axolotl. As she brushed her teeth, Lotus floated up with a cheerful grin, as if greeting her for the day.
With her lab coat slipped on, she made her way to the front door to flip the clinic sign from "Closed" to "Open." But just as she opened it, she was met with an unexpected surprise. A creature stood there—seemingly waiting for her.
"Oh!" she gasped, instinctively stepping aside to usher it inside. Kneeling beside it, she gave it a quick once-over. "A Geodite," she muttered under her breath, hearing the soft, anxious cries it let out. "Where does it hurt, little one?"
The creature ambled in with its crystal legs gently clinking. It turned around to reveal a burn mark near its rear—likely from a run-in with fire.
"I'll be right back," she said gently, hurrying to the kitchen and pulling a bag of ice from the freezer. Returning, she placed the bag down and patted it. "Sometimes healing comes in different forms. Lie on this, okay?"
The Geodite chirped—a high-pitched, satisfied trill—as it settled onto the ice. A perfect fit.
Y/n smiled and grabbed her clipboard, quickly jotting down notes. Its behavior was fascinating—unlike anything she had observed before. She'd encountered Geodites during her expedition with Ford and McGucket, but never had she seen one this content, this trusting.
She was mid-sentence when a loud knock startled her, causing her pen to streak a thick black line across her paper. "Oh—!"
"Hello!? Y/n, is this your clinic? Oh my gosh, it looks soooo neat!"
The Geodite let out an alarmed shrill. "Shhh, it's okay! You're alright," Y/n soothed, carefully lifting the ice bag with the creature and heading toward one of the private rooms. "I'll just transfer you here for some peace, okay?" And for extra measure, she even opened the window for the morning air to seep through. "Remind me to close it in like... an hour."
She called out over her shoulder, "Uh, come in!"
Mabel burst through the door with Waddles trotting beside her. As Y/n shut the door behind them, Mabel bounded forward like a spring.
"Y/n! Wow, you look like a real doctor!"
Y/n gave a sheepish smile, tucking her hands into the deep pockets of her lab coat. "Thank you. What brings you here? Are you alright? Is Waddles okay?"
"No, no, we're fine, silly," Mabel giggled. "Waddles and I were just out for a morning stroll around Gravity Falls. Oh, and—here!" She handed her a paper bag. "Pacifica got this for you."
Curious, Y/n peeked inside. Two bagels.
"Thanks. Come on, follow me," she said, leading Mabel into the back area of the clinic—her personal living space.
Mabel immediately began admiring the room, pointing out little things she liked and a million more she could improve with glitter or stickers. Y/n, meanwhile, started brewing a fresh cup of coffee with her new coffee machine—a birthday gift from Stan.
"Want some?" she asked, glancing back.
"Oh, no thanks. Too bitter for me," Mabel waved her hand. "I live off Mabel Juice!"
"With extra plastic dinosaurs, I assume?"
"You know it!" Mabel beamed.
That's when Y/n blinked, finally realizing something. "Wait—you don't have your braces anymore!"
Mabel grinned and cupped her cheeks with both hands. "I know, right? Can you believe it? I got them off a week before school started! But I just wear retainers now, which is like— same thing," she shrugged. "I remove them every now and then. Honestly, braces are like part of me, and it's just another accessory for me to bedazzle!"
Y/n leaned against the counter with her mug in hand, eyes widening in surprise. "You look great. Not that you didn't before—just... you really glow now."
"Aww, thank you!" Mabel said, rocking on her heels. "The orthodontist said my teeth were 'remarkably cooperative,' which is probably the nicest thing anyone's ever said to me about my bones."
Y/n laughed, taking a sip of her coffee. "That's a very Mabel thing to say."
They both shared a warm chuckle before Mabel's gaze wandered to the clipboard Y/n had left earlier on a nearby table. "So... what was that I saw earlier?"
"A Geodite," Y/n nodded, setting her mug down. "It was already at the doorstep when I opened up. Poor thing had burns on its legs. I'm treating it with ice for now while I monitor its behavior."
"That's so cool," Mabel said with a breath of awe. "You're like a vet and a scientist and a fairy godmother all rolled into one."
Deciding to change the topic, Y/n decided to talk about Mabel instead of herself. ""Have you been doing morning runs?" Y/n asked, noticing the slight sheen on Mabel's forehead and the running shoes peeking beneath her long skirt.
Mabel perked up. "Yup! Every morning before school back in California. But now that I've done it here in Gravity Falls, I realized that it's perfect for morning jogs! There's always a cool breeze, and the smell of pine just hits differently in the morning."
Y/n chuckled. "What do you think of the place now that Mayor Cutebiker's in charge?"
Mabel paused to think, then shrugged with a bright grin. "It's still homely as ever. Everyone's been super nice—especially the folks at the diner! I swear they gave me an extra slice of pie just for complimenting the wallpaper. Twice."
Y/n raised an eyebrow playfully. "And that one blonde?"
Mabel gasped, face instantly turning red. "Oh shut up!" she giggled, lightly kicking her feet. "She has her hair up today, it was the cutest thing! So I said that her hair was nice—"
"Thus the two free bagels. Charming," teased Y/n.
"Hey! I gave them to you anyway, so..."
"Mmhm."
"I was planning on doing those runs with Dipper soon," Mabel said, changing the subject with a wave of her hand. "But that dork doesn't always wake up as early as I do."
The air in the room shifted ever so slightly. Y/n's smile faded just a bit. She looked down at the rim of her mug, spinning it slightly with her fingers. She didn't really know how to respond whenever Dipper came up. Things still felt... off.
Mabel, sensing the tension, tried to carry on casually. "If only he sleeps much more earlier than he does..." she trailed off with a sheepish chuckle.
That's when Y/n finally looked up, worry flickering in her eyes. "He hasn't been sleeping well?"
Mabel blinked, her smile faltering as she met Y/n's gaze. "Uh..."
She had said too much.
Before she could stumble through an explanation, there was a knock on the door again. This time softer. More hesitant.
Mabel turned her head. "Expecting anyone?"
Y/n shook her head, already heading for the door. When she opened it, her breath caught just slightly.
It was Dipper.
"Hey, can we talk?"
Mabel gave Y/n a look—half smile, half raised brow—before grabbing Waddles. "Welp! That's my cue. Come on, Wads. Time to see if squirrels are awake this time of morning!"
She winked at Y/n before slipping out the door, leaving the two alone.
Y/n stepped aside, motioning for Dipper to come in.
He did.
The door clicked shut, and silence rushed back in to fill the room.
Y/n stood there, arms loose at her sides, suddenly aware of how quiet everything had gotten. Dipper, still by the entrance, rubbed the back of his neck. He didn't look her in the eye at first.
He looked... tired.
Not in the dramatic, falling-apart kind of way, but in the subtle, familiar way she could read without trying. His hoodie hung a little looser on his frame, like he hadn't paid attention when getting dressed. His hair was a bit unkempt, more than usual, with the front strands pushed up like he ran a hand through it too many times. And his eyes—those were the biggest giveaway. Not bloodshot or swollen, but ringed with that faint shadow underneath, the kind you earn after too many nights staying up too late, thinking too much. His posture even said it; shoulders not quite slouched, but not upright either. Like someone carrying invisible weight.
She didn't mean to assume, but... it still looked like he hadn't been sleeping well.
It made her heart ache a little.
The air between them felt heavy—thick with the weight of yesterday, the party, the awkward hello. And now this. How does one even start?
Right.
As teenagers.
"I, uh..." Dipper finally looked up, his voice soft but steady. "I just wanted to say I'm sorry. For how I acted yesterday."
Y/n blinked, unsure what to say at first. The apology caught her off guard—not because she didn't think he'd say it, but because it came so soon. So plainly. No buildup, no dramatic lead-in.
"I didn't mean to be weird. Or cold," he continued, fidgeting with the strap of his backpack. "I was just... caught off guard. I wasn't expecting to see you. Not like that. And I didn't really know how to react, and I guess I kind of froze up."
He gave a small laugh, nervous and a little self-deprecating. "Which is stupid, because you didn't do anything wrong."
Y/n stayed still, trying to process the words. There was still tension in her chest, a stubborn little knot that wouldn't go away, but hearing him talk—seeing him try—eased some of it.
"I thought maybe you didn't want to see me," she admitted quietly.
"What? No. No, not at all," Dipper said quickly, stepping forward. "I wanted to. I just—" he sighed, "—I don't know. Everything felt different all of a sudden. Like you were someone I hadn't seen in years. Like I had to re-learn how to talk to you."
Y/n let out a breath she didn't realize she'd been holding, her voice soft but steady.
"Maybe that's not such a bad thing," she said. "We are different, Dipper. I've changed, and you have too. But that doesn't mean we have to treat each other like strangers."
She met his eyes then, her words more certain. "It just means we get to know each other all over again. And maybe this version of us... is something new. Something better."
Dipper unknowingly winced at that—like the words stung in a place he wasn't ready to admit was still sore.
He wasn't exactly something better.
At least, not in the way he hoped he'd be by now. Not after everything.
His shoulders dipped slightly, eyes flicking down toward the floor. "Yeah," he said quietly, though it sounded more like he was trying to convince himself. "I guess... I guess that makes sense."
But the way he said it—like he didn't quite believe it—made Y/n's chest tighten.
"Thank you for explaining," she said, voice soft but steady as she looked him in the eye. "We can agree that yesterday was kinda awkward for the both of us?"
Dipper let out a short breath, almost a laugh, and nodded. "Yeah. Yeah, definitely awkward."
There was a pause—just long enough for the tension to soften around them.
Then, finally, he smiled a little. It was tired, maybe, but it was real.
"Can we... try again?" he asked. "From the top?"
Y/n gave a small smile in return. "Sure."
"Pretend we're back at the bus stop."
"Okay—"
But before she could even finish, Dipper quickly—yet gently—pulled her in for a hug. It wasn't sudden in a way that startled her, but in a way that carried all the unspoken apologies and things he wasn't sure how to say. His arms wrapped around her in a warmth that she hadn't realized she missed until now.
Y/n blinked, surprised at first—but slowly, her arms came up around him too. And just like that, the distance between them, whatever it had been, started to fade.
They parted slowly, a kind of quiet understanding settling between them as Dipper breathed out, the weight on his shoulders visibly lighter.
"I've always wanted to do that," he admitted, a little shy, "the moment we rode the bus back to Gravity Falls."
Y/n smiled, eyes warm. "Same," she said softly.
But before either of them could follow it up, a low growl rumbled through the room—coming from Dipper's stomach. His face flushed as he instinctively rubbed the back of his neck.
"I probably should've gotten breakfast before coming here," he said, voice sheepish.
Y/n couldn't help the laugh that slipped out. "You dork," she teased, already turning toward the kitchen counter. "We can have breakfast here. I have coffee and a bagel."
Dipper lit up, following her steps with an eager nod. "Perfect."
The atmosphere between them had lightened—so effortlessly that it was almost like the awkwardness from before had never existed. Conversation flowed easily now, back and forth, punctuated with laughter and gentle teasing. Their empty coffee cups sat cooling on the counter, and the pair of bagels were long gone. Still, neither of them moved from the small living room space. No knocks came, no sudden patients barging in, no interruptions from friends.
They didn't notice the time, and they didn't care.
Dipper had just launched into a passionate defense of his wardrobe choices—specifically, his undying love for plaid—when a loud crash shattered the moment.
Y/n's body tensed before she even processed it. Her muscles moved on instinct as she bolted upright from the couch, startling Dipper with how quickly she reacted.
"Y/n?" he called, standing up, but she was already out the door.
His confusion quickly gave way to concern as he hurried after her.
Y/n didn't need to guess—she knew where the sound came from. Her boots echoed in the hallway as she rushed toward the one place she left vulnerable: the room with the Geodite. The one room she forgot to close the window in.
She swung the door open.
Her heart sank.
The ice bag was already a puddle on the floor, tossed into a corner. The Geodite scrambled around the room in a blind panic, its glassy limbs clinking in frantic rhythm. But what truly made her stomach drop was the fiery creature that chased it—a Scampfire.
It skittered like a spider, its legs crackling with flames, body hunched over like a bonfire with claws. Scampfires were ravenous and erratic, their behavior unpredictable—but one thing was certain: they fed on anything combustible. And Geodites? Crystalline beings with a deep-rooted elemental weakness to fire.
Y/n didn't hesitate.
She lunged across the room and planted herself firmly between the Geodite and the encroaching Scampfire, arms outstretched in defense. Her voice rang sharp.
"Back off!"
The Scampfire hissed, flame whipping as it reared back, assessing her. Behind her, the Geodite trembled, small panicked chirps rising from its throat.
Dipper reached the doorway just in time to see her block the creature's path, a mix of awe and alarm washing over his face.
"Y/n—what is that thing?!" he shouted.
"Scampfire!" she yelled without taking her eyes off it. "Fire creature. Eats anything. And this one's trying to kill my patient!"
The room's temperature was rising fast, the flames licking the air as the creature prepared another charge.
"Dipper—get the extinguisher!" she ordered.
He spun on his heel without another word, racing to find it.
Without another second to waste, Y/n crouched and gently scooped up the Geodite, cradling its trembling form close to her chest. Its crystal legs clicked weakly against her lab coat, its body hot from the proximity to the flames. She could feel its panic vibrating through her arms.
"It's okay, I got you," she whispered, eyes still locked on the snarling Scampfire.
The fiery creature hissed, its embers flaring as it skittered side to side, looking for an opening. Y/n took one careful step back—then another—before dashing out the door, keeping the Geodite shielded against her. The Scampfire lunged, but it was too late; she slammed the door behind her with a thud, locking it in.
A second later, Dipper rounded the corner, panting, a red fire extinguisher in hand. "Got it!"
"Now!" she shouted.
Dipper threw open the door again, eyes landing immediately on the blaze inside. The Scampfire turned to face him, sparks flying off its limbs. Hands fumbling, he pulled out the pin with a sharp tug, aimed the nozzle with shaky focus, and squeezed the handle.
A harsh spray of foam blasted across the room. The Scampfire hissed furiously, its flaming limbs flailing as the foam coated it in thick, white frost. It staggered, shrieking in high-pitched wails before finally collapsing in a cloud of steam. The firelight dimmed, replaced by the sound of dripping foam.
Dipper stood there, frozen, extinguisher still in hand.
He stared at the limp, still form of the creature—its fire extinguished, its movement gone. He swallowed hard, voice quiet. "I... did I just kill it?"
Y/n looked up from where she knelt beside the Geodite in the hallway, gently placing a cold compress under its scorched lower half. Her voice was calm but firm.
"Don't worry," she said, adjusting the Geodite so it could rest comfortably on a towel. "They're only extinguished for now. We just needed to restrain them."
Dipper blinked, still catching his breath. "You're sure?"
"Positive," she nodded, meeting his eyes. "Scampfires can reignite once they've cooled down. We just have to contain it before that happens."
The tension in Dipper's shoulders loosened slightly as he lowered the extinguisher. He looked back at the soot-covered room, then at her.
"That was... intense."
Y/n gave a tired, crooked smile. "Welcome to creature care."
***
Dipper stayed in the clinic for the rest of the morning, awkward at first—leaning against walls, shifting from foot to foot, unsure if he was in the way. But Y/n didn't seem to mind, occasionally glancing his way with a soft smile or a simple nod that silently said, you're okay where you are.
So he stayed. And watched.
Watched as she moved from room to room, a gentle command in every step she took, a rhythm in how she handled the wounded and odd. Some of the creatures looked like they belonged in a textbook, others like they crawled out of one of Ford's weirder journals. A Sootglider with a broken wing. A Dust Mole sneezing uncontrollably. One creature with transparent skin whose heartbeat he could see pulsing right through its body. Each one came in aching, irritated, anxious—and each one left calmer than before. All because of her.
Dipper had seen her do this before, of course. But there was something about today. Maybe it was the sun pouring through the windows, or the way her coat caught light as she bent down to check a paw, a wing, a limb. Maybe it was the way her voice shifted—gentle, kind, confident—whenever she spoke to her patients, living or strange. Or maybe he was just noticing her again, fully, for the first time in a while.
He didn't know how long he had been standing there when a knock pulled him out of his head.
Melody's voice called gently, "Delivery!"
Y/n opened the door and smiled wide. "Melody!"
She held up two lunchboxes. "One for you, and—" she tilted her head toward Dipper— "a second one for the mysterious shadow lurking around your walls."
Dipper chuckled sheepishly as he stepped into view. "Hey. Uh. Thanks."
Melody winked. "I figured. Mabel's texts are like lightning bolts. Apparently you've set up a base here."
"Guess I have."
"She told me to tell you to please eat," Melody added with a laugh, handing the lunchbox over. "She's already planning dinner."
Y/n smiled as she took hers, popping it open and humming at the smell. "Well, she's not wrong. We've been on our feet since morning."
Dipper took a seat on the stool by the counter, glancing around the clinic once more. "How do you do this every day?"
She shrugged, pulling out her utensils. "Because it matters. They need help, I help. It's not always dramatic. Sometimes it's just a splinter or a burn. But they leave better than they came in." She looked over at him. "Isn't that what we've always tried to do?"
Dipper paused, then nodded. "Yeah. It is."
Both of them sat still—eating lunch in the middle of a strange but healing place, with the quiet comfort of knowing they didn't need to fill the space with anything else.
After lunch, the rhythm of the clinic gently resumed—though a quiet caution hung in the air. Y/n moved carefully, her expression calm but alert as she approached the resting Geodite once more. It had stopped its frantic pacing, but its crystal limbs still trembled now and then, twitching with the memory of fear.
She crouched beside it, holding out a fresh ice bag wrapped neatly in a soft towel. "Here," she murmured gently, voice barely above a whisper. "No more fire. Just ice. Just rest."
The Geodite blinked slowly, letting out a soft, shivering hum. After a moment, it curled its little body over the bag, cautiously testing the coolness against its scorched back. A few more seconds passed, and it gave a quieter noise—almost like a sigh. Y/n smiled faintly, her shoulders relaxing.
Meanwhile, the Scampfire had been relocated across the room—contained inside a special holding box that McGucket had designed, complete with reinforced glass and an adjustable oxygen system. The lid was secured tight, with vents that could regulate humidity and suppress sparks before they could become anything dangerous. The creature, now doused of its flame but very much alive, was grumpy. It skittered across the interior, chewing lazily on what remained of Y/n's lunch—box and all.
"I swear, it just ate the whole thing," Dipper remarked from behind her, standing beside the reinforced box and watching with a mix of awe and concern.
"Let it," Y/n said with a tired chuckle, eyes still on the Geodite. "As long as it's not combusting or chewing through the walls, it's fine. I'll have to observe it more later."
Dipper glanced at the burnt edges of one of the plastic containers. "You sure this thing won't reignite?"
"Not in there. McGucket built this container for spontaneous combustibles like it. We'll keep it monitored, just in case. But for now..." She looked back at the Geodite, gently covering it with a light cloth to help ease its trembling. "I think we all need some peace and quiet."
Dipper nodded, voice softer now. "Yeah... you're right."
***
The hours melted away quietly, and before either of them realized it, the sky outside had dimmed into a soft navy blue, streaked with the last blushes of daylight. It was dinnertime—or at least, it should've been—but neither of them made any move to leave.
No new patients had arrived, and the clinic had settled into an unspoken stillness. Y/n, still moving with gentle precision, began tidying up the space—restocking shelves, disinfecting tables, returning misplaced instruments to their rightful drawers. Dipper had stayed without being asked, silently stepping in to help. Jacket now discarded, he swept the floor, organized scattered notepads, and even helped toss out the melted ice bags and empty coffee cups.
They didn't say much, but there was no need to. The soft clinks of cleaning, the rustle of papers, and the occasional shared glance said enough. It was peaceful. Familiar, even. Like they'd done this together a hundred times before.
By the time everything was spotless, Y/n let out a quiet sigh and slumped onto the couch, flipping through a few sheets of her last week's patient reports. Dipper followed suit, settling beside her, his hand reaching for something to occupy his attention. He grabbed a rolled-up magazine from the edge of the coffee table—left behind by Pacifica, probably, with its cover all glitzy and fashion-forward. Still, he thumbed through it with mild interest, occasionally scoffing at some absurd ad or strange fashion pick.
They weren't pressed shoulder to shoulder, but their closeness felt natural. There was no stiffness in how their legs stretched out, no discomfort in the quiet. It was domestic as hell—the kind of quiet that didn't need to be filled, the kind that said you're safe here.
Y/n shifted slightly, her elbow brushing Dipper's arm, but neither of them moved away.
This was new. This was easy. And somehow, they both welcomed it like they had always been meant to.
It was quiet for a long while. That was, until Y/n felt something shift against her shoulder– something warm and unexpectedly heavy. She froze. A soft breath tickled her cheek, and when she turned her head, she found Dipper completely out cold, leaning against her like he had been holding it together all day and just... couldn't anymore.
Y/n blinked, unsure of what to do. Part of her didn't want to move. She was warm, and oddly settled. But she knew the angle couldn't be comfortable for him—or her. So, with careful precision, she shifted slowly, gently catching his head before it could slump too far. She guided him to the opposite end of the couch, lifting his head just enough to slip a cushion underneath.
He didn't stir, not even a murmur.
She rose from her seat and hovered for a moment after settling Dipper comfortably on the couch, intending to walk away—but something made her pause. Her gaze lingered on him, on the soft rhythm of his breath, and then... she noticed it.
Peeking just beneath the collar of his shirt, barely visible under the gentle rise and fall of his chest, was a silver chain. And dangling from it—slightly tilted against his skin—was a small daisy pendant.
Her breath caught.
It was that necklace. The one she had given him during their last day of summer together, nearly a year ago. She remembered slipping it into his hand, nervous but hopeful, her fingers brushing his as she told him it was "just something to remember her by." She remembered the way he had looked at it—then at her—and then pressed a kiss to her cheek before boarding the bus.
That moment had been warm, full of something unsaid but treasured.
And now, seeing the pendant again, out in the open like that, she felt a quiet ache.
Yesterday felt so different compared to that memory—cold, uncertain. But tonight? Tonight he showed up. Tonight he apologized. Tonight he stayed.
She let her gaze soften. He remembered. He kept it.
She slipped away quietly, her footsteps barely making a sound as she wandered the clinic halls, scanning the space for anything useful to do in the meantime. She figured she might as well check on her patients.
The Geodite was still tucked into its makeshift bed of cool packs, finally asleep. It will probably need to be discharged tomorrow so it could go back to its family. Its crystal limbs twitched slightly with each breath, making Y/n smile softly in amusement. Then she moved on to the Scampfire, peeking into the specialized container McGucket had given her. Surprisingly, it too seemed to be dozing, but there was already an ember glow pulsing from its curled form.
With nothing left to tend to for now, she returned to her desk, opened her journal, and began to write. Her pen moved with intention, each line a record of today's line of patients: first and foremost was the Geodite, then the Dust Mole, and other creatures, and the intrusion of the Scampfire. She also jotted down the steps she took to treat and contain them, the behaviors she observed— for future references.
Then she hesitated.
She twirled the pen between her fingers, tapping it lightly against the edge of the journal. Her gaze flickered towards the lounge, where Dipper lay still, deep in sleep. She debated. It wasn't exactly scientific, what she was about to write... but it was honest.
So, in a small corner of the page, she scribbled: Dipper Pines assisted through extinguisher handling, fire suppression, and cleanup. Stayed the rest of the day.
Then, in small, neat handwriting, she wrote a note—just for herself:
"He still wears the daisy.🗝"
That was it. Simple. Clean. But now that she wrote it, she couldn't stop thinking about him. About how he stood awkwardly at first, but gradually settled into her little world like he belonged. Apologizing like he meant every word he said, that he was truly sorry about his attitude, then proceeded to help clean without being asked, quietly watching her work. About how he just... stayed. She wasn't sure when that started meaning something to her. But it did.
With that thought, Y/n gently shut her journal and set it aside.
Her stomach gave a low grumble in protest, and that reminded her—Dipper hadn't eaten since lunch either. She glanced at him again, still curled up peacefully, and an idea sparked.
She should get dinner for the both of them. Something warm. Something ready to eat the moment he woke up, so he wouldn't have to do anything but sit down and be taken care of for once.
She slipped on her jacket quietly, deciding not to leave a note. She wouldn't be long. Besides, by this hour, she imagined that Mabel was probably having dinner with Soos, Melody, and Abuelita. Maybe even with Stan and Ford at the McGucket mansion if the twins decided to swing by there instead. Either way, Dipper wouldn't be missed just yet.
***
Y/n blinked, caught a little off guard by how smoothly everything had gone. When she first stepped into the Mystery Shack, she half-expected to be met with curious glances, teasing remarks, or at the very least someone calling out, "Where's your other half?" But instead, she was just... welcomed. Greeted casually, like she was always meant to show up at dinnertime, like her being there without Dipper was perfectly normal.
She spotted Melody laughing at something Soos said while Abuelita expertly stirred a pot, already portioning food into containers before Y/n could even open her mouth. As if she knew. As if she had known the moment Y/n walked in that she wasn't here to sit and stay—she was here to take care of someone.
Abuelita handed her a packed meal with a smile as soft as warm bread. "For the boy too," she said, gently patting Y/n's wrist. Y/n only nodded in thanks, unsure how to even begin expressing the warmth that swelled in her chest.
Mabel came to her side like a whirlwind, already wrapping up a second dinner box in her hands. There was a glint in her eye, the same mischievous spark Y/n had seen countless times before—except this one wasn't meant to start trouble. This one... was knowing.
With a playful bump of her hip and a wink that made Y/n's face burn, Mabel handed over the second dinner. "How is he?" she whispered, low enough to slip under the clamor of laughter and conversation going on at the table.
Y/n glanced at her, expecting the question to be more like, "Where is he?" or "What was he doing when you left?" but Mabel didn't ask what Dipper was doing. She asked how he was.
The weight of that hit Y/n a little harder than she expected.
"He fell asleep," she replied, her voice soft but certain. "I'm just grabbing dinner for us before he wakes up."
Mabel's grin mellowed, but the shine didn't fade. "You're too sweet," she said, and then, placing a hand on Y/n's shoulder, she leaned in and added, "Now run along before he wakes up and sees you're not there."
Y/n blinked, then laughed under her breath. Mabel said it in a joking tone, but there was something gentle behind it. Urgency, maybe—but a kind one. Like she knew Dipper would want to wake up with someone nearby. Like she knew it was important.
"I'm going," Y/n promised with a smile, clutching the dinner bags close. With a grateful nod to the others, she slipped out the front door, her heart warm and beating fast.
And maybe—just maybe—she was a little eager to get back, too.
***
Y/n returned to the clinic, slipping back inside just as quietly as she'd left. To her amusement, Dipper was still asleep, lying in the exact same position as before. The sight made her giggle under her breath. Maybe she could surprise him with dinner once he woke up.
She made her way to the kitchen, grabbing two plates and unwrapping the containers. The smell of warm food filled the room as she portioned everything out and poured two glasses of water. Just as she set the glasses down, a sound behind her made her pause.
She turned—and her smile vanished.
Dipper was shifting restlessly on the couch, hands twitching like he couldn't find a place to settle them. His face was tight with tension, eyebrows drawn together as his breathing became uneven. His eyes were still shut, but his lips were moving, whispering out broken words.
"No. No. No, no, no—"
"Dipper," Y/n called softly, inching toward him. "Dipper?" she tried again, louder this time. But he didn't stir. If anything, it only got worse.
He was trapped in a nightmare, and panic began to rise in her chest. She rushed to his side, crouching down in front of him, hands hovering before gently settling on his arms.
"Dipper, hey. Wake up. You're okay, I'm here," she whispered, trying not to startle him but desperate to reach him. She shook him gently, hands warm against his skin, grounding him—just like she used to with Stan when the past came back too loudly.
But this wasn't Stan. This was Dipper, and he wasn't waking up.
"No, no, no!!" His voice cracked through the air, sharp and scared.
Then... a knock on the door.
It broke through whatever nightmare he was in. Dipper jolted upright, gasping, eyes snapping open. The sudden movement startled them both, his chest heaving as he tried to ground himself, eyes darting around the room. They finally landed on her.
Y/n stared back, wide-eyed and worried. She opened her mouth, gently trying, "Dipper—"
But he was already standing.
Wordless.
He turned and walked out of the lounge, ignoring the food they never got to eat. Y/n scrambled up to follow him, heart pounding.
By the time she reached the front door, Dipper was already swinging it open. Pacifica stood there, hand still lifted from knocking, caught off guard. But Dipper didn't stop—didn't say a word. He brushed right past her and broke into a run.
Pacifica flinched, her eyes following him in surprise. "Dipper?"
"Dipper, wait!" Y/n's voice came sharp and desperate as she ran after him. "Dipper!"
But he didn't look back. His figure kept moving until it faded into the trees and disappeared into the dark.
Pacifica stood frozen in place, eyes flicking between the empty doorway and Y/n's silhouette at the edge of the pavement, breathless and helpless.
"What the heck just happened?!"
***
***
PETGBB'S NSTRRQLC ILWOCU IA EYUIOGJG
🗝:???
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 36!
[author's note] i apologize for the two month wait 💀 i'm temporarily free for now so i just need to write all i need. it's hard coming up with new ideas for the third season, but i'm slowly working my way through it! thank you all so much for reading and supporting this book. i love you all!!!!!!!! (totally not sleep-deprived right now)
u guys have questions?
Chapter 58: Indie Bands and Banding Together
Chapter Text
Pacifica paced back and forth across the spotless white tiles, her heels clicking with every frustrated step. "I just don't get it. You two spent the whole afternoon together, you made dinner—for two—and then he just left?"
While Pacifica was practically carving a groove into the floor, Y/n sat motionless on the couch, palms pressed hard against her eyes as if willing the tears to stop. The pressure didn't help. She could feel everything building, the dam threatening to break with every shaky breath.
A tight frown tugged at her lips before a soft sob finally slipped out—just enough to make Pacifica freeze.
The blonde turned slowly, eyes landing on her friend. She hesitated, then walked over and sat beside her, reaching out to gently pat her shoulder.
The touch was enough to unravel her. Y/n's shoulders began to tremble, and she leaned forward as if trying to fold into herself.
She hated this feeling—like she was unraveling at the seams. Hopeless. Powerless. Vulnerable.
Pacifica gently pulled Y/n closer, her hand rubbing slow, calming circles on her back. "It's okay," she whispered, her voice steady despite the ache she felt for her friend. "You're okay."
Y/n didn't respond, not with words. Her tears soaked into her sleeve as her body trembled quietly, caught in the tug-of-war between hurt and worry. It stung—Dipper leaving without a word, disappearing as if none of it meant anything. But what haunted her more was the look on his face before he ran.
She'd seen fear in people before—patients panicking, children crying—but there was something different about Dipper. That moment stuck to her ribs like a bad dream. His sleep had been restless, his voice cracking as he mumbled no over and over, trapped in something he couldn't escape from. And then he woke—and fled.
She wanted to be angry. Maybe a part of her was. But more than anything, she was scared. Not of what he did... but of what he might be going through.
***
It had all happened so fast. One moment, Mabel was upstairs in the attic, humming softly as she tucked Waddles into his blanket. The shack had quieted down for the night—most of the lights were off, everyone settling into their beds. Peaceful.
Then came the sudden, frantic footsteps thudding down the hall, followed by the door slamming open.
Dipper stumbled inside, breathless, his eyes wild like he had just outrun something only he could see. Without a word, he collapsed onto the bed, curling into himself with his knees drawn up tight to his chest. His hands were trembling. His breaths came in sharp, uneven bursts like it physically hurt to inhale.
Mabel didn't ask questions. She just rushed to his side.
The only light in the room came from the flickering flame of the bedside lamp, casting soft shadows across the walls. Dipper sat hunched over, trying and failing to calm himself. The dam had already cracked, and now the tears came pouring out like they had been waiting all day.
He hated this. The vulnerability. The weakness. But no matter how hard he tried to hold it in, his heart was crying for help—and tonight, it finally won.
Mabel pulled him close, cradling his head to her shoulder like she used to when they were little. Her fingers ran through his hair, slow and soothing. She didn't say anything at first. She didn't need to. Because sometimes, the only thing that helps is knowing someone's there. And right now, Mabel was.
After some time, she gently broke the silence, her voice low and tender.
"Bad dream?"
Dipper gave a small nod, his breath shaky. "...Nightmare," he muttered, barely audible.
He kept his eyes on the ceiling, blinking rapidly like it would somehow wash the images away. He didn't speak any further—didn't describe what he saw or what it meant. Maybe he couldn't. Maybe the words just wouldn't come.
But Mabel didn't press him.
She could see it in his face—in the way his shoulders tensed, the way his arms stayed tightly wrapped around his legs, the way his throat bobbed as he tried to keep the emotions down.
He didn't need to say what it was.
It was enough to know it shook him.
And that it hurt.
***
***
The next day, it was as if nothing had happened.
No one knew. No one but Mabel.
Dipper did his best to wear a halfway-decent smile, answering casually when someone asked if he was okay or if he wanted something to eat. He moved through the morning like someone trying not to disturb the water—quiet, polite, holding it together.
Abuelita simply assumed he was being a regular teenage boy, maybe dealing with some growing pains or big feelings. Soos and Melody, meanwhile, were neck-deep in some Mystery Shack repairs and barely noticed anything amiss.
But Mabel did.
Sweet, sweet Mabel, who didn't make a big deal out of it. No long stares, no sad eyes, no over-the-top fussing. Just... gentle gestures. She flashed him that classic, toothy grin, the kind she saved for when she really wanted to lift someone's spirits. Then, without a word, she handed him a plate of waffles—drizzled with syrup, a single neat pat of butter on top.
Dipper looked down at it, then back up at her.
A smile tugged at his lips. Small, tired, but real.
But if Dipper thought Mabel was just going to let this one slide and carry on like nothing happened, then he clearly didn't know his sister at all.
As the kitchen sat in quiet stillness that morning—Dipper lost in his thoughts, poking absentmindedly at the last of his waffles—Mabel sat across from him, equally quiet but miles away in her own mind. Schemes were already forming behind her eyes. Plans. Gentle interventions. Ways to turn silence into something healing. If there was ever a time for her to step up in her role as the alpha twin, it was now.
She'd do anything for her brother.
That's why she decided to push back her morning walk. Waddles didn't seem to mind—he still trailed faithfully behind her, hooves softly clacking against the pavement as they made their way to the diner.
She was expecting Pacifica, of course. But what she didn't expect was to spot two other familiar faces seated by the window—Candy and Grenda. Well, that made things easier. No need to visit their houses now. Three birds, one diner.
Mabel grinned and snuck up behind their booth, throwing her arms around the two from behind. "SURPRISE HUG!"
Candy let out a little squeak while Grenda nearly jumped out of her seat, both of them shouting, "MABEL!" in unison.
The three of them were always loud. Always bright. And never—ever—quiet in the mornings.
Actually, never quiet at any hour.
After the round of greetings and Waddles happily plopping down beside Candy, Mabel made her way to the counter where Pacifica was diligently wiping down the marble surface. It was her usual post in the mornings, sleeves rolled up, expression calm and collected—until a certain bouncing ball of energy made her way over.
"Morning, Pacifica!" Mabel chirped, practically singing the words.
Pacifica looked up, offering a small, polite smile. "Good morning, Mabel. You here for breakfast?"
Mabel waved her hands dismissively. "Nah, already ate before I left the house. I just came to see you!"
Pacifica blinked. Somehow, when Mabel said things like that, it always hit differently. If it were anyone else, she might've rolled her eyes or brushed it off—but with Mabel, the words felt genuine. And that did something strange and unexplainable to her chest.
For a moment, neither of them spoke. The air between them felt... loaded, like they both had something caught on the tips of their tongues.
Then it happened.
"I need to talk to you," they both said at the exact same time.
Eyes widened. Mouths opened slightly. And suddenly, both girls froze, caught in a crossfire of shared urgency.
"You first," Pacifica offered, gesturing lightly.
"N-no, you—" Mabel hesitated before catching herself. "Okay, fine. Go."
Pacifica inhaled and steadied herself. "It's about Y/n."
The moment her name was spoken, Mabel's face shifted slightly. She gave a slow, thoughtful nod, then glanced up at Pacifica and said softly, "And it's about Dipper."
The two girls exchanged a knowing look—like they were both carrying matching pieces of a puzzle. They had been there last night, each comforting someone close to them until the late hours. No one else knew what had happened... but they did.
Mabel slid into a stool by the counter, facing Pacifica directly.
"Did you find out what happened?" she asked.
"I—"
"Pacifica! Orders for Table Four!" came a sharp call from the kitchen.
Pacifica exhaled with a groan. "Coming!"
Without missing a beat, Mabel got up to help her, grabbing a tray and following the blonde. Coincidentally, the trays were for Candy and Grenda, who were already waving from their booth, clearly starving.
Mabel took that as a sign—it was time to bring her friends into the loop. This was about Dipper, after all, and she'd take all the help she could get.
So, once they slid into the booth and got settled, Mabel began recounting everything. From their weirdly distant reunion to when she'd left Dipper and Y/n alone. Grenda and Candy listened between bites, heads nodding as they followed the story. Pacifica, though more quietly focused, plucked a fry from the plate, her eyes thoughtful.
Then it was Pacifica's turn.
She explained how she had gone to meet Y/n at the clinic—something they often did at night—only for Dipper to suddenly bolt out of the building like he'd seen a ghost. Like something had terrified him.
There was a moment of silence, hesitation hanging in the air. Both girls knew more than they were saying. Finally, Pacifica spoke, softer this time.
"Y/n was... confused, mostly. She didn't understand what had happened. Neither did I," she admitted, her voice barely above a whisper.
Mabel nodded slowly, gearing up to tell her part of the story—what happened in the attic afterward. But before she could say a word, Pacifica's eyes darted to the diner's front window. Her posture stiffened. "Y/n."
The others turned to look, spotting the girl hurrying down the sidewalk, her lab coat billowing behind her with how fast she was walking.
"Quick, act natural," Pacifica hissed, springing up from her seat and rushing back to the counter like she hadn't just been spilling emotional tea.
Candy and Grenda immediately grabbed their drinks and looked out the window like it was the most fascinating view in the world. Mabel reached over to pet Waddles, who gave a casual oink and blinked slowly, perfectly blending in.
He was, undeniably, the best at playing it cool.
Y/n stepped into the diner, the bell above the door chiming as it swung shut behind her. She marched straight up to the counter, slapped her hand down with purpose, and declared, "I need three cups."
Pacifica looked up in surprise, eyes immediately scanning the girl. Her hair was a mess, the collar of her shirt askew, dark circles settled under her eyes, and her mouth pulled into a tight, exhausted frown. Concern furrowed Pacifica's brows as she shot a glance toward her friends at the booth, then back to Y/n.
"You okay?" she asked gently.
Y/n blinked slowly, as if it took effort just to stay upright. "Ran out of coffee beans," she muttered with a tired sigh. "And I need caffeine. Desperately."
"Alright..." Pacifica trailed off, turning around to prep the coffee machine. "Any patients this morning?"
Y/n took a moment, then shook her head. "No. Thankfully. I don't want anyone seeing me like this."
Pacifica bit her tongue, choosing not to push further. Soon enough, the machine beeped, and the coffee was ready. She slid one of the cups over.
"Careful, it's—"
Y/n downed it in one swift motion.
"—hot," Pacifica finished, wincing.
Y/n just let out a tired groan, staring ahead like she could feel the coffee powering her veins already.
"That'll work," Y/n deadpanned, grabbing the other two cups before turning on her heel. "I might need to stop by the grocery store for more coffee beans. So. I'll get going."
With that, she pushed the door open a little too forcefully and strode out into the street, the lab coat trailing behind her like a tired cape.
Back inside, the girls at the booth let out synchronized sighs of relief, the weight in the air finally easing. It was hard—really hard—to watch Y/n in such a worn-down state. Like seeing a light dim that used to shine so bright.
But that wasn't going to last much longer.
Because Mabel had a plan.
One they'd all agreed on earlier that morning. And it was officially time to put it into action.
***
Mabel eventually got Dipper to agree to the sleepover with the age-old trick—chocolate bribery. It worked, of course. Sort of. Because the moment she mentioned that the sleepover would take place at the clinic, the excitement of sweets left his system entirely.
He fell quiet.
The memory of the other night was still too fresh, too raw. Embarrassment had been gnawing at him ever since—tight in his chest, pressing behind his eyes every time he remembered how he ran. He didn't even get the chance to explain. To tell Y/n that these nightmares weren't new. That they were routine. That they showed up like clockwork, night after night, without fail.
And that was the worst part.
Because if they were routine, then he should be used to them by now.
But he wasn't.
Not even close.
And that's what scared him the most.
Should he even be here? Would she even want to see him? If he were in her place, he wouldn't.
But that's just it—he's not Y/n.
Y/n is stronger. Braver. More capable in ways Dipper could barely grasp. She was the one who gave up everything to protect Gravity Falls during Weirdmageddon. The one who lost her identity, her memories, her self—and still came out on top, vanquishing the dream demon once and for all. Now she was here, back in her element, healing strange creatures and welcoming the weird with open arms. She had turned her pain into purpose. She was doing what she loved, and she seemed—well, happy.
And him?
He was still stuck.
Still waking up in a cold sweat, haunted by memories that wouldn't fade. Still looping through the same nightmare every night like a broken tape. Shame clung to him like a shadow, whispering that he should be stronger by now, that he should have moved on.
Why couldn't he let go of the past?
Why couldn't he be like her?
***
Y/n let out a quiet, wry smile as her pen came to a stop on the page. Her hand trembled slightly, and before she could stop them, slow tears slipped down her cheeks.
She didn't even know why she was smiling.
Maybe it was because the sadness felt ridiculous now. How could just one person have this much of an effect on her?
She had been fine before the summer started. Centered. Stable. Busy with her clinic and at peace with her quiet little life. But then that awkward hello at the bus stop—so small, so seemingly insignificant—had been the start. A single snowball at the top of a mountain.
And now here she was, overwhelmed, buried under the avalanche.
Pacifica had stopped by during lunchtime, casually mentioning if it was alright for the others to join her for the sleepover—then left without waiting for a full answer, without pressing, without a single complaint.
Y/n could only assume who she meant by "the others."
Candy. Grenda. Mabel... and maybe—
Well, that was the question, wasn't it?
Would Dipper be part of that group? Would he even show up?
Was she even worth the explanation?
***
Nightfall came, and Y/n had the clinic spotless—maybe cleaner than it had ever been. She lit a few soft lights, set out the extra pillows and blankets, and even brewed a fresh pot of tea just in case someone wanted something warm. Everything looked ready. On the outside, at least.
Inside, she wasn't.
It hit her all at once—she hadn't really seen anyone all day. Except Melody, who briefly dropped off lunch with her usual warmth. Pacifica, with the vague sleepover message. And Jerry from the grocery store when she bought more coffee beans. That was it. No one else.
Now, dressed in cozy pajamas, she sat on the couch, legs tucked under her, arms wrapped around her knees. She looked calm. Comfortable. But her head was a storm.
Her thoughts spun in circles, running through every possible scenario that could happen tonight. What if someone brought up him? What if he came?
What would she say?
Maybe she could excuse herself. Say she needed the bathroom. Pretend she left something upstairs. Maybe she could distract them with snacks or a sudden interest in playing board games.
Yeah. That could work.
Unless they cornered her.
Strapped her down.
Demanded answers.
Y/n sighed, dragging a hand down her face. "I should've just faked my death."
The knock on the door yanked Y/n out of her spiraling thoughts like a hook. She stared at it for a few seconds, frozen. Then, with a slow breath, she stood, straightened her pajama collar, wiped her palms on her thighs, and put on the most stable smile she could manage.
Opening the door, she was met with the sight of everyone—Pacifica standing up front like some kind of team captain, Candy and Grenda flanking her with wide grins, and behind them, Mabel... with Dipper. He kept his eyes low, shifting slightly behind his sister like he hoped to blend into the wallpaper.
Pacifica held up a container. "Brought dinner."
Candy chimed in, "Games and extra popcorn!"
"And I brought him," Mabel said cheerfully, jerking a thumb toward her brother. "That's gotta count for something."
"Hi, Y/n!" they all greeted in unison.
Y/n stepped aside, letting them in. "Hey."
The energy felt... careful. Not cold, not hostile—but definitely cautious. It was like everyone had silently agreed that the tension between her and Dipper was there, and that they all hated it.
Still, no one said anything.
Pacifica was the first to break the silence, asking if Y/n had eaten yet. She shook her head, and that was enough of a cue for everyone to pull up seats and sit down around the dinner spread of greasy, delicious pizza straight from its cardboard boxes.
Y/n remained quiet throughout dinner. She nodded, hummed here and there, but kept her eyes mostly on her plate. Thankfully, Candy, Grenda, and Mabel took over—telling stories, cracking jokes, filling the room with enough noise to mask the undercurrent of unease.
After eating, they ditched the couch in favor of the floor. Blankets, pillows, and sleeping bags sprawled across the space, making the clinic's living room feel like a cozy, chaotic campsite. They started a card game—something fast-paced and ridiculous, perfect for low-stakes fun.
Y/n liked that no one pressured her or Dipper to talk. She really, really appreciated it.
Pacifica giggled as Candy drew the bomb card again. "You're gonna explode!"
"Just wait!" Candy snapped back playfully, "I'll take you with me!"
Mabel screamed triumphantly when she drew a card that let her sabotage everyone else. "Behold my wrath!"
Y/n studied her cards, quietly considering her moves. She had a few strong ones—enough to keep her alive for a couple rounds at least.
Dipper, meanwhile, was trying. His words were soft and sparse, but he was talking. He might not reach their levels of energy, but that was fine. And when he caught Mabel skipping a rule, forcing her to draw a penalty card, the whole room broke into laughter.
"Cheater!" Grenda yelled.
"I am not!"
Dipper laughed, really laughed. It was small, but real—and it made the tension ease that much more.
He knew all eyes were on him, but the only gaze that really mattered came from across the floor.
Y/n was smiling at him.
It wasn't big or boastful. It was quiet. Warm. Something just for him.
Dipper fought every part of himself that wanted to look directly at her. Because what if their eyes met? What if it turned awkward again?
He kept his focus on his cards instead, gripping them a little tighter.
Still, that smile lingered in his mind longer than any card he held.
After two more chaotic rounds of the same explosive card game, the group eventually moved on to something calmer—something involving quiet thinking and matching colors. It was the perfect transition, and Candy took it as her moment.
"I'm planning on joining the Woodstick Festival's performance this month," she announced, her voice steady, but with a hint of nerves.
"This month?" Mabel echoed, blinking. "Isn't that earlier than last year?"
"Yeah," Grenda answered, tossing her card down with a clack. "They bumped it up 'cause of some schedule mix-ups with other towns or something. It's like, two weeks from now."
"What performance are you doing, Candy?" Y/n asked, her eyes on her cards as she casually played a green one.
All heads turned.
Candy flushed under the attention, her hand fidgeting slightly on her lap. "I... want to play the piano," she admitted. "I've been taking lessons forever—my parents insisted—but I figured, if I have to do it anyway, I might as well choose how I use it."
There was a pause, followed by a collective, supportive smile from the group. Even Dipper nodded in quiet approval.
"So I'm guessing your parents are cheering you on?" Mabel asked brightly.
Candy let out a quick, nervous laugh. "Oh, they don't know."
A beat.
"What?" everyone chorused.
"I mean—they'd never let me join if I asked. They think festivals are a waste of time unless they have networking or scholarships involved," she explained with a sheepish smile. "So my plan is: win the contest first, then show them. If I win, they can't really get mad, right?"
The room fell quiet. Y/n's brows raised slightly in concern, and Mabel looked like she had a dozen follow-up questions but kept them to herself. Meanwhile, Pacifica wordlessly reached over and gave Candy's back a few gentle pats.
She didn't say anything, but she didn't need to. Everyone knew Pacifica understood—maybe better than anyone—what it was like to do something behind your parents' backs. To want something just for yourself, even if you had to risk their disappointment to get it.
Mabel clapped her hands once, loud enough to cut through the pause. "Alright! Candy, if you really wanna win that competition, then we're gonna help you prep for it. Just tell us what you need—practice, support, a crowd to fake-scream your name—whatever helps you win."
Candy blinked, touched by the sudden wave of support. Her cheeks turned rosy. "Thank you... seriously, thank you, guys. I'll do my best. I wanna make you all proud."
"Yeah! Let's go, Candy!" Grenda roared, pounding her fists on the floor with the same energy she might use to crush a watermelon, making everyone cheer with her.
The room was filled with loud whooping and supportive applause. The good vibes were back—until Mabel suddenly gasped, as if struck by lightning.
"Now that we've settled that..." she grinned mischievously, eyes glinting with dangerous energy, "it's time for the ultimate bonding ritual."
Candy, Grenda, and Mabel all threw their hands in the air and yelled in perfect unison: "Truth or Dare or Don't!"
A wave of dread settled across the room.
Everyone instinctively flinched. Pacifica let out a quiet sigh through her nose. Dipper subtly shifted further back against the couch cushions. Even Y/n, who had been doing her best to stay invisible, felt her chest tighten.
Here it comes.
She didn't even hate the game—it was the timing. Of all the nights to play this chaotic mess.
Still, with three overly enthusiastic girls ready to interrogate and expose all, there was no way out. Y/n only hoped luck would be on her side tonight.
If they called her name? She already knew her strategy.
Don't. Always don't.
A turn of singing favorite love songs and admission of crushes, it was Candy's turn to ask.
"Alright, Y/n," she said, drawing out her name like a game show host. "Truth, Dare... or Don't?"
All heads turned.
Y/n froze with a smile still on her lips, her cards from the previous game still fanned in her hand like a shield.
"...Don't," she said firmly, trying to sound lighthearted, even if she felt everyone's eyes pierce her like spotlights.
"Oooh," Mabel teased, nudging her. "Playing the long game, huh?"
Y/n chuckled weakly, her eyes quickly darting across the circle—only to find Dipper staring down at his hands, fiddling with the corner of his sleeping bag.
Please don't pick me, please don't pick me—
"Dipper," Grenda suddenly called, unaware of his inner plea, "Truth, Dare, or Don't?"
He looked up. Everyone waited. Y/n held her breath without realizing it.
"...Truth," he said quietly.
Candy leaned forward. "Have you ever kept a secret from someone here?"
The question was asked playfully, but the silence that followed gave it more weight than anyone expected.
Dipper blinked. His mouth parted, then closed. Then, softly, he said, "Yeah. I have."
The room stilled. No one knew what to say.
Mabel cleared her throat and gave him a small nod of support.
And for once, Y/n didn't look away.
The game went on. But something unspoken had already been shared.
The game circled around once more, laughter and challenges filling the air, until it finally landed on Y/n again. All eyes shifted to her expectantly.
This time, she didn't hesitate.
She remembered how Dipper had chosen truth earlier—how brave he had been, despite how vulnerable it made him. Maybe she could do the same. Maybe she should.
"Truth," she said calmly, though her fingers fiddled with the edge of her blanket.
Immediately, the girls lit up, trying to hide their knowing smirks as they exchanged subtle, giddy glances.
Grenda leaned forward, eyes gleaming. "Okay—do you... like someone?"
Y/n blinked. Of course.
Of course they'd ask that.
Y/n's lips parted slightly, and for a second, the warmth of the room dimmed for her. She stared blankly ahead, blinking as if processing the question slower than her thoughts allowed.
Y/n's lips parted slightly, and for a second, the warmth of the room dimmed for her. She stared blankly ahead, blinking as if processing the question slower than her thoughts allowed. Of course. Of course that would be the question.
She could already feel four pairs of eyes drilling into her, and a fifth one—his—trying not to look at her, but she could still feel it.
Still, she said it. "Yes."
The room collectively leaned in a little.
Candy gasped softly. Mabel's eyes were huge. Grenda's fist was already halfway in the air, ready to cheer. Pacifica had a sly grin, her chin resting on her hand.
Y/n cleared her throat, trying to recover, to stay cool. "But I don't know if I should."
Now that threw them off.
"What do you mean?" Mabel asked, sitting up straighter.
Y/n glanced at her lap. "I mean... even if you like someone, it doesn't always mean it's a good time to tell them. Or that you're the right person for them. Or that they're ready to hear it."
There was a small pause.
Pacifica, perhaps reading her best friend too well, quietly changed the topic. "Alright, Grenda! Back to you—!"
But Y/n cut her off, reclaiming the moment with a playful smile that replaced her earlier frown. "Nope. It's my turn. Pacifica—truth, dare, or don't?"
Pacifica blinked, caught off guard. "Uh... truth?"
Y/n tilted her head, a mischievous glint in her eye. "Do you like someone... in this room?"
The color drained from Pacifica's face before rushing back in full force, painting her cheeks a deep shade of pink. Her eyes darted around the room, avoiding every pair of eyes locked on her. Grenda, of course, didn't miss a beat.
"Oooooh! Pacifica's blushing!" she declared, pointing straight at her.
"Spill it!" Candy encouraged with a grin.
Pacifica said nothing—but she did slowly turn to glance at the brunette beside her, who was already beaming. Mabel caught the look and wasted no time. "Aw, that's okay, Paz. I like you too!" she squealed, tackling the blonde into a tight, giggly hug that sent both of them collapsing in a heap on the floor.
Candy and Grenda practically burst from how adorable it all was.
Y/n sat back, arms crossed, quietly enjoying the chaotic sweetness of it all. But her amusement faltered when she felt someone staring. She glanced up—only to meet Dipper's eyes. He was looking at her in that way again, with an expression layered with unspoken words, questions, apologies, maybe even hope. She blinked, her brows pulling together. Was she imagining it? Or was he trying to say something without saying it at all?
***
The energy from the evening had finally settled, and one by one, everyone had drifted off into sleep. The room was dimly lit, filled with the soft sounds of Grenda and Mabel's snores. Most were fast asleep—except for two restless souls.
Dipper sat upright in his sleeping bag, wide awake. No matter how much he tried, sleep refused to come. Maybe it was a sign—a warning that another nightmare was waiting just beyond his eyelids. He didn't think he could handle another one, not here, not now.
His eyes quietly scanned the room, instinctively searching for the one person. But the spot where she had been lying was now empty.
Brows furrowed, Dipper looked around again, this time more thoroughly. Still no sign of her.
He moved slowly, careful not to wake the others. The girls were heavy sleepers, but he still treaded lightly, weaving around sleeping bags until he made it to the small kitchenette.
No one there either.
To buy himself time—and give himself a reason to keep looking—he grabbed a cup and filled it with tap water. The cold glass in his hands steadied his nerves just enough. He figured he might have to start checking the other rooms. He knew the basic layout of the clinic, but not the more private areas—like her bedroom or personal office. Still, something inside him urged him forward. He needed to find her.
After several minutes of quiet shuffling through the clinic's halls—though it wasn't all that big, he was taking his time, slow and cautious—Dipper finally paused in front of a particular door. Something told him this was it.
A soft light slipped through the gap beneath it, casting a narrow glow on the floor. More telling was the faint movement of a shadow, shifting back and forth like someone pacing.
It had to be her office.
Dipper hesitated, hand hovering near the doorframe. His heart thudded a little harder. Should he knock? Call out her name? Turn back?
But then the shadow passed again, slower this time, and he heard a soft sigh from inside.
Yeah. It was her.
He lifted his hand and gently knocked—just once, soft enough that it wouldn't startle, loud enough that she'd hear.
The pacing stopped immediately.
A beat of silence passed, then a muffled voice came through, cautious.
"...Yeah?"
"It's me," Dipper replied, his voice quiet, almost unsure. "Can I come in?"
There was another pause, long enough that Dipper's stomach twisted in worry. But then the doorknob turned from the inside, and the door opened just a crack.
Y/n stood there, a weighted blanket covering her entire figure, eyes puffy, hair slightly disheveled. She blinked up at him, as if unsure he was really standing there.
"I couldn't sleep," he said, holding up the cup of water in a feeble attempt at explaining. "And... I saw the light."
Y/n nodded slowly and opened the door wider, stepping aside to let him in.
The room was warm, filled with the faint scent of herbal balm and the flicker of a dim desk lamp. Papers were scattered across the desk—notes, files, half-scribbled thoughts in the margins of her journal. Dipper took it all in.
They drifted toward the window almost naturally, like it was drawing them in. The soft glow from the moon spilled into the room, casting pale light on their features. Outside, the stars blinked quietly in the sky, distant but ever-present.
Dipper stood on one side of the window, Y/n on the other. Close—but not too close. Just enough to feel the weight of each other's presence.
The moonlight caught the edge of her face, highlighting the tired shadows under her eyes. It caught his hand, still holding the half-empty glass of water like a prop to steady himself.
For a moment, they just stood there, looking out. Neither one dared to speak first. The sky above them was wide, open, and full of possibilities—so unlike the complicated space between them.
"I thought you wouldn't wanna see me again," Dipper admitted, finally daring to meet her eyes.
Y/n didn't answer right away, and that silence alone was enough to make his shoulders sink. His stomach twisted. Maybe he shouldn't have said that. Maybe it was too soon. Maybe he'd ruined everything.
"How could you say that?" she whispered, voice soft but laced with hurt.
Yeah. He said the wrong thing.
The only sounds between them now were the steady chirps of crickets outside, and their quiet breathing—his, a little more uneven.
"I was so worried for you," Y/n said, eyes avoiding his. "You just... ran off without a word. And no one could tell me why."
Dipper's grip tightened around the glass in his hand, his throat tightening too. He didn't have the words—not yet—to explain what had happened in his head, how it had taken over before he could stop it.
"I didn't mean to scare you," he said, voice low, like anything louder might shatter the moment. "I just... I woke up and I panicked. I didn't even know where I was, I just—ran."
Y/n still didn't look at him, but her arms folded across her chest like she was trying to hold herself together. "I know what nightmares feel like," she murmured. "I know how real they get. But you don't just leave without saying anything, Dipper. You don't leave the people who care about you."
He looked away, ashamed. "I know. I know. I just— I didn't want you to see me like that. I didn't want to ruin whatever good thing was starting between us."
She blinked, her eyes glassy under the moonlight. "Then maybe next time... let me decide if I can handle seeing you like that."
His eyes met hers again, and something in his chest cracked open. He hadn't cried yet—not really—but her words made it harder to hold back. Not because they were harsh. But because they were right.
"Listen, Dipper. I like you. I care about you," Y/n said, finally turning to face him, her voice steady and sure. "You don't have to go through things alone. I'll always be here for you."
Dipper felt like the air had been stolen from his lungs. Hearing her say it—clearly, confidently—stunned him.
"I— I like you too!" he blurted out, a little too loud, making him awkwardly clear his throat. "I mean... I like you. And I care about you. A lot, actually." His chest felt a hundred times lighter.
And hearing him say it—clearly, genuinely, without hesitation—made her feel safe.
Her lips curled into a soft, relieved smile.
Their confession didn't lead to anything more—no sudden declarations or dramatic moments. But it was a start. So instead of saying anything further, they let the silence take over, filled only by the quiet hum of the night and the soft sounds of their breathing.
Tomorrow is a better day.
***
The next morning arrived with a quiet sense of urgency—two weeks to go before the Woodstick Festival. Candy had officially signed up, her name scrawled in bold ink on the contestant list. Now came the hard part: rehearsing her piano piece, dazzling the crowd, snatching first place, getting discovered by a music label, and maybe—just maybe—being chased by a line of hot guys who adored her musical genius.
Okay... that last part might've been a bit of a stretch.
Still, Candy was laser-focused. She'd been holed up in her room for hours, hitting the same keys again and again, chasing the perfect rhythm. But this wasn't just any performance—she was going all out. She was crafting an original piece and planning a full-on one-girl spectacle. There'd be a confetti popper she could trigger with a foot pedal, a trombone sound effect she'd wire into the piano, and even a mounted violin at the back she could bow mid-performance for flair. She wasn't just going to play—she was going to perform.
But... two weeks. Could she really pull this off?
Of course she could. She was Candy Chiu. The same girl who once juggled calculus homework, a science project, an English essay, a freelance graphic design gig, and actually learning to juggle—all in one week.
If anyone could make magic happen in a time crunch, it was her.
ONE WEEK LATER
Candy's room looked like a battlefield between music and technology. Scattered music sheets crumpled and tossed across the floor, empty cans of soda stacked like sad little trophies, and random wires, pedals, and sound modulators covered her desk and bed like confetti.
She hadn't taken a proper break in days. Sleep came only when her body absolutely forced her into it, usually with her face still pressed to the keys or curled up next to her scribbled notes. And right now? She was in the worst spot a musician could be in:
A full-blown creative slump.
"Stupid human limitations," Candy muttered, pushing back from the piano and letting her head fall against the chair.
Only seven days left. And the piece wasn't even finished—let alone polished.
Candy blinked slowly, gears turning in her mind.
She just needed one good push. One final sprint to get her over the finish line. If she could go a full week without sleep, she could write, compose, revise, practice, and add all the effects she dreamed of. No rest, just productivity.
A box of energy drinks could do the trick.
Or maybe something stronger.
She wasn't usually the type to cheat. Candy Chiu took pride in juggling twelve tasks at once with pure skill, determination, and a little flair. But this wasn't just a performance. It was her chance to prove herself—to show that she wasn't just a brainiac or her parents' obedient daughter. She wanted to be heard. On her own terms.
"I need a shortcut," she muttered, sitting up straighter.
Then a spark lit in her memory. Y/n.
Didn't she once say she kept a record of her patients and their magical properties? She was always studying them, observing behavior, cataloging powers, helping the town understand how to coexist with creatures of all kinds.
Surely somewhere on that list, there had to be a creature that could grant temporary insomnia. A harmless one. Nothing that would mess with her brain, just something to keep her physically awake long enough to finish her piece. She wasn't looking to summon a music-wielding imp—that felt like crossing a line. She just needed stamina and focus.
"Okay," Candy said, rubbing her hands together. "Y/n's clinic. Tomorrow."
A small twinge of guilt tugged at her chest, but she quickly pushed it aside.
Desperate times call for creative solutions.
The next day, Candy made her way to the clinic, hoping to catch Y/n during a quiet moment—but luck wasn't on her side. (Or is it?)
She walked in just in time to see the doctor darting from one side of the room to the other, clearly swamped. One patient was a limping gnome with a bandaged foot, another was a crow that couldn't seem to fly straight, then there was Lazy Susan nursing a bandaged, burnt hand, and finally Toby Determined groaning on the cot after what must've been a tragic collision with a television.
"Candy!" Y/n called out once she spotted her. Her eyes widened slightly in concern. "What are you doing here? Are you okay? Did something happen?"
"Oh—no, no, I'm totally fine!" Candy assured quickly, waving her hands. "I just realized I left the cap of my pen here after the sleepover. Would it be okay if I went in to look for it?"
"Yeah, go ahead," Y/n said with a quick nod. She looked like she was about to say something else, maybe to comment on the heavy bags under Candy's eyes, but then a loud screech came from one of the rooms—most likely Toby.
"Hold that thought—gotta run!" Y/n said before rushing off again.
The pen was a complete lie.
Instead of heading toward the mini living room like she said she would, Candy made a quiet beeline straight to Y/n's office. She glanced over her shoulder to make sure no one saw her, then carefully slipped inside and closed the door with a soft click.
She tiptoed around the room, eyes scanning the shelves until she spotted the familiar scrapbook Y/n used to keep records of the clinic's more... unusual visitors. With careful hands, she opened it and began flipping through the pages, muttering quietly to herself.
"Come on, come on... something about insomnia, no sleep, night owl... caffeine creature? Anything..."
She turned another page in a rush. So far, nothing useful. Just a bunch of case notes—some with doodles, some with color-coded tabs—but nothing that screamed "get-through-one-week-without-sleep-and-win-a-competition." Her heart pounded with urgency. Time was ticking.
Candy froze when her eyes landed on a certain page. A drawing of a vampire-like creature, pale with sharp features and sunken eyes, filled half the sheet. And next to it—scrawled in Y/n's neat handwriting—were the exact words she'd been hoping for:
"Patient seems completely unaffected by lack of sleep. Observed alert and responsive behavior even after 72 hours of wakefulness. I had to pull an all-nighter to monitor him, which reminded me of the sleepless nights I had back when I was working on the portal. Horrible for my sleep cycle, but undeniably useful for long stretches of productivity. Must look into whether this is biological, magical, or both."
Candy's eyes sparkled. Perfect.
Without wasting a second, she whipped out her phone and snapped a quick photo of the page, then carefully returned the scrapbook to its original spot. She straightened up, fixed the room just the way she found it, and crept back out the door, closing it quietly behind her.
The lobby was still empty. Y/n hadn't come back yet, probably still busy with the chaotic patient line-up. Candy cupped her hands and called out casually, "I'm heading out now! Thanks, Y/n!"
And with that, she slipped out the door—heart pounding, mind racing. She had what she needed.
Candy walked home with anticipation buzzing through her veins. It was the first time she had ever gone behind Y/n's back—but there was no undoing it now.
She tucked herself into the farthest corner of her room, the one she believed was safest for whatever was about to happen. Pulling out her phone, she zoomed in on the photo she took—specifically the section where Y/n had scribbled the incantation to summon the creature. Candy read it silently a few times to make sure she had it right.
Then she set to work, gathering the materials listed in the notes. It took her about fifteen minutes, but finally, everything was in place.
With a deep breath to steady herself, she spoke the words aloud.
The moment the last syllable left her lips, the lights in her room flickered. The air grew cold, the kind of cold that crept into her bones. Shadows stretched unnaturally across her walls, even though there was no wind, no movement.
Then came the smell—like old books, iron, and a hint of... lavender.
From the center of her summoning circle, the shadows twisted together into something vaguely humanoid. The figure took shape slowly, as if the darkness itself was folding into skin, limbs, and fabric. When it was fully formed, the vampire stood tall and elegant, his appearance both timeless and sharp-edged, like someone who belonged in a gothic novel but had been pulled into Candy's chaotic present-day bedroom.
His eyes opened—gleaming red.
He smiled, just a little.
"...You summoned me," he said smoothly, his voice like velvet wrapped around a knife. "And you are... not Doctor Y/n."
Candy gulped. It was her first time seeing a vampire, and he was talking to her. She could only see the creatures on TV, and her dreams. "Yeah. Uhm. Hi." She raised her hand in a tiny wave. "So... I need a little favor."
The vampire tilted his head, his crimson eyes scanning Candy from head to toe. He didn't look angry—more curious, maybe slightly amused. His fangs peeked out as he gave her a knowing smile.
"Yes, that's the only reason why mortals have summoned me. To grant them... favors." he began to pace around the room, looking bored. "But let me ask you... how did you know how to summon me? I have never told anyone else about it until my last visit to the doctor."
"Whaaat?" Candy tried to be casual about it. "What are you talking about? Don't you have any friends?"
The vampire deadpanned, staring straight at her. He motioned to all of him. "Me? Friends?" He scoffed. "You sure are as naive as Frankenstein's wretch! So let me get this straight: You meddled in your doctor friend's notes, broke into her office, summoned an otherworldly being... for a favor?"
Candy bit her lip, hands clasped tightly behind her back. "I-I didn't mean any harm! It's just... I have this competition coming up, and I haven't finished my piece, and I keep falling asleep, and I need to be awake for at least a week straight so I can finish it. That's where you come in, right? I read that you don't sleep. Ever."
He raised a brow, intrigued. "You want me to give you insomnia?"
"No! I mean—yes! Kind of?" Candy fumbled. "Just like, magically. Temporarily. No side effects. Just super focus and no sleep. For... maybe seven days?"
The vampire chuckled, pacing slowly around her room, his fingers grazing the edges of instruments and tangled wires. "Humans," he mused. "Always trading sleep for ambition."
"What should I call you?"
"Did the Doctor's page not include my name?" the vampire replied with a scowl. "How rude."
Candy awkwardly rocked on her feet. "I didn't get to take a picture of that part. Sorry—"
He let out a long, dramatic sigh, as though everything in the world was personally inconvenient to him. "Vigil Iae," he finally said, with an air of annoyance. Then, before she could even open her mouth again, he cut her off with a raised hand. "But just Vigil will do."
"Vigil..." Candy repeated, eyes glinting with curiosity. "Sooo, gimme."
"Gimme?" Vigil repeated, disgust practically dripping from the word. But then, his scowl twisted into a slow, amused smirk. "I don't just give things away, child. There's always a price."
Candy swallowed hard, her stomach twisting with nerves. Of course there was a catch. She had expected this. And yet, her resolve didn't waver. Whatever it was, she'd pay it. Her childhood spelling bee trophies? Sure. Her lifetime savings from 12 years of allowance? No question. Her soul?
...Maybe.
She braced herself as Vigil opened his mouth, his sharp fangs flashing in the dim light.
"I want..." he began slowly, his smirk spreading wider, "the latest gossip on Doctor Y/n."
Candy blinked, thrown completely off guard. "G-Gossip?"
Vigil rolled his eyes like a bored teenager. "Daisy has something going on, I just know it."
"Daisy—?"
"You're like a parrot," he groaned. "Always repeating."
He crossed his arms and leaned casually against her dresser, giving off the energy of someone both unimpressed and fully entertained by himself.
"She and I go way back," he said with a dramatic flair, "Well—sort of. I used to see her wandering these woods as a kid. Never spoke to her, but I observed. From a respectful distance, of course. Still, I consider it history."
Candy just stared at him. He talked a lot. For a vampire, he was oddly... chatty.
"And if you're wondering about the 'Daisy' nickname, it's a long story," he added, waving a hand dismissively.
Candy nearly said, "I've got time," but caught herself.
No, she didn't have time. She had a deadline.
Still, curiosity was hard to silence. "But if you and Y/n were close, then... why weren't you there that day?" she asked softly, lowering her voice to a near whisper. "You know... the day."
Ever since Mayor Tyler passed the "Never Mind All That" Act, no one dared to bring it up. The tragedy of that day was buried under silence, its name never spoken. But Vigil's face shifted ever so slightly, lips pressed together in understanding.
"I thrive on drama🗝," he said, quieter now, "but not that kind. Besides, you all managed fine without me."
He waved a hand lazily again, clearly not interested in digging deeper.
Candy eyed him. Her grand mental image of vampires—cool, mysterious, devastatingly handsome—was beginning to crumble.
Vigil might just be a little too dramatic for her liking.
"So, do we have a deal?" Vigil asked, flashing another sly smile as he turned to face her fully.
Candy stayed quiet for a long moment, biting the inside of her cheek. The offer was tempting—one week of sleepless, uninterrupted nights. Time to perfect her piece, complete it without delay, and wow the crowd at the festival. All it would cost her was... a little "gossip" about Y/n.
Sure, Candy loved a little gossip—especially when it was her, Mabel, and Grenda whispering over milkshakes and fries. But this felt different. What Vigil wanted wasn't harmless fun. It was personal. That thing between Dipper and Y/n wasn't hers to spill. That was private, and Candy knew better than to betray someone who trusted her.
She shifted uncomfortably. "Um... is there another option?" she asked, her voice small and unsure.
She knew how ridiculous it sounded. Here she was, standing in her room with a mythical creature who could probably snap her in half if he wanted to, and yet she dared to ask for a compromise.
Still... It was worth a try.
Vigil's smile dropped as he pressed his lips together, clearly not expecting her to bargain. His eyes narrowed, thoughtful.
He finally smiled, a glint of amusement in his eyes. "Alright. I see how that might be difficult for you, so I completely understand."
Candy exhaled quietly, grateful that—for once—he sounded understanding.
Then, his grin widened. "Make it a song, instead."
Her brows lifted in confusion. "A song?"
"Come on," he said, waving a hand through the air like he was conducting an orchestra. "You've got a week to prepare. And let's be honest—your current pieces aren't working out, right? So why not turn your muse into our dearest, most mysterious doctor? A ballad for Daisy."
Candy blinked. "But—"
"If you can't tell me the gossip," Vigil said, leaning in like he was sharing a secret, "just sing it to me. The juicier, the better. You write the lyrics, and I'll keep my end of the deal—insomnia spell, and maybe even a few details to spark your creativity."
Candy didn't answer right away. Her heart screamed no, but her brain... her traitorous brain was already spinning rhymes. Phrases were forming. Melodies crept into her thoughts, uninvited and impossible to ignore.
This wasn't what she came for—but could it work?
Y/n didn't need to know. Candy could say the song was inspired by a fictional story, a character from a book. Just a dramatic tale with no ties to anyone real. Audiences loved ballads—especially ones full of yearning, sacrifice, and secret emotions. The more it sounded like fantasy, the less anyone would ask questions.
And maybe, just maybe, it would be enough to win.
"Deal," Candy said, stretching out her hand.
Vigil eyed it with distaste, grimacing. "Ugh, no thanks. I don't do handshakes. And contracts? Please. So last century." He gave a lazy snap of his fingers. "But it's done."
Candy blinked, glancing down at her hands. "That's it? I don't... feel anything."
"Obviously. I gave you insomnia, not a sugar rush. Now go write your masterpiece or whatever. I'll be back when you call my name. Ta-ta~" With a swirl of smoke and a pop of air, he disappeared.
And just like that, Candy was alone again. Alone, with the weight of a promise and a whole lot of work to do.
***
With the Woodstick Festival just around the corner, excitement buzzed across Gravity Falls—and Soos was ready to take advantage of it. Now that he was running the Mystery Shack, he was brimming with fresh ideas to draw in more curious customers. Melody helped him prep decorations, while Abuelita was already hard at work whipping up another batch of baked goods—though maybe going a little too hard.
"Abuelita, we don't need that much flan!" Soos had to gently steer her away from making an entire buffet.
Meanwhile, Candy was locked away perfecting her musical debut, and Mabel, Grenda, and Pacifica were scheming like the power trio they were. Y/n, as always, kept busy tending to her clinic. And who knows? Dipper might be in there as well.
That left Mabel with one goal.
She had gathered everyone she could at McGucket's mansion, converting the lounge into her mission control center. Wearing her heart-shaped, hot pink glasses (which Pacifica swore looked too adorable on her), Mabel stood confidently by the whiteboard.
"Alright, people. Plan making is a go!," she announced, tapping a pointer against the board. Big bold letters read:
OPERATION: GET DIPPER AND Y/N ON A ROMANTIC DATE!
"Very original," Pacifica muttered from where she sat cross-legged on the floor, painting Grenda's nails a sparkly green.
Mabel pressed on, undeterred. "We need ideas! The Woodstick Festival is coming fast, and that's prime date territory!"
From the couch, Wendy smirked. "You should ask these two lovebirds," she teased, gesturing to Tambry—whose hair she was casually braiding—and Robbie, who was silently painting his own nails black.
Mabel grinned with pride, remembering how her subtle matchmaking (and totally harmless love potion) brought them together. True love just needs a push sometimes!
"I heard scheming—what's all this about?" came a gruff voice from the hallway.
Stan entered the lounge, a bowl of popcorn tucked under one arm and Ford trailing behind him with a laptop balanced in his hands. The older twin set the laptop down on the coffee table, right beside Pacifica and Grenda, while Stan dropped himself between Wendy and Robbie with zero hesitation.
"Hey! Careful!" Robbie huffed, holding up his nail brush like a weapon. "I nearly messed up my cuticle!"
Stan ignored him, shoving a handful of popcorn into his mouth before turning to Mabel with gleaming curiosity. "So whatcha got, kid?"
Mabel beamed, clearly thrilled by the growing audience. "Since the Woodstick Festival's coming up, I figured it's the perfect chance for Dipper and Y/n to finally hang out! You know... romantically." She twirled her pointer before slapping it back against the board. "We just need an itinerary. No meddling—unless one of them chickens out. Then, obviously, we meddle a little. I need suggestions.
Something subtle, low pressure, but still totally romantic and life-changing."
Wendy raised a brow. "So... subtle and dramatic?"
"Exactly!" Mabel nodded eagerly, adjusting her heart-shaped glasses. "Subdramatic!"
Tambry lazily raised a finger while checking her phone. "What if you say it's a group hangout... and then slowly everyone else bails?"
"Classic fake group plan," Wendy approved with a grin.
"I love it," Pacifica added, still painting Grenda's nails. "Minimal effort on our part, maximum awkward tension for them."
"Guys," Grenda chimed in. "What if we use Candy's performance? Like, we get Dipper and Y/n backstage to help her, and then boom—trapped in a magical bonding environment."
"Grenda, you genius!" Mabel gasped, writing furiously on the whiteboard under the section labeled Operation Phase 2: Forced Proximity.
Ford leaned forward, curious. "Is anyone actually planning on telling them the truth about the whole setup?"
Everyone looked at him like he just spoke Greek.
"Of course not," Mabel said sweetly. "We want them to fall for each other, not run in the opposite direction. We just... make the perfect setting."
Stan gave her a thumbs-up. "That's my girl. Manipulating people for the greater good."
Ford sighed deeply, pinching the bridge of his nose.
"Alright, everyone," Mabel said, clapping again. "We've got the fake group hangout, the emotional bonding event, the perfect festival setting, and Wendy's backup plan in case Dipper gets cold feet. This is gonna work."
The group all nodded in agreement. Even Ford, with a reluctant grumble.
The operation was a go.
***
It was the day of the Woodstick Festival. The event staff were hard at work, setting up the stage and double-checking every detail. Security seemed to have doubled too—most likely a result of that incident involving the enormous Stan-faced hot air balloon that ended in glorious, chaotic destruction. Because of that, anything bearing Stan's face was permanently banned from the festival grounds. And, by unfortunate association, Ford's face was also blacklisted.
But let's be real, there was no way that would stop the Pines twins from sneaking in to witness the chaos unfold for themselves.
Backstage, Candy was a bundle of nerves disguised as a determined performer. Her outfit was an eccentric mix of glam and gadgetry: light-up shoes, a vest with button-controlled confetti launchers, and a glittery headband holding back strands of frazzled hair. Her keyboard setup looked like it came straight out of a sci-fi show, with wires and attachment curling out like musical tentacles.
She paced in tiny circles, whispering bits of lyrics under her breath while tapping her fingers against her thighs. Her energy was unnaturally high, and not just from excitement.Vigil's insomnia spell was still going strong—no fatigue, no sleep, just pure focus. Too much focus, maybe.
One of the stage crew walked by and complimented her setup. She gave a tight smile and bowed her head awkwardly. Then she muttered to herself, "No pressure, Candy. Only your biggest shot ever."
Meanwhile, not too far from the stage, the rest of the gang was starting to arrive at the festival grounds.
Mabel practically bounced with every step, decked out in an electric blue sweater vest, a pink strawberry-patterned crocheted bonnet, and large heart-shaped earrings.
Pacifica walked beside her, casually stylish as always, sipping from a lemonade. Grenda was on her other side, on call with Marius who was telling her about his summer school. Wendy's friends were grouped together as well— Lee, Nate, and Thompson were laughing at a joke, while Robbie was consciously looking at his black fingernails every once in a while, his arm draped lazily around Tambry's shoulders.
Somewhere in the back of the group, Dipper walked quietly beside Y/n, the two occasionally brushing shoulders. There was a comfortable silence between them, one filled with unspoken understanding. Both were still feeling things out— slow, cautious steps after everything that had happened.
And, from the shadows of a vendor tent, two not-so-subtle figures emerged wearing comically large sunglasses, fake mustaches, and trench coats. "What's with the disguises, Stanley?" Ford grumbled against his fake facial hair.
"They idolized me so much that the idea of seeing my face might be too dangerous for these kale-munching jerks," Stan responded easily, adjusting his trench coat. "Besides, they banned our faces, not our magnetic personalities."
"Why are we identical twins again?"
***
The backstage was buzzing with tech crew members shouting cues and performers tuning their instruments, but Candy froze when her eyes caught a familiar figure.
Slouching by the props table was a boy all too familiar, talking in hushed but enthusiastic tones to his sock puppets.
"You are the light in the darkness, Jasper. Remember that," he whispered to an orange colored sock. "And you, Penelope, are the thunder after the silence. We will conquer all obstacles."
Candy blinked slowly. "...Gabe Benson?" she muttered to herself, feigning confusion though the recognition was instant. "What's he doing here?"
Great. Just another hurdle in her way.
Maybe she should text Mabel a heads-up about this guy or everything might just turn awkward.
A zap cracked quietly behind her, like static.
Candy turned just as Vigil appeared, masked and almost unrecognizable. He was completely covered— long sleeves, gloves, a face mask that obscured his fangs, glasses to hide his red eyes, and a black sunhat tilted slightly forward. He looked like someone desperately trying to avoid the paparazzi, or in this case... the sun. Right.
"Good luck," he said simply, arms behind him. "Just focus on the music."
Candy exhaled sharply. "I really hope the crowd likes this song more than puppets, or else all this effort is just for nothing."
"How you tell a story doesn't matter," Vigil grinned. "It's about the contents of the story. That's where you'll win their hearts. It's my favorite part of the human body!"
She looked away at that, her expression faltering.
The guilt returned.
Even though she had poured her soul into writing this song, she couldn't forget what inspired it. Y/n's story. That had been the deal. A song born out of Vigil's insistence, and Candy's memory of every obstacle that Y/n had faced, stories she heard from the girl herself– and other people.
Yes, she tried to end it on a hopeful note, praising her friend's strength and sacrifice. This song's topic was forced upon her by Vigil. If she was given a chance to write any other songs, it wouldn't be this. She would rather write a song about how unicorns and school suck.
Now she was about to sing this song in front of Dipper. And Y/n.
Her throat tightened.
"...I'm sorry," she whispered to no one in particular. Then again. "I'm sorry."
***
The group stopped at a nearby tent, where bundles of fresh herbs hung in the warm air and glass jars brimmed with dried spices. Y/n plucked a sprig of basil, inhaling its fragrance before turning to Dipper.
"Did you know basil was believed to have magical healing powers?" she said with a smile. "In Egypt and Africa, they even used it to keep mosquitoes away."
"I didn't know that," Dipper admitted, picking up a leaf himself—completely oblivious to its symbolism. He brought it to his nose. "Smells good, though."
His eyes drifted to another basket. He rolled a tiny bunch of oregano between his fingers before holding it up for her inspection. "Gravity Falls...?"
It took a beat, but then the pun hit her. A laugh burst out of Y/n so suddenly she doubled over, covering her mouth. Dipper grinned despite himself.
Ah. Her love of bad jokes.
Dipper sniffed the oregano again. He was pretty sure there was some kind of symbolic meaning behind it, but he had no clue what. He shrugged and focused on its warm aroma.
"Smells good," he said again, offering it to her. "Try it."
Y/n leaned in, took a slow sniff, and hummed. "Ooh, earthy! Here, try this one."
She held out the basil. Dipper bent forward, inhaling deeply. "Minty!"
They both chuckled, swapping herbs and gushing about the different scents like they were seasoned botanists.
Meanwhile, Mabel—watching from a distance—narrowed her eyes in triumph. She subtly reached for Pacifica's hand and tugged her away, nearly causing the blonde to spill her lemonade. Grenda took phone Marius for a festival tour through the screen, Wendy and her crew vanished into the crowd, and even Stan and Ford drifted off (Ford, rather reluctantly).
In the sudden quiet, Y/n and Dipper exchanged a knowing, mildly exasperated look.
"They're planning something, aren't they?" she murmured.
"When have they not?" Dipper deadpanned, rubbing the bridge of his nose. "This is probably Mabel's idea. Sorry for dragging you into her schemes—"
"Hey, no worries," she reassured him with a small smile. She glanced around at the now-empty space. "At least... It looks like they won't bother us for a while. Wanna hit the game booths while we wait?"
Dipper gave her a look somewhere between disbelief and amusement—yet somehow still found himself walking beside her.
...What was in that oregano?
***
The talent contest finally started, and they were off with their first contestant; the Timpani Twins who merely patted the leather skin of the percussion throughout the three-minute limited length of their number. Next was Dancing Dan who almost exploded because he kept beating himself up for a mistake he made, and two couples who acted in an entire scene that could be mistaken for their argument in real life.
It was all a blur of Candy, watching each contestant go between the curtains, and her anxiety was worsening by the second. And with Vigil being momentarily gone to get a fruit shake, she was finally alone with her spiraling thoughts.
She thought about the performance. She thought of Y/n. She thought of her family. She thought of Y/n's family. What would they think?
The song—that song—suddenly felt wrong. Some of the lyrics were too personal. Too revealing. Too much Vigil's idea and not enough hers. Maybe he'd never liked Y/n at all, and this "juicy gossip" was just his way of settling some hidden score. If that were true, Candy wasn't just part of the problem—she was the delivery system.
On stage, Gabe Benson was proudly introducing his sock puppets one by one. Candy almost wished she could hex his act into oblivion, but she was interrupted by a voice behind her.
"Mabel!"
The name tumbled out of Candy in a tone that was somewhere between Oh, thank goodness! and Why are you here, I'm a terrible friend!
Mabel wasn't alone. Beside her was Grenda—and behind them, Ford in what looked like the world's least convincing disguise.
"We just wanted to wish you good luck out there!" Mabel beamed. "Also, I did not want to be in the audience watching that act." She glanced toward Gabe's sock parade and winced. "I'm sure you'll easily beat him."
Candy forced a smile, though her hands felt slick with sweat.
"You okay?" Grenda asked, reading her expression instantly.
"Yes! I am fine! I am normally nervous!" Candy said too fast, giving them a thumbs-up that looked like it had been dunked in a sauna. She exhaled, the sight of her friends helping her feel at least a fraction more grounded. "It's just... this is a big deal for me. I don't want to mess up."
Ford stepped forward. "If I may," he began in his professorial tone. "I was practically a Mozart at the piano. Allow me to impart some wisdom."
Candy straightened, hanging on his words.
"Stretch your fingers. Keep your posture upright. Be prepared. You will feel more in control." He ticked each point off on his six fingers before his voice softened. "And most importantly—play from the heart. It doesn't matter if the crowd loves it or not, as long as you love it, because you made it."
Three contestants before her turn, she made her decision.
What Vigil didn't know was that, in between his visits, she'd been quietly writing another song. A Plan B. Something that came entirely from her—about her feelings, her voice, her story. She'd never told him because she wasn't sure she'd be brave enough to use it. But it seemed bravery had just been forced upon her.
Mabel shot a thumbs-up at him. "Nice job, Grunkle Ford! You're really getting the hang of that whole 'talking to people' thing!"
Ford closed his eyes with a flourish of pride. "Why thank you. After all, I had a great teacher." He winked at her.
A staff member soon approached Candy, letting her know she was next to perform. That was her cue to prepare her performance set. She excused herself from the group and made her way to the piano.
Mabel squinted as she spotted someone dressed head-to-toe in black approaching Candy. "Ooh, does she already have a fan?"
"What if it's an admirer?" Grenda added.
The two girls squealed with delight, but Ford's eyes narrowed as he studied the figure. "That's no admirer..." he muttered under his breath. All black clothing, a posture far too stiff and deliberate—his instincts, though aging, had never led him wrong.
Mabel caught his tone and paused. "What is it, Grunkle Ford?" she asked, concern flickering in her voice.
"From here, he doesn't even seem... human. Look at the way he avoids the sun."
Grenda gasped. "Are you saying he's a..."
She locked eyes with Mabel.
"Vampire?!" they whispered in unison, then squealed softly. "EVEN BETTER!"
Ford allowed a small, fleeting smile, but his expression quickly darkened. "As exciting as that might sound, I'm afraid your friend could be in danger."
Mabel and Grenda's excitement faltered as worry set in. Now that they were watching closely, Candy did seem off—more uneasy than thrilled, which was unusual for her when it came to something she loved.
"Let's sneak closer and listen in," Mabel suggested, her voice hushed. The other two nodded without hesitation.
***
Dipper didn't even have time to process what was happening before he found himself cornered by Stan and Robbie, both of them ganging up on him the moment Y/n slipped away to the restroom.
"What the—"
"Dipper, you holding up okay, kid?" Stan asked, already eyeing him suspiciously.
"I'm—"
"Here, take these corn dogs!" Robbie shoved two sticks into his hands.
"Wait, wha—"
"So? You guys having fun?" Stan pressed, leaning in.
"We're—"
"Dude, fix your hair! It's all over the place!" Robbie blurted out, pointing accusingly.
"..."
"Which booths have you been to already?" Stan demanded.
Robbie pulled a bottle from his pocket. "Want me to spray you with cologne? You'll thank me later."
"NO!"
"God, no!" Stan recoiled, wrinkling his nose. "Keep that stuff away from me!"
Robbie rolled his eyes. "Fine. Your loss."
"No, it's not—"
"CAN SOMEBODY PLEASE TELL ME WHAT THE HECK IS GOING ON?!" Dipper finally snapped, his patience running thin. For a split second, he seriously considered stabbing them both with the corn dogs in his hands.
Stan, realizing the kid was about to lose it, tried to reel things back without completely blowing their cover. The original plan had been simple: let Dipper and Y/n enjoy themselves naturally. But after half an hour of the two wandering off track—distracted by crocheted keychains and antique collections instead of heading to the game booths—it was time to intervene.
Dipper's frustration was clear, but so was the blush on his face. He wasn't dumb—he knew they were spying. Of course they were! "Ever think that maybe we're just... taking our time?" he asked, glaring.
"Can't you see how bored she looked? You need to show off your assets, man!"
Dipper nearly choked on air at that one. He shot Robbie a look that was equal parts annoyance and insult. Since when was Robbie a love expert anyway?
The truth was, Y/n wasn't bored. She was happy. She lit up with every little trinket she saw, rattling off random fun facts, her enthusiasm infectious. Dipper was having just as much fun listening to her ramble as she was talking.
They didn't get it. They never would. Because no matter what anyone said, Dipper knew one thing: Y/n and him had always been in sync. Even after all the misunderstandings in the past, nothing could shake the fact that they just fit together.
Dipper clenched the corn dogs tighter in his hands. If Stan and Robbie thought this was about some kind of game, they were missing the point. He didn't want to rush things or put on some fake act just to look "cool." He just wanted to make sure Y/n knew he valued her for who she was, the same way she made him feel like being himself was enough.
And in the end, wasn't that what mattered most?
Now, next to her, Dipper awkwardly handed over a corn dog. "I got this for us while I was waiting," he explained, trying to sound casual. "So, games?"
Dipper had no idea that while Stan and Robbie ambushed him outside, Y/n had been cornered in the bathroom. Pacifica, Tambry, and Wendy had slipped in like some kind of teenage dating task force, each giving her their brand of advice.
"Yeah, sure." She shrugged, still smiling, trying to mask her nerves. "No pressure if you can't do them."
Dipper laughed, shaking his head. "Oh, is that a challenge?"
The two moved along the row of booths. The awkward silence clung, but it wasn't unbearable— just... new.
From a distance, their "audience" trailed them like a mismatched pack of chaperones.
Tambry sighed dramatically. "Ugh, why aren't they holding hands already? This is painful."
Robbie crossed his arms. "Seriously. At this point I'd trip and fall just to make her grab me."
Wendy shot him a look. "You literally did that once, and it was pathetic."
"Hey, it worked!" Robbie protested, though it didn't.
Stan chuckled under his breath, adjusting his beanie. For a moment, he slowly realized. "I think we're doing it wrong."
Everyone looked at him incredulously.
"Those kids don't do things the easy way," he continued, "They've been through a lot together— you can't just expect 'em to skip to the kissing booth."
Pacifica, though she pretended to be uninterested, watched Y/n closely. "He's right. She doesn't want cheesy gestures. She wants something real. That's why she even puts up with him."
"Hey," Wendy said, nudging Pacifica, "I think you're rooting for them harder than you admit."
The blonde shrugged, but her eyes softened. "Maybe. I just... want her to be happy."
As they all trailed behind, Dipper and Y/n stopped at the balloon darts game. She handed the corndog back to Dipper, brushing his fingers in a way that made both of them freeze for a second too long. She cleared her throat. "You gonna win this one, or do I have to step in?"
Dipper rolled his eyes. "I got it."
He threw a dart—misses. She grabbed one, flicked her wrist, and popped a balloon instantly.
Tambry threw her hands up. "See? Perfect chance! He should've let her win, then swoop in all smooth!"
Robbie groaned. "No, he's supposed to show off, not lose on purpose!"
Stan just shook his head. "You kids don't know nothin'. Look at 'em—they're laughing. That's worth more than some crummy plush toy."
Pacifica watched Y/n's face as she laughed with Dipper, and for the first time, she admitted quietly, "That's the happiest I've seen her in a while."
That's when it sunk in for the only ones paying attention. It wasn't the kind of thing that started off with a dramatic moment or the ones in romance novels, winning at carnival games. With Dipper and Y/n, it was slower– a little clumsy, but steady. They don't move to anyone else's idea of romance— they've carved out their own pace, shaped by everything they've already been through together.
***
"Contestant #36? Please come up to the stage."
Candy drew in a deep breath and pushed her piano past the curtain. Just before she could step out, a cold hand stopped her in place.
"Candy."
She didn't need to turn around to recognize the voice. Vigil's smile gleamed beneath his hood, the edge of a fang catching the light.
"Don't let me down."
A shiver ran down her spine. Those were the same words her parents always said—before every exam, every club activity, even the smallest errands. She nodded, not out of obedience, but because her choice had already been made.
Her thoughts spun as thousands of eyes locked onto her every move—from the clumsy way she set up her piano to the quiet moment she stood still and cleared her throat. Now or never.
The crowd was hushed, then a few notes rang out.
From backstage, Vigil folded his arms, ready to nod along to the rhythm. He even thought about finding the doctor, dedicating this performance to her. He was very trustworthy. Why wouldn't Y/n tell him her life story?
But instead of the expected ballad, Candy's fingers struck a sudden wave of synth. A solo—sharp, electric, and already earning cheers from the crowd.
Vigil's smile twitched. Confusion turned to fury. "What...?"
Candy leaned into her headset mic. "This song is dedicated to all my enemies—"
"What?!"
A button press triggered a pounding punk rock beat, and Candy let out a raw scream into the lyrics.
Break your chains, I won't obey!
Burn your lies, I'll find my way!
No more lives that you lead—
I choose to sing, to be free!
"Oh no she didn't!!" Vigil roared, fire erupting from his shoulders, his eyes glowing crimson. She betrayed him. After all he had given her—nights of insomnia, hours she could've used to perfect his chosen song. And now? Now she wouldn't even honor the deal.
This wasn't rebellion. It was mockery.
"See what happens when you betray someone like me?!" Vigil thundered, rage lifting him off the ground in a storm of flame and shadow. But before he could surge forward—
Ford stepped out from the shadows, one hand sparking with a crackling energy device, the other steady at his side. His voice cut through the noise. "Step away from the stage."
Behind him, Mabel charged forward wielding a borrowed baseball bat, stars blazing in her eyes. "You don't get to ruin Candy's big moment, creep!"
And Grenda hefted a stool above her head like it was a war hammer. "You mess with Candy, YOU MESS WITH US!"
The crowd was fully rocking with Candy, hands up in the air flashing rock signs, heads banging in perfect rhythm. They weren't just hyped by the music—they were mesmerized by the light show bursting from backstage, sparks and flares clashing between Vigil's magic and Ford's energy device.
"Woah! And this is free?!" one guy shouted over the noise to his friend.
"This is so sick!"
When the demon heart is crying
And the blood is gushing bright!
Ford's rope of crackling energy finally cinched tight, yanking Vigil down to the floor. Mabel didn't hesitate. She swung her bat hard into the vampire's torso without a second thought. Crushes on vampires? Forget it. The second someone threatened her best friends, every principle she had went flying out the window.
Raise up your bat for the burning fight!
When your hope is slowly dying
And your future lost its rights!
Raise up your bat and face the fright!
Let's knock 'em dead into the night!!!!
Candy screamed the lyrics with every ounce of her being. The crowd roared her name back at her, voices unified, the sound shaking the room. The lights faded perfectly on her last note, and for a moment she thought she owed the backstage tech crew a huge thank-you—because they made her look like a star.
But as the adrenaline drained from her veins, reality sank in. Her mind was already drafting an apology for Vigil. She knew she'd lied, broken their deal, betrayed him outright. Still, she couldn't stomach the thought of selling out her friends, of weaponizing their struggles for some cheap performance. That would've haunted her forever.
She was glad she didn't do it. No regrets.
***
Meanwhile, Y/n and Dipper stood empty-handed, the sting of not winning any prizes hanging over them. Tambry and Robbie sulked in the background, disappointed with their own losses, while Wendy, Pacifica, and Stan just seemed relieved. Finally, a day where no drama or awkward tension hung over their shoulders.
But Y/n wasn't about to let the night end on such a flat note. With a firm, determined look, she tugged Dipper toward the bottle game booth.
"Wait—didn't we agree it's fine we didn't win anything?" Dipper asked, brows knitting in confusion.
Y/n grinned, eyes glinting with mischief. She pressed a baseball into his hand, covering it with her own, palms overlapping. "Trust me."
He didn't even get a chance to argue before she hurled the ball with all her strength. Instead of clattering bottles, it went wham!—smacking the carnie square in the forehead. The man slumped to the ground, out cold.
"Y/N!!!" Dipper yelped, voice breaking somewhere between horror and disbelief.
From across the midway, their friends gasped.
"WHAT THE HECK?!" Pacifica shrieked.
"Yo, did they just—?" Wendy started, but stopped, wide-eyed.
Before anyone could process, Y/n crouched beside the carnie, gave him a quick glowing tap on the temple, and whispered, "He'll walk it off."
Then, without hesitation, she grabbed two giant plush animals and tossed them to Dipper, who already had his arms stretched out, ready for the hand-off. In perfect sync, the two snatched up the rest and bolted, leaving a trail of flapping tags and shocked gasps behind them.
Their friends could only watch as Y/n and Dipper sprinted through the fairgrounds, laughing like maniacs, four enormous plushies bouncing against their sides.
Stan shrugged, totally unbothered. "Eh, I taught 'em well."
***
***
VFOE RDDIDEC'J FMVRIIFE ICOIEU ZS FHH JUZFOFWQR
🗝:???
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 37!
[author's note]: AGAIN, thank you for your patience! a lil update about my life, i went through summer school, opened a doodle donation drive (raised 10k pesos), became president of a youth thingy, and started a new semester. TOTALLY not busy! it's not that i forgot about gfr, i kept it in my thoughts EVERY DAY— but there's a lot of things to consider when writing a chapter such as characterization (their interactions with other character), plot points and trying to tie them altogether in the end, and trying to keep the stuff between y/n and dipper as natural as possible.
WOO! sorry for the rant but yeah. i love you all tho, thank you for continuing to read this and dropping comments (i check on my notifs everyday like a morning newspaper!) hopefully you guys don't drop this yet but there's a lot more coming!
also, we have met one of the most random ocs i have ever made and it's a gravity falls vampire named vigil iae. let's just say that his story ended on a tragic note and that we will never see him again (he was banished by some evil spell by ford— vigil didn't gaf, he's had enough of the chaotic energy of these mortals).
lowkey i wanna see fanart of vigil. in my vision, i just imagine him as a standard lookin', thin ahh vampire with slick back hair and crap. but if you guys decide to draw your own design of vigil, pleasee show me it <3
any questions?
Chapter 59: Chapter 37: Something Rises from Below
Chapter Text
There was fire everywhere.
The air was thick with the screams of townspeople, blending with the cackles of creatures from other dimensions as they tore the town apart from its core.
It was a party, they said— a celebration their boss had waited centuries for.
His vision shook. He clung to anything he could find to keep himself grounded, to stay sane. This was the end of the world as they knew it. Prophecies coming true, yet no one had ever asked for this.
He watched as his friends; Soos, Wendy, Candy, Grenda, McGucket—were taken away, turned into stone. Even his former enemies; Robbie, Gideon, and Pacifica—shared the same fate. And there was nothing he could do.
He saw his family—Stanford, Stanley, Mabel—trapped inside the blue pyramid, screaming and reaching out for help. Their fists pounded against the barrier. And still, there was nothing he could do.
Then he saw Y/n.
Lying on the floor.
Bloody.
Not breathing.
And there was nothing he could do.
How could he save her now? He had failed her.
The promise they had made, to watch each other's backs and protect one another, lay shattered.
He woke up with a sharp inhale.
It hurt his lungs, but he forced himself to breathe. Hot air pushed out through his nose, and he could feel the weight of it in his arms. His palms were damp, sweat clung to his temples, and a thin sheen coated his skin.
The world around him was dark except for the moonlight slipping in through the window of their shared bedroom. He turned his head to the left. Mabel was still breathing. He blinked rapidly. She was there. Good. He was awake.
His eyes locked on nothing in particular. He was sure he was staring even as his vision blurred. His chest rose and fell unevenly, each breath ragged. Mabel's words echoed in his head.
"I'm okay. Mabel's okay. We're safe. Everything will be okay."
Now that he was back in Gravity Falls, he could see it. The town had returned to something close to normal. His friends were safe. His family was safe. Y/n was safe.
Y/n.
One second, she was the anchor that kept him grounded, the reminder that things were okay. The next, she was the center of every worst-case scenario his brain could invent.
She never did anything wrong—it was his anxious brain twisting things, inventing problems that weren't there. Still, he couldn't stop thinking about her.
Dipper shook his head, trying to think positive, just like Mabel always told him.
Anything positive about Y/n?
Where could he even start?
He reached for the cool chain under his shirt and pulled out the pendant. His thumb traced the grooves: the bud in the center, the petals circling it. A daisy.
That necklace carried everything. It pulled him back to the bus stop, to the way she slipped it off and placed it in his hand. To the moment he worked up the courage to kiss her cheek. He remembered the adrenaline flooding his body—cold hands, heart pounding loud in his ears, her eyes shining, the pine-scented air around them.
It all came together like an orchestra of senses, wrapping him in the memory of her.
He let out a small breath, slowly feeling himself calm down. Thank you, Mabel, was always his final thought before drifting back to sleep.
***
***
The next morning, Dipper grabbed a cup of coffee and a single muffin from Abuelita before heading out for a walk in the forest. The sun was rising, the chill of night slowly giving way to the warmth of morning.
The trees were lush and green, alive in a way Piedmont never was. Back home, he was usually buried under endless homework. Here, the birds sang, gnomes bickered, and Manotaurs wrestled with fallen logs.
Then, something white caught his eye. A pristine coat glimmered in the sunlight. She was crouched down, gently petting the plaid fur of her plaidypus. Waffles cooed at her touch, the sound soft and oddly endearing.
Dipper peeked from behind a tree, all too aware he probably looked like a crazed stalker. So, summoning his courage, he stepped forward—
—and promptly tripped over a root.
She heard a rustle to her right and narrowed her eyes at the bushes. Probably just the wind, though sometimes small critters—or even ducklings—hid there. Curiosity won out. Rising to her feet, her white coat swayed behind her as she stepped away from Waffles to investigate.
Meanwhile, Dipper lay facedown in the dirt, silently begging the earth to swallow him whole. He'd tripped headfirst into the bushes and decided the safest option was to stay put until she left. But then her voice carried through the trees, and his body went rigid, curling up as if he could shrink out of existence. Excuses spun in his head, none of them good.
"Hello?"
The single word sent a shiver racing down his spine.
"Anyone there?"
He had no choice now.
Before he could move, a squeal and hiss erupted behind her. She spun around to see Waffles squaring off with a startled deer. "Hey, hey! Don't fight," she rushed to say.
That was Dipper's chance. He pressed his palms to the ground and scrambled away, keeping low. The thick foliage shielded his escape, and his footsteps were as light as possible as he disappeared into the woods.
He tried to catch his breath, leaning against the trunk for leverage. That was close. It was far too early to talk to her, not when the nightmare still clung to him and made it impossible to act normal around her.
Frustration boiled up, and he smacked his head with his fist a few times. Here he was again, shutting down, hiding, being pathetic. Even after her reassurance that night, his cowardly side still had control.
He pushed himself further into the forest, not caring where his feet carried him. Anywhere away from Y/n—just thinking it made his stomach twist. This walk was supposed to calm him, but all he felt was a gnawing unease.
He stopped cold in his tracks.
In the center of the clearing stood a statue—tilted, half-buried, streaked with moss and cracks. The shape alone made his stomach twist. The crooked lines, the eye carved deep into stone, his outstretched hand frozen forever.
His breath hitched. Even as a statue, even locked in time, it still felt wrong.
Dipper's hands curled into fists. He told himself he wasn't being watched anymore. He didn't have to glance over his shoulder, didn't have to fear someone peeling into his head and reading his thoughts like an open book. The nightmares, the whispers, the promises—they couldn't reach him here.
What stood before him wasn't endless or all-knowing. It wasn't alive. It was just stone.
The figure that had tormented him all summer, that had pulled every string and nearly broken his family apart, was nothing more than a frozen relic. Solidified in time. Stuck in this one place, with nowhere else to go.
For the first time, Dipper could see him clearly. No tricks. No games. Just a statue in the dirt.
Defeated.
But why was he still afraid of him?
Before he realized it, his feet were already moving. The statue grew smaller behind him as he ran, branches snapping under his shoes. He didn't think—he just needed distance.
The familiar roofline of the Mystery Shack appeared through the trees. Relief swelled in his chest. He slipped through the back door and shut it quietly. The house was still,
except for a soft click-clack of keys.
Drawn to the sound, Dipper followed it into the living room. Ford sat at the table, posture straight, eyes locked on a glowing laptop screen.
Sensing that he wasn't alone anymore, the older man paused mid-sentence and twisted in his chair. "Ah, Dipper. Good morning."
"Good... morning," Dipper said, trying to catch his breath as he took the seat across from him. "What are you working on?"
Ford returned to the keyboard, his voice steady over the rhythmic tapping. "I'm digitalizing my journal for future use." He glanced at the paper then towards the screen again. "There were so many discoveries Stanley and I found in the Arctic."
Dipper watched the keys fly beneath Ford's fingers. For someone his age, he typed with surprising speed—maybe the extra finger helped. Still, it was faster than most people could manage.
"Planning to publish it?" Dipper asked, the sound of typing and the quiet of the Shack easing the knot in his chest. Soos must have been leading the first tour; the building felt peaceful.
"Still considering it," Ford replied, finishing a paragraph before glancing up. "It might be worthwhile. Stan is busy selling the treasure we recovered, and I have this. We'll see."
He sipped his coffee, a small grin tugging at his mouth. "This is amusing so far. I can't believe how much I missed this kind of gadgetry," he chuckled, remembering McGucket. Then he looked at Dipper. "So, how was your morning walk?"
Dipper stared at the table. He didn't want to talk about it, but the memory sat heavy in his chest. Seeing that statue—seeing her—stirred something he couldn't name, and he would rather do anything than try.
"Grunkle Ford, I... I need to tell you something," he said, his words halting as if each one weighed a ton.
Ford immediately paused, tilting his head. "Yes? What is it?"
"I've been... having nightmares."
The way Dipper said it made Ford freeze. His fingers hovered over the keyboard before slowly falling still. He turned toward his great-nephew, eyes soft but focused, offering quiet understanding without a hint of pity.
Ford slid the laptop aside and closed it, giving Dipper his full attention. He leaned forward, forearms resting on the table, waiting.
Dipper twisted his fingers together, unsure where to start. But if he kept holding it in, the weight would only grow heavier. He trusted Ford more than anyone to hear him out.
So he began to talk, carefully recounting every detail he could remember. As the story unfolded, Ford's brow furrowed, concern deepening with each word. He listened without interruption, but behind his steady gaze was something else—a flash of guilt. He blamed himself for not noticing sooner. To him, the fact that Dipper had carried this alone only proved how strong the boy truly was.
Ford leaned back slightly, his fingers steepled as he studied Dipper with a thoughtful look. "You know," he said after a pause, his voice calm but carrying a sense of wisdom, "sometimes the best way to keep nightmares from eating at you is to share them with someone you trust."
Dipper blinked, unsure where this was going. "Like... you mean you?"
"I mean Y/n," Ford replied gently. "She's a great listener. She'd never judge you for how you feel."
Dipper's stomach twisted. Y/n. Of course. The thought made sense, but it also sparked a wave of doubt he couldn't hide. "I... I don't know," he admitted, his voice tight. "Wouldn't that just make me look—" he swallowed. "I don't want to seem... weak."
Ford shook his head. "Dipper, trust me. I know the two of you. You've both grown far more mature than most people your age. Sharing this isn't a weakness. It's courage."
The boy dropped his gaze to his hands, his fingers twitching against each other. The idea of opening up to Y/n warmed him for a second, but his insecure heart squeezed tight, whispering every reason to stay silent. Still, Ford's words settled somewhere deep inside him, steady and patient.
"WHAT YOU REALLY NEED IS A BOAT!"
"Grunkle Stan!" "Stanley!" Ford and Dipper said at the same time, snapping their heads toward the doorframe where Stan was leaning with a smug grin.
Dipper nearly jumped out of his seat, standing straighter. "H-how much have you heard?"
"Enough to come up with a flawless plan!" Stan shot back, his tone gruff but laced with that unspoken care only he knew how to show. He might not say it outright, but everyone in the room understood—he worried about Dipper and Y/n more than he let on.
Ford pinched the bridge of his nose, already exasperated. "Stanley, what are you going on about now?"
"Just—hear me out!" Stan raised a hand. "Dipper's problem is that he can't talk to Y/n without freezing up. If he gets the chance, he chickens out. So what's the solution? We—"
"Please don't say we trap them in an enclosed space—"
"—Trap them in an enclosed space!" Stan declared proudly, as if he'd just solved world hunger.
Dipper blinked at them. "...Again?"
Stan scowled at Ford, hands on his hips. "Hey! Don't knock it 'til you try it. The perfect place to spill your guts is in the middle of the lake, inside a boat. No one around, no distractions—just the water, the view, and a little honesty."
Ford groaned, burying his face in his palm. "Stanley, that's ridiculous."
"Ridiculous?!" Stan barked. "It worked on you! You opened up on the boat once, remember? Vulnerable as a soggy tissue!"
Ford's head shot up, his cheeks heating in protest. "Hey, that was one time!" he snapped, arms crossing with an adamant pout.
Stan smirked knowingly. "One time was enough to prove my point."
Ford sighed. "It does sound like a good intervention plan," he admitted. "A boat."
Dipper looked at them exasperatedly. "Great Uncle Ford?!" he called out in disbelief.
Ford continued to talk to Stan, his hand on his chin. "I don't suppose we can't lend them the Stan O'War II, do we?"
"Bro, are you nuts?!" Stan screamed. "They can't drive, let alone reach the steering wheel!" He pushed down the memory of Y/n driving in Ford's old car 25 years ago. "Besides, I have another boat that they can use. No biggie."
"And how are we supposed to tell our dear Y/n about this, Stanley?"
There was a pause, a silence. Stan smiled uncomfortably. "I have full trust in you, Poindexter!" He patted him on the shoulder.
Ford squinted his eyes. This plan had no assurance at all!
Soon enough, the brothers were bickering back and forth—Ford's voice sharp, Stan's booming, both convinced the other was hopeless.
"I'll ask her."
The two older men stopped, looking at Dipper with slight shock.
"I'm only doing it to prove a point," Dipper added, trying to be casual. "She's not going to agree."
Stan and Ford shared a knowing glance. If there was anything they knew about the girl in the times they spent with her, one of those is—
***
"Yeah! I'd love to go!" Y/n said cheerfully, her smile softening the sharp angles of her white coat as she slipped her hands into its pockets.
Dipper stood tall, smug. "Hah! I knew it—wait, what?"
She slightly laughed, tilting her head. "It's one of my favorite pastimes."
"Right, right. I totally knew that!" Dipper said, nodding a little too quickly. He cleared his throat, his voice cracking halfway through. "Uh, let me just clarify: you really want to go? With me? Just the two of us? In a boat?"
The more his panic showed, the harder she tried not to laugh. "Uh, yeah? Unless you'd rather bring Mabel with us?" she teased, trying to sound casual. "I'm fine with whatever. It's a slow day today."
Dipper didn't notice the slight tremor in her voice—or how she suddenly started speaking faster, her usual calm replaced with nervous energy. Inside her coat pockets, her hands were balled into fists, the only hint that maybe she was just as flustered as he was.
Dipper scratched the back of his neck, trying to play it cool. "No, no! Just the two of us sounds... fine. Totally fine. Great, even." He forced out an awkward laugh, eyes darting everywhere but her face.
She smiled at him—softly this time, almost amused by his nervousness. "Then it's settled," she said. "What time are we leaving?"
"Uh—uhh," he stammered, scrambling for words. "After lunch? Yeah, after lunch! Gives us time to, you know... prepare."
"Prepare for what?" she asked, tilting her head curiously.
He froze. "Uh... the... wind?"
That made her laugh, a small, genuine laugh that echoed in the clinic. "Sure, Dipper. Let's prepare for... the wind." She turned to leave, her coat swaying lightly behind her. "See you later."
Dipper stood there long after she left, feeling like his heart might actually give out. He placed a hand over his chest, muttering under his breath, "Okay. You can do this. It's just a boat ride. Nothing terrifying about that..."
But even as he said it, his mind was already racing—about the lake, about being alone with her, and about all the things he wasn't ready to say.
***
It was already afternoon when Dipper waited by the docks, standing beside the newly fixed Stan O'War—the same boat they rode during the summer. It looked a little worn but still reliable, or at least that's what Stan kept insisting. Dipper only hoped it would hold up for the rest of the day.
Not long after, Y/n arrived with a duffel bag slung over her shoulder, her steps light and full of energy. Dipper couldn't help but smile at the sight of her, greeting her with a grin that came almost automatically. She returned it with a soft smile of her own.
They climbed aboard, and with a quick turn of the key, the engine came to life. The boat slowly drifted away from the dock, cutting through the calm water until they reached the middle of the lake.
"So, Dipper," Y/n called out over the gentle hum of the motor, her gaze fixed on the rippling water ahead, "what made you invite me out here?"
"Oh, you know," Dipper started, trying to sound casual, "thought it'd be nice to just... enjoy the scenery. Plus, you like boating, right? So, it kinda worked out."
Y/n let out a small laugh, shaking her head. "Yeah. Conveniently perfect timing, huh?"
As they reached the middle of the lake, she rested her arms on the edge of the boat, watching the reflection of the clouds drift across the surface. The wind carried the faint scent of pine and water.
"This is actually really nice," she said softly, her voice barely above the sound of the seagulls. "Peaceful."
"Unlike the clinic?" Dipper tested, a lighthearted smirk tugging at his lips.
She let out a short laugh. "Yeah, definitely not like the clinic. There's no screaming, no accidental explosions, no plaidypus stealing my snacks every once in a while."
He laughed again, the tension in his chest easing just a little. "Heh, you can bring him next time. I missed the little guy," he slipped without knowing.
Y/n noticed this, causing her to smile warmly. "Next time?"
Dipper paused, realizing what he had said. A flush sprawled across his cheeks as he frantically searched for words. "Uh, sure, why not?"
They locked gazes, until he had to quickly look away, focusing on bringing out the fishing supplies, pretending to be fascinated by the ripples on the water— anything to distract himself.
After setting up their fishing gear, they soon settled. The boat rocked gently, and the air between them felt comfortably quiet, albeit them sitting back to back. All that was left was to wait for the fish to bite the bait.
Dipper cleared his throat, his voice breaking the stillness. "Do you remember the last time we were out here with Soos, Stan, and Mabel?"
"Yeah," Y/n said with a small laugh. "You guys ditched Stan and I to go chase the 'Gobblewonker', only to find out it was fake. Then you had to jump back in the boat and make reparations."
Dipper chuckled under his breath. Her retelling was blunt—definitely a jab at him—but hearing it made him oddly relieved. It meant her memories were still coming back. McGucket had said they would, especially while the erasure was still recent. Still, Dipper couldn't help but make sure for himself.
"So, was this really about fishing, or did you just wanna reminisce?" she asked.
His grip on the rod tightened slightly. He hesitated. "...Both?" he said, forcing a small smile.
Y/n hummed knowingly, flicking her line back into the lake. "Thought so."
The two proceeded to chat about random food opinions when the water around them began to ripple strangely. A low vibration rose from beneath the lake, making the boat rock hard enough that Dipper and Y/n had to grip the edges for balance. "Whoa, what was that?" Dipper said, glancing around.
Y/n leaned over the side, squinting into the dark water. She murmured something, eyes narrowing as if she could will the lake to clear.
"Y/n—?" Dipper started, but before he could finish, a deep guttural growl echoed from nearby.
He looked up just in time to see something massive gliding beneath the surface, sending up a powerful wave that slammed against their boat. Both of them were instantly drenched, water dripping down their faces and sleeves.
Dipper sputtered, removing his wet hat, and pushing his soaked hair out of his eyes. "Was that...?"
Y/n blinked through the water and followed the silhouette. "It can't be..."
But it was.
There was no mistaking it. It was the real Gobblewonker.
Dipper couldn't believe what he was seeing. The monster that had been proven fake a year ago was suddenly right there, real as the sunlight glinting off the water. Unless... McGucket rebuilt it? No, that didn't make sense. But even that wasn't the most shocking part—what really threw him off was the bright, eager grin spreading across Y/n's face.
"You thinking what I'm thinking?" she asked, eyes glimmering with thrill.
He swallowed hard, his voice shaky. "I know what you're thinking, but you can't be serious."
Another mournful wail echoed from the depths, and both of them turned toward the sound. Y/n looked back at him, her expression soft yet determined. "But what if it's hurt?"
"Or maybe it's hunting—and we're next!" Dipper countered, his tone somewhere between warning and panic.
Y/n burst out laughing, and Dipper froze mid-sentence. Her laughter was so genuine that for a second, the tension broke. When she shot him a confident smirk, he could only stare. "You know I can protect you, right?"
He wanted to laugh with her. He wanted to let her confidence rub off on him. Seeing her this fearless made something in his chest feel lighter—but then his brain, ever the pessimist, started flashing worst-case scenarios again. He blinked hard, forcing them away.
Finally, he nodded, voice steadying as he said, "Okay. Let's go."
"Woo!" Y/n shouted over the roar of the engine as it started up. Dipper gripped the motor, steering with visible hesitation. "Come on, Dipper, it's gonna be fun!"
He sighed under his breath. A year ago, she wouldn't have invited him to something like this—let alone agreed to go with them.
***
So they followed the ripples of the water— as well as the sounds it was making. Closer and closer, Y/n was already confirming in her head that it was hurt and it was in need of healing. Luckily for her, she didn't need to bring a box of first aid kit or whatever healing herbs in her bag. All she needed were her hands.
She caught the uneasy look flickering on Dipper's face. Maybe all he needed was a bit of reassurance. So, every once in a while, she offered him a small smile—a silent reminder of her promise. I can protect you.
They eventually arrived at a cliff where a waterfall🗝 cascaded from above. The two gazed up, tracing the height of the mountain. The sight felt familiar to both of them—Dipper recalled visiting it before with Soos and Mabel, while Y/n remembered crossing this place decades ago with Ford and Fiddleford.
"Trembley Falls," she muttered under her breath. She looked behind her to find Dipper's eyes again, and they shared a knowing nod before approaching the waterfall.
They had to be quiet as to approach the creature— as much as Dipper didn't appreciate getting his clothes wet again. Well, they were already dripping in the first place, so what's the point?
But before they could pass through, Y/n signaled him with a stop. "We should leave the boat here."
Dipper agreed, They could enter on the sides of the waterfalls and not be completely showered by the waterfall— thus not getting his socks wet. He nodded, and brought the boat to the side by the rocks. After securing the boat, they climbed onto the rocks and made their way behind the falls.
Inside, the cavern opened up before them. It was dim and cool, the only light coming from small, glowing ores embedded in the rocks above—like stars scattered across a night sky.
Y/n recognized this place instantly. Memories of walking here beside her two mentors resurfaced, but she pushes them aside. She needs to stay focused now.
They hadn't planned for a full-on expedition, so of course, they forgot one of the most important things—torches. The cave was pitch-black, shadows swallowing every step they took.
"Are we sure it came through here?" Dipper whispered, leaning closer as if the dark itself might hear him.
"I honestly don't know," Y/n admitted softly. "But since we haven't heard it make a sound, it probably went somewhere else."
"Okay, then we can check over there," he said quickly, his hand brushing against her sleeve as he started to move toward the exit. The air felt thick—too tight, too damp—and Dipper was ready to get out. "Come on."
"Okay, okay," Y/n laughed quietly, the sound echoing around the stone walls. "Where's all that bravery from last summer?" she teased, her voice light despite the eerie quiet.
Dipper rolled his eyes and turned back to reply—but the words froze in his throat. His gaze fixed on something behind her, on a massive shadow rising from the dark water.
"Y/n," he breathed.
"Yeah?" she asked, tilting her head toward him.
He didn't move. His eyes stayed locked upward. "I can't tell if it's looking at us," he whispered.
Y/n turned slowly, lifting her gaze. The shape was clearer now—a huge figure, its heavy breathing filling the cave. Steam puffed from its nostrils, rising like smoke.
"Me neither," she said quietly.
Dipper took a cautious step back. "Y/n," he urged again, voice tight. "Come on."
Y/n stayed still, her breath caught as she tried to read the creature's movements. This was her first time seeing the Gobblewonker—the Gobblewonker—right before her eyes. The monster that was never meant to be seen was now staring right back at them.
It wasn't moving. For a moment, Y/n thought maybe, just maybe, it was calm. "Maybe it just—"
RAAAAAAAAAWRRRRRRRRRRR!!
The cave thundered with the creature's roar, shaking the ground beneath them. Y/n stumbled, losing her balance, but Dipper caught her just in time. They both looked up—just to see the Gobblewonker's gaping jaws ready to strike.
"Go, go, go!" Dipper shouted, dragging her toward the boat. He yanked the motor's cord without hesitation. To hell with his wet socks, the engine sputtered to life, and they shot forward across the lake. Dipper knew that they wouldn't really outrun the Gobblewonker, but he'll take any chance they could get.
"WHY IS IT CHASING US?!" Dipper yelled over the roar of the water and the beating of his heart. "We didn't do anything!"
"I don't know! I haven't seen it before!" Y/n shouted back, gripping the edge of the boat. "Just drive!"
They sped across the lake, the boat bouncing violently over the waves. The monster's shadow loomed behind them, closer than they'd like, but somehow—by luck or miracle—they began to pull away. The Gobblewonker's roars grew distant.
Dipper didn't question how they managed to outrun it. He didn't want to question it. Right now, all that mattered was that they were alive—and far enough to breathe again.
"Okay, we lost it. For now," Dipper panted, still gripping the sides of the boat. The lake had gone eerily still again, ripples fading into quiet. All they could hear was the hum of the motor winding down.
"I am both in disbelief that the Gobblewonker is actually real and confused on why it's chasing us," he said, twisting his hat to squeeze out the water.
Y/n rested her chin on her hand, thinking. "Either it's hungry, but with Gravity Falls' ecosystem, that seems unlikely. I didn't get a close enough look at its face to tell what it was feeling."
Dipper gave her an incredulous stare. "Maybe it's just a natural hunter, Y/n. You know—predator, prey? We are in the prey category."
"We can't really assume anything at first glance especially if we haven't encountered this one before," she said, pursing her lips. "Gravity Falls' creatures are complex beings."
He stared at her for a long second.
She blinked at him, unimpressed.
"Don't even start," she muttered.
***
The two of them began to conspire– despite Dipper's hesitancy– about the Gobblewonker's possible cause for chasing them. Fishing was out of their minds now, this was more interesting. If only there was land, Y/n would be pacing around it, while Dipper might as well just dig a hole and bury himself in it.
"We have to find a way to lure it in, somehow," Y/n wondered aloud, her stare fixed on the expanse of water.
Dipper huffed shakily. This is insane— they're back to trying to catch the attention of the Gobblewonker again. A year ago he would've been more excited with this adventure, but this time, he didn't wanna dare cross the line.
"I think us being the bait is enough," he huffed exasperatedly, fidgeting with his fingers. "The moment it sees us, it's not gonna hesitate and come straight for us."
She nodded. "I suppose you're right."
"So what do we do then?" he asked, already regretting the question. "What are you thinking?"
The urge to say, "I'll just stand there and prove that I won't hurt it" was stuck in her throat when she caught Dipper's concerned gaze. She opened her mouth to reply, but a sudden roar interrupted her— as well as the feeling of the boat rocking back and forth. They stopped talking, watching the ripples of the lake dissipate.
They waited in bated breath, sharing an expectant gaze with one another. Dipper slowly reached for the steering handle, and when the surface of the water was broken by the Gobblewonker, that was their clear sign to—
"GO!" Y/n commanded, gripping the sides of the boat in anticipation. Dipper started the boat again and they were off, trying to outrun it again. He was thanking the heavens that the boat hasn't broken down yet, but he wouldn't dare share that aloud and jinx themselves.
"We forgot the part where we're supposed to tranquilize it first!" Dipper shouted over the roaring wind, clutching his hat so it wouldn't fly off. "It still looks mad enough to eat us!"
"I'm working on it!" Y/n yelled back, gripping the edge of the boat as the Gobblewonker surged after them. Its roar echoed through the lake, sending another wave crashing against the boat. The boat tried to surf through it but the Gobblewonker was swift, rising up from the lake and bringing its head down to cause a massive wave that sent the boat forwards.
Dipper and Y/n barely had time to brace themselves before realizing where they were headed—a small, isolated island dead ahead.
They buckled their knees as the boat hit land with a brutal crash, splintering into pieces upon impact. Dipper felt the sting of wood shards digging into his skin, but he didn't care—he immediately turned to look for Y/n. She was already on her feet, eyes wide, staring up at the massive shadow before them. She was transfixed at its details, finally taking in its appearance now that it was close and revealed by the light.
Dipper paused as well, turning his head. This was the Gobblewonker— its metallic sheen replaced by murky scales, bright lights for eyes looked more naturally hazy instead, and its teeth were randomly placed.
It wasn't the mechanical monster controlled by McGucket like they remembered. It was real.
And it was observing them.
Like a moth drawn to a flame, Y/n crept closer, her steps light and measured. Dipper watched her hand stretch forward, his voice breaking through the tension. "Y/n?" he called softly, but she didn't respond—her focus fixed entirely on the creature before them. The Gobblewonker didn't move, just... watched her, its head slightly tilted.
But Dipper's instincts screamed that this wasn't safe. It could lash out at any moment. His pulse quickened. What if this was some kind of trance? What if its eyes were pulling her in?
"Y/n," he tried again, louder this time, pushing himself up. Pain shot through his legs like fire. He hissed sharply when he saw the small patches of blood staining his jeans—splinters buried deep into his ankles. But he forced himself to move. She was too close now. Just a few centimeters away from touching it.
"Y/n! — OW!"
His shout seemed to snap her out of it. She blinked rapidly, startled, before turning toward him. "Dipper!" she gasped, rushing over and ignoring the looming shadow behind her. "You okay?"
He let out a weak chuckle between groans. "Um, no," he admitted, a small smile tugging at his lips despite the pain. "But I'll walk it off, promise."
Y/n bit her lip, deciding not to mention the tears building in his eyes. She knew splinters could sting like crazy, just as sharp as paper cuts— so she heard. "Okay, just stay still," she said gently.
"Yep, that's... what I'm doing," Dipper quipped through gritted teeth. He tried to keep still as her hand hovered over the wounds. A soft warmth spread through him, replacing the pain with a soothing pulse. The sting dulled, then vanished entirely.
Before he could thank her, a deep rumble filled the air. They both froze. The Gobblewonker was still there—no longer roaring, but breathing heavily. Its massive head lowered, nostrils releasing puffs of mist.
Dipper tensed, ready to bolt at the first sign of aggression. But then... it lowered its head further, the sound that came out next trembling and low—almost like a whimper.
"It..." Y/n whispered, her eyes wide as she studied its movements. "It was trying to talk to me."
Dipper suddenly felt a wave of realization wash over him—if the Gobblewonker had wanted to eat them, it would've done so by now. The thought oddly comforted him, easing the tension in his shoulders. "Is it hurt?" he asked, his voice quieter this time, almost sympathetic.
"I can check," Y/n replied, glancing back at him. There was a flicker of hesitation in her eyes, as if she was asking for his approval before moving closer. The gesture caught Dipper off guard—why was she asking him? Still, he gave her a small nod.
She returned a faint smile and rose to her feet. Moving slowly, she approached the Gobblewonker with deliberate calm. The creature's massive form shifted slightly, its eyes tracking her every step. It wasn't hostile—just wary, like it wasn't sure if it could trust her yet.
Y/n began to whisper softly, her voice low and steady, words Dipper couldn't quite catch but sounded like comfort. Inch by inch, she closed the distance until her hand finally met its snout. The Gobblewonker flinched at the touch but didn't pull away. Instead, it let out a deep exhale, mist curling from its nostrils as if in relief.
It took her a minute to inspect the creature's form, but after doing a roundabout, she frowned. "I'm not seeing any... external wounds," she pointed out, sharing a look with Dipper.
"Then... it's not hurt?" he asked dumbly.
Y/n shook her head lightly, her eyes narrowing as she looked up at the Gobblewonker again. The creature's low, trembling whimpers filled the air—it was definitely in pain, even if the reason wasn't visible. Her expression softened. Maybe... it's an internal pain?
She rested her palm gently against its scales, deciding to try anyway. Normally, she could identify the pain wound before treating the patient. But this time, it was like trying to guess in the dark. Still, she couldn't just stand there and do nothing. Whatever was hurting it, she wanted to ease that pain somehow.
Without even realizing it, she leaned forward until her forehead rested against its cool, damp skin. It felt right, having some sort of a connection. A faint glow began to bloom where they touched, spreading softly through the air.
Dipper could only sit on the ground, frozen, his eyes wide in awe.
The tips of her fingers glowed softly as she kept her hands near the Gobblewonker. Then he noticed— her chest was faintly glowing too, right where her heart was. He could just imagine the power coming from her soul, warm and pure, the answer to any pain.
He had seen her do amazing things before, and it was always amazing every time he was close enough to witness it with his own eyes. She wasn't forcing the healing, it was flowing through her, as if the universe has trusted her with the power completely. She definitely deserved having that kind of power. Her being her. With her kindness, her courage, her soul— everything good about her.
He selfishly wondered if... no. Dipper shook his head hard, trying to chase the thought away. But it lingered anyway—an image of Y/n doing the same to him, her glowing hands brushing against his temple, drawing out the things that haunted him: the sleepless nights, the panic, the memories he couldn't shake. Those were kinds of pain too, weren't they? Maybe she could take them away, make him feel whole again. The idea burned in his chest, it was almost... shameful.
The Gobblewonker stirred, its massive eyes softer now, less wild. The tension that once filled the air had lifted, replaced by an odd calm that made Dipper's shoulders finally ease. Y/n looked exhausted, her glow dimming, but the gentle smile on her face made it clear that it was worth it. She didn't speak much after that, only breathing, watching the creature with quiet understanding.
Turns out that healing something without knowing the source of the pain... was slightly taxing— but also quite impossible.
Because she found out why it was hurting, and her healing powers had told her in the middle of the process— or maybe it was the Gobblewonker's subconsciousness telling her. Apparently, it was suffering through mental trauma a long time ago and has been trying to go to her clinic but couldn't really access it without trying to be seen.
She nodded at the Gobblewonker, a wordless promise that it wasn't alone anymore. Then she turned toward Dipper. Their eyes met, and for a moment, he swore she looked like light itself—tired, kind, and impossibly good. She smiled at him, and he could only smile back, his heart aching with something he couldn't quite name.
***
"Well that was an adventure and a half," Y/n said exasperatedly as the two of them watched the Gobblewonker make its way back to the bottom of the lake, its tail being the last thing they saw before the waters were still again.
After having no other way of getting back to the main dock with their boat being obliterated, the Gobblewonker offered them a ride back as a way to repay. It was definitely in a better mood then, making Y/n chuckle in excitement. Albeit being terrified, Dipper pushed down his worries and rode with her until they went back smoothly and safely.
Dipper breathed a sigh of relief once they were alone again. He noticed that the sun was setting and he deflated, realizing that through this entire trip, his supposed plan of telling her his nightmares resulted in a Gobblewonker chase and another patient that Y/n had to heal.
The plan failed, causing him to sigh heavily.
Y/n noticed this, and she turned to the boy. "You know? I've noticed you've been off... the entire day. Is something bothering you?" she asked softly, worry seeping in her features.
Dipper groaned. He was caught, there was no use in lying about it. Or maybe, he wanted to bring it up, he just didn't know how. "I wanted to tell you something," he began, playing with the hem of his shirt. "It's the reason for this entire trip."
She remained silent, but never did she leave her eyes on him. She waited on what he had to say.
He took a deep breath, half-expecting the world to throw another interruption his way—but no, this was his moment. Now or never. Dipper reached out and clasped her hand, holding onto it like an anchor. He kept his eyes down on their joined hands, afraid that if he looked up, he'd lose his nerve entirely.
And then, slowly, he began to speak.
It hurt, feeling his throat close up as he spoke. His eyes were stinging, as he felt it— the feeling of humiliation, anxiety, vulnerability, seeping through him. He still hadn't stolen a glance at her eyes as he rambled his heart away.
Y/n listened closely, not saying a word. It all made sense now—the sleepless nights, the haunted look in his eyes, the day he bolted out of the clinic. It wasn't just bad dreams. It was trauma. Deep, lingering trauma that he'd been carrying ever since the chaos of last year. She felt her heart ache for him.
She had read about this kind of pain before—in the psychological chapters of her medical books—but reading about it and seeing it unfold before her were completely different things.
Still, she was glad he told her. Letting it out, even through broken words, must have made his chest feel a little lighter. Finally saying it—it was like releasing a breath he'd been holding for far too long.
But then, to her shock, Dipper suddenly sank to his knees.
"Dipper—" she gasped, startled. "What are you—?"
Her words cut off when she saw his tears. He was trembling, face red and wet, voice raw.
"Please..." he choked out, looking up at her with desperate, tear-filled eyes. "Heal me."
"What?" Y/n whispered, her voice barely leaving her lips. It wasn't that she didn't hear him—she heard every word perfectly. But the weight of his request froze her, like her brain couldn't process it fast enough.
"Heal my pain," Dipper repeated, gripping her hand tighter as if afraid she'd pull away. His voice cracked, trembling between desperation and exhaustion. "Like what you did with the Gobblewonker. Just—just take this bad feeling away so I can be better. Better for you. Better for us." His words tumbled out, raw and uneven. "I want to see you and actually feel happy, not terrified. I don't want this constant fear that keeps creeping in whenever I look at you. It's not fair—to you, or to me."
His knuckles turned white as he held on, like he was clinging to his last bit of hope.
"Dipper..." she murmured, lowering herself until she was eye level with him. Her hand reached up, resting gently against his cheek.
For a brief moment, Dipper let his eyes flutter shut. The warmth of her touch spread through him like sunlight after a storm. He felt the tension in his chest ease, the ache in his heart soften. Is it working? he thought, clinging to that fragile hope. Is she healing me? Is it finally gone?
"I can't."
His eyes shot open. "What?" The word slipped out before he could stop it. His mind tried to reason with her response, to understand it logically, but his heart was already breaking apart in his chest.
"I can't," she repeated, her voice firmer this time.
His brow knit together. "You can't... or you won't?" he asked, the tears finally stopping.
"I won't," she responded, telling him what he needed to hear. She looked resolute, strong, despite the soft hand on his skin. "I don't want to. You may call me selfish or downright unfair, but you gotta think about this, Dipper. Healing isn't meant to be used that way. Even if I could take your pain away, I shouldn't. Trauma—what you feel—it isn't something that can just be pulled out of you like a splinter. It's not meant to disappear in an instant."
Dipper remained silent.
"Pain like that... it's something you have to live through," she continued softly, her thumbs brushing away the tears. "You have to face it, understand it, and let yourself grow from it. If I take it all away, you'll lose the part of you that learned how to survive it. Taking it away completely... it will be like taking a part of you with it too. That pain isn't who you are, but it shaped who you became."
She hesitated for a moment, lowering her gaze.
"Your heart, your mind, that is yours to mend, at your own pace. Because the real healing should come from you."
Dipper nodded slowly. Everything was clearer now.
Her eyes lifted again, meeting his. "And I'll be here. I'll stay by your side through every step of it. But you have to want to heal, not just be healed."
He pulled her into an embrace, a gesture better expressed more than words he couldn't say. She didn't hesitate to return it, her arms wrapping around him as if to hold together everything that was breaking inside him. For a long while, they stayed like that, letting the silence speak for them.
All the fear, the guilt, the exhaustion slowly melted away between them. When they finally pulled apart, the air felt somewhat lighter. They both smiled faintly, their eyes tired but at peace. Maybe she couldn't heal him with her powers, but hugs could heal, too.
"I'm so sorry," Dipper muttered, finally letting the words spill out. "I took advantage of your powers. I didn't mean to overstep." His face burned with humiliation, a groan slipping out. "Ugh, that's so embarrassing."
Y/n reached out and helped him stand, her touch gentle but grounding. "Hey," she said softly, her smile kind. "You're not the first one who's asked me to take their fears away." She brushed some dust off his sleeve, her tone calm and patient. "But I don't really see fear as something that needs to be healed. It's not like a wound."
She paused, glancing toward the lake where the Gobblewonker had disappeared. "Creatures like it—they don't think or feel the same way we do. They don't have the same kind of mind that remembers or replays pain. Humans do. That's why it's easier to heal them."
"You're amazing at what you do, by the way. In case it hasn't been said yet," Dipper said, flashing her a tired but genuine smile.
"Thank you," Y/n replied softly, standing beside him as they watched the last sliver of sunlight disappear beyond the trees. The sky darkened, wrapping the world in cool shades of blue and purple. The night sky enveloped them as they walked home, the street lights guiding them. They suddenly felt hungry, and the smell wafting from the Mystery Shack only fueled their hunger more.
Dipper wanted her to come with him to the Shack, and she obliged. The two entered through the back door where the kitchen was, and unsurprisingly, it was full of people. Even the Stan twins were there, playing a... video game? Mabel was crocheting a pillow case. Abuelita was busy cooking, while Melody and Soos were busy helping her by wrapping the spring rolls.
Everything stopped when Dipper and Y/n stepped in. Heads turned, chatter died down. Mabel looked up, eyes gleaming, expecting to see them holding hands—but instead found two tired, slightly damp people with matching faint smiles. Whatever happened out there clearly didn't go as planned, but at least they looked... okay.
Mabel jumped from her seat, tossing her yarn aside and engulfing them both in a tight hug. "You're back! And you're not dead! Yay!"
The noise of the house resumed, and Dipper and Y/n found themselves sitting on the ground, watching Stan and Ford play horribly, laughing at their mistakes. The sound of the house was comforting, familiar, and safe.
Soon, dinner was ready. Everyone crowded around the table, passing dishes and talking over one another. Mabel rambled about her day, Ford shared another Arctic expedition story (one none of them had heard yet, surprisingly), and Soos praised Abuelita's cooking like she was a five-star chef.
Eventually, the conversation turned to Dipper and Y/n.
"So," Stan said between bites, pointing his fork at them. "How was your little fishing trip? Catch anything big?"
The two froze. Their eyes met across the table, silently reliving the chaos—the chase, the roar, the boat crash, the healing, the Gobblewonker.
Y/n swallowed hard and turned to Stan. "We have to tell you something..."
A heavy silence fell.
And then—
From outside the Mystery Shack, an owl peacefully snoozing on a branch jolted awake at the sound of a man's anguished cry echoing into the night:
"NOOOOOOO! NOT THE STAN O'WAR! MY BABYYYYYY!"
***
***
OTTRWTRO AENXW' WFVZCETX JCTWPC ES MLV BHTEA EZVVY OCNDIW
🗝:???
***
CONTINUES IN CHAPTER 38!
[author's note]
would you believe that they're only 13? me neither.
it doesn't really matter when they literally went through the end of the world and survived. but you guys can correct me if i am portraying things wrong. don't worry though! this will be the last heart-wrenching chapter before moving forward with the more lighthearted ones! of course, like y/n said, healing isn't linear. there's still gonna be bits and pieces, but it's all part of the process.
im not going to lie, this chapter was very exhausting to write. the process was all over the place; the beginning and the end parts were quite easy to write, but the middle parts and the scenes relying on dialogue are a pain... there were moments where i am quite literally just forcing myself to write whatever just to get it over with because it has been 2 months of no updates.
thanks for letting me rant. but yeah! what are your thoughts on this chapter? please let me know! do you have questions? ask me anything! also, is there anything you're looking forward for the future? maybe something between y/n and dipper? maybe something about y/n? something about the other characters? let me knowwwwww!
oh also! which one do you guys prefer more? a chapter with two plots (A plot and B plot) like in Chapter 36, or a chapter with only the A plot like in Chapter 37?
i love you guys
Pages Navigation
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 1 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
AzuraRayne on Chapter 1 Tue 09 Jul 2024 02:55PM UTC
Last Edited Tue 09 Jul 2024 02:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
Wooden_Porkchop on Chapter 1 Fri 16 May 2025 06:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
peaches_ofourown on Chapter 1 Fri 16 May 2025 06:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
Wooden_Porkchop on Chapter 1 Fri 16 May 2025 07:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 2 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
novaeatr on Chapter 2 Thu 19 Sep 2024 12:46AM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 2 Thu 19 Sep 2024 05:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 4 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:22PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 3 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:22PM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 3 Sun 25 Aug 2024 11:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 04:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
peaches_ofourown on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 05:54PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 06:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
peaches_ofourown on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 06:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 06:51PM UTC
Comment Actions
peaches_ofourown on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:08PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:19PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 5 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:23PM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 5 Sun 25 Aug 2024 11:48PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 6 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:23PM UTC
Comment Actions
cerby on Chapter 6 Wed 07 Aug 2024 09:10PM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 6 Sun 25 Aug 2024 11:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 6 Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 7 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 7 Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 7 Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 7 Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 7 Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 7 Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:16AM UTC
Last Edited Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:16AM UTC
Comment Actions
peaches_ofourown on Chapter 7 Mon 26 Aug 2024 03:21AM UTC
Comment Actions
marinatedjelly on Chapter 7 Sat 12 Apr 2025 08:58AM UTC
Last Edited Sat 12 Apr 2025 09:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
peaches_ofourown on Chapter 7 Sat 12 Apr 2025 12:17PM UTC
Comment Actions
IntrovertReader20 on Chapter 8 Mon 01 Jul 2024 07:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
YFN on Chapter 8 Mon 26 Aug 2024 12:29AM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation